Skip to main content

Full text of "A Hebrew and English lexicon of the Old Testament : with an appendix containing the biblical Aramaic"

See other formats 


I 


o\° 


tfp 


H* 


o* 


o^> 


*#- 


\S* 


This  book  belongs  to 
THE  CAMPBELL  COLLECTION 

purchased  with  the  aid  of 

The  MacDonald-Stewart  Foundation 

and 

The  Canada  Council 


«e  OLD  £NGUSH 
DICTION^  0F  0U° 


HEBREW    AND    ENGLISH   LEXICON 


OF     THE 


OLD    TESTAMENT 


A 


HEBREW  AND  ENGLISH  LEXICON 

OF  THE 

}  OLD  TESTAMENT 

WITH  AN  APPENDIX  CONTAINING  THE  BIBLICAL  ARAMAIC 

BASED  ON  THE  LEXICON  OF 

WILLIAM    GESENIUS 

AS  TRANSLATED  BY 

EDWARD     ROBINSON 

LATE   PROFESSOR  IN  THE    UNION   THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY,    NEW   YORK 


Edited  with  constant  reference  to  the  Thesaurus  of  Gesenhis  as  completed  Vtj  E.  Rodiger,  and 

with  authorized  use  of  the  latest  German  editions  of  Gesenius's 

Handworierhuch  iiber  das  Alie  Testament 

BY 

FRANCIS    BROWN,   D.D.,   D.Litt. 

DAVENPORT  PROFESSOR  OF  HEBREW  AND  THE  COGNATE  LANGUAGES  IN  THE  UNION  THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY 

WITH    TBK    COOPERATION   OT 

R.  DRIVES,  D.D.,  Litt.D.  and         CHARLES  A.  BRIGGS,  D.D.,  D.Litt. 

REGIUS  PROFESSOR  OF  HEBREW,   AND  CANON  OF  EDWARD  ROBINSON  PROFESSOR  OF  BIBLICAL  THEOLOGY 

CHRIST  CHURCH,  OXFORD  IN  THE  UNION  THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY 


OXFORD 
AT    THE    CLARENDON    PRESS 


OXFORD 
UNIVERSITY   PRESS 

AMEN   HOUSE,   E.C.    4 

London  Edinburgh  Glasgow  New  York 

Toronto  Melbourne  Capetown  Bombay 

Calcutta  Madras 

HUMPHREY  MILFORD 

PUBLISHER  TO   THE 
UNIVERSITY 


IMPRESSION  OP  1939 
FIBST  EDITION  1906 

PRINTED  IN  OBEAT  mil  I  W  N 


PKEFACE 


THE  need  of  a  new  Hebrew  and  English  Lexicon  of  the  Old  Testament  has 
been  so  long  felt  that  no  elaborate  explanation  of  the  appearance  of  the 
present  work  seems  called  for.  Wilhelm  Gesenius,  the  father  of  modern  Hebrew 
Lexicography,  died  in  1842.  His  Lexicon  Manuale  Hebraicum  et  Chaldaicum 
in  V.T.  Libros,  representing  a  much  riper  stage  of  his  lexicographical  work  than 
his  earlier  Hebrew  dictionaries,  was  published  in  1833,  and  the  corresponding 
issue  of  his  Hebrdisches  und  Chalddisches  Handworterbuch  iiber  das  Alte  Testament, 
upon  which  the  later  German  editions  more  or  less  directly  depend,  appeared  in 
1834.  The  Thesaurus  philologicus  Griticus  Linguae  Hebraeae  et  Chaldaeae  Veteris 
Testamenti,  begun  by  Gesenius  some  years  earlier,  and  not  completed  at  his  death, 
was  substantially  finished  by  Roediger  in  1853,  although  the  concluding  part, 
containing  Indices,  Additions,  and  Corrections,  was  not  published  until  1858. 
The  results  of  Gesenius's  most  advanced  work  were  promptly  put  before  English- 
speaking  students.  In  1824  appeared  Gibbs's  translation  of  the  Neues  Hebraisch- 
deutsches  Handworterbuch,  issued  by  Gesenius  in  1815,  and  in  1836  Edward 
Robinson  published  his  translation  of  the  Latin  work  of  1833.  This  broad-minded, 
sound,  and  faithful  scholar  added  to  the  successive  editions  of  the  book  in  its 
English  form  the  newest  materials  and  conclusions  in  the  field  of  Hebrew 
word-study,  receiving  large  and  valuable  contributions  in  manuscript  from  Gesenius 
himself,  and,  after  the  latter's  death,  carefully  incorporating  into  his  translation 
the  substance  of  the  Thesaurus,  as  its  fasciculi  appeared. 

But  the  last  revision  of  Robinson's  Gesenius  was  made  in  1854,  and  Robinson 
died  in  1863.  The  last  English  edition  of  Gesenius,  prepared  by  Tregelles,  and 
likewise  including  additions  from  the  Thesaurus,  dates  as  far  back  as  1859. 
In  the  meantime  Semitic  studies  have  been  pursued  on  all  hands  with  energy 
and  success.  The  language  and  text  of  the  Old  Testament  have  been  subjected 
to  a  minute  and  searching  inquiry  before  unknown.  The  languages  cognate 
with  Hebrew  have  claimed  the  attention  of  specialists  in  nearly  all  civilized 
countries.  Wide  fields  of  research  have  been  opened,  the  very  existence  of 
which  was  a  surprise,  and  have  invited  explorers.  Arabic,  ancient  and  modern, 
Ethiopic,  with  its  allied  dialects,  Aramaic,  in  its  various  literatures  and  localities, 
have  all  yielded  new  treasures ;  while  the  discovery  and  decipherment  of 
inscriptions  from  Babylonia  and  Assyria,  Phoenicia,  Northern  Africa,  Southern 
Arabia,  and  other  old  abodes  of  Semitic  peoples,  have  contributed  to  a  far  more 
comprehensive  and  accurate  knowledge  of  the  Hebrew  vocabulary  in  its  sources 
and  its  usage  than  was  possible  forty  or  fifty  years  ago.  In  Germany  an  attempt 
has  been  made  to  keep  pace  with  advancing  knowledge  by  frequent  editions  of  the 
Handworterbuch,  as  well  as  by  the  brilliant  and   suggestive,   though   unequal, 

b 


vi  PREFACE 

Worterbuch  of  Siegfried  and  Stade  (in  1892-3),  but  in  England  and  America 
there  has  not  been  heretofore  even  so  much  as  a  serious  attempt. 

The  present  Editors  consider  themselves  fortunate  in  thus  having  the  oppor- 
tunity afforded  by  an  evident  demand.  Arrangements  have  been  made  whereby 
the  rights  connected  with  '  Robinson's  Gesenius '  are  carried  over  to  the  present 
work,  and  exclusive  authority  to  use  the  most  recent  German  editions  has  been 
secured1.  They  have  felt,  however,  that  the  task  which  they  had  undertaken 
could  not  be  rightly  discharged  by  merely  adding  new  knowledge  to  the  old, 
or  by  substituting  more  recent  opinions  for  others  grown  obsolete,  or  by  any 
other  form  of  superficial  revision.  At  an  early  stage  of  the  work  they  reached 
the  conviction  that  their  first  and  perhaps  chief  duty  was  to  make  a  fresh  and, 
as  far  as  possible,  exhaustive  study  of  the  Old  Testament  materials,  determine  the 
actual  uses  of  words  by  detailed  examination  of  every  passage,  comparing,  at 
the  same  time,  their  employment  in  the  related  languages,  and  thus  fix  their  proper 
meanings  in  Hebrew. 

In  the  matter  of  etymologies  they  have  endeavoured  to  carry  out  the  method 
of  sound  philology,  making  it  their  aim  to  exclude  arbitrary  and  fanciful  con- 
jectures, and  in  cases  of  uncertainty  to  afford  the  student  the  meaDs  of  judging 
of  the  materials  on  which  a  decision  depends.  They  could  not  have  been 
satisfied  to  pursue  the  course  chosen  by  Professors  Siegfried  and  Stade  in 
excluding  the  etymological  feature  almost  entirely  from  their  lexicon.  This 
method  deprives  the  student  of  all  knowledge  as  to  the  extra-Biblical  history 
and  relationship  of  his  words,  and  of  the  stimulus  to  study  the  cognato  lan- 
guages, and  lessens  his  opportunity  of  growing  familiar  with  the  modes  of 
word-formation.  It  greatly  simplifies,  of  course,  the  task  of  the  lexicographer. 
The  Editors  acknowledge,  at  once,  that  their  labours  would  have  ended 
much  sooner  if  they  had  not  included  the  etymology  of  words,  and  they  are 
sensible  of  the  exposure  to  criticism  at  a  thousand  points  which  results  from 
their  undertaking  to  do  so.  They  have  cheerfully  assumed  this  burden,  and 
are  ready  to  accept  this  criticism,  from  which  they  hope  to  learn  much.  Here, 
if  anywhere,  it  is  certain  that  results  must,  in  many  cases,  long  remain  provisional. 
They  have  preferred  to  make  what  contribution  they  could  to  the  final  settlement 
of  these  difficult  questions.  For  like  reasons  they  have  been  unwilling  to  follow 
Buhl  in  excluding  the  explanation  of  the  meaning  of  proper  names,  hazardous  as 
such  explanations  often  are. 

'  The   eleventh   German   edition    appeared    in    j   any   degree   from   personal   investigation    of   the 
1890,  the  year  before  the  First  Part  of  the  present       entire    material.      The    Editors   have,    however, 


Lexicon  was  issued,  under  the  editorship  of  Pro- 
fessors Miihlau  and  Volck,  of  Dorpat,  who  had 
prepared  the  eighth,  ninth,  and  tenth  also.  The 
twelfth  edition,  in  1895,  marked  an  era  in  tho 
history  of  this  useful  dictionary,  for  with  it  began 
the  careful  editorship  of  Professor  Frants  Buhl, 
of  Copenhagen,  then  at  Leipzig,  who  issued  the 
thirteenth  edition,  also,  in  1899,  and,  after  a  very 
thorough  revision,  the  fourteenth  in  1905.  None 
of  these  editions  had  the  exact  scope  of  the  present 
work,  and  none  of  them  absolved  the  Editors  in 


derived  much  benefit  from  the  German  work, 
and  especially  from  the  contributions  to  it  of 
Professor  Buhl  and  his  co-labourers,  Professors 
Socin  and  Zimmern.  Unfortunately  the  present 
Lexicon — with  the  exception  of  the  Appendix — 
was  almost  entirely  in  type  when  the  fourteenth 
edition  appeared,  and  adequate  use  of  its  new 
material,  especially  its  extensive  references  to 
current  philological  literature  must  be  reserved 
for  a  later  opportunity. 


PREFACE 


vn 


That  the  Editors  have  made  use  of  the  Thesaurus  of  Gesenius  on  every 
page,  with  increasing  admiration  for  the  tireless  diligence,  philological  insight, 
and  strong  good  sense  of  this  great  Lexicographer,  and  recognition  of  Robinson's 
wisdom  in  allowing  him  to  speak  directly  to  English  students  by  the  admirable 
translation  and  editorship  of  the  Lexicon  Manuale,  need  not  be  further  emphasized. 
They  have  also  made  free  reference  to  Gesenius's  Hebrew  Grammar,  in  the 
successive  editions  prepared  by  Professor  Kautzsch,  follower  of  Gesenius  at  Halle, 
and,  since  1898,  to  the  excellent  English  translation  of  this  book  made  by  Messrs. 
Collins  and  Cowley,  which  appeared  in  that  year.  The  grammars  of  Ewald, 
Olshausen,  Bbttcher,  Stade,  August  Miiller,  and  Konig,  the  Syntax  of  A.  B.  Davidson, 
and  other  grammatical  works  have  been  cited  as  occasion  required.  Noldeke's 
contributions  to  Hebrew  Lexicography  and  Grammar  have  been  constantly  used, 
with  the  works  of  Lagarde  and  Barth  on  the  formation  of  nouns,  of  Gerber  on 
denominative  verbs,  and  many  which  cannot  be  catalogued  here.  All  the  critical 
commentaries,  and  a  great  number  and  variety  of  textual,  topographical,  and 
geographical  works,  with  monographs  and  articles  bearing  on  every  possible 
aspect  of  Old  Testament  language,  have  been  examined. 

The  published  materials  for  the  study  of  the  languages  cognate  with  Hebrew 
have  reached  such  proportions  as  to  tax  even  the  most  industrious  in  any 
extended  comparison  of  kindred  words.  For  the  Arabic,  constant  use  has  been 
made  of  the  dictionaries  of  Lane,  Freytag,  Dozy,  Wahrmund,  the  Beirut  Fathers, 
and  others  besides.  The  Editors  have  found  themselves  sharing  with  peculiar 
keenness  in  the  unavailing  regret  of  scholars  that  Mr.  Lane's  magnificent  plan 
of  complete  Arabic  lexicography  was  not  destined  to  be  realized.  Frankel's 
Aramdische  Frerndiuorter  im  Arabischen  has  been  constantly  used.  For  the  vast 
and  increasing  storehouse  of  Assyrian— as  yet  most  imperfectly  explored — the 
dictionaries  of  Delitzsch,  and,  as  far  as  the  times  of  its  appearance  allowed, 
Muss-Arnolt  have  been  employed,  as  well  as  Meissner's  Supplement,  and  many 
special  vocabularies.  Paul  Haupt,  Bezold,  Guyard,  Strassmaier,  Zimmern,  Jensen, 
Winckler,  Scheil,  Sayce,  King,  Johns,  R.  F.  Harper,  and  many  writers  in  the 
Zeitschrift  fur  Assyriologie,  the  Beitrage  zur  Assyriologie  und  Semitischen  Sprach- 
wissenschaft,  and  other  publications,  have  been  laid  under  contribution.  A  place 
of  honour  must  here  be  given  to  Eberhard  Schrader,  the  founder  of  Assyriology 
in  Germany,  whose  fruitful  work  has  been  prematurely  cut  short  by  impaired 
health,  and  the  Keilinschriftliche  Bibliothek  begun  by  him  is  mentioned  here 
many  times.  Winckler  is  of  course  recognized  as  the  chief  editor  of  the  inscriptions 
from  Tel  el-Amarna.  For  Syriac,  the  Thesaurus  of  R.  Payne  Smith  and  the 
Lexicon  of  Brockelmann  have  been  always  at  hand,  with  Castell  accessible  in  case 
of  need.  Constant  reference  has  been  made  to  Noldeke's  Syrische  Grammatik 
(now,  fortunately,  translated),  as  well  as  his  older  works,  the  Neu-Syrische 
Gmmmatik,  and  the  priceless  Manddische  Grammatik.  Duval  and  Nestle  also 
have  been  laid  under  contribution.  The  Aramaic  of  the  Targums  and  other  Jewish- 
Aramaic  documents,  as  well  as  the  post-Biblical  Hebrew  have  been  examined 
in  the  dictionaries  of  Buxtorf,  J.  Levy,  Jastrow,  and  Dalman,  the  collections  of 
Bacher,  the  grammars   of  Strack,   Marti,  and  Dalman,  the  editions  of  Lagarde, 

b2 


viii  PREFACE 

Berliner,  and  Merx,  as  well  as  the  older  publications.  The  Christian  Aramaic  of 
Palestine  has  been  studied  in  the  treatment  of  Schwally  and  Schulthess.  In  the 
Aramaic  Appendix  frequent  references  have  been  made  not  only  to  the  grammars 
of  Kautzsch  and  Dalman,  but  also  to  Krauss's  Griechiscke  u.  Lateinische  Lehnworter 
im  Talmud,  and  especially  to  the  independent  and  valuable  pamphlets  of 
Scheftelowitz ;  Arisckes  im  Alten  Testament  I  and  II.  The  Hebrew  text  of 
Ecclesiasticus  has  been  used  in  the  primary  editions  of  Schechter,  of  Neubauer 
and  Cowley,  of  Schechter  and  Taylor,  of  E.  N.  Adler,  G.  Margoliouth,  I.  LeVi 
and  Gaster,  as  well  as  in  the  more  compact  editions  of  Strack  and  Levi,  and 
the  admirable  facsimile  issued  by  the  Clarendon  Press.  Dillmann  has  been  the 
main  authority  for  Ethiopic,  with  resort,  from  time  to  time,  to  Pratorius  and 
Charles.  North-Semitic  inscriptions  have  yielded  their  material  through  the 
Corpus  Inscriptionum  Semiticarum,  the  Repertoire  d"£pigraphie  Semitique,  the 
collections  of  de  Vogue",  Euting,  and  others,  and,  especially  in  recent  years,  by 
the  aid  of  the  Handbooks  of  Lidzbarski  and  G.  A.  Cooke,  and  the  Glossary  of 
S.  A.  Cook.  The  important  Aramaic  texts  from  Egypt,  of  the  fifth  century  b.  c. 
which  have  been  just  published  by  Cowley  and  Sayce,  have  also  been  utilized  for 
the  Aramaic  Lexicon.  The  lexical  matter  of  Southern  Arabia  has  been  gathered 
from  the  Corpus,  from  the  inscriptions  published  by  Osiander,  M.  Levy,  Halevy, 
Mordtmann,  D.  H.  Miiller  (including  the  discoveries  of  Langer),  Glaser,  and  others. 
Egyptian  parallels  have  been  adduced  mainly  from  Wiedemann,  Bondi,  Erman, 
Steindorff  and  Spiegelberg,  with  occasional  reference  to  Lepsius,  Brugsch  and  Ebers. 
In  all  these  departments,  where  active  work  is  going  on,  fugitive  materials  have 
of  course  been  found  in  many  places,  often  scattered  and  sometimes  remote. 

It  has  been  the  purpose  to  recognize  good  textual  emendations,  but  not  to 
swell  the  list  by  conjectures  which  appeared  to  lack  a  sound  basis.  There  is  still 
much  to  do  in  textual  criticism,  and  much  which  has  been  done  since  the  printing 
of  this  Lexicon  began  would  receive  recognition  if  extensive  revision  were  now 
possible.  Among  the  critical  discussion  of  the  Hebrew  texts  which  have  been 
frequently  used  are  those  of  Geiger,  Graetz,  Wellhausen  (Samuel,  Minor  Prophets), 
Perles,  Oort,  Cornill  (Ezelciel,  Jeremiah),  Beer  (Job),  Driver  (Samuel),  Burney 
(Kings),  the  several  Parts  of  the  Polychrome  Bible,  the  Notes  by  translators  in 
Kautzsch's  Altes  Testament,  as  well  as  those  found  in  the  Commentaries  (especially 
the  two  recently  completed  series  published  under  the  editorship  of  Nowack  and 
Marti,  respectively,  and  the  Old  Testament  volumes  of  the  International  Critical 
Commentary,  edited  by  Professors  Briggs  and  Driver),  and  in  many  periodicals. 

As  to  the  arrangement  of  the  work,  the  Editors  decided  at  an  early  stage 
of  their  preparations  to  follow  the  Thesaurus,  and  the  principal  dictionaries  of 
other  Semitic  languages,  in  classifying  words  according  to  their  stems,  and  not 
to  adopt  the  purely  alphabetical  order  which  has  been  common  in  Hebrew 
dictionaries.  The  relation  of  Semitic  derivatives  to  the  stems  is  such  as  to 
make  this  method  of  grouping  them  an  obvious  demand  from  the  scientific 
point  of  view.  It  is  true  that  practical  objections  to  it  may  be  offered,  but 
these  do  not  appear  convincing.  One  is  that  it  compels  the  Editor  to  seem  to 
decide,  by  placing  each  word  under  a  given  stem,  some  questions  of  etymology 


PREFACE 


IX 


which  in  his  own  mind  are  still  open.  The  number  of  such  cases,  however,  is 
comparatively  small,  and  the  uncertainty  can  always  be  expressed  by  a  word 
of  caution.  And  even  if  the  objection  were  much  more  important  it  would  be 
better  to  assume  the  burden  of  it,  in  order  to  give  students  of  Hebrew,  from 
the  outset,  the  immense  advantage  of  familiarity  with  the  structure  and  formative 
laws  of  the  Hebrew  vocabulary  in  their  daily  work.  Another  objection  in- 
cidental to  this  arrangement  is  thought  to  be  the  increased  difficulty  of  reference. 
This  difficulty  will  diminish  rapidly  as  students  advance  in  knowledge,  and  by 
the  practice  of  setting  words  formed  by  prefix  or  affix — or  otherwise  hard  for 
the  beginner  to  trace — a  second  time  in  their  alphabetical  place,  with  cross- 
references,  it  is  hoped  to  do  away  with  the  difficulty  almost  entirely. 

The  Aramaic  of  the  Bible  has  been  separated  from  the  Hebrew,  and  placed 
by  itself  at  the  end  of  the  book,  as  a  separate  and  subordinate  element  of  the 
language  of  the  Old  Testament.  This  is  a  change  from  that  older  practice  which, 
since  it  was  adopted  here,  has  been  made  also  by  Siegfried  and  Stade,  and  by  Buhl, 
and  which  the  Editors  believe  will  commend  itself  on  grounds  of  evident  propriety. 

The  question  of  adding  an  English-Hebrew  Index  has  been  carefully  con- 
sidered. With  reluctance  it  has  been  decided,  for  practical  reasons,  not  to  do 
so.  The  original  limits  proposed  for  the  Lexicon  have  already  been  far  exceeded, 
and  the  additional  time,  space,  and  cost  which  an  Index  would  require  have 
presented  a  barrier  which  the  Editors  could  not  see  their  way  to  remove. 

The  work  of  preparing  the  Lexicon  has  been  divided  as  follows : — The  articles 
written  by  Professor  Driver  include  all  pronouns,  prepositions,  adverbs,  con- 
junctions, interjections,  and  other  particles,  together  with  some  nouns  whose 
principal  use  (with  or  without  a  preposition)  is  adverbial ;  also  some  entire 
stems  of  which  only  one  derivative  is  used  adverbially :  e.  g.  I.  Tt3,  TV2  (not  ?y!?3), 
W,  I.  bbl,  DND,  yri;  but  in  the  case  of  0oi\  1M,  *&,  i.  "nj>,  b$o  and  by  (sub  nby), 
DV>  "Wa  W  (sub  my),  among  others,  Professor  Driver's  responsibility  does  not  go 
beyond  the  particular  words.  Under  ftiB  he  is  responsible  for  the  treatment  of 
'JB  with  prepositions  prefixed.  He  has  prepared  a  few  other  articles,  as  well ; 
e.g.  tyx,  II.  vo,  bin,  r\w\  njehn,  Ten,  ino,  bj?o,  inh.  In  addition  to  articles  for 
which  he  is  exclusively  responsible,  he  has  read  all  the  proofs,  and  made  many 
suggestions. 

The  following  articles  have  been  prepared  by  Professor  Briggs l ;  they  are  in 
the  main  terms  important  to  Old  Testament  Religion,  Theology,  and  Psychology, 
and  words  related  to  these  : — 

JH3K,  pK,  I.  bnK,  3IK,  II.  H1K,  I.  i>lK,  I.  fW,  TNt,  ^J,  Dy6k,  rfb$,  II.  r6t?, 
I.  }DK,  nBN,  II.  pK,  TIN,  njfo,  Wftt,  1SW  (but  nofBfc);  PN3,  T3,  i.  13,  Kn3,  "TO, 
I.  TO3,     p3  (not  [fflj,   PS),    "133,    ^3,    HD3,    byi,    B''p3,    I.  *03,    n^3,    113,    i.  T3,    TI3, 


1  Except  where  words  are  pointed,  or  special 
restrictions  made,  it  is  generally  to  be  understood 
that  Professor  Briggs  is  responsible  for  all  words 
belonging  to  the  stem  whose  letters  are  given. 
Proper   names,    and   much    of    the    etymological 


material,  especially  in  the  last  two-thirds  of  the 
book,  form  a  standing  exception,  nor  is  Professor 
Briggs  responsible  for  any  part  of  the  Biblical 
Aramaic. 


x  PREFACE 

-lira,  tai;  me,  J,  ins,  naj,  naa,  h:,  rta,  ^a  (not  ^?|),  "BR;  W,  H;  WW  (incl.  mn*) ; 
nai,  I.  nit,  nst,  I.  rot,  nyr,  P"iT;  ssn,  Din,  I.  ntn,  Hon,  hti,  nan,  in.  ^n,  ji.  abn, 
I.  jsn  (not  roan),  Lion,  ron,  j»sn,  ppn,  inn,  i.  mn,  i.  epn,  seta,  j^n;  -ino,  aio, 
noo  ;  I.  i»»o,  nr,  ats',  t&,  nD\  iy\  nap,  an»,  rrv,  ye»,  ntr ;  naa,  jna,  riDa,  boa, 
ova,  I.  nsa,  ana,  yna,  rna ;  n,s6,  aai>,  j"i>,  noi> ;  i.  dkd,  mo,  i.  nno,  nrao,  ^>yo, 
nso,  nisp,  mo,  ntro,  I.  hro;  dxj,  xa:,  ana,  ma,  I.  bra,  era,  ribs,  I.  n,DJ,  b>bs, 
I.  nxj,  ^S3,  i.  nxa,  rips,  ops ;  nto,  nbo,  rbo ;  nay,  nw,  n.  my,  m.  hy,  W, 
nbv  (not  ^yp,  ^5?),  my,  ^oy,  in.  njy,  iny;  1.  -ins,  ma,  n^es,  &b,  I.  nos,  ytfa; 
sax,  pnx,  nix;  ehp,  i>np,  1.  nop,  n.  nj*g,  Mjp,  1.  nsp,  ddp,  i.  ejsp ;  am,  ran,  jrn, 
I.  orn,  1.  yy~i,  nxn,  jwh;  jd'b';  ^iNt?,  natf,  mb5,  rue*,  ne/,  1.  soe>,  yie*,  nne*,  ■«)», 
pe*,  take*,  dbb>,  -pe*,  niB';   Don,  ayn,  nyn. 

Professor  Brown  is  responsible  for  all  articles  and  parts  of  articles  not  included 
in  the  above  statements,  as  well  as  for  the  arrangement  of  the  book  and  the 
general  editorial  oversight. 

The  work  has  consumed  a  much  longer  time  than  was  anticipated  at  the 
outset.  Twenty-three  years  have  passed  since  it  was  undertaken,  and  nearly 
fifteen  since  the  issue  of  the  First  Part,  in  June,  1891.  Several  causes  have 
prevented  an  earlier  completion  of  it.  Not  only  have  the  Editors  been  engaged 
in  the  active  duties  of  their  professorships,  to  which  they  were  obliged  to 
subordinate  even  so  important  a  work  as  this,  but  they  have  more  than  once 
encountered  serious  interruptions  from  unforeseen  circumstances  of  a  personal 
nature.  But,  above  all,  the  task  itself  has  proved  a  greater  one  than  they  supposed 
it  to  be.  The  field  has  been  large,  the  questions  have  been  many,  and  often 
difficult,  the  consideration  of  usage,  involved,  as  it  is,  with  that  of  textual  change 
and  of  fresh  proposals  in  exegesis,  has  required  an  enormous  amount  of  time ; 
the  study  of  etymologies  is  involved  with  masses  of  new  material,  rapidly 
increasing  and  as  yet  imperfectly  published  and  digested ;  the  critical  discussion  of 
the  many  related  topics  is  of  great  extent  and  scattered  through  many  books  and 
periodicals.  Even  tentative  conclusions  can  be  reached  often  only  through 
a  careful  weighing  of  facts  yielded  by  prolonged  investigation.  And  so  the  process 
has  gone  on  year  after  year.  The  Editors  are  quite  aware  that  the  patience  of 
purchasers  has  been  put  to  a  severe  test.  They  would  be  glad  to  think  that  they 
may  find  in  the  result  a  partial  compensation. 

They  know,  indeed,  that  this  result  is  far  from  perfect.  Their  most  earnest 
care  has  not  been  able  to  exclude  errors ;  the  First  Part,  in  particular,  was  printed 
under  unfavourable  conditions,  and  the  years  since  the  earlier  Parts  were  issued 
have  brought  new  knowledge  at  many  points.  It  was  not  possible,  nor  would  it 
have  been  just  to  owners  of  these  Parts,  to  make  considerable  changes  in  the 
plates.  Such  changes  have  been  limited,  almost  wholly,  to  obvious  misprints, 
and  occasional  errors  in  citation.  A  selected,  and  restricted,  list  of  some  of  the 
more  important  '  Addenda  et  Corrigenda '  is  appended  to  the  volume.  The 
Editors  venture  to  hope  that  in  the  future  they  may  be  able  to  utilize  the 
additional  material  which  is  now  in  their  hands. 


PREFACE  xi 

A  list  of  abbreviations  was  issued  with  Part  I.  This  has  been  now  revised 
and  enlarged,  and  it  is  hoped  that  by  its  aid  the  abbreviations  made  necessary 
by  the  fullness  of  reference,  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  requirements  of  space,  on 
the  other,  will  be  quite  intelligible. 

Thanks  are  due  to  many  scholars  who  have  shown  an  interest  in  the  work, 
and  have  contributed  to  its  value  by  their  suggestions.  Prominent  amonw  these 
are  Professor  Hermann  L.  Strack,  D.D.,  of  Berlin ;  Professor  George  F.  Moore,  D.D., 
of  Harvard  University ;  and,  for  the  Biblical  Aramaic,  Stanley  A.  Cook,  Esq.,  of 
Cambridge,  who  has  kindly  read  the  proofs  of  the  Aramaic  Appendix,  and 
made  various  additions  and  improvements.  Dr.  Eberhard  Nestle,  of  Maulbronn, 
Professors  Theodor  Nbldeke,  of  Strassburg,  Henry  Preserved  Smith,  D.D.,  of 
Amherst,  Mass.,  Thomas  Kelly  Cheyne,  D.D.,  of  Oxford,  Richard  J.  H.  Gottheil, 
Ph.D.,  of  Columbia  University,  New  York,  A.  F.  Kirkpatrick,  D.D.,  and  William 
Emery  Barnes,  D.D.,  of  Cambridge,  T.  W.  Davies,  of  the  University  College  of 
North  Wales,  and  Max  Margolis,  of  the  University  of  California,  as  well  as 
Mr.  H.  W.  Sheppard,  of  Bromley,  Kent,  and  others,  have  laid  the  Editors  under 
obligation  by  sending  important  comments,  or  lists  of  corrections.  Any  further 
communications  which  may  advance  the  cause  of  Hebrew  scholarship,  and  promote 
a  more  thorough  comprehension  of  the  Old  Testament  Scriptures  by  supplying 
material  for  a  possible  future  edition  of  the  Lexicon,  will  be  cordially  welcomed. 

It  is  impossible  to  bring  this  Preface  to  a  close  without  especial  reference 
to  the  relations  between  the  Editors  and  their  Publishers,  in  America  and  in 
England.  The  new  Hebrew  Lexicon  owes  its  origin  to  Messrs.  Houghton,  Mifflin 
and  Company,  of  Boston,  Mass.,  holders  of  the  copyright  of  '  Robinson's  Gesenius,' 
and  long  its  publishers.  The  present  editors  were  authorized  by  them  to  undertake 
the  work  as  a  revision  of  that  book.  The  late  Mr.  Henry  0.  Houghton,  senior 
member  of  the  firm,  gave  the  project  his  especial  attention,  devoting  much  time 
to  personal  conference  with  the  American  editors,  and  making  a  visit  to  Oxford 
for  a  discussion  of  the  matter  with  Professor  Driver,  and  with  the  Delegates  of 
the  Clarendon  Press,  whose  co-operation  he  secured.  It  is  a  matter  of  deep  regret 
that  his  life  was  not  spared  to  see  the  completion  of  an  enterprise  in  which  he 
took  so  sympathetic  an  interest.  We  desire  to  record  our  appreciation  of  that 
interest,  and  of  the  considerate  patience  with  which  he — and  the  other  members 
'of  this  publishing-house  both  before  and  since  his  death — -have  met  the  delays 
in  finishing  the  work. 

We  are  under  similar  obligations  to  the  Delegates  of  the  Clarendon  Press. 
Since  assuming  a  share  in  this  enterprise  they  have  shown  unfailing  regard  for 
it  as  a  serious  contribution  to  Hebrew  learning.  The  Editors  have  many  courtesies 
to  acknowledge  from  successive  Secretaries  of  the  Clarendon  Press,  the  late  Master 
of  Pembroke,  Professor  Bartholomew  Price,  D.D.,  P.  Lyttleton  Gell,  Esq.,  and 
C.  Cannan,  Esq. 

We  desire  to  express  our  thanks  to  the  printers,  to  whose  painstaking  care 
in  the  composition— made  complicated  and  difficult  by  the  great  variety  of  type, 
including  half  a  dozen  founts  of  foreign  characters— in  the  correcting  and  in 
the  press-work,  the  excellent  appearance  of  the  page  is  due ;  to  Horace  Hart,  M.  A., 


zii  PREFACE 

under  whose  direction  they  have  worked ;  and  not  least  to  J.  C.  Pembrey,  M.  A., 
chief  Oriental  proof-reader,  whose  sharp  eye  little  escapes,  and  whose  personal 
enthusiasm  is  always  concentrated  upon  the  book  in  hand. 

The  merits  of  the  work — if  it  have  them — are  dependent  to  a  large  degree  on 
the  hearty  co-operation  of  all  these,  whose  service  we  gratefully  acknowledge. 

In  thus  sending  out  into  the  world  a  book  to  which  have  gone  many  years 
of  life  and  much  persistent  effort,  our  most  earnest  wish  is  that  it  shall  be  of 
real  use  to  students,  as  a  key  with  which  they  may  unlock  for  themselves  the 
rich  treasure-house  of  the  Old  Testament. 

THE   EDITORS. 
March,  1906. 


ABBREVIATIONS 


A  =  Alexandrine  MS.  of  Septua- 
gint. 

ABA  =  Abhandlungen  d.  Berliner 
Akademie  d.  Wissen- 
schaften. 

abs,     —absolute. 

abstr.  =  abstract. 

Abulf-Abulfeda. 

Ac       =  Academy  (London). 

ace.  =  accusative  (direct  obj. 
etc.). 

ace.  cogn.  =  ace.  of  cognate  meaning 
with  verb. 

ace.  pers.  =  ace.  of  person. 

ace.  rei  =  ace.  of  thing. 

ace.  to  =  according  to. 

act.     m  active. 

adj,     —  adjective. 

adv.    =  adverb. 

AE     —  Aben  Ezra. 

AGG  —  Abhandlungen  d.  Gottinger 
Gesellsch.  d.  Wissen- 
schaften. 

AGI  "-Assyrian  &  English  Glos- 
sary, Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity. 

AJPh  — American  Journal  of  Philo- 
logy. 

A  JSL  —  American  Journal  of  Se- 
mitic Languages. 

Ak.     —  Akkadian. 

al.  —et  aliter,  and  elsewhere; 
also  el  alii,  and  others. 

Albr   =  K.  Albrecht. 

alttest(am) .  =  alttestamentliche(r,s). 

alw.    =  always. 

Am     =  Amos. 

Am.  J.Sem.Lang.  =  A JSL,  q.  v. 

AmRV  =  American  RV. 

Andr  =  Andreas.  Andr31  —  Id.,  in 
Marti's  Aram.Grammatik. 

Aq       =Aquila. 

AR     —  Andover  Review. 

Ar.     —  Arabic. 

Aram.  =  Aramaic,  Aramaism. 

Arch.  =  Archaeology. 

ARSK  =  A.  R.  S.  Kennedy. 

As.      —  Assyrian. 

Asrb.  —  Assurbanipal. 

Asm.  =  Assurnasirpal. 

A.T.   =  Altes  Testament. 

Ath.   —  Athenaeum  (London). 

A  v.     —  Avesta,  Avestan. 

AV     =  Authorized  Version. 

AW    =Abu'lWalid. 

A&W  =  Abel  &  Winckler,  Keil- 
schrifttexte,  Glossary. 

AZ     =  Agyptische  Zeitschrift. 


B         =  Vatican  MS.  of  Septuagint. 
Ba       =J.Barth.  BaErkl- "•■'"•  =  /</., 

Erklarung    des    Jesaias ; 

BaES  =  7<2.,Etymologische 

Studien;  BaNB  =  /</.,  No- 

minalbildung. 
Ba      ~K.  C.  Biihr. 
Bab.    —Babylonian. 
Bacher = W.  Bacher.    BacherTennln<>1- 

—  Id. ,  Alteste  Terminolo- 
gie  der  jiidischen  Schrift- 
auslegung. 

Bachm  =  J.  Bachmann. 

Bad  =  K.  Badeker.  BadE*  =  Ba- 
deker's  Egypt ;  Badr*'-= 
Badeker' s  Palestine. 

Bae     -F.    Baethgen.      Bae^1-,    or 

BaeSem.Bel._Beitrjige  zur 

Semitischen  Religionsge- 

schichte. 
Baen  =  B.  Baentsch. 
Bahr  =K.    C.   Bahr.     Bahrs»ml>  = 

Bahr,  Symbolik  des  Mosai- 

schen  Cultus. 
BAL  =C.  Bezold,  Babylonisch-As- 

syrische  Literatur. 
B.Aram.  —  Biblical  Aramaic. 
BarHeb(r)  —  Bar  Hebraeus. 
BAS  =»Beitrage    zur    Assyriologie 

u.    Suiriit.    Sprachwissen- 

schaft,  edd.  1)1.  &  Hpt. 
Bau(d)  =  W.  von  Baudissin.   BauKel 

—  id.,  Studien  zur  Se- 
mitischen Religionsge- 
schichte ;  BauI'rl"t-  =  Id., 
Geschichte  des  Alttes- 
tamentlichen  Priester- 
thums. 

Bd.      -Bad,  q.v. 

BD     =  Baer&Delitzsch,Heb.Text. 

Be       —  E.  Bertheau. 

beg.    m  beginning. 

Behrm  —  G.  Behrmann. 

Belsh.  —  Belshazzar. 

Benn  -  W.  H.  Bennett. 

Benz  —  J.    Benzinger.     BenzArcll  = 

Id.,  Hebriiische  Archae- 

ologie. 
Berggren = J.  Berggren,  Guide  Fran- 

cais-Arabe  Vulgaire. 
BerlinerTOnk-  —  A.  Berliner, Targum 

of  Onkelos. 
Berthol  =  A.  Bertholet. 
BeRy  =  Bertheau's   Cumin,  ed.    by 

Ryssel. 
Bev     =  A.  A.  Bevan. 
Bez     -C.  Bezold. 
BH     -Biblical  Hebrew. 


Bi       =G.  BickelL 

Bl       -F.  Bleek. 

Bla     -J.  S.  Black. 

Bloch<G'-'  =  A.  Bloch,  Phbnirisches 
Glossar. 

Bmg   —  A.  J.  Baumgartner. 

Bo  -S.  Bochart.  BoHtor01-  -  Id., 
Hierozoicon. 

B6  =  F.  Bottcher.  Bo »,  or  Bb  '• » 
=  Id.,  Lehrbuch  d.  Hebr. 
Sprache  j  Bo*.  »r  "*•—  Id., 
Ahrenlese.orNeueAhren- 
lese;  Bb'-'-W.,  De  In- 
feris ;  BoI"r°b-  =  Id.,  Pro- 
ben  alttest.  Schrifterkla- 
rung. 

Bondi-J.  H.  Bondi,  Hebr.  Lebn- 
worter  in  Hieroglyphi- 
schen  ....  Texten. 

BOR  ■»  Babylonian  &  Oriental  Re- 
cord. 

Br  =  C.  A.  Briggs.  Br°«"- ln"-  = 
Id.,  General  Introduction 
to  the  Study  of  Holy 
Scripture;  BrH«-  =  Id., 
Higher  Criticism  of  the 
Hexateuch ;  Br"p  •=  Id., 
Messianic  Prophecy. 

Braundl!  v««- s»«rd.  =  j,  Braunius, 
Vestitus  Sacerdotum  He- 
braeorum. 

Brd     =C.  Bredenkamp. 

Brock —  C.  Brockelmann,  esp.  Id., 
Lexicon  Syriacum. 

Bu  =K.  Budde.  Bu8*  -  Id., 
Richter  u.  Samuel ;  Bu 
Cr»-  -  Id.,  Die  biblische 
Urgeschichte. 

Buhl  —  Frants  Buhl,  esp.  as  editor 
of  eds.12-14  of  Gesenius's 
Handwbrterbuchiiber  das 
A.  T.;  Buhl^w.)  _/<*., 
Geographie  des  Alten 
Palastina ;  Buhl""""-  - 
Id.,  Geschichte  der  Edo- 
miter. 

Bur    =  C.  F.  Burney. 

Burckh — J.  L.  Burckhardt,  esp.  Id., 
Travels  in  Syria,  etc. 

Bux    =  J.  Buxtorf. 

Bz       =C.  Bezold. 

c.         = circa,  about;  also  cum  with. 

Ca       =  C.  P.  Caspari. 

Calv    —John  Calvin. 

Cappad.  =  Cappadocia. 

Castell  =  Edward  Castell. 

Castle  -Castell. 


XIV 


ABBREVIATIONS 


caus.  =  causative. 

CeigHHrok^o.  Celsius,  Hierobo- 
tanicon. 

cf.        —  confer,  compare. 

I  Ch,  2  Ch  --  i  i  .'  Chronicles. 

Champoll— J.  F.  Champollion. 

Che  =  T.  K.  Cheyne.  CheFouod,l^, 
=  7rf.,  Founders  of  Old 
Testament  Criticism ;  Che 

Hpt.'s  Sacred  Books  of 
the  O.  T.  ('Polychrome 
Bible '),  Eng.  Trans.,  and 
Heb.  Text;  Che1""1'-- 
7j?.,TntroductiontoIsaiah; 
Che°p  =  7rf.,  Origin  and 
Religious  Contents  of  the 
Psalter. 
ChGn  — G.  Smith's  Chald.  Genesis, 

Germ.  ed. 
Chron  —  Chronicles  ;  also  Chronicon 

(e.g.,  EusebChro1'-). 
Chr-Pal.    =     Christian -Palestinian 
Aramaic. 

ChWB-J.Levy.ChaldiiischesWor- 
terbuch. 

Cilic.  —  Cilician  (Aramaic). 

CIS  —  Corpus  Inscript.  Semitica- 
rum. 

CIGann  —  Clermont-Ganneau. 

Co       =  C.  H.  Cornill. 

coll.    —collective. 

Comm.a  Commentary,  Commen. 
taries,  Commentators. 

comp.  —  compare,  compares,  com- 
parative. 

concr.  = concrete. 

conj.  —  conjecture  (s);  also  conjunc- 
tion. 

consec.  —  consecutive. 

constr.  m  construction. 

contr.  —  contract,  contracted. 

Cook  -Stanley  A.  Cook. 

Cooke -G.  A.  Cooke. 

COT  —  The  Cuneiform  Inscr.  &  the 
Old  Test.  (Eng.  Trans,  of 
KATJ,  by  O.  H.  White- 
house). 

Cowley  — A.  E.  Cowley. 

cp.       —  compare. 

cpd.    =  compound,  compounded. 

CR     —  Comptes  Rend  us. 

cstr.    —construct. 

Ct       -  Canticles  —Song  of  Solomon. 

Cuche—  Id.,  Dictionnaire  Arabe- 
Francais. 

D  =  Deuteronomist  in  Dt.,  in 
other  books  Deuteronomic 
author  or  redactor. 

D  (in  BAram.  Appendix) -G.  Dal- 
man,  usu.  Id.,  Ara- 
maisches-Neuhebraisches 
Worterbuch;  D»  =  Id., 
Grammatik  des  Jiidisch- 
Aramaiscben    (2nd    ed., 

"90S)- 
Da      -A.  B.  Davidson.     Da8'nt  = 

Id.,  Hebrew  Syntax. 
Dalm  -G.  Dalman.    DalmWB  =  7rf., 

Aramaisches  -  Neuhebrai- 

sches  Worterbuch. 


Dan. 
DB 

De 


del. 


=  Daniel. 

—  Dictionary  of  the  Bible,  ed. 
J.  Hastings. 

—  Franz  Delitzsch.  Decompi. 
v*r-  =  Id.,  Complutensi- 
sche  Varianten  zum  alt- 
testamentlichen  Texte ; 
J)eHL  1111,1  Kohelelh      ,_      Jrf 

Comm.  iiber  das  Hohelied 
und  Koheleth. 
=dele,  strike  out  (also  delet, 
delent). 

Derenb  =  (usu.)  H.  Derenbourg ; 
sts.  J.  Derenbourg;  De- 
renbKtujM  „  Id>  feudes 
sur  l'Epigraphie  du  Ye'- 
men. 

DeW  =  W.  M.  L.  De  Wette. 

DHM=D.  H.  Miiller.  DHMB8  = 
Id.,  Burgen  u.  Schlbsser 
Sad  -  Arabiens ;       DHM 

Epigr.  DenVm.  (Ar.,  or  aus  Aliens.) 
—  Id.,  Epigraphische 
Denkmaler,  or  Epigr. 
Denkm.  aus  Arabien,  or 
Epigr.  Denkm.  aus  Abes- 
sinien ;  DHMH°tmU!-  =  Id., 
Inschriften  des  Hof- 
museums;  DHM*1*1!^ 
Id.,  Inschriften  von  Send- 
schirli;  DHM81»d-=  Id., 
Sudarabische  Studien ; 
DHMSmb  .   I(Lj      Sab 

Alterthiimer  in  d.  Kon. 

Museen  zu  Berlin. 
Di       —A.  Dillmann. 
Dict.Bib.  — Smith,  Dictionary  of  the 

Bible. 
Dietr  -  F.  E.  C.  Dietrich,  esp.  Id., 

Abhandlungen  fiir  semit. 

Wortforschung. 
Diod  =  Diodorus  Siculus. 
Dioscor  —  Dioscorides ;        DioscorDe 

M»t.r.M«i.  „  Id>  De   Ma. 

teria  Medica. 

div.     —  divinum,  divinitatu. 

Dl  =  Friedrich  Delitzsch.  Dl*  = 
Id.,  Assyrian  Grammar ; 
Dl"  -  Id.,  Hebrew  & 
Assyrian ;  DIHwb  =  jj h 
Assyrisches  Handworter- 
buch;  D1K  =  Id.,  Sprache 
d.  Kossiier ;  D1L  =  Id., 
Assyrische  Lesesttlcke ; 
Dlr»">  =  7rf.,  Wo  lag  das 
Paradies  1  DlPr<°»  =  Id., 
Prolegomena ;  Dl8  —  Id. , 
Assyrische  Studien ;  Dlw 
=  Id„  Assyrisches  Wor- 
terbuch. 
Deutsche  Literatur-  Zeit- 
ung. 

Dn    =  Daniel. 

Door  -  A.  van  Doorninck. 

DoughtyA"»>»«=C.  M.  Doughty, 
Travels  in  Arabia  De- 
serta. 

Dozy  -R,  Dozy,  (usu.)  Suppl.  aux 
Diet.  Arabes. 

DPV  =  Deutscher  PalUstina-Ve- 
rein. 


DLZ 


Dr  -S.  R.  Driver.  Dr»  =  Id,, 
Hebrew  Tenses ;  DrImr-  — 
Id.,  Introduction  to  Lite- 
rature of  0.  T. ;  DrPMl'  = 
Id.,  Psalter;  DrSm,  or8»m 
—  /</.,  Text  of  Samuel. 

Dr-Wh- Driver  and  White,  Le- 
viticus (Hpt.). 

Dt       —  Deuteronomy. 

Du      =B.  Duhm. 

dub.   —  dubious,  doubtful. 

Dvd    —David. 

DWAk-Denkschriften  der  Wiener 
Akademie  d.  Wiss. 

Dy      —J.  Dyserinck. 

E        -Elohist. 

Eb      =  G.    Ebers.      Eh**"  -  Id., 

Aegypten    u.  d.   Biicher 

Mosis;EbG8  =  7d.,Durch 

Gosen  zum  Sinai. 

EB(i)- Encyclopaedia  Biblica,  edd. 

Black  and  Cheyne. 
Ec        =  Ecclesias  tes. 
Ecclus  — Ecclesiasticus;  Ecclus,  Ox- 
ford ed.,  =  Heb.    Frag- 
ments   of   Ecclesiasticus. 
edd.       Neubauer       and 
Cowley. 
Eg.      -Egyptian, 
elsewh.  —  elsewhere. 
EMey  -  Eduard      Meyer,     EMey 
Entstebung  «  ]d.,     Entste- 
hung    des    Judenthums, 
—  Id.,  Entstehung  J.,  etc. 
Enc.Brit.  —  Encyclopaedia        Brit- 

tanica,  9th  ed. 
Ency(cl).Bib.  =  EB(i),  q.  v. 
Eng.Tr(ans).  =  English  Translation. 
Ephr.  =  Ephraimitic  source. 
Ephr(em)  —  Ephrem  Syrus. 
Esar.  —  Esarhaddon. 
Esdr.  =  Esdras. 
esp.     —  especially. 
Est     -Esther. 
E.T.   -Eng.  Trans. 
Eth.    -Ethiopic. 

Eut  =  J.Euting.EutK«7d.,Samm- 
lung  Karthag.  Inschrif- 
ten; EutN«»  =  /tf.,  Naba- 
tiiische  Inschriften;  Eut 
"'•"Id.,  Sinaitische  In- 
schriften. 
E.V.  =  English  Version(s). 
Ew  =H.  Ewald.  Ew»  =  /<*.,  Heb. 
Gram.;  Ew0'""1-)  =  Id., 
Geschichte  d.  Volkes  Is- 
rael; EwH  =  7d.,  History 
of  Isr.  (Eng.  Trans,  of 
EwG(e»ch.)).       EwJBW      or 

Ew"">">-=7<,.,  Jahrb.  d. 
bibl.  Wissenschaft ;  Ew 
BTh-7rf.,  BiblischeTheo- 
logie;  EwAn,-7rf.,  An- 
tiquities. 

Ex      =  Exodus. 

exc.     =  except. 

exil.    —exile. 

Ez       =  Ezekiel. 

Ezr     -  Ezra. 

i.,f.    —feminine. 

f,  or  ff=  and  following. 


ABBREVIATIONS 


xv 


F.B.    -  F.  Brown. 

fern.    —  feminine,  feminae. 

FFP  -  Flora  and  Fauna  of  Palestine 

(Surrey). 
Fi       —  Frederick  Field,   esp.   Id., 

Origeni8  Hexaplorum  quae 

supersunt. 
fig.       —  figurative. 
fin.       -  finite,  finitivum. 
FJB   =F.  J.  Bliss. 
Fl       -H.L.Fleischer.      F1K,-Schr- 

Id.,  Kleine  Schriften. 
Flora  =  Post,  Flora  of  Syria, 
fr.        —  from. 
Fr       -S.   Frensdorff.     FrMM -/</., 

Massora  Magna. 
Fra     —  S.  Friinkel,  and  (usu.)  Id., 

Aramiiische  Fremdwbrter 

im  Arabischen. 
Frankenb(erg)  =W.    Frankenberg. 

Frankenb8!"  =  Id.,Comm. 

Spriiche  (ed.  Nowack). 
Frey    —  G.W.Frey tag,  Lex.  Arab.  ; 

J-reyProv.Ar.(  or  Frov.^/^^ 

Arabum  Proverbia. 
fs.        —  feminine  singular. 
Fu       =  J.  Fiirst. 

(5)        —  Greek  Version  of  the  LXX. 
®L  =  LXX    of   Lucian 

(Lag). 
GACooke  =  (usu.)G.A.Cooke,North 

Semitic    Inscriptions ;  — 

GACookeInKr- 
Gal     -Galilee. 
Gann  — Clermont-Ganneau. 
GASm— George  Adam  Smith.    GA 

Sm8<«°«r>  =  /</.,  Historical 

Geography  of  the   Holy 

Land. 
Gei     -A.  Geiger.    Gein^hr-  =  Id., 

Urschrift     u.    Ubersetz- 

ungen    der    Bibel ;    Gei 

N«h»el.  Schr.  „  Jrf->    Nac),_ 

gelassene  Schriften. 
gent.  =gentis,  of   a    people,  gen- 

tilicium. 
geogr.  =  geography. 
Gerber<v«"- "*■">"'■>  =  W.  T.  Gerber, 

Verba  Denominativa. 
Ges     =  W.  Gesenius.     Ges*  =  Id., 

Heb.     Gram.      ed.      by 

Kautzsch;   Geslb«  =  Id., 

Lehrgebaude     d.     Heb. 

Sprache. 
Gesch.  —  Geschichte. 
Gf      =K.  H.  Graf. 
GFM=G.  F.  Moore. 
GGA  — Gbttingsche   Gelehrte   An- 

zeigen. 
GGAbh.  =  Giitt.Gel.  Abhandlungen. 
GGN  -Gbtt.  Nachrichten. 
Gie      =  F.  Giesebrecht. 
Gi(nsb)  =  C.  D.  Ginsburg. 
Gl(as)=E.    Glaser;      Gl"81  =  Id., 

Mittheilungen  Qber  Sab. 

Inschriften ;  Gl8"""  =  Id., 

Skizze  der  Geschichte  u. 

Geographie  Arabiens. 
Gloss. ,  gl.  —  glossary,rarely  —  a  gloss. 
Gn       =  Genesis. 
Gr       =H.  Gratz. 


Gray  -G.B.Gray.  GrayPr°<>-  K-=W., 
Hebrew  Proper  Names. 

Gu  —  H.  Guthe,  rarely  Stan. 
Guyard.  Gu'  —  Guyard, 
Notes  de  lexicogr.  assy- 
rienne. 

Guerin  — V.  Guerin,  Description 
geographique  de  la  Pales- 
tine, 

Guidi  — Ignazio  Guidi;  Guidi0*"* 
**»  =  Id.,  Delia  Sede 
Primitiva  dei  Popoli 
Semitici. 

Gunk  =H.  Gunkel.  Gunk801"**  = 
Id.,  Schopfung  u.  Chaos. 

Guy    —  Stan.  Guyard. 

Q       —  Hebrew(ConsonantalText). 

H       =  Code  of  Holiness. 

Haev  =  Haevernick. 

Hal  -J.  Hale'vy.  HalM  -  Id., 
Melanges  ;  HalDB  =  Id., 
Documents  Religieux ; 
HalMA  =  Id.,  Mission  Ar- 
che"ol.  dans  le  Yemen ; 
Hal*8,  or  »■  s^.  =  Id., 
Etudes  Sabeennes. 

Hamm  =  Hammurabi,  esp.  Id., 
Code  of  Laws. 

Hartmpl>"""-1>l"il"««>  -  M.  Hart- 
mann,  Pluriliteralbild- 
ungen  in  den  semitischen 
Sprachen. 

Hast  =  James  Hastings.  Hast(ings) 
db;  orDict.  Bib.  m  Dictionary 
of  the  Bible,  ed.  James 
Hastings. 

Hb      =Habakkuk. 

Hbr     =  Hebraica. 

HDerenb  =  H.  Derenbourg. 

Heb.  —  Hebrew. 

He(ngst)  —  E.  Hengstenberg. 

Herod(ot.)  =  Herodotus. 

Hex    —  Hexateuch. 

Hg      -Haggai. 

Hi       =  F.  Hitzig. 

Hilg    -A.  Hilgenfeld. 

Hilpr  =H.  V.  Hilprecht. 

Hirz  m  L.  Hirzel. 

Ho      =  Hosea. 

Hoffm  =  G.  Hoffmann. 

Hollenb  =  W.  A.  Hollenberg. 

Holz  =H.  Holzinger. 

Horn  =F.   Hommel.       HomAA,   or 

A.  u.  A        ()r      Aufsfitze  =    /,/ 

Aufsatze  u.  Abhandlun- 
gen ;  Homchr,  or  chiwttonu 
or  SQdir.  ChreiL,,/^  gud- 
arabische  Chrestomathie ; 
HomNS  —  Id.,  Namen 
der  Saugethiere. 

Houb  =  C.  F.  Houbigant. 

HP  =  Holmes  &  Parsons,  Septua- 
gint. 

HPS  =H.  P.  Smith. 

Hpt  =Paul  Haupt.  Hpt°  =  Id., 
Akkadische  __  Sprache ; 
HptD— id.,  Uber  einen 
Dialekt  der  Sumerischen 
Sprache  [GGN.  1880, 
Nr.  17]  ;  HptK  =  Id.,  E. 
vowel ;  HptF  =  itf.,Sumer. 


Familiengesetze ;  HptL- 
Id.,  Beitrage  z.  Aon. 
Lautlehre  ;  Hpt"  -  Id., 
Nimrodepos ;  Hptp,<>1,  **• 
0r"  «■/</.,  Prolegomena  to 
an  Assyrian  Grammar; 
Hpt8  .  Id.,  Sintfluthbe- 
richt ;  HptT -Jd,  ASKT, 
Akkad.  &  Sum.  Keil- 
schrifttexte ;  Hpt,  or  ui« 
(Cheat*,ftc.)  usu.  -Sacred 
Books  of  the  O.  T ,  ed. 
Hpt  (Polychrome  Bible). 

HSch  =  H.  Schultz. 

Hultsch  =  F.  Hultsch,  Griechische 
u.  Rbmische  Metrologie. 

Hup  =  H.Hupfeld.  Hup^jHupB"*"", 
Hup-Now  =  Id.,  Psal- 
men,  edd.  Riehm,  No- 
wack. 

Idiot.  —  Idioticon. 

Impf.  —  Imperfect. 

Imv.   =■  Imperative. 

ind.     —  indirect. 

indef.  =  indefinite. 

Inf.     —Infinitive. 

infr.,  en/r.  -  infra,  below. 

Inschr.  =  Inschrift,  Inschriften. 

inscr.  —  inscription(s) ;     Inscr.     of 

Carpentr.—Inscription  of 

Carpentras. 
intr(ans).  =  intransitive, 
i.q.     —  id  quod,  i.  e.  the  same  with. 
Is        =  Isaiah. 

J        —  Jehovist. 

JA  =  Journ.  of  the  Royal  Asiatic 
Society. 

Jacob = G .  J  acob.  JacobAr<,b-> Dlch'" 
"Id.,  Studien  in  Arab. 
Dichtern;  Id.™*- ulHa  = 
Id.,  Leben  der  vorisla- 
mischen  Beduinen. 

J.  Aram.  —  Jewish-Aramaic  (Ju- 
disch-Aramaisch). 

JAs    —Journal  Asiatique. 

Jastr  =  Marcus  Jastrow,  Diet,  of 
Targumim,  Talmud,  etc.; 
also  Morris  Jastrow,  Jr. ; 
Jastr""1-  *•>»■  m  M.  Jastrow, 
Jr.,  Religion  of  Baby- 
lonia and  Assyria. 

jAT.ImLichtd.AO  =  A.  Jeremias,  Das 
Alte  Testament  im  Licht 
des  Alten  Orients. 

Jb       =Job. 

JBL  —Journal  of  Biblical  Litera- 
ture. 

JBTh  =  Jahrbiicher  f.  deutsche 
Theologie. 

JDMich=J.  D.  Michaelis. 

Je       —Jeremiah. 

Jen  -P.Jensen.  JenCMm°'-  =  Id., 
Cosmologie  der  Baby- 
lonier. 

Jer     —Jerome;  also  Jerusalem. 

Jerem  =  A.  Jeremias. 

Jerus.  —  Jerusalem. 

Jes     — Jesaias. 

JHC  -Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Circu- 
lars. 


XVI 


ABBREVIATIONS 


JHMich-J.  H.  Michaelis. 

•1LZ    —  Jenaer  Lit.-Zeitung. 

Jo       —  Joel. 

Jon      —  Jonah. 

Jog     —  Joshua. 

Jos*0',  Jos^  —  Fl.  Josephus,  An- 
tiquities, or  Bell.  Jud. 

Joseph  =  F1.  Josephus  (sts.). 

JosKi  —  Joseph  Kimchi. 

JPh(il). -Journal  of  Philology 
(Engl.). 

JPTh  -  Jahrbiicher  fur  Prot.  Theol. 

JQ      m  Jewish  Quarterly. 

Jr  —A.  Jeremias,  Leben  naeh 
dem  Tode. 

JThS  -Journal  of  Theological 
Studies. 

Jn       —Judges. 

Jud.    -   Judaea,  Judsean. 

Jud.  Zeitsclir.  —  Monatsschrift  fiir 
Gesch.  u.  Wiss.  des  J  u- 
denthums. 

juss.    =jussive. 

K        —  E.  Kautzsch  (in  B.  Aram. 

Appendix).       K*  =  Id., 

Gramm.  d.  bibl.  Aram. ; 

KA'*m-  —  Id .,  Aramaismen 

im  A.T. 
i  K ,  2K  =  1  &  2  Kings. 
Kara.     al-Kamus  (Arab.  Diet.),  by 

al-FirQzabadi. 
KAT-E.  Schrader,  Keilinschr.  u. 

d.Alte  Testament.  KAT3 

-Id.,    3rd    ed.     by    H. 

Winckler    and   H.  Zim- 

raern. 
Kau    =  E.  Kautzsch;   Kau*  =  Id., 

Gram.    d.    bibl.    Aram.; 

KauAram(aismen)(lm  AT)  =  J£ 

Ar*""-;  KauAT  =  Die  Hei- 

ligen  Schriften  d.  Alten 

Testaments,     ed.     Kau. ; 

Kau™  -  Id.,    Mittheil- 

ungen  u.  Kachrichten  d. 

DPV,  1904  ;    ""  (SoK»u, 

etc.)=KauAT. 
Kay    -W.Kay. 
KB      -E.  Schrader,  Keilinschriftl. 

Bibliothek. 
Ke      -C.F.Keil. 
Kenn  —  B.  Kennicott. 
Kennedy  =  (usu.)  A.  R.  S.  Kennedy. 
KG     —  E.  Schrader,  Die  Kei  linschr. 

und    die     Geschichtsfor- 

schung. 
kg.       -king. 
Kgs.   =King8. 

Ki       —  David  Kimchi  (Qamchi). 
Kiep(ert)-H.  Kiepert. 
Kirkp-A.  F.  Kirkpatrick. 
Kit     -R.Kittel.KitD1  =  Di,Jesaia, 

ed.  Kit;   KitG«*MorHi«.) 

=  Kit,    Geschichte     der 

Hebraer  (or  Eng.  Trans.). 
Kit-Di-KitD'-Dillmann's  Comm. 

(Isaiah),  ed.  by  Kit. 
Klo     -A.  Klostermann.  KI8  =  Die 

Bficher     Sam.       u.      d. 

Konige. 
Krap  —  A.  Kamphausen. 
Kn     -A.  Knobel. 


Knud  tzonAM-  <**—  -  J.  A.  Knudtzon, 

Assyrische  Gebete  an  den 

Sonnengott. 
Ko      -E.  Konig.      Ko'.'1-1"- Jd., 

Heb.    Gram.;     Kb8*"-- 

Kii"1;    Kb*-  Id.,    Heb. 

Gram.;  KbE""-  =  .M.,Ein- 

leitung  in  d.  A.T. 
Koh    -A.  Kohler. 
Kohut-Mejnorial  =  Studies  in  Me- 

moryof  A. Kohut;  Kohut- 

Studies  — id. 
KostersHer"«1  =  W.  H.  Kosters,  Het 

Herstel  van  Israel  in  het 

Perzische  Tijdvak. 
Kp      —  A.  F.  Kirkpatrick. 
Krae  =  1!.  Kraetzschmar. 
Krauss  =  S.  Krauss, esp.  Id.,  Griech- 

ische     und     Lateinische 

Lehnwbrter  im   Talmud, 

etc. 
Kremer  =  A.  Kremer.     Kramer8""'- 

=  Id.,  Beitrage. 
Krochm  — A.  Krochmal. 
KSGW  =  KbnigL   Sachs.    Ak.    d. 

Wiss. 
Kt  -Knhibh. 
Kue    —  A.  Kuenen.     KueGe*-Abh  = 

Jd.,Gesammelte  Abhand- 

lungen. 

La       —  Lamentations. 

Lag     —  P.  de  Lagarde.    LagA«*th,I1«- 

—  Id.,  Agathangelus ; 
LagArm.  Stud^    or    AS  m  J^., 

Armenische  Studien ;  Lag 
™  =  Id.,  Bildung  d.  No- 
mina ;  Lag",  oru"th>  —  Id., 
Mittheilungen ;  LagNovl 
*»»..p<».„  Id.,  Novi  Psal- 
terii  Specim. ;  Lag0"0"1-— 
Id.,  Onomastica  Sacra ; 
Lag0r  =  Id.,  Orientalia  ; 
LagPer"-8tud.  =  Id.,  Per- 
sische  Studien;  LagSe  — 
Id.,  Semitica ;  Lag8',  or 
Bjmim.)^J(it  Symmicta, 

Landberg  =  C.  Landberg.  Land- 
bergProv.  „  j(i ;  pr0verbe8 
et  Dictons. 

Lane  =E. W.Lane;  usu. Id., Arabic 
Dictionary.  Lane<*,od-) 
Eejpt.  ^  Itf.,Modern  Egyp- 
tians. 

Lay     —  A.  H.  Layard. 

I.e.     —  in  loco  citato. 

LCB   —  Litterarisches  Centralblatt. 

Ldzb  —  M.  Lidzbarski;  usu.  Id., 
Nordsemitische  Inschrif- 
ten. 

Len     —  F.  Lenormant.  LenBe«lnnln«, 

—  Id.,  Beginnings  of  His- 
tory (Eng.  Traps,  of  Ori- 
gines  de  l'Histoire,  I). 
Len0r"«>~K.,  Les  Ori- 
gines  de  1'HiBtoire. 

(v.)Leng  — C.  von  Lengerke. 

Levy  —Jacob  Levy. 

LeWy(Sem.)  Fremdir(Orter)  _  JJ_     Lewy, 

Semitische   Fremdwbrter 
im  Griechischen. 
Lihy.  —  Lihyanian  (language). 


LindbergVer«,s«m-Gr»m-  =  Lindberg, 

Vergleichende  semitische 

Grammatik. 
Linn   —  C.     Linnaeus     (Carl      von 

Linne). 
I  .'.tt.ni  -   l-'.iiiin  l.ittmann. 
Lo       —  R.  Lowth. 
loc.     —local,  locality. 
Loft    -  W.  K.  Loftus,  esp.  Loft08  - 

/'/.,( 'haklaea  and  Susiana. 
LOPh  — Literaturblatt  fiir  Orienta- 

lische  Philologie. 
Low    —  J.  Low,  Aramaische  Pflan- 

zennamen. 
Lu       —  Martin  Luther. 
Luz(z)  —  S.  D.  Luzzatto. 
Lv       =  Leviticus. 
Lyon  —  D.  G.  Lyon. 
Lzb     —  M.  Lidzbarski  (v.    Ldzb.). 

Lz^EpWem).  =  Id.,    Ephe- 

meris  fiir  semitische  Epi- 

graphik. 

M,  Ml  —  (in     BAram.     Appendix) 

K.  Marti,  Gram.  d.  bibl. 

Aram. 
m.,m.  —masculine. 
M-A  =W.  Muss-Arnolt.  M-A0D- 

Id.,  Compendious  Assyr. 

Diet. 
Mai    =Malachi. 
Mand.  =  Mandean. 
Marquart  — J.  Marquart.  Marquart 

Id.,  Fundament.  ^/^  Jj-Un. 

damente  israelitischer  u. 

jiidischer  Geschichte. 
Marti  -K.  Marti. 
Ma?(s)  — Masora. 
MBAk  =  Monatsbericht  d.  Berliner 

Akad.  d.  Wissenschaften. 
MDPV- Mittheilungen    d.    Deut- 

schen  Palastina-Vereins. 
Me      —  A.  Merx. 
Meierw»™'WB  =  E.   Meier,    Hebriii- 

sches  Wurzelwbrterbuch. 
Meinh  — J.  Meinhold. 
Meissn  =  B.  Meisgner.     Meissn8u',i>u 

—  Id.,   Supplement  zum 

Assyr.  Worterb. 
Mem.  — Survey    of    W.    Palestine, 

Memoirs, 
metaph.  m  metaphor,  metaphorically. 
Mey   —  E.    Meyer.      MeyK-JU<1-,   or 

Entstehung  or  Enst.  J.  or  Ent- 
stehung d.  Jud.     or  Judenth(um) 

=  Id.,  Die  Entstehung 
des  Judenthums. 

MGWJ  =  Monatsschr.,  q.  v. 

MI      —  Mesha-Inscription. 

Mi      =  Micah. 

Mich  =  J.  D.  Michaelis. 

Min.  =Minaean. 

Mish(n).  —  Mishna. 

mng.  —meaning. 

Mo     =  F.  E.  Movers. 

Monatsschr.  —  Monatsschrift  fiir  Ge- 
schichte u.  Wissen.  d. 
Judenthums. 

Mordt(m)  —  J.  H.  Mordtmann. 
MordtmHlm- IllK,>r-  —  Id., 
Hirnjarisehe  Inschriften. 

nipl.   —  masculine  plural. 


ABBREVIATIONS 


xvn 


ms.     —  masculine  singular. 
MT     =  Massoretic  Text. 
Mull  =A.  MOller. 
Muss-Arn  =  W.  Muss-Arnolt. 
MV11<!0*8>  =  Gesenius,     Handwiir- 

terbuch  iiber  das    A.T., 

edd.   F.    Miihlau   &    W. 

Volck. 
MVAG,  or  M  VG  =  Mittheilungen  d. 

Vorderasiatischen  Gesell- 

schaft. 

n.         =  nomen,  noun. 

Na      =Nahum. 

Nab.  =Nabataean. 

Nag   =C.  W.  E.  Nagelsbach. 

Nasar  =  Lexid.  cod.  Nasaraei,  ed. 
M.  Norberg. 

NBab. —  New  Babylonian. 

Nbr    —A.  Neubauer. 

Ne  =  Nehemiah  (rarely  —  E. 
Nestle). 

Neb    —  Nebuchadnezzar. 

Nes  —  E.  Nestle.  Nes*  =  Id.,  Syriac 
Gram.;  Nes'1  =  Eigenna- 
men;  NesUtr*-  =  Jd.,Mar- 
ginalien  u.  Materialieu. 

NH     —  New  (Late)  Hebrew. 

N  HWB  -  Levy,  Neuhebr.  Worterb. 

NKZ  —  Neue  kirchliche  Zeitschrift. 

No  =  T.  Noldeke.  No'  =  Id. ,  Sy  rische 
Grammatik ;  N6Mri,«,t, 
or  Bsw=/d.,  Beitrage  z. 
semitischen  Sprachwis- 
senschaft ;  NbM  —  Id., 
Mandaische  Grammatik  ; 
NbNS=rcJ.,  Neu-Syriache 
Grammatik;  N6u,>tmuch- 
=  Id.,  Untersuchungen 
zur  Kritik  des  A.T.;  No 

Zur  Gram.  d.  class.  Ar.    _     J^t 

Zur  Grammatik  des  clas- 
sischen  Arab,  (in  Denk- 
schriften  der  Wiener 
Akademie,  1896). 

no.       =  number. 

nom.    —nomen,  noun. 

nom.  coll  =  nom.  collectivum,  col- 
lective noun. 

nom.  unit  =  nom.  unitatis,  noun  of 
singular  or  individual 
meaning. 

Nor  —  E.  Norris,  Assyrian  Dic- 
tionary. 

NorbergLe,ld'  =  Nasar,  q.v. 

Norzi  — J.  S.  ben  Abraham  Norzi. 

Now  —  W.  Nowack.  NowArch-  = 
Id.,  Hebraische  Archao- 
logie. 

n.pr.  =  nomen  proprimn,  proper 
name. 

n.pr.loc.  =  ».  pr.  loci,  proper  name 
of  place. 

Nu     —  Numbers. 

Ob      -Obadiah. 

obj.     =  object. 

OBaktr.  =  Old  Baktriau. 

Oehl    =Oehler. 

oft.      m  often. 

OH     —  Old  Hebrew  (Inscriptions). 

Olran.  =  Old  Iranian. 


01        =J.   Olshausen.      01*  -  Id., 

Heb.  Gram. 
OLZ    -Orientaliscbe  Literaturzeit- 

ung. 
Onk    —Targum  of  Onkelos. 
Oort    =H.  Oort. 
op.  cit.  —  in  opere  citnto. 
0P(ers.)-01d   Persian.      OP    also 

(in  Che0')  =  Origin  of  Psalter, 
opp.     —  opposite,  an  opposed  to,  or 

contrasted  with. 
Opp(ert)  —  Jules  Oppert. 
Or(elli)  =  C.  vonOrelli. 
Os       —  E.  Osiander. 
OT      =  Old  Testament. 
Ot       =S.  Ottli. 

P         —  Priests'  Code  or  Narrative. 

Pal  (est).— Palestine,  Palestinian,etc. 

Pal(m).  —  Palmy  rene. 

PAOS— Proceedingsof  the  American 
Oriental  Society. 

Pap.    =  Papyrus. 

part.  =  particle. 

pass.   =  passive. 

PB  «=  Proceedings  of  Soc.  of  Bib. 
Archaeol. 

Pe      —  J.  J.  S.  Perowne. 

PEF  =  Pal.  Explor.  Fund,  usu.  Id., 
Quart.  Statem'nt.  PEF 
Mem.  _  Mem.,  q.v. 

Pei      =F.  E.  Peiser. 

Perles  =  F.  Perles.  Perles<A"*'>  -  Id., 
Analekten. 

pers.   —  person,  penonae. 

Pers.  =  Persian. 

PESoc  —  American  Palestine  Explor. 
Society. 

Pf.      -  Perfect. 

Ph.     —  Phenician. 

Phi     =  F.  Philippi. 

Pietschm  —  R.  Pietschmann  (also 
Pietschmrh0l>'lz),  or  GMCh- 
*»■)  -  (usu.)  Id.,  Ge- 
schichte  Phoniziens. 

Pinsk  — S.  Pinsker. 

pi.       —  plural. 

PlinH!i  =  Pliny,  Hist.  Nat. 

POS  —Proceedings  Am.  Orient. 
Soc. 

Post  =G.  E.  Post.  PostFlOT»  =  7d., 
Flora  of  Syria. 

postB  —  post-Biblical. 

postex  —  post-exilic. 

post-pos.  ■=  post-positive. 

Pr       =  Proverbs. 

Pra(t)  =  F.  Pratorius.  PraAmhs''r- 
Id.,  AmharischeSprache; 
Pra(t) Seue  w™i'  =  Id., 
Neue  Beitriige  zur  Er- 
klarung  der  Hi  m  jarischen 
Inschriften. 

PRE  =  Herzog'sProt.Real-Encycl. 

Presb.Rev.  =  Presbyterian  Review 
(New  York). 

Prol    =  Prolegomena. 

PS  =  R.  Payne  Smith,  Thesaurus 
Syriacus. 

Ps       =  Psalms,  Psalmen. 

Ps.-J— Targum  of  Pseudo- Jona- 
than. 

\p         =  Psalm. 


pt(cp).  -  participle. 
Ptol    -  Ptolemy      (usu. 

Ptolemy), 
punct.  —  punctuation. 


Claudius 


Qor 

—  Qoran. 

Qr 

-Q«r6. 

qu. 

—  question. 

q.v. 

=  quod  ride. 

qy- 

-query. 

R 

=  Redactor    (e.  g.    in    Hexa- 

teuch).    RD  —  Deuterono- 

mic  redactor. 

t  R,  : 

R,  3  R,  4  R,  5  R  -  Cuneiform 

Inscr.    of  Western   Asia 

(H.  Rawlinson). 

RA 

—  Revue  Arche'ologique. 

Ra 

K.islii. 

rd. 

m read. 

rdg. 

=  reading. 

Rd'A 

—  Revue  d'Assyriologie. 

Re 

=  E.  Renan. 

Reckend  =  S.  Reckendorf. 

refl. 

—  reflexive. 

REJ 

—  Revue  des  Etudes  Juives. 

Rel 

-H.  Reland. 

RfiS 

—   Repertoire      d'Epigraphie 

S^mitique. 

Rev.Bib.  —  Revue  Biblique. 

Ri 

-E.  Riehm.     R,»WB-Hand- 

wiirterb.  d.  bibl.  Alterth. 

Ro 

—  E.  Rodiger. 

Rob 

-E.  Robinson.     RobBR-M., 

Biblical  Researches. 

Rob-Ges.  —  Gesenius,    Hebrew   and 

English   Lexicon,   trans- 

lated by  E.  Robinson. 

Roo 

-T.  Roorda. 

Rosenm  =  E.  F.  C.  Rosenmuller. 

Rothst-W.  Rothstein. 

RP««  =  Records  of  Past,  2nd  (ist) 

Series. 

RS 

=  W.   Robertson  Smith.     RS 

owe  m  j,i-t  0i,j  Testament 

in  Jewish  Church ;    RS 

rroph.  m  7,/.(  Prophets  of 

Israel;   RSK=Id.,  Kin- 

ship &  Marriage  in  Early 

Arabia  jRS8"™-  Id.,  Re- 

ligion of  Semites. 

RTr 

—  Recueil  de  Travaux. 

Ra 

-Ruth. 

RV 

—  Revised  Version. 

RVm 

=  Revised  Version  margin. 

RWJD 

—  Bibl.    RealwoYterbuch,   ed. 

Winer. 

Ry 

-V.  RysseL 

@  -Syriac  Version.  @J«n»  = 
Chr-Pal.  Evang.  (La- 
garde). 

iS,  2S  —  1  &  2  Samuel. 

Saad   =  Arabic  Version  of  Saadya. 

Sab.     —  Sabean. 

SabDenkm  ■  Sabaische  Denkmaler, 
edd.  Mordtmann&  Miiller. 

SAC  -Stanley  A.  Cook  ;  esp.  Id* 
Aramaic  Glossary. 

Sam.  —  Samaria,  Samaritan  (rarely 
=  Samuel). 

Sarg    —  Sargon. 


XV111 


ABBREVIATIONS 


SahoSpr  —  Saho  Sprache. 

SASm-S.  A.  Smith. 

Say     =  A.  H.  Sayce.     SayM°"»"'K'>t' 

—  Id.,  Higher    Criticism 

and  the  Monuments ;  Say 

«*»-H,  Keligion  of 

Babylonia. 
SB      -SBAk. 
SBAk  —  Sitzungsberich  t      d.      Berl. 

Akademie    der    Wissen- 

schaften. 
S-Cp*p-=A.    H.   Sayce  and  A.  E. 

Cowley,  Aram.  Papyri. 
Sch     =F.  W.  Schultz. 
Scheft  =  Scheftelowitz,  usu.  =  Scheft, 

Arisches  im  A.T. ;  Scheft 

MGWJ  =  7(f.j  MonaUschrift 

fur   Gesch.    u.   Wiss.    d. 

Jud.   (1903) ;    also   pub. 

separately  (Scheft"). 
SchenkelBL  -  D.   Schenkel,    Bibel- 

Lexicon. 
Scbl(ottm)  =  C.  Schlottmann. 
Schr    =  E.  Schrader. 
Schrod,  Schroed  =  P.  Schroder,  esp. 

/</.,  Phonizische  Sprache. 
Schu   m  A.  Schultens. 
Schii  =E.  Schiirer,  Gesch.  des  jiidi- 

tchen  Volkes  im  Zeitalter 

Jesu  Christi. 
Schulth  =  F.  Schulthess.      Schulth 

Uom.Wur«.  =  7(;-)  Homony- 

mische  Wurzeln  im  Svri- 

schen;  Schulth1-"- =  Id., 

Lexicon     d.     Chr.     Pal. 

Aramaischen. 
Schw  =  F.  Schwally.  Schw(ally )"'«■ 

=  Id.,   Idioticon   d.  Chr. 

Pal. 
Seetzen88'""  =  Seetzen,  Eeisen  durch 

Syrien. 
seld.    =  seldom,  rare. 
Sen     =  Sennacherib. 
Sendsch.  —  Sendschirli  (Zinjirli). 
sf.       =  suffix,  or  with  suffix, 
sg.       =  singular. 
Shim  -■-  Shalmaneser  II. 
SI       =Siloam  Inscription, 
si  vera  L  =  ri  vera  lectio. 
Siegf  =  C.Siegfried, 
aim.     =  simile. 
SK      =  Studien  u.  Kritiken. 
Skr.     m  Sanskrit. 
8m      =  R.Smend  (rarely  =  Samuel). 

SmB.i.  o«ch. .  Smend,  Alt- 

testamentliche  Religions- 

geschichte ;  Sin1-1""1  —  Id., 

Listen  der  Biicher  Esra 

u.  Nehemia. 
So(c)  =A.  Socin. 
Spi      =  W.  Spitta.     Spit  =  Gram.  d. 

arab.  Vulg.  Dial. 
Spieg  =F.  Spiegel ;  SpiegAPK-7rf., 

Altpersische  Keilinschrif- 

ten. 
Spiegelb  — W.  Spiegelberg. 
Spr     =  Sprache,  or  Spruche. 
sq.       •»  followed  by. 
88       -=C.    Siegfried    u.    B.    Stade, 

Hebraisches  Wcirterbuch. 
it.       ■  ttatut,  state,  stative. 
St       =H.  Steiner. 


Stn      =  B.  Stade;    Sta»  =  M,  Heb. 

Gram.;     Sta0***-'  =  Id., 

Geschichte     des     Volkes 

Israel. 
Steind  =  G.  Steindorff. 
Steuern  =  C.  Steuernagel. 
Str      =H.  L.  Strack.     Str*  -  Id., 

Gram.  d.  bibl.  Aram. 
Strassm  =  foil. 
Strm  =  J.Strassmaier.  StrmAV=7rf., 

Alphabet.  Verzeichniss. 
sts.      =  sometimes. 
Stu     =G.  Studer. 
Stud.Bib.  =  Studia  Biblica. 
subst.  =  substantive. 
Sum(er).  ^Sumerian. 
su pi-.,  tupr.  =  supra,  above. 
Surenh  =  W.  Surenhusius,  Mishna. 
Survey,     Surveywp   =   Survey      of 

Western  Palestine  (PEF); 

Survey8-1"  =  Id.  of  Eastern 

Palestine. 
Symm  =  Symmachus. 
Syr.     =  Syriac. 

%        •=  Targum. 

t.  (following  a  number)  ■=  times. 

TA.  =Tel  el-Amarna;  also  Taj- 
al-'Ariis  (Arab.  Diet.). 

Talm  =  Talmud. 

Tariff=Palmyrene  Tariff  Inscrip- 
tion. 

TB,  TBA  -  Transactions  of  the 
Society  of  Biblical  Archae- 
ology. 

TelAm.  =  TA,  q.v. 

Tg  -  Targum  TgJer  ^  Targum  of 
Jerusalem,  etc. 

Th(e)  =0.  Thenius. 

Theod=Theodotion. 

Theophr=Theophrastus;  Theophr 
Hist.pi.rn.  mj&f  Historia 
de  Plantis. 

Thes  =  W.  Gesenius,  Thesaurus 
Linguae  Hebraeae. 

ThesAad-  m  Id.,  Additions  by  E. 
Rodiger. 

ThT    -Theologisch  Tijdschrift, 

ThLB  =Theol.  Literaturblatt. 

ThLZ  =  Theol.  Literaturzeitung. 

Tiele  =  C.  P.  Tiele. 

Tiph.  —  Tiphel  (rare  conjugation). 

To       =Tobler. 

TP      =Tiglath-Pileser. 

Tpg.   =  Topography. 

Tr       =  Transactions. 

tr.  =  translate  (translated,  trans- 
lation) ;  rarely  —  transi- 
tive. 

trans(it).  =  transitive. 

Tristr-H.  B.  Tristram.  TristrNHB 
—  id!.,  Natural  History  of 
the  Bible ;  Tristr™"'  -  Id., 
Fauna  and  Flora  of  Pales- 
tine (Survey,  Memoira). 

TSBA  =  TB,  q.v. 

TSWt=Theol.  Studien  aus  Wurt- 
temberg. 

TTijdschr=ThT,  q.v. 

Tu      =F.  Tuch. 

txt.     —  text. 

txt.err.  =  textual  error. 


Univ.Pa.Exp.  =  Bab.  Exped.  of  the 

Univ.  of  Pennsylvania, 
usu.     —usual,  usually. 

S3       =  Vulgate. 

v         =  verse ;  v.  =  vide,  see. 

van  d.  H.  =  E.  van  der  Hooght,  Heb. 
text  of  O.T. 

var.     «*  variant  reading. 

VB      =  Variorum  Bible. 

vb.       =verb. 

vdVelde  =  C.  W.  M.  van  de  Velde, 
esp.  Id.,  Reis  door  Syrie 
en  Palestina;  E.T.,  Nar- 
rative of  a  Journey 
through  Syria  and  Pales- 
tine; vdVeldeMeln(olr)  = 
Id.,  Memoir  to  accom- 
pany Map  of  Holy  Land 
constructed  by  C.  W.  M. 
van  de  Velde. 

vid.     "vide,  see. 

vir.     =viri,  of  a  man. 

Vog  =C.  J.  M.  de  Vogue',  Syrie 
Centrale.  Vogp>lm-  =  Id. 

VogelstL*"d"lrth!<:h-  =  H.  Vogelstein, 
Landwirthschaft  in  Pa- 
lastina  zur  Zeit  der 
MiSnah. 

VOJ  =  Vienna  Oriental  Journal 
(  =  Wiener  Zeitschrift  fur 
die  Kunde  des  Morgen- 
landes). 

Vrss   =01d  Versions. 

Vulg.Ar.  m  Vulgar  Arabic. 

Vullers  =  J.  A.  Vullers,  Lexicon 
Persico-Latinum. 

W  =W.  Wright.  WAG  -  Id., 
ArabicGram.;  WfiG,orco  = 
Id.,  Coinp.  Si 'ii lit.  Gram. 

Wahrm  =  A.  Wahrmund,  esp.  Id., 
Arab.  Handworterbuch. 

WAW  =  W.  Aldis  Wright. 

wd.      —  word,  also  would. 

We  =J.  Wellhausen.  We8-'* 
=  /((.,  Bleek's  Einleitung 
ind.  A.T.;  WeCo"»>- =  M, 
Composition  des  Hexa- 
teuchs ;  Wede  «">«•  =  Id., 
De  gentibus  et  familiis 
Iudaeis ;  WeHeld- (or-  Arab- 
Heidenthum)   _  /<J-(      J{egte 

Arabischen  Heidenthums 
(  —  WeSklzMn  lv.  2nd  ed.-)  .  yfe 

Mi»t.  =  /d.,Historyof  Isi-ael 
(trans,  by  Black) ;  WePro1- 
—  Id.,  Prolegomena  zur 
Geschichte  Israels;  We 
skl2""  =  /a\,  Skizzen  und 
Vorarbeiten. 

Weissb  =  F.  H.  Weissbach. 

Wetzst= J.  G.  Wetzstein. 

wi.      —with,  construed  with. 

Wied  =  A.  Wiedemann.  Wied6,mml 
Id.,  Sammlung  Alt- 
agyptische  Worter. 

Wild(eb)=G.  Wildeboer. 

Wilkinson<A"c-)E«yP'-  =  J.  G.Wilkin- 
son, Ancient  Egyptians. 

WisdLt«*  Wisdom  Literature. 

Wkl  -H.  Winckler. 


ABBREVIATIONS 


XlX 


TOM-W.  Max  MiMer.     WMM 

As.  u.  EurfopJ,  or  Asien.    =    Jrf^ 

Asien  u.  Europa. 
Wr     =C.  H.  H.  Wright. 
Wii     =A.  Wiinsche. 
WZKM  =  VOJ,q.v. 

Xen(opb).  =  Xenophon. 

Z         =  Zeitschrift. 

ZA     =  Zeitschr.  fiir  Assyriologie. 

ZAW  =  Z.  f.  alttest.  Wissenschaft. 

Zc       =  Zechariah. 

Zehnpf=R.  Zehnpfund. 

ZEthnol.  =  Zeitschrift    fur   Ethno- 

logie. 
Zim     =  H.  Zimmeru.     ZimBP  =  Id., 

Babylonische      Busspsal- 

men. 
Zinj.  =  Inscriptions  of  Zinjirli  (N. 

Syria). 
ZK      m  Z.  fiir  Keilsehriftforschung. 
ZKM  =  Z.    f.    Kunde    d.    Morgen- 

landes. 
ZKW,  or  ZKWL  -  Z.    f.    kirchl. 

Wiss.    und    kirchl.    Le- 

ben. 
ZLuth.Tb.  -  Z.    fiir     Lutherische 

Theologie. 
ZMG  --Z.  d.  deutsch.  Morgenland. 

Gesellschaft. 
Zii       -  0.  Zockler. 
Zp       =  Zephaniah. 


ZPV  =Z.  d.  deutsch.  Pal. -Vereins. 

ZVolkerpsych.  =  Z.  fiir  Vblker- 
psychologie. 

ZVVTh.,  or  ZWiss.Th.  =  Z.  fur 
Wissenschaftliche  Theo- 
logie. 

<  over  a  letter,  indicates  the  ac- 
cented (tone-)syllable. 

f  prefixed,  or  added,  or  both,  indi- 
cates 'All  passages  cited.' 

>  indicates  that  the  preceding  is 
to  be  preferred  to  the  fol- 
lowing, 

■<  indicates  that  the  following  is 
to  be  preferred  to  the  pre- 
ceding. 

||  parallel,  of  words  (synonymous  or 
contrasted)  ;  also  of  passages  ; 
sometimes  =  '  see  parallel,  or 
'  so  also  in  parallel.' 

=  equivalent,  equals. 

+  plus,  denotes  often  that  other 
passages,  etc.,  might  be  cited. 
So  also  where  the  forms  of 
verbs,  nouns,  and  adjectives 
are  illustrated  by  citations, 
near  the  beginning  of  articles  ; 
while  '  etc'  in  such  connexions 
commonly  indicates  that  other 
forms  of  the  word  occur,  which 
it  has  not  been  thought  worth 
while  to  cite. 


[  ]  indicates  that  the  form,  etc., 
enclosed,  is  not  actually  found, 
or  that  the  Hebrew  offers  no 
positive  proof;  e.g.  n.  [m.] 
denotes  that  the  noun  is  pre- 
sumably masculine,  though  the 
gender  is  not  clearly  exhibited 
in  Hebrew. 

V  ■  root  or  stem. 

'=  sign  of  abbreviation  (in  Hebrew 
words). 

'K  often  -DYPK,  Elohim. 

1J1  -  "IDiJI  =  et  caetera  (in  Hebrew 
quotations). 

'•>  =  Yahweh. 

A  beneath  a  Hebrew  word  repre- 
sents any  accent  that  occasions 
vowel  change. 


Note.  Scripture  citations  in  small 
superior  letters  and  figures, 
following  n.m.  or  n.f.,  refer  to 
some  pasBage  where  the  gender 
is  exhibited.  Small  inferior 
figures  following  Hebrew  words, 
names  of  conjugations,  etc., 
denote  the  (approximate)  num- 
ber of  occurrences  of  such 
words,  conjugations,  etc 


K 


n 

N,  Aleph,  first  letter ;  in  post  B  Heb.= nu- 
meral i  (and  so  in  marg.  of  printed  MT) ;  & 
=;  i  ooo ;  no  evidence  of  this  usage  in  OT  times. 

IN  v.  II.  03*. 

T 

22K  (fresh,  bright,  As.  abdbu  Dlw,  AG1.) 
T[2Nj  n.  [m.]  freshness,  fresh  green 
(LagBN207  Inf.  ibb;  thence  concr.,  cf.  Ar.  ZA; 
above  stem&mng.  better  than  V3JN  (spring)  cf. 
As.  inbu,  fruit,  Aram.  KM*  (q.  v.)  DlHA65-FrU1) 
13X3  yij>  while  yet  in  its  freshness  (i.e.  tfw, 
reed)  Jb  812;  concr.,  pi.  green  shoots  bnjin  ''SKS 

Ct  e'^lpD^fenn  w:n  jaan  nrnan). 

tS^M  n.m.Lv214  coll.  (LagBN207  Inf.)  1. 
fresh,  young  ears  of  barley  Ex  931 ;  indef.  Lv 

214  stea  "b%  'k  mth  Dniaa  nroip.    2.  cnn 

3,?^,'7  month  of  ear-forming,  or  of  growing 
green,  Abib,  month  of  Exodus  &  passover, 
Ex  134  231S  3418-18  (JE),  Dt  i6]1  (1st  month 
=c.  April  =  i'B'Nnn  "m  anhn  (q.v.)  in  p;  v. 
Di  Ex  i22;=postexilic  JD'O  q.v.) 

7?2aN  v.  L/r3s  sub  II.  nns. 

tttrUQN  n.  pr.  m.  (Pers.  cf.  K0J3)  eunuch 
of  Ahasuerus  Est  i10. 
t*7SK  vb.  perish  (MI-QK,  As.abdtu  D1WI84 

Aram.  T^K,  *£/).— Qal  P/  'N  Nu2i30+; 
n»  yj,  io^+^  +  Ez  63  ®  Co)  etc.;  Imp/.  "K}# 
Jb'33  Je49;  "W#  Jb2o'  +  2t.;  3&."Wlfrl  Dt  223 
+  4  t.;  ■J3»«»Jb8,,+3t.;  TO*  Ju  5sl+3  t.; 

irg*  Jb  49 + ;  3  fpi.  nrf3tfni  1  s  9s ;  jngkn  Dt  429 

+  ;  13W  Jni639;  rnnw  Jon  i" etc.;  Jnf.abs. 
i3X  Dt  426  +  2 1. ;  cstr.  -nN  Dt  720  Pr  i  r10;  fj^M 
DtT2820;\13!<Dt2822;  Daiix  J0S2313;  D-DNOb12 
Pr2828;  i>V.:i3iXDt265+7t.;  cstr."nN  Dt3228 
(bef.  5??  v.  Di  Bo*378);  etc.  1.  perish,  die, 
of  individuals  (mostly  late)  Nu  1 7"  (||  JU  & 


TIM 

(v28)  DID),  (also  Dt  26°?  cf.  infr.)  Jon  I6-14  Jb 
31"  cf.  2913  Pr  31s  Est  414"16  Mi  4'  Je  4015 
cf.  Is  571  Pr  1 110  2828  Ec715  f  1 1992 ;  emphasis 
on  mortality  Jb  420  1//  1464  Ec  9';  Saul  & 
Jonath.,  under  fig.  of  weapons  2  Si";  lion 
Jb  411;  caravan  Jb  618  (cf.  Di);  cf.  H!??T? 
T?n  'N  Mi  72,  njyo  *£o  fcl  Zc  915 ;  perish, 
be  exterminated  (judgment  for  sin),  of  Israel 
Lv2638  Dt8]9-1921'  2820-22  3o'8-18  Je  2  710-16  cf. 
621,  Ob12  cf.  1/,  8o17  Is  2713;  other  nations  Dt 
720  Je  1015  5118  +  212  io16  83"  cf.  9*  Am  i8 
Is  4 111  6o12  cf.  Jon  39  v.  also  Ex  io7  Nu  2i29-80 
(JE)  Je  4816;  house  of  Ahab  2  K  9s;  wicked 
in  general  Ju531  Jb  4s  cf.v7,  f  37s0  4911 68s 
(||  sim.  of  melting  wax),  73"  9210;  also  Pr 

i99  2i18;  'n  m$  jb  207;  cf.  '«  vyf)  ^ 

V'  i6;  sq.  ?*!)$??  ?2??  (of  annihilation  of  Isr.) 
Dt  426-26  1 117'  Jos  2313-16  (D) ;  sq.  ijnfCJ  iflHD  (of 
Korah's  company)  Nu  1633  (JE);  perish,  be 
ruined,  destroyed,  of  inanimate  things,  e.g. 
land  Je  9"  (|p?"1'?5  MQf})  cf.  48s;  harvest  Jo 
i11;  Jonah's  gourd  Jon  4'°;  riches  Je  48s6 
Ec513;  vessel  V'3ll3j  houses  Am  3"  (so  oft. 
As.  Dlw);  city  Ez  2617  (but  del.  ©  Co);  cf. 
bamoth  Ez  63  ©  Co;  heavens  &  earth  1^  10 2". 
2.  tig.  perish,  vanish,  subj.  memory  Jb  18"  yj/ 
97;  name  yjr  416  (i.e.  be  forgotten);  vigour 
Jb  302;  wisdom  Is  29";  cf.  rfSj  13K  Dt  3228; 

njraN  je  728  (flnrna?);  jirnEz  1222;  ni'  Jb  3s 

(i.e.  be  blotted  out);  2?  Je  4*  (i.e.  courage 
fail);  m|SI?  +  9»  Pr  io28  n7  Ez  196  3711  Jb 
813;  so  '"1JS?1?  ty  11210  (i.e.  comes  to  naught); 
nSnin  pr  iV, 8q.  f?  +  agent  La  318;  nxj; + rnta 
sq.  |D  + persons  negligent  Je  1818  Ez  72r>,  cf.  Je 
497;  esp.  "JD  Di3>?  'N  (i.e.  they  could  not 
escape)  Am.214  Je2536  Jbn20  V'1425.  3.  be 
lost,  strayed,  asses  1  S  93-20;  sheep  Je  506  Ez 
34416  ^11 91'6  (fig.  of  erring  men);  perh.  Dt  26s. 
Pi.  caus.  of  Qal.— Pf.  "ON  2  K  2i3+  2  t.; 

B 


"ON 

sf.  TJ3N1  Co  Ez28"  cf.  infr.;  W?N  Je  157; 
'rnaNi  Ez  6'  (®  Co  V13K1)  etc.;  Impf.  "W*  Ec 
918;  "WP\  Ec  f  Zp  2";'  1  s.  sf.  113S1  Ez  28" 
(for  '3NKJ  Ew"1'  01'79*  Ko  I338  ties'68*1;  but 
Co  3  ins.;   v.  also  Co  3814);   p3Nr>  Dt  122 
etc.;  Inf.  abs.  13X  Dt  i22+3t.;   cstr.  id.  Ez 
22n  +  etc. ;  Ft.  DH3ND  Je  23'.         1.  cause  to 
perish,  destroy,  kill,  obj.  pers.  (mostly   late) 
2  K  ii1  Est  3»  47  85  924;  ||  jin  98-12;  ||  nn  + 
TOttVi  3"  7*  8";  ||  DOH  924;  cf.^  11995;  obj. 
niC*33  Ez  22"  (del.  ©  Co);  in  judgment,  subj. 
'♦  V  S7;   cf.  Pr  1s2;  sq.  ^ino  Ez  28'6;  obj.  a 
people  2  K  13'  2  K  io,8=Is  3719;  Jb  1213;  in 
judgment  Dt  n4  Je  1217  157  Zp  213  ^  90  cf. 
21";  obj.  inanimate  things  esp.  idols,  bamoth 
etc.,  Nu.  3362-62  (J)  Dt  12"  2  K  213  Ez  6s 
(but  cf.  ©  Co  supr.);  bars  of  Zion  La  29  (||"|3?'). 
2.  fig.  cause  to  vanish,  blot  out,  do  away  with 
names  of  idols  Dt  123;  voice  of  Babylon  Je 
51";  memory  of  dead  Is  2614;  substance  Pr 
29';  understanding  Ec  77;   good  ('"1310  q.v.) 
Ec918.      3.  cause  to  stray,  lose;  obj.  Isr.  under 
fig.  of  flock  Je  23'  (lirsO);  abs.  Ec36  (||B>j33). 
Hiph.  Pf.  T3»ni  Nu  2419;  «"J3Kn  Jb  14" 
etc.;    Impf.  Hfak  Je  46s  (Ges''*8-*1").    /«/. 
c*<i\  T3JHJ    2  K  10"  4- etc.;  Pt.  T3ND  Dt  820. 
1.  destroy,  put  to  death,  in  judgment,  (subj.  '») 
obj.  pers.  Lv  23s0  (sq.  ney  a^pp  ■  ||  rns  v29); 
Je4938(sq.DB*D);  Ob8  (sq.  tfrtK?) ;  obj.  nation, 
Ammon  Ez257(sq.  niXlNH-JD;'  ||  rn3),  cf.  v16; 
Canaanites    Dt  820   (sq.    D3"J9D) ;    Canaan  =s 
Philistines  Zp  2"  (||  J"n3);'esp.  Isr.  Dt  2851-63 
(II  TV?*),  cf.  Js  77;   also  abs.  Je  187  (||  trtn# 
^J);=iM  (  +  Dnn^)==3I28  (  +  pnnj«);  ani- 
mals Ez  32"  (sq.  &T\  B»o  i?yp);  cf.  Dt  7'°;  + 
i4312(ll  n,PVn);  (human  subj.),  obj.  servants  of 
Baal  2  K  io19,  obj.  nation  Dtg3,  cf.  Nu  2419  (E; 
sq-  """yP);  2K242;  cf.  Je  468;  obj.  inanimate, 
chariots  Mis9;  idols  Ez3013  (del.  BCo).      2. 
fig.,obj.  name  of  kings  Dt724(sq.D)EE>n  nnnp); 
hope  Jb  1419;   voice  of  mirth  etc.  Je  2510  (cf. 
51"  Pi.  supr.) 

"*"13«  n.[m.]  destruction,  'NHJ|  Nu  24s0-24 
(JE;  on  form  with  abstract  sense  v.  BaNB149). 

Ti"H^  n-f'  a  lost  thing— abs.  exc.  Dt2  23 
cstr.  rn3K— Ex  228;  with  NXD  Lv  S22-23;  with 
"T3N  +  xxo  Dt223;—  (m3NTPr  272°  Kt  cf. 
^3t<  infr.) 

n^3«,  "ton  cf.  fmn  infr. 

D"?^'  &  I"*??  (cstr.)  n.[m.]  destruction 
(Syr.  UiW)  Est  9B  ('Nl  yvn  3-irrrop),  8";  (on 
form  v.  BeRy;  01»a6bl  Ba"'849487). 

tp,nMa.f.7Pr"'"abstr.nearly=n.pp.(place 


reran 

of)  Destruction,  Kuin,  'Abaddon  (cf.  JJ  W® 
Jb2822etc.)— !il3K  Jb266(  + 4t.);  abbrev.m3N 
Kt  V13K  Qr  tPr  2  720.— Place  of  ruin  in  She'61 
for  lost  or  ruined  dead,  as  development  of 
earlier  distinction  of  condition  in  She'61  (v. 
WWfty  Only  in  WisdLt ;  Jb  3112;  ||  htttf  Jb 
26"  Pr  1511  2720;  || n»  Jb  28";  ||-Qp  +  8812. 

'  nJN  vb.  be  willing,  consent  (cf.  As. 
abitu,  command,  Dlw,  Eth.  hM\  refuse,  Ar.  ^\, 
id.,  Nejd  6e  willing  S0I>«jMS'>>ai:1CB18a>.si7\ 

Qal  (c.  tfr,  te  exc.  Is  i19  Jb  399;  in  Hex.  rare 

6  only  JED,  incl.Lv2  621);  Pf.  fUN  Exio27  + 
«K  Ju  i925  +  7 1.;  N13N  Is 2812(Sta*3lTl1-2;  Ko1-414); 
7w»p/.  n3N,Dt29w+2t.j  2ms.juss.  K3hPri'° 
(Sttt-»i«..-»to.  Ko1'676')  etc.;  i><.  D\?NEz37;— be 
willing,  sq.  Inf.  with  t>  Ex  io27+  29t. ;  without 

7  Dt  230+  8  t.;  subj.  'i  Dt  io'°  23°  2919  Jos  2410 
2  K  819  1323  244  2Ch2i7;  human  subj.  Gn  24fi-8 
Ju  1910  2  S  221  1325  I429-29  2316-17=i  Ch  n18-19 
1  Ch  19";  in  bad  sense  Ex  10"  Dt  230  257  Ju. 
1925  2013  2  S  i314-10;  esp.  of  perverse  Isr.  Lv 
2621  Dt  i26  1  S  159  Is  2812  309  4224  Ez  3"  208; 
subj.  animal,  D,-!Jb  39°;  abs.  (no  Inf.)  2  S  1217 
1  K  208  2260;  cf.  Pr  635,  of  jealous  man;  bad 
sense  Ju  11"  Is  3016;  good  sense  1  S  2217 
26233i4=i  Ch  io4  2S610  Pr  i10;  +  vb.  fin.  Is 
i>9  (Dfi?CB*lttNn  DK);  consent,  yield  to,  sq.  <h 
Dt  1 39  (good  sense);  sq.  i^8i12;  sq/nsg^  Pr 
i30;  sq.acc.  'rinsiPl  v26  (all  in  bad  sense)." 

'P''?^?  adj-  in  want,  needy,  poor,  —  so, 
alw.  abs.,'  Dt  is4+  40 1.;  ^S3N  Ex  23s  DU511; 
D^K  Am  4J+  i4t.;  '*0K  (^3K)  Ex  23n  Is 
2919;  n^3Sf  13215— (Hex.  only  JED;  mostly 
poet.,  2  3t.  V')  needy,  chiefly  poor  (in  material 
things);  as  adj.  Dt  is7-7-9;  2414  f  10916  (both 
||  *m;  elsewhere  subst.;  +  49s  (IpW);  Dt 
i54al;  subj.  to  oppression  &  abuse  Am  26  512 
(both  ||P^V)  4'  88  (all  ||  h)  Is  327;  Am  84  Ez 
1649  1812  22s9  V,  3714  Jb244-14  Pr3o14— cf.  V 
io916  supr.— (all  ||  '#)  Jes28  (||  Din;)  234 ;  cared 
for  by  good  Jb  2916  3025  ( ||  Di,"nB'P)  3 119  ^  1 1 29 
Est922;  Pri4s,(ll^)3i!!0Je22"(||'Jy);  care 
of  them  enjoined,  negatively  Ex  23"; — cf.  Dt 
2414  supr. — positively  Ex  2311  Dt  1511  Pr  31* 
(both  ||  *#)— c«  Dt  is7-7-9  supr.— V.  824  ( ||  ty ; 
cared  for  by  God  Je  2013  ^  10741  13216  Jb  51S; 
1  S  28=^  n37Is  1430  (all  ||?9)*  3519  14013 
(both  ||  »JJ),  cf.  Davidic  king  +  7212  ( ||  'JV)=v4 
'??  **?  (II  id-)>  v"-13  ( ||  !t>;  needing  help,  deli- 
verance from  trouble,  esp.  as  delivered  by 
God  f  919  128  4o18=  706  7421  861  10922  Is  29" 
41"  (all  ||'?y)  Is  254  (||h)  f  6934  10931. 
TrOi'O^  n.f.  caper-berry  (as  stimulating 


row 

desire)  Ec  125  (v.  UFM  JBL18M'Mtt;  so  ®  93, 
Mish.  nW2K,  cf.  NHWB;  v.  also  <3  ;  i.e. 
capparis  spinosa,  cf.  Ri1IWB  j  so  Thes,  Ew  De, 
etc.;  but  Wetzst  in  De  (Germ.  ed.  1875) 
proposes  i"^?^  (as  fern,  of  \V2H)  the  poor  soul 
in  sense  =  nji'axn  iraxo  cf.  Symm  ©,  where 
double  translation). 

TrDN  n.[m.]  reed,  papyrus  (etymology 
uncertain;  =  Ar.  Jtff,  As.  abu  Dlw,  AGl)  ni>3N 
n?N  Jb  926  (craft  made  of  reeds,  light  &  swift, 
Heliod.Aetl"opX-,60)=N«",^3  Is  i8a. 

II.  J"7Q^  (perh.  at  least  formally  justified 
as  stem  of  3N  (cstr.  UK),  so  Thes  (cf.  infr.),  but 
existence  &  mng.  wholly  dub.;  as  real  V  Ba 
zmg  M87.  got  A.  oill23<:;  ace.  toDF"  22n3K  As.  aba  = 

decide,  2K  =  Jie  who  decides;  Thes  (so  RobGes 
NtizMU„,,37  &  cf-  gtan<»  ,lL)  makes  3x  nom  prim 

bilit.,  imitating  infant's  speech  cf.  irumras,  pap- 
pa,papa(ct'.Ewima);  alsoAs.6a6  JenZA1886 •4M). 

IN  ii.m.  father  (Ph.  3N,  As.  abu,  Ar.  4A 
Sab.atTciS'*-1-"'1-2  al.,  Eth.  frfl:  Aram.  K3K, 
U>^)— abs.  2«  Gn4419  +  47t.;  cstr.3K  Gni?4-5 
(cf.  in  DiTUK  ib.  &  elsewh.  in  n.pr.  On  Hal's 
prop.  -ON  v.  DH13N)  ;  UK  (cf.  Ge"90-35'90)  Gn420 
+  ;  sf.,?«Gni9M  +  (Mi^K);  T^Gn^'  +  j 
V3*  Gn  2M  +  ;  W3K  Ju  1 410  +  6 1. ;  pi.  ni3N  Ex 
1 2s  + ;  cstr.  ni3K  Ex  626  +  7 1. ;  sf.  *tfO*  (VjbH , 
T^aK.)  Gn 479  +  1 5  t. ;  D.Tni3K  1  Ch  4S»  +  3 2 1. 
(late) ;  ante*  Ex  45+  106 1.  etc. ;— 1.  father 
of  individual' Gn  224  (+  ON)  „«.».»»  I9>Uta 
+  oft.  (mostly  JED);  of  father  as  commanding 
Gn  5o16  (J)  Je  35"  Pr  620  (cf.  Gn  i819  J  28'-° 
PiSif  iK  21);  instructing  nDID  Pr  I8  41 
(cf.  Dt85);  specif,  as  begetter,  genitor  Pr  23s2 
Zc  13s-3  (  +  DK)  Is  4510;  cf.  Gn  494  (J)  Lv 
l87.8.n  (P).  rebuking  Gn  3710;  loving  Gn  37* 
4420(JE;  cf.  222  2528  37s  2S141);  pitying 
yjr  10313  (in  sim.  cf.  2  S  186);  blessing  Gn  27*' 
(JE  cf.  27'  also  281  P  +  );  as  glad  Pr  io1  1520 
cf.293;  grieving  Gn3736(JE;cf.2Si222  I91-2') 
etc.  Also  as  obj.  of  honour,  obedience,  love 
Ex  20,2(E)=Dt  5"';  Ex  2i15-17  (E)  Dt  2i18-19 
Gn  287  (P)  1  K  1920  (all  +  DN),  so1-5  (J)  Mai 
i6  etc.  Hence  metaph.  of  intimate  connection 
Jb  1 71*  io  corruption  I  cry,  My  father  art  thou 
( ||  ran}|  <nhKl_  n*).  2.  of  God  as  father of Ids 
people  (v.  RSSen"'2),  who  constituted,  controls, 
guides  and  lovingly  watches  over  it:  Dt  32s 
Je  34'19  319  Is  631016  647  Mai  i6  210  (cf.  Ex  4s2 
i94(JE)Dt32n  Ho  111);  cf.  Je227(ofidolatr. 

Isr.)  fjm^  m  ]2hla  raw  '39  yybr  tjncfcj 

esp.  God  as  father  of  Davidic  line  2  S  j"  | 
8927;/  ofneedy(Me)f  68°  (cf.  10313)  (in  n.pr., 
/.  ofindivid.,  cf.  infr.)       3.  liead  of  household, 


3  WoM 

family  or  clan  ;  UK  nu  as  abode  Gn  38>M1  Lv 
22"  +  ;= family  Gn  2440  flpfinDBto)  41"  46" 
+  cf.  Nu  i8lJ  Jos  212-18  620;  esp.  techn.  of  divi- 
sions of  Isr.  T)Sns,wh  3K  tn  Nu  3M-8"  =  a 
father's  house,  i.  e.  a  family  or  clan ;  more  oft. 
pi.  (DHUK,  ma»)  nUK  nu  =  fathers'  houses= 
families,  clans  (cf.  Di  on  Ex  614)  Ex  614 128  Nu 
i2'18"  (oft.  in  Nu)  Jos  141  1981  2iM  221414 
(always  P  in  Hex.);  also  1  Ch  513-u  +  oft.  in 
Ch  ;  cf.  D^n  ni3K  *&n  (='N  nU  '->)  Ex  6M 
cf.  1K81  iCh64  7n  +  oft.  Ch  Ezr  Ne.  4. 
ancestor  (a)  of  individual;  grandfather  (in- 
stead of  precise  term)  Gn  2813  32'°  (J  ;  where 
used  by  Jacob  of  Abr.  &  then  of  Isaac) ; 
greatgr.  1K1513;  great-greatgr.  iKi5netc; 
oft,  pi.  (= fathers,  forefatJiers)  Gni51546'4 
(JE)  1  K  194  2 13-4  2  K  19"  20,7+  ;  particu- 
larly mUK  Qy  335?  1  K  I21  210  1121  2240  +  ; 
joined  with  'ax  Dy  Xff\  1  K  1431  is24  22" 
2  K  824   1538  cf.    v7,    1620  +  (all  of  kings   of 

Judah);  intens.,  TnaK  niaKi  TnaK  Ex  io6  cf. 
Dn  1124;  (b)  of  people  Gn  10"  (J)  i74-5  (P) 
i937-38  (J)  369-43  (P)  Dt  26"  Is  512  43"  (where 
rahCtl  "|UK  thy  first  fatlter,  v.  Che)  cf.  also 
Ez  i63-45+  oft.;  pi.  Ex  313-1'-"  (E)  Dt  i8  Jos  i6 
Ju  21  1  S  i26  +  ;  1  S  1215  **"■  rd.  033^031 
®  We  Dr.  5.  originator  or  patron  of  a  class, 
profession,  or  art  Gn  420-21.  6.  fig.  of  pro- 
ducer, generator  Jb  3828  3K  "IDE&  B".n  ( ||  "US 
:  ip-^  T^i.l).  7.  fig.  of  benevolence  &  pro- 
tection Jb  2916  CJiUX^  133X  Sf,  cf.  3118;  of 
Eliakim  Is  2221;  perk  also  of  gracious  Mess, 
king  iy  '3M  Is  9"  everlasting  fattier  (GeEw  De 
Che  Brd  Di) — others  dixider  of  spoil  (Abarb  Hi 
KnKueBr"p).  8.  term  of  respect  &  honour 

(Abbas,  Pater,  Papa,  Pojie);  appl.  to  master 
2K513;  priest  Jui710  i8'9;  prophet  2K21"2 
521  I3i4.n  cf  go.  counsellor Gn458(E;  cf .itvripov 
narpos  ©  add.  Est 3";  ranarpi  1  Mac  1 132);  king 
1  S  2412;    artificer  2Ch21!416.  9.  specif., 

rider,  chief  (Ute)  iCh224-42-42  etc.  (cf.  Ew!273b). 

tjinSjr'QN  n.pr.m.  a  hero  of  David  2  S 
2331  rd!  bvnH  so  ©  i  Chn",  cf.  Dr»  (We' 
^JCna«  (v.  sub  btWH) ;  otherwise  Klo8. 

"f"7lSI,3S!  n.pr.m.  (El  is  (my)  father,  cf.in'3N 
&  Ph.  5>jn3N  (fem.),  also  i'yaUN;  &  by2i2X  our 
father  etc.;  Abi-ba'al  KAT2366;  v.  ES8""43. 
No2""™'*0  makes  UK  here,  &  in  TfO*  etc., 
cstr.  but  this  seems  unlikely ;  cf.  also  3N^N 
etc.;  views  differ  much  ns  to  these  n.pr.  and 
uniform  interpr.  is  impossible.  Cf.  in  gen.  01 
»2771).  1.  Saul's  grandfather  1  S  9'  14s1.  2. 
=  foregoing,  1  Ch  11". 


TF|DN,,3N  n.pr.m.  (my  father  1ms  ga- 
thered) son  (descendant)  of  Korah  Ex  6-4, 
Sam.  t]DUN,  so  *|D\3K  iCh68-M  919  (cf.  Nes*"186). 

'7^2^  n.pr.f.  (my  father  is  joy  (?)  orig. 
bilH  I  (^3X?)  cf.  MT  infr.  &  NoZMGl883'K,7Al"n2). 
1.  wife  of  Nabal,  then  of  David  i  S  2 51423-39- 

«0.«    27S    3o6     2  g   2»     j   Ch3l.  =|,^X     j    g  253.36 

^3K  v18,  Saf?K  v"2.  &»  2S  3s.  2.  sister  of 
David  1  Ch  216'17  =  PJ'3X  2  S  1 7". 

TJ'1I,I1N  n.pp.m.  (my  father  is  judge)  a 
prince  of  Benj.  Nu  1"  z22  760-155  io24. 

'  JJTON  n.pr.m.  (my  father  took  know- 
ledge) asonof  MidianGn254 1  Chi33.  Cf.  Sab. 
JIT3K,  HalMA,92'2°2!  also  3«jrT>,  DHMZMa  ^  ■*. 

TlPP^iS*  n.pr.m.  &  f.  (  Yah(u)  is  (my)  father) 
—so  tVch  i320-21  =  D»T3K  fi  K  1431  rS'-"-8 
(©  'A;3.oti,  'A/3w);  =,|2N  fa  K  182  (®  "A/Sou, 
•A/30u5);  =  n>3N  1  S  82+22  t.— 1.  king  of 
Judah,  son  &  successor  of  Rehoboam  1  K 
1431  i5M-M  1  Ch  310  2  Ch  n20,22  1216  13W.M.U. 
i7.i9.2o.-2i.22.ra_     2_  2nd  gon  of  Samuel  1  S  82  1  Ch 

6".  3.  son  of  Jerob.  I  1  K  141.  4.  son  of 
Becher,  a  Benjainite  1  Ch  7*.  5.  head  of  a 
priestly  house  1  Ch  2410.  6.  id.  Ne  io8 124,17. 
7.  wife  of  Hezion  1  Ch  224.  8.  mother  of 
Hezekiah  2  K  182  2  Ch  291. 

Nli~P3S_$  n.pr.m.  (he  is  father)  a  son  of 
Aaron  Ex  623  241-9  28'  Lv  io'+  7t. 

Tn^rPIlN  n.pr.m.  (my  father  is  majesty, 
cf.  "rin.TWB^son  of  Bela,aBenjamite  1  Ch  8s. 

T7?|T2N   n.pr.m.    &  f.    (my  father    is 

might,  Sab.  b'rati  HalMA234)— prob.  =  ^WON 
2  Ch  ii18,  iWQK  1  Ch  229  —  1.  a  Levite  Nu 
326.  2.  aGadite'i  Ch  514.  3.  father  of  Esther 
Est  21S  92».  4.  wife  of  Abishur  1  Ch  22».  5. 
wife  of  Rehoboam  2  Ch  1 118. 

TQIJa^iK  n.pr.m.  (my  father  is  good- 
ness) son  of  Shaharaim,  a  Benjamite  r  Ch  81'. 

'  -tt'ON  n.pr.f.  (my  fatlver  is  (the)  dew) 
a  wife  of  David  2  S  34  1  Ch  3". 

t^NO'ClS!  n.pr.m.  (a father  is  El;  South- 
Arab,  name)  son  of  Joktan  Gn  io28  1  Ch  i22. 
Cf.  Sab.  nnfiycnN,  Abmi  'Attar  a  father  is 
'Attar  ([vxft]  v.  T^fS)  Hal"  *  DHMZMQI8831S. 

"^E'QN  n.pr.m.  (Melek  (  =  Malik,  Mo- 
lech)*  is  father)— TfopiX  Gn  20,8+—  1.  king 
of  Gerar  Gn  202-3-4  +  ,  2i22-25-25+,  26'-8+  (24 1. 
Gn).  +2.  king  of  Gath  ^  341  err.  for  B^K, 
cf.  1  S  211"; — a  better  known  Philist.  name 
substituted  for  a  less  known  (Hup3).  >  Others 


■nshaw 

(Thes  01  De  MV)  think  a  title  of  Philist.  kings, 
cf.  Pharaoh.  3.  son  of  Gideon  Ju  831  9'-3-4  + , 
io1  (40 1.  Ju),  2S1121.  f4.  priest,  son  of 
Abiathar  1  Ch  i8,e  err.  for  ^g&Wi  q-v.  (Sab. 
also  n.pr.f.  Osiander2"01805-209).' 

T^I^^N  n.pr.m.  (my  father  is  noble) 
1.  a  man  of  Gibeah  in  whose  house  the  ark 
tarried  1S71  2S63-3-4  1  Ch  137.  2.  a  son  of 
Jesse  1  S  168  1713;  1  K  4"  (J  perh.  otherwise 
unknown ;  Klo  prop.  3  "^IS).  3.  a  son  of 
Saul  1  S3i!  iCh  833939io2.  ' 

TOJM^N  n.pr.m.  (my  fatlwr  is  delight) 
father  of  Barak  Ju  46-12  51-12. 

"^"QN  n.pr.m.  (my  father  is  Ner,  or  is  a 
lamp  cf.  2S21";  ace.  to  LagBN75=i,5tf  (=f?) 
+  lJ  =  son  of  Ner;  cf.  @  'Afcwtjp) — so 
only  1  S  1460,  elsewh.  "IJ3K — cousin  of  Saul, 
and  captain  of  his  host  1  S  i4''0-51  1 7s5.5j.55  _j_ 
52  t.  1  &  2  S  + 1  K  26-32  1  Ch  2623  2721. 

T~ljtl''QN  n.pr.m.  (my  father  is  Jielp) — 
=  "WNNu2630  —  1.  a  Manassite,  called 'son' 
of  GileadNu  2630  (cf.  Di)  Jos  172  Ju  634  82;  and 
son  of  Gil.'s  sister  r  Ch  718.  2.  a  Benjamite, 
a  warrior  of  David  2  S  2327  1  Ch  ii28  2712. 

t"ntj>n  "ON  adj.gent.  Abiezrite  Ju61124 
8»_*-^K  nu  26so 

TD"VritS!  n.pr.m.  (((he)  Exalted  One  is  (my) 
faiher\v.  Bae^1 156)  cf.  As.  Aburamu(1)  KAT2 479 
cf.  DP'  »-91- >•**).  1.  a  Reubenite,  son  of  Eliab 
Nu  I6112-24-25-27-27  269  Dt  1 16  f  10617.  2.  son  of 
Hiel  the  Bethelite  1  K  1634.   Cf.also  following. 

D*J3$?  n.pr.m.  (id.,  Thes  al.  exalted  fattier) 
Abram  Gn  ii2627+57  t.  Gn  (to  i76)+i  Chi27 
Nep7;  =  DrrOK  Abraham  Gni76-915+ 172  t. 
OT.  (Dn"OK  connected  Gn  1 75  by  word-play  with 
On  of  jl»n;  really  =  max— Dn= Dm  which 
however  is  not  found  in  Heb. — cf.  Di  >  Hal 
EEJ  1887' 17:  f  who  prop.  D?ia  Dn  "QK  cf.  Gn  49s4 
with  Is  4 121;  so  that  Dn  "13$  chief  of  multi- 
tude is  the  new  name  of  Gn  i75(Dn)  JtVOT\). 

"Qt2)"ON  n.pr.f.  (my  father  is  a  wanderer 
(MB*)?)  a  handmaid  of  David  1  K  i3-16  2,7-21-!2. 

TyfllraN  n.pr.m.  (my  father  is  rescue,  oi- 
ls opulence  (cf.  J?w  rich  Jb  3419;  also  JW  Jb 
36'9?  butv.W);  LagBN76  thinks  fr.  }3K(  =  J?) 
+  yiB*  cf.  ©  'A/Sfo-o-ovf  1  Ch  84)  1.  a' son  of 
Phinehas  1  Ch  530-31 636  Ezr  75.  2.  a  Benjamite, 
son  of  Bela  1  Ch  84. 

T^WOH  n.pr.m.  (my  father  is  a  wall,  Sab. 
•W3K  HalMA,48'cf.As.  AbudHru  DlPr292)  son  of 
Shammai  1  Ch  228-29. 


'1jE,,3N  n.pr.m.  (my  father  is  Jesse;  LagBNra 
thinks  fr.'|3K  (=#)  +  'E*  cf.  ®  'Aj3f  <raa[t]  I  S  260) 
— 'k  i  S  266-°+  17  t.  1  &  2  S=»BOK  2  S  io,0  + 
5 1.  1  Ch. — grandson  of  Jesse ;  son  of  Zeruiah  & 
brother  of  Joab  1  S  26G-''-7-8-9  2  S  218-M+206 
(where  id.  3NV  <S  Th  We  Dr)  +  13 1  2  S+  207 
(where  insert  *&M  ®  We  Dr)  +  5  t.  1  Ch. 

01  .  2T2N  n.pr.m.  (my  father  is  peace  ; 
ace.  to  Lag™  1%=  f3K  ( ?3)  +  D'W,  cf.  ®  A/3«r<raXa>/*) 
— 'N  1 1  K  i52-'°  =  Di^'3S  2  S  33  + ,  2  Ch  1 120-21, 
tiJiBbK  2  S  i3,4+  —  1.'  Eehob.'s  father-in-law 
ti  K  is2-10  2  Chi  i20-21.  8.  3rd  son  of  Dvd  2  S33 
1 31  +  90 1.  2  S  (insert  2  S  1  f  ©  Th  We  cf.  Dr ; 
del.  v38  Dr  cf.  We),  +  ti  K  i6  27-2'  1  Ch  32  V  31- 
""I.TV2N  n.pr.m.  (the  Great  One  is  father  (?) 
so  BaEeU66,  cf.  Sab.-ini)  a  priest,  son  of  Ahimelech 

1  s  222°-21-22  236-9  3o7-7  2  S  8"  (rd.  iterarp  7ac 

so  @WeDr)+22t.  2  S  1  K  1  Ch. 

^2?ON  Kt  2  s  2518  v.  byqq  sub  11.  ran. 

+  MjKinterj.  exclam.ofpain,  Oh!  Pr  23s9 
(IMS  woe!).  Prob.  akin  to  Syr.  U£o/  a/as 
. . . !  PS  M  (AW  Ges  less  prob.  as  a  subst.  need 
from  H3K,  cf.  |*3K). 

1"QN  (DP»fc«.""comp.  As.  [aM*«],  *or- 
wiewi,  but  dub.) 

[JITON]  n.f.  cstr.  3"in  nrDN  Ez  2 1" ;  Dl,  as 
above,  slaughter;  but  prob.  error  for  nrOC  (v. 
ri30)  Ges  Co ;  @  o-^dyiu  poix(f>aia?,  cf.  $. 

D^ITIMN  v.  nu3. 

■un  v.  wa. 

■     T 

vjM  v. -n^  sub  II.  nw. 
"•"l^n  "OH  v.  ir^ax  Sub  11.  nat. 
iTOH  v.  in;3N:  sub  n.  nan. 

OT?y  v-  ^35|  sub  II.  H2N. 

JYOM,  rul'QN  v.  I.  rux. 
D*3H  v.  WJ3K  sub  II.  rOK. 

f^HN  v.  IPS^S  sub  II.  H3K. 

t["l2K]  vb.  turn  (I)  (cf.  As.  abdku  Dlw 

=1JBH ;  Thes  MV  al.  compare  -pn)  Hitlip. 
}33K~»1  la  g17?  roll,  roll  up,  as  volume  of  smoke 
(of  Isr.  under  fig.  of  thickets  of  forest)  v.  De  & 

cf.  ^annn  ju  7s. 

tl.  72R,9  vb.  mourn  (As.  [abdlu]  v.  Dl') 

— Qal  iy.  ^3S  Is  2  47  +  2 1.  etc .  7m;>/  3  fs.  ^>3Xn 
Ho  43  +  3  t. — mourn,  lament  (poet.  &  higher 
style);  abs.,  human  subj.  Jo  i9  Am  8"  9"  Is  198 


fen 

(II  ttm)  cf.  Jb  1422  (subj.  WW);  sq.  <jy  Ho  10s; 
more  oft.  fig.,  inanim. subjugates  Is3M;  land244 
339  Ho  43  Jo  i10  Je  428  (sq.  by)  124  23'°  cf.  1 2" 
(sq.  by),  WW  14s;  pastures  Am  1*  Hithp. 
—Pf  h*™  1  S  15s5;  Impf.  b$&fi  Ez  71"7; 
^3Kn»lGn37M+3t.etc;  Imv.h.'hyt.nn  2S148; 
Pt.  ?3«n»  i  S  l61+2t.  etc.; — mourn  (mostly 
prose)  esp.  for  dead,  sq.  by  Gn  37"  2  S  13"  142 
192  (||  H33)  2  Ch  3524,  cf.  also  Is  66'°  (over 
Jerusalem);  abs.  1  Ch  72J ;  cf.  2  S  142  play  the 
mourner  (where  indie,  by  dress);  over  un- 
worthy Saul  sq.  ?K  iSi535i6';  over  sin  sq.  by 
Ezr  io6  cf.  (abs.)  Ne  89 ;  judgment  of  '1  Ex  33* 
abs.  (indie,  by  dress),  Nu  1 4s9  Ez  7"  (del.  B  Co); 
sq.  '3  1  S  619;  calamity  Ne  i4  Ez  712  cf.  Dn  io2. 
Hipb.  Pf.  "nb^n  Ez  3i'5;  Impf.  JX$$  La  28; 
— cause  to  mourn;  Ez  3 116  abs.  MT,  but  ABCo 
obj.  Dliin  sq.  by,  caused  the  deep  to  mourn  over; 
La  28  obj-.  wall  etc. ;  (both  these  fig.,  cf.  Qal). 

t73M  n.m.  0n60"  mourning— abs. Gn  5010 
+  17  t.;  cstr.  2  7<1  +  3t.;  Ijbs  Is  6o2°;  D^>3« 
Je  3113— for  dead,  cstr.  Gn  27"  Dt  34"  (g*M) 
so  WP  'K  sim.  for  grievous  mourning  Am 
8'°,  id.  metaph.  Je  626  (||  Dnnen  ISpD);  Gn 
5o"-n  Je  167  cf.  2  S  193  'x  ncp  Ez  241'  (v.  Co) 
sq.  ? Gn 5o,0(v. also  11.  ?3K  ad  fin.);  for  calamity, 
Est  43  922  (||  fej;  contr.  310  Di»)  Jb  30s'  (||  & 
D,33) Is 6o206 13 (where  appar.= mourning  garb, 
sq.  n^nn  nogt?,v.also  Bi  Che  on  tact;  ||  n?3  nn; 
contr.  flfy  19^);  Je3i,3(||  pW?),  Las15(||  bine), 
Am  516(||  nSDD);  cf.  nj£  nta| '«  Mi  i8;=time, 
period  of  mourning  2  S  n7;  '"  n'3  Ec  72  (||'3. 
nnE*D,_v4  (ynriDB'  '3);  'S  nja  garments  of 
mourning  2  S  1 42. 

D"n?Q  'TIN  v.  t3  ^3K  sub  II.  bs. 

'  fl.  '5^  adJ-  mourning— 's  Gn  37s8  Est 
612;  cstr.-^S  V  35u;  Q,r3?  Jb  29"  Is  612  etc.; 
— for  dead  Gn  37s5,  calamity  Est  612,  cf.  fig. 
La  i4  (pred.,  inanim.  subj.),  elsewhere  as  subst. 
mourner;  sg.  •^3^li  (cstr.)  for  dead  (||  "Hp);  pi. 
Jb  29"  abs.;  for  calamity  Is  5718  6i2-"'  (where 
mourners  for  Zion,  or  of  Zion,  v.  Di). 

II.  7^^  (perh.  JjI  grow  green,  cf.  ^al 

grass/  Lag"1*45  prop.  Jj\  withstand,  hence  ?3X 
as  withstanding  scorching  sun  (protected  by 

trees,  springs,  etc.),  hence  also  (Lag)  Jj  I  camel). 

tn.  VnS*  n.f.  1.  meadow(?)  1  S  61S  MT  but 
rd.  f3S  cf!  vl4ls  ®S¥e  Dr.  2.  n.pr.loc.  city 
in  N.  Isr.  2  S  2o'8,  near  Beth  Maacah  v,4= 


H3J?D  1V3  i>3N  v"1  (so  also  v14  Ew  Th  We  Klo  Dr), 
i  K  1520  2  K  is29;  =  DT>  'K  2  Ch  164  (= Abil  el 
Kamli,  wheat-meadow  NW.  of  Dan  &  S.  of  Mu- 
tulleh  RobBBII,'*n).  3.  W^Hj  b«  n.pr.loo.(  = 
acaeia-nieadotv)  in  lowlands  of  Moab  Nu  33"; 
=D't?B»Nu  251  Mi  66  (=Tel  Kefrein  (?)  Tristr 
&  MerrillPK8oc"hS,",,1,"!°t'w).  4.  D'HIS  i>3K 
n.pr.loc.  (  =  vineyard-meadow)  in  Amnion  Ju 
1 1°  (v.  Euseb.  *A/3<Xa/«rfA»»').  5.  n^iPID  i>3K 
n.pr.loc.  (  =  dance-meadow)  Ju  )"  1  K  412; 
Klisha's  birthplace  1 9"  (v.  Euseb.  'Afif\naf\ai). 
6.  D?"ttrt3  73K  n.pr.loc.  (  =  m«a<ioM)  of  Egypt, 
i.e.  fertile  as  Egypt  ?)  E.  of  Jordan  Gn  50" 
(where  interpr.  as  if  "0  ?3K,  so  ©  33;  v.  Di). 

'  72hf  adv.     1.   in  older  Heb.  with  an 

asseverative  force,  verily,  of  a  truth  Gn  4221 
2  S  14"  1  K  1*  2  K  4U,  with  a  slight  advers. 
force, nay, but  Gn  1 719(P).  2.  in  late  Heb.  as  a 
decided  adversative,  howbeit,  but  -Dn  io7,21 

o 

Ezr  io13  2  Ch  i4  193  3317  (cf.  Ar.  £ofa  truth, 
sometimes,  from  the  context,  nay  ratlter  Qor 

2»2.»4.110.1;9.149.166.261    _143    ,5S   g^g  \ 

III.  /Zl^  (cf-  Ar.  JjI  able  to  manage  camels, 
fr.  Jjjl,  coll.,  Sab.  !>3K  camel  DHMZMQU8S'829). 

'/^iN   n.pr.nx.  (?  camel-driver),  overseer 
of  David's  camels  1  Ch  2  7s0. 

^ns,  ^TlN  v.  fe>. 

■       \  T 

R**m  nf-  °° **  (m.1817,40?)  stone  (As.  abnu, 
=  the  sharp,  projecting  ?  v.  Dlw-PrlC7;  Ph.  pM ; 
Aram.?3K,  )i3()'';  EthX-fTi;  Sab.[o]33N  DHM 
'n""*"1)- 'Sabs.  Gn2822  +  ;  |3K  n3  +  ;  cstr. 
4924  +  ;  rf. ta»  2  K  3";  D^3$  Gn  3i46+,  etc.; 
— a  stone  (large  or  small).  1.  in  natural  state, 
used  as  pillow  Gn  2811-'8  (E);  seat  Ex  1712  (E); 
cover  of  well  Gn  292-s-3-8-10  (J) ;  causing  one  to 
stumble  Is  81*;  marring  good  ground  2  K  319-25; 
hand-missile  Ex  2118  (JE)  Nu  3517-23  (P)  2  S 
i6"-13,  esp.  in  judicial  stoning,  with  vb.  D2T  Lv 
202-27  242S  Nu  i4l»  15s6-36  Jos  72"(all  P),  so'also 
Dt  2121  2  Ch  2421  Ez  16"  23";  cf.  1  K  i218= 
2  Ch  io'8;  with  vb.  S?p  Dt  13"  1 7"  2  221-24  1  K 
2 11';  also  Jos  72r,b  (JE  or  D) ;  sling-stones  Ju 
20"  1  S  1 7«>-«-«-»°  2  Ch  26i4 .  hurled  by  engines 

2  Ch  2616 ;  set  up  for  inscribing  law  Dt  27s-4-8 
Jos  8s2  (all  D) ;  as  memorial  Jos  4s-»-«-7-*-»-!»-« 
(JED)  1  S  712;  as  sacred  pillar  (n3S10)  Gn  2818 
3514  (anointed  with  oil),  2  822  (  =  i>N)V3)  cf/K  (HfS) 
btn'B':  Gn  4924  (v.  Di);  as  witness  31"  cf.  Jos 
24m:27  (all  JE);  pi.  gathered  into  heap  (bi) 
over  dead,  Jos  72"  (v.  Di)  829  cf.  io18-27  (JE)  2  S 


1817;  ??  on  which  meal  was  eaten,  in  a  compact 
Gn  3 146-46  (JE);  built  into  altar  Ex  2025  Dt  27s-6 
(JED)  Jos  8"iKi  8'1-3238;  cf.  2  K  23"  ®  Klo  (for 
man) \  of  figured  stone  (forbidden)  JTSflO  K 
Lv  261  (H);  rbm  'N  where  ark  rested  1  S 
6u-ll>  also  v18  (MT  5>3N  q.v.) ;  (v.  for  other  note- 
worthy stones  9.  infr.)  2.  stone,  as  mate- 
rial, of  tablets  Ex  2412  3118  341  (pi.)  v  4-4  (JE) 
Dt  4,s  5'9  98-10-11  io1-8;  of  vessels,  hence  prob. 
Ex  719  (P;  'x=vessels  of  stone  ||  D'VJ?)  v.  Di; 
idols  (||  fg)  Dt  428  28s6-64  2916  2  K  i918=Is  37"; 
also  Je  39Ez  2032;  pavement  2  K  16";  edifice 
1  K  67  cf.  Gn  113;  also  2  S  511  2  K  1213  1  Ch 
2216;  oft.pl.  of  (worked)  stones  Lv  j4«-«-«-«.« 
(P;  in  wall  of  house)  2  K  22°  +  ,  cf.  of  city- 
wall  Ne  336;  of  (ruined)  city  1  K  15"  Ne  334; 
tomb  Is  1419;  rTnjV  D'33N  (costly  building- 
stones)  1  K  531  79-10-'1  (v.  also  sub  3) ;  "NOK 
&V  =  marble  (v.  ®)  1  Ch  29s;  ITU  <J3*M 
hewn  stones  1  K  531  1  Ch  2  22  Ez  4042  (for  altar- 
tables),— cf.  rma;  3xn»  'K  2  K  12'3  22'  2  Ch 
3411 ;  foundation-stone,  corner-stone  Is  28'° 
Je  5120  Jb  38s  yjr  11822;  cap-stone,  completing 
the  building,  npH-\n  Iffl  Zc  47  (but  v.  H39  tfNi 
yjr  11822  as  above),  Zc  39  upon  one  stone  seven 
eyes,  prob.  refers  to  this  cap-  or  head-stone ;  the 
eyes  are  symbol  of  God's  watchfulness;  perhaps 
explaining  cup-stones  found  in  Orient,  v.  Guthe 
2PV1890.129.  stone.cuttert'»  nrin  2S  511  iCh  2215; 
Iffl  '3?h  2  K  1213  cf.  1  Ch  2  22.  3.  precious 
stone,  gen.  with  modifying  word  IT1P  'K  coll.  2  S 
1230  1  K  io2  +  oft.  (v.  2);  Dnt5>n  K'Gn  212  (J) 
cf.  Ex  257  289  359-27  396  (P)  1  Ch  29";  D**^  'K 
Ex  257  35s-27  cf.  1  Ch  292;  T3D  'K  Ez  i26"io'; 

rrnjat  133s  is  5412;  pan  '«  ;&.-,  npp-ii  tpe  rntc 

1  Ch  292';  ID  'N  Pr  1 78;'  on  Efc  »i3*  {stones  of  fire) 
Ez  2814-16  as  precious  stones= As.  aban  isdti  (?) 
v.  D1F*118  &  W4°;  but  Sm  al.  thunderbolts;  also 
without  distinctive  modifier  Ex  257  35s;  'K  Ehn 
engraver  in  stone  Ex  2  8"  cf.  3 1 r>  3  533  (P).  t4. 
stones  containing  metal,  =  ore,  Dt  89  (v.  Di) 
Jb  28s  cf.  v8.  +5.  a  weight,  as  orig.  stone  (v. 
Pr  27s  cf.  Eng.  weight  s<<me  =  i4lb)  D,3~,:!3K 
Pr  1611  (cf.  As.  D1W38);  ^fj  'K  2  S  1426  (i.'e. 
ace.  to  royal  standard;  cf.COT0n23'w) ;  'SO  'K 
Dt  25"  Pr  2o10-2s  (i.e.  different  weights,  for 
dishonest  use);  nonp  p.3K  D'3  Mi  6";  just 
weights  raf-,a?<  Lv  1936;  npy^'K  ft  iir; 
hence  also  heavy  mass  of  metal  (lead)  Zc  58. 
|6.  plummet  Is  3411  (stones  of  devastation,  or 
em]>tiness,  cf.  on  sense  2  K  2113  Am  77,8) ;  also 
made  of  metal  y'ttn  'SH  Zc  410  (conversely 
plummet  ft: plumbum).  t7.  objectslike  stones; 
partic.  hail,  explicitly,  TJ31!1  'J58  Jos  io11  cf.  Is 
3080;  VHlftQ  'K  Ez  i3"-18  38";  but  also  O^K 


pN  7 

n^'n?  Jos  10"  (E)  (cf.  As.  D1W88);  lime-stones 
"U^SaX  Is  2 "]'.  8.  in  sim.  (mostly  poet.)  of  sink- 
ing in  water  Ex  i56=Ne  9";  motionlessness 
EX1516;  strength Jb612;  firmness^16;  solidity 
(of  iee)  3830;  in  prose,  of  commonness  1  K  io" 
2  Ch  ils;  also  metaph.  of  one  in  fear  1  825"  (i.e. 
petrified  with  terror,  cf.  Ex  1516  supr.);  tW  3? 
=  perverse,  hard  heart  Ezn1'  36s6;  "1J?.",?.3S 
Zc  918  (of  ransomed  Isr.) — 'N  personif.  Hb  2" 
cf.  v19;  cf.  Ez  13"  (v.  7  supr.)  +9.  In  topogr. 
terms  (nearly=n.pr.);  JH3  |38  J0  156  18'7; 
T8?n  '«  1  S  51  cf.  712,  also  41  '(We  Ur)  ;  'Kn 
%n  1  S  2019,  rd.  &$n  33-lNn  v.  ©  here  &  v41 
(We  Dr  Klo);  rtnin  'k'i  K  i»  (where  We 
mammon  comp  ^i-.  Zuhal= Saturn). 

t[p«]  n.[m.]  wheel,  disc— Du.  ttpffl— 
1.  potter's  wheel  Je  183  (two  discs  revolving 
one  above  the  other;    name  from  likeness  to 

mill-stones ;  v.  AW18).  2.  TBT^  Ex  I*  prob. 
=  sella  parturientis,=-8i<f>poi  Xo^fialoi  bearing- 
stool,  midwife's  stool  (fr.  likeness  to  potter's 
wbeel;  on  custom  of  labor  upon  stool  v.  Ploss 
Da,  weib.2-ded.il,  35. 179  etc.  &  Qesnola  Coll.  fr.  Cyprus, 
Metrop.  Mus.,  N.  York,  No.  614,  terra  cotta 
fig.  fr.  4th  or  5th  cent.  B.C.;  Descriptive  Atlas 
of  Cesn.  Coll.,',,,-,"L3",-UB;    cf.  W.  H.  W[ard] 

l'ESoc.2nd  Statement  1873,  p.  76\ 

n:n«  Kt  2  K  512  v.  njDN. 

n:nN  v.  t333. 

"PI  v.  -i:i,3N  sub  II.  H3N. 

t[D2K]  vb.  feed,  fatten  (Mish.  id.;  1  As. 
[abdsu]  Dlw")  Qal  Ft.  pass,  fattened,  DWK  of 
ox  Pr  15";  Bpa*  of  fowl  r  K  53. 

TD^N  n.m. rrl4,4  crib  (=feeding-trough,  on 
form  v.  Ges484*12B-)  of  ass  Is  i3  (cstr.);  oxen  Pr 
i44(abs.);  lEJP^JJJ  P^'DX  Jb  39s  (of  wild-ox). 

t[u^QSn]  n.[m.]  granary  (=place  of  fod- 
der; 1  As.'bit  abdsdti  Dlww)  pi.  sf.  rpKlNO  Je 
5026. 

ninjnN  v.  jna. 

TOJtf  (meaning  unknown). 

t[Y^N]    n.pr.loc.    city  in    Issachar,   f3N 

Jos  i9'20- 

tplN  n.pr.m.  judge  of  Isr.  Ju  12s-'0  (Lag 
0>ij89ili9|s  J3(j$),  ®  'Miiacrav,  <B  yC^O- 

p2N  (At.  J3\  run  away  (cf.  Lag™61)). 

tp^«  n.m.  Ez2U0  dust— '«  Dt  2824+3  t. ; 
cstr.p'aKNai3;  sf.Di>3K;Ez2610— dust  0  fleeing, 


flying;  syn.1Sy=oft.  dustlyingonor  composing 
ground)  Ex 9"  Ez2610 Dt2824  (|psy)  Is5M  (||  P?) 

29*  (llfto);  fig.  of  clouds  under  Yahweh's  feet 

Nai3. 

+  [HjTlN  or  n^lN]  n.f.  prob. coll.,  cstr.  np_3K 

??i"1  Ct  36  powders  of  merclutnt  =  scent-pow- 
ders.    (On  formation  cf.  Lag"""".) 

TjpnNj  vb.  denom.  Niph.  wrestle  (=get 
dusty,clK6Vis,  koWo),  v.  also  BbP*,t**'1*  paWlO 

Q5\??"5  "l?5!3=«<  at  their  feet;  others,  e.g.  Di, 

comp.  pan),    ay  pggj  Gn  32s5;  Inf.  sf.  ipavna 
nv  v26. 

"Oitf  (cf.  As.  abdru,  be  firm,  strong  Dlw). 

'  "^N  n.[m.]  pinions  (fr.  strength,  poet.  & 
fig.,  pi.  in  sense)  as  of  dove  ^55';  eagle  Is  40"; 
'Nn  7|"1K  of  king  of  Babyl.  under  fig.  of  eagle  Ez 
1 7s  (||  D?B33n  7C\i  of  broad,  overshadowing 
wings). 

1  rnSN  n.f.  pinion  (nom.  unit.,  poet.)  of 
ostrich  Jb  3913;  ""^aN  of  eagle,  sim.  for  '»  Dt 
32";  metaph.  of  '< '  +  91*;  nVrt-QK  of  dove 
^68";  (all||*)J3). 

T[~QN]  vb.  denom.  Hiph.  fly  (=move 
pinions)]  of  hawk  |T"9!£  Jb  3929- 

1  [l>,-^l  adj.  strong  ;  alw.  =  subst.  the 
Strong,  old  name  for  God  (poet.);  only  cstr.  in 
3pjr  Tax  Gn  4924  &  thence  ^  1 32s-5  Is  49s6  6o16; 
*y&&l 'X  Is  124  (cf.  Che  crit.  n.)— BaNB61  assigns 
this  cstr.  to  "^3X. 

t'Y'SSl  adj.  mighty,  valiant— 'x  Jb  34s0 
+  Isio,sKt(Qr"V33);  cstr.  id.  iS  21s;  piOTW 
Jb  2422  +  ; — mighty  (alw.=subst.  &  poet.  exc. 
1  S  2  is).  1.  men  Ju  522  Jb  24>2(=violent)  3420 
Je  4615 1  S  2 18  (rd.  DTjn  "«  Or  Dr,  cf.  2217;  but 
Lagrrobebii>ei  o*vjjn  |>»ai(  v.  Id.BSi5;  Klo  iia?),  La 
I16;  ab  '"VaX  stout  of  heart  Is  4612  (  =  obstinate) 
t/c766.  2.  angels  ^^(cf.  10320).  3.  animals; 
bull,  sim.  of  king  of  Assyr.  Is  lo'3(rd.  "*?*?  &  ▼• 
Di);  elsewh.pl.;  metaph.  for  enemies  i^a  »V3R 
^2213(||D,_|3);  for  princes^  68s1;  forEdomites 
Is  347;  hence  even  as  sacrif.  ^  5013  (||  CTiny); 
of  horses  Je8lc  47s  5011. 

OiTON  v.  D13K  sub  II.  H3X- 

t    t  :    -  T  : 

+  "7T"m^  proclaimed  before  Joseph  Gn  4 1 ** 

(mng.  dub.;  many  Egypt,  deriv.  proposed;  e.g. 
a-bor-k,  Copt.  =proslrate  thyself/  BenfeyVerhd- 
«g.spr.z.sem.s<Bf.  aprek,—head  bowed  !  Chabas1"1, 
— buta=y,  v.alsoWiedemannAlw«WMttrlss-8;  ap- 
rex-u,  head  of  the  wise,  HarkavyB",'«Zel,schr-Ifa'; 


BTOM  8 

ab-rek,  rejoice  thou!  CookSpe*,',r'5C<,mn,G°*dloCK"1 
»•*";  Lepage  Renouf"8*1""1888'6'^^)-^,  % 
command  is  our  desire,  i.e.  we  are  at  thy 
service  ;  Say  **'•  B*b- 1S3  As.  abrikku  =  Ak.  abrik, 
vizier  (unpub.  tabl.),  v.  already  DP11"134"-1-1112 
who  cp.  As.  abarakku  =  title,  perh.  grand 
vizier;  against  DI,  v.  COT  &  No2"01880' 7M). 

0"pN,  t'3N  v.  DT3X,  ^3«  sub  II.  na* 
oiVcnN,  a'VcrnN  v.  di^3«  sub  n.  rax. 

KJK  (cf.  Ar.  y  /Zee  Frey). 

t  fcON  11. pr .m.  (fugitive  ?)  father  of  a  hero 

of  David  2  S  23"  (ins.  also  1  Ch  n13  Dr8m). 

U.2N,  (lUN  Nu  24T)  n.pr.m.  (violentl  As. 

agdgu  T>X")  king  of  Amalek  iSis8-9-80-32-32-32-38, 
also  Nu  24'  (E),  as  symbol  of  might;  (Is  'N 
then  title  ?  v.  Di). 

?;^  adj.gent.  of  Haman  (=Amalekite? 
so  Jew.  trad.  &  cf.  Jos.*""-11-66)  Est  31-10  83-6  9". 
im  (bind,  so  Talm.  "12$,  Aram.  13N). 
t,T13N  n.f.  band  (Mishn.  fWUK  cf.  NHWB). 

1.  pi.  cstr.  ntito  ni^JX  bands,  thongs  (fastening 
ox-bow)  metaph.  of  fetters  of  slavery  Is  58". 

2.  3te«  ffn^J  &MjiC;j  of  hyssop  Ex  12s2.  3.  'n 
abs.  band  of  men  (cf.  ?3n.  Eng.  band)  2  S  226. 
4.  vnjx  vault  of  the  heavens  (as  fitted  together, 
constructed,  cf.  Ar.  SU-1)  Am  9*. 

triaN  n.[m.J  nuts  (coll.)  (NH  id.,  KTiSBK, 
Ar.  J£i,  Eth.  7a*"H:  Aram.  <a^,  KJUK;  cf. 
Pers.j^Vwhence  prob.  TUN  as  loan-word)  Ct6u. 

7J^  (Hoffm,Ilob&5  comp.  Ar.  J^l  m^, 
Eth.  X7A>:  a  certain  one  (name  withheld),  etc.) 

72N  n.[m.]   usually  trans,  drop,  ?t3"\75S 

dew-drops  Jb 38s8  (||  "W?D)  so  Vrss  De  Di ;  Hoffm 
'  Riickstande,'  '  Ansammlungen,'  i.  e.  collec- 
tions, stores,  reserve-supply. 

TD^73W  n.pr.loc.  town  in  Moab  Is  158; 

(meaning?);  ?cf.  AlyaXtifi  (Euseb.)  9  m.  S.  of 
Areopolis;  v.  LagOnom.228.9s,  «i.2,p.2« 

DJi^f  (troubled,  sad,  As.  agdmu  Dlw  cf.  Ar. 

1>.I  loatlie  ;  also  iiil  marshy  jungle;  v.  D3Jj). 

T3JN  n.[m.]   troubled  pool  (Aram,    id., 

Jjo^/,  As.  agammu Dlw) — 'n  abs.  Is  35';  cstr. 
4i,8+2t.;D,S3KEx8,+  2t.;,,D|iKI8i42»;  DrTOJK 
Ex  719 — 1.  troubled  or  muddy  (gloomy)  pools  or 
marshes,  pi.  D^D  's  Is  1423.     2.  any  pool,  pond , 


sg.  D^O  K  Is  4 118  ^io7M  1 148;  pi.  without  D?D 
Ex  7 19  81  (P)  Is  4  2 16.  3.  swamp-reed,  rush  (  = 
pOJS)  Je5I3'. 

t[D3N]  adj.  sad  (cf.  Mish.)  ^-"OaK  Is  19'°. 

tpjN,  ]'iQriN  n.[m.]  rush,  bulrush.    1. 

used  as  cord  or  line  Jb  4026  (of  twisted  rushes, 
or  spun  of  rush-fibre,  cf.  Di  ad  loc);  as  fuel 
4112;  sim.  of  bending  head  Is  58".  2.  metaph. 
of  the  lowly,  insignif.  (||  HB3)  Is  913 1 916. 

\^H  (prob.  circular,  round,  cf.  Ar.  a2.L\  ball 
of  cheek  &  v.  Talm.  I?,iN  curved  rim  of  a  vessel). 
[jiH^tj  n.[m.]  bowl,basin(Talm.  J31K,  Aram. 
S33X,  U4^';  Ar.  ajI^.1  ,  vessel  in  which  clothes 
are  washed ;  As. .(pi.)  agandteJDY").  1.  basins 
used  in  ritual^>ttf>Ex  24s  (E).  2.  "inert  J3K, 
sim.  of  curves  of  body  Ut  7".  3.  metaph.  of 
family  of  Eliakim.  ni32Kn  t'b3  =  basin-vessels 
Is  2  224  (  =  bowl-shaped  vessels  Che)  opp.  v| 
Dublin ;  both  ||  JE>i?n  ^3. 

*"pX  (As.  stem  of  agappu,  wing,  cf.  Dlw). 

*  [n^J  n.[m.]  band,  army  (loan-word,  orig. 
wing  of  army;  As.  agappu,  Aram.  e)JN,  wing. 
Others,  fr.  t|M,  Sta*2*")— All  Ez.  &  all  vl.  (or 
&«.t)T|2^  EZ389  394;  VB3X  i2»4-3t.;  n»a;s 
38"  (all  c.~?3exc.  38s2) — 6ancZ»,  armies  of  king 
of  Judah  Ez  1 214 1 721 ;  hordes  (RV)  of  Gog  38s-22 
39";  specif,  of  "103  38°;  of  nO"uta  {6. 

fl.  [")Ji*]  vb.  gather  (food)— only  Qal— 
■?/•  ""3$.  of  ant  Pr  6s  (obj.  klND) ;  7m;,/  2ms. 
13£9  of  Isr.  Dt  28s9  (obj.  =  grapes,  not  expr.) ; 
Pt.  Y*M  ">3«  subst.  one  who  gathers  (abs.)  Pr.  1  o5. 

II.  *TJN  (pay, hire, Arjil, Aram.13K,  j^/", 
As.  o^Srw  DF,  Palm.  "ON  Reck  2MG I888' *«). 

T"ft3M  n.pr.m.  (perh.  hireling,  Ar.  JLs.1, 
Aram.  NTJX,  |{^'  v.  ps,  As.  a^Jrw,  cf.  Hpt 
EA81.124.  others  gatherer,  fr.  1.  ux)  son  of  n|£( 
an  author  of  proverbs  Pr  301. 

t[nnia«]  n.f.  payment,  ^03  ITjbK  1  S  2s6. 

Tj~n3S  n.f.  letter,  letter-missive  (late,])rob. 
loan-word,  As.  egirtu  DP) — abs.  Ne  28+  2t.; 
cstr.  Est  929;  pi.  D'njN  abs.  20130'  + 3t.;  cstr. 
Ne  29;  DH'nnaK  Ne  6"— letter,  esp.  royal  letter 
2  Ch  3o'-6'Ne  27-8-9;  but  also  others  Ne65-17-19  Es 
qM.29  (J]  lap  vv2o.3o .  other  gyn_  2PI30,  jmfl  q.v.) 

Vb-um  v.  hm 

t    :  — : 

^JN  v.  ejna. 


7N 

in,  rfffm,  ni-tN  ▼.  m 

i[2'liS]  vl>.  grieve;  Hiph.  Inf.  3Ht£(  = 

3HK[6  Ges*53-3-"7)  to  cause  to  grieve  I  S  2s3.  (But 
Dr  prop,  3*1$  fr.  3H  q.y.) 

i7N3"TN  n.pr.m.  3rd  son  of  Ishmael  (cf. 

Ar.  CjS\  invite,  discipline  ?)  Gn  2513  1  Ch 
1 129  (As.  Idiba'il  etc.,  name  of  north.  Ar.  tribe 
DF*301;  cf.  Min»an  blK  DHM  in  MV). 

*7"7K  0  cfl  Ar-  ■>'  strength). 
n^N  n.pr.m.  a  chief  Israelite  Ezr  81717. 
TIN  n.pr.m.  v.  Tin. 

N^THN  n.pr.m.  5th  son  of  Haman  Est  9s 
(Pers'.l).  ' 

I.  Q*7^  (cf.  As.  [addmu]  make,  jrroduce  (?) 

T)l  W  u  Pr  104\ 

□~JN  6C0  n.m.  Gn  *•"■  man,  mankind  (Ph.  Dix, 
Sab.  «?.,  CIS1'1,1'4  al.;  cf.  As.  admu,  young  (of 

bird)  Dlw,  but  No25"51886-722  identif.  with  Ar.  Aj\ 
coll.  creatures) — Sg.  abs.  exc.  cstr.  Pr  612  cf. 
Thes;  ('K(n)  *2| oft.  =pl.  of 'x  Gn  1  iB+  39t.,  cf. 
tfil  nto  Gn62-4)— 1.  a  Wara(=Ger.  Mensch)= 
Jmman'being  Gn  a"-7-7-8-16-''-'^,  i612  (2ft.  J) 
Lv54(||E>S3)i32-9(i9t.P)Ne210Isi312(||^N); 
binan  'xn  jos  14'5  (E);  i^s '«  Pr  612  (||  Jin  *H 

cf.  1  S  25"  &  v.  ^jr!>3);=  any  one  Lv  I2  Nu  9s-7 
Jb  2029  2713  Pr  1520  2i16-20  2430  Ec  f°  +  oft. 
WisdLt,  Je  26  425  Ne  2",  cf.  'N  Bta  Nu  i9,1-13+ ; 
seld.  wan  opp.  woman  Gn  22"2-23-26  3«"M»« 
Ec  728.  2.  coll.  maw,  mankind  Gn  I26  96-«-«-«  + 
(P28t.)6I-M-7(JE  24t.)Dt432(D6t.)(on  28 
7"  cf.  1  Chi 7"  v.  DrSm);  distinctly  =  men  + 
women  Gn  I27  51  Nu  5s;  given  as  name  Gn  52; 
but= warriors  Is  2  26 'N  331  (||  D'ST©);  ||  beasts 
(41 1.)  n»il3  Gn  67  7"  (J  ?)  Ex  813'14  9910  (P)  9'9- 

tUt  ,  212  ,  32.13.,5  (gJJ  J)  +  .  kte  proph    Je  2  j6  3  j27 

503  5162  Ez  i4»Jw»-«  2513  298-u  32"  (del.  Co) 
3611  Jon  38  Zp  i3  Hg  iu  Zc288'°;  ||"V?3  Ez415; 
||  fs's,  Dnbn,  '3  NU3128;  HtU  +  nDnsrrba?  v3<> 
cf.  Jon  37 ;'  ||  fljn  Gn  95  (P)  cf.  Ez  'i™-™-*\  & 
descript.  of  D^n?  Ez  io8-14-21  cf.  41";  ||  trees 
Dt  20,9(rd.D-lKn  v.  Di);  opp.  God  1  S  1529 16" 
Is  3 13  Ez  282-9  1  Ch  2 1"  291  2  Ch  618  Mai  38  cf. 
Ex  332»  Dt  521;  so  '«-?a  Nu  2319  (||  B*k)  Ez 
2i.3.6.s  (gyt  gz>  ajw  addressed  to  proph.);  '33 
'Nfl  1  S  2619;  made  in  God's  image  Gn  i26-27  9° 
cf.  Ec  729;  as  feeble,  earthly,  mortal  Nu  i629-29 
Ps  827 1443-4  Jb  57  I41-10  cf.  25"  ('N-J3)  Ec  125; 
as  sinful  1  K  846  2  Ch  636  Je  io14  cf.  Nu  5s  Jb 
3 133  Ho  67;  of  men  in  general,  other  men  (opp. 


nam 

to  particular  ones)  Ju  1617  (cf.  *H$  "in*  v7-11) 
i87-28  +  73"  Je  3229  +  ;  ||  t^KIs  2'-11-'17  5"""cf.  Ez 
2342  (del.  Co  Vrss);  'K  \)3  2  S  714  (||  D'tMK)  pr 
84  (||  W*K);  +  49»  62"»  (both  ||  e"¥  '?3)  =  men 
of  low  opp.  men  of  high  degree — so  'oft.  Ph. 
and =vassal  Sab.  DHM2*01875-080"-*16  •  'K  B'BJ  coll 

Nu  ai"..*.-  x  Ch  gn  Ei5  27.»     +3>  n;pp-m; 

Adam,  first  man  (without  art.,  cf.  job  1  Ch  211 
over  ag.  'frn  Jb  i6  etc.)  Gn  426  (J)'  5>-3-«-»  (P) 
1  Chi1.  (Gn2*»3"-21rd.'t6v.Di.)  +4.  n. 
pr.loc.city  in  Jordan  valley  (as  builtl)  Jos  31'. 

7V?1^.  224  n-f-  Sround>  land  (as  tilled,  Ger. 
6e6aw<?  DF'^but  Fleisch.  (MerxArch"I'a»f) 
comp.  Ar.  iLol,  skin,  as  smoothly  covering 
&  close-fitting;  -/DT  cf.  Ar.  °S  sroear  (spread 
over  surface);  cf.alsoNo23""886'737)  —  'n  GniM+ ; 
cstr.  np"|S  Gn  4720+ ;  sf.  VlcnN  Jb  3i38+  2  t! 
etcj^niClN  ^4912 — 1.  srroM«<i(astilled,yield- 
ing  sustenance)  Gn  26-9  317-23  42-3-12  529  821 1 9s5  4  7s3 
Ex  3426  (all  J);  Ex  2319(E)  Dt  71S  11"  265-10-15 

284.11.18.S3.42.51   3Q9     2  g  ^,10  Jg   j7  2g24  3Q23.2S.24    Jg 

720 1442533  Hg  i"  Mal3"  yfr  8311 10535  Pr  12" 
2819  1  Ch  2726  Ne  io36-38  cf.  fig.  Jb  5"  (||  lay) ; 
personif.  3138  Jo  i10;  also  'Nn  B»'N  Gn  920  (J) 
tiller,  husbandman;  meton.  'X  3nk  2  Ch  2610 
i.e.  lover  of  husbandry  (or  do  these  point  to 
earlier  meaning  tillagel  cf.  DP'105)'**  n3jf  e»K 
Zc  135.    t2,  jptec«  of  ground,  landed  property 

Gn  4718.19.19.19.20.22.22.23.26  (ftU  J)   ^  ^  ^      +3> 

earth  as  material  substance ;  of  wh.  man  is  made 

Gn  27  ('Nrrft?  nay);  so  animals  v19  ("KnTP); 
altar  Ex  2024;  earthen  vessels  'N  'bnn  Is  45'; 
on  head,  sign  of  woe  1  S  412  2  S  i2  1532;  of 
contrition  Ne9J  (cf.  1SN,  13y);  'SH  ruyo  1  K 
746  cf.  2  Ch  417  (firmness  of  earth,  firm  earth, 
clay- ground,  for  casting -moulds;  or  clay- 
moulds  (Be)?  or  is  this  n.pr.1  Klo  prop.  niyB3 
i""?7?*'1  in  the  red  cave);  mule- loads  of  2K517; 
in  it"  lie  the  dead  -OSTncnK  'J.?*'?  Dn  122  cf. 
Gn  319-23  i\r  1464.  4.  ground  as  earth's  visible 
surface ;  'Nil  DD1  Gn  I25  620  (both  P)  Ho  22"  cf. 
Gn  7892  (J  ?)  Lv  2o26  (P)  Dt  418  Ez  3820;  also 
Gn  410  (J)  Is  242'  Am  36  Zp  i2-3;  as  wet  with 
dew  2  S  1712;  rain  1  K'171'  181;  cf.  personif. 
ffVTQ  'Nil  nnsa  Nu  i630(P)  (||  ps  v32),  vid. 
v31;  of  partic.  place,  spot  Clp  'N  Ex  3s  esp.  as 
abode  of  man  Gn4n  Ex  io6  Dt  4WM 1 21  1  S  2031 
2S147;  oft.  '«n  V.S  Gn2641461-774ffl88-13  Ex 
32123316  Nui23  Dt'6ls76  (all  J,  D)  1  S2o,5  + 
9 1.  5.  land,  territory,  country  (  es  jix)  Gn  4  7 19 
(J)  Lv  2024  (J  1— 1|  px)  cstr.  bef.  n.pr.  tTSp?  '& 

Gn  472026;  irjWJ '«  Is  1917;  ^'f!  UEsxi** 
16  t.  Ez ;  esp.  of  land  as  promised  or  given  by 


*•  to  his  people=Canaan  Gn  2815  Ex  2012  Nu 
1 1»  32"  (all  J  ?)  Dt  5'6+  i6t,  Dt,  Jos;  1  K  8" M 
+  ,  Je  16"  24'°  25s  351'  Ez  28s5  2  Ch  62531  720 
338;  cf.  also  Dt  i219  2123  29"  2  K  if3  Is  6"  716 
14'  +  ,  Ez  341327  +  ,  Ne  9s5  (TOOK* '«),— in  all  c. 
4it.;  +  Jo  2s,(personif.);  ehi?n'NZc216(cf.sub 
4  supr.);  hence  also  as  Yahweh's  land  Dt3243 
Is  1 4s  Zc  9"  2  Ch  720.  t6.  whole  earth,  inhabited 
earth  (seld. ;  cf.  also  'Nn  '?B  sub  4  supr.)  Gn  1 2s 
2814  (both  J  cf.  }HN  1818  2218  264)  Dt  142  Am  32 
Is  24".  +7.  n.pr.loc.  city  in  Naphtali  (as 
built  cf.  D"JN  il^ed-Ddmel)  W.  of  L.  Gennes. 
Jos  19s*  v.  Di. 

TfTC^N  n.pr.loc.  city  in  Vale  of  Siddim 
Gnio"i428Dt2922Hon8. 

2j53n  *Jp"1N  n.pr.loc.  pass  in  Naphtali, 
Jos  19°  v.  3pJ.  , 

II.  D*7N  (}'^>  $  tawny,  Eth.  k£cn>: 
(only  in  derivatives),  As.  addmu  1  Dlw ;  cf. 
Lag8"28). 

t[Di1N,  D"1N]  vb.  be  red  (on  format,  cf. 

LagBNS"*120)— Qal  Pf  3  pi.  »$  ruddy,  of  Na- 
zirites  La  4';  Pu.  Pt.  reddened,  dyed  red, 
DIND  Na  2*  (of  shield),  DW  of  rams'  skins 
Ex  «6»a6M357-*  36,93934  (all  P)'.  Hithp.  Imp/, 
redden,  grow  or  look  red,  D^NJV  Pr  2  331  (of  wine) ; 
Hiph.  l<mpf  emit  {show)  redness  (cf.  Lag1"1120) 
vbSns  ions:  Is  i18  (of  sins)  i.e.  be  glaring,  fla- 
grant (cf.  also  v15). 

ta'n«  adj.red-'x  Is632  Zci8+Gn  2530-30, 
v.infr.;  tflN Ct510;  f.nEHN Nu  i92,pl.D'SnN  2  K 
3M  +  2 1. ; — ruddy,  red,  of  man  Ct  510;  horse  Zc 
,8.8  (||  pnfef  cf.  As.  D1W87)  62  (||  1'n^);  heifer  Nu 
192;  water  2  K  3"  (D13  'N);  cf.  as  subst.  red, 
rednesson garmentls632;  tilt<n  =  the  (red)  lentils 
Gn  2530-30,  but  rd.  D'lNH  v.  infr. ;  cf.  also  njjjjp. 

'  CHN  n.[f.]  earnelian  (fr.  redness/  ©  <rap- 

8w»;  on  format,  cf.  Lag8-"1144)  Ex  28"  3910  (P)  Ez 
28". 

TDiTN  n.[m.]nameofacondiment  (Ar.  lll\ 

v.  Anderson  in  Di;  cf.  As.  adumatul  DI*)  'Nn 
Gn  2530-30  (J;  so  rd.  for  1*1  MT;  v.  Di). 

DV7M  (fDIN  Ez  25")  n.pr.nx.  1.  Edom 
(name  of  a  god?  v.  StaGam  ES8""48;  vid.  n.pr. 
Q-ltniy,  but  Bae8*110  thinks  dial.  var.  of  V$f, 
D11N  '33= D"JN  »J3)ssE«ao,  elderson  of  Isaac  Gn 
2 5s0  (J)  (where  etym.=raZ,  cf.  v25  (E  1)  &  sub 
tjtorjf)  361*1*  (P).  2.  coll.  (m.  but  f.  Mai  i4) 
Edomites,  Idumeans  as  descend,  of  Esau  Gn 


36,M  (P) ;  also  1 S  1 447  +  3 1 1.  +  2  S  81S  (for  MT 
DIN;  @@,  v.  1  Chi812  ^6o2,  WeDr);  perh. 
also  v12  (®@  1  Ch  18";  MT  DIN  but  v.  We  Dr); 
also  2Cli202(v.  Be);  'N=king  of  Edom  Nu 
10mjoji.  poet  >$  v,3  V!377  'K  na  La  421iB- 
3.  /and  of  Edom,  Idumaea  (/.  Ez  32s9  3515  and 
36')  S.  &  SE.  of  Pal.  Gn  36324i,  +  32  t.  (incl.  m'C 
'N  Gn  324;  'N  jnN  Gn  361,U7!!1-31  Nu  2023  214  3337 
+  ); — uncertain  whether  2  or  3  are  Ex  1515 
Nu  20"  2418+  9  t.  (chiefly  in  'N  T]b»  etc.) 

t">pn«  adj. gent.  Edomite  Dt  23s  1  S  218 
2a9.i8.«  j  KlIw  ^  g3*.  D'.p'nN  2  Ch  2514  2817; 
so  2K166  (Qr;  Kt  DWIN,  v.  DIN);  D»D'lN 
iK  1117;  /.  nWlN.  1K111. 

Td^TO'JS  adj.  reddish  (cf.  As.  ada(m)mu- 
mul  DY"}  of  leprous  sores  Lv  1342  (D]T")  v49 

(D'T-^/rtD-ronNv24'43;  n»Vv19;/pZ.n'EnKnN  if, 

T,3it3T?HI  adj.  red,  ruddy,  of  Esau  as  new- 
born babe  Gn  25s5  (whence  name  Edom  ace. 
to  E  J  cf.  Di);  of  youth  1  S  1612  1742  0?b"lN). 

O^Tp'IN  n-pr.loc.  v.  flJJJO  sub  rby. 
TUPiTyi^  n.pr.m.  a  prince  of  Persia  & 
Media  Est  1 14  (cf.  Pers.  admdta,  unrestrained). 
fjjijj  (mug.  disputed;  (1)  cf.  As.  [adannu\ 

firm,  strong  ;  adv.  adanniS,  strongly,  exceedingly 
Dlw>(2)  Fii.  (a)  make  firm,  fasten  (cf.  ^xz) 
whence  flN ;  (b)  determine,  command,  rule, 
whence  fH$ ;  (3)  Thes  Add.,  MV  al.  (a)  intr. 
be  under,  low,  inferior  (cf.  pn,  ^U),  whence  JIN; 
(6)  tr.  put  under  command,  rule  over  (cf.  J"!) 
whence  fHN;  v.  also  (4)  LagM'-102,  [1TW  fr.  ^jl). 
[]"1&]  n.m.  E*2C-19  base,  pedestal— JTN  Ex 
387;  pi.D'3";N:Ex261!l  +  ;  cstr.  TlNCt5ls  +  ,  etc. 
1 .  pedestals  of  fine  gold,  on  wh.  pillars  of  rnarble 
were  set  Ct  515.  ^.pedestals  of  the  earth  on  wh. 
its  pillars  were  placed  Jb  38s  (||  corner-stone). 
3.  (metal)  pedestals,  bases,  or  sockets  in  wh. 
tenons  of  planks  &  pillars  of  tabernacle  were 
set  up ;  two  for  each  plank  &  one  for  each  pillar 
Ex  26191919+52t.  in  Ex  26.27.35-40  Nu  3.4 
(all  P) ;  cf.  ©  Sm  Co  for  'enN  Ez  4 122,  of  altar. 

fTTfH  n.m.  ""^  lord  (Ph.  pN)—  'N  *i25  + 

cstr.  fHQ  Jos  311  + ;  pi.  D'JhN  Is  2  613  + ;  cstr.  »rt| 
Dtio17  +  ;  sf.W3.1N  1  S  25"+  etc.;  (TIN,  *t% 
'j'lN  are  variations  of  Mass.  pointing  to  distin- 
guish divine  reference  fr.  human.  PL,  with  few 
exc.  an  intens.  pi.  of  rank  ;  word  takes  sf.  as  pi. 
in  all  other  pers. ;  so  doubtless  here.  Orig. 
reading  prob.  in  all  cases  TlN  (v.  Dalman 
D.rOottMn.-eAdoD.j.  LagBN188  makes 'JIN  an  Aram. 

format.) ;    'JIN  now  found  in  J  5 1 1. ;   in  E 


p-TN 


•tGn  3135  3219  4210  Ex  216;  in  P  tGn  2361116 
Nu  36";  often  S  &  K;  in  Chr  only  in  sources, 
iCh2i3-3-"3(=2S24322)  aCha"6*;  Is  &  Je 
only  in  hist,  parts  Is  368912  Je 3720 38°;  elsewli. 
tDni,0io,61719i28  Zci94"1364  V^iio1  Ju  418 
613  Ru213;  'JIK  '?  tEx41013  Jos  7s  (J)  Ju615 
138  is  referred  "to  God,  but  '?n«  '3  tGn4320 
4418  Nu  12"  (J)  1  S  i26  25"  1  K  31726  ref.  to 
human  superiors.  There  is  uncertainty  as  to 
»VlK  Gn  183  1918;  'S'lK  192)— tl.  sg.  lord, 
master  (1)  ref.  to  men  :  (a)  supt.  of  household, 
or  of  affairs  Gn  45s-9  (E)=*  10521;  (6)  master 
yjr  125;  (c)  king  Je  2218  34';  (2)  ref.  to  God, 
nW  fnsn  the  Lord  Yahweh  (v.  TW)  Ex  2317 
3423  (Cov't  codes) ;  YWT^  P1*  Lord  °f  the 
whole  earth  Jos  31M3  ( J)  ^  gf  Zc  4"  65  Mi  413; 
niX3X  *  'KH,  earlier  Is  i24  31  io33  194  f$W  Is 
1016  in  common  MT;  not  Massora,  doubtless 
scrib.  error);  TW  Mai  31;  J^IK  i/<-  1 147.  2.  pi. 
Zorc/s,  kings  Dt  io17=i/'  1363;  Is  2613;  elsewh. 
intens.  pi.  of  rank,  lord,  master,  (1)  ref.  to  men : 
(a)  proprietor  of  hill  Samaria  ti  K  1624;  (b) 
master  Gn  4o7(E)  Ex  2i4-4-6-8-32  (Cov't  code)  Gn 
249+  (J,  nt.)  Dt2316  Jui91I12+i3t.  S&K; 
Jb  319  V  1 23s  Pr  2513  2718  30'°  Is  242  Am  41  Zp 
i»  Mai  i6-6;  (c)  husband  Ju  1926'27  ^4512;  (i) 
prophet  2 K 23516;  (e) governor  Ne 3s ;  (/) prince 
Gn  4210-3033  (E)  448  (J)  1  S  2910;  (g)  king  Gn  401 
(E)  Ju  325  +  40 1.  S&K;  Ch  only  in  sources 
iChi2>9cf.  1S294;  2Chi36I8l6=iK2217;  Is 
i9422183612374-6Je274;  (2)  ref.  to  God  Mai  i6; 
D'?™?  *rtj  Lord  of  lords  Dt  io17=-f  1363; 
VJ^tf  135*147*  Ne8'°;  Vffl*">  VS^Neio30; 
''  ^I!?'"1?  Is  5 122  (prob.  =  </;y  husband,  Yahweh); 
WIN  Hoi  2 15  (possibly  error  for^H).  3.  sf.  1  s. 
'i'lK  ('i'lK)  ( 1 )  ref.  to  men :  my  lord,  my  master, 
(a)  master  Ex  2 15  (Cov't  code)  Gn  2412  + ,  44s  (J, 
20 1.)  1  S  301315  2  K  53-s°-!B6,s;  (b)  husband  Gn 
i812  (J);  (c)  prophet  1  K  18713  2  K  219  41628  65 
85;  (rf)  |>r«ne«  Gn  4210  (E),  2 36"15  (P),  4320  4418 
+ ,  4718,  +  (J,  1 2  t,);  Ju  418;  (e)  king  1  S  2212  + 
(S  &  K  75  t.);  (f)  father  Gn  31s5  (E);  (a)  Moses 
Ex  S222  Nun28i2113226-27  (J);  3622  (P) ;  (h) 
priest  1  S  i16-26-26;  (i)  theophanic  angel  Jos  514 
Ju  613;  (j)  captain  2S11";  (A)  general  re- 
cognition of  superiority  Gn  2418  325  + ;  338+ ; 
447  +  (J,i3t.),  Ku213iS2524  +  (i5t.);(2)ref. 
to  God:  'i'-lK  a.  my  Lord  Gn  204  (1 E)  Ex  1517 
(Sam.  m.T)  elsewhere  in  Hex,  J ;  Gn  1 83'?'-27-30-31- 

32  I9S.18(?)  Ex  410.13522  ^9  Nu  ^17  Jog  f.    alS0  Ju 

615  138;  not  S  ;  i  K  2  26  2  K  1923;  not  Chron. 
exc.  memorials  Ezr  io3  (ref.  to  Ezra)  Ne  1"  48; 
WisdLt  only  Jb  28s8  (doubtless  scrib.  error  for 
nln'ofmanyMSS.);  not  Ho;  Is372438,416(hist. 
part);  exil.Is  4914(cf.5i22);  Mii2^i62  +  (47t-, 
chiefly  this  sense,  exc.  sub  b.;  cf.  'j'lW  wK  my 


11  VT»jim 

LordandmyGod^zs0;  (writers  that  use  DVpK 
seld.  use  'J1"1*?);  b.  Adonay  n.pr.  of  God,  paral- 
lel with  Yahweh,  substit.  for  it  oft.  by  scrib. 
error,  &  eventually  supplanting  it.  In  earlier 
Is  317  4-  ( 1 9  t.  seeming  to  belong  here),  Am  77,8  9' 
Ez  182529  33'7M2i14  (prob.  *  "pH  as  in  usual 
phrase);  Zc94Mal  i1214Lai14  +  (i"4t.)  f  243713 
78B9017  (?niiT)  no5  (Dalman  puts  most  of  these 
sub  (a); — many  cases  are  doubtful);  1  K  310" 
(Mass.  "JINforrWTcf.Dalm.  2  K7«;Dalm.  rightly 
questions ;  he  rds.  TW),  The  phrases  'n?!*  'jhK 
f  3816  8612,  Adonay  my  God;  D'nl'Nn  tfi'tt  Dn 

93,  V*fa  '*  9915,  &3  'K  Dn94  favour  taking's 
Dn  i297-8  (nWt)  v1617-191919  as  the  divine  name. 

4.  mrv  »ft{  (a)  my  Lord  Yahweh  (v.  m.T)  Gn 
i528(JE)  Jos  77(J,®  om.'")Dt  3s4  9s6  JU622 1628 
2S7(6t.)  iK226853;  prob.  Am37-872-4S98  Jei'410 
1413  321725  Ez4148'  96n132049373  (K'JK^yT 
"•)  i3923492424  2824;  2 916 inappropriate  in  mouth 
of  God ;  del.  ^  (Co)  or  rd.  0?$*  *  (Dalm.)  ; 
Mi  iJ  Zp  i7  Ob  ■  Zc  914  V  7 16-1*  73";  (b)  appar. 
n.pr.  Adonay  Yahweh  Is  25s  Je4426;  exil.  Is 
4O10  +  (iot.,  but  6 iul  rd.  tW,  ®);  (c)  uncer- 
tain whether  (a)  or  (6)  in  proph.  formula  10X 
'•>  'K  Is  77  2816  3015  49s2  5 14  6513  Je  720  Am  i8  3" 
53  76  Ob  '  Ez  (13 it.);  "•  'K  DM  Is  56s  Je  a22  Am 
3i34583.9.ii  £z(8ot.);  "  ITW  Ez63253364; 
">  'N  VBfi  Am  42  68;  "  'N  ^Knii  H3  Am  71'4  8'. 

5.  ,:l1S'nin''  YahwehmyLord  f  6821  1092'  1408 
1 4 18  Hb39.  6.  niS35f  mn»  tfl«  (a)  my  iord 
Yahweh  S.  (v.  JT.K3S)T^  697  Am  9s  Is  io23  22612 
28s2  cf.  'S  ntom  «rtf^J  «  FaAweA,  the  God  of 
Hosts  my  Lord  Am  5" ;  (b)  a  divine  name, 
Adonay,  Yahweh  S.  Je  46'0105o25;  (c)  uncer- 
tain are  'S  ">  'K  nox  H3  Is  io24  2214";  '*  DW 
'2f^Is315  Je219495503'. 

TpN  n.pr.loc.  in  Babylonia  Ezr  2W  (v. 
3113  n.pr.) 

t'p1«  t'd.  Ne  761. 

tpn-1:"!^  n.pr.m.  (or  title)  king  of  Can. 
city  Bezek  Ju  i7;  without  Maqq.  v66. 

tp"l2_>,3"T^  n.pr.m.  Canaan,  king  of  Jeru- 
salem Jos  io13  (Lord  of  righteousness ;  my 
Lord  is  righteous,  or  my  Lord  is  Sidiq — divine 
name— cf.  Py  ^9,  Wft»,  Ph.  'byn:it<  etc.) 

Vi;a"W  (n3*TW)   n.pr.nt.   (my   Lord   is 

Yahweh,  cf.  Ph.  |DeWlN,  ^V3nN,  B>»C31K  etc., 
in  As.  Aduniba'al  Schi*8"172)  1.  fourth  son 
of  David  1  K i8+  lit.,  213+  5  t.  (  =  n;?'lK  2S  34 
1  K  i5-718  2s8  1  Ch  32).  2.  a  Levite  ta  Ch  1 78. 
3.  a  chief  of  the  people  tNe  io17  (  =  D^«  7" 
Ezr  213  cf.  813). 


DpTTH 


12 


nna 


'□j^lN  n.pr.xn.   (nil/  Lord  has  arisen) 

head  of  a  family  Ezr  213  813  Ne718  (IHjriK  Ne 
io17). 

TD'I'O'TN  n.pr.xn.  (my  Lord  is  exalted) 
official  of  Solom.  1  K  4"  5s8;  so  also  2  S  2024 
1  K  1 218  ©  We  DrSm. 

•  0"^"7N  (contr.  or  corrupt,cf.  foregoing)  same 
official,  under  David  2  S  2024,  &  Kehob.  1K12'1 
(=DTin  2Chio18). 

t[T7K]  vb.  (poet.)  wide,  great,  (thence) 

high,  noble  (?  As.  addru  DPV)— Niph.  Pt. 
majestic,  glorious,  of  **,  "VIW  Ex  1 511 ;  cstr. 
T^  v6  (v.  Di);  Hiph.  Imrf.t^lfc  make  glori- 
ous the  teaching  Is  42s'  ('<  subj.) 

TlTM  n.[xa.]  1.  glory,  magnificence  (As. 
aduru,  adiru)  ironic,  of  price  of  shepherd 
(symbol.)  Zc  u13.  2.  mantle,  cloak  (as  wick) 
Mi  28  (  ||  nobb),  but  rd.  n-HK  (n  lost  bef.  foil, 
n),  so  WRS*01"'427. 

tD'HVlN  n.pr.loc.  (too  Mfe?)  city  in  Judah 

2  Ch  II*  (cf.  'A&<opa,  Aapa,  Jos.*"1-""-10-1^1'-5-3); 

now  DUra,  W.  of  Hebron,  Kob.BB"-215. 

TTTO  n.pr.m.  (noble  t).  1.  son  of  Bela, 
grandson  of  Benjm.  1  Ch  83  (perh.  error — cf. 
Be— for  Y$  q-v-  Nu  2640  Gn  4621).  2.  city  in 
Judah  Jos  153  (nfft);  ="VWI  1SH  (q.v.)  Nu  344. 

tVW  adj.  majestic— 'K  ^  82+  5  f.  lT^U 
Ez  1 78?  (v.  infr.)  etc. — 1.  majestic  (wide,  lofty) 
of  waters  of  sea  Ex  1510  ifr  034;  a  ship  Is  33"; 
a  tree  Ez  1 7ffl ;  a  vine  Ez  1  78  (ftyiK  JB3 ,  so  Fii ;  or 
'N  n.  abstr.  v.  sub  ITJ^J  infr.);  also  fig.  of  kings 
fff  13618;  nations  EZ3218;  gods  1  S  4s;  of'  ^ 
934?6»;  of  name  of  '*•  +  8210.  2.  subst.  ma- 
jestic one,  of  nobles,  chieftains,  etc.,  Ju  51325  Na 
2«  318  Je  143  25s4  (fNSn  »nnt*  fig.  so)  3S-3«  3021  Zc 
iij  2  Ch  2320  Ne  36  io30;  of  ">  Is  io343321;  of 
servants  of  ''  yjfib3  (— priests  1  cf.  1  Ch  24s  & 
v.  Che). 

uVTOM  n.f.  glory,  cloak — '«  abs.  Jos  7s4; 
JTVm  Ez'178;  cstr.  Gn  25*+  4*.;  ton^  1  K 1913 
+  3 1. ;  DrrnM  Zc  1 13 — 1.  glory,  magnificence, 
of  vine  Ez  1 7"  (so  Thes  M  V,  but  <  adj.f.  fr.  "H"J 
q.v.),  of  shepherds  Zc  1 13  (or  sub  2).  2.  w<m- 
*/«,  cfoaA  (wide  garment)  of  hair  yiv  Gn  2  525 
Zc  134  (as  proph.  mantle,  so  perh.  1 13  of  shep- 
herds= false  proph.)  cf.  of  Elijah  1 K  191319  2  K 

2s.i>..4.  but  n?to  -ly^  n^«  (fine  mantle  of  ghi. 

nar = Babylonian  man  tie — doubtlesscostly)Jos 
J*"  (J)  &  (late)  'n  alone  Jon  36. 


t"HN  n.pr.lm.]  12th  (Babylonian) month = 
Feb.-Mar.  (late  Heb.  loan-word,  =  Bab.  A(d)- 
daruv.VV"™-'*- AW9S,  meaning  dub.  perh.addru, 
be  darkened,  eclipsed,  but  v.  DlWl>190)  Est  3713 
8i9  9i..s.i7.i..2i .  cf  palm>  Nab.ms  Vog8  EutNlb24. 

^T?^_"!^  n.pr.xn.  (Adar  is  prince,  As. 
Adar-malik(T)  v.  KAT2284,  cf.  ABK140;  or  A.  is 
Counsellor,  Decider,  cf.  D1K62';  otherwise  Sayce 
KelB*b-7;  on  Bab.  god  Adar  v.  SchrK8awia8°'19( 
Dl*52',  but  Sayce8818*"181';  JenKo457f  al.  rd.  As. 
name  Ninib;  on  Carth.  ^^^«3n,  v.  BaeBelM)  1. 
a  god  of  Sepharvaim  2  K1731.  2.  parricidal 
son  of  Sennacherib  2  K  1937  Is  37s8. 

^~P**  ▼>  tn^niM  sub  pis. 
)i3-n«  v.  paam. 
V")*?*?  v.  $rn. 

ti4*^4^  only  irc/  abs.  B*1K  v.  Eni. 

nnK216vb.  love-QalP/.  3HK  Gn  2  7s  +  7 1. ; 
anN  Gn2714;  3nat  Gn373+3l;  1=nK  Dtis16; 
3  f8.  nans  ct  i7  + ,  etc. ;  Jmpf.  angj  (air)  pr  3'2 
+  ;  1  s.'ariN  pr  817  (cf.  Ewil32d  Ges"*1);  3HN1 
Mai  i2;  vonk}  Hon1;  Dank  Ho  1 4s;  Banta 
\^II9167;  2mpi.ianNn  Pri22(cf.KoIp-394Ges*63B'2); 

«nsn  Zc  817;  parttjn  ,/,  43;  /TOW.  -3ns  Ho  31; 

nariK  Pr46;  lariK  ^'3I«  Am515;  U(jg  Zc  819; 

/w/.  cstr.  a'ns  Ec  38;  nanx  Dt  iqM+ ,*  nana  Mi 

68  +  etc. ;  cf.  also  sub  n.  nariK  infr. ;  Pt.  ink 
(arj1*)  Dt  io18+  26t. ;  f.  cstr.  ronKHos1  isprob. 
active  cf.  Ba1^174";  sf.  *ank  Is  4i8etc;  f.  nana 
Gn2528;  Wank  Ho  io11  etc.;  A;«M.3TONe 
1326;  n3ins"Dt2i161516.— 'we  (mostly  c.  ace, 
sq.  ?  +  obj.  Lv  1 918-34  2  Ch  1 92  (late),  sq.  3  Ec  59; 
abs.  Ec  38  &  v.  infr.),  (affection  both  pure  &  im- 
pure, divine  &  human); — 1.  human  love  to 
human  object;  abs.,  opp.  hate  Kp.B'  Ec  3s;  of  love 
to  son  Gn2  222528373-44420  (JE)  Pr  1324;  so 
also  2  S 1321  @  Ew  Th  We,cf.  Dr,  of  Dvd's  loving 
Amnon;  never  to  parent,  but  mother-in-law 
Ru  415;  of  man's  love  to  woman ;  wife  Gn  24s7 
292030  (cf.  v'8)32  (JE),  also  Dt  2 1 151516  Ju  1 416  1  S 
i6  2Ch  1121  Est217  H031  Ec99;  but  also  Gn 
343(J)  Jui64is  2S131415  (where  of  carnal 
desire)  1  K  1 11  cf.  v2  Ho  31;  jn  'K  loving  a  para- 
mour, v.  BaSB176 ;  woman's  love  to  man  1  S 1 820 
(so  v28  MT,  but  rd.  tak  im  Sffi!  '^  ,=1  ©  We 
Dr)  Ct  i3-4-7  31-23-4  (5 1.  subj.  "B'bV) ;'  cf.  aiso  fig.  of 
adulterous  Judah  Je  22S  Is  57s  Ez  1637;  of  love 
ofslavetomasterEx2i6(JE)  Dt  1516;  inferior 
to  superior  1  S  1 8B  cf.  v16;  love  to  neighbour 
Lv  1918  (lie?  15p.p  JjianNI),  partic.  to  stranger 


nna  13 

Lv  1934  (both  P),  Dt  io18-19;  love  of  friend  to 
friend  1  S  1621 1813  201717  Jb  1919  Pr  171  cf.  2  8 
19"  2  Ch  192;  v.  also  Pr  9s  1613  cf.  1512;  v.  esp. 
Pt.  infr.  2.  less  oft.  of  appetite,  obj.  food,  Gn 
2749H(JE);  drink  Ho  31  Pr2i17;  husbandry 
2  Ch  2610;  cf.  fig.  of  Ephraim  Ho  io"  sq.  inf.; 
length  of  life  ^3413;  of  cupidity  H091  Is  i23 
Ec  59-9;  of  love  of  sleep  Pr  2o'3cf.  fig.  of  sluggish 
watchmen  (sq.inf.)Is  5610;  also  c.  obj. abstr. wis- 
dom (personif.),  knowledge,  righteousness,  etc. 
Pr  46  8'721 121  2  2ll293  Am  515  Mi  68  (inf.  ||  infini- 
tives) Zc  819, cf.Pr.  1 98  Wipj  anx  ab  np;  obj. folly, 
evil,  etc.,  Mi  f  4s  f  ii*  5256  10917  Pr  i22  8X 
171919,  cf.  1821  Zc817,  cf.  f?  'K  Am45  Je53,  sq. 
Inf.  Ho  128  Je  I410,esp.of  idolatry Ho418(where 
del.  13n  cf.  Ko  *  "■ K5)  Je  82.  3.  love  to  God  Ex 
206  (JE)  elsewhere  Hex  onlyDt510  65  79+9t. 
Dt+ Jos  22s  23";  also  Ju  531  i  K  33  Ne  i5  Dn  94; 
esp.  in  (late)  V^i24  1161  14520,  but  usually  sq. 
name,  law,  etc.  of  '*  1^  512  26s  4017  69s7  705  9710 
1  ig47+  1 1 1.  i//  1 19  ;  cf.  Is  56s;  cf.  also  of  love 
to  Jerusalem  Is  66'°  ^  1226.  4.  esp.  Pt.  ank 
=  (a)  lover,  La  I2  (fig.  of  Jerus.) ;  (b)  friend 
Hiram  of  David  1  K  515,  cf.  Je  2046  Est  51014 
613  f  3812(||y])  so  8819,  &  Pr  1420;  also  1824  27s; 
Abr.  of  God  Is  418  2  Ch  207.  5.  of  divine 
love  (a)  to  individual  men  Dt  4"  2  S  1  zu  Pr  312 
159  jr  146s  Ne  1326;  (b)  to  people  Israel,  etc. 

Et7813236   Ko^g1'!!1!^   lKlO92Ch21098 

IS434  48'4  Je3i3  Mai  i2-2-2  f4f;  to  Jerusalem 
i/r  7808  87s;  (c)  to  righteousness,  etc.  f  n'  33s 
37s5  45s  99*  Is  618  Mai  2".  t  ITiph.  Pt.  pi. 
D,2nNJn  2  S  i23  lovely,  loveable  of  Saul  &  Jonath. 
(||  DO^sn).  tpi.  pL  pi.sf.  -oriNp  (n-)  Ho  27  + 
3  t-;  ^?n«D  (•]£-)  je  2  22°4-  6  t.';  rnaqKD  Ho  29 
+  4  t.  1.  friends  Zc  136;  2.  lovers  in  fig.  of 
adulter. Isr.  Ho 27-9121415  Ez 23";  Judah Je 2 22022 
3014  La  i19  Ez  16333637  2322. 

T[inNj  n.[m.]  love  only  pi.  D^riK,  loves, 
amours;  bad  sense  Ho  89,  but  'K  rP'K  loving 
hind  Pr  519  (fig.  of  wife  ||  [0  rhy). 

+[nnN]  n.[m.]  id.=loved  object,  sf.  D3i]K 

H0910  (=nra=b$B  v.  Hi  Now)  i.e.  the  idol 
worshipped;  pl.  =  amours  (carnal  sense)  Pr  718. 

t  nnnN  n.f.  love(=Inf.of  artK  q.v.) — abs. 

'K  Pno12+i8t.;  cstr.  n?ns   Je22+3t;  sf. 

"nanx  ^  10945;  ^nans  2  S  i26;  to?™?  Is  63s 
ZP  317;  itnanK  pr  5»;  'Dnans  Ec  96— tow,  esp. 

WisdLt  &  late.  1.  human  (to  human  obj.)  abs. 
Ec916  (both  Unw'B')  so  Pr  io12  1517  cf.  27s;  v. 
also  179;  of  man  toward  man  \fr  10946;  love  for 
one's  self  (iB'Bi)  1  S  2017;  between  man  & 
woman  Ct  2"  58  86«;  Pr  519  cf.  also  2  S  i26 
(QW3   'K) ;    personif.  Ct.  27  35  77  84 ;    cf.  fig. 


use310;  of  mere  sexual  desire  2  S  13";  fig.  of 
Jerusalem's  love  to  '•>  Je  2J  (1yM>?  '«),  &  0f 
love  of  adulter.  Jerus.  v33.  2.  God's  love  to 
his  people  Ho  n4  ('N  rTinajJ)  Je  31s  Is  63* 
ZP317- 

IHK  (=~ir\Xl  v.Thes.) 

Tins  n.pr.m.  son  of  Simeon  Gn  4610  Ex  6". 

T~nnN  n.pr.m.  1.  a  Benjamite,  son  of 
Gera,  deliverer  of  Isr.  fr.  Moab  jU3'»->«.a>.so.si.j3.j» 
41.  2.  a  Benjamite,  son  of  Bilhan  (= fore- 
going?) 1  Ch710. 

tnnK(5°T,  A«;)inteq.alas !  Jui  i35  2K310 

6515;  with  b  Jo  i15  Di'b  nriK  alas  for  the  day! 
for  etc.  In  the  combination  rriiT  'riK  nriK  Jos 
77  Ju  6s2  Je  i6  410  1413  3217  Ez  414 V 1  i13  2V5. 

T ^HS  n.pr.loc.  town  or  district  in  Baby- 
lonia, by  which  a  stream  is  designated  Ezr  8",SI, 
also  the  stream  v21  ('k  -\n:n),  v31  ('«  "«JJ). 


t^HKHo. 


13' 


adv.  where  P  =  *K,  n»K. 


So  ©  8  33  X  AW  in  Ho  13'°,  &  ©  <S  (cf.  1  Cor 
1555)  AW  in  Ho  13".  Taken  by  many  of  the 
older  interpreters,  and  even  by  Ges  in  1314, 
as  1  s.  impf.  apoc.  of  F1V1  I  would  be :  but 
this  is  less  suited  to  the  context,  and  the  jus- 
sive form  is  an  objection,  being  unusual  with 
the  1  ps. 

I.  /fHf  (settle down(1),Ar.JS\bein!iabited, 
cf.  As.  dlu,  settlement,  city,  ma'dlu,  ma'dltu,  bed; 
Dlw&Pr!06). 

TTM  313  n.m.G" 13'3  tent  (cf.  As.  dlu,  supr.,  Ar. 
Jj»1,  fellow-dwellers,  family,  Sab.  bnN  DHMZMG 

less.  S4i  al#>  aiso-;n  n.pr.  saD-  &  ph  v.  ax^nx)— 

abs.'x  Gn  4™  +  ;  cstr.  id.  Ex  2843  +  ;  %:K  (fl 
loc.)  Gn  i86+;  sf.  ^nx  Jb  294  +  ;  1^,?  f  615; 
ri^W  Gn  921  +  3  t.  (v.  Dr8""");  pi.  D^nx 
Gn  i36+  (Ges*283);  B^a  Ju  8"  +  ;  cstr. 
'hj9tftti6*+ ;  sf.  ^nfc  Je  420;  T^« Nu  245 4-; 
D?vnN  Jos  2284-,  etc. — 1.  tent  of  nomad  Gt 
i5'  Je'63  4929;  'K  aB1'*  dwWer  m  <m<s  Gn  420  25s7 
(J);  mpp  »£»«  iente  o/ca«fe  2  Ch  1414;  of  sol- 
dier 1  Sa  1754  cf.  Dr,  Je  3710;    1  K  8M  T^«h 

!>K^E>»,  exclam.,to  <%  tents,  Israel!  1  K  1 21616  cf. 
2  Ch  io16  2  S  201  (but  cf.  Dr,  1  S  1 7M) ;  of  plea- 
sure-tent on  house-top  2  S  i622(=bridal-tent, 
bridal  pavilion,  cf.  nan  f  1 95  Jo  216  v.  BS  K",sh"> 
168).  2.  dwelling,  habitation;  ^  91'°  ^JJ'4^ 
Aom«  (lit.  to  f/ty  <«?«<*,  pi.)  Ju  199  (after  1?n);  'tt 
'IT?  habitation  of  my  house  ijr  1323  cf.  Dn  n45; 


bnn 


"in  'K  habitat,  or  palace  of  David  where  throne 
erected  Is  i65;  P'¥  ra  '8  h.  of  daughter  of  Zion 
{=Jerusalem)  La  24;  3p£  ytlX  Je  3018  Mala" 

(II  ja-iD);  rnji;  's  zc  i2?  (ii  in  wo);  b*#-j  '8 

h,  of  wicked  Jb  8B,  cf.  Ven/n*  8411,  onefc'K 

Pr  14";  inb-  '«  Jb  15s4;  trpns  '8  ,/,  n815; 

0118  'K=Edom  itself,  ^837  cf.  TJ?  '«  V'  1205 
JBna  '8  Hb  37.  3.  the  sacred  tent  used  in 
worsmp  of  God ;  Sl8n  the  tent;  tfO  '8  to< 
0/  meeting  of  God  with  his  people  (tent  of 
congregation  or  assembly  Ges  MV  al.)  Ace.  to 
E  Moses  so  called  the  tent  which  he  used  to 
pitch  without  the  camp,  afar  off,  into  which  he 
used  to  enter,  &  where  God  spake  with  him 
face  to  face,  Ex  337-11  Nu  12s'0  Dt3i1416;  J 
seems  to  have  same  conception  of  an  'O  '8  out- 
side the  camp,  Nu  1 i24-26;  D  has  no  allusion  to 
such  a  tent;  P  mentions  it  131  t.  as  'B  '8; 
19 1.  as  bnkn  (cf.  Ez  411)  &  IVnpn  '8,  tent  of  the 
testimony  Nu  9'*  1 722-23  1 82  (as  containing  ark 
&  tables  of  the  testimony)  cf.  2CI1246;  this 
tent  sometimes  confounded  with  the  [32*1?  but 
distinguishedin'D'K  [3^0 Ex 3 9s2 402-6-29, of.  iCh 

617;  bnky  fse'an  NU325;  ^n?"n?1  f?E'sn-n8 
Ex  35";  tent  was  of  three  layers  of  skins, 
goatskin3,  ramskins,  &  tacfiash  skins,  each  layer 
of  eleven  pieces  stretched  in  form  of  a  tent, 
covering  &  protecting  the  fS^O,  wh.  was  in  form 
of  parallelopip.  (Ex  26).  An  IJ^O  ?H8  was  at 
Shilo  1  S  2s2  (om.  ® ;  v.  Dr)  cf.  +  7860,  called 
«1DV  '8  v67.  The  Mosaic  '»  '8  was  later  at 
Gibeon  2  Ch  i36'3 ;  courses  of  ministry  ar- 
ranged  for  service  at  'O  '8   I  Ch  617  23s2  cf. 

1  Ch  9"  ('8n),  v21-23  ('8H  rV3) ;  David  erected  an 

bn*  for  ark  on  Mt.  Zion  2  S  617  1  Ch  151  161 
2'Ch  i4;  Joab  fled  for  refuge  to  tW  '«  1  K 
228"30;  sacred  oil  brought  fr.  '8n  iKi";  the 
Ijrto  '8  was  taken  up  into  temple  1  K  84= 

2  Ch  56 ;  ">  had  not  previously  dwelt  in  a 
n?3,  but  had  gone  ^N'^X  bnitV  fr.  tent  to  tent, 
fr.  one  to  another,  1  Ch  17','cf.  2  S  76;  niiT  '8 
(||  "!?  &  BHp  in)  ig  refuge  &  dwelling-place  of 
righteous,  ^15'  27s'6  616  (cf.  ^  901). 

T[7nNj  vb.denom.  tent,  move  tent  fr. 
place  to  pkee  (cf.  As.  d'ilu(1)  DlWNo-4* AG1)  ^8>1 
Gn  1 31218  (J),  cf.  bm  38*  (v.  by*)  ;  Pi.  Impf.  br\: 
(contr.  for  b\\W)  pitch  one's  tent  like  nomad 
18  13s0- 

Tn7nN  n.Dr.f.  Ohfila  (for  rlSlX  slve  who  lias 

t  t:  t        "  \  :  T 

a  tent,  tent-woman,  i.e.  worshipper  at  tent- 
shrine,  v.  Sm)  of  Samaria,  adulteress  with 
Assyria  Ez  2  3<-«-»-«. 

tzN'^v'N  n.pr.m.  Oholiab  (Father's  tent, 


14  IN 

cf.  Ph.  ^>jnbnx,  "frnbnx ;  Sab.  -innj6n8,  !>xi>nx) 

chief  assistant  of  Bezalel  in   construction  of 
tabernacle,  etc.  Ex  316  35s4  3612  ^8a. 

trQ^nN  n.pr.f.  Oh61iba  (=n3"^n«  tent 

t     •    t:  t  * 

in  her =(in  meaning)  ^J!?  cf.  Sm)  of  Jerusalem 
as  adulterous  wife  of"1  Ez  234-411-22-3644. 

tnCl^TTT^  n.pr.  Ohdlibama  (tent  of  the 
high  place)  'l.  f.  wife  of  Esau  Gn  362"418!B. 
2.  m.  an  Edomite  chief  Gn  3641  1  Ch  i52. 

tn.[  7nK]vb.Hipb..beclear,shine,Impf. 
3  ms.  ^n8::  (subj.  moon  rrv)  Jb  25s  (||  »!  subj. 
MSO,  cf.also  H3P  v4)  (=b^,  fr.  §W;  (by  text, 
error?)  cf.  Di  so  ©  >  =1.  bm  Ko1'373,  after  Ki). 

fill.  [  /JIN]  «•&*•]  oclorif.  tree,  aloe  (?) 
(?  loan-word  from  Skr.  aguru,  agaru,  dial. 
aghil,  cf.  Wilson **•*«»••  M.  Miiller  in  Pusey 
Dn 2d  ed. p.  w7 f.  aloexylon  agallochum(c{. Sigismund 
Aromata.LdPLisM.p.ssr  MVcite Kondracki "M'"*""""- 

d.Aloe,DorpatlS74  &  BaerK«ienm.293f^.  0faeTS  a/„g  sllc. 

cotrina  (SchenkelBL,  cf.  Di  ad  Nu  24s);  "Wetzst 
in  Dec'2d,,dle7  brings  under  I.  bna  ;  he  proposes 

cardamum,  Ar.  JJLa  fr.  ^jljt\  — little  tents,  from 
three-cornered  shape  of  capsules)  1.  pi. 
Dvn8  trees  planted  by  ')  Nu  24"  (||  Dni8)  perh. 
error  for  0^8  cf.  Di.  2.  aloes,  as  sweet- 
smelling  ;  perfume  for  bed,  Dy?8.  Pr  71' 
(||  lb,  |i»3p/) ;  for  garments  ni!?ri8  f  45*  (||  lb, 
n'lV'Sp );  of  bride,  under  fig.  of  odorif.  tree  Ct  414 

(||  -to,  owa  ffcy^l). 

IhnSt  n.pr.m.  Aaron,  elder  brother  of 
Moses  Ex  77;  the  priest  Ex  31 10  +  ;  mentioned 
Ex414i520i7102412829  +  (ii5t.Ex);Lv812-23  + 
(80t.Lv);  Nu2024r3339+(ioit.Nu);  1  Ch  s29 
+  ;  Mi64  (only  here  in  proph.)  ^7721io526; 
called  jn'sn  Ex  3110  3519  3941  Lv  7M+ ,  v.  ^  996 
vjnba  '81  neb ;  also  ?n'3n  1W*  Ex  3821  Nu 
332  +  (all  P)called  IWT  WIV  ^  io616;  oft.  named 
with  his  sons  Lv  2310  62  +  ;  '8  '33  in  strict 
sense  Ex  2 S1-4-4^ oft. ;  D^nbn  '8  '33  Lvi5  + 
Nu  33  io8  Jos  21"  1  Ch642;  of  temple-priests 
in  gen'l,  as  descendants  of  A.,  2  Ch  2618  2921 
3119  3514-14>  v.  also  13910  &  cf.  '8-[3  |n3n  Ne  io39; 
so  '8  TV3  ^  1 I5101S 1 183 13519;  Pn«  alone  (  = 
'81T3)  iChia^cf.  2717. 

iftf  320  G' '  °1''  *a,*!)'  ooiij  ■ or  (wnether  aut  °r 

vel).  1.  Gn  2449  3143  Ex  4"  Ct  29  Lv  1324  Nu 
S^  +  oft.  (esp.  in  laws);  sometimes  imply- 
ing a  preference,  nearly  =  or  rather  Gn  24s5 
"titty  ta  DW  a  few  days  or  ten  Ju  18"  1  S  29s. 


Prefixed  to  the  first  as  well  as  to  the  second 
alternative  (rare)  either  (whether) ..  .or  Lv  51 
i349M;=or,  if  not  Ez  21"  (si  vera  1.)  Ke  Mai 
217Jbi63  22".  2.  introducing  a  sentence,  esp. 
a  particular  case  under  a  general  principle,  or 
=  or  if  Ex  21"  '31  W  fS-ta  or  if  he  gore  a 
son,  etc.  v36  Lv  4s3-28  (v.  Di)  521-22  2549b  Nu  514 
2  S  1 813  or  if  I  had  dealt  falsely  against  his 
life,  then,  etc.,  Ez  1 41719  or  if  I  send,  etc.  3.  if 
perchance,  1  S  2010  if  perchance  thy  father 
answer  thee  with  something  hard,  Lv  2641.  4. 
once,  with  the  juss.  (as  in  Ar.  with  the  sub- 
junct.  v.  Dri,75)  =  except:  Is  27*  I  would  burn 
them  together,  MyjO?  ptJT  IN  or  else  let  him 
take  hold  (  =  except  he  take  hold)  of  my  strong- 
hold, etc. 

T^^IN  n.pr.m.  a  Judsean   {will   of  God, 

cf .  II.  Tm ;  or  contr.  fr.  btf«X:  cf.  1jr«  ?)  Ezr  1 0s4. 

^1^  (meaning?  Thes  comp.  Ar.  CJ\  return, 

C&>\  water-carrier ;  but  cf.  Lag8"90).  MVcomp. 
32X  (with  conjectural  sense)  to  get  meaning 
have  a  hollow  sound.  Deriv.  and  signif.  totally 
uncertain). 

2iN  n.m.  JbS2,ra  skin-bottle,  necromancer, 
etc.— abs.  'N  Lv  2027  +  8 1.;  pi.  rfi3N  Lv  lo31  + 
7  t. — 1.  skin-bottle,  only  pi.  CP'in  JTOK  new 
(vnne-)  skins  Jb  3219.  2.  necromancer,  in  phr. 
VSFI?  IN  31N  necrom. or  wizardLv  2027(H;  usually 
tr.  'a  man  also  or  woman  that  hath  a  familiar 
spirit  or  that  is  a  wizard'  EV;  but  better 
a  man  or  a  woman,  if  there  should  be  among 
them,  a  necromancer  or  wizard;  no  suff.  reason 
for  exceptional  use  of  phrase  here);  ^SW  'K 
Dt  1811  2  Ch  336=2  K  216  (where  D\Jjm  '«); 
D"?jrf  m  niaxn  Lv  1931  206  (H)  1  S  28"  2  K 
2  324  Is  819  (where  repres.  as  chirping  &  mutter- 
ing, in  practice  of  their  art  of  seeking  dead 
for  instruction,  prob.  ventriloquism,   &  so  ©) 

193.  3.  ghost,Is294"iaV?!|^i|t'H??::^3,Tl?1 
'l!?^'7!1  'W3r?x  and  thy  voice  shall  be  as  a  ghost 
fr.  the  ground  and  fr.  the  dust  thy  speech  shall 
chirp  (so  Ge  MV  Ew  De  Che  al.,  but  chirp- 
ing might  be  of  necromancer,  as  819).  4.  ne- 
cromancy a*fN"TI2jn  HW!  a  woman  who  was 
mistress  of  necromancy  1  S  28";  (>ItSJPhll,'mf 
makes  2m  primarily  a  subterranean  spirit,  and 
signif.  2  only  an  abbrev.of 'xn^yaetc);  aiN3DDp 
divine  by  necromancy  1  8  28s,  which  seems  to  be 
interpr.  of  I  Ch  io13  't<3  ?NB>  inquire  by  necro- 
mancy. (In  these  three  exx.  3^N  is  usually 
interpreted  as  ghost  or  familiar  spirit  con- 
ceived as  dwelling  in  necromancer;  but  this 
apparently  not  the  ancient  conception.) 


15 


TJ"QN  n.pr.loc.  (water-skins)  station  of 
Isr.  in  wildern.  Nu2i"  34*;  not  yet  determ., 
prob.  on  eastern  skirts  of  Idumsea  not  far  from 
Moab ;  ace.  to  Wetzst  in  Dec,1M  Wiba,  llSl  in 
the  Arabah,  but  identif.  not  prob. ;  cf.  Di  on 
Nu  2 110. 

TM  (be  curved,  bent,  also  trans,  burden, 
oppress,  cf.  Ar.  j.lV 

TTIN  n.m.  brand,  fire-brand  (orig.  perh. 
bent  stick  used  to  stir  fire)  nsn&B  hp  'N 
Am  411  =  B'ND  'D  'N  Zc  32,  pi.  &!&¥$  W*fm  tfafl 
Is  74,  stumps  of  smoking  firebrands. 

t[i  k  I  iH]  n.f.  cause  (perh.  orig.  circum- 
stance, cf.  Sab.  11N  enclosing  walC\ — only  pi. 
rniNGn2i"-r;n,nNNui21-r;  (8t.-f.2S1318 
vid.infra);  'rfhKJos  146;  I'nVlNib.; — cause,al\r. 
with  by,  &  cstr.,  exc.  Je  3",  where  sq.  IB'K;  'K~by 
because  of  Gn  2i1,2S  Ex  188  Nu  12'  1324  Ju  67 
Je  3s  ;= concerning  (on  occasion  of)  Gn  26B 
Jos  1466;  in  2  S  I316rd.,  for  Dhiriw,  "3  'PIN  W 
®L  It.  We  Dr. 

1"TN  n.m.Jb18-12  distress,  calamity  (under 
wh.  one  bends,  cf.  Ar.  JJ I  burdening) — 'n  Jb  2  i  m 
+  ;cstr.id.Jb3i23+;,TN2S2219=V'i81'etc.;— 
distress,  calamity(poet.  chiefly  WisdLt  &  late); 
Pr  175  2710.  1.  national  calam.  of  Isr.  (apos- 
tate) Je  1817  Ez  35s  Ob  1313-13;  of  Egypt  Je4621; 
Moab  4816;  Edom  (ifc^  '«)  498;  Hazor  v35. 
2.  of  righteous  sufferer  2  S  2  219= f  1 819  cf.  b$ '« 
i.e.  from  God  Jb  3123  &  DTK  rfimN  3012  their 
calamitous  jiaths  (sf.  ref.  to  bereavement,  pain, 
etc.)  3.  oft.  of  wicked  Jbi812  2117  313  Pr  i26-27 
(wisd.  mocks  at;  ||  ID?)  615  24s2;  also'K  D*.'  Dt 
32s5  Jb  2130  (cf.  supr.  2  S  2219=V'  1819  Pr  2710 
Je  1817  4621  Ob  *3-1313  where  ||  ms  DV  12N  DV 

v1214,  cf.  rtim  DV  v15). 

TIN  n.m.  mist  (deriv.  dub.;  Ar.  j|=6e 
strong;  jUI  that  which  affords  protection, 
shade;  otherwise  Dlwiai)  Gn  2";  VlN  Jb  36s7. 

I.  ^71^  *•  A''-  (Jjl  betake  oneself  to  a  place  for 
dwelling,  etc.;    2.  id.,  be  tenderly  inclined. 

fi.  '♦H  n.m.I,206(tf.u-23'2)  coast,  region 
(contr.  fr.  'Wf  so  01 ,uab;  place  whither  one  be- 
takes oneself  for  resting,  etc.,  orig.  fr.  mariner's 
standpoint) — 'K  abs.  Is  206+;  cstr.  Je  474; 
(Jb  2  230 v.  sub  IV.  *  cf.  Di)  pi.  Q^N  V  7  » 10  + ;  W 
Ez  2618  (Co  D"N)  \'N  Gn  10s  + ;— coast,  border, 
region  (mostly  late),  of  Philistia  &  Phenicia 
with  adjacent  country  Is  206  23s-6;  so  of  Caph- 


TDTPH 

tor  (= Crete)  Je  47*;  DK\  -gya  -itt>K  *n  'a!>D 
Je  25s5;  elswh.  pi.,  coasts  of  Chittim  Je  210  Ez 

2  7s,  of  Elishah  v7;  different  countries  (on  or  in 
sea)  v3-1"6  261518-18  (last  del.Cocf.  ©)  cf.  306,  so 
also  Ertan  ".«  Gn  io5  (P);  partic.  &?  *Ksx 
coast-lands  &  islands  Is  11"  2415,  ||  PT!?I?  Est 
io1;  v.  (without  Djri)  Dn  1 118,  &  ^  7210;  so  oft. 
Is5  incl.  inhabitants,  4115  42410  (D!Tae»1  D«N 
||  u6e»  Djn)  v'^q1  516  59,86o9  66l9'cf.Je3i10 
f  971',  Zp  211  (D^ian  »K);  islands,  distinctly 
(taken  up  by  *  as  little  things)  Is  4015;  coasts, 
banks,  i.e.  habitable  lands  Is  4213  (||  rfriru). 

t~tf2JTN  n.pr.m.  ((t"s)  land  of  ■palms]  Thes) 
youngest  (4th)  son  of  Aaron  Ex  6s3  281  3821 
Lv  io6"16  Nu  35-4  4s8'33  78  2660  (all  P)  1  Ch  5s9 

^1.2.3.4.4.5.6  Ezr  g2 

■f  [rnW]  vb.  incline,  desire  (cf.  Stem  2) . 
Pi.  -P/^X  f  13213;  HfflK  Mi  71  + ,  etc.  j  Impf. 

3  fs.  •"KM?  Dt  i220+4t. — desire  subj.  usually 
6*33,  obj.  fruit  Mi  71  (in  metaph.)  ;  flesh  (to  eat) 

1  S  2",  cf.  Dt  1220  (sq.  inf.  IpB  i>b$6) ;  food  & 
drink  Dt  1 4M ;  of  king  desiring  rule,  ?ba  FI3?J?1 
I^.M  n;W-irK  2  S  321  1  K  1 137;  obj.  evil  (jn) 
Pr  2110;  once  obj.  *  Is  26'  rW>3  ^TWK  »e>'fij  j  0f 
God  bKl  nniK  iB'B:!  Jb  2313;  as  desiring  Zion 
for  dwelling-place  (late,  only  cases  without  CB3) 
^i321314;  Hithp.  Pf.  nwin  Pr2i26;  WKnn 
Je  17'6;  ««nn  Nun4;  DlVWini  Nu3410;  /wys/. 
njgBi;  Ec  62;  fVKlVl  2  S2316;'  apoc.  1KJV1  ^45'2, 
HWW  1  Ch  n17,  etc.— P«.  fs.  riwip  pr  i3«;  mpi. 
D'lKnp  Am  518  Nu  1 134 — dm're,  long  for,  lust 
after, of  bodily  appetites;  for  dainty  food  Nu  1 14 
(E;  sq.  aec.  cogn.)  =  ^io614,  Nu  n34  (E) ;  sq.  3 
Pr233-6cf.Ec62(sq.acc.),v.alsoPr  134  (abs.,subj. 
^53);  abs.  of  extreme  thirst  2S2315=i  Ch  n17; 
of  king  desiring  the  beauty  ('tV.)  of  princess 
V'  451!  (sor  ace.) ;  of  covetous  man  Pr  2 126  (sq. 
ace.  cogn.);  obj.  Ijn  TODt  513(|p»n) ;  gq.inf. 
Pr  2 41  (of  desiring  evil  companionship);  obj. 
**  D''  Am518  (ace;  of  presumptuous,  reckless 
longing)  cf.  Je  1716.  (Nu  3478  for  WnPl— Pi.  of 
n"n — Di  prop.  5_6*riri,  &  queries  whether  this  & 
QD,"^J/'!'  v10  are  not  fr.  iTM,  =  desire  for  your- 
selves.) 

[IS]  n.m.  cstr.  *IK,  Kt  Pr  3 14  desire,  so  Thes 
MV;  but  <Qr,Kq.  v. 

t  [nW]  n.f.  desire— cstr.  rrtK  Dt  1 2I5+  5t.; 
sf.  WN  Ho  io10 — desire,  will,  usually  sq.  B'BJ; 
of  natural  human  desire  (morally  indiff.),  for 
meat  Dt  I21'20-21;  of  longing  for  sanctuary  186; 
of  royal  good  pleasure  1  S  2320;  without  E'S?., 
of  wild-ass  Je  2s4;  of  divine  will  Ho  io10. 


16  niM 

T1'1N  n.pr.m.  (desirel)  one  of  five  chiefs 
of  Midian  Nu  318  Jos  1321. 

t[^ND]  n.[m.]  desire  pL  cstr.  yen  «WjD 
^140'. 

tntMfl  n.f.  desire — abs.  Gn36  + ;  cstr.JIWl 
■fy  io3  +  etc; — desire,  wish  Pr  131219  181;  of 
physical  appetite,  longing  for  dainty  food  <>?NP 
t\  Jb  3320;  distinctly  good  sense  ^  io17  3810  Pr 
1  Is3 1 9K  (?  cf.  infr.)  Is  26s  (B^Tl  «f}3J^  *JpE>b) ; 
bad  sense,  lust,  appetite,  covetousness  ^  io3  (Tl 
V^B3)i  1210;  Pr2i2526  (as ace. cogn.);  particularly 
of  longing  for  dainties  of  Egypt  Nu  1 14  yjr  10614 
(both  ace.  cogn.)  7830  &  in  n.pr.  given  to  place 
where  it  occurred  niKRil  niiap  (q.v.)  Nu  1 I34'35 
331617  Dt922.  2.  thing  desired,  in  good  sense 
Pr  1  o24;  bad  sense  ^  7  8s19  so  fa?  Tl  i/r  2 1 3 ;  thing 
desirable  (to  senses)  Gn  3*  (E??'l5?!'  Tl);  perhaps 
also  Pr  1922  the  ornament  of  a  man  is  his  kind- 
ness (Ea  Ki,  etc.  but  cf.  supr.) 

til.  L'llNJ  vb.  sign,  mark,  describe 
with   a  mark  (so  Ges  (who   compares  nxn, 

nin)  DP116""**-')  only  Hithp.  Pf  onwin 

D|?  mark  you  out,  measure,  Nu  3410  (P),  so 
Vrss  (cf.  D?7  INnn  v7'8;  v.  however  Di,  &  sub 

1.  PIW). 

MH  n.m.  „  E*4-8  (f.  •"»24' 17)  sign  (Ar.  i$,  pi. 
&  Aram.  «nx,  JL?')— 'K  Gn  415  + ;  cstr.912  + ;  pi. 
niniK  Ex  49  +  etc. — 1.  sign,  pledge,  token  Gn415 
(J);  DON  niS  true  token  Jos  212  (J);  of  blood  of 
passover  Ex  1 213(P) ;  naiDp  JliK  token  for  good  ^ 
8617;  pledges,  assurances  of  travellers  Jbai29. 

2.  signs,  omens  promised  by  prophets  as 
pledges  of  certain  predicted  events  1  S  io79 
-fv1  where  'tt  ins.  ©  33,  vid.  We  Dr;  esp. 
phr.  j>  nisn  m  Ex  312  i  S  2s4  1410  2  K  1929  Je 
4429  is7"14;  prob.  also  Is  44s5  (of  false  proph.). 

3.  sign,  symbol  of  prophets  Is  818  cf.  Ez  43. 

4.  signs,  miracles,  as  pledges  or  attestations 
of  divine  presence  &  interposition  Ex  4s8-9 (J) 
73(P)  819  (J)  ^  749  2  K  1929  2089=Is  3730  387!B; 
c.  Hf|  Ex  41730  Nu  141122  Jos  2417  (all  JE)  Dt 
n3  Ju  617;  c.  n;s  Ex  4s8  (J);  c.  JVtf  io1  (J); 
c.  D,8'  Ex  io2(J)  V'  7843  Is  6619;  risiani  ni«n  (v. 
DBiD)  Dt  133  cf.  2840  Is  203;  'D  M  'k  Dti32; 
D^BiBI  rrtrtH  Dt  4M  719  26s  29s  Je3221;  c.  [OJ 
Dt  612  Ne  910;  c.  DT  Je  3220  V  10527;  c.  n^ 
Dt  3411  \^  1359.  5.  signs,  memorials,  stones 
fr.  Jordan  Jos  4"  (J);  metal  of  censers  Nu  173 
(P);  Aaron's  rod  Nu  1725  (P);  D^iy  'N  Is  5513 
prob.  also  Ez  148  (||  ^^D);  signs  on  hands,  etc., 


Ex  I3»w  (J)=Dt  69  ii19,  prob.  belong  here; 
also  memorial  pillar  in  Egypt  Is  1920.  6.  sign, 
pledge  of  covenant,  rp"l2n  'K  (v.  n,-U)  e.g.  rain- 
bow, of  Noachian  covenant  Gn  gMni'  (p) ;  cir- 
cumcision, of  Abrahamic  covenant  Gn  17"  (P) ; 
the  sabbath  Ex  3i13,7(P);  Ez  201220.  T.  en- 
signs, standards  Nu  22  (P)  ^  74*.  8.  si<jrn«, 
tokens  of  changes  of  weather  &  times  Gn  I14  (P; 
of  heavenly  luminaries)  D^Pt??  ^iniS  Je  io2 
(changes  of  the  heavens  as  omens  to  frighten 
the  nations)  cf.  ^  65". 

nllN  n.pr.m.  a  Judsean,  Ne  3s5. 

-pl^  interj.  (onomatop.;  cf.  .o'/,  «o)  woe  ! 
an  impassioned  expression  of  grief  and  de- 
spair: usually  with  dative  y  'ta  Is  65  woe 
to  me  !  for  I  am  undone,  eo  2416  Je  io19 1510; 
fc$  IK  woe  to  us  !  1  S  47-8  Je  413  64;  y"  W""!** 
Je  431  453;  *&  HP1**  La  516.  With  the  2nd  cr 
3rd  ps.  often  implying  a  denunciation ;  lP",il" 
axiD  Nuzi"  (=Je4846)  Je  1327  Ez  16s3  re- 
peated $  ,!IK  ^N;  Is  39  DE'wb  %  v"  Ho  713  912 
(||  D??  lb*).  With  a  voc.  (or  implicit  accus.)  Ez 
24«-»  OT0W  -VJ)  <iK;  absol.  Nu  24*  Used  as  a 
subst.  Pr  2329  ^  *pj>  (||  'tat*  n?b). 

tiTiH  =,is^i2o5,->  ffte. 

T  '  .V  T     J 

III.  niN  (/o  cry  <ix ,  /toio/  cf.  Ar.  ?T,  <o  cry  »T 
to  be  assumed  prob.  as  source  of  two  foil,  words). 

+11.  [SN]  n.m.  jackal  (howler,  for  ""IN  v. 
Ba*8188,  cf.  Ar.  J$  £\ ,  whence  -^'fcoS)—  pi. 
D«K,  Is  1322  3414  Je  5039  (inhabitant  of  desert, 
ruin). 

+  1.  !"PNt  n.f.  hawk,  falcon,  kite  (peril,  fr. 
cry ;  cf.  Ar. «jf _>,  a  kind  of  hawk)  Lv  1 1 "  Dt  1 413 
generic,  cf.  Wy?  &  Di;  Jb287  (keen-sighted). 

tn.  rrsS!  n.pr.m.  (falcon)  1.  a  Horite  Gn 
36-4 1  ChTi40.     2.  fatherofEizpah  2S372i81011. 

tTJlhp  h*)Vl  n.pr.m.  (Bab.  Avel  (Amel) 
Maruduk,  man  of  Merodacli)  son  &  successor 
of  Nebuchadnezzar,  king  of  Babylon,  B.C.  562- 
60,  2  K  25s7  (v.  COT)= Je  5231. 

I-  TlK  (be  foolish,  cf.  $>N\  &  Ar.  jT  grov) 
thick  (of  fluids)). 

I?v*lt)  adj.  foolish— 'x  Jb  52+;  pi.  By^ 
^  io717  +  ,  etc.;— /oofeA,  Pr  29"  ('K  B*K)  Ho  97 
(pred.  of  prophet);  cf.  Is  35s,  elsewhere  n.m. 
fool  (always  morally  bad),  who  despises  wisdom 
&  discipline  Pr  i7  155;  mocks  at  guilt  149;  is 
quarrelsome  203;  licentious  7s2 ;  it  is  folly  & 
useless  to  instruct  him  1622  2"jn  (19 1.  Pr);  cf. 
also  Je  4s2  Jb  523  Is  19"  V  10717. 


17  V-K 

tvW  adj.  id.  Zen". 

ri7W26  n.f.  folly.— abs.  Pri2n+;  cstr. 
I48+;  AWfc*  f  38',  etc.;— folly,  special  pro- 
duct of  By^pf  (v.  ^D3)  Pr  1 2°  +  (1 2 1.) ;  c.  D'KHB 
Pri418;  c.  D"blS  only  i6!,27J!  for  alliteration. 
It  is  bound  up  in  mind  of  boy,  to  be  removed 
only  by  rod  of  discipline  Pr  22";  'x  personif. 
tears  down  house  built  by  D'tW  ntoan  Pr  141; 
it  is  contrasted  witli  n:iaijl  pr  I4»  ig". 

II-  7")K,  7"^  (be  in  front  of,  precede, 
lead;  v.Thes  No"8*1"*™'™* "«•"'»,  who  comp. 
Ar.  jjf  for  jj'T,  Targ.  vbm;  cf.  Sab.  bltt  DHM 

Epigr.Denkm.S3.Sl.    y    Qn  tjJe  other  hand  LftgOr  II.  p.  S-, 

*'■»•><»&  sub  I .  r^xinfr.) 

+  1.  [71N]n.[m.]  body,  beUy;  sf.  D^IX  (in 
contempt)  ^7  3"  (lit.  their  front,  prominent  part). 

til.  [71S]  n.[m.]  leading  man,  noble;  pi. 
cstr.  ryPJ  y*  2  K  2415  Kt  (Qr  •&  v.  in.  |>x]). 

ti.  O^IN n.m.,K7'8porch(cf.DVs)— 'N abs. 
1  K  63  + ;  01?*  Ez  404849 ;  cstr.  D^K  iKf+;D^ 
Ez  407  +  (marg.  D;>X  1  K  77>«i);  pi.  Cstr.  'B^K 
Ez  4 115  (Co  sg.  c.  sf.;  in  Ez  Co  rds.  everywhere 
D^X  vid.  oW  infr.)— porcA  (only  K  Ch  Ez  & 
Jo).  1.  in  Solomon's  temple  1  K  j"  2  Ch  29', 
IW  'x  v17;  812  (altar  in  front  of);  m,T  'x  158 
(id.),  cf.  naisn  pai  a^sn  pj  Ez  816  &  Jo  217; 
^nn'«  iK721;  rvan'xv12;  'Knn^an  iCh28". 

2.  in  Sol.'s  palace  1  K  7s-8;  DHieyn  'X  1  K  7" 
cf.  v6;  KB?n "«  77 = BBtp'tpn  'X  v7.  3.'  in  temple 
of  Ezek.'s  vision,  partic.  "WlI  'K  Ez  40'8 (del. 

Co  vid.  ©  @  «8)  «*»»•<•  44»  46s-8;  "ran  'x  4048 
cf.  v48-49  412520;  nsnn  *qJ>k  Ez4iB  Co  sg. 
pynn  lD^Xl  v.  B^8.-(m.  Dbw,  adv.,  v.  p.  19.) 

11.  D  7W  n.pr.m.  only  geneal.  1.  1  Ch 
71617.     2.  iChS39-40. 

1.  ^N  n.m. Gn  ffi- 13  ram  (as  leader  of  flock, 
NHeb.  &  Aram,  id.,  As.  ailu  Dlw,  Ph.  >«,  =  ?:« 
rather  than  b%  cf.  CIS1' P!!S1)—  ^  (^S)  Gn  159 
+  ;  cstr.  W  Ex2922  +  ;  pi.  By**  (dS"S,  D^X) 
Gn3215  +  ;  cstr.  »7«  Gn  31 »  Is  607.— raw,  1. 
used  as  food  Gn3i38(E)  Dt3214  (cf.  ram  of 
sacrifice,  infr.  e.g. Ex  2  932  cf.  Lv831);  as  yielding 
wool  2K34;  as  tribute  2Chi7u;  as  merchan- 
dise EZ2721;  as  gift  Gn3216(E);  in  sim.  of 
leaping,  skipping  ^i^4  ('K3  "i?!  ^"\r\n)  v6; 
in  Dn.'s  vision,  ram  with  two  horns  symbol, 
kings  of  Media  and  Persia  Dn  83-4-6-77-7-720;  fig. 
of  rich  and  powerful  in  Isr.  Ez  3417.     2.  slain 

C 


in  ceremony  of  ratification  of  covenant  betw. **• 
&  Abr.  Gni59(J);  in  Abr.'s  sacrif.  Gn221313 
(E);  Balaam'ssacrif.  Nu23'+5t.  Nu23(JE); 
so  in  ritual  (P),  (a)  in  consecration  ceremony 
of  Aaron  &  his  sons  Ex  29'+  15  t.  Ex  29  ('N 
D'K  j>0  v22  cf.  v26-2731)  Lv  8s  +  8 1.  Lv 8  (D^Von  'K 
v22-29  nbVn  T<  v18);  (b)  in  guilt-offering  (B'fK) 
Lv  5's"18-*  i92>»  cf.  Ezr  10"  &  nn??n  'S  Nu 
58;  (c)  burnt-offering  (njfr)  Lv  92  &  Nu  15611 
&  Ez  464S-6'7-11,  on  day  of  atonement  Lv  1 636, 
Pentecost  2318;  (d)  peace-offering  (D'Opi;')  Lv 
94-18";  beginning  of  month  Nu28111214  cf.  29s-3; 
passover  v19'20  cf.  Ez  45s3'24;  day  of  firstfruits 
v27-28;  in  7th  month  29s  +  18  t,  N1129;  (e)  in 
law  of  Nazarite  Nu 6141719;  (/)  in  consecration 
of  altar  of  tabernacle  Nu  715+25  t.  Nu7,  cf. 
consecr.  of  Ezek.'s  temple-altar  Ez  4323'25;  (g) 
more  generally  iSiS^Isi11  Mi67  Jb428^  661S, 
also  Is  34*  607;  at  bringing  ark  to  Jerus.  I  Ch 
1526;  other  occasions  29s'  2  Ch  139  2921,2"2  Ezr 
8s5;  cf.fig.  Jesi^Ezsg18.  3.  DWND  D^'X flVy 
rams'  skins  dyed  red,  of  covering  of  tabernacle 
Ex  25s  2614  357:a  3619  cf.  39s4  (all  P). 

11.  /"'N  n.[m.]  projecting  pillar  or  pilas- 
ter—'K  abs.  1  K  631  (but  v.  infr.)  cstr.  id.  Ez 
4014  (but  del.  Co)  16(Co  better  l^K);  ^N  413, 
bt*  4048;  pi.  D'h?  40"  +  ;  D^K  4010;  sf.  l^X  Kt 
409  +  7 t.;  btt  Kt  4029  +  2 1.  Qr  (in  all)  tfa,  vbt*; 
i"1'?0\???  4016; — -pilaster  or  projection  in  wall 
at  each  side  of  entrance  (cf.  BbProben-3°2:NX927),  in 
Sol.'s  temple  1  K  631  (BbNXaa  rds.  D^K),  in 
Ezek.'s  temple  Ez 40910  +  1 4 1.  Ez  40.41  +  40"' 
Ew  Hi  Co  D^N  cf.  ®B;  4038  rd.  D^N  so  Sm 
Cocf.  ©;  4o14bCodel.  'N. 

till.  [/^?]  n.m.  leader,  chief  (=ram, 
as  leader  of  flock  t  cf.  Di  Ex  1 5"  01 » 142 '  LagBV  17° 
&  v.  Ez  3417)— cstr.  b$  EZ31";  pi.  cstr.  ^N 
Ex  i515  Ez  i713+  2  K  2415  Qr  (Kt  »S«  v.  Sx); 
^  Ez  3  221  (del.  Co,  v.  ©).— leader,  chief  3*tiO  'K 
Exi5,s;n«?  '«  EZ1713  2K2415  Qr;  ttfl  'K 
Ez3i"  (D'i'S  J04117  v.  sub  rbn;  perh.  DH^K 
Ez  3 114  but  cf.  infr.  iv.  b'K  &  also  ?K  Note  1). 

tiv.  [?^N  ?]  n.m.  terebinth  (prob.  as  pro- 
minent, lofty  tree,  v.  Di  Gn  126  146) — cstr. 
W  only  n.pr.  DN?  W  vid.  infr.;  pi.  079  Is 
1";  Q'iw  Is  57'  cstr.  \!*K  Is  6i»;  sf.  DH^J  Ez 
31"  (>del.  Co  vid.  93  51).— terebinth  (cf.  n^S); 
as  marking  idol-shrines  Is  i29  57*  (so  Che  Di 
etc.  >  gods);  fig.  of  ransomed  ones  of  Zion 
P"!*1?  \?*8;  perh.  of  haughty  ones  Ez  3114. 


18  pS« 

TpSD  ^N  n.pr.loc.  (terebinth  (or  palml 
v.  Di)  of  Paran\  town  &  harbour  at  head 
of  ^Elanitic  Gulf  Gn  146  (v.  Di);  =  r6«  36"; 
n^'K  Dt  28  2  K  1422  166;  W'K  1  K  926  2  K  168; 
close  to  Ezion  Geber  (v.  133  ffff). 

tJD^M],  alw.  aVN  n.pr.loc.  (=  place  of 
terebinths  or  other  great  trees,  v.  Di  Gn  146 
&  Ex  1527  (12  fountains  &  70  palms))  2nd  sta- 
tion of  Isr.  in  desert  after  passing  sea  Ex  1611 

Nu  33910;  noiJ»K  Ex  1527  Nu  339;  prob.=Wady 
Gharandel  cf.  EobBE  1I0o-1(>5. 

ti.  n^Wn.f.  terebinth  (  =  n^K  (?)  v.  iv. 
^X  >  StaGesch'  *■*  wh.  derives  fr.  ?N  =  divine  ;  but 
cf.  ib.  on  lack  of  clear  distinction  betw.  H?N,  p?K 
&  timy- Gn  354  +  1 5t.  +  nW  Gn  4921  (for  MT 
n?*R  v.  infr.) — terebinth=Pistacia  terebinlhus, 
Linn.,  a  deciduous  tree  with  pinnate  leaves  & 
red  berries;  occasional  in  Palestine;  grows  to 
great  age ;  always  of  single  tree ;  near  Shechem 
Gn  354  (E)  cf.  t"^«  Jos  2426  (E,  rd.  r6t?  ?), 
Ophrah  Ju61119;  in  Jabesh  1  Ch  io12;  tree  in 
which  Absalom  was  caught  2  S  1 89-91014;  v.  also 
1  K  1314;  expressly  of  idol-shrine  Ho  413  (||  pN, 
iiyyp)  Ez  613;  as  fading,  withering,  sim.of  Judah 
Is  1s0;  as  hewn  down,  sim.id.  613  (||  p"N);  fig.  of 
Naphtali  nnbw  n^S  Gn4921  (@  Ew  01  Di> 
MT  n?JK  hind  q.v.)  a  slender  terebinth,  v.  Di 
&  cf.  11.  n?X;  in  topogr.  designat.  'Sn  pOj;  1  S 
I72192i10(v.  PW). 

tn.  n,5^  n.pr.m.  (terebinth,  cf.  Gn  4921 
sub  1.  n^N)  1.  a  chief  of  Edom  Gn  36"=  1  Ch 
1 62  ( = nb'K  n.pr.loc.  ?  v.  Di).  2.  son  of  Baasha  j 
reigned  two  years  in  Isr.  1 K  1 66-81314.  3.  father 
of  Hoshea  who  was  last  king  of  Isr.  2  K  1 530 
171  1819.  4.  a  son  of  Caleb  1  Ch  41515.  5.  a 
son  of  Uzzi  1  Ch  9s. 

tl.^V«n.[f.]terebinth(=nbs)— 'Kcstr.Gn 
1 26  +  4 1.;  pi.  cstr. '?. vN  Gn  1 318  +  3 1. — terebinth 
(or  other  tall  tree,  cf.  infr.  on  1  S  io3  JU45), 
marking  shrine,  &  hence  used  in  topogr.  de- 
signations; rrrtO  'K  (teacJier's  terebinth)  Gn  126 
(v.Di)  so  Dtn30;  D'3?iVO  'K  (conjurors'  tereb.) 
Ju  937;  distinguished  by  owner  or  ruler  KIOD  'K 
Gn  1318 1413 181;  by  neighbouring  town  D'Jjn^l) 
Ju  4";  cf.  D'MJfSa  'K  Jos  1 9s3  (edd.  p^,  but 
v.NorziBaerDi);'  £33  K3  Ti>X  3X»  'N  Ju  g"  (cf. 
r6s  Gn  354);  "fan  '«  1 S  io3  rd.  rtfO]  '«  (&  cf. 
nw3  f^K  Gn358,  &  rnfcn  ion  JU46)  cf.  EwGeKh- 
"'•  81Th  Di  Gn  358  (v.  also  sub  !^«). 


(Am  19 

tn.  p^N  n.pr.m.  (=id.  cf.  n^n.pr.)  1.  a 
sonofZebuiunGn4614Nu2626.  2.  jS«Gn2634; 
pb'K  362  a  Hittite,  father-in-law  of  Esau.  3. 
jip'X  Ju  I211'2  a  judge  of  Isr.,  of  tribe  of  Zeb. 
4.  n.pr.loc.  |  v'??  Jos  1 9"  a  town  of  Dan ;  so  1  K 
49  (where  rd.  f\  H'M  'K  Th  Klo). 

t^N  adj.gent.  of  |^J  1.  (as  n.  coll.) 

Nu  26M. 

'ri7,W  n.pr.loc.  {lofty  tree(s  coll.?)  i.e. 
palms?  cf.  Di  Gn  146)  town  &  harbour,  N.E. 
arm  of  Red  Sea,  hence  called  J31anitic  Gulf 
(  =  Gulf  of  Akaba,  fr.  neighbouring  fortress) 
Dt  28  2K1422  1666  (perh.  later  designat.  for 
fuller  pXS  b'X  q.v.)  =  ©  At\av,  Al\a6,  Gr.  Alkava, 
etc.;  =nb«  (1  Gn  3641  v.  Di),  nO-X  infr. 

TfrtT^M  n.pr.loc.  id.  {grove  of  lofty  trees 
(palms?))" iK  9s6  2K166  2  Ch  8"  262  (cf. 
flKS  b'N,  D^S). 

[ET^N]  n.m.  porch  (rnDPlX,  q.v.;  only  Ez, 
Where  Co  always  for  D^K,  cf.  ©  alXafi ;  BbsX929 
makes  DP'X  vestibule,  D7IX  porclh) — Dp'X  rd. 
for  Ct"W  Ez  4037  (so  Sm  Co);  sf.  ID^K  KtEz 
40™ *  +  4t.  (Qr  VB^'K)  +  4 115  Co  (for  MT  ^K); 
ID^X  Kt  Ez  4o2,  +  6t.  (Qr  «£?»).—  Co  all 
sg.:— pi.  niB^S  Ez  40,e  (Co  sg.)  v30  (del.  Co  cf. 
MSS.  of  £,  B  etc.,  also  Ew  Hi  Sm).— porch, 
of  Ezek.'s  temple  Ez  401621  +  1 3  t. 

T7sSt  n.  m.  i  (f.  ^  42s)  hart,  stag,  deer 
(Aram,  id.,  JL/',  Ar.  jjt#f  As.  aiVw  Dlw,  but  dub., 
v.Hpt8*81-1™,  Eth.  miH:  =  leader't  cf>«)  — 'N 
abs.  Dt  1 2 15  -f-  6 1. ;  pi .  D*^  Ct  29  +  3 1 . ;— Aari, 
sta<7, n llowed  as  food  Dt  1 2 *" 1 S22  (all  || »3f) ;  1  f 
(||  '3S,  TWTi:  etc.);  eaten  in  Sol.'s  household 
1 K  53  (||  as  Dt  145);  sim.  of  leaping  Is  35s;  id. 
'Xil  nsj?  Ct  2917  814  (all  ||  "?S);  as  in  search  of 
pasture,  sim.  of  princes  of  Judah  Lai6;  as 
longing  for  water,  sim.  of  longing  for  ''  !//•  42s. 

+n7^{S!  n.f.  hind,  doe — 'x  abs.  Gn4921  (but 
rd.nW  v.infr.);  r£»X  Je  145;  cstr.n^X  1^22*  Pr 
519;  pi.  rrfyx  f  29'  +  4t.;  cstr.  ni^K  Ct2735— 
hind,  doe,  as  calving  Jb39'  ('K  tyh  |^f  rn*J 

1&D)  cf.  f299  'K  ^T  **  ^P;    in  adjuration 

rnfrn  'X3  "is  niK32r3  ct  27  3s;  in  sim.  »3^P  ?wd 

'X3  f  !8:34=2  S2234  cf.  'X3  ""«  t*$  Hb319'i.e. 
surefooted,  secure,  cf.  W'lTW-  Vfy  ^8]  *  1834 
2  S  22s4;  so  Hb319  but  vb.  "??1T;  metaph.  of 
Naphtali  Gn  4921  nn.^'K,  but  rd.  n^X,  cf.  sub 


ft* 

1.  i"yN;  in  name  of  a  melody  ■>//•  221  ing>ri  n?>X~;>y 
cf.  De,  &  for  hind  as  fig.  of  dawn  Yom."\ 

tp7}N  n.pr.loc.  (Z>e*r-field)  Aijalon 
'X  Josio'2-r8t.;  ™5>X  1  S  14s1— 1.  city  in 
Dan  Jos  19"  21*  (Levit.  city)  Ju  i";  1  S  14" 
doubtless  same;  so  1  Ch  6M  (where  Dan  om.); 
app.  later  in  Benj.  1  Ch813  2  Ch  u102818  (v. 
Be) ;  ?v'X  pDJ?  Jos  io12  almost  certainly  named 
from  same ; = Epiph.  'ioXu,  mod.  Jdlo  RobBR  "  •*, 
Survey"119.     2.  city  in  Zebulun  Ju  12'2. 

fl.  [\?W]  n.pr.fl.  TJlai,  Eulaeus  (As.Uldi, 

cf.  DlraS29  Gr.  EiXaut)  only  ^X,  river  of  Elam 
Dn  8216;  =  (at  least  in  lower  part)  mod.  KarAn 
(old  Pasiligris)  v.  Dlr»n™8M29;  in  upper  part 
perh.  also  =  mod.  ZTerMaA(  =  Choaspes),  which 
was  formerly  connected  with  Karun  not  far 
from  Susa  (Loftus  *•"•  * »»■""*«• w" Schaff-Herz. 

111.  2178.  art.  Shuth<„>\ 

II.  ^7M*     and  (Gn  2439)  ^N  adv.  (perh. 

from  IX  &  ^  =  \b,  X1?,  as  in  vfyk, = or  not  ?)  1 . 
peradventure,  perhaps  ;  usually  expressing  a 
hope,  as  Gni62  Nu  22611  23'  1  S  66  Je  20'0;  but 
also  a  fear  or  doubt,  as  Gn  2712  Jb  i5,  sq.  JO  Gn 
24s-39;  in  mockery  Is  47"  Je  518.  2.  followed 
by  another  clause  dowdf'rar,  it  expresses  vir- 
tually the  protasis  =  if  per  adventure  Gn  182428 
(cf.  v29-32)  H087  the  blade  shall  yield  no 
meal;  *1$Q;  Dnj  nfc»JC  *jw  if  perchance  it  yield, 
strangers  shall  swallow  it  up.  3.  in  Nu  22s5 
yv  (q.v.)  must  be  read;  unless  she  had  turned 
aside  from  me,  surely,  etc. 

1.  &  11.  0  ?W  n.m.  &  n.pr.m.  v.  sub  II.  blN. 

tin.  D7^N  and  (Jb  1710,  perhaps  for  sake 
of  assonance  with  following  D?3)  o?K  adv.  but, 
but  indeed,  a  strong  adversative  Jb  25  5"  133 
(where  ©  excellently  oi  pijv  Bi  aWd).  More 
usually  with  ),  dSwO  Gn  2819  (cf.  Ju  1829)  48" 
howbeit  his  younger  brother  shall  be  greater 
than  he,  Ex  916  but  in  very  deed,  Nu  1421  (cf. 
iS2o32534)  1K2023  Mic38  JblUII6I27I34 
i41,n"331' 

I.  "pjtf  (cf.  Ar.,T,T(med.  1^)  be  fatigued,  tired, 

J'  weariness,  sorrow,  trouble). 
p  N  n.m. Jb  *• 6  trouble,  sorrow,  wickedness 
— abs.  Nu  2321  +  ;  sf.  'jS*  Gn  3518etc;  jrf.  D^S 
Ho  94 — 1.  trouble,  sorrow  ^IS'fl  son  of  my 
trouble  or  sorrow  Gn  3518  (E);  1?V?  !J«  "W  •* 
Nu  23s'  (song  of  Balaam),  he  doth  not  behold 
trouble  in  Jacob  (||  he  doth  not  see  misery — 
c  2 


20 


Dfwn 

b0V—m  Isr.);  oft.  ||  ^>»,  *  ?15  (UT^  n??  /o 
A«  travaikth  with  trouble  RTgg  iSfl  ^"?V  n"!71> 
yea  /j«  /ia/A  conceived  misery  Sf  brougld  forth  a 
lie),  prob.  th:nce  Jb  1535  (JIN  *fy  b»V  rhn)= 
Is  594;  cf.  [}NJ  ^V  *  107  55"  9010  Jb  48  56  !■  IO' 
(v.  b0V);  also  fj.?-1^  rb\$  yr\S\  Pr  22s  </«?  sower 
of  iniquity  shall  reap  trouble;  in  this  sense 
elsewh.  only  Dt  2614  Pr  1 221  Je  415  Hb  37  Am  55, 
pl.intens.  rj'3'N  0iJ7  bread  of  trouble,  sorrow,  or 
mourning  Ho  oA  2.  idolatry  Ho  1 212  Is  41s9; 
">VDn  D'B^n*  JIN  stubbornness  is  idolatry  &  (tlm 
use  of)  teraphim  1  S  1523  (poet,  source);  IV? 
f1«  Ho  415  (for  ^N  n*!  because  Bethel,  house  of 
God,  is  given  over  to  idolatry)  so  also  5"  10' 
cf.  'N  rta  Ho  io8;  'N  nyipa  Am  i5  (Baalbek); 
'N  nina  rd.  tH  JN=On,  Heliopolis  Ez  3017;— 
abstr.  for  concr.=iefo/s  Is663.  3.  trouble  of 
iniquity,  wickedness,  JJN  'OO  Jb  2215;  'K  *^8 
3436=7nem  of  trouble,  troublers,  wicked  men;  cf. 
'N  B»N  Pr  612  Is  557;  JIN  \h>3  workers  of  trouble, 
evil-doers,  workers  of  iniquity  Jb  313  348,22  ^5 
+  (16  t.  chiefly  late  f)  Pr  io292i15Is3i2  H068; 
JIN  rtaBTID  thoughts  of  trouble,  wicked  imagina- 
tions  Pr618Is597  Je414;  oft.  of  words  &  thoughts 
Jbn»  +  (5t.)  V365+(9t.)Pri74i928302,)Is 

2920326589596  Ezn2  Mi2'  Hb  i3  Zc  io2;  & 
rWSJfl  JIN  73W  Is  113 1  cannot  bear  iniquity  with 
the  solemn  meeting  (RV  &  most  mod.;  AV  it 
is  iniquity,  even  the  solemn  meeting). 

to^Nn  n.[m.]  toil  Ez  2412  DNJ>n  'n  she 
hath  wearied  (me  or  herself)  with  toil  (but  Co 
del.  as  dittogr.  cf.  ®). 

II.  Pi$  (cf-  Ar.  Jjl  (med. .)  be  at  rest,  at  ease, 

enjoy  life  of  plenty ;   ^s\  one  enjoying  a  life  of 
ease,  freedom  from  toil  Sf  trouble). 

ti.  |iN  n.m.  vigour,  wealth — abs.  Ho  129, 
sf.,?iIKGn493  +  etc.;  pl.D,?ilN^78514- .  1.  manly 
vigour  DENTIN  miff  WN3  Ho  124  (of  Jacob) ; 
J*iN  JVS'NI  beginning  of  manly  vigour  Gn  49s  (of 
Reuben,first-born  of  Jacob);  Dt2i17^i0536(first- 
lx>rn  of  Egyptians),  so  7851,  D'tfN  n'SPtn  where 
'N  is  assim.  to  OH?1?,  or  intens.  pi.  2.  strength 
of  man  Jb  18712;  behemoth  Jb4010;  pl.intens. 
D'J^N  BID  Is  4026  because  of  the  abundance  of 
great  strength  (of  God) ;  of  man  D^N  J'N  Is  4029 
one  not  having  strength;  D'O'lN  Jl^nta  Pr  1 1'  hope 
in  strength  (not  the  hope  of  iniquity  RV,  or  of 
unjust  men  AV).  3.  wealth  Jb  2010  Ho  129 
•6  'N  TINXO  ( 


tn.  pN  n.pr.m.  {vigour)  a  chief  of  tribe  of 
Reuben  Nu  161. 


'li'lN  n.pr.loc.  (vigorous,  for  JU1n)  city  in 
Benjamin  Ezr  2s3  Ne  7* 1 135  1  Ch  812;  valley  of 
same  name  Ne  62;  prob.  Kefr  'And,  NW.  of 
Lydda,  Survey11'251. 

TO^N  n.pr.m.  (vigorous).  1.  chief  of 
Horites  Gn  36s3  1  Ch  i40.  2.  chief  of  tribe 
of  Judah  1  Ch  226-28. 

TplN    n.pr.m.    (vigorous)    son    of   Judah 
Gn384-89  461212  Nu  261919  1  Ch  23. 
yifr$  n.pr.loc.  v.  JN. 
nV31«  2  Ch  818  Kt  v.  ♦*$  sub  H2N. 
TTSW  (n.pr.loc.  unknown  &  dub.)  whence 
camegold/KD  ant  Je  io9;  'N  Qn|  Dn  io5;  so  Thes 
1K1018  tBIO  3ntT(1D1»='ND);"but  ©  odKipos,  & 
2  Ch917  "too,  whence  MV  Klo  make  IBID  Hoph. 
Pt.  fr.  ns  q'v.     Klo  rds.  "VBta  (q.v.)  for  131N  Je 
io9  Dn  io5,  in  view  of  "TO*  Dn|  Is  1312. 

"VDiN  n.pr.  Ophir— 'N  iKio"+;  m/BiN 
9i» + lEnN fGn  1  o29 ;  T'BN f  1  K 1  o11— 1  .n.pr.m. 
nth  son  of  Joktan  Gn  io29(J)=i  Ch  i23;  © 
Oicpeip,  'Q<peip,  name  of  an  Arabian  tribe,  vid. 
Gn  io30  &  Di.    2.  n.pr.loc.  (land  or  city  S.  or 
SE.  fr.  Palestine,  exact  position  unknown,  cf. 
infr. ;   ©  ^iixpijpa,  2a<peipa,  2ov<petp,  etc.;  Jb  2816 
'Q<pap  AC,  cf.  1 K  2  249  A  'QfpcipSe,  B  om.)  place 
whither  Sol.'s  ships  went  fr.  Ezion  Geber,  bring- 
ing thence  gold  1 K  928— cf.  2  249— 2  Ch  818;  gold, 
almug-  (sandal- 1)  wood  &  gems  1  o1111,  cf.  2  Ch  910; 
prob.  iKio22  ref.  to  same  ships;  they  came  once 
in  three  years  with  gold,  silver,  ivory,  apes  & 
peacocks  (all  fr.  Ophir?);  2  Ch  921  makes  these 
ships  go  to  Tarshish  (but  on  Tarshish-ships,  i.  e. 
large,  sea-going  vessels,  merchantmen,v.  1K22" 
&  sub  e^BHfl).      3.  characteristic  of  fine  gold 
(poet.  &  late)  '*  3?]  1  CI1294;  'N  D~3  Is  1312 
Jb  2816  ^  4510.     4.  hence  for  fine  gold  itself 
Jb  2  224    (|P?3)._(lf    2  =  1,  then    southern, 
prob.  south-eastern,  Arabia  (cf.  Di  Gn  io29) 
furnished  the  gold ;  and  other  articles,  which 
point  farther  E.  (e.g.  to  India,  toward  which  the 
words  D'Bip  apesSc  D"?^  peacocks  seem  to  lead), 
were  either  brought  to  Ophir  by  traders,  &  so 
found  there  by  Sol.'s  men,  or  were  found  else- 
where by  the  latter,  whose  cruise  may  have 
taken  them  beyond  Ophir,  the  name  of  Ophir 
alone,  as  source  of  gold-supply,  being  pre- 
served.    If  (less  likely)  1  &  2  are  not  the 
same,  the  only  data  for  determining  loc.  of  2 
are  the  articles  brought,  &  one  may  look  toward 
India,  Ceylon  or  other  islands,  or  even  lower 
Africa.     Particular  theories  have  as  yet  no 
adequate  support ;  e.  g.  (a)  old  city  Supara,  or 
Uppara,  in  the  region  of  Goa,  Malabar  coast 


(cf.  ©  supr.  2,  but  also  1 ;  form  with  2  said  on 
Copt,  authority  to  denote  India,  v.  Jablonskii 

Op™,.«Lt,W.torLS7.      cf     a)g0    JosA-t.»m.6.4.     jn    that 

case  its  use  by  ©  may  indicate  a  theory  of  the 
location  of  Ophir);  (6)  peninsula  Malacca ;  (c) 
island  Sumatra;  (d)  Sofdla,  with  city  Zim- 
babye  (SE.  Africa);  (e)  west  coast  of  Arabia 
(where  gold  &  silver  formerly  found),  etc.  On 
these  &  other  theories,  v.  Di  Gn  io29  RiHWB, 


21 


Herzog,  Smith15 


cf.  Gla 


'■) 


t[f)R] 


vb.  press,  be  pressed,  make  haste 

-Qal  Pf.  yt*  Jos  io13  if0;  'JjlSS  Je  1716  Pt. 
ft  Pr  l92+3t.  Pr;  D'SK  Ex  5'13;— 1.  jyress, 
hasten  (trans,  but  obj.  not  expr.)  Ex  513  (E). 
2.  (intr.)  be  pressed,  confined,  narrow  Jos  1715 

QMS?""1?  ij5  r?  *?•  3-  hasten,  make  haste,  sq. 
^4- Inf.  Jos  io13  Ni3^>  fX  t6  (J,  of  sun);  Pr  2820 
Tty$  '*;  sq.  !«?  Je  1716  nj?"i»  'X  tb ;  sq.  3  (of 
particular  in  wh.  one  hastens)  Pr  192  (Dv3"?3); 

2920  (Dmna);  cf.  also  Pr  2 15  -iiDnp!>  -]«  yx-b?). 

Hiph.  Impf.  W<KJ!  Gni915;  WWJ  Is  2  24— 
Aewtoi.  (tr.)  sq.  3  Gn  19"  (J);  sq.  b  +  Inf.  'Kn_!>K 
%™)  Is  2  24.     (May  be  Qal  Impf.,  &  vb.  '"V.) 

[  nhfr]  43  vb.  be  or  become  light  (cf.  Ar. , l\ 
enkindle,  Aram.  (Nasar.)  »o<  Aph.  illumine,  & 
deriv.  in  As.)— Qal  Pf.  "**  Gn  443+ ;  *&  1  S 
1429;  Impf.  3  fpl.  njTkm  1  S  1427  Qr;  Pt.  "lis 

Pr  418  (Ges572"-1);  7mv.  fs.  *f*  Is  601  Pr  418;— 
become  light,  shine  of  sun  (esp.  in  early  morn.) 
Gn  443(J)  1  S  2910  Pr  4"*  Is  601;  of  eyes  (owing 
to  refreshment)   1  S  i427<«"29.     Nipt.  Impf. 

"IN?.1  2  S  232;  Inf.  "t*h  Jb  3330;  POitO  1//  76s— 
become  lighted  up  of  day-break  2  S  232;  by  light 
of  life,  revival  Jb  3330;  by  light  of  glory,  en- 
veloped in  light  ^r  76s.  Hiph. Pf.  1'Nni  Ex2537, 
etc.;  /to/)/.  W  Jb4i24  +  ;  1iONu625  +  ;  1^- 

^n8!7+,etc.;  7mv.lNn^8o20+,'1T^V'3iir 
+ ;  Inf.  "WOT  Gn  i15+ ;  />«.  "««?  Pr  2913;  n^KD 
■^  199;  JTTVKJp  Is  2711 — 1.  (five  light,  of  sun, 
moon  &  stars  Gn  i1517(P),  of  moon  Is  6019;  of 
pillar  of  fire  (eq.b)  Ex  1321 1420  (both  JE)  + 10539 
Ne  91219;  of  sacred  lamp  Ex  25s7  Nu82(both  P) ; 
fig.  of  the  words  of  God  ^  1 1 9130.  2.  light  up,  cause 
to  shine,  shine,  sq.  ace.  P3f?  Cpl?  WKn  light- 
nings lighted  up  tlie  world  ^  7  719  974 ;  abs.  H¥  t 
*n33D  n^Kn  Ez  43s;  the  earth  shined  toith  his 
glorij  (of  theophany);  of  leviathan,  which  makes 
path  shine  behind  him  3b  42^;  "W  D*I  nty 
night  shineth  as  day  \jr  I3912-  3.  light  a  lamp 
1//1829;  wood  Is  27";  altar(-fire)  Mai  i10.  4. 
lighten,  of  the  eyes,  &?])  'WW,  subj. '\  his  law, 
etc.  Pr  2913  ^  1 34  199  Ezr  9s.       5.  make  shine, 


of  face  of  God  T^V  »H  "  "HR  Fa/(u*A  ma/fce  At« 
/ace  */u'ne  «pon  <Aee  Nu  62S  (priest's  blessing), 
reappearing  f  3 1 17(sq. "^J), 67s  (sq.TIK),  So4-"20; 
1 1 9135  (sq.  3),  Dn  917  cf.  f  47 ;  without  D'3B  (Sq.  b) 
yfri  1827;  once, of  faceof  man,Ec8'TWI  DIKnDsn 
V3B  </(e  wisdom  of  a  man  lighteth  up  his  face. 

TiNmn.m.°«»(f.J»"w»' "flight  (As.  urn 
=  tfru.  UF)— abs.  Gn  i3+;  cstr.  Ju  i6s  +  ; 
sf.  nta  f  271,  etc.;  ;;/.  D^K  f  1367;— 1.  %A< 
as  diffused  in  nature,  light  of  day  Gn  i3-4'  (P) 
Jb 39  3819  4- .  2.  morning  light,  dawn,  ">p3H  11K 
light  of  the  morn.  Ju  1 62  1 S 1 4M  25s4-36  '2817" 
2  K  79  Mi  21;  133  'K  2  S  234  (poem  of  David); 
'Kn-iy  ju  i9M  (cf.  T?3rny  v25);  ii»6  Jb  2414; 
Di>n  n^RJB  n$>  Tllinrpp  fr.  dawn  till  mid-day, 
Ne  83  cf.'Pr  418.  3.  light  of  the  heavenly  lu- 
minal ies;  nibn  'K,  ||  nenn  '«  moonlight  & 
sunlight  Is  3026;  "liK  '3313  stars  of  light  + 1 48s; 
"lis  ,-}iS<D  luminaries  of  light  Ez  32s;  D,*)iN  = 
DniND  ^  1367;  so  liK"\^J!  m  sunshine  Is  184; 
the  sun  itself  Jb  3126.  4.  daylight  D'VBn  "ViK 
/i^//i  ofthewicked  Jb3815  (their  work-day  being 
the  night);  IIS  tip  a  day  of  light  Am  89  (  =  a 
clear,  sunshiny  day).  5.  lightning  Jb  36s3 
373"15  cf.  Hb  3n.  6.  UgU  of  lamp  Pr  139  Je 
2510;  of  crocodile's  hot  breath  Jb4i10.  7. 
light  of  life  DWJ  '«  Jb  3330  ^  5614;  cf.  tm  Jb 
316-20.  8.  %A(  of  prosperity  Jb  2228  3026  f  9711 
La32.  9.  light  of  instruction  ~h&  rnini  nist?  13 
Pr  623  the  commandment  is  a  fomp  and  instruc- 
tion a  light;  so  the  Messian.  servant  is  D^3  "ntt 
Is426496;  cf.  D'Sy  '«  IS514;  the  advent  of 
Mess,  is  shining  of  great  light  Is  911.  10.  light 
of  face  D'JS  liK:=  bright,  cheerful  face  (of  men) 
Jb  29s4;  betokening  king's  favour  Pr  1615  (cf. 
DS'S  *  f  3811);  of  God  =  his  shining,  enlight- 
ening, favouring  face  V' 47  444  89"  11. 
Yah weh  is  PS^fe^  'K  Is  io17,  as  source  of  enlight- 
enment &  prosperity;  light  &  salvation  ^-27'; 
light  to  guide  Mi  78  cf.  ^  433;  everlasting  light 
of  Zion,  instead  of  sun  &  moon  Is  6o19a);  house 
of  Jacob  is  to  walk  in  his  light  Is  25. 

+1.  tTVINii.f.  light  (late,  Mish.  z'd.,cf.Aram. 
KrnW  evening-light,  mcon-light,  star-light,  etc.) 
1.  light  (opp.  nyrn)  f  13912.  2.  light  of  joy 
&  happiness  Es  816;'pl.  intens.  niliK  light  of 
life  Is  2619  (light  that  quickens  dead  bodies  as 
dew  the  plants  Ew  Hi  De  Che  Di  RVm;  vid. 
Bri«r303  cf  D«n  lis ;  but  Ki  Ges  MV  Bo  RV 
transl.  Jurbs). 

til.  [rPiW]  n.f.  herb  (so  Mish.,  Ges  cf.  )»n, 
Ar.  .\y\  =  lights  &  flowers,  &  Sam.  IK^NBH  of 
Gn  1"  12)  only  pi.  niliS  lierbs  2  K  4M  (cf.  Is  26'* 
supr.  sub  1.  !rJ<|N). 


TIN 

1 1 .  "VI N  n.m.  flame.  My')?  ~®Q  *3?  u-alk  in 
tJie  flame  of your  fire  Is  50",  &  so  fire  itself, 
whose  light  &  flame  were  seen  4416  4714 — exil. 
Is. +  31*  &Ez5s(CoC:S). 

ta'nN  n.[m.]pl.  region  of  light,  East  Is 
2  4ls(soGesMVEwDeDiEV;  LoHiKnCherd. 
O^ti  — coasts,  so  Cdd.  ©; — ©  mostly  om.  23  in 
doctrina,  thinking  of  Urim,  vid.  Br"1"297). 

toTlN  n.m.  Urim  (pl.intens.,  mostlyc.art. 
the  Urim,  and  mostly  joined  with  tJ'BH  q.v.)  I'BH 
tpnpn  With  T"|1«1  Dt  338  thy  Thummim  and  thy 
Urim  has  tlie  man  of  thy  favour,  i.e.  the  Levite 
tested  at  Massah&Meribah;  V>®m\  DniRn  were 
putintothe  CBB^n  f^'n  of  the  high  priestEx  2830 
Lv  88(P);  this  J?'n(q.v.)wasa  little  bag  or  pouch 
worn  on  breast  of  high  priest,  to  hold  the  Urim 
<fc  Thummim;  the  name  BBPBn  Tl  was  given 
because  of  decisions  made  by  that  which  was 
within  it ;  thus,  Eleazar  was  to  inquire  of  **  for 
Joshua  ffTWil  BS'f03  Nu  27s1  (P);  Saul  prayed 
TTWH  nan,  opp.  Wp!J  n3n,  1S1441  ©,  so  We  Dr 
(MT  om.  former,  and  rds.  D'pn  in  latter) ;  * 
did  not  answer  Saul  B*"!*?,  or  by  dreams  or 
prophets  1  S  28";  postex.  Jews  reserved  diffi- 
cult questions  until  there  stood  up  a  priest 
D'enitt  Dn«6  Ezr  213  Ne?65  (here  alone  without 
art.)     These  passages  give  little  information ; 
©  SijXoxm  rai  aKi)6tia,  23  doctrina  et  Veritas,  Sym 
(JHoTHTnoi  km  T«Xt  uTijTtr ;  Jos-*-"'"1-8,9  thinks  of  the 
twelve  gems  of  face  of  bag  as  giving  decision 
by  shining;  Philov"-Mosl"  thinks  of  two  small 
images  ('N  &  'n),  prob.  embroidered  in  the  cloth 
of  the  bag,likeoracle-imagesof  Egypt  (DiodI,48,TO 
Aelian^11""-14'34);  Ew0""011-"'-309'  ^"o-295,  of  two 
stones  of  different  colours  for  sacred  lot,  on  this 
v.  Dr  1S1441  where  ©  OPf*  &  0*95  as  obj.  of 
give,  Sos = nan;  cf.  &W\  v42,  1$*  v41  (used  of 
taking  by  lot  'i  o20  Is  71416);  v.  also  We  &  RS0""0 
L~*'N4;  Bahrs'mbollk,  of  one  thing  within  bag,  a 
sacred  pledge  to  high  priest  of  the  enlighten- 
ment &  perfection  he  would  receive  fr.  '<  when 
called  to  make  sacred  decisions;   KaK,M4  sees 
the  sacred  pledge  in  the  twelve  sacred  gems 
themselves,  that  stimulate  piiestto self-sacrifice 
&  perfect  sanctification. 

+11.  "V1N  n.pr.m.  {flame}  father  of  one  of 
David's  heroes  1  Ch  1 135  (in.  "IW  n.pr.loc.  v. 
infr.) 

<  "H^N  n.pr.m.  {fiery,  or  contr.  for  npiK) 
1.  prince  of  Judah  Ex3i2  3530  38s2  1  Ch  220 
2  Ch  Is;  2.  a  porter  Ezr  io24;  3.  father  of  an 
officer  of  Solomon  1  K  4". 

T7NvYlN  n.pr.m.  {flame  of  El  or  my  light 


22  niH 

isEl,Y.b$  sub  ni>N;  cf-Ph.^Dlxin As.Urumilki 
(SenT*,"'rC"1,"1-1Lt0,  cf.  COT  2K18'1S))  1.  chief 
of  Levit.  line  of  Kohath,  in  time  of  David  1  Ch 
69  15s".  2.  maternal  grandfather  of  Abijah 
2CI1132. 

rP")W  n.pr.m.  {flame  of  Yah  or  my  light 
is  Yah  v.  ty.  1.  Hittite  husband  of  Bathsheba 
2  S  1 i3f  2330.  2.  priest  in  reign  of  Ahaz  Is  82 
2  K  i610f.     3.  priest  in  time  of  Nehemiah  Ezr 

TIPP-VM  n.pr.m.  {flame  cf  Yahweh  or  my 
light  is  Yahweh  v.  mrp)  a  prophet  slain  by 
Jehoiakim  Je  2620. 

T'VN1  n.pr.m.  {he  enliglitens,  or  one  giving 

light).  1.  son  of  Manasseh  Nu  324141  Dt  31414 
Jos  if  1  K  413 1  Ch  222!S.  2.  a  judge  in  Gilead 
Ju  io345.     3.  father  of  Mordecai  Est  2s. 

t■n,'^*,,  adj.gent.  Jairite  2  S  2026. 
"hiNE  n.m.  luminary — abs.  Gn  i16  + ;  cstr. 

-to  Pr  i6*+;  pi.  rn*1?  Gn  i15;  rh&q  v  14'6; 

cstr.  ^RD  EZ328 — light,  light-bearer,  luminary, 
lamp," of  sun  &  moon  Gn  1  "•«■"■"■>•  (P)  Ez  32s; 
moon  ijf  7416;  "rtKBn  7YYJD  tJie  lamp-stand  of  the 
luminary  or  light  (where  'Bn  is  sum  of  seven 
sacred  lamps  on  golden  lamp-stand)  EX351414-28 
3037  Nu  4916,  cf.  Ex  256  2720  35s  Lv  242  (all  P); 
y?Ttl$lP  D^^-liSD  Pr  1530  the  luminary  of  the 
eyes  (=the  eyes  as  a  lamp)  gives  the  light  of 
joy  to  the  heart;  T?.s  "^Kt?  V'  9°8  <'te  luminary 
of  thy  face  (thy  face  as  a  lamp)  in  the  light  of 
which  the  secrets  are  exposed. 

tfj-niNn]  n.f.  light-hole— only  cstr.rvViRD 

— =den  of  great  viper  Is  118,  cf.  I'M?  Mish. 
Ohaloth  131  (others  eye-ball  %  Ew  De  Di). 

tin.  "WN  n.pr.loc.  Ur  (Bab.  Uru;  seat 
of  moon-god  worship ;  hence  Eupolemos  in 
Euseb1'I,*epEvlx17    says     Kaitapivg    rjv    nvas   Ae'yfo' 

noKiv  Ovplpof,  ancient  city  in  Southern  Baby- 
lonia; OT  alw.  n>iV3  "UK,  i.e.  Ur  of  the  Kasdim 
(Chaldeans)  v.  Date's  sublBO;  home  of  Terah, 
Abram's  father,  &  A.'s  point  of  departure  for 
Mesopotamia  &  Canaan  Gn  H™  15'  (both  J), 
&  hence  Neo7;  also  Gn  n31(P);— mod.  Mu- 
qayyar,  south  of  Euphrates,  c.  iflo  miles  SE. 
of  Babylon;  v.  KG94'  Dlp,226f  COT  on  Gn  n28. 

rfrfiM  v.  nn«  sub  I.  mx. 
PirrtN  v.  ram. 

t    : :  T  : 

"H/I^K]  VD-  on^y  Wiph.  Impf.  consent, 
agree  (cf.  Rab.  rM"1}  Niph.  Pt.  esp.  enjoying 
NHWB49)  sq.  ^>  Gn  34s2  V}  *>*£;  v15  D$  rrtM; 


nw 


23 


v»  nr6  pinto;  gq.  inf.  2  K129  D^nan  visn 
n'iM  v.  11.  tm. 

tM  adv.  (cf.  l\,\l\,  <TA  :  also  BAram.  pN( 
prop,  a  subst.  =  time :  see  tKDI  at  that  time, 
then,  whether  expressing  duration,  or  inception 
(= thereupon).  1.  strictly  temporal:  a.  of 
past  time: — without  a  verb  Gni26 137  J0S1411 
2  S  23";  with  a  pf.  Gn  426  Ex  426  Josio33  Ju  8s 
1 321  Je  2  2 I3  v  3to  tK  (lien  was  it  well  to  him  (cf . 
v16Ho29);  more  usually  (esp.  when  =  thereupon) 
with  an  impf.  (v.  Dr  *2'7)  Ex  151  Nu  2117  Jos  830 
io12  221  1  K  316  81  9"  (v.  DrIn,r192)  al.  b.  of  fut. 
time  (usually  where  some  emph.  is  intended), 
with  impf.  Is  3556  605  Mi  34,  rather  differently 
Lv  2641  1  S  2012;  rarely  with  pf.  2  S  s24"  {will 
liave  gone  forth)  Is  33s3:  with  an  accompany- 
ing logical  force,  implying  the  fulfilment  of  a 
condition,  then  —  if  or  when  this  has  been  done 
(with  the  impf.)  Gn  2441  Ex  1 244-48  Dt  2919  Jos  I8 
1  S  63  Is  58s9  Je  1 115  Hi  Ke  V  1914  5121  Pr  3s3 
Jb  1 115  1320  2  226.  c.  in  poetry  TK  is  sometimes 
used  to  throw  emphasis  on  a  particular  feature 
of  the  description  Gn  494  Ex  1515  Ju  58-"-,MMJ 
Is  33234i1  Hb  i11  ^25  9612-  d.  it  points  back 
with  emphasis  to  an  inf.  with  3  2  S  524*  ^r  1 2622 
Jb28273316;  to  KWn  Di>3  (anomalously)  1  Ch  167. 
2.  expressing  logical  sequence  strictly:  in  the 
apod.: — after  DN  (rare)  for  sake  of  special  em- 
phasis Is  5814  Pr  25  Jb  931;  =in  that  case,  after 
>b  or  K.W>  2  S  2"  hadst  thou  not  spoken,  tK  »| 
surely  then  had  the  people,  etc.  197  a^iiq92; 
after  vnx  2K53  ^  1196;  after  a  suppressed 
protasis  2K13"  Jb  313  $  0«;  IK  V$l&  I  had 
slept,  then  were  there  rest  for  me;  Jos  2231 
(strangely)  =  now,  as  things  are;  Ec  2xh  =  that 
being  so.  ( 1 2  2 1.,  besides  f NO  and  TN"|D.  Seldom 
used  except  where  some  special  emphasis  is  de- 
sired. '  Then '  of  A  V  RV  more  commonly  repre- 
sents J,  esp.  in  the  apodosis.) 

"•"WO  (cf.  ili),  once  (Je  4418)  VfTVf,  lit,  from 
that  time:  used  (a)  absol.,  as  adv.  =  in  time 
past,  of  old,  whether  of  a  nearer  2  S  1 5s4  Is 
1613,  or  of  a  remoter  past  Is  44s  4521  483'5-7-8 
yjr  932  Pr  8s2;  (6)  with  foil.  gen.  or  relat.  clause, 
as  prep,  or  conj.=from  lime  of,  since.  With 
subst.  Ru  27  "l^an  tND  from  time  of  morning 
f  76s;  with  infin.  Ex  410  TJ|1  tKO  since  thy 
speaking  unto  thy  servant ;  with  finite  vb. 
Gn  3  95  Ex  5s3  '31  'HK3  TND1  and  since  I  came  unto 
Pharaoh,  etc.  9s4  Jos  14'0  Is  148  Je  4419. 

t  ^TS  =  tK  (prob.  a  dialectic  form;  cf.  Aram. 
\!1$)  then,  in  that  case  \jr  134***,  in  apod,  after 
ty:  cf.  tKf 11992. 


^STN  n.pr.m.  father  of  one  of  David's 
men  iCh  1137  (where  ,3tK-}3  =  ''3")Kn  2  S  23"). 

taiW  n.m.1  K  51shy8sop  (Mish.  3W,  Aram. 
Jso'l,  Ar.  Ujj  Frey.,  Eth.  AH-fl:  ©  vo-owor, 
herb  of  purging  qualities,  but  peril,  not  precise 
botanical  term,  v.  Di  Lv  14";  v.  also  Low93) 
— "K  abs.  Ex  1 2s2  +  4  t.;  3TK  Lvi44  +  4  t.;— 
hyssop),  little  plant  (contr.  T1K  cedar)  1  K  513, 
Tgffl  NX*  IBfc  KW ;  Ex  1 2s  (J)' 'K  TTWS  a  bunch 
of  h.  for  sprinkling  blood  on  doorposts  ;  with- 
out mat*,  used  in  cleansing  from  leprosy  Lv 
j4«MUUt.  burnt  witn  red  heifer  Nu  1 96;  used 

in  cleansing  with  ashes  of  red  heifer  v18  (all 
P)  ;  cf.  yjr  5 19  "jjtDKl  'N3  'JKBnn. 

mam  v.  -or. 

tt  :  - 

t/T^  vb.  go  (mostly  poet.)  (X  id.,  BAram. 
^B|,  Syr.  ^jf)— Qal  Pf.  by*  i  S97;  3  fs. 
rby*  (poet.)  Dt  32m;  fy«J  Jb  14";  7mp/.  2  fs. 
^in  (for  ^IKH)  Je  236 ;  Ft.  b)k  Pr  20"— go  away 
Pr  20";  00  about  Je  236  tfltfjj  1KD  tygTIQ 
TpnTTtK;  Je  g^one,  exhausted,  used  up  Dt323C 
(subj.  T  strength);  sq.  f»  1 S97  U^SI?  ^|«  Drferj; 
Jb  1411  Dr?7?  D^>  <%;  Pu.  P«.  bftm  Ez2719 
(RV  yarn,  cf.  Aram.  |>?JJ  spin  but)  rd.  ?t1KD,  v. 
sub  ^K  infr.,  so  ©  <S  Hi  Sm  Co. 

t[^TN]  only  %?  1  S  2019  rd.  l(K)Wi  q.v. 

t^N  n.pr.m.  (Sam.  brtt,  ©  AiftX)  6th  son 
of  Joktan  Gn  io27  1  Ch  i21=n.pr.loc.  Ez  27", 
rd.  i>WKe  ©  @  Hi  Sm  Co ;  old  capital  of  Yemen, 
later  .Wd,  cf.  Di  Gn  io27. 

I.  U^  (pointed,  sharpl  cf.  Eth.  "iXffl; 
edge,  corner,  peak,  pinnacle;  v.  also  As.  Dlw, 
&  JTK  infr.) 

|tj*w  n.f.  ElM  ear  (Ar.  ^1,  Aram.  foP, 
KJTIN,  As.  uznu,  Eth.  XTH:)— abs.  2  S  2  24S  +  ; 
cstr.  Ex  2920+  ;  sf.  '?#  iS202  +  ,etc.;  du. 
D3}K  (D$  Dt  293+;  cstr.  'Iflf  Gn2310  +  ;  sf. 
'itK  Mr)  Nu  I428+;  (never  with  article). — 1. 
ear,  as  part  of  body ;  of  human  being,  as  bearing 
earring  Gn  35'  Ex  32s 3(all  JE)  Ez  1 612;  pierced 
by  a  master  Ex  216  (E)  Dtis17;  touched  with 
blood  in  consecration  ('» t|WI  tip  of  ear)  Lv  823-21 
1 4i4.i;.25.28 .  cut  0ff  Dy  enemy  Ez  23s  (of  ^VljK 
q.v.);  ear  of  dog  Pr  2 617  3^-^X3  PEJD;  of 
sheep  Am  312  (fragment  rescued  from  lion).  2. 
especially  as  organ  of  hearing,  a.  of  man  Dt  29' 
2  S  2  245 = f  1 845,  Jb  4  25  Is  3021;  implanted  (ytM) 


JW 


24 


by'>  ^94";  of  idols  (do  not  hear)  ^115"  13517; 
'K3  VOf  2  S  7"  +  8 1. ;  esp.'N3  after  vb.  of  saying 
=  in  the  ears,  in  the  hearing  of  Gn  209(E)  2  310- 
u-'6(P)44185o4(J)Dt5l3ill-ii-30+44t.;  cf.  Is 
59(vb.  om.);   after  noun  of  utterance,  sound 

1  S  15"  Jb  13'7 15*1;  cf.  '«  after  verbal  noun 
Ez  24M  ('«  W?"?1^)  cf.  Isn3;  '«  nisn  incline 
the  ear=give attention  ^45"  Pr  22,7  +  9t.;  sq. 
bf  495  +  4t.;  so'K3^pnis323;  Pr22(sq.b); 
'b  'K  K^n  Pr235;  as  receiving  words  nj5n  'N 
Jb415  cf.  Je919;  as  tingling  (bb"i)  at  dreadful 
news  1  S  3"  s  K  2 112  Je  19s;  as  hearing  with 
satisfaction,  triumph  ^921J  $?  njyD^n  (|| 
'2  <yj  Darn)  but  Che  del.;  as  intelligent  (in- 
volving mental  process)  rf?  J3ni  'K  nyD!S>  Jb  1 3' ; 
jrpri  |^0  'K  Jb  1211  cf.  34s;  as  unsatisfied  Ec 
i8  JjtotS5!?  'K  t6sn  tib;  as  seeking  (E>p3)  know- 
ledge Pr  18";  as  hearing  &  blessing  Jb29n; 
cf.  nypfe>  'K  Pr  2012  2512  a  Jiearing  (responsive, 
obedient)  ear;  cf.  Pri531  Is  4  3";  opp.  stopping 
the  ears  (wilful  ignorance)  "|?  '«  ODN  Pr2i13 
cf  Is  3315;  also  of  adder  in  simile  of  wicked 

f  58s  VOf  oas:  chn  jnD  toa;  -p? 's  -vpo  pr289 

so  'R  HTTy  /fot'r  ear  is  uncircumcised  Je  610; 
K  Tpil  Zc  711  cf.  Is  48s  Je  521  Ez  1 22;  cf.  also 
IS4220'.  b.  of  Yahweh,  +  'Ra  after  vb.  of 
utterance  Nun18  (J)  1428  (P)  I  S  821  Ez  818; 
after  rtft  2  K  i928=Is  3729;  after  K13  V  187  cf. 

2  S  2  27  where  vb.  om. ;  so  also  (after  noun 
without  vb.)  Nu  1 11  (J)  "*  'K3  1  Ch  28"  nearly 
=  in  presence  of;  incline  the  ear  'K  HEn  2  K 
i9",=Is37,7Dn918t86I;  sq.  ^>fi76883 1 162; 
sq.  -b*  V3is7i5io23;  '«  a**??  *i°17;  '« 
b  rfOEfc  2  Ch  640  715  cf.  V'  1302;  id.  sq.  "^}  Ne 
i611;vb.om.-b8/Sf34I6;cf.Is591'Kn-iapTXb; 

La  3M  'b  '«  D^??"^.  3.  +'R  nba  open  ears  of, 
reveal  to,  subj.  man  1  S2021213  2  28-817ilu44;  subj. 
''  1 S  915  2  S  f-  1  Ch  1 7s5;  ipi»i> '« '3  Jb3610,  cf. 
v";  'Krn3^4o7;5?tos6'K',i'T^iS5o4;  'K^nne 
IS505;  cf.n3nriEriD''Bnri/S1Is355;  opp. judicial 
deafness  Mi  716  J.s  6ID. ' 

I.  t['|IN]  42  vb-  denom.  Hiph.  give  ear, 
listen,  hear,  almost  wholly  poet. — Pf.  H£? 
Dt  i45;  pTKm  consec.  ■f  77s  (v.  De  Ko1""0); 
OTnl  Ex  1526;  U^  Is  643+  ;  Imp/.  PBP  Jb 
pie-i- ;'  pm  (for  P!»5«)  Jb  32",  etc.;  Imv.  ms. 
njpftjn  Nu  2318  +  ;  fs.  ^nttn  iSi2;  fpl.  nsvxn  Gn 
4°  Is  32s,  etc.;  Ft.  P!»'(for  PWD,  v.  Kb1'391) 
Pr  174; — 1.  A«ar,  perceive  by  the  ear,  abs.  Is 
64s  (||  yOB>)  V'  1 3517;  J?™* ear> Hiten,  &bs.  (of  mts. 
personif.)  Dt  321,  cf.  Is  I2  (of  earth,  personif.); 


|1«Q 

cf  men  Ju  53  ^  49!  Is  28a  Jo  i2  (all  ||jO?) 
Ho  51  (||  S»e>,  3WpJ)  Is  89;  sq.  ace.  rei  Gn  4* 
Jb331Isi10329(all  ||»DB>)  4223(||VCB',3>"B'pn); 
Jb  37"  (Hia&in);  *  781  sq.^y  (rei)  Pr  174 
(||3<B>pn);  sq.tj?  (rei)  Jb  32"  (||  ^nin) ; 
hearken  to,  =  be  obedient  to,  abs.  Je  1 3" 
(\\]1CV)  2Ch2419:N"e930;  c.  ace.  rei  Jb916;  j> 
(rei)  Jb  3416  (||  yDt?)  Ex  1526;  sq.  b  pers.  Jb 
342(||yDBi);  sq.  ^y  pers.  Nu  2318;  sq.  "?K pers. 
Is  5 14.  2.o/  (?od,  listening  (with  favour)  to 

prayer,  etc.,  abs.  i/'  802  84s  (||  yov),  sq.  "^N  pers. 
f  77s  Dt  i45  (||  yap);  c.  ace.  rei  +  5?  (||  pa)  171 
(\\vnv,  yvpn),  V552  (lla^pn  v3)  866  (||id.), 

I407i4i';  sq."bK(rei)V'3913l431(both||y»B;); 
sq.  b  (rei)  V'  544  (I!  yetS5)- 

■"MWl  n.  [m.]  coll.  implements,  tools  (fr. 
sharpness?  Aram.  P?.1K,  ^-.1  weapons  \3J.S.  Dt 
2314  (Cdd.  "pW  ®  93  "fa  cf.  Di). 

t^ZtN  n.pr.ni.  a  son  of  Gad  Nu  2616  (my 
Iwaring,  or  my  ear  ?  Gn  4616  i^aSK  q.v.) 
t^W  adj. gent.  fr.  same,  Wll  Nu  1616. 

tin^ItN  n.pr.m.  {Yahweh  hath  heard) 
father  of  Jeshua,  a  Levite  Ne  io10. 

t-Vinn  ni:W  n.pr.loc.  (peaks  of  Tabor? 
pi.)  Jos  1 9s4  place  in  Naphtali  cf.  Di. 

MrPDTN"'   n.pr.m.  (Yahweh  heareth) — so 

2  K  25°  Ez  8";  PratWC  Je  35s  Ez  1 11;  contr. 
Vnpp)  Je  408,  n;?P(1)  Je  421 — 1.  a  Judaean 
2  K  25351  Je  408.  2.  an  elder  of  Isr.,  son  of 
Shaphan  Ez  8".  3.  son  of  Jeremiah  Je  35s. 
4.  a  leading  Judsean,  son  of  AzurEzn1.  5.  a 
leading  Judaean  Je  421  (=n^!y:  432)- 

II.  t[|TN]  vb-  0Illy  3Pi-  Pf-  weigh,  test, 
prove  (cf.  Ar.  J^jj  weigh,  also  Ar.  &  Aram, 
deriv.);  f&\  (conj.)  Ec  129  (|pi?n,  fW). 

t['iTSt2]  n.[m.]dn.  balances,  scales  (Ar. 
•G^,  Aram.  (Nasar.)  UTa*>)— OSpte  (Ojr)  Is 
4015+4t. ;  cstr.  typtO  Lv  i9M+9t. — balances, 
for  weighing  money  Je  3210  '03  *[03n  bpfX) ; 
hairEzs'^fD'O);  T3  P0?'Is4o15tf'M**  0/6^., 
sim.  of  insignif.  of  nations  bef.  *  ;  fig.,  calamity 
Jb  62;    men  ^62'°;    hills  Is  4012  (0^33    S^ 

'03  nto;^  Dnn);  pnjf  'K  LV1936  (||  's-'P.aK, 
's  :ns^,T>s  prij,'  Ez  45'10  (||  's-ns^,  'jrna)  cf. 

Pr  1 6"  (t3S»;t?  1M  D^B);  fig.  Jb  3 16  ta  »3G^ 
P33?;  opp.'nDno  To  Pm1  (\\™bf  ja«);  2023 


mm  ;t«  25 

(II  t&Q  W)  Am  85  (||  %•  S?n!»  nfitt  popnb) 
Ho  1 28 ;  yen  'o  Mi  6"  (||  nenp  *j»\ 

''"H^tt?  |?N  a.pr.loc.  (yortf on— weighed 
&  measured — of  She'ira,  BlauZMO  1873' ^V  place 
built  by  %  daughter  of  Ephraim  i  Ch  724. 

&ff*  v.  ppr. 

*C'1»?]  vb-  Sird'  encompass,  equip  (Talm. 
id.,  Ar.Jj\,  Aram,  in  deriv.  Lag"*177""''-  '•''). 
Qal  Pf.  rittj  1 S  2\-  Jmp/rf;  »^JK  Jb  30";  Hns. 
-IIIXPI  Je  ,0.  lmv.  w-lIN  Jb  3'8»4o7;  Pi.  pasg. 
"WK  2K18;— jrtrd,  grt'rrf  on,  sq.  ace.  rci  Zoms 
T«n  Jb  38=40',  rjrflp  Je  ,  17.  pa8S-i  subj.  -^ 
vanoa  TW  niy  **1  2  K  r8;  cf.  act.  c.  ace.  pen. 
Jb3ols    »J^E  ^3   "33,   subj.  ^  y.   Di; 

%.  i  S  24  ^n  nix.  uiph.  ^  nj^  fig  ^6g 

of  God  (nn«33  '3)  girded  with "might.  Pi. 
/»yj/.  2  ms.  tf.  7^1  ^  i84°  3012;  >?m\  2  S 
2 24» (GeB»«Mj .  ^  sf_  ,^^Bn  f  ,  g«.  cstl; ^,xa 

Is  5011  but  cf.  infr.— gird,  c.  2  ace.  (pers.  &  rei) 

fig.,^l840=2S2240^l833(i':n);^3o';'(nn»b'); 

ace.  rei  om.  Is  45s;  ace.  pers.  om.  rfpvnWD 
Is  5012;  but  rd.  rather  *V*B  cf.  2711  (@  Kn  Brd 

Di).  Hithp.  Pf.  Tji^aj  ^ '93i .  /m  n^nn  is 

8™— gird  oneself  for  war  Is  89-9;  with  fy  J,  o-,' 
(subj.  '*),  Y  Ji 

TTii«  n.m."51!7waistcloth  (NH  id.,  Ar. 
JJJ  I,  cf.  rs«»'»-'«»«)_'„  abs.  Jb  i2>8+  8 1.; 
cstr.  2  K  i9+  4  t.;— of  skin  2  K  i8  (prophet.); 
of  linen  Je  131  (v.  Che)  cf.  y*wjJMi  (symbol. 
of  Isr.  &  Jud.  cleaving  to  *>);  of  Assyrian  war- 
riors' waistcloth,  'girdle  of  loins'  Is  5s7;  in  wall- 
images  of  Chaldeans,  D^HD3  'K  nijri  Ez  2315 
(cf.  2  K  1 ls  v.  sub  "UK)  so  fig.  of  Yah  weh's  power 
over  kings  Dn'jmca  nitX  *lbW  Jb  1218  ('K= 
fetter,  cf.  Di ;'  but  ace.  to  RS'*  ref.  to  slaves' 
garment);   metaph.  of  righteousness  &  faith- 
fulness Is  ii6-5  (vjno'N,  vyi>n'K). 

J>i-|?iS>  v.  jnr. 

mWI  v.  mr. 

HN  v.  I.  nrw. 

1.  nw,  awna,  an«,  jarw  etc.  v.  rm 

n.  rtN  v.  II.  nnx. 

fin.  n«  inteq.  (onomatop.)  ah!  alas!  Ez 

e^i20. 

t^rtN  ^  1 19s  and  "bm  2  K  53  (perh.  from 
™  in.  and  ^  =  Aram.  ,lj>='6:    the  varying 


1HN 

Punctuation  is  due  doubtless  to  the  word  being 
treated  by  the  punctuators  as  a  subst.=«,i^ 
with  guff.  &  in  c.  st.,  'my  wish  is  that,'  etc.;  cf 
Ki  on  *  1,9  V&&  vftray),  ah  that!  (© 

o0eAoi/).  *  v 

[in«]  vb.  v.  irv  or  inn  (Co  Ez  21"). 

in^9,2adj.nuin.  one  (Ph.nns,  Sal>.«/.,ef. 
DHM'"""'*  Ar.  lil,  Eth.  A**,  Aram.  1ft 
»i  ;  on  As.  edu,  ahadu,  cf.  DlWNo-139)_abs.  '« 
Gn  i5  +  cstr.  in«  Gu  2  !>;  + ;  so  even  bef.  prep. 
1  S  9s  al.  v.  Dr ;  f.  abs.  nnK  Gn  221  + ;  nn«  Gn 
n'  +  ;  cstr.  JinK  Dt  i313+  ;  pi.  m.  DHrni  Gn 
n1  +  4t.;  *in  Ez  33*>  del.  Co  cf.  ©;— 1.'  one 

Gn  I9  27^5  Ex  I249  Jos  23"  1  S  1*  2  S  I28+, 

Zci49Mal210  Jb3I15  +  ,soalso(eInph.)2SI7;, 
for  MT  yfa  ©  We  Dr ;  one  or  two  in«  DV?  n!) 

DS?V  »^  Ezr  iols;  as  subst,  sq.  fD  Gn  22>  Lv 
4213  Is  3+>6-(- ;  'KH  Gn  199  421"2  2  K  635  +  ;  one 
and  the  same  Gn  405  Jb  3115;  pi.  O'lriN  Pjn3-n 
tGn  1  il  cf.  Ez  s?"'  (abs.),  but  v.  Co  ;=few,T a 
few  'N  O'DJ  fGn  27"  2920  Dn  1 120;  nriN  E*'X3  a, 
one  man,  together  Ju  208  1 S  1 17;  also  "inNS  jate 
= Aram,  tinra  fEzr  2M(=Ne766)  39  620'Ec  i  i6; 
v.  esp.  Is  652J  ( ||  earlier  W  1  z 6-7).  2.  =  eaC/t' 
every  EX3630  Nu  7385  2821  1  K  4r  2  K  is20-)-; 
also  repeated,  distrib.  sense  Nu  7"  132  1 721  Jos 
312  4".  3.  =acertain  1 S i1  2 S  1810  2  K  4'  Est 
38+cf.  2  S  179  v.  Dr  1  S  i1;  hence  4.  =  indef. 
art.  1  S  67  2415  2620  (but  del.  ©  We  Dr)  1  K 
1 945  +  •  5.  only  1 K  419;  &  (fem.)  once  2  K  610 
ir  6212  89s6  {once  for  all) ;  D,3B'  tfbvb  nn«  2  Ch 
921,  n3E*3  'K Lv  1 6M cf.  Jb  405'  nntTrjya  Jos  63" 

cf.  vM,  rinN3  Nu  io4  Jb  33";  at  once  nnsa  pr 
2818  cf.  nns-Dpj  nopas]  ju  1628.     6.  one. 

another,  the  one...  the  otter  'N  . . .  'N  Ex  1 712  1 8" 
Am47  2S121  Je  242  2  Ch  317Ne  4ll+ ;    2S 

14'  rd.  vnx-ns  nnsn  for  intWTW  tmn  ©  We 

Dr;  one  after  another,  one  by  one,  1HK  nnsi»  Is 
2712  cf.  Ec  7".  7.  as  ordinal,  first  (mostly  P  & 
late)  Gn  i»  (P)  2"  (J)  Ex  39>»  (P);  Ez  io14  esp. 
of  first  day  of  month  Ex  402  (P)  Ezr  3"  io1817 
Ne  82  Hg  i1;  first  year,  TiriN  T\2y  2  Ch  36s2  Ezr 
i1  Dn  i21  912 1 11  abs.  Jb  42" ;  cf.  first  (day,  D* 
om.)  Gn  8s13  V-ihb  1HS3;  so  Ex  4017  Lv  23s4 
Nu  i118  291  33s3  (allP)  Dt  i3  2  Ch2917  Ezr  79-9 
Ez  261  2917  311  321  4518.  8.  in  combin., 
a^'fy  ins  eleven  (cf.  ifc^,  »flB*j?)  Gn3223379 
(JE)  Dt  i2;  so  nnb'y-nnK  JosV551  (P)  2  K  23s" 
2418  2  Ch  36s"  Je52'  (precedes  noun,  exc.  Jos 
1 551) ;  as  ordinal,  eleventh  rOB*  ir}\S^  nriN  Ez  30s0 
3 1 '  cf.  1 K  6s8  2  K  9s9;  b.  with  other  numerals,  as 


thin 

cardinal  rflKO  Com  ej^6t  &WW  ""C?  Nu  I41 
cf.216S83iS4S9(allP;  'k  precedes  other  numeral); 

but  nif  nnso  rj'jniK  ('k  following)  1K14"  1510 

2Ki4°2Cni2ls  cf.  2K22,  =  2Ch341;  2K 
24,8=Je  52^2  Ch  36";  Jos  1224  (D)  Is  3o17 
Ezr  2S6=Ne  730  cf.  v37;    D11  10";    as  ordinal 

nju>  ri'iSD  e'en  nnto  Gn  813(P)  Ex  i2ls  (P),  1  Ch 

2417  25s  2  Ch  i613'('k  preceding);  but  1  K  1623 
Hg  21  ('N  following). 

TtinS  n.pr.m.  (union  fr.  1,n£?)  a  Benja- 
mite  1  Ch86="nN  Gn462>. 
tin  adj.  =  nns  Ez  33s0  del  Co,  cf.  @. 

1^  f7  }tf  (stem  assumed  for  nx  j  which  however 
perh.  bilit.  &  prim,  so  Thes  Eob  Ges  al. ;  D1"A  69 
prop,  surround,  protect;  Dlw  comp.  ahu,  side. 
ZehnpfundBASIMOprop.6eZon<7<.')5re<Aer,cf.Schult. 
Thes.  De  Goeje  in  RSBemlB61'  suggests  connec- 
tion with  hayy,  family,  clan). 

1.  nW63on-X11'  brother  (Ph.  nx,  Ar.  -J  (cstr. 

yi.\  etc.),  Sab.  fix  (sf.  1,Tnx)  CIS'1'  *•  "  *"" *  al., 
Eth.  Mai-:  As.  ahu  cf.  DF,  Aram.  nx,  Ll/r; 
Palm.,  Nab.  sf.  \Tinx,  iTnx); — abs.  I"IX  Gn  24s9 
+  (Ez  1810  del.  Co  cf.  ©  ©  33;  Ew  Sm  TR*;  DI 
BaK"  defends  as  =  owe  cf.  As.  ahu)  never  c. 
art . ;  cstr.  "ns  Gn  1  o21  + ;  sf.  'nx  Gn  4"  +  ;  f  TO* 
Gn4'+;  VnKGn42  +  ;  Wnx  Je349+  3t.  etc.; 
pl.D,nKGni38+;  sord.  H01315  v.De0<"n'"v*rS 
cf.  sub  WN;  cstr.  'nx  Nu  2710+;  sf.  *W  Gn 
I97  +  ;  vix  1  S  2o29+'(but  1  S  3023  @  We  nnx 

for  HX'nx);  ?pnx  Gn  3713  +  ;  1""?  Gn  44"  + 
etc.  1.  brother,  born  of  same  mother  (&  father) 
Gn  42-8-9">»  27611  4420  49s;  cf.  28s  2o10-,0+Ex 
4M  +  oft.;  also  of  half-brother  Gn2051316(on  pa- 
rentage cf.  v12)  37245  +  ,  2  Si34-78  +  .  2.  indef. 
=  relative;  Lot,  of  Abr.  Gni38  14121416;  Jacob, 
of  Laban  291215  (nephew);  hence  of  kinship  in 
wider  sense;  member  of  same  tribe  Nu  1610 1826 
2  S  1913;  of  same  people  Ex  211"  418  Dt  1512  Ju 
143  Is  66™  Ne  51-58  vid.  esp.  Lv  19"  cf.  v18  (ex- 
tended to  inch  sojourner  13  v34) ;  of  Israel  & 
Judah  2  S  1942;  Isr.  &  Edom  Nu  20";  cf.  of 
Ishmael  Gn  i612  2518;  of  Mend  2  S  I26  1  K  913 
2032-33 ;  of  allies  '«  JV13  Am  i9.  3.  fig.  of  re- 
semblance Jbso29  D'jnji  *n*n  nx  (||  nta!>  jn 
n?J(-)  i.e.  by  reason  of  his  crying,  cf.  Di;  Pr  189 

jviitro  byJ?  vxn  nx  toxica  nsiro.       4.  in 

phr!  one . . '.  another  VnX  tf'-X  Gn  9s  Jo  28Zc  710; 
Vnx  . . .  tf<x  Gn  1 3"  +  25t.  +  Ex 32s7  (where  also 
fame  phr.  c.  VIJJ1  &  *aip — v.  these  words — & 
also  E"X,  inx);  for  development  of  idiom  cf. 
Dt  15'  Is  192  Je  34"<«ii»>n  Ez  3821  Hg  2s2; 
usually  of  men ;  of  faces  of  golden  cherubim  Ex 


26  mttTlN 

25J°  379;  °f  scales  of  crocodile  Jb  41'.  (nx  fire- 
pot  v.  sub  11.  nriN.) 

UNn^  „  n.pr.m.  Ahab  (father's  brother ;= 

3X"nK  NbZMG1886'"2,  'Axla&os  was  a  nephew  of 
Herod;  cf.  like  name  in  Syr.,  given  ob  rnaxi- 
mumcum]>atresuosimilitudinem,Tia.rILe;hr8R\is 
in  Euseb.chr°»'  "• B  cf.  LCB1879' 1339.  In  many  cases, 
however,  the  mng.  of  n.pr.  comp.  with  nx  is 
dub.,  &  perfect  consistency,  especially  in  com- 
parison with  cpds.  of  3X,  seems  impossible; 
cf.  rem.  sub  ^XOX,  and  further  We6"1"8"'"'", 

Dl"-4*""')— axnx  1  K  I628-!-;  anx:»  je  2922— 

1.  son  of  Omri,  king  of  Isr.  1  K162829  18123 
2o21314  +  4i  t.  1  K,  27  t.  2  K,  i4 1.  2  Ch;  Mi  616. 
t2.  false  prophet,  time  of  Jerem.  Je  292122. 

2PIN  v.  axnx. 

TV  T    ' 

TpnW  n.pr.m.  (brother  of  an  intelligent 
one)  son  of  Abishur,  of  Judah  1  Ch  229. 

t^OinS  n.pr.m.descendantof  Judah  1  Ch  42. 

TDfc^nN  n.pr.m.  one  of  David's  heroes  2S 
23s3  iChu35. 

Tin^nS ,  rprr4^  (always,  exc.  where  other 

form  noted),  "TIN  n.pr.m.  (brother  of  Yah(u), 
cf.  Ph.  itan  brother  of  Milk,  &  esp.  "l^ennx 
sister  of  Milk,  where  nnx  must  be  cstr.  since 
•^>D  is  a  male  deity;  cf.  Carth.  mp^Onn 
Euting213).  1.  a  priest  iSi4318.  2.  a  scribe 
1K4I  3.  a  prophet  1  K  1 1 29-30  1 2 15 1 42-4  2  Ch 
929 ;  1  K  1 44-5618  2  Ch  1  o15  (last  five  *WW).  4. 
father  of  king  Baasha  1  K  jg2'-29-33  2i22  2K9'. 
5.  grandson  of  Hezron  1  Ch  225,  or  perh.  n.pr.f., 
mother  of  preceding  four,  cf.  Be.  6.  son  of 
Ehud,  of  Benj.  1  Ch  87=n,inx  v4.  7.  one  of 
Dvd's  heroes  1  Ch  n36.  8.  a  Levite,  Dvd's 
time  1  Ch  2620.  9.  a  chief  man  under  Nehem. 
Ne  io27.  10.  a  Gadite  1  Ch  515  ("HK).  11.  a 
man  of  Asher  1  Ch  "jM  (id.) 

TTirrn^  n.pr.m.  prince  of  Asher  NU3427; 
(brother   of  majesty,   cf.  Tfrl,   liriUX;  v.  also 

irynx). 

tiTIW  n.pr.m.  (=  ;ynx,  i.e.  fraternal).  1. 
a  son  of  Aminadab,  brother  of  TJzzah  2  S  63-4 
(©  vnx,  We  vnx,  but  v.  Dr)  1  Ch  137  (©  vnx). 

2.  a  Benjamite   1  Ch  814,  but  rd.  W1K  ©  Be. 

3.  a  Benjamite  i  Ch  831=937  (>®  Vnx). 

TTITHM  n.pr.m.  (prob.=1in,nx  cj.v.)  son 
of  Ehud,  a  Benjamite  1  Ch  87. 

T^tD^nS!  n.pr.m.  (my  brother  is  goodness) 
1.  grandsonof  Eli  1 S 143 1  Ch  5*«"-w-*;  father 


of  Ahimelech  i  S  2  29S0  (3JBHK)  V1U2  (on  iden- 
tity of  pers.  v.  Be  i  Ch  5")?  2.  father  of 
Zadok  2  S  817  ( =  i  Ch  1 816),  but  We  rds.  Ahim. 
son  of  Ahitub ;  i  Ch  537  Ezr  f;  grandfather  of 
Zadok  i  Ch  911  Nen"  (on  all  cf.We  I.e.) 

I'TO'TIN  n.pr.m.  (ace.  to  Thes=1^  "1% 
child's  brother  (?))  1.  father  of  Jehoshaphat, 
David's  chronicler  2  S  816  2024  1 K  4'  1  Ch  i815. 
2.  father  of  Baana,  officer  of  Solomon  1  K  412. 

Tj-riftTlN  n.pr.m.  (my  brotlier  is  death)  a 
Levite  1  Ch  610  (cf.  NHQ  1  Ch  620  2  Ch  2012). 

+   L  * 

TTJ|7P",nN  n.pr.m.  (brother  of  Melek,  Ph. 

-S>»n,  na^Dn ;  v.  also  OTTIK  supr.)  1.  priest 
in  Saul's  (Dvd's)  time  1 S  2i2-2-3-9  2  214-16(?jbp.''nN) 

1  Ch  2431  +  522  (title) ;  son  of  Ahitub  i"s  22 
9.n(rf.i2>.2o.  father  of  Abiathar  1  S  23s  307;  so  also 

2  S  8"  ©EwWeThDr;  where  MT  'DT1K 
"in,|3X"p;  whence  id.  wrongly  1  Ch  24",  cf.  v4 
(IDIVN  'pao'nx)  &  1816  (where  rd.  'm  for  '3X). 
2.  a  Hitt'ite  1  S  26°. 

*  if?">r?^  n.pr.m.  (my  brother  is  a  gift  1  so 
Thes ;  cf.  Ar.  ^S.)  1 .  a  son  of  Anak  Nu  1  f2  Ju 
iVf?^  Jos  15".    2.  a  Levite,  1&m,  iChf. 

*YyQT!M  n.pr.m.  (my  brother  is  lorath) 
1.  son  of -Zadok  2  S  152736  if'M  jS19-22-23-27-2**" 

1  Ch  534  (Ky»:n«)  v33  6s8;  perh.  also  1  K  415 
(son-in-law  of  Sol.)  2.  H>»,nS,  father-in-law 
of  Saul  1  S  1460. 

T^PIN  n.pr.m.  (fraternal,  Aram.  JlLLj')  a 
Manassite  1  Ch  719. 

TT^IPnNt  n.pr.m.  (my  brother  is  noble) 
an  officer  of  Solomon  1  K  4". 

TOl^n^  n.pr.f.  (my  brother  is  delight) 
1.  wife  of  Saul  1  S  1450  (daughter  of  Ahi- 
maaz).     2.  Jezreelitess,  wife  of  David  1 S  2S43 

2  733o5  2S2232  1CI131. 

T7|£D',nN  n.pr.m.  (my  brother  has  sup- 
ported) father  of  Oholiab,  a  workman  on  tabern. 
Ex3i835343823. 

MtirnN  n.pr.m.  (my  brother  is  help,  cf. 

As.  Ahulete,  my  brotlier  is  strength,  DlFr202) 

1.  a  chief  of  Dan  Nu  i12  225  766'71  io25.  2.  one 
of  David's  heroes  1  Ch  1 23. 

IDp^nSt  n.pr.m.  (my  brother  has  arisen) 
son  of  Shaphan,  Josiah's  time  2  K  221214  2  Ch 
3420;  protector  of  Jerem.  Je  2624;  father  of 
Gedaliah  2 K 2 s22  Je 3914 4o5M!llll4"; 4 1  i*mmm» 
436- 

TDTnN   n.pr.m.  (in-other  of  (the)  lofty  = 


Ph.  Din  v.  DTn-  cf.  ar>2ty  eon  0f  Benj.  Nu  26» 
(prob.  =  mnx  1  Ch  81  v.  Be)  (cf.  Efc'll  >ntt 
Gn4621).  '  V  '     •" 

tffVn  n.pr.m.  Hiram  (Ph.  Din;  abbr.  fr. 
foregoing)— 'n  2  S5"+i8t.  iK+Kt  1  Ch 
141  2  Ch  411  910(all  Qr  D1W)  ;  Di"Vn  1  K  s24" 
740;  also  D"Wl  1  Ch  8s -f  9  t.  Ch.— I.  king  of 
Tyre,  contemp.  of  David  &  Solomon   2  S  r" 

j  gglMUUUt&JUMMl  -11.11.12.14.37  I0n.22  r  qj,  ,    i 

2  Ch  2210"  82'8  9>°-21.  2.  an  artificer  of  Tyre, 
sent  by  Hiram  the  king  1  K  7  "•«>•«>•*  2  Ch  212 
4"  1U6.     3.  a  Benjamite  1  Ch  8s. 

tWTW  adj. gent.  1BJ  as  n.coll.  Nu  26s8. 

TyyHM  n.pr.m.  (my  brother  is  evil)  a  chief 
of  Naphtali  Nu  i15  229  778-83  io27. 

TTHH^nH  n.pr.m.  (brother  of  (the)  dawn, 
As.  Ahseri  DlFr202)  a  Benjamite  1  Ch  710. 

"•""ittT'nN  n.pr.m.  (my  brother  has  sung) 
over  Solomon's  household  1  K  46. 

T7pJ"Vn!tf  n.pr.m.  (my  brother  is  folly]) 
David's  trusted  &  traitorous  counsellor  2  S  15 

12.31.31.34  j  g  15.20.21.23.23  j  ,-1.6.7.14.14.15  2  I23  2  3M  iCll  2  1^ 

trWlM  n.f.  brotherhood  'KH  Zc  n14  (be- 
tween Judah  &  Israel). 

t^n  n.pr.m.  (prob.  Npnfl|)  brother  of 
El,  ©  *Ax«>)X;  cf.  D-m  &  Ph.  I^Dn,  etc.;  v. 
jjaeneii«\  a  Bethelite,  rebuilder  of  Jericho 
i  K  1634. 

ninN      n.f.  sister  (Ph.  nnN,  Aram.nns, 

T      1U  ,  V 

JfcLl,  Ar.  £JJ,  As.  ahdtu,  Dlw,  Eth.  X-Vt: 
Sab.  in  n.pr.  inONnflN  Osz™°  **■  *»)  —  abs. 
'K  2  S  131  +  (never  with  art.);  cstr.  nins 
Gn422+;  sf.  WIS  («rrtTK)  Gn  i2,3  +  ,  etc.; 
pi.  sf.  Vrtljg  (Qr  VfrriK)  Jos  213;  ^nlnK  Ez 
1651  (Qr;  kfininN)+2t.(Coall'lT!K);  Wtyj* 
Ez  1662  (Co  yrr);  W\m.  Ez  i6S2  (must  be 
pi.,  but  del.  Co);  vn'rw  Jb  42";  DO'n^ 
H023;  niViVnK  iCh2l6Jbi4  — 1.  sister  Gn 
^22 121319;  202512  (same  father,  difl*.  mother)  so 
Lvi8ncf.Ez2  2n;  Gn243OS0-r,Ex24-7;  Lvi89 
(either  parent  same)  soDt2722  Nu67  2Si3'-2-4 
+ ,  Ct  888;  called  upon,  in  mourning  for  dead 
Je2218;  =  near  relative  Gn24M-6°  (or  because 
Laban  prominent?  so  Di);  woman  of  same 
nationality  Nu  2518  cf.  Ho  23.  2.  =beloved 
Ct  481013  512  (4  t.  ||  n^S  bride  ;  phr.  orig.  im- 
plying that  marriage  with  half-sister  —  of 
same  father— was  allowed?  cf.  N6ZM0189M50, 
&  Gn  2012).        3.  symbol,  of  Judah,  Samaria, 


Sodom  &  Jerusalem  Je  37810  Ez  I645-52-33<d<lc'» 
+  ,  234'"  +  .  4.  fig.  of  intimate  connection 
rrorb  vihN|  npK. .  .Wig  Jbi714;  ncrrfc -toN 
JIN  \nriN  pr  74.  t5.  another,  Unhfjr^J  nf», 
of  curtains  of  tabern.  Ex26"-6,  loops  t",  tenons 
v17;  of  wings  of  living  creatures,  Ezek.'s  vision 
Ez  i9B  3";  not  of  persons,  but  vid.  nW"l. 

MnN  n.m.  Jb*n  coll.  reeds,  rushes  (Aram. 
NinN,  orig.  Egypt.,  cf.  demot.  a\u  fr.  a\d  be 
green,  v.  EbersAOlBBMM-338;  Wied8*"""""*16)  Gn 
41s18  (E)  Jb  8";  also  Ho  1315  where  rd.  D'HN  pi. 
for  DW  (cf.  AW),  or  fr.  a  parall.  form  [nnN],  v. 

T)eCompl.V«r.SSf 

rrns!  v.  mn. 

n^f  C8  vb.  grasp,  take  hold,  take  posses 
~   T   „  __  1 
sion  (Ar.  ii.1 ,  Sab.  lriN  Sab.  Denkm.39,  Aram. 

1DK,  ZA",  As.  a/iasu,  Eth.  MH;)- Qal  Pf.  tnN 
Ex  "15"  + ;  ntntj  Jb  231'  Is  33";  sf.  W  2  S  i9; 
1  s.  sf.  vript  Ct  34,  etc.;  Impf.  V&  Jb  17'  +  ; 

tntm  2  S  66;  3  fs.  intin  Dt  3241;  irota)  ru  316; 
»nrn  2  S  209;  tf*}  Ju  206;  pin*  Is  138;  «/. 
totnN"'  EX1515;    *|W]tf  Jei321,  etc.;— tas'B 

gutt.  ths'i  Ju  163  1K610;  2  ms.  trow  Ec  718; 

/w/.  ins  1  K  66;  ins  1  Ch  i39+3  t.;  Imv.  tilN 
Ex44  2S221,  "^n' Ru  316;  ItnN  Ct  216;  WIN 
Ne  73;  P«.  ac«.  IT*  2  Ch  25s;  ^ass.  WIN  EstVj 
etc.; — grasp,  take  hold  of,  sq.  3  Gn  2526  Ex  44 
(both  J)  Ju  163  206  (=?  PgJ3  1929)  2  S  410  66 
20"  1  K  i61  Ru  31"5;  1  K  66  'of  beams  having 
hold  in  a  wall;  (cf.  IJJJJ  D'-MN  IVf  Jb  817; 
Hoffm  rds.  njnWN^);  also  Ct  79  of  taking 
hold  of  branches,  in  metaph.;  poet,  fig.,  of 
God's  seizing  man  in  wrath  Jb  1612;  taking 
hold  graciously  i/c  73s3 ;  taking  hold  of  judgment 


28  n« 

e.g.SAm25;  ^' e.g.  <S  Ju810 1  Ch  518;  &  Ez 
4i66(but  v.  Co).  Niph.  Pf  3  pi.  1THN3  Jos  22'; 
'&\  (cons.)  Nu  32s0;  Impf.  WINMQn' 47s7;  Imv. 
Wi-jn  Gn  3410  Jos  2219;  Pt.  1PIW  Gn  2213;  tfinN: 
EC912; — be  aught  Gn  2213  Ec  912;  elsewhere  have 
possessions  Gn  3410  47s7  Nu  3230  Jos  2  2919(P). 
Pi.  Pt.  inND  Jh  26°  c.  ace.  enclose,  overlay  (so 
As.  Dlw»-  *»,  cf.  Aram.  +~1,  shut).  Hoph.  Pt. 
pi.  tnriNe  2  Ch  9™  fastened  to  sq.  ?. 

tnN  n.pr.m.  {lie  hath  grasped,  abbrev.  for 
triNliT1  (q.v.)  cf.  As.  la-u-ha-zi  (i.  e.  Ahaz) 
COT  on  2  K  168)  1.  king  "of  Judah,  son  of 
Jotham,  father  of  Hezekiah  2  K  1538 1612-6'7-8  + 
i3t.  2K;  Isi171-3-10-lsi4S83818;  iCh3132Ch279 
+  8t.  2  Ch;  Ho  1'  Mi  I1.  2.  son  of  Micah, 
&  great-grandson  of  Jonathan   1  Ch  S35,36  942 

(+941cf.  ©Las). 

TntnN       n.f.   possession — 'n   Gn47"  + 

nt.;  cstr.ninNGni78+2it.;  sf.  ^njllN  ^  28; 
— possession,  P  &  late ;  of  landed  property  Gn 

4.711  Lv  I  A.M  2K10•I3'25'27■29■33(hou8e',41•45■46  Nu  2  V4  "?25' 


Dt3241;    subj.  man 


<fa 


ntnx  rnwa  Jb  2  V1 


(||VnDB>  -ay±  cf.  also  179);  of  taking  hold  of 
folly  Ec23  'cf.  718;  subj.  Xfa  Jb  3813,  Tht$ 
jnNH  DiS333;  also  sq.  ace.  Ju  i6  126  1621  2S 
2"  Is  5s9  Ct'215  34  iChi39  2Ch255^  561 1379; 
cf.  1  K  610  (cf.  v6  supr.),  subj.  JfWJD,  "n?  '«*1 
DT!$  'r??!3  n?a? ;  of  a  snare  catching  the  heel, 
in  metaph.  Jb  1 89;  fig.,  subj.  God  ^ 77s;  God's 
hand  13910;  subj.  pain,  sorrow,  fear,  etc.  Ex 
I5141S  2  S  i9  Jb2i6  3016  ^487  11963  Is 2 13  3314 
Je  1321  4924;  subj.  man,  obj.  fear,  etc.  Jb  1820 
Is  138;  obj.  T^  take  one's  way  Jb  1 79  p^?  TriN'' 
'srn  AV  RV  hold  on  his  way  (cf.  2311  supr., 
&  As.  sabdtu  urJju,  e.  g.  V.  R1'74); — abs.  Ne 
73  of  barring  gates ;  pt.  pass,  caught  Ec  912; 
fastened,  held  Est  I6;  taken  (by  lot)  1  Ch24666 
(on  text  v.  Ot);  taken  out  of  a  number  Nu 
3I30-47;  pt.  act.  of  same  form  STH  W  Ct  38  cf. 
Thes  Bam  175  &  Eth.  pt.;  similarly  Aram.  Tfttt, 


"■"  35° 

18  482 


Dt3249  Jos  2 112-39  Ez44 

.21.22.22  ,  pi,  „28  „2 


1^5.6.7.7.8^18. 

iCh72892  2Chn143i1  Nen3; 

land  possessed,  one's  own  land 

52'" 


0,  ynfe,  niriN  'N 

Gn'3643Lvi4342524  Nu  3S28  Jos  22491919,  cf. 
jnNn  niriN  Lv  2  724;  c.  nijff,  njnN  'fc»  Lv  2  716-22-28, 
cf.V21;  c."i'V,  njnN  'y  LV2532'33;  rbm  nm— 

})ossession  by  right  of  inheritance  Nu2  773232, 
& '«  n^nj  352  cf.  nSn:a  'N  Ez  4616  (but  Co  as  Nu 
277so  B);  napmrajGn  2  34-9-2049:,05o13;  DbiV'N 
Gn  178  484  Lv  25s4;  in  promise  to  Davidic  king 


^n-'ddn  ^mnN.i  ^2S  (||  nbn:) 
portion  of  Levit.  priests  Ez  44s* 


fig.   of  ''   as 

(ll^-n?). 

n.pr.m.   (PaA(w) 

Aa<A  grasped;    ©  'Oxof(e)ias  1  K  2262  etc.,  cf. 
LagBNr,s)     1.  king  of  Isr.,  son  of  Ahab  1  K  22 

2Kl182Ch2037(VVTnN);+2Kl2   2Ch2035 

2.  king  of  Judah,  son  of  Joram  2  K 


2K 


9-'  io'-ii'  12"  13'  14' 


iCh31I221+i5t. 
112 


iCh  (all  WnN);   2  K  916-23-2729 
3.  W  a  priest  Ne  li13  (for  which  rnp£  1  Ch 

q12  v*  O  n.  Listen,  Tafal\ 

'  D-tn^  n.pr.m.  (possessor)  a  man  of  Judah 
1CI14V 

TrvtnN  n.pr.m.  possession)  friend  of  Abi- 
melech  Gn  2  626. 

I.  nn^  (cr2/>  W,  onomat.,  cf.  Ar.  ll). 

t[n«]  n.[m.]  jackal  (As.  afj.it  Dlw)  pi. 
D^nk  is  I32'  'n  Dn'na  ^sboi  (||  D^s). 

11.  nnK? 

tn.  nN  n.f.  flre-pot,  brasier  (Ar.  Jill ,  in 


Thes,  is  an  error)  alw.  c.  art.  Je  36s5  V3Bp  'SH 
rnSJ'ap  the  brasier  before  him  was  burning ;  v23 

'WOK  ik>s  wn;  v23  'srr^y  iro  e>sn  fr.  ns 

t        v        v  -:         -t)  T       «        v  -:         "  T    \  T  * 

brother  v.  sub  nns ;  111.  ns  interj.,  p.  25). 

tniflN  n.pr.m.  a  Benjamite  iCh84  (perh. 
corruption  of  iTns  v7  q.  v.) 

t"«nin«  hrthi*)  adj.gent.  2  S  23°  (where 
for  'S~|3  rd.  1CT  We  Dr;  ref.  unknown  :  Klo 
prop,  (tyn  B»K  |3  cf.  v20)  v28^  1  Ch  1  i12ra  2  74. 

TIN   n.pr.m.  a  son  of  Benjamin  Gn  4621 

(P)  (perh.  corruption  of  Dl'nS  Nu  26s8  (P); 
so  also  rnqK  1  Ch  81  cf.  ins  7>=  '&  coram.) 

/PJJ^ff   (existence  &  meaning  dub.) 

t-'VnN  n.pr.  (Dlrr2,°  trans.  0!  would  that! 

(cf.  Y^S  sub  in.  ns  supr.p.  25)  &  comp.interjec- 
tional  Bab.  name  Ahulapia,  0  !  that  I  at  last ! 
ZimBP  "6;  cf.  01s  OT ;  otherwise  HalJAS  '• *  *°°)  1. 
f.  daughter  of  Sheshan  1  Ch  231;  so  Be  Ot  al. 
in  view  of  v34.  2.  m.  father  of  one  of  David's 
mighty  men  (not  in  2  S  23)  1  Ch  1 141. 

nSnN  v.  ata 

t   ;    — 

tfTO  ,  nN  n.f.  perh.  amethyst  (etym.  dub.; 
sub  Di>nThes  q.v.;  Hal"871426  fr.  D^n  etrefort, 
solide;  Di  Kn  comp.  Talm.  nWD,  malva  & 
think  of  green  malachite;  D1HAS6  N  der.fr.  Aram, 
land  Ahlamd),  amethyst  ace.  to  ®33  Josephus; 
v.  also'Lag0"*1884-285,  but  cf.  Di;  one  of  the 
gems  on  the  ephod  Ex  2819  3912. 

"^CriN  n.pr.m.  father  of  Eliphelet,  one  of 
David's  heroes  2  S  23s4.  (Meaning  dub.;  1  Ch 
1135  has  rflK,  sq.  1Bn;  txt.  prob.  corrupt.) 

[nn^  vb.  to  remain  behind,  delay,  tarry 


(Ar.  l£l  to  put  off,  also  to  remain  behind; 
Aram.  Pa.  ins,  Aph.  «Lo(  ,  Shaph.  iLa.L.  Sab. 
iflK  OsianderZMGlft65197;  inns  DHME^De"k,n- 
**).  tQal  once  only  Gn  32s  insi  (contr.  fr. 
inSKI  cf.  3HK  Pr  817)  and  I  have  tarried  until 
now."  tPi.  Pf.  yX  Gn3419;  njHJ  Ju  5s8; 
7m;>/.  into,  inxn  (3t.  insn)  etc.  (in  24s6 + 
gt.;  Pt.  (,_T)  thinks  3 1.  1 .  intensive,  delay, 
tarry,  abs.  Ju  528'(|| '*&&  tifr)  Is  4613  and  my 
salvation  insn  tib  Hb  23  f  4o'8=  7o6Dn  p19;  with 
b  &  inf.  Gn  3419.— Pr  2330  ftO"^  BnrjKB  <Ao«e 
tarrying  over  the  wine,  Is  s"5!^?  'insp,  V'  1 2  72 
T)2f  nriKD  (||  Dip  ,D,3B>D).  2.   causat.  of 

Qal,  cawse  one  to  delay,  hinder  Gn  24s6;  keep 
back  (=bring  late)  Ex  22s8;  with  7  &  inf.  delay 
to  .  .  .  Dt  if2  quoted  Ec  53:  ellipt.  Dt  710  he 


-TIN 

delayeth  (it,  the  recompense)  not  to  his  enemy. 
—2  S  206  Qr  irrt>!  i8  taken  by  01'""'  as  Qal 
(cf.  inril  v9  from  tns),  by  Sta'498"  Ko13"  Ges  •• 
2Bemas  Hiph.  (lit.  shewed,  exhibited  delay):  on 
the  Kt  (nn«.l)  v.  DrSm. 

1.  IriN  adj.  another  (prop,  one  coming  be- 
hind), f.  rnn«  (with  dag.  f.  implic);  pi.  DnriS 
(as  if  from  sg.  ins),  once  Jb  3110  fins,  rriins 
(= Ar.^LT,  Sab.  ifiss,  As.  ahru  future,  fpl.  as 
subst.  afyrat  time  future  of  days)  Gn  4s5  ins  jnt 
<mo</t«r  seed  8 "  D'ins  D11^  nyaP  t  e ven  o^er  days 
Ex  2  24  ins  nl'B>3  in  the  field  of  another  +  oft.; 
ins  P"!*  another  man  (husband)  Gn2o19  Dt243 
Je  31;  ^nNn  "S5  1  K  fthe  other  court,  v.lXO; 
'N  roinri'2  Ch  32s  the  other  wall,  v.  ncin. 
Appended  to  a  n.  pr.  for  distinction  Ezr  231  = 
Ne  7s4  (see  v7=Ne  v12)  Ne  7s3  (prob.  here  txt. 
err.,  v.  BeEy18:  not  in  Ezr  2s9).  Often  with 
the  collat.  sense  of  different,  as  'K  D'lJS  o«/tfr 
garments  Lv64  iS288Ez  42144419;  lay,'  D'ias 
Lv  1442;  nn  Nu  1424;  s  thfi  inasnii  x  s  io6; 
3^  v9  Ezn"  (©  Hi  Sm);  dV  Is  05'6  (cf.  62' 
SS'in);  with  that  of  strange,  alien,  as  'K  tP'S 
Dt  205"  2830  (so  ins,  Dnns  alone  f  1098  Jb 
31810  Is  65"  Je  612  810  al.);  D?  Dt  2832;  fft 
2927Je2226;  n^SJun2;  P^Is28n(||nQ'B"JJ)b3); 
esp.  in  the  phrase  D'ins  D'HpX  other  gods(6^t.) 
Ex203(=Dt57)2313(bothJE)  Jos24516(E)  1  S 
2619  Ho  31,  &  particularly  in  Dt  (614  819+  i5t.) 
&  Deut.  writers,  as  Jos  2316  Ju  21217-19  Je  (18 1.) 
&  compiler  of  Kings;  ins  i>S  once  EX3414  (JE). 
So  ins  alone  Is  42s  +  1 64.  +  Of  time,  follow- 
ing, next  (rare)  UfJ  HJB'a  Gn  1 721  (P)  in  the 
next  year;  2  K  6s9  'Kn  Di»3  ;  'N  in  Joel  Is  ^ 
10913  poet,  the  next  generation  (Ju  210  in  prose 
=  another  generation). 

"1HN  prop,  subst.  the  hinder  or  following 
part  (cf.  the  pi.)  1.  adv.  a.  of  place,  behind, 
twice  Gn  2  213  (many  MSS.  Sam.  ©  @  Ol  Ew 
read  "ins  v.  Di)  \//68-6.  b.  of  time,  afterwards 
Gn  io18 185  24s5  3021  Ju  i95  + ;  insi  in  laws  of 
P,  as  Lv  14819  1528  2  27  Nu  s^al.     '   2.  prep. 

a.  of  place,  behind,  after  Ex  31 1 15  2  K 1 16  Ct 
29  Is  57s:  ins  T]bn  to  go  after,  follow  Gn  37" 
2Ki32233  Is652  Ezi33  Jb3i7;  ins  njn  iS 
12";   nnso  from  after  t2  S  7s  f  7871  Is  59'3. 

b.  of  time,  after  Gn  928  Lv  25>6  al;  DW^H  ins 
n^Xn  after  these  things  tGni512213974o'  iK 
i717T2i'Ezr71Est2,31;  f3  ins  fLv^38  Dt2i'3 
1S105;  m  ins  (late)  2Ch329;  sq.  inf.  tNu619 
Je  40'  1  Ch  224  Jb  2 13;  ins  iy  till  after  +Ne  1 319. 
C.  Ne  515  strangely:  Ew  RV  besides;  but  text 
prob.  corrupt,  v.  Be  Ry.       3.  1  conj.  I^K  ins 


after  that  EZ401;  and  without  ~\mt  LVI443 
Je  4 116  Jb  427.  As  prep.  &  conj.  the  pi.  ^HK  is 
much  more  freq.,  which  in  any  case  must  be 
used  before  suffixes.  Plur.  only  cstr.  *!!D£ 
with  sf.  'inK,  V5j*i  etc.  1.  subst.  hinder 
part  +2  S  2a  rvjqn  nnN3  with  the  hinder  end 
of  the  spear.  2.  prep.  a.  of  place,  behind, 
after  Gn  i8'°  rtfis  H*T}  and  it  behind  him  Dt 
11"  Jus"  iSi4u2i10';  Ho58T"3n«  Behind 
thee!  (sc.  Look  or  The  foe  is) ;  with  a  vb.as  D*20 
to  look  Gn  1917  rS  24',  B^h  jW  to  shake  the 
head  2  K  1921  (=Is  37s2),  esp.  verbs  expressing 
or  implying  motion,  as  N3  to  enter  in  (v.  Dr 

2S2014),  i?a,  PS*,  pbi,  njn,  tfcn,  «>p,  n», 

IT"},  V??1*?  (see  these  words),  b.  of  time,  after 
Gn  99  D^inK  Q3jniyour  seed  after  you;  simi- 
larly i7"0li35,2484  Ex  2843  Nu  2513  all  P  (also 
Dt  i8  4s7  1015  1  S  24s2  2  S  712  ||),  &  with  V33  Gn 
1 819  J  (  +  &!*£)  Ex  2  9s9  P  Lv  2  546H  Dt  440 1 225-28 
Je3218:!9  1CI1288  Pr207,  U"rfninJos2  227,  W3 
Jb2i21;  Exio"  Juio3  etc.;  with  inf.  Gn  54 
VT^in  nnK  after  his  begetting  Sheth,  I314i417 
i8122  5n  +  oft.;  |3"nriK  afterwards  Gn  64  (nriN 
1t5>K  p  =  afterwards,  when,  cf.  2CI13520)  1514 
2319252632214i3l4515etc;  p-nriN  vm  as  a 
formula  of  transition  chiefly  in  2  S  (21  81 1|  io1 
||  1 31  2ils H)  cf.  1S246  Jui64  2K624  2CI1201 
24H;  in  late  Heb.  flK)  nnN  tJb4216  Ezr910 
2Ch2i,8(  +  -5'3)3520(do.);'cf.Aram.  njinnK 
Dn  2294S,  and  nn  inxa  Dn  7".— The ' local 
(metaph.)  and  temporal  senses  blend  \jt  4914 
W  Dn"B3  Dnnns^  &  a/ter  them  (i.e.  following, 
imitating  them)  men  applaud  their  speech,  cf. 
Jb  2 133.  3.  conj.  "^  *fflU  after  that,  with 
the  finite  vb.  Dt  244  Jos'78  9i623'  2420+;  with- 
out nc>N  tLv  2  s"8  1  S  59t.  (The  most  common 
constr.  of  "Onx  is  as  a  prep,  with  the  inf.  cstr.) 
Jos  27  *NT  1E>K3  nnK  must  be  an  error,  either  for 
new  nnx  or  for  nt?N3  alone  (notice  DiTnriK 
twice  in  the  same  verse);  2  S  2410  rd.  1SD  '"inK 
vid.  Dr.      4.  with  other  preps.: — a.  ,inKt3r7, 

1  Ch  177  'ron9  (||  2  S78  -inso);  (a)  from 
behind  Gn  1 9s6  2  S  2s3;  /rom  a/ier  i.  e.  from 
following  after,  usually  with  3^E>  or  ~&0  1  S  24s 

2 S 222-2630  1 1 ,s;  oft.  with  God  as  obj.  as  Nu  1 443 
321S  Dt74  Jos  2  21618-23-29  1  S  15"  +  ;  with  other 
vbs.  of  motion,  as  rhv  1  S  1446  2  S  202,  nbjU 

2  S  2s7,  np^  Am  715  1  Ch  177,  TOT  Hoi2;  pregn. 
I83021  thy  ears  shall  hear  a  word  ^'nriKD  coming 
from  behind  thee,  Je  921  (sc.  PS3,  see  v*)  1  S  1 37 
©L  We  Dr  inng?  Vnn.  (p)  denoting  position 
(\0=of,ontheside  of;  see  p)  behind  Ex  1419" 

Jos82-4-"  1K10"  Ne47  (i>  r>™»)  2Chi313». 
(y)  of  time  (rare)  t  Dt  29'21  Ec  10";  [3  'HnSD 
+2S329i51  2CI13223.      b.    t'lDr^   2S523 


30  pro* 

2  K  918  ^nK-bK  ab  v19  Zc  66.    c.  fyngrhs  Ez 

4  i15  beside,  at  the  back  of. 

"MnN  adj.  Pr2823  (si  vera  1.)  *3JK  t3"l«  a 
man  that  turneth  backwards  (cf.  Je  724)  so 
JosKi  De  01 p-429 (doubtfully)  Now  Sta{301b:  ace. 
to  Ewf220*Hi  an  abnormal  adv.  =  afterwards, 
Lag  Pr  conj.  ^rnN3  of.  ©  odois. 

"TiriN       subst.    (Arab.  Ji.1)  the   hinder 

side,  back  part,  in  the  sg.,  mostly  in  ad- 
verbial phrases  : — a.  as  accus.,  in  poetry  back- 
tvards  23  t.  (=prose  TflHR)  with  vbs.  such  as 
^BJ/a»  Gn  4917,  3ib»3  be  turned  2  S  I22  (||  31BTI 
Dgh),  3V^^9"5610+ ,  31D3  3544015+  (of  enemies 
repulsed),  4419  Is  505  (from  obedience  to  God), 
"mj  Is  i4,  3<B>n  4425  ^44",  nsn  7Sm;  behind 
(opp.  D"|p)  i//  1395  Jb238;  in  the  phrase  D^S 
-lil-M  in  front  and  6e/wnd  ti  Ch  i910  (altered 
from'  'K»1  'fO  in  2  S  v.  infr.)  2  Ch  1314  Ez  210. 

b.  "rtn^jffl  fPr  29",  nsna^  "foKB  Dan)  Ges  Hi 

but  a  wise  man  stilleth  it  (nn  anger)  back- 
wards (sc.  when  it  would  break  forth),  De  in 
the  background,  sc.  of  his  heart  (||  N'xY1  inVTPS 
^D3).    c.  "tim)  (a)  as  a.  if  1 1435  Je  724;  (0)  of 

time,  hereafter  (cf.  D''32?  =  before)  fls  4123  42s3. 
d.  -rtriND  behind  (P=on  the  side  of)  t2  S  io9 
'9*i  D*}it?  in  front  and  Je/mvd,  Is  911  'W?  DVK#M 
and  the  Philistines  behind  (=:on  the  West),  opp. 
D"$30  DTK.  tPlur.  cstr.  ,"!°n$  hinder  part  (of 
the  tabernacle)  Ex  2612,  (of  a  man  or  animal) 
33s3  iK725(=2Ch44)Ez8ls. 

TJTjVIN  adv.  (prop,  an  adj.  fem.,  cf. 
nTHP  Sta'367)  backwards  (=poet,  "tflK)  Gn 
923-23  1  S  418  1  K  1 8s7  2  K  201011  Is  38s. 

j^O**  f-  nJi|in^>  pl-  B^S*  (also  D^nqK), 
adj.  from  "inN,  coming  after  or  behind  (as  a 
conipar.  or  superl.,  ace.  to  the  context);  hence 
a.  of  place,  behind,  hindermost  Gn3322;  u*n 
I^DKiJ  the  hinder  (  =  the  Western)  sea  (i.e.  the 
Mediterranean  :  opp.  ^tolgn  Djn  the  front  sea 
=the  Dead  Sea,  the  Semites,  in  defining  the 
quarters  of  the  heavens,  turning  naturally  to 
the  East,  cf.  Dip  of  the  East,  P^,  I?*?  of  the 
South,  above  s.  v.  lil"lK  d.  and  As.  mat  aharru 
'  tlie  Western  land,'  of  Phoenicia  &  Palestine) 


tDtn24  342  Jo  220  Zc  148;  Jb  I82"  poet. 
D*a*ins«  Ew  Hi  Di  De  the  dwellers  in  the  West 
(opp.  CJiO'lp).  More  commonly  b.  of  time, 
latter  or  last  (ace.  to  context)  Ex  48  Dt  24s 
2  S  1912  Is  8a,  of  God  Is  446  (||  fabrh  4812(do.) 
cf.  414;  in  genl.  subsequent  (vaguely),'"  0^  = 
time  to  come  fls  308  Pr  31s5  (but  Ne  818  tftn 
'»n~the  last  day),  '«(?)  nil(n)  tlte  following 
generation  tDt2921  ^48"  78"  10219,  DTnS(n) 


tvnrm  31 

they  that  corns  after  Jb  1 82°  (Ges  Schl)Ec  i  n416,but 
Is  4 14  the  last,  Jb  1925  Dip;  "isjri>y  fiinto  and  as 
one  coming  after  (me)  (and  so'ablo  to' establish 
my  innocence  when  I  am  dead)  will  he  ('pKll  my 
Vindicator)  arise  upon  the  dust. — The  fern,  is 
used  adverbially  (cf.  njb>K"))=  afterwards  or 
at  the  last  (ace.  to  context):   (a)  absol.  tDan 

nM;  (0)  njftqaa  (opp.  n$fa)$)  tDt  i310 17' 

1 S  292  2  S  226  1  K  1 713  Dn  83;  (vVkS  fNu  231  (P) 
Ec  iu.  W 

J~|V'},!!7^  61  n-f- after-part,  end; — a.  of  place, 
only  f  1399  (late)  D;  'X.  b.  of  time,  Zatter  ;>ar< 
or  actual  cZose  (ace.  to  context),  opp.  TB'NT; 
— of  year  Dt  n12;  of  a  man's  life  Nu  2310  Pr 
511  Jb8?  4212;  of  a  people's  existence  NU2420; 
=final  lot  Dt  3220-29  Je  124  3i17  V  7317;  a  fu- 
ture, i.e.  a  happy  close  of  life,  suggesting  some- 
times the  idea  of  a  posterity,  promised  to  the 
righteous  Pr  2318  (||  nipn  }Wj)e)  2414  Je  29" 
(Hipni  'N  DDp  nrb),  withheld  from  the  wicked 
Pr  2420  (||  '.r\]n>  13  :  v.  infr,);  the  end  or  ulti- 
mate issue  of  a  course  of  action  Je  531  Pr  1412 
23s2  (of  wine,  i.e.  of  indulgence  in  it)  25s  Is 
4610  (absol.,  but  implicitly  of  a  phase  of  history) 
477  (of  the  conduct  described  v6b_7*)  Dn  128 
Ec  78;  of  a  prediction  =  the  event  Is  41s2. 
D*9*n  TinnNri  in  the  end  of  the  days,  a  pro- 
phetic phrase  denoting  the  final  period  of  the 
history  so  far  as  the  speaker's  perspective 
reaches ;  the  sense  thus  varies  with  the  con- 
text, but  it  often  =  the  ideal  or  Messianic 
future;  tGn49*  (of  the  period  of  Israel's 
possession  of  Canaan)  Nu  2414  Dt  430  (of  the 
period  of  Israel's  return  to  God  after  adver- 
sity) 3 129  (of  the  period  of  Israel's  rebellion) 
H035  Is22  (=Mi  41)  Je  2320  (v.  Graf)=3o24 
4847  4939  Ez  3816  (of  the  period  of  Gog's  attack 
upon  restored  Israel)  Dn  2s8  (Aram.)  io14  (of 
the  age  of  Antiochus  Epiphanes):  cf.  D'Wn  'K3 
Ez  388.  c.  D^iSn  K  Je  5012  the  last,  Undermost 
of  the  nations  (of  Babylon),  opp.  DtOT  TPVVCi 
Am6'  (Israel)  cf.  NU2420  (Amalek)  chief  of 
the  nations,  d.  concr.  posterity  (extension  of 
usage  noted  above  in  Pr  2420)  yfr  3737,38  (jwssibly 
not  more  than  'a  future'  here)  10913  (|pi*l? 
DO'f  "$  "OS)  Am4s  91  Ez2325-25(acc.to  others, 
in  these  four  passages,  remnant,  residue)  Dn  1 14. 

til.  "N1N  n.pr.m.  1  Ch712  (ident.  &  meaning 
quite  dub. ;  Be  thinks  =  ins  adj.  another,  to 
avoid  naming  Dan  (cf.  Gn  4621  Nu  2642)  on 
account  of  the  narrative  Ju  1 7  f.  Ot  identifies 
with  DnnE*  8s). 

trnnN  n.pr.m.  a  son  of  Benjamin  1  Ch8' 
(perh.  corruption  of  DynX  Nu2638,cf.also  ''HX). 


DtSN 

'  'THHfr*  n.pr.m.  app.  a  descendant   of 
Judah  1  Ch  48  (deriv.  &  mng.  dub.) 

to^arWRjflTM    n.m.pl.    satraps    (Pers. 

Khshatfapdvan,  2>rotectors  of  the  realm,  v.  Spieir 

AT*K  21 E  » *  > 

=  (£arpan7]s,  (raTpartrjs,  cf.  Lag  0<AU>-»M! 
B"alm,  who  rds.  FD11K;nK)_'KEst  8.  „>.  cgtr 
^BTWriK  3n  EzrS36. 

^I^DM  ii.pr.m.    Ahasuerus  =  Xerxes 

(Pers.  K)ishaydrshd= mighty  +  eye  or  man,  vid. 

Spiegel '•oM6;  in  Aram,  tntCWl,  CISUI12J  [b.c. 

481])  king  of  Pers.  Ezr  4"  Est  i1'-2"10-)-  18  t. 

Est  +  Est  io1  Qr  (Kt  BhCTIN);  B'T^DK  Est  i16 
22i  3is  37.10.    a]g0  Dn  9,  where  made"f^tller  of 

'  Darius  the  Mede,'  cf.  Meinh. 

T,")TOn«  n.pr.m.  but  in  form  adj.  gent. 
(cf.  Be)  'nxn  1  Ch  4"  (perh.  Pers.  =  belonging 
to  the  realm,  royal,  vid.  iufr.) 

t[pntt>nN]  adj.  (?)  royal  (fr.  Pers. 
Khshatfa,  lordship,  realm,  vid.  Spiegel 1-c-215) 
pi.  DTTnBTlKri  agreeing  with  BO^n  Est  8I0M. 

nnx  v.  im. 

CM  v.  DQK. 

*7t3K  (mng-  dub. ;  perh.  cf.  Ar.  jj,j  make 
firm,  strong,  cf.  Thes  MV). 

tltON  n.m.  Ju9'15  bramble,  buck-thorn 
(cf.  Che  ty  5810)  [rhamnus,  Ar.  jj»l,  As.  e(idu 
v.  Dlw-No-,8s,  Aram  KJB*,  )^/  cf.  Low*"-15) 
contr.  D'SJ/  Ju  g"iiAi  (personif,  in  fable) ;  ^58'° 
as  fuel  (in  fig.,  cf.  Che);  tW  fija    n.loc,  Gn 

soio.n  ^r  j-jj  &  onxo  ba«). 

J^J^JfJ  Arab.  W  to  emit  a  moaning  or  creak- 
ing sound  (cf.  AW1*5  Ges'"-1604'  Lane1"). 

t[*»teH  Ol.412]  n.m.  mutterer,  pi.  D'BK  Is 
193  mutterers  (||  IVOR,  D'Jjn?)  i.e.  either  ven- 
triloquists or  whisperers  of  charms  (cf.  8"  2  94). 

TtON  subst.  gentloness,  used  only  adver- 
bially:— a.  as  adverb,  accus.  1  K  2 127  JBX  IJ.jW 
and  he  (Ahab)  went  about  softly  (sc.  in  peni- 
tence); b.  with  p  of  norm  or  state  (as  in 
nB5b,  v.  {>)  2  S  186  "9^  ^"0*6  (deal)  gently 
for  me  with  the  young  man,  Is  8"  the  waters 
of  Shiloah  0$  D^'nn  that  go  gently;  with 
pretonic  qames  Jb  1511  '^V  BNp  "D'n  a  word 
(spoken)  gently  with  thee ;  with  sf.  Gn  33" 
and  I  ^Np  n^q?riK  will  lead  on  gently  (lit.  ac- 
cording to  my  gentleness). 

tQDtSK]  vb.  shut,  shut  up  (Mish.  DDK,  cf. 


pt2N  32 

DOW  stoppage,  Aram.  nt?t<;   Ar.  Itl    contract, 

stop,  li>l  fortress;  As.  afamu,  in  list  of 
headgear,  etc.  =  <ur&<m?  D1WN°  lsi)— Qal 
Pi.  aci.DCK  Pri7*+2t.;  ;ja«s.  D'OEK  i  K64; 
rriDCK  Ez  4016+  2  t.; — «Au«,  «<o;>,  obj.  lips  Pr 
17s8;  ears  21'3  Is33is;  •p&ss.  =  closf!d  (i.e.  nar- 
rowed, narrowing,  cf.  <S  in  Co)  'K  JliJipn  Ez 
40"  4i1626;  cf.  D'BCS  D'DW  ">3i^n  1  K  64. 
Hiph./m2?/!i.q.QalD??S^g85(juss.  with  sense 
of  indie,  cf.  Drsmob*-)  of  adder,  stopping  ears, 
sini.  of  wicked. 

'  pt2N  n.[xa.]  thread,  yarn  (etym.  un- 
known; onform  v.  Ges84,liR-  Talm.NJIBK,  K3VJJK, 
cord,  rope;  so  3)  cstr.  tfnfO  '»  Pr  f\ 

t[Ht3K]  vb.   shut  up,  close,  bind  (Ar. 

-*        "   T  ,  ,      v 

11  bend,  curve,  '\io\   what  surrounds,  encloses) 

Qal  Impf.  3  fs.  Wn  ,/,  6916  (rra  nsa  *by '"  ba). 

T"tt2N  n.pr.m.  (binder  ?)  a  chief  of  Jews 
Ezr  21642  Ne  72145  io18. 

t^tSM  adj. shut  up,  bound  (NHIKiK,  lame) 
Syip>~\i  's  {?'»{<  Ju  jis  20i6  a  „jan  bound,  re- 
stricted, as  to  his  right  hand,  i.  e.  left-Jianded. 

PM]  ((Jl,A£:  in  Syr.  in  cpds.  as  JL,j'how? 
Wbg  ia>2 .  c£  As-  at-M)  wJl0  ?  wjMt  A      +1 .  inter- 

rog.adv.  where?  a.  so  with  sf.  HS'K  [a  verbal 
form,  v.  Sta1856bs]  Gn  3";  H  Ex  220,  poet. 
where  is  he?=he  is  nowhere  Jb  1410  207  (Je 
37"  rd.  Qr  n»«);  DJK  Na317  (in  indirect  qu.) 
and  the  place  thereof  is  not  known,  D'X  whire 
they  are.  Idiomatically, with  the  sf.  anticipating 
the  noun  to  which  it  refers  (Ewsa09(:,  cf.  Dr 
B-.'.a.M)  2  K  ,9i3  non-Tibp  VS  wfo>r(>  t«  fo>,  the 
king  of  Hamath  ?  (||  Is  3713  W*)  Is  i9>2  Mi  710. 
When  used  alone,  or  with  other  adverbs  (v. 
infr.),itis  contracted  to  '«  Gn40  Dt3237  1  S2616 
Pr  3 14  Qr.  (The  more  usual  form  is  n'N.)  b. 
strengthened  by  the  enclitic  ni  (v.  HI,  4)  i"lJ~,Nir, 
where,  then  i  (never  of  a  person,  exc.  Est  7° 
(late),  &  only  once  1  K2224  [but  v.  2  Ch  1823] 
with  a  verb)  Is  501  6611  Je  6",  in  indirect  qu. 
1  S  918;  in  the  phrase  •  •  •  T}/}?  iTPK  wlw.re  is 
the  way  (that)  .  . .  ?  ti  K  13"  '2  K38  2  Ch  1823 
Jb3&'9*-24.  2.  prefixed  to  other  adverbs  or 
prons.,  't?  imparts  to  them  an  interrog.  force  : 
thus  a.  H]PK  which  (of  two  or  more)?  only 
Ec  23  ii*  (late),  in  indirect  qu.  b.  tnfl?"'lN 
wlience  1  (p?D= hence;  v.  sub  HT)  Gn  168  njlD"'^ 
riK3  1  S  30'3  2  B  i313  Jb  22;  in'indirect  qu.  Ju 
13*  1  S2511;  with  eubst.  annexed  2S  152  ntt?",K 
nriK  "Vy  lit.  whence,  as  regards  city,  art  thou  ? 


Jon  Is.  c.  +nt<P",t<  Je  57  upon  what  ground  1 
(33  super  quo  ?)  how  f  With  other  adverbs,  % 
coalesces  into  one  word,  v.  '"■a'tf,  naa'X,  nB^. 

HWI  ^  (lengthened  from  ^K,  cf.  ?n  &  nan) 
interr.adv.  Where  P  Gn  i89i95  2  27;  the  most 
gen.  term  expressing  this  idea,  used  of  both 
persons  &  things  (but  never  with  a  verb  [con- 
trast nfa^Nj);  oft.  in  poet. or  elevated  style,  where 
the  answer  nowhere  is  expected,  Is  3318  3619 
51"  Je  2M  (cf.  Dt  3237 *$)  1 715  3719,  Jb  1  s23  he 
wandereth  abroad  for  bread  H*K  (saying)  Where 
is  it?  2 128  Zc  i6  (Dn-n>K);  in  the  (iron.)  phrase 
where  is  thy  (their)  God?  t^42411  7910  1152 
(KJT1»K)  Jo  217;  rhetorically,  of  an  earnest  in- 
quiry Je268  J0D3510,  or  longing  IS631115  Ju613. 

Tp»  (Aram.  TO,  Tl'  [pron.  dch])  adv. 
1.  interrog.  How?  Gn  26s  2  S  i614  1  K  126 
Is  206  al. ;  oft.  with  impf.  (esp.  in  1  ps.)  in  an 
expostulation  Gn  39s  44s34  Jos  97  2  S  2s2  1218  \ff 
1374,  Is  4811  for  how  should  it  be  profaned? 
(l)iONn  ytt  how  canst  or  dost  thou  (do  you) 
say...?  Ju  1615  Is  i911  Je2™  (cf.  88  rcw)  4814 
\jf  n1;  in  an  indirect  sentence  2  K  1728  Je  3617 
RU318.  2.  as  an  exclam.  How!  whether 
of  lamentation  2  S  1 "  Je  221 918  Mi  24 ;  or  of 
satisfaction  Is  i44lJ  Je  48s9  5141  Ob5  al.;  with 
intensive  force=/iow  gladly!  Je  319,  how  ter- 
ribly! 96  (but  others  render  here  'for  how 
[else]  should  I  do'?  etc.) 

trCN  (from  ''K  and  H3  =  nb ;  cf.  As.  ekiam) 
adv.  1 .  interrog.  In  what  manner  ?  rim 
Tp6na>;  (rather  more  definite  than  y$:=*fic;) 
Dt  i'12  717  1230  1821  3230  Ju  203  (indirect  sen- 
tence) 2  K616  Je88  ^73".  2.  exclam.  How! 
(slightly  more  emph.  than  TO)  Is  i21  Je  4817 
La  i1  21  41'2.  3.  Where?  (prob.  north-Isr.; 
cf.  Aram.  *$%  U*!'  where?  Cf.  Br1""- "& «>) 
only  2  K  613  Kt  Ct  i7', — each  time  in  an  indirect 
sentence. 

"hrrtf  2  K  613  Qr  where  ?  v.  na'N  3. 
tnSD^  (Ct)  n33^t  (Est)  (from  'K  &  naa 
thus)  How?  only  CV53'3  Est  866. 

I.  [pfrj]  adv. (from 'K;  As. aina,ainu,  Arab. 

'{Jj\  where  ?  ^y>\  ^  whence  ?)  only  in  the  com- 
pound pM?]7  whence?  Gn  294427  (syn.  i"W?~,X 
e.g.  Gn  168  1  S  3013)  Ju  179  1917  Jb  i7'  (22 
njp_,K);  used  in  a  rhet.  or  poet,  style  (where 
njo-'N  would  be  too  prosaic)  Nu  1 113^  $  RUB 
whence  have  I  flesh  etc.  ?  2  K  6s  Je  30"  Alas ! 
for  that  day  is  great ;  VltoS  J?KO  whence  is  its 
like?  (see  also  II.  ])«  ad  fin.)  Na  3'  ^121'  Jb 
2gi2.»i.  jn  an  jn(ijrect  sentence  J0S24  (cf.  RJ^PB 

iS25")- 


|S  adv.  (contracted  fr.  I.  |?X)  where  ?  or 
whither?  I  S  10"  (cf.  2710  @  X,  v.  sub  b«  ad 
fin.);  only  besides  in  +1$?'?  whence  ?  2  K  5s0  Kt 
(Qr  f?KD);  +JN™I?  of  time  to  wAa/  jw&l  ?  *«*> 
forca  ?  Jb  82.  With  h  focaJe :  ^(a)whither  ?  Gn 
i6832ls  2S21i313  2K6G  Isio3^i3977+9t.; 
in  indirect  sentence  Jos  2*  Ne  216;  (6)  =  where? 
tltn  219;  (c)  in  the  pbrase  HJN1  PI3X  any 
toftttfter  ti  K  23642  2  K  50-5;  (d)  of  time,  n:xnj) 
how  long  ?  tEx  1 6s8  Nu  I4,tu  (c.  t6)  Jos  183  Je 
476  (sq.  t6)  rib  i2  V  i322'3'3  624  Jb  182  192  (less 
common  than  the  syn.  T1?  *iy). 

tnfeW  (from  'X  &  ns  here)  adv.  1.  where? 
Gn3716  1S1922  2S94  Is  4921  Je  32  Jb47384 
Ru  219;  in  indirect  sentence  Je3619(less  common 
than  n»K,  used  of  persom  [contrast  i"1.]"^]  and 
with  a  verb  [contrast  >V.8]).  2.  of  what  kind? 
(qualis?)  only  Ju8". 

fill.  "W  interj.(soinKabb.,  v.DeKohl97Wr 

Ec,!l49")  alas  I  (late)  Ec  410^  »M  (written  in  MT 
as  one  word)  alas  for  him  (Ew  !309c),  the  one, 
who  falleth,  etc.  (i.e.  who  falleth  alone)  io16. 

tlV.  N&$  adv.  not  (frequently  in  Rabb.,  as 
T-"3X  'N  impossible;  and  in  Eth.  the  ordinary 
negative;  cf.  Ph.  <K  CIS'",  and  in  ^K16M8; 
167,11 ;  As.  at)  Jb  2230  ,i?5"'1^  the  non-innocent. 

"Hi  23  \S  (1  S  421),  "Ttl3"',M  (1  S  143)  n. 
pr.m.  (inglorious),  son  of  Phinehas  (explained 
1  S  421  by  ^ni^D  "rtU  ^bi  glory  is  gone  into 
exile  from  Israel). 

?3rM  n.pr.f.  (sense  uncertain,  CIS1-  168there 
occurs  the  n.pr.f.  5>2?ni>JD  Baal  exalts  %  oris 
husband  tol  [v.  JsjJ],  of  which  blVX  is  conjec- 
tured by  DHM  to  be  an  intentional  alteration, 
made  for  the  purpose  of  avoiding  the  name  Baal. 
If  so,  'X  perhaps  suggested  to  the  Hebrew  ear 
the  idea  oiun-exalted  or  un-husbanded),  queen 
of  Ahab,  daughter  of  Ethbaal,  king  of  Tyre 
1  K  1631  1841319  i9'-22i5  +  ;  2K97+. 

I.  ^N  a.m.  isle,  coast,  v.  I.  S"I}N. 

II.  l^N*  nought,  v.  p.  34. 

"»$pM  v.  ir?t«. 

-ran***  v.  1.  m. 

T    -r       .  TT 

[^^]283vb.behostileto(As.ai'6tt(v.Dlw), 

enemy  =  3*)— Qal  Pf.  Y%&f\  Ex  23s;  Ft.  a** 

(3*)  Ex  15°  +  ;  sf.^K^K)  2S  2219=^i818+; 
f.  i£  »^3h  Mi  7810;  l^k  Ex  234+,  etc.;  pi. 
EttJIJlfc  ,/,  6824  1275;  D^N  ^  13922,  etc.; — be  hos- 


33  rra^ 

<z7«  to,  treat  as  enemy  Ex  23s2  (E,  Gov't  code) 
fT^prHJ  'rrai  T'^N-nK  »$^n  (roM.*);  else- 
where Pt.  i8i8B   Term  vk   btof  fjjjj 

usually  as  subst.  &  mostly  sf. ;  enemy,  of  per- 
sonal foe  Ex  234  (E  ||  KJS*  v5)  Nu  3S23  (P)  1  S 
1917  (cf.  1829)  24520  2S48  1K2120  Jb  27'  f  54» 
55M  (||  Hjfetp;  opp.  ^p,  jn«D  v")  Mi  28  Pr  167 
24''  +  ;  in  sim.  Je  30"  (3%  1130)  ;  of  public 
national  enemy,  sg.  Ju  16s321;  coll.  Ex  15'-' 
Dt^f  Na3n  2Ch624  +  ;  personif.  Mi7"-10; 
more  oft.  pi.  Ex  23s2  (E)  Lv  2671  (H)  Nu  io9  (P) 
Dt  l4S  619  Je  159  342021  +  ;  of  enemies  of  God, 
as  protector  of  his  people  Nu  io35  (J)  Ju  <531  1  S 
3026  2  S  i819  ^663  68'~  Na  i28  Is  66"  +  ;  as 
morally  supreme  Jb  1324  331°V'3720  92,010  +  ; 
of  God  as  enemy  of  rebellious  people  Is  63'°, 
in  sim.  La  246. 

tra',N  n.f.  enmity— 'X  Gn  315+  2  t.;  cstr. 
na'X  Ez  2515  35s — enmity,  personal  hostility, 
betw.  men  Nu352l22(P),  betw.  serpent  &  woman 
Gn  315(J),  betw.  peoples  Cib\0  rm?  Ez  25"  35'. 

n.i^N  n.pr.m.  Job  (meaning  unknown ;  Thes 
VS'tt ;  obj. of  enmity,  cf.  for  pass.  Bense  *TO? ;  Ew 
comp.  Ar.  i_XI  lie  who  turns  (to  God);  but  cf. 
Di  on  il;  all  dub.  cf.  LagBN9°)  Jb  i>"'«»  + 
48t.Jb;  EZI414-20. 

TN,1«v.W. 

n^  v.  in.  re»,  sub  *». 

T  — 

n"N  v.  ''s.  □,,sn  v.  in.  rm. 

TP«,  HSNt*.  nDD^N  v.  ib. 

^*,  Vhs,  rb$&,  $h$,  ]^,  dV»m, 

d1?^,  n1?"^.  ^"^ etc- v-  ^N- 

tV'M  a.m.  help  (loan-word  from  Aram.  JU/ 
"SiJjWfc  eo  Lag0""'81'175,  No™01*626)  only 
in  sim.  '«  M?  1?:3  f  885. 

tfn^l^N]  n.f.  id.  sf.  V'^  V'  2220  my  /teifc 

(||mn>).   T": 

D^K  (cf-  *.  Talm.  D'«  <«myi/  LagB!i28). 

tosX  adj.  terrible,  dreadful — terrible,  of 
Chaldeans  Wn  Jtjti)  D'X  Hb  i7;  of  d'gnified 
woman,  awe-inspiring  ni73"l23  nQJ_K:  Ct  64W. 

tnO^N  ,,  n.f.  terror,  dread  (Talm.  id.,  cf. 

As.  imtu,  D1W)-'N  Gn  i5»+  ;  "™,«  Ex  15" 
(cf  GesW2B");  cstr.np'SPr  202;  sf.  IT^H!  E« 
23"-  V1DK  Jb  337,  etc.;  pi.  D^S  Je  5o:s;  B^U 


DWiH  34 

Jb  20a;  nto'N  f  55s;  sf.  TSS  ^  8816;— terror, 
dread  (mostly  poet.),  inspired  by  ^  Ex  1516 
(song  inj;  ||  ins)  23s;  (E)  Dt3225  Jb934  13s1  cf. 
337;  2^P  *  88"  (||  D^\n,  DT11V3  v17);  cf.  Gn 
15"  rcrflj  nj'w'n  TO'X;  occasioned  by  enemies 
Jos  2'  Is  3318  Ezr  33;  by  king  Pr  20s;  cf.  ^  55s 

njo  nlcx  (||  nxv,  njn,  nrcVa  v6);  pred.  of 

snorting  of  a  war-horse  Jbso/10,  of  teeth  of  croco- 
dile Jb4i6;  pi.  fig.  =  idols  (i.e.  dreadful,  shock- 
ing things)  Je  5038  (||  D^D3). 

TD,E'1N  n.pr.in.pl.  TZznim.  (terrors) ancient 
inhab.  of  Moab  Gn  1 45  (tWXH) ;  Dt  210  ('»xn) ; 
v"  ('»«). 

L  []?N].  i^D  w^««ce  ?  v.  sub  "X. 

II.  PK,  P&  cstr.  PX  subst.  prop. nothing, 
nought  (Moab.  JX,  As.  idnu).  1.  tls  4023  fn'ian 
pXp  D'JrtT  who  bringeth  princes  to  nothing ; 
tW|  a*  no^jny,  ib.  4017  41""  Hg  23  ^39°; 
almost  (||  CyD|)  ^  73!;  +pxt?  of  nothing  Is  4 I24. 
2.  cstr.  pX,  very  freq.  as  particle  of  nega- 
tion, is  not,  are  not,  was  not,  were  not,  etc. 
(corresp.  to  the  affirm.  B*  q.v.  Similar  in 
usage,  though  not  etym.  akin,  are  ,jllJ,  fiv, 
h»«A,  fi£VP:),  prop. '  there  is  nought  of .  .  .'  sq. 
a  subst.  or  a  pron.  suffix  (WK  [verbal  form, 

Qggjioo.SiW.icj^j^  rjyx,  yyx,  n|j%,  oarx, 

D3,x,  alsp  V'  59"  toy«,  735  to^'K):  twice  ab- 
normally, in  late  Heb.;  anom.  "3K  PX,  «"?«.  PS 
Ne417  (so  sts.  Tiff,  fc^£,  No"-"-296);  once,' in- 


correctly, JIN  Hg  21' 


denying  existence 


absolutely  Is  4  46  4  710  'Jtp  pX  </tere  is  none  that 
seeth  me,  lit.  nought  of  one  seeing  me !  "ity  px 
</<«re  is  none  else  Dt  439  1  K  860  Is 456-6l8!B.  b. 
more  commonly,  in  a  limited  sense,  there  is 
none  here  or  at  hand  Ex  212  and  he  saw  PX-,3 
B"X  that  <Aere  was  no  man  (sc.  there),  Nu  2 16; 
Gn  524  *3yxi  and  he  i«a«  no*  (of  Enoch's  disap- 
pearance from  earth)  4213  one (cas.pend.  as  oft.), 
lie  is  not,  v36;  oft.  =  ?s  (or  has)  vanished  Gn  3730 
1  K  2040  Is  1714  V3710  103"  Jb  812  2424  2719. 
C.  with  the  sense  determined  by  a  predic.  fol- 
lowing :  Gn  37s9  Joseph  was  not  in  the  pit,  4 139 
+  oft.;  Ex  510  fan  D3^>  |ni  »|J^J  /  am  not  giv. 
ing  you  straw ;  and  so  often  with  particip. 
where  duration  has  to  be  expressed  Gn  $gm 
Dt2ill>  Is  i16  Je716,  or  intention  Gn  207  DX 
. .  ,V[  3'B'p  IJ'X  if  thou  art  not  restoring  her, 
know,  43s  Ex  817  3315  (idiomatically,  after  DX; 
v.  Dr  »1S7)  Ju  1 23.  Toll. once  pleon.by  &„  + 13517. 
Treated  as  a  mere  part,  of  negation,  PX  may 
vaiy  its  position  in  the  sentence,  the  subst. 
which  should  strictlystand  in  thegenitive being 
not  only  separated  from  it  by  a  little  word,  as 


fa  Gn  37",  6  Ex  221,  DB>  Ex  1 230,  D5  ,/,  14s,  etc., 
but  even  for  emphasis  prefixed  to  it,  as  Gn  1 931 
408  *tf!K  PX  -in'B*  41"  Ex  516  JU139  146  i615  191 
(so  MI 24) :  if  however  it  be  thus  brought  to  the 
end  of  a  sentence,  or  be  disconnected  with  what 
follows,  it  stands  in  the  absol.  form,  as  Gn  25 
noixn  12V?  pX  mXI  and  man  there  was  none 
to  till  the  ground,  Lv2637  px  *ITl1,Nu205  2K 
193  Ho  134  Mi  7s.  d.  sometimes  the  subj. 
has  to  be  supplied  from  the  context :  thus  (a) 
ti  S94  and  they  passed  through  the  land  of 
Shaalim  pXI  and  tliey  (the  asses)  were  not  (lit. 
and  nought  /),  esp.  after  vbs.  of  waiting  or 
seekinglssg"  ^6921  Jb39;  Is4i17Ez725Pii46; 
134;  204.  (|S)  tEx  177  is  *S  in  the  midst  of  us 
.'pX-DX  or  not  f  Nu  1320.  (y)tJu  420  l£*  PTjetn 
then  thou  shalt  say,  There  is  not,  iK  i810i  Sio14. 
(&)  Gn  301  give  me  children,  pX~DX1  and  if  not, 
I  die,  Ex  3232  Ju  91520  2  S  176  (v.  Dr)  2  K  210 
Jb  33s3-  e-  with  subj.  not  expressed,  once 
(late),  Dn85  Hx?  5$  PB]  and  (it)  was  not 
touching  the  earth.  f.  once,  Jb3515  with  the 
finite  vb.;  but  rd.  here  "Jp3  PX  '3  (the  usage  of 
JLJj,  cited  by  De,  does  not  justify  the  anomaly 
in  Heb.)  Je  38s  the  impf.  may  be  due  to  the 
fact  that  no  ptcp.  of  ?3J  was  in  use,  and  a  relat. 
must  be  tacitly  supplied :  '  The  king  is  not  (one 
that)  can  do  aught  against  you.'     On  Ex  32 

seeGes  i6*aB-6;  Ew*169d.  3.  ?  pX,  with  subst., 
or  pron.,  there  is  (was)  not  to  ...  =  ..  .  have,  has, 
had,  etc.  not :  Gn  1 130  *v}  Fl?  px  she  had  no  child, 
Nu  2  79  MS  v  PX'DtO  and  if  he  have  no  daughter 
+  oft.;  withaptcp.  bt22il  Je  1416  3017  49s  5032 
^  1425  Lai2917;  Ex222  i^  f&O*  if  he  have 
nought,  Dn  9s6  y?  pxi  and  have  nought  (or  none). 
4.  in  circumst.  clauses  (Dr5164): — (a)Ex2iu 
she  shall  go  out  free  *[B3  px  without  money, 
229  HX"1  pX  none  seeing  it,  Nu  II6  IS471  J«232 
Ho34'7n  ^32"  885+.  (6)  Dt324  a  God  of 
faithfulness  ?)$  PXI  and  no  iniquity,  i.e.  with- 
out iniquity,  Je  521  Jo  I6  i/'  10425.  (c)  very  oft., 
in  such  phrases  as  T^HSJ  PXI  with  none  to 
affright  Lv  266  (12  t);  'n331?'  pxi  Isi31al.; 
V*Q  pxi  5«  +  f,  etc.  (Dri'59)'.  S.'with  inf. 
and  '?,  it  is  not  to.  . .:  i.e.  (a)  like  oiie  lariv,  it 
is  not  possible  to...  (cf.  sub  B'.'1.  and  X?),  but 
hardly  exc.  in  late  Heb.;    2  Ch  206  ^V  pXI 

3!l'-)!1'!'r'  U  is  not  2>ossible  to  stand  (in  conflict) 
with  thee,  229  Ezr916  Ec  314  Est42.  Once  with- 
out 7,  yjf  406  TJB  "n^J?  f*X  ovk  ea-Ti  jrapa^dWfiv  001. 
(/3)  there  is  no  need  to  ...  1  Ch  23s6  G$?  Dj| 
DXB'7"f,X  for  the  Levites  also  i/<ere  was  wo  ««ec? 
to  bear  2  Ch  511  3516  (v.  Dr'2021).  6.  with 


prefixes : — a.  t  P*?3  prop,  in  defect  of: — (a)  for 
want  of,  without — Pr  5s3  he  will  die  ">DVS  P^3 
for  lack  of  instruction,  11"  flfenn  pN3  with- 
out guidance,  144  1522  2620  2918  Is  571  Ez  38"; 
cf.  S<?3.  (/3)  of  tiine  =  M.,Ae»i  there  was  (were) 
not  Pr  8™.  b.  tP?|  Is  5910  tfjgy  f-Nf  poet, 
for  D3TI  ft  HJ  13^3  (cf.  Ew*286* Ges*152-1'").  c. 
+  pxb  (a)  for  ft  |U"I»^  IS4029;  in  late  prose 
2  Ch  1410  Ne  810.  (/9)  in  the  condition  of 
not...  (7  of  state,  v.  sub  7)=without  or  so 
that  not  .  .  .  (peculiar  to  Ch),  1  Ch  2  24  cedar 
trees  "1BDO  psp  without  number,  2  Ch  1 412  and 
there  fell  of  the  Cushites  TWO  DH^T^  so 
that  they  had  none  remaining  alive,  2025  PN? 
KETp  so  that  there  was  no  carrying  away,  2118 
Ezr  914.  (y)  H«{n8  (see  *>  "VI),  2  Ch  3616  until 
there  vmsno  remedy  (cf.  « •  •  PX  "13?  V,4°13  JD59)- 
d.  pND  (a)  (P?  causal)  from  lack  of. . .  Is  502 
Je732 1911.  (ft)  (p?  negative,  v.  IP)  prop,  away 
from  there  being  no  . . .  (with  pN  pleon.,  cf. 
V3D,  and  pt<  V31?),  i.e.  so  that  not. . .,  without, 
mostly  epexegetical  of  some  term  expressing 
desolation :  Is  59  Surely  many  houses  shall  be 
desolate  SB/V  P$K>  witi 'tout  inhabitant,  6"  + oft. 
Je  &  Zp;  Is 6"  D1H  pKD,  Je3243nDn:»  CCJN  pso 
331012  EZ3328;  La349.  Once  sq.  inf.  Mal213 
so  that  there  is  no  regarding  more,  (y)  in  Je 
io"  1i»3  pND,  pXO  is  supposed  by  some  to= 
a  strengthened  P$,  even  none,  none  at  all;  but 
it  is  difficult  to  justify  this  expl.  logically;  and 
it  is  preferable  to  point  v®3  p^D  whence  is  any 


like  thee  ?  cf.  307.     (So  Hi :  v.  Dr£ 


■7-) 

^N  iSzi'-.t?!  flfl  prob.  irreg.  for  p« 
(so  KiGes  Efft""'2*"  Ol"40  Sta'1940)  with  B» 
pleon.  (as  yjr  13517);  >dialect.=Aram.  ^,( ,  PS 
num  ?  (De,  but  v.  Dr8m  ad  loc.) 

tnETNs6,nDN  n.f.  ephah  (etym.  dub.,  ® 
oi0i  etc.,  cf.  Copt,  oipi,  Thes  Lag  oril-2  &  cit.) 
—'«.  Nu  515  + ;  HDNEx  i636  + ;  cstr.ns^N LV1936 
+  ; — ephah,  a  grain-measure.  1.  a  certain 
quantity  of  wheat,barley,  etc.  =  ten  omers  ("V?5?) 
Ex  1636  (cf.  in  measure  of  offerings  Lv  511  613 
Nu5is  286,  all  '«n  Nrfff%;  =rV  chomer  ("ion) 
Ez  4511  (  =  bath,  J"I3,  liqu.  meas.  q.v.)  cf.  Is  510; 
chiefly  of  offerings,  v.  supr.  &  1  S  I24  Ez  4513-'3- 

54.24.24  ^5.5.7.7.7.11.11.11.14.    rf   Ju6»    bu<.   algQ   of  fo0(J 

i  S 1 717  cf.  Eu  217  &  Is  510  supr.  2.  receptacle 
or  measure,  holding  an  ephah,  in  proph.  vision 

7c  56.r.8.9.io.  jugt  meagure  pnx-na's   Lv  1936 

(II  'JHJWD,  'JT'SSK,  'X  pil)  cf'.Ez4510-11;  nB'K 
'SI  nD^  Dt  2515  (||  'XI  'B»  |3«);  of  unjust  mea- 
sure nsw  fl3\X  Dt2514  Pr2o10;;K  ptppn  Am  85; 


35  ^rN 

|*1  na'X  Mi  610.    (On  the  actual  size  of  ephah, 

cf.  na). 

rTE',«  v.  sub  'H. 

B^K,  ti'lK  (Stem  assumed  in  Thes  for 
E^K  ;  existence  &  mng.  somewhat  dub.  Thes 
(Add)  &  most  derive  t^K  fr.  [$«]  ■/#»  (q.v.) 
In  favour  are  pl.D'BOK,  fem.n^K=[rie>Mjt],  lack 
of  proven  V  E^X,  &  lack  of  clear  parallels  for 
Vhtt  in  cogn.  lang.  Against  the  deriv.  of  B"K 
fr.  inS  is  the  vocalization  ft—,  and  that  fully 
written,  not  — ),  maintained  even  with  guff., 
the  (rare)  pi.  O'E^X,  the  impossibility  of  deriv- 
ing B"N  &  ne»K  from  same  V  (n&*K  fr.  «^ol), 
the  existence  of  K*13K  as  parallel  form,  and  the 
(exceptional)  parallel  Aram.  E"N  (Inscr.  of 
Carpentras),  also  Ar.  JjLLo!  (cf.  Fray)  ||  ,_Jjl ; 
MI,  SI,  Ph.  b»k  are  not  decisive ;  Sab.  has  both 
DDN  &  DD3N  ;  the  former  app.  =  Bi,N,  the  latter 
Eh3N  ;  but  on  former  cf.  DHMZK  ,88)-360  &  Sab. 
Denkm.37.  On  the  whole,  probability  seems  to 
favour  v  B"N  ;  Thes  gave  mng.  be  strong;  Dl 
BA».rriei  comp  Ag_  iganUf  strong  (cf  DF'pM4), 

&  n.pr.  K'Kini ;  cf.  also  PratLorh-  F"b- 1884 ;  other- 
wise DHM '•«•'* ZMG1883-330  &  esp.  No2"0188*™ Lag 
BN68;  cf.  also  Wetzst  in  Dep^,nen''d-4p-888  al.  v. 
also  SMK,  En3«). 

&H       a.m.  mari  (=vir)  (MI,  SI,  Ph.  CN, 

•     2166  X  '    * 

perh.  also  Sab.  DDK  cf.  Prat,c-,  but  DHM  2MG 188S- 
33oj_/N  abg  Gn  2z>+ .  cgtr,  Gn  2527+ ;  sf.  ^K 

Gn2932+,etc.;pl.D'r'K1/ri4i4-f2t.(Ph.DE^); 
usually  DTJK  Gn  i220  +  ,  fr.  -/t«N  q.v:;  cstr. 
^;3K  J  u 617  +  ;'sf.  ^JS  1 S  2312  etc.  ;—man,  opp. 
woman  Gn  2s3-24  Lv  2V27  Nu  56  Dt  1  f  Jos  621  8s 
Je  40',  emph.  on  sexual  distinction  &  relation  Gn 

i98  2416  3825Ex2215  Lv^'^y^r  nsffly»(nf*i 

'T'tf  rin«  Jhj  33B»>  Ti-K)  2010'  Nu  513f  Dt  22s2' 
Is  41  + ;  thence = husband,  esp.  c.  sf.  Gn  3616  163 
293234  Lv2i7Nu3o7f  Dt2856  Jui38'Rui3f  iS 
2519  Je  29s  Ez  i645+ ;  fig.  of  *  as  husb.  of  Isr. 
*Bi''N  H0218  (opp.  V??);  man  as  procreator, 
father  Ec  63;  of  male  child  Gn  41  cf.  EWJS  JH| 
1  S  iu;  mam,  opp.  beast  Exu7  Lv  2o's  (cf. 
D"1K) ;  cf.  fig.  i^227  but  also  of  male  of  animals 
GnV2  (VWlfl  C'S);  ?nara,  opp.  God  Gn3229 
Nu2319  ^1  S«  C^K  Kb  (||  Dnjn^  ttVjTffl;  Jb 
9323213  Hon9  cf.  Is3i8  Jb'121'0  (">Wb?  rjri 
^N);  hence  in  phrases  to  denote  ordinary,  cus- 
tomary, common  tf^  B3B>'  2  S  714  (||  V.?  »?» 
DIN);  D'E-JK  Dn^  Ez  241722  (cf.  Is  81);  E'V"^ 
Dt3u;  but  also  contr.  D"IX  ^4936210;  man, 


valiant  1 S  499  {Of^  «*n?)  so  1  K  2s  cf.  1  S 
2615;  so  b)n  B^K  31'2  2S249  iKi^-r;  also 
nipni>D  B^K  Nu3i49Dt21416Jos54-,l+;  even  of'' 

S    2 


Ex  15s  nonbt?  tf'K  mn';  0ft,  prefixed  to  other 
nouns  in  ap'p.  fn* '«  Gn  423033,  BBfen  T&  'K  Ex 
2",  |nb  'S  Lv  2 19,  DnD  'K  Je  387;  partic.  bef. 
adj.  gent.  *T$?  E*K  Gn  391  Ex*  21119  cf.  Gn  37s 
38'*  39"  1  S  *71*30,,-u  +  ;  a  man  as  resident 
in,  or  belonging  to  a  place  or  people  Nu  25° 

Ju  io'  +  (soPh.);  usually  pi.  V^^SiS  7" 
31"  cf.  Jos74S+;  alsosg.coll.  Dt27l4Jos967  Ju 
20!1 1 S 1 1 8  (v.  Dr)  + ;  2  S 1  o6-8  (ato  '*») ;  (so  MI 
10ls);  m«n  =  retainers,  followers,  soldiers  1  S  1827 
23sf24s  25,s+cf.Dt338sg.coll.v.Di;  D^N E>'N 
man  o/Cod^proph.  Dt33l  J0SI46  1  S9"  1  K 
I2is'+(v.  DViIsk);  in  phrase  sq.  abstr.  7*}  0HJ, 
nonfiD  'k  v.  supr.;  ran?  '«  Dt3225,  own  'x 

2  s  1 67  cf.  v.  8,  Sy^an  'n  2  s  1 67,  njo "k  i  k  226, 

DDn  'S  ^  1 4012  Pr331  + ;  sq.  word  of  occupation, 
etc.m'B"K  Gn  25s7,  nD-lNn'K  Gi^cf.Zc  1 3s), '« 
B^  flftoHMtoft  l8l?<  (cf.  Dr)  v23,  OlfeS  'S2S 
1 820,  "ITISV  E*N  Aw  counsellor  Is  40",  cf.  ^"in  fc*M 
I  K  20J2;  ffjl  '«  Pr  1824;  oft.  distrib.='eac/», 
every  Gn  9s  10s  40"  Ex  I23  +  ;  incl.  women 

Jb  42"  1  Ch  163  iyi  thxg  bxyj)  vfojrt$  pfeji 

tjnjpS?  &t6  nflk;  of  inanim.' things  iK^3036'; 
also  E*S  E»K  Ex  364  Nu  41949  Ez  i447  + ;  any  one 
Ex343-3:!4  +  ;  also  E^tjt  B*K  Lv  152  2  2418  +  ;  of 
gods  2 K  1 833=  Is  3618 ;  one... another  "E^K  ttTTII 

'n'ljrns  itw  injn-ns  eta]  i,nK-nsEx3227,  ».&*« 
vntc  Dt  i16  Mi y2  (v.'nN),>nj)T...^KGn  nM+ 
(v.  in)  of  inanimate  things  Gn  1510. 

tfWfi-ttT'M  n.pr.m.  Ishbosheth  (for  B"N 

*3J?3  man  of  Baal  v.  OB*!,  i»$?3  &  Di*"-**BA^ 
,nne1881)  1.  son  of  Saul,  &  king  of  Isr.,  with 
David  as  rival  2  S  2swnM  fu"  4?*™,  also  v12  © 
Dr  cf.  We;=  SyaUJN  1  Ch  S'V9;  cf.also  2.  2  S 
23",  where  rd.  nK>3&!N*  for  n3E>3  aB'''  so  ©  We 
Dr ;  one  of  Dvd's  heroes ;  v.  qne*  1  Ch  1 111  2  72. 

TTin  C^N  n.pr.m.  (man  of  majesty)  a  man 
of  Manasseh  1  Ch  718. 

t  flirt*  n.[m.]  pupil  of  eye  (cf.  D1HA9  Prat 
LOFh.7.1,.1*^  but  alg0  Ar  •jjj  ^Llll,  &  No 
mow*.  ,»)_/„  a]1  C8tr-_f:y  '«  Dt  32'o  pr7S. 
HP13  'K  ^  178  (in  all,  sim.  of  preciousness); 
=  middle,  midst  of  night  n"?SKl  n"?;*?  'K3  Pr  7"; 
15"  '"3  2020  Kt  i.  e.  in  deep  darkness  (Qr 
p^N3  v.'  Now). 

yirPN  Ez  4016  Qr  v.  JVT1N  sub  fWN. 

",n,,N,  t?N',rv,N  v.  ntc  with. 
iojvn  v.  "k  sub  1.  mn. 

l^^nNv.tnv 


7* 

7[!S!  adv.  (perh.  from  the  same  demonstr. 
root  found  also  in  '3,  H3,  J3).  1.  surely.  2. 
with  a  restrictive  force,  emphasizing  what  fol- 
lows: a.  in  contrast  to  what  precedes,  howbeit; 
b.  in  contrast  with  other  ideas  generally, 
only.  1.  asseverative,  often  introducing  with 
emphasis  the  expression  of  a  truth  (or  sup- 
posed truth)  newly  perceived,  esp.  in  colloquial 
language,  surely,  no  doubt  (dock  wohl) ;  Gn  26° 
Kin  <i|ns>K  nan  *]X  of  a  surety,  lo,  she  is  thy 
wife  ! "  2914  44s8  Ju  324  2039  1  S  166  surely  the 
anointed  of  *  is  before  him  !  2521  Je  54  ifr  5812 
73113;  but  also  in  other  cases,  though  rarely, 
Is  34"-"  Zp37  ^236  139"  14014  Jbi67  182'1; 
&  rather  singularly  Ex  1 21S  3113  Lv2327-39(all  P). 
2.  restrictive  :  a.  in  contrast  to  what  pre- 
cedes, howbeit,  yet,  but:  G1194  howbeit,  flesh 
with  the  life  thereof.  . .  ye  shall  not  eat,  2012 
Ex2isi  LV2123  2726  Nui81517  2S313;  Jeio24 
correct  me,  BE^OS^S  but  with  judgment,  Jb26 
1316;  sts.  with  anadvers.  force,  as  Is  1415  4324; 
before  an  imper.  (minimizing  the  request),  Gn 
2313  only,  if  thou  wilt,  I  pray  thee,  hear  me  ! 
2713  Juio15  1S1817  iKi713al.  So  iS8D 
'3  7]K  (v.  '3;  and  cf.  nXi/v  on),  b.  in  contrast 
to  other  ideas  generally:  —  (a)  Gn  7^  i832^]N 
Dysn  only  this  once  (so  Ex  io'7  al.)  3415  Ex  1 216 
(note  accents),  1  S  188  ro^tsn  ^  "6  1\V)  and 
there  yet  remains  for  him  only  the  kingdom, 
2 16  Isa  4514  ^X  'I?  ^S  only  in  thee  is  God  ! 
f  62s  etc.  Jb  1422;  >  378  fret  not  thyeelf  W 
int}{  (which  leadeth)  only  to  do  evil,  Pr  n24 
he  that  withholdeth  more  than  is  meet  "H& 
"liDnipp  (tendeth)  only  to  penury,  1423  21s  2216; 
(/3)  attaching  itself  closely  to  the  foil,  word 
(usually  an  adj.,  rarely  a  verb),  only,  i.e.  ex- 
clusively, altogether,  utterly  Dt  1610  and  thou 
shalt  be  n?E'  t]N  altogether  rejoicing,  28s9  (cf. 
t*P!)  Isa  167  D»KM  ~i\X  utterly  stricken,  19" 
Jei619  nought  but  lies,  3230  Ho  1212  Jb  1913 
y~fi  "i\X  are  wholly  estranged  (wifh  play  on 
^3N  cruel).  c.  as  an  adv.  of  time  (with  inf. 
aba.),  twice :  Gn  2  730  K3  lb'JJ]  . . .  3pj»:  N£  N'r  •]« 
only  just  (or  scarcely)  had  Jacob  gone  out, .  . . 
and  (  =  when)  Esau  came  in,  Ju  719. — ^)  thrice : 
Gn  95  and  only  (second  limitation  of  v3);  Nu 
2220  but  only;  Jos  2219  but  howbeit. 

Note. — In  some  passages  the  affirmative 
and  restrictive  senses  agree  equally  with  the 
context;  and  authorities  read  the  Hebrew 
differently.  Thus  only  =  nought  but, altogether, 
is  adopted  by  Ges  Ew  Hi  De  in  ^  23s  6210 
731'13;  byEw  Hi  De  in  39s-7  (Che  surely);  by 
Ges  Ew  De  in  3912  (but  Hi  Che  surely);  by 
Ew  Hi  in  7318  (De  Che  surely);  by  Ges  Hi 
De  in  139"  (Ew  doch).  Isa4514  Ges  Ew  Hi 
Di  only  ;  but  De  Che  of  a  truth. 


13M  37 

tl3Kn.pr.loc.  Akkad  Gn  io10  Wtn  WJTJ 
:iwr  jnsa  n^si/Ni  ijt$j  boa  ta&eo;  name  of 

a  city  in  Northern  (?)  Babylonia;  =  Bab. 
Akkadi,  mostly  name  of  land  or  district,  but 
also  of  city,  v.  Hilpr.Fre,brl,!fNobI'':°ul',-!io;  loca- 
tion uncertain;  on  possible  identif.  or  confusion 
with  Agade  (Agate,  Aganel),  city  of  Sargon  I, 
cf.  Dlr'*198  &  KI9f-  COT  Gn  io10  Tide00*"-1-76'- 

swn,  anan  v.  ata. 

t  :    -  •  ;  - 

TOR  "nt3*»,  ninttM  v.  no. 
BfaN  n.pr.m.  kingofGath  i  S  2i,ll21315  + 
I5t.i  S27-29+  1  K239-4°(perh.cf.  Jfco^'anijrer). 

7DN  vb.  eat  (Ar.  Jiff,  As.  akdlu  Dlw, 
Aram3?«^>i r)— Qal P/. ^?? Ex  34s8  + ;  n^3S; 
Nu2i28+,  etc.  Impf.  bg*>  Gn4927  +  ;  ^h 
Gn  z$*+;  fe*$  Gn  36+ ;  !$*  Lv  zi22-)-;  b?K 
Gn  2433+  ;  59*5  27s3;  !«*)  Is  44";  $&%  Gn 
3a.ii.  jpLtfto*  Gn3233+;  %#  Dti818+; 
etc.  (for  ^  Ez  42s  rd.  1^V!%  l^N'  ®  Ew 
Co);  sf.  «»#  Lv76+;  Da}^  la  33"  etc., 
prob.  also  VV?3Nfl  Jb  2026,  either  as  secondary 
form  fr.  1&1  (Ew '^Di)  or  text,  error  (Ges*68-1) 
>Pi.,  Thes  Kb1-389;  or  Po'el,  Ki  De  MV;  Imv. 
b'OX  1  K  i84'  +  ,  etc.;  Inf.  abs.  ^3N  Gn  216+  ; 
cstr.  bb«  Nu  26'°+  2  t.;  bbvb  Gn  2433+ ;  rtat£ 
Je  129;  Pt.  b:k  (Sofc)  Gn  396  +  ,  njofc  Ex 
24'"+  ,  etc.  —  1.  eai,  human  subject  Gn  3"19 
+  oft.;  mostly  c.  ace.  Exi635  +  ;  also  sq.  ~p? 
(ea<  q/j — some  of, — cr  from)  EX3415  Ru2,4-|-; 
sq.  3  (eat  of  or  at)  Ex  i243f;  abs.  Dt  26+  ;  as 
act  of  worship  Gn  3154  (cf.  461)  Ex  1812  24"  3415 
Dt  12718  I4M+;  cf.  of  priests  Ex  29s2  Lv  io13 
+  ;  cf.  ^"inn-bs  bm  Ez  1861115  22"+ 33s5 
D^n-by  Co  Dnrapjj  (but  PS*"- Sem-  '■ K4  N  would 
emend  first  4  by  last);  eat  up,  finish  eating 
Gn432(c.ni>3)  iKi328  +  ;  Dr6  ?3K=takeameal 
Gn4325Ex220  1  S2024  Je4i14-J  so 'n  alone  Gn 
4316  iS205  +  ;  tir\)>  'ti  =  eat,  get  food  Gn  319 
2  K  48+ ;  Am  712  (i.e.  spend  one's  life)  cf.  Ec 
5";  'b 'K  *6  i.e./aa<  1  S  2820  3012  Ezr  io6 cf.  Dn 
io3;  fig.  WtpaviN  'K  Ec4s  (i.e.  waste  away);  eat 
words  Je  1 516  (i.e.  eagerly  receive);  of  adultery, 

Pr  qo20  :p«  vibya-N^  mex!  tv»  nnnoi  rtax  j 

O  '•,■  |T      •  :  c  t  t  1  |T|    t  A«        t-:  |T         t  :  it  > 

eat  (taste)  good  fortune,  3*lt33  'K  Jb  2125;  'Stb 
v3N!  according  to  his  eating,  i.e.  ace.  to  his  needs 
in  eating  Exi24  161618  also  v21;  cf.  Jb20sl& 
sub  nb3X ;  nan  b?X  2  K 1 9s9  Am  914,  of  peaceful 
enjoyment  of  results  of  labour;  fig.  of  receiving 


consequences  of  action,  good  or  bad  Pr  I31  18" 
Ho  io13  cf.  ystpa-nx  ^3N-D3  bl&\  Gn  3iu  i.e. 
he  has  reaped  all  the  benefit,  cf.  Ho  7*;  fig.  of 
mourner,  '^K  Dr^3  1SS<  ,/,  IC210  (cf.  8o* 
Hiph.,  &  As.  akdl  al  dkul,  bikitum  kurmati  = 
food  I  ate  not,  weeping  (was)  my  refreshment 
Hptun-ifcLw^BH^.  of  gotl8i  partak. 

ing  of  sacrifices  Dt3238;  fig.  =  destroy  Dt  7" 
(cf.  Nu  1 49) ;  cf.  Je  1  o2S  3016  507  Ho  77.  2.  of 
beasts,  birds,  etc.,  eat,  devour;  Gn  3720'33  4017" 
1K1328  1411  164  212324  Ho214  +  ;  specif,  of 
locusts  Jo  I4  2M  2  Cb.713  cf.  A1B4';  moth  Jb 
1328;  flies  f  78tt;  worms  Dt  2839;  also  Ez  i93-« 
(of  Isr.  under  fig.  of  lion),  cf.  Je  50717  5 134; 
also  Ho  138  (of'  under  fig.  of  lion),  Ez  2  225 

OtS?  ^??.,  °f  false  proph.  under  fig.  of  lion). 
3.  fig.  of  fire,  devour,  consume  Lv  63  (sq.  2  ace. 
consume  offering  to  ashes)  Na313  IS524  (in  sim.), 
partic.  of  fire  fr. ''  Lv  io2  1626  Ju  915'  1  K  1838 
2  K  i101214  2  Ch  71;  cf.  Am.  i*»mmu  2t»  5«+  . 
Dt  5m  of  fire  at  Sinai;  of  ''  as  fire  (in  judgment) 
Dt424  Kin  rfyak  B>N  •prtSlfJ ''  '3 ;  cf.  Dt  93  Is  io'7 
(lh»3)  3O27-303314(||D^y'Hi?iD).  4.  of  sword, 
devour,  slay  Dt  3242  2  S  226  1 125  1 88  Ho  1 1«  Je 
2s>  I2i2.  cj-  0f  devastation  of  land  Is  I7  Je  816. 
5.  in  genl.  devour,  consume,  destroy  (inanim. 
subj.)  of  drought  Gn  3140;  of  pestilence  Ez  715; 
of  forest  2  S  188;  cf.  Lv  26s8  P.?  °?™$  *b?X) 
D3'3;n  ;  of  ne;3n  je  324  (v.  ryfa). '     '  e.  fig.'  of 

oppression,  devour  the  poor,  etc.  Pr  3014  Hb  314 
cf.  Vr  144;  of  bitter  enmity  ,-lfef71K  !>3$6  f  2f. 
(cf.  Jb  1 9s2).  tNiph.  Pf  bj*y[  cons.  Ex  22s 
Impf  by£  Gn  62,  +  ;  bhm  Nu  I212,  etc.;  Inf. 
abs.  i'bNn  Lv718 197;  Pt.  f.  rbiva  Lv  1 1*;— 1. 

6«    ea<en.   by  man  Ex  1246   I   *-7  2128  2931  Lv 

69.16.19.S3   ^6.15.16.16.18    jj41    ^6.7.21   j  230    2gl7    Ez452'; 

of  custom,  usage  Gn  621  Ex  1216  Dt  1222  Jb  6"; 
of  permission  to  eat  Lv  719  n13-34-47-47  1713;  c. 
neg.  beuneatable  Je24238  29".  2.  be  devoured 
by  fire,  consumed  Zp  I18  38  Zc  94  Ez  23s5.  3. 
6«  waited,  destroyed,  of  flesh  Nu  1212  Je  3016. 
Pu.  Pf.  1??X  be  consumed  with  fire  Ne  2313  cf. 
Na  i10  (fig.);  so  Pt.  bm  (=b3KV  Ew!169d)  Ex 
32;  by  sword  Is  i20  ty»®.     tHiph.  Pf.  2  ms. 

sf.  Dnbsn  ^  806,  "hb?*™  IS4926;  sf.  TP^,?1 

cons.'is5814;  T1?^1?  Ez  i619;  D'ni)3Sni'Cons. 
Je  199;  Impf.  sf.  «|^  Nu  n418,  etc.;  2  ms.  js. 
^3Nn  ;  1  s.  ?$*  Hon4;  Imv.  *&*$}  Pr  25s1, 
etc.;  7n/:^?i?|'Ez2iS3(butCoi)nnKqv.);  Pt. 
7'3SO  Je  2315,  etc.; — 1.  cause  to  eat,  feed  with, 
sq.  2  ace.  subj.  mostly'';  Ex  1632  Dt  8316  Ez  32 
Jei99;  abs.  Hon4;  cf.  Nun418;  fig.  Je  9" 
2315  Is4926  58"  Ez  1619;  also  +  806  onb  Dni)3Kn 


te 


s 


njnp'1!  (cf.  10210  Qal  supr.);  sq.  ace.  pers.  +  JD 
^  81",  but  also  subj.  man  Pr  2521;  1  K  22s7 
a  Ch  18*  n$  D$  V^?«5?1  of  prison  fare  ;  sq. 
ace.  pers.  only  2  Ch  28",  cf.  Ez  2a.  2.  cause  to 
devour,  obj.  sword  Ez  2133  (but  on  text  vid.  Co). 

72N  n.m.  Gn41'36  food  (Ar.  jtf,  Aram. 
JOMK,  JboV,  As.aAa/MDlw, Eth. Ml&:)— 'Xabs. 
On  41"+;  cstr.  Gn4i3548;  sf.  \ij3N  LV2537; 
^3K  Mai  1 »  etc. ;— Hex  mostly  JED,  not  Ez  — 
food,  food-supply ,  esp.  cereals  of  store  in  Egypt 
Gn  4i3SJS+ 12  t.Gn  41-44;  4724  cf.  i4n(JE); 
also  Lv  1 184  25"  (P)  Dt  26-28  (D);  '«  q#  unity 
o//ood  Dt  23M(D)  (||  *|D3  '3,  etc.);  i>$kn  D$  a<J 
meal-time  Ru  2";  tpoet.  i^t.; — /ood  \^io718; 
of  offerings  Mai  i12;  partic.  food  Jb  12"  (as 
tasted);  3631  (as  given  by  God)  so  ^i4515; 
SP3J  a^nb  'K  Lai"  cf.  v";  esp.  cereals  Pr  1323 
Jo*ri6  Hb317;  but  also  flesh  V78'8'30;  of  food 
(prey)  of  wild  animals  ^  1 0421  ( ||  spo)  tt ;  of  prey 
of  eagles  Jb  9s6  39w;  ravens  384'. 

i"i~l70N  n.f.  food,  eating  (with  some  ver- 
bal force,  cf  Drjrh1"-217)  only  P,  &  Ez  ;  always 
r$9$j>,  1.  esp.  in  phr.  like  ^  rWr)  D3^>  Gn  I29  621 

93  Lv  1 139;  so  25s  H^"  D?^  H?7  n?^  "$#1; 
cf.  'Kb  fOJ  Gn  i30  Ex  1615.  2.  devouring,  by 
wild  beasts,  only  fig.  of  ravaged  people  Ez  29s 
34s'8'10  394>  cf.  351J-  3-  consuming,  in  fire  Ez 
1546,  of  fire-sacrifice  of  children  2337;  fig.  of 
judgment  of  '<  Ez  2137;  (cf.  also  inf.  of  ??£). 

^5^1  Pr  301  rd.  5>3NJ  &  v.  fife). 

'tTn'ON  n.f.  an  eating,  a  meal  1  K  198 
(on  form  v.Ba1™188). 

t^3NE  n.m.  Jul414  (f.  Hb  i16)  food— 
'O  Gn29+2°it.;  cstr.  5>3MD  Gn407+3t.; 
sf.  l|»3«0  Ez410;  "taxp  Hbl16;  ^3KO  Pr68; 
D3i53KO  Dn  iw—food,  in  genl.  Gn  621  1  K  io6= 
2  Ch  94  Hg  212;  opp.  drink  Ezr  37  2CI1 1 1"  Dn 
i10;  i"1!^'?  ^^p  Jl>3320;  fig.  of  peoples  as  fishes, 
food  for  Chaldeans  Hb  1 16;  appl.  to  fruit  Gn  29 
36  (of  tree  1&>  3to)  cf.  '»T5?  Lv  1923  Dt2020 
Ne  9K  Ez  47,2:'2;  appl.  to  m  Is  62s;  appl.  to 
honey  Ju  1 414 ;  to  flour  1  Ch  1 241  where  appos. 
nop;  to  food  of  ants  Pr68  (||Dn^);  to  baker's 
work  Gn  40'7  cf.  Ez  410;  appl.  to  carcasses,  as 
food  for  beasts  &  birds  of  prey  Dt2826  V'  792 
cf.  4412  ('»  f**f,  sim.  of  suffering  people)  Je  y33 

*  D  /3NQ  n.f.  knife  (as  cutting  instrum., 
or  instrument  for  dividing,  making  small,  cf. 


38  THCtVm 

S[iegfr.]ThlZN<"'I7''8S)  Jui 9s9;  rhsnp  Gn2  26,°, 
pi.  nfetcp  Pr  30". 

tnVfsC  n.f.  fuel  cstr.,  only  tffc'KO  lS9«-». 

1"JY?S)0  n.f.  food-stuff,  consisting  in  D'tSH, 
1  K  5^ (on  form  v.  Bo'416  Sta1112*'2). 

t|DK  (perh.  from  Wj  cf.  Aram.  ffi  &  j?-n) 
adv.  with  strong  asseverative  force:  a.  surely, 
truly,  esp.  at  beginning  of  a  speech  (stronger 
&  more  decided  than  Xfi)  Gn  2816  Ex  2"  1  S 
1532  Is  407  4516  Je  3s323  410  88.  In  1  K  1 12  »?K 
stands  unusually;  and  "J3  (cf.  ©  <S  X)  should 
prob.  be  read  (so  Klo).  b.  emphasizing  a 
contrast,  but  indeed,  but  in  fact,  esp.  after  ^"lDK 
/  said  or  thought,  expressing  the  reality,  in 
opp.  to  what  had  been  wrongly  imagined,  Is 
494b  (opp.  to  V)  534  (OPP-  to  v3-")  Je  3*>  (opp. 
to  the  expectation  v19b)  Zp  37b  V  3inb  (opp. 
tov23*)  6619  827  (opp.  to  v6)  Jb  32s  (opp.  to  v7). 

t'lDitf  vb.  press,  urge  (Mish.  id.,  Aram. 

Aofbe  urgent,  cf.  &>o},  Ar.  i_jl5l  saddle); — 
Qal  Pf.  Pr  1 6M  WB  vbv '«  ( ||  *6  nbpy  i>EJ)  Efej) 
i.e.  his  hunger  impels  him  to  work. 

t  [*pN]  n.m.  pressure,  sf.  «3*  Jb  337  (© 
al.  rd.  »»?cf.  1321,  but  cf.  Di). 

"QK   (Ar. J5I  dig,  till  the  ground). 
t""GN   n.m.  Jo111  ploughman,   husband- 
(Ar.Jlfi,  Aram.  J*#',  Nl?,{<,  cf.  Mish.) 


man 


'K  sg.  abs.  Je  5123  (  + VTOS)  Am  516;  pi.  nnax 
Je  144  3124  (||  T!SQ  Wp:i)  '2  Ch  2610  (||  M?iS) 
Jo  i11  (|| id.),  D3*T$K  Is6i5  (|| id.) 
r]UJ2N  v.  *|Bb. 

I.  7N  (=jT,  Ar.  article,  preserved  perh. 
in  following  words  derived  by  Hebrews  from 
(or  through)  Arabic-speaking  tribes;  cf.  Eng. 
algebra,  Alhambra,  alkali,  alcohol,  alcove,  etc.) 

tttfaaSM  n.[m.]  hail  (=Ar.  JJJS  gyp- 
sum; cf/sub  E>3J)  '«  'J?*  Ez  131113  38". 

to",*p,lil7^|  n.[m.J  pi.  a  tree  (foreign  &  ob- 
scure) alw.  with  ^S J|,  perh.  sandal- wood : — 2  Ch 
27  It]  D^i-O  D"nK  :,X5?  (fr. Lebanon); '«  ^5?  2  Ch 
910  (II n"!^  I??;  ^oth  &■  Ophir);  cf.  v",  vid.  foil. 

tff'MjV*?  n.[m.]pl.  id,  D'?oi)K  ^  1  K 
io11-12  (fr.  Ophir);  'Kn  'V  1  K  io12! 

tTtiWM  n.pr.  of  South-Arab,  people  (but 
prob.  rd.  b$  (Sab.,  god)  for  ^«,cf.  Di  Gn  io!,,& 
Glas8""-280  God  is  loved  (?))  Gn  io20  1  Ch  I2". 


taipS^band  of  soldiers  (=Ar.    'pJI, 
people;  so  E.  Castle,  Thes  etc.,  cf.  Che** * 8o1- "6; 
>text.  error  for  D^K  Hi  cf.  Now)  Pr30n. 

tl?iri7N  n.pr.loc.  (cf.  "&«  sub  lb")  city 

<  t   . 

in  southern  Judah  Jos  1530  194;   cf.  also  *VW 
(q.v.)  1  Ch  42'J. 

II.  7K  adv.  of  negation  (so  Ph.  e.g.  CIS 
;  wu  BAram.,  Sab.  (DHM™01875-696),  and  in  the 
Eth.  A£VO:  aZ6o,  w  woA,  denying  however, 
not  objectively  as  a  fact  (like  SO,  ni),  but  sub- 
jectively as  a  wish  (like  pi),  expressing  there- 
fore a  deprecation  or  prohibition :  a.  (a)  with 
a  verb,  which  is  then  always  an  impf.  (never 
an  imperative),  by  preference  in  the  cohort, 
or  jussive  mood,  where  this  is  in  use,  and  may 
be  of  any  person  or  number;  Gn  151  and  often 
«y?"*J(g  fear  not!  2212  f|»  fl^f^O*  put  not 
forth  thy  hand,  37s7  tar*rtjo*  W}  and  let  not 
our  hand  be  upon  him,  2116  nN"iK"?K  let  me 
not  look  upon  the  death  of  the  lad!  V' 25s 
flBfatOK  let  me  not  be  ashamed ;  with  1  pi. 
(rare)  2  Si3ssJei818Jom".  In  an  imprecation 


39 


h« 


poet.  "b«  (cf.  \bj>,  >nj(),  but  only  in  Job  (t3n 
5M  '5M  2919).  with  suff.  &,  Tfo  flfe  etc. 
0%  D3^K&  (5t.)  DJ^  dn^K  &  rjnfe  (both 
very  often),  once  to^j  yf,  2\  ]r\"b»t  once  jn^K 
Ex  i19  (As.  Hi,  Ar.  Jil),  prep,  denoting  mo- 
tion to  or  direction  towards  (whether  physical 
or  mental).  1.  of  motion  to  or  unto  a  person 
or  place  Gn2,9223»  8"  1422  169  etc.,  after  every 
kind  of  verb  expressing  motion  (Ki3;  ^il, 
K£,  etc.)  So  with  fro  to  give  (though  b  is 
here  more  common)  Gn2i14  35*  Dt  13"  + ;  1?D 
to  sell  3736,  etc.  Metaph.  Je  2"  ?]^K  Wlia  nS 
and  that  my  fear  (cometh)  not  unto  thee  (cf 
Jb  31s3).— Peculiarly  Gn  616  TOS  b«  unto  the 
length  of  a  cubit,  etc.  And  metaph.  in  the 
phrase  ^Sp.^K)"^  unto  exultation  tHo  9" 
Jb  3s2.  Once,  exceptionally  (si  vera  1.) =even  : 
Jb  5s  Wing!  DnSEriw  and  even  out  of  thorns  he 
taketh  it.  Sometimes  pregnant,  as  Is  6617  Je 
4 1 '  ?K  njt  commit  whoredom  (by  going)  to  Nu 
251  Ez  I626-28-29;  ^  EHT  Seek  (by  resorting)  to 
one  (sc.  for  oracles)  Dt  1811  Is  819  n10-|-;  *OU 


Gn  49"  Inin-PN  have  not  thou  the  excellency!      '§  join  together  (&  come)  unto  Gn  143;  D'aB'n 

i/f  10912  Jb346.     Sometimes   strengthened   by 

W:    Gn  138  i83al.     (b)  without  a  verb,  (a) 

2  S  i21  Ze<  (there  be)  not  dew  &  not  rain  upon 

you !  Is  626 1^83'.  (/3)  used  absol.,  in  deprecation 

Gn  1918  2  S  1316  (v.  sub  rVfM)  2  K  313  416  627  (v. 

RVm :  but  possibly  to  be  expl.  by  Dr*1521";  so 

Th  Ke :  hardly  as  Ew*355")  Ru  i13  "033  b«  Nay, 

my  daughters,  cf.  Ju  1923;  (y)  after  a  preceding 

imper.  Am  514  Jo  213  Pr  810,  a  juss.  if,  an  inf. 

abs.  2  72.  (c)  in  poetry  ?N  sometimes  expresses 

vividly  the  emotion  or  sympathy  of  the  poet 

(v.  Dr*86"8);  Is29  tth  K&rriw  and  forgive  them 

not  !  (with  a  touch  of  passion),  i^4i3  Pr  3s5 

Jb  5~;  f  346  (but  ©  ©  Ew  Che  here  rd.  D^JW, 

prob.  rightly);   503*  may  our  God  come  "bsi 

c7TQv  and  n°t  oe  silent !  (the  psalmist  identify- 
ing himself  with  a  spectator  of  the  scene 
v2-31")  1 2 13  (contrast  v4  *6)  Je466  +  .  h. 
once  Pr  1 2s8  joined  closely  to  a  subst.  (cf.  *0  2  b) 
to  express  with  emph.  its  negation :  In  the 
way  of  righteousness  is  life,  and  in  the  path- 
way thereof  niB"?K  there  is  no-death!  i.e. 
immortality,  c.  once  Jb  24s5  used  poet,  as  a 
subst.,  And  bring  my  words  7k?  to  nought! 
— N.B.  1  S  2710  Di»n  once/sr^x  bis  with  thepf. 
is  against  all  analogy;  and  either  'B-pK  (with 
®  33),  or  better  fK  whither  l  (with  @  X :  v. 
1  S  io14)  must  be  read. 


«W  rise  early  (and  go)  to  1927;  2411  ?X  Tp"i:in 
made  to  kneel  down  at;  4718  ?K  DO  i.e.  has 
been  made  over  to;  «>N  "ins  to  come  in  fear  to 
Hos  35  Mi  717.  Opp.  is  I»,  as  mrj3rr{>N  nx^n-jo 
from  end  to  end  Ex  2628;  nB'bs  fiBO  Ezr  9" 
(syn.  2K21"  nab  ns).  And  of  time  (rare) 
njp$  nyo  f  1  Ch  925;  ns>-b^  Di>D  tNu  3013  (P) 
1  Ch  1623  (in  the  ||  f  96s  B*»j»  Di'D). 

2.  Where  the  limit  is  actually  entered, 
into,  Gn  618  and  thou  shalt  enter  into  the  ark 
71  193  4 121  4217;  &  so  after  verbs  of  throwing, 

casting,  putting  37^  (T^n)  3920  "T^?  ,r™?! 
"inDH  pUt  him  into  the  prison  house,  Ex  2830 
(Lv88)  Dt2325;  so  after  1=1?  to  bury  Gn23,9259 
49M;  Brfe>  to  squeeze  4011;  rtno  to  blot  out 
Nu  523,  etc.;  metaph.  Gn  66  was  pained  into  or 
unto  his  heart,  3?"?X  DB*,  a'S^n  to  place,  bring 
into  (=lay  to)  heart  Dt  439  2  Signal.  In 
connexion  with  a  number  or  multitude  into 
which  something  enters,  in  among:    1  S  io22 

in  among 


H 


i$  (nearly  always  followed  by  Makkeph), 


behold  he  had  hid  himself  B^ST^J 

the  baggage,  Je  43  sow  not  D'Sp-PK  m  among 

thorns. 

3.  Of  direction  towards  anything:   (a)  of 
physical  acts  or  states,  as  Gn  3040  [XSn  <JB  fro 

b$,  397  b*  YfV  K'B»J,  Ex  2520,  Nu6M  b«  VJ3  K'B»J 
(2  K  932  differently),  24'  b*  V3B  T\f,  Jos818  V 282 
1  K  82930  (to  pray  towards)  v38;  pregn.  b*  Tin 


bH 


to  tremble  (turning)  to  Gn  42s8,  bx  Rpn  to 
wonder  (turning)  towards  Gn  4  3s3  Is  1 3s,  10? 
bx  Je  3616:  without  a  vb.  D^B-bx  D'OB  face  <o 
face  Gn  32s1 4-;  ns'bx  H3  Nu  128;  *b$  ttj*^1? 
Gn3i*  the  face  of  Laban,  that  he  is  not  toward 
me;  'B"bx  *  TJ?  the  eyes  of  *  are  towards.. . 
^  34"  (cfl  3318).  (6)  with  words  such  as  IDS 
to  say  <o  Gna'  +  oft.,  "Ifl  8'54-oft.,  *£  195, 
bbsnri  2017  etc.,  VQf  to  hearken  io  1611,  bbil  to 
praise  to  12"  (cf.  Ez  13"  bx  bbn  to  profane 
to),  ~C3V}  40".  (c)  with  words  expressing  the 
direction  of  the  mind,  as  flip  <o  «>ai't  ^  27"+  • 
b(T  to  ho]>e  Is  51*;  bx  rtD3  KfeO  to  lift  up  the 
soul  (i.e.  set  the  desire)  towards  Dt  2415  iff  251; 
bx  ab  DB»,  T)f  to  set  the  heart  (mind)  to  Ex92Ial.; 
5^  "TP?  to  accustom  oneself  io  Je  io2;  bx  Tip 
to  shew  fear  towards  2  K  413;  Gn  4330;  Dt  2832 
and  thy  eyes  Dn\?X  TOS  failing  (with  longing) 
towards  them,  La  417;  Is  6316  2  S  3"  1K14" 
ijr  406;  alone,  as  predic,  directed  or  disposed 
towards,  Gn31647  2K6"  who  of  ours  is  towards 
(i.e.  favours)  the  king  of  Syria?  Ho  3'  ^X'DJl 

:'^bx  Ez  369  Hg  217  Je  151  (bx  ^a:  px). 

4.  Where  the  motion  or  direction  implied 
appears  from  the  context  to  be  of  a  hostile 
character,  bx  =  against:  Gn  4"  barrbx  'p  DPJJ 
and  Cain  rose  up  against  Abel  (so  1 S  24")  2212 
Ex  145  NU3214;  with  papj  Jos  io6,  1&J  Ju  i10 
2030;  with  X3  of  calamity,  etc.,  coming  to  or 
upon  any  one  Gn  4221  Ju  9s7  1  S  2"  1  K  14'°+ ; 
Is  2*  39  their  tongue  and  doings  are  /y"bK  32s 

(b?  "lib)  Ho  7"  (cf.  Na  i9)  125  ^xbp-bx  "% 

and  he  strove  against  the  angel.  Here  also 
belongs  in  partic.  the  phrase  • . .  btf  'Mil  Behold 
I  am  against  (thee,  you,  etc.)  tNa  21436  Je2i13 
(23s0-32  by)  5031  5125  Ez  13820  2i8  29™  3022  3410 
353  3«3  391  (58  263  2S22  29s  ^ :  on  369  v.  supr.) 

5.  Unto  sometimes  acquires  from  the  con- 
text the  sense  of  in  addition  to,  as  Lv  1818  thou 
shalt  not  take  nrrinx  bx  nE*X  a  woman  to,  in 
addition  to,  her  sister,  Jos  13"  (||  Nu  318  by); 
1 S 1 4*  to  eat  0^-bx  together  with  the  blood  (v32 
&  generally  by);  1  K  io7  bx  tppVl  (generally  by); 
Je  25M;  Ez  726  nyiDtf  bx  njnotf  (||  <?y);  447; 
La  341  let  us  lift  up  D'Brbx  »aab  our  hearts  to- 
get/ter  with  the  hands  (cf.  J\,  Qor  41;  WA0  "•  »61c). 

6.  Metaph.  in  regard  to,  concerning,  on 
account  of:  thus  .QNnri  to  mourn  concerning  1  S 
15s4;  D™ri  to  repent  as  regards  2  S  24";  tTH 
to  inquire  1  K  14';  bbsnn  to  pray  with  regard 
to  1  S  i27  2  K  1920;  pyx 'to  cry  2  K83(v6  by); 
3Xyj  be  pained  1 S  2034;  DH3  to  comfort  2  S 1  o2; 


40  L^ 

more  gen.  1  K  16"  2122;  B'aj-.-X  on  account 
of,  for  the  sake  of,  one's  life  1K191  2  K  7"  (Gn 
1917  by),  (by  is  more  common  in  this  sense.) 
And  specially  with  verbs  of  saying,  narrating, 
telling,  etc.  with  regard  to,  as  IDX  Gn  202  Is 
29s3  372I33+;  T!  2  S  7'9  Je4o,6T";  nap  yj, 27 
69s7;  n«ris23n;  ypB>Ezi94;  ^  ny-^n  the 

report  regarding  . . .  1  S  419.  (Not  freq.,  exc.  in 
the  case  of  ">OX.) 

7.  Of  rule  or  standard,  according  to  (rare) : 
•  •  •  ,?"''N  according  to  the  command  of,  Jos 
I513  174  2 13  (generally  "B'by);  fOffy  accord- 
ing to  what  is  fixed = of  a  certainty  ti  S  2323 
264  (v.  Dr) :  perh.  ^  5' ;  801  (451  by). 

8.  Expressing  presence  at  a  spot,  against, 
at,  by,  not  merely  after  verbs  expressing  or 
implying  motion  (cf.  1,  Gn  2411),  as  Jos  1 15  and 
they  came  and  encamped  together  OVID  ^"bx  at 
the  waters  of  Merom,  1  S  54  cut  off  (and  fallen) 
on  to  the  threshold,  2  S  223  al.  and  smote  him 
tPBhrrbx  in  or  on  the  belly,  Dt  33s  Ex  2912  Lv 
47 ;  but  also  in  other  cases,  as  Jos  53  and  he 
circumcised  the  Israelites  bx  against,  at  the 
hill  of  the  foreskins,  2211  have  built  an  altar 
JTWJ    nfr'JH    bx    by  the  districts  of  Jordan, 


JUI2C   2  S332,    I430&    18 


T?K  at  the  side  of 
(elsewhere  rb,  T  by),  1  K  1320  as  they  were 
sitting  jnbE>rrbx  at  the  table,  2X11"  ^rrbx 
by  the  king,  Je  4112  and  found  him  by  the 
great  waters,  etc.,  4610  rPS  nnj-bx  by  the 
Euphrates,  Ez  315  n"  178  317  4018  43s  477  4812. 
9.  Prefixed  to  other  preps,  it  combines 
with  them  the  ide&otmotionov direction  to:  thus 

■■"inx-bx  2  S  5*  2  K  91819  nnx-bx  ab  turn  u 

behind  me,  Zc  6°  (where  bx  is  pleon.,  prob.  due 
to  clerical  error ;  note  bx  XX^  before  &  after)  ; 
pa-bx  in  between  Ez  311014;  nfra'bx  similarly 
Ez  io2;  'b  rV3Krbx  to  (the  part)  within(v.  sub 
1V3),  in  within  Lv  i6,s,  2  K  1 115||  have  her 
forth  in  within  the  ranks;  blO"bx  v.  biO; 
'b  333»-bx  unto  the  south  of  Jos  1 53;  'b  fWO-bx 
to  the  outside  of  Lv  41221  4-  ;  n?3"bx  to  the  front 

of  Nu  194;  nnrrbx  ju  6'9  iK  86  al.  (v.  sub  nrw). 
Note  1  .—In  Gn  2013  xia:  iste  D"ipE>rrb3-bx 
'31  'b-npx  nee';  Nu  33s4  'ai  Vx-bx;  Pri7» 
(cf.  Dt  166); — bx  appears  to  be  used  by  a 
species  of  attraction ;  the  idea  of  motion  in- 
volved in  the  relative  clause  influencing  illo- 
gically  the  beginning  of  the  sentence  and 
causing  bx  to  be  used  instead  of  3.  In  Ez  3114 
E0\:N,  as  pointed,  can  only  be  from  b?X  m 


wirr^H 


or  iv  (q.  v.);  if  the  word  be  taken  as  the  pron. 
with  suff.  (Hi  Ke),  Dn^S  must  be  read. 

Note  2. — There  is  a  tendency  in  Hebrew, 
esp.  manifest  in  S  K  Je  Ez,  to  use  78  in  the 
sense  of  ?5?;  sometimes  7N  being  used  excep- 
tionally in  a  phrase  or  construction  which  regu- 
larly, and  in  ace.  with  analogy,  has  7$);  some- 
times, the  two  preps,  interchanging,  apparently 
without  discrimination,  in  the  same  or  parallel 
sentences.  Thus  (a)  Jos  514  VJB-7-X  ^*5j  *  s  J  3U 
^PTJ?T'?  If'^P"™  "  D'PH ;  1434  (v.  sub  5); 
1  f  "K?7?S  tWlfi  (contr.  7JJ  Dt  1 i29)  ;  1 91G  2  S 
63  2023 '(contr.  816)  1K1329 1846  (contr.  2  K  315 
by)  Je  35"  Ez  718.  (6)  Ju  637  and  upon  (by)  all 
the  earth  let  there  be  dryness,  v39  let  there 
be  dryness  on  (?£)  the  fleece;  1  S  1410  come 
up  W^,  v12  come  up  tt*&j  1623"0;  i613  &  i810 
b<*  nSx,    io6  al.  ?J?  nbS;   2517  evil  is  determined 

irv3-b  ^yi  wjfw^t ;  v25;  2  710;  2  S  2'  b«  vizfocPi 
by\...  *>y> bf\t„  7K1...7K1...;  f>..,by6rv 

..3ni;  2K8"';  96*3;  Jeio16;  25s;  2615yelay 
innocent  blood  Dtftn  T^IT^tl  D3^;  27"  28s 
3314  347  3631  3713'14  Ez  iS"1*'5  2112  etc.  V796 
(Je  io25  75;  twice).  It  is  prob.  that  this  inter- 
change, at  least  in  many  cases,  is  not  original, 
but  due  to  transcribers. 

Conversely,  though  not  with  the  same 
frequency,  75?  occurs  where  analogy  would  lead 
us  to  expect  7K,  or  even  in  juxtaposition  with 
b*,  as  1  S  i10  7?  ?Win  to  pray  to  (v26  ??);  v13; 

25s5  by . . .  bx ;  1  k  2043  in"?-^  1^1  (214  ??); 

Is  2215  Je  n22335  3i12.    Cf.  Dr9ml'13'13;"-8'7i15'4. 
"Pj^JnTlyTN  n.pr.m.   (unto  ''   are  mine 
eyes)  1.  a  Korahite  i  Ch  263.     2.  a  returning 
exile  Ezr  84. 

t-,2'13?V7N  n.pr.m.  (id.)  1.  a  descendant 
of  David  i  Ch  fM.  2.  a  Simeonite  ^W 
i  Ch  430.  3.  a  Benjamite  (id.)  "f.  4.  priests 
in  time  of  Ezra  (a)  Ezr  io22;  (6)  io27  (^X); 
(c)Nei241. 

f  1. 7i$  pr.  pi.  m.  &  f.  =  the  more  usual  HJX, 
tJtese  i  Ch208;  with  art.  bt*n  Gn  io825  2  634 
Lv  i827  Dt  442  7s2  1911.  (Merely  an  orthogr. 
variation  of  i"l?N,  and  doubtless  pronounced 
similarly;  the  kindred  dialects  have  in  genl.  a 
dissyllabic  form:  v.  sub  n?K.  Written  similarly 

in  Ph.,  e.g.  CIS  3s2  145  933  (^)>  but  ZMG 
isro.240  (Neo-Punic)  K7M;  in  Plaut.  Poen.  v.  1.9 
transliterated  tty;  Schroed.rhGl'"-81160'286ff.) 


41  n^N 

llvi*  (Jjt,  Jifr;  XI:  Rabb.^N,  Aram.  rbet, 

&  compd.  with  )oi  and »./'  in  ~^£oi,  t-^-l)  Vr- 
pl.m.  &  f.  these,  in  usage  the  pi.  of  HI.  a.  Gn 
24  &  oft. :  in  appos.  to  a  subst.  with  a  pron. 
suff.  (always  without  the  art.)  Ex  914  (rd.  with 
Hi.  1?  nVt<  for  1$"^)  io1  n*V>N  ^nhN  fAew  my 
signs,'ii8Dtnl9'iK8Mio82223  2K113  Je3i" 
Ezr  2s6  Ne  614;  in  the  genit.  2  K  620  Is  47*  Dt 
1 812  >//  1 56 ;  and  after  73  Gn  1 43  +  oft.  Stand- 
ing alone  in  a  neuter  sense,  these  things  (rare 
in  best  prose,  &  not  very  common  in  poetry), 

with  nb»y  Dt  1812  226  2516  2S231722  ^15'+; 

with  other  vbs.  Ezr  91  Is  44s'  47"  Je  1322  Ho 
i410VM25  5o21  10743  Jb82;  with-nx  Nui513 
IS4814;  with"73  Ju  1323  Is662+;  v.also  some 
of  the  cases  with  preps,  sub  d.  H7N  may  point 
indifferently  to  what  follows,  Gn  69  io1  25715'3 
\jr  42s;  or  to  what  has  preceded,  Gn  919  io203132 
254  Lv  2I14  22s2  i)r  i;f;=such  as  these  (roiavTa), 
\jr  7312  Jbi821.  b.  repeated,  H7N1  . .  .  H7K,  these 
.  .  .  those  Dt  27"  Jos  8^-  Is  49"  (3  t.)  ^  208+ . 

c.  with  the  art.  (but  only  after  a  subst.  deter- 
mined likewise  by  the  art.)  H|Nn  Gn  1 51  +  oft. 

d.  with  preps. :  rr?N3  Lv  2  5"  2  6*  1  K  2  2"  (7 1.), 
nWa  ti  S  i610  1739;'  nfcfj"  Lv  n24  (4 1.),  rbxb 
1  K  2217  (5  t,);  nfcfi}  Gn  919  (16  t.) ;  n^K  ly  Lv 
2618;  i",?&?"75)  on  account  of  these  things  Is  57s 
64"  Je59al.;  njj>N3  fJb  162  Je  io,6=5i19,  nVxs 
+Gn  2746  Lv  io19  (things  like  these,  so  Is  66s 
Je  1813)  Nu  28MP  (cf.  Ez  4s25)  2  K  2517=Je 
B212,  %"i»3  +Jbl23. 

II.  ^N  god,  TT^N,  iT$J?&  etc.  v.  I.  rfot 

TN7N  n.pr.m.  father  of  an  officer  of 
Solomon  I  K  418  (=11.  nb«  terebinth]). 

I.  H7K  (assumed  as  -/of  ?K,  (*6g)  B*&g 
^od,  G'od,  but  question  intricate,  &  con- 
clusions dub.  It  is  uncertain  whether  ?S  &, 
D,^1^!!?  are  from  the  same  V.  Following  are  the 
chief  theories :  1.  a.  Thes  makes  b«  &  DWX  dis- 
tinct, and  both  really  primitive,  but  associates 
b$  in  treatment  with  ?X  strong,  Pt.  of  -/,-IN  ; 
strong,  ace.  to  Thes,  being  derived  from  mng. 
be  in  front  of;  (different  order  in  Lex.  Man., 
RobGes) ;  b.  b$  &  D'ripN  distinct ;  former  fr. 
71N  strong;  latter  pi.  of  iiPK  from  */[t*OX]  = 
l]\  (li~.)  go  to  and  fro  in  perplexity  or  fear, 
hence  H^K  fear  &  object  of  fear,  reverence, 
revered  one;  ^  li\  =  bti  nns  trepide  confugere 
ad  Ho  3s;    DVi7N=ina  Gn  3i42=sq'ie  Is  8'3 


^N  42 


•w 


Deo» in. «(cf  0.f/3aaMa( postB.Heb. nsn?NHWB ; 
Aram.  *brn  CWB);  so  De  following  Fl  in  De 
**.*»  cf  My  a.  PS  &  W$H  possibly 
connected ;  ?t?  =  leader,  lord,  fr.  VP1S  6e  t» 
>ron<;  so  N6MBAkl8M-7®r;  8EAkl88a-1TOf.  3.  a.  PS 
&  D'npS  connected,  &  both  fr.  a  -/nps  (=«&) 
to  which  is  assigned  mng.  strong;  so  Ew!146d' 

ITSblv.  «]so  JihrbOchisrd.blbl.Wltt.  X.  11,  Blbl.  Tl'ieol.  I1.SSU).     jj      ^S 

fr.  -/nps  strong  (not  nPS),  &  D'nPS  expanded 
from  PS,  cf.  pi.  ninDK  fr.  nes  etc. ;  so  Di  on 
Gn  I1;  he  supports  rnng.  strong  by  ref.  to 
phrase  TJ  Psb  I*  Gn  3129  al.;  c.  similarly,  PS, 
being  very  early  &  common  Shemitic  word, 
formed  pi.  D'nPS,  fr.  which  sing.  niPS  was 
afterwards  inferred,  NesTh,'0,:8,ud'-7<lrtt:;i882 m 
(criticized  by  No8BAlc).  4.  PS  (niPS,  DWS 
disregarded)  fr.  vn,N  stretch  out  to,  reach 
after  (cf.  prep.  PS,  'PS,  also  HPS  swear),  God 
as  <Ae  on«  lohom  men  strive  to  reach,  '  das  Ziel 
aller  Menschensehnsucht  und  alles  Menschen- 

strebens,'  Lag0r-"-3iON1882'TO-"M.— Cf.  Spurrell 
B.b.  T«.  of  on..  APp.  u  wnere  a]1  tnege  viewg  are  gtated 

somewhat  more  fully,  &  briefly  criticized  ;  on 

the  use  of  PS  &  nPS  in  Shemitic  languages  vid., 

exhaustively,  NoMBAk-SBAk- '•"•). 

II.  Sn  n.m.  (also,  in  n.pr.  PS,  \?S;  Sam.  PS, 
Ph.  ps,  }PS  (i.e.  prob.  PB),  Sab.  ps,  DHM 

Or.Con,r.L«.d.n.l883i     Ag       ^     ppr.      perhaps     als0 

Ar.,  Aram.  cf.  No1"-;  on  goddess  DPS  Ph. 
Palm.  Nab.  Sab.  (alsonnps)  DHMU-,  Ar.  i^'l 
(pi.  i~,Uil)  Fl1"-8""-1-154,  As.  iJZafe  Jr66,  Syr! 
IL'i^r,  cf.  also  Bae^15860'97271297)  god,  but 
with  various  subordinate  applications  to  ex- 
press idea  of  might; — hardly  ever  in  prose  exc. 
with  defining  word  (adj.  or  gen.);  its  only  suff.  is 
*— ; — tl.  applied  to  men  of  might  and  rank, 
D13  PS  mighty  one  of  the  nations  Ez  3 1 "  (of  Neb.; 
@  apKwv  ;8v*>v,  P'S  some  MSS.  Co);  D^S 
mighty  men  Jb4i17  (D'P'S,  many  MSS.  Di); 
Dni33  "^  mighty  heroes  EZ3221  (\^S  MSS.  Co); 
H?n  V*  Ez  1713  2  K  2415  (Kt  *ym);  Bfy$  Ex 
I51S  (prob.  pi.  of  in.  b%  q.v.)  These  readings 
are  uncertain  because  of  an  effort  to  distinguish 
these  forms  from  the  divine  name.  1133  PS 
mighty  hero  (as  above)  or  divine  hero  (as  re- 
flecting the  divine  majesty)  Is  o6.  f2.  angels, 
D'?S  '33  ^  291  897=D'r6sn  "33.  f3.  gods  of 
the  nations,  DvS  PS  God  of  gods,  supreme  God 
Dn  1 13*;  D?S3  roba  13  who  is  like  tjiee  among 
the  gods  Ex  15";  idols  Is  4310  4410"17  46";  'D 
D'OEO  PS  wAa<  6W  m  heaven  Dt  3";  "**  PS 


another  god  Ex  3414  (J);  11  PS  foreign  god  1^ 
442,8i10;i33PsDt3212Mal211^8i10.  t4.  A 
n.pr.  nnn  ps  #Z  AvtA  Ju  9"  (=nn3  PJJ3  Ju 
8s3  94)  cf.  also  6  (/)  infr.  +5.  as  charac- 
terizing mighty  things  in  nature,  PS  'Tin 
mighty  mountains  ifr  36'  (lit.  mountains  of  El) ; 
also  V'SQ10  01  Bi  Che  v.  sub  II.  f)pS;  PS  'PS 
mighty  cedars  yfr  8011;  PS  '3313  lofty  stars  Is  1 413. 
6.    God217,  the  one  only  and  true  God 

of  Israel :  (a)  b$n  the  God,  the  true  God  Gn  3 1 13 
351-3  463  (E)  2  S  223L33-4S  {=+  i831SU8)  V^S20-21 
7715;  I9HP  P*??  the  faithful  God  Dt  f;  psn 
brOTl  <A«  jrrati  (?od  Dt  io17  =  Je  3218  Dn  94 
Ne  i6  932;  BHpn  bun  the  holy  God  L5517;  ban 
mrv  the  God  Yahweh  Is  42s  ^  85'.  t(6)  78  my 
God  Ex  152  (poet.)  +  183  222211  63s  6825  89s7 
10225  11828  1407  Is  4417.  (c)  cstr.  PS  m  PS 
<^e  (jorf  of  Bethel,  who  had  his  seat  there  Gn 
357  (E);  T3K  PS  God  of  thy  fathers  Gn  49" 
(poet.);  PS1E"  PS  V6836;  3JJJT  PN  ^  1465;  ba 
D'OCn  </te  (7oi  of  heaven  ^  13626;  'PPD  PN 
the  God  who  is  my  rock  ^  4210;  "tpi  nn»B>  ?N 
<Ae  Corf  icAo  is  the  joy  of  my  exultation  i/'  43"; 
'SO  PS  i/te  (roc?  w/10  lets  himself  be  seen  Gn  1613 
(J);  TOSH  PS  (*«  Corf  of  glory  -f  29s;  niyn  PS 
the  all-knowing  God  1  S  23  (poet.) ;  u?V  PS 
?A«  everlasting  God  Gn2i33(J);  VunE"  PS  Is 
122;  »AVJ^»f  43*;  riOSPSf  3i6=H31DS  PS  Dt 
324(poet.);  D1DP3  PS  V' 9411 ;  niPC?  PS  Je  5156. 
(rf)  ins  PX  orae  Corf  Mai  210;  PH3  PS  a  ^r-eaC  Corf 
Dt  721  ijr  7714  953;  -innDD  PS  a  Corf  At'rfmjr  /rfm- 
self  Is  4515;  Dim  PS  a  compassionate  God  Ex 
346  (J)  Dt  431  ^  8615;  SE>3  PS  a  forgiving  God 
^  99s;  |*in  pS  a  gracious  God  Ne  931  Jon  42; 
S3p  PS  a  jea^OM*  Corf  Ex  206  34"  (J)  Dt  424 
59615  Jos24,9(D)  =  si3p  PS  Na  I2;  'n  b«  a  living 
God  Jos  3,0(J)  H021  ^423843;  pnvpsls4521; 

yen  fan  ps  sp  +  55;  ps  sp  Dt3221  (poet.)  Is 

313  Ez  282-2!);  1103  PS  nS  Mi  718  (cf.  Ex  15"). 
(e)  God  (the  only  true  God,  needing  no  article 
or  predicate  to  define  him)  Nu  1213  (E  id.  PS 
Di)  always  in  poetry,  Jb  58  +  (55  t.  Jb),  yfr  712io 

11.12  l6l    ,76   IQ1  523.7   ggSO  g^  7311.17  ?48  7710   7g7.8. 

,819-34-41821 8329o2 10421  io614-21 10711 1 1 8s7 1 391723 
1496 1501  Is  401843,24514 ■20469  La  341  Ho  1 19 1 21 
Mai  i9;  PSUBJ?  God  is  with  us,  as  name  of  child 
in  prediction  Is  7.14  cf.  8810.  (/)  El,  a  divine 
name   PS1B"  'npS  PS  Gn  3320  (E) ;    'nps   PS 

mmin  Nu  i622(P=nmnn  'nps  mtr  Nu  2716); 

fW  D'nPS  PS  Jos  22s2  (P)  f  501.  This  is  pro- 
bable also  in  the  ancient  poems,  Nu  23819-22-23 
24<3.i6.23  (poet>  Bajaam  ||  *& &  p^yj  Dt  32i8  332s 


(poet.  Moses  ||  "Vtt  &  DTjp  >n^N)   2  S  22"2  23s 
(poet.  David   ||  IIS)  and  in  the  combinations 

\vbv  btt  (5 1.;  vid.  ivby)  &  *w  5*  (10 1.;  vid. 

HB*), 

t7.  ,  N  strength,  power  (on  connection 
with  I.  n^t  cf.  Di  Gn  i1  3129)  in  <T  ^jjreft  t'<  i» 
according  to  the  power  of  my  fuind=it  is  in  my 
power,  etc.  Gn  3iM(E;  sq.  ^>  +  Inf.);  bx!>rri7)3 
Vt  Pr327(sq.id.);  BT  ^"E*  Mi  21  (abs.);  neg. 

1,1.;  ^  P*}  Dt  2832  (abs.)=<Aou  shall  be  power- 
less, so  Ne  56. 

n'bN  67  so  Dt  3217;  p6n^  Dn  1  i38(vid.BD)sf. 
inPKPHb  i";  elsewhere  ITl 7>N  n.m.  god,  God. 
(Sam.  id.,  Aram.  S^t,  J^',  Ar.  iJI,  Sab.  nfo 
DHM,C;— n^K  as  found  in  Heb.  prob.  a  sg. 
formed  by  inference  fr.pLOVfrK;  cf.Neslc) — 1. 
a  heathen  god,  late  usage  ;  iw£"v3  2  Ch.  3215 
Dn  1137;  irOSO  iri3  *T  whose  power  is  his  god 
Hb  lu  2  K  1731  (but  Qr  *$%),  nibx  ann  ne>K 
ITS  w7j0  cfoiA  ormjr  GW  in  his  hand  Jb  1 26 
(Ew  Di  RVm,  etc.)  2.  God,  used  in  ancient 
poems  Dt  321517  ^  1832,  and  on  their  basis  an 
archaism  in  later  poetry  Jb34 -f-  (4 1 1.  Jb),  iff  5022 
1 147  13919  Pr  305  Is  448  Hb  33  Ne  917  (citing 
Ex  34s  where  ?N  is  used). 

□''H' .  N  2570 n.m.pl.  (f.  1  K  1 133;  on  number 
of  occurrences  of  ?X,  FlvN,  DVOK  cf.  also  Nes'c') 
1.  pi.  in  number,  fa.  riders,  judges,  either 
as  divine  representatives  at  sacred  places 
or  as  reflecting  divine  majesty  and  power: 
D\"l7Nn  Ex  2 16  (Onk  <3,  but  to  xpiTrjpiov  rov 
e«C  ©)  2278;  Oirbbt  2  2827  (X  Ra  AE  Ew  RVm; 
but  gods,®  JosephusPhilo  AV;  God,BiRY;  all 
Covt.  codeofE)cf.  iS225v.Dr.;  Ju58(Ew,but 
gods®;  God®  BarHeb.;  m,T  33  Be)^8216(De 
Ew  Pe;  but  angels  Bl  Hup)  1381  (@  X  Rab 
Ki  De  ;  but  angels  ®  Calv ;  God,  Ew ;  gods, 
Hup  Pe  Che),  tb.  divine  ones,  superhuman 
beings  including  God  and  angels  \^86  (De  Che 
Br;  but  angels  ®  <S  X  Ew;  God,  RV  and  most 
moderns)  Gn  i27  (if  with  Philo  5!  Jer  De 
Che  we  interpret  ne>yj  as  God's  consultation 
with  angels ;  cf.  Jb  38').  tc.  angels  i/r  g1]7 
(®  @  Calv;  but  gods,  Hup  De  Pe  Che); 
cf.  D,n7X(n)  '33  =  (the)  sons  of  God,  or  sons  of 
gods  =  angeh  Jb  i6  2'  387  Gn  624  (J;  so  ® 
Bks.  of  Enoch  &  Jubilees  Phllo  Jude  v6  2  Pet  24 
Jos  Antl-31)  most  ancient  fathers  and  modern 
critics;  against  usage  are  sons  of  princes, 
mighty  men,  Onk  and  Rab. ;  sons  of  God,  the 
pious,  Theod  Chrys  Jer  Augustine  Luther 
Calv  Hengst;    ®L  rd.   ni  viol  rov  Bioi),  cf. 


43  DVl^N 

D^K  '33.  d.  gods  Dmbttn  Ex  18"  22"  (E) 
1  S  48  2  Ch  2*  +  868;  IPrfoffl  >rbtt  the  God  of 
gods,  supreme  God  Dt  io17  ^  136s;  D'n^K  Ex 
32I1B  (JE)  Ju  9"  ;  Qnnx  D<nl?K  otlier  gods 
Ex2o3  23"  Jos  24216  (E)  Dt3i'8a>(JE)  57  + 
(17  t.  in  D,  not  P)  Ju  212I7W  io13  1  S  88  26" 
1  K969(=2Ch7m2)n<-">i4»  2K517  i7«5J?-» 
2217(=2Ch3425)2Ch2825Jei'«+(i8t.Je)Ho 
31;  133(H)  \lbn  foreign  gods  Gn  35"  Jos  24a>a 
(E)  Dt3i16(JE)  Juio16  1S73  2Ch33"  Je 

5";  -nru  'N  Gn  31s3  (E);  D'iSD  'x  Ex  1212  (P) 
Je43i2.i3.  noNn  /N  Jog  24i5^E)  Ju 6io.  D^x  /N  etc 

Ju  io6;  >T  nETJD  D'H^X  Dt428;  D"Un  'x  yo</«  0/ 
«Ae  nafc'oras  2  K  1833  1912  Dt2917  2CI1  321719  Is 
36,83712;  D'C5?n'NDt6Mi38Ju212V965iCh5!B 
1626  2  Ch  321314;  ep3  'x  Ex  2023  (E);  3nr'N  Ex 
2023  (E)  3231  (JE);  nsep  X  Ex  3417  (J)  Lv 
i94(H). 

2.  .PZ.  intensive,  a.  <jrod  or  goddess,  al- 
ways with  sf.  1  S57(Dagon),  Ju  1 i24  (Chemosh), 
iKi824(Baal),  JU927  Dm22;  or  cstr.  nm^ 
3X1JD  'X  BHDsi)  tWW  'x  to  Ashtoreth  goddess 
of  the  Zidonians,  Chemosh  god  of  Moab,  etc. 
1  K  n33;  pxn  'x  god  of  the  land  2  K  1 726-26-27, 
and  so  the  Syrians  suppose  that  Yahweh  is  a 
mountain-god  and  not  a  god  of  valleys  1 K  2028. 
b.  godlike  one  Ex  416  (J;  Moses  in  relation  to 
Aaron),  Ex  71  (P;  in  relation  to  Pharaoh), 
1  S  2813  (the  shade  of  Samuel),  f  457  (the 
Messianic  king,  0  God,  ®  <S  Jer,  most 
scholars  ancient  and  modern,  but  thy  throne 
is  GW'«=  God's  throne  AE  Ki  Thes  Ew  Hup, 
cf.  1  Ch  28s).  c.  works  of  God,  or  things 
specially  belonging  to  him  (vid.  ?5<  5)  JTnbtt  "in 

^  6816;  Ez  281416;  Q^rbn  b>k  Jb  i16;  wrbti(n)  p 
Ez28133I8-9.     d.  God  (vid.  3  &  4). 

3.  trnSNn  the  (true)  God,  D'H^KD  Nin  *> 
Yahweh  is  (the)  God  Dt43539  f  1  K  860  183939 
2Ch3313;  Wnbttn  Nin  IS4518;  DM^xn  '1  Jos 
22M  (P?)  1  K  182'24  2Ch3216;  D^Nnxin  nm 
2S728  1K1837  2K19"  iChi726Is3716Ne97; 
DWNn  as  subj.  or  obj.  is  used  in  E  33 1.,  Chr 
38  t.,  Ec  31 1.,  Jon  5  t.,  elsewhere  G1152224  6911 
(sources  of  P)  1718  (P)  Jos  22s4  (PI)  Gn  4416(J) 
Dt  4s5-39  79  Ju  6XM  714  io14  1628  212  1  S  io37 
1436  2S227  67  7s8  1216  1K860  jS21-24-24-37-39-39  1915 
(Ephr)  Jb210  Je  1 112  IS3716  4518  fio814  Dn  i9-'7; 

m-ipn  'nh  '1 1  S620;  ^nan  'xn  '•<  Ne  86;  icn  'xn 

niwiU  Ezr  i3;  Qivban  ynt«  Dn93;  in  many 
phrases,  as  DwKD  B^N  the  man  of  God,  acting 
under  divine  authority  and  influence :  =  (a)  angel 
Ju  1368,  (b)  prophet  (the  term  coming  into  use 
in  the  Northern  kingdom  in  the  age  of  Elijah 
1  S  99-10,  cf.  nnn  b*k  Hos  97) :  of  Moses  Dt33> 
Jos  146  (E)  1  Ch  23"  2  Ch  3016  Ezr  32  +  901; 


urfot* 


44 


and  others  of  their  time  iKi3IJ1  I718"24 
2Kiwl  4™  5»-*>  6s-"  7s-9  8s-11  i319  23 


of  Samtw./  1  So*-10;  of  David  2  Ch8u  Ne  1 2S4M; 
ShemaiaJt  1  K  1 2M  (  =  2  Ch  1 1 2) ;  Elijah,  Elisha, 

"   2028 

16"17(Ephr) 
2  Ch  25";  unnamed  prophet  1  S  2" ;  Hanan 
•Te  354;  a  later  title  of  prophet  was  DTlpXn  "DJ? 
the  servant  of  God,  used  of  Moses  1  Ch  6M  2CI1 
2  49  Ne  1 0s0  Dn  9".  DTli'Xn  ]T3  </j«  house  of  God, 
Ju  18s1,  esp.  late,  Chr  (52 1.)  Ec417  Dn  Is;  '>  JV3 
'KT1  1  Ch  221;  Orbxn  (nna)  fOX  <Ae  ark  (of  the 
covenant)  of  God  Ju  2027  1  S  4-5.  14,  2  S  6-7. 
i5(23t.)  1CI113.  15.  16,  2  Chi4  (13  t.);  HBO 
Wrbttn  the  rod  of  God  Ex  420 1 79  (E);  dTl^xn  in 
the  mount  of  God  (Horeb)  Ex  31  427  185  2413  (E) 
1  K  198  (Ephr) ;  D'n^xn  "\xbn  the  (tlveoplumic) 
angel  of  God  Gn  31"  Ex  1419  (E)  Ju  620  1369 
2 S 1 417'20  1 9s8;  in  other  combinations  Ex  1 816Nu 
23"  (E)  Ju  20s  i  S  48  511  io5  2  S  1623  1  K  1222 
iCh2i7+(i4t.)  V'873Ec91. 

4.  Oibx  =  God  11DX  D'r6x  '^Yahweh 
is  God  in  truth  Je  io10.  a.  On7X  (as  subj. 
obj.  direct  or  indirect)  is  used  by  P  (50  t.  in 
story  of  creation  and  deluge,  elsewhere  28  t.). 
by  E  (91  t.),  J  chiefly  in  poetic  sources  Gn 
31-"-5  9s7  399  Dt  32,W9,  by  D  (1 1 1.)  Ju  (21 1.) 
S  (50 1.)  K  (29  t.)  Chr  (45  t.);  in  f  43-86 
(180 1.  often  by  editorial  change  for  an  original 
CIOT),  elsewhere  f  3s  5"  7IU2  918  io413  141"  25^ 
3628  7714  ioo3io82-6-812I2i499  Jb  58  2029  28s13 322 
34°  (&  in  Prologue  6  t.)  Pr  2s  34  25s  Ec  (7  t.) 

Hos  (5 1.)  Am  4"  (did  nx  orbit  roaniM  as 

God  overthrew  Sodom  =  Je  5040  =  Is  1319)  Zc 
8a  128  Mi37  (but  nrrfo  ©  <S)  IS354  Is2  (9  t.) 
Je  io10  Ez  (13  t.)  Mai  (5t.)  Jon  (4  t.);  the 
phrase  Orbxb  'b  rHl  Gn2821  (EB)  1778  Ex  67 
29*  Lv  ii4S  2233  25s8  261245  Nui541  (P)  Dt  2617 
2913  2  S  724  (  =  1  Ch  1722)  Zc  88  Je  (6  t.)  Ez 
(6  t.);  p>T£  Orbx  righteous  God  f  f;  Oiinp 'x 
holy  God  Jos2419(E);  D^n  'x  living  God  Dt 
S23  1S172636  Jeio1^36;  <n'x  2  K  1 9416  ( =  Is 
37417).    For  the  phrases  'x  mn\  niX3y  'x  '♦, 

nixav  'x,  '*  'x  bx,  'x  it,  'x  nixnv  '\  vbtt  '< 
rmsst,  'x  *:~ix  vid.  rnm,  n»,  mxav  &  •onx. 

b.  cstr.  VJ^K  (a)  wi<A  2>ersons  DH13X  VpX  = 
GW  of  Abraham,  a  phrase  of  J,  Gn  2624  2813 
3153,  elsewhere  ^4710  1  K  1836  I  Ch  2918  2  Ch 

30s;  Dmax  »rra  'x  Gn  2412-27-42-48  (J);  nx  lvh» 

father's  God  (various  sf.  &  names),  a  phrase  of 
E,  Gn3i6m-424635017  Ex361315-,6i52i84  Jos 
i8»,  elsewhere  Gn  3210  43s3  (J)  Ex  46  (J  1)  Dt 

(8 1.)  Ju  212  2  K  2 122  Chr  (31 1.)  Dn  1 137;  ^X 
b#Tp)  Israel's  God,  phrase  of  E,  Gn  3320  Ex  51 
24l03227  J0S830  i4142216242!!3,  elsewhere  Ex 
3413  Jos?1319-20  (JE)  Nui69  Jos91819  2224  io4042 


131433  (R  vid.  Di  Jos  713)  Ju  46  556  68  n21-23 
2i3iSI17  +  (2ot.)K(26t.)  Chr  (45t.)^4i14 
10648  (doxol.)  596  697  Is  176  2 11017  29s3  Is32415 
37»-2'  Is24i,7+(6t.)  Je3517  +  (48t.),  Ez  84 
+  (7  t.)  Zp  29  Mai  2"  Ru  212;  bvrsr>  nu-iye  'x 
Gorf  0/  the  battle  array  of  Israel  1  S  1746;  'X 
3p£  2  S  231  (poet.)  V  202  46812  7510  767  81" 
849-947  Is  23  (  =  Mi  42);  B«-ayn  'x  Got/  0/  tiU 
Hebrews  Ex  318  5s  716  9113  (JE) ;  it  is  used  with 
other  proper  names,  Nahor  Gn3iS3(E),  Shem 
Gn  920  (J),  David  2  K  20s  2  Ch  2112  343  Is  385, 
Hezekinh  2  Ch  3  217,  Elijah  2  K  214 ;  li>Dn  »nx  'X 
tlie  God  of  my  lord  the  king  1  K  i36.  (|3)  with 
nouns  of  attributes  or  relationships,  DTp  'X 
ancient  God  Dt3327;  D/1V  'X  everlasting  God 
Is4028;riDX/X<,-Me  God  2 Chi 5? ;  }OX'Xl86516 
(vid.  19$);  HHPD'k  Is3o18  Mal217;  Dno'xMi 
6,;"to2  bs  'X  God  of  all  flesh  Je3227;  cf. 'x 

-iea  bsb  rnnnn  Nu  1622  2716  (P);   own  'x 

God  of  heaven  Gn  247  (Ja)  2  Ch  36s3  Ezr  i2  Ne 
j  4.5  24.a>.  cf  pNn  t,3  /N  Is  545;  'XI  n^ncn  'X  '' 
pxn  Gn  2  43(JB);  an^tp'Xa  God  at  hand  opp. 
ph-iO  'X  Je  2323,  Tljne»  'X,  ^  'X  God  of  my  soi- 
»a<jon^i847(  =  2S2247)24s255279656799855 
Is  1710  Mi  77  Hb  318  1  Ch  1635;  "V\y\W  'X  V'  882; 
'nyiETI  'X  f  5 116;  ''pIX'X  Goo!  o/wiy  righteous- 
ness f  42;  ^Dn  'X  f '591U8;  niV  'X  God  mj^o  is 
my  rock  2  S  2  23  (cf.  ^  1 83) ;   ''Wyo  'X  God  w/to  «'* 

my  stronghold  V'432;  ^CfTO  '"  God  m;Aj  is  my 
praise  i//- 1091.  c.  W!«A  «/.  in  P  (22  t.  incl. 
phr.  yrbxv  nXTl) Lv  191432 2517-3643  (H)  Ex  821 
Jos  2427  (E)  Dt  3237  (poet.)  Jos  p23  (JE)  Dt 
io213i17  Juio'°i6a!4  iSio19  2Sl0122232  + 
(4  t.  poet.)  1  K  1228  2023  2  K  1910  Chr  (83  t.) 
f(62  t.)  Pr  217  309  Ru  i151616  Ib  i10  713  81921  Is2 
(29 1.)  Jes4-5  23365i6  Ez3431  Dn(st.)  Ho 
(12  t.)  Am  2s  412  Jo  i»J»J»aW  Mi6877  Jon  i5« 
Zp32  Nai14  Zc97i25;  D^X  with  sf.  is  also 
used  with  niiT  several  hundred  times  (vid.  mrp). 

TTT7N  11.pr.1n.  (God  Juts  loved,  cf.  Sab. 
bum  DHM2"9™.";  v.  also  n^TT)  one  of  the 
elders  Nu  1 126-27;  prob.=T1vX  Nu  3421  where 
called  a  prince  of  Benjamin. — On  n.pr.  with 
bx  cf.  those  with  3X  &  nx,  &  eSp.  No  '•%  v.  p.  42, 
&  (Sab.)  DHMK""!rI)™km-88. 

tnjH^N  n.pr.m.  (God  has  called  1  cf.  U> 
Ar.)  son  of  Midian  Gn  254  1  Ch  i33. 

T-QtvN  n.pr.m.  (God  has  given,  cf.  Oeobco- 
pot,  7X,':13])  n^"i3l)  a.  one  of  David's  band  of 
Gadites  1  Ch  12'1'-.     b.  a  Korahite  1  Ch  267. 

Tjrn^N  n.pr.m.  (God  has  been  gracious, 


n« 


h» 


45 


JOB^ 


cf.  Ph.  nrbtt,  \)rbv2,  in  As.  Ba'alhanunu  COT 
Gn  io18)  two  of  David's  chiefs  2  S  2i19=i  Ch 
205;  2  S2354=iChn26. 

tMJPW  n.pr.m.  (God  is  father,  cf.  btplty 

a.  prince  of  Zebulon  Nu  i927724,29io]6.  b.  prince 
of  Reuben  Nu  16112  26s-9  Dt  1 16.  C.  brother  of 
David  1S166  I713-28-28  1  Ch  213  2Chii18(cf. 
Wj||  1  Ch  2718).  d.  a  Kohathite  1  Ch  61J= 
b$%  v19  cf.  W^j  1  S  i1.  e.  a  Gadite  1  Ch  1 29. 
f.  Levite  singer  1  Ch  151820  165. 

IvMyN  n.pr.m.  (El  is  God,  or  my  God  is 
God)  only  Ch.  a.  two  or  three  of  David's  chiefs 
1  Ch  1 146 A1  1211.  b.  chief  of  Manasseh  1  Ch  5s4. 
C.  two  chiefs  of  Benjamin  1  Ch  820,22.  d.  chief  of 
the  Hebronites  1  Ch  159".  e.  a  chief  Kohathite 
1  Ch  619=:i!<<?!({  v12  cf.  W?N  1  S  i4.  f.  a  Levite 
2Ch3i13. 

tnrM",7Sl  n.pr.m.  (God  has  come)  a  He- 
manite'/ch  2  54  =  nri;?K  1  Ch  2527. 

Tvht*  v.  T&S  supr. 

tSTJpt*  n.pr.m. (Godknows,ci.b^Sn,  Sab. 
y-lbn  Hal 209)  a.  son  of  David  2S5"  1  Ch  38 
=  J)T/jn  1  Ch  147  which  perh.  rd.  here,  cf.  Dr8"1. 

b.  father  of  an  adversary  of  Solomon  iKii8. 
C.  chief  of  Benjamin  2  Ch  1 717. 

Tfhyi  2Ki3  +  4t.;  V1J7M  iKi7'  +  62t.; 

n.pr.m.  (  Yah(u)  is  God,  cf.  -'N^)  a.  Elijah, 
the  great  prophet  of  the  reign  of  Ahab  1  K  1 7 ' 
+  65t.  K;  2  Ch  2 112  Mais23,  b.  Benjamite 
1  Ch  8s7;  C.  a  priest  of  Ezra's  time  Ezr  io21; 

c.  a  son  of  Elam  Ezr  1  o26. 

tVT^M  Jb324+3t.;  NIPPON  Jb322  + 
6t.;  n.pr.m.  (He  is  (my)  God)  a.  the  young 
friend  of  Job  Jb  322-4-5-6  34*  35'  36\  b.  an 
Ephraimite,  Samuel's  great-grandfather  iS  I1 
cf.  3N^K  1  Ch  612,  *W%  v19.  c.  chief  of  Manas- 
seh 1  Ch  1220.  d.  a  Korahite  1  Ch  267.  e.  one 
of  the  brethren  of  David  1  Ch  2718  (cf.  3K^« 

1  S  166). 

TN2rP7N  n.pr.m.  (God  hides)  one  of 
David's  chiefs  2S2331  1  Ch  n33. 

'fl"!'"'V^  n.pr.m.  (Autumn  Godt    cf.  Jb 

2  94)  one  of  Solomon's  scribes  1  K  43. 

t^TE^N  (&  !^D-  Eu  21)  n.pr.m.  (God  is 

king,  cf.  ?N,3?p)  husband  of  Naomi  Ru  Is'3  23 
.3.9 
4    • 

t^D^N  n.pr.m.  (God  has  added)  a.  chief 


of  Gad  Nu  1"  214  742-47  io30.    b.  chief  of  Ger- 
shon  Nu  324. 

t",.)rVN  CUR"  Gn  i55  +  )  n.pr.m.  (God  is 
help,  cf  Ex  184;  v.  also  "!$?«  infr.,  V'3',  Ph. 
■ttJBWH,  -ityi>jn,  baw)  a.' Abraham's  steward 
Offl  •  £)>  a  Damascene  Gn  1 5*.  b.  a  son  of  Moses 
Ex  184  1  Ch  23151717.  c.  Benjamite  1  Ch  7".  d. 
several  priests  1  Ch  1524  1  Ch  26s5  Ez  io18.  e. 
Reubenite  I  Ch  2  716.  f.  prophet  in  time  of Jeho- 
shaphat  2  Ch  2037.  g.  Levite  chief  Ez  816  io23. 
h.  son  of  Harim  Ezr  1  o31. 

TOy^M  n.pr.m.  (G>d  is  kinsman;  Ph. 
DJlfot)  a.  father  of  Bathsheba  2  S  1 13;  cf.  ^X'B? 
1  Uh  35.  b.  one  of  David's  heroes  2  S  23s4 
(ace.  to  some  =  a). 

TtD"'7N  n.pr.m.  (God.  is  fine  gold  t)  a.  son 
of  Esau  Gn  364'011121216'6  1  Ch  i3536.  b.  friend 
of  Job  Jb2u4l  151  2  21427'9- 

T  ,  D"1 ,  N  n.pr.m.  (God  has  judged)  one  of 
David's  heroes  1  Ch  1 135  (but  v.  o£ B'j>N  2  S  23M). 

T:inT'E,,7N  n.pr.m.  (may  God  distinguish 
him)  one  of  the  doorkeepers  1  Ch  15'821. 

ttOl?Q'lI7^  (Dhr  2  s  5'6  + )  »-P*.xn.  (God  is 
deliverance,  cf.  ^,P?S)  a.  son  of  David  2  S  5" 
1  Ch  368  147;  =0"^}  1  Ch  145.  b.  one  of 
David's  heroes  2  S  23s4  (cf.  also  ^"fpN  1  Ch  1 I36). 
c.  a  Benjamite  1  Ch  839.  d.  one  of  the  line  of 
Adonikam  Ezr  813.  e.  of  the  line  of  Hashum 
Ezr  io33. 

fro^M  n.pr.m.  (nis  Hock  is  God,  cf.  Dt 
324;  v.  also  bwjK)  chief  of  Reuben  Nu  Is  210 


^30.35    IQ1S_ 


tjC^TN  n.pr.m.  (God  has  protected,  cf.  Ph. 
byZitt)  a.  chief  of  the  Kohathites  Nu  3°° 
1  Ch  158  2  Ch  2913;  =iss!'?  Ex  622  Lv  io4.  b. 
chief  of  Zebulun  Nu  34s. 

tHg^M  n.pr.m.  (inot  in  ©,  1  Ch  1 127  Dr) 
one  of  David's  heroes  2  S  23&. 

TD^p*1  vN  n.pr.m.  (God  sets  up,  cf.  Sab. 
i>NEpn,  ^SOp1  Hal 61S)  a.  Hezekiah's  prefect  of 
the  palace  2  K  1818*37  io2  Is  2  220  3631122  37s. 

b.  son  of  Josiah,  made  king  by  Pharaoh  2  K 
23s4  2  Ch  364;  =  D,i#rP  2  K  241  Je  i3  1  Ch  3*. 

c.  a  priest  Ne  1 241. 

ty3C7',7M  n.pr.f.(6W  is  an  oath,  by  which 
one  swears,  cf.  Is  1918  Am  814  Zp  i6)  wife  of 
Aaron  Ex  6™;= 'EA«<ra/3<0  @,  cf.  Lu  i7. 


Hex)  Ju  20ffl  i  Ch  5M3°  6M  920  241 


Ezr  7. 


TyiU?',7S  n.pr.m.   (God  is  salvation,   cf. 

V?"?!!?  infr.;  or  is  opulence,  cf.  y*B"?S)  son  of 
David  2  S  5"  1  Ch  14'. 

TTCJJ I N  n.pr.m.   (God   restores,  cf.  Nes 

"lil  &  Sab.Vwin  DHMZM0188SM)  a.  a  descen- 
dant of  David  1  CI1324.  b.  priest  of  David's  time 

1  Ch  24".  c.  high  priest  of  Nehemiah's  time 
Ezr  io6  Ifeji.io.M.ji  i2 10.10.12.23 I3«.?.»    d  a  ginger 

Ezr  io21.  e.  one  of  the  line  of  Zattu  Ezrio27. 
f.  one  of  the  line  of  Bani  Ezr  1  o36. 

tjrrttT'V N  (God  has  heard,  cf.  btWtf),  &  Sab. 
VDD^X,  $>Kyeiy  Hal1"'193)  a.  chief  of  Ephraim 
Nu  i10  218  748M  io22  1  Ch  726.    b.  son  of  David 

2  S 5"  1  Ch 368  1 47.  c.  scribe  of  Jehoiakim  Je 
.jg12.20.21      d  one  0f  tue  r0yaj  gee(j  2  K  25^  Je 

4 11.  e.  a  man  of  Judah  I  Ch  241.  f.  a  priest 
2  CI1178. 

i,tt?",T,N    n.pr.m.    (God    is    salvation,    cf. 

J**&,  Sab.  bsyiv  DHMZM0188315)the  prophet 
Elisha,  the  successor  of  Elijah  1  K  io16+  57  t. 
all  K;    'EX«ra,  'EAiotuc  @  ;  'EXi<raios  Lu  4s7. 

tl3Dttr»7M  n.pr.m.  (God  has  judged,  Ph. 

BBB^jn,  i'WDBB')  a  captain  in  the  time  of 
Jehoiada  2  Ch  23'. 

nn^N  v.  nnx^N. 

T  T-    v;  t  t    •  VI 

Trio^N  v.  sub  1.  *?<*. 

t         :    v 

IDyj^N  n.pr.m.    (God   is  pleasantness) 

father  of  two  of  David's  heroes  1  Ch  n46  (not 
inS). 

t|n^N  (God  has  given,  cf.  !>BfO?,  &  As. 

llu-iddin   DlFra",   Ph.    jn^JD,    bv2iT\\   Palm. 

jrunp,  nbm  Vogp"3°*>"•31,,  -Nab.  Swam,  jruop 
EutN'bl2'\  Sab.  i>tom,  amfo  dhmZM01883-16-361- 

ass  QTgiv.j.i.w    Theodore,  Diodate).      a.   the 

grandfather  of  Jehoiakim  2  K  24s;  cf.  Je  26s2 

36122S(?).  b.  Levites  of  the  time  of  Ezra 
Ezr  8161616. 

'"IJ^yN  n.pr.m.  (God  lias  testified)  an 
Ephraimite  1  Ch  721. 

imjON  n.pr.m.  (God  has  adorned,  cf. 
^HJ»)T  an  Ephraimite  1  Ch  720. 

T^J^N  n.pr.m.  (God  is  my  strength  = 

*<#$  cf.  bww,  Sab.  nv^N  (tjfo?)  DHM2"81883-15) 
one  of  the  heroes  of  David  1  Ch  1 25. 

1tyV«  n.pr.m.  (God  lias  helped,  cf.  "W^K 
supr.)     a.  Eleazar  the  priest  Ex  6°  +  (50 1.  in 


n 


h* 


b.  son  of  Abinadab  1  S  71.  c.  one  of  David's 
heroes  2  S  23'  1  Ch  1 1";  ins.  also  1  Ch  27*  cf. 

Dr8m!80         d_     ft      Levite      j    Ch    2321.22    ^         g 

priest  of  the  time  of  Ezra  Ezr  S33  Ne  1242.  f. 
one  of  the  line  of  Parosh  Ezr  io25. 

ftt^ty,  ||  rhyhi*  n.pr.loo.  (God  doth 

ascendtyof  a  village  in  the  tribe  of  Eeuben,  near 
Heshbon,  in  ruins,  el  Al  (vid.  RbBB111!78)  Nu 
32337Isi54  169  Je4834. 

tniry  7N  n.pr.m.  (God  lms  made,  cf.  Wb^, 
V^-etc.)  a.  descendant  of  Judah  1  Ch  23940. 
b.  a  Beiijamite  1  Ch  837  9".  c.  of  the  line  of 
Pashur  Ezr  io22.    d.  son  of  Shaphan  Je  29s. 

tt^S&M  v.  ^?^K. 

t^ysV^  n-pr.m.  (God  of  doing  J  cf.  Ph. 
nD3s6yB)  a  Benjamite  1  Ch  8"1218. 

ISS^M  v.  Wtfe. 

I  t  t    :    v  T 

!"l]p  7N  n.pr.m.  (God  has  created,  or  taken 

possession)  a.  father  of  Samuel  1  S  1—2  (8  t.) 
1  Ch  61219.  b.  son  of  Korah  Ex  624.  c.  a  ruler 
in  Jerusalem  in  the  time  of  Ahaz  2  Ch  287.  d. 
one  of  David's  warriors  1  Ch  126.  e.  several 
Levites  (a)  1  Ch  6910-21  (/3)vlla>  (y)  916  (8)  1523. 

f  II.  J"7 /£"?  vb.  swear,  curse  (cf.  I.  HPK?  so 
Thes  Lag0'"-9)— Qal  Pf  1  K 831  (=  2  Ch  6M  all 
Vrss  Th  Bo  Ba  Kp  reading  n^XI);  tifat  Ju  172; 
Inf.  abs.  H$K  H042;  ni^K  Ho  io4.  %,  swear, 
take  oath  before  God  1  K  831  (=2  Ch  6s2)  ;  in 
covenants  H042  io4  (falsely).  2.  curse  Jul 72. 
Hipb.  Impf.  bf\  1  S  1424;  Inf.  fr%lj>  1  K  831 
=  2  Ch  6s12  adjure,  pmt  under  oath. 

ti"&N  n-f-  oath  Gn2628  +  ;  sf.V^K,  Srb&  Gn 

2441-r(4Tt.);  pi.  nil!3KDt2  920+(4t.)  1.  oath 
in  testimony  Lv  51  Nu  52121  (P)  Pr  292S;    N3 


n^N3  come  into  an  oath  Ne  io30;   ntaa  N'an 

bring  into  an  oath  Ez  17'3;    rbtt  NSW  1K831 

(=2  Che22).     2.  oath  of  covenant  Gn  244141 

2628  (J)  Dt291113;  nbt<  013  despise  an  oath  Ez 
j  659  j  j  i6.i8.i9      3  curse  ,aj  from  God  Nu523(P) 

Dt  2919 19-20  307  2  Ch  3424  Is  24s  Je  2310  Dn  911 
Zc  53;  (b)  from  men  J  b3 130  ■<//■  io7  5913.  4.  exe- 
cration in  the  phrase  rON?  iTO  become  an 
execration  Nu  527  (P)  Je  2918  4218  4412. 

tn^Nn,  sf.  yrbm,  n.f.  curse  La  3*. 

T  -:  -  '»  •  I*    •     '  ° 

till.  [H7K]  vb.  wail  (Aram.  N^t,  ^*) 
only  Qal  Imv.\.  "b$  Jo  i8  (v.  ,^«). 

tn^?N  n.f.  fat  taU  of  sheep,  still  ac- 
counted a  delicacy  in  the  East ;  (Mish.  id.  X, 


nrnbt?,  WrbtS,  etc.;  Ar.  i$\  cf.  Fl.TWBLt18*) 
Ex  29s2  Lv3»  f  8s5  (all  fl5$J)j  9»  prob.  also 
1  S  9s4   for   n^Vn   v.   Gei    Dr   (cf.  Tristram 

Nat.  Hist.  Bit),  ch.  vl  JJJ  ItWB  Scha/t   gjjjjfk  Diet.  Bib.  iherp\ 

+V->N  conj.  (oft.  in  Mishnah;  Aram.  £*K, 
clSw^  ?Z/V  :  from  f'X,  .£  and  lb)  if,  though, 
only  in  late  Heb.,  Ec  66  Est  74. 

I.  . ^7N  n.pr.  of  6th  month,  Aug. — Sept. 
Ne616  (Mish.  id.,  Pal.  blbtf  Vog79,  As.  Ululu  COT 
Nei1,  Ar.  J_>M,  Aram.  J)<£s~/). 

tffil .  N  n.pr.loc.  a  station  of  Israel  in  the 
wilderness  Nu  231314. 

tLM/^J  vb.  only  ITiph.  be  corrupt  mo- 
~   T  _* 

rally;  tainted  (Che  ^  143)  (cf.  Ar   111  vni.  be 

confused  (of  a  thing),  of  milk,  turn  sour\  Pf.  3  pi. 

,nJ$?  V' J  43  534;  -f'-  nh?3  a  corrupt  man  Jb  1 516. 

^N  Gn  2439  v.  &K. 

tnU.^7^  n-Pr-loc.  as  sow.  ofJavan  Gn  io4 
iChi7;  'N^NEz  277  (Aeolis Josephus  Jer Kn; 
H  DerenbourcM'!'lnB';aGr*ux'2S5r<Eng'tn'°5' in,r-0c'-188'.7>. 
IfettasZ30"  etc.,  Len0"*"-234';  Italy,  with  Sicily, 
cf.  X;bp"K  n:Ht?  £  Ezek,  Di  Gri  io4;  Car- 
<Ao^'=Elissa,  Sta  i>.ropuio  j.van.sr.  E  Meyer 
Gesch.  i.  s  282 .  decision  difficult ;  last  view  very 
attractive). 

I.  [77^?]  0°  oe  weak  or  insufficient,  assumed 
in  Thes  as  root  of  ? vK  (as  also  of  bs) :  cf.  Ar. 

^11  to  fail  in  a  thing). 

fll.  hbVi  Je  1414  Kt,  i.q.  b'bg,  q.v. 

tb'1 /M  n.m.  (etym.  uncertain :  most 
prob.  akin  to  Syr.  ^*^.(r  weak,  feeble,  poor  ; 
perh.  also  in  usage  [cf.  b]  felt  to  suggest  ?N 
not;  cf.  Che  on  Is  28)  insufficiency,  wortldess- 
ness.  a.  Zen17  b^bxn  *jn  the  shepherd  of 
worthlessness =the  worthless  shepherd,  Jbi34 
bb«  'KB!  worthless  physicians  ( ||  Ijy^Db), 
Je  1 414  Qr  concr.  a  thing  of  nought  (uttered 
by  prophets),  but  here  bvK  DDp  a  worthless 
divin.  (||  T#  pin,  Dab  VttTp)  should  perh.  be 
read  (cf.  Gf).  b.  esp.  pi.  D y vX  concr.  worthless 
gods,  idols  (cf.  Evan)  (possibly  orig.  an  indep. 
word=0wfa,  cf.Sab.  nbtcbn,&v.N6  «Ak»*H«») 
but  even  if  so,  associated  by  the  prophets  with 
idea  of  worthlessness,  &  used  by  them  in  iron. 


contrast  with  D'iw,  D'ryN)  Lv  194  (not  to  be 
made)  261(bothH),Is  28"2050  (of  silver  &  gold), 
io10  Tjffi  niabpp  (coll.) kingdoms  of  idolatrous 
viorthlessness,  v"  1913  (of  Egypt)  31"  Ez3o's 
(Egypt),  Hb  2"  D'pbx  'K  dumb  idols,  f  96' 
(=iChi6M)  all  the  gods  of  the  nations  are  'K 
vain,  worthless  gods  97". 

II-  7  7^  ( -/assumed  for  following  words). 

t.lTN  n.f.  oak  (cf.  pbs,  but  ©  here  r(pi- 
Hiv6as)  only  Jos  24s6  tlis  oak  which  is  in  the 
sanctuary  of  '' ;  rd.  however  perh.  n?N,  terebinth 

(v.  1.  fibs?). 

tpV«  n.m.Gn358  oak  (©  frihavos,  b,w,,  etc.) 
—'X  abs.  Gn35s  +  ;  cstr.  it.;  pi.  D'iibsjSAm  29 
Ez  27s;  cstr.  'Oi/'K  Is  213  Zc  ii12; — as  marking 
grave  of  Deborah,  Rebekah's  nurse  Gn358  (E); 
whence  called  oak  of  weeping,  11133  'K  ib.  (v.  Di 
ad  loc,  &  sub  p?S?  p.  18);  elsewhere  only  in  pro- 
phets; as  marking  illicit  shrines  Ho413(||  njnp, 
fibs?);  as  felled  Is  613  (in  sim.;  ||  flbs?);  as  fur- 
nishing material  for  making  idols  Is  44"  (||  TIN, 
nn^»  n**);  as  smi-  f°r  strength  (|Dn)  Am  29; 
also  IB^n  *$*  Is  213  (as  lofty  &  majestic),  cf. 
EZ276  (as  strong,  for  making  oars);  Zen2, 
metaph.  of  prominent  men. 

"m 7N  n.pr.m.  (oak)  a  Simeonite  1  Ch  437 
(on  Jos  1 9s3  v.  pbs?p.  18). 

tTjVQ^  n.pr.loc.  in  Asher  (=^D  D^N? 
so  Thes  MV)  Jos  1 926  (Baer  tabs?). 

t',77^  interj.  (prob.  onomatop.:  cf.  Jl, 

fibs?,  ^Vto  vjail,  AA.:  woe!  Di718)  alas!  woe! 
sq.  V  to  me  Mi  71  Jb  io". 

t[D_?N]  vb.  bind  (perh.  cf.  As.  [alamu], 
almattu,fortressT>\  in  ZimEP  "4  &  in  BD  Ezek."'; 
Ar.  1)1  be  in  pain,  Aram.  yi^t  retain  anger). 
Niph.  {be  bound  = )  be  dumb,  Pf.  3  fs. 
nob.SO  IS537;  PlO^l  EZ326,  etc.;  7mp/.  2  ms. 
IJJJW  Ez  24s7;  3  fpl.  fijpbsw  ^  31".— 1. 
6e  dumb,  i.e.  silent  ^  39s  iWJM  '3  (||  Wtfrifl); 
cf.v10  (||  ^-rWBK  S?b);  sim.  of  sheep  Is537(||  id.) ; 
6e  dMm6,  i.  e.  unable  to  speak  Ez  y6  (result 
of  W^j  p'aiK  ^V^)  cf.  24s7  i»»T*  nr^ 
■rty  Dbsri  ^!n  naini;  33"  niy  'np^w  n^  »  nns^.; 

also  Dn  io15  (cf.  v16);  be  made  dumb  subj. 
■fflg  ^riBB'  Zymy  Zt>*  V  3 119  (II  ^80  ,DT  v'8)- 


toVn  48 

Pi.  Ft.  bind  G11377  (E)  D'tpbx  D'E^XD  binding 
sheaves. 

T  [nD7^]  n.f.  sheaf,  in  Joseph's  dream 

Gn37;.7.7T.7  '(■£)  3q  sf  v.bSx,  pi.  on^x,  eovtoSs; 

also  f  1 26s  Vn'ebx  (in  fig.  of  ret.  fr.  captivity). 

tO^N  n.[m.]  silence,  f  561  (title)  vid.  01 

De,  in  name  of  melody  D'prn  D7X  roiOy;  also 

+  58*  (  =  adv.  in  sihnceX)  but  rd,  D(')bx  01 
De  Che,  etc. 

'  D7S  adj.  dumb,  unable  to  speak;  Ex  411 
D;>X  DVc>  ip  "lX  Dlt6  HB  Db  'O ;  Is  5610  D^? 
Dn$K  fig.  of  false  proph.;  of  idols  'X  D'^bx 
Hl>28;  as  subst.  Pr3i8  ^38"  IS356. 

□^N  v.  in.  D^Sp.  i9. 
S^N  v.  D^'X  sub  II.  h«. 

T    " 

T  |72T'N  adj.  forsaken,  of  Israel  Je  515  (sq. 
D'r6.XD). 

TTQ  ;  N  n.[m.]  widowhood,  fig.  of  Babylon 
Is  47"  (||  btotf,  cf.  v9;  vid.  BaNBB). 

tn:oV«     n.f.  widow  (Mish.  id.,  As.  aZ- 

t  t  :   -  61  * 

mattu  Dl  in  ZimBri14)— 'x  Gn  38"+  ;  no  cstr.; 

pl.  riboj*  Ex  2  2a+  ;  pi.  sf.  vrfuoiix  Jb  2718, 

etc.— widow  1  K  1 720;  'X  n£;K  2  S  1 46(  || ^K  nD'l) 
1K714  nMi7910;  Gn38"(J;  living  in  father's 
house)  cf.  Lv  2  213  (H ;  ||  ITf*^) ;  2 1 14  (H),  where 
widow  forbidden  as  wife  of  h.  p.,  like  HE^nj,  rppn, 
H3T  cf.  Ez  44K-SS-22  (ti.  of  all  priests,  exc.  widow 
of  priest);  Nu3O10(P;  of  widow's  vow,  ||nt!'Vi3); 
niJDbx  D3^?=ye  shall  be  slain  Ex  2  223(||D3''A3 
G'DJV)  cf. V1099  Je  158  18s1  Ez  2a»  also  La  5s 
(sim.);  of  those  snatched  away  by  pestilence 
Hj^an  tib  1>tfl$$  Jb2715;  by  sword,  id.,  ^78"; 

®  We  rd.  rrt»n  nfofsj*  2S203  (v.  n«oj>x  infr.) 

of  imprisoned  concubines;  fig.  of  Jerusalem 
Lai';  Babylon  Is  47s;  esp.  widow  as  help- 
less, exposed  to  oppression  &  harsh  treat- 
ment (oft.  ||DirV,  &  -13);  Is  i23  io2  Jb229  24s 
3 116  y(r  94s  Mai  3s;  harshness  forbidden,  &  care 
for  them  enjoined  Ex2221(E)  Dt  1429  16"14 


»4BJUUI  261213  2719  Is  1"  Je  76  223  Zc  710,  cf. 
Jb  2913;  under  esp.  care  of  God  Dt  io18  Je49u 
Pr  15*^68'  1469;  once  of  severity  of  judgment 
in  not  sparing  widow  Is  916.  ('PX  Is  1 3s2  vid.  sub 
PD")X ;  Ez  197  vid.  ib.  &  also  sub  pjJD.) 

t[rVljDTN]   n.f.  widowhood  (Mish.  id., 
Ph.  riD^x)  sf.nnyD^X  HJ3  her  widow's  garments 


Gn  381419;  cstr.  m>n  rVODJw  2  S  203  (of  David's 
imprisoned  concubines ;  but  text  impossible  ; 
©  We  ni>Pl  niJDbx,  cf.  Dr;  Klo  thinks  gloss); 
fig.  of  Jerusalem  Is  544  IJTIUDpK. 

"Y"? "t?  at^J-  some  one,  a  certain  (name 
unspoken);  'X  *frf  Dipt)  1  S  21s  2  K  68;  '«  'B 
alone.of  person,  =  such-an-one,so-and-so~Ru  41. 

tipVX  n.pr.loc.  Ellasar  Gn  i4'-9(  =  Bab. 
Larsa,  mod.  Senkereh,  c.  28  miles  NE.  from  Ur; 
cf.  LoftC8240fDl1'*B3,TieleGe'chlM,  COT"""00). 

fl.  [*]7^]  vb-  learn  (Ar-  ^4  **5P» 
cleave  to,  become  familiar  with;  Aram.  *P8, 
&^L,  learn,  Sl£.1" ,  Pa  teacli).  Qal  Jfnp/ 
2  ms.  iririN  C]bxn  pr  222i;  Pi.  teach,  sq.  ace. 
1J»B  ^  Jbi5s(subj.^J!);  soJP<.«sb(for '^XID 
Sta'^'Ko1'388  Ge'^S'cf.  Ewtrab)  Jb  35u;'sq. 
2  ace.  noon  is^xx  Jb  33s3. 

ti.  [*$*]  n.m.  y8'8;  only  pl.  cattle 
(Ph.  tjijN,  As.alpu,  COTGl0")—  D'B^X  Pr  144  Is 
3024  used  in  tillage;  subject  to  man  ^88  (H^.S); 
their  increase  T^X  Tjtf  a  blessing  Dt  713  2841851 
(||  all  13t6t  niriB'jj)'. 

1.  tpV&  adj.  tame — 'n  abs.  Mi  76+; 
cstr.  Pr2,7  +  ;  sf.  *»fcl  ^55";  pl-  D^ 
Je  1321;  sf.  0*B^8  ^  14414,  etc.;— 1.  tame,  rfo- 
cile,  ^v8  fe*33  a  <2oci7e  (gentle)  Zam6  Je  1 1 19. 
2.  n.m.  friend,  intimate  yj/  5514  (||  1>^B)  Mi  7s 
(||  IT!!)  Pr  1628 179  Je  1321;  of  a  woman's  hus- 
band y\W:  'X  Pr  2";  fig.  of  "*  as  husband  of 
Judah,  id.,  Je  34.  3.  i.q.  1.  *fy(;  aty&}  CW^t 
\^  14414  (i.e.  cows). 

II.  ^7^  a.m.Ju615  thousand  (^X  MI,  SI, 

Sab.  DHM2MG1875-615;  Ar.  dii(  Aram.  *£]', 
$* ,  X^bx)— 'x  ('X)  Gn  2016  + ;  sf.  ^X  f  Ju  615; 
du.  D^X  Nu436  +  ;  pl.  D"?^  Exi82I  +  ;  cstr. 
•BJJU  EX3228-!-;  T^X  Dt713+2t.;   I'S^X  Qr 

1  S  i87+2t.  (Kt  IS") — a  thousand.  1.  nu- 
meral: a.  used  with  noun  alone;  mostly  before 
noun  NU354  Jos  7s  Ne  3"  1  Ch  i84+  ;  after 
noun  (late)  1  Ch  1 235  +  6  t.  Ch  Ezr  Ne;  TOX3  'X 
Nu  355'5'"  Ez  473  (del.  Co);  the  noun  always  pl. 
when  preceding,  sometimes  when  following, 
i  S  252  1  K  34  2  K  ^r^Is  368  2  Ch  3024  f  904 
Jb  4  2 12  Ec  66;  elsewh.  sg.  tr  N  Ju  949 1 51516  Jos  73  + ; 
nox  Nu  354  +  (so  SI);  "rtl  Dt79+,  cf.  iCh  184 
196  2  K  1519  Jb421'!Ct44Is  721,  noun  sometimes 
coll.;  'Npl.  cstr.  Mi  67  ^  1 1 9" Gn  2460;  noun  not 


ffw 


49 


expr.  (or  not  fully)  Gn  2016  Nu  3l5,6  + ;  distrib. 

*])*  •  •  •  «£«  Nu  314;  multipl.  Dt  i"  D'OV?  'x! 
indef.  for  great  no.  (pi.)  Ex206347  Dts10  Je'3218, 
(sg.)  Dt  3  230  Ec  66  +  .  b.  'x  +  other  num.  usually 
precedes  it  Ex  38^  +  oft.;  but  foil.  VfOF\  Ezr 
2M  +  2 1.;  it  follows  also  smaller  no.  Nu  3Mi  K  512 
(so  SI);  the  noun  foil,  in  sg.  Ex  2825  +  8 1.;  pi. 
2  S  84  +  2 1.;  noun  precedes,  in  pi.  (late)  Dn  1 212 
+  2  t.;  noun  not  expr.  Ex  3  s28  +  oft.  c.  't<  x 
other  no.  always  foil.  Ex  i237-f  ;  usual  order  is 
no.  X  'X  +  additional  no.  (if  any)  +  noun  (if  expr.) 
Nu3iS2  Ju  2035cf.Ex  1 2372K  34A  + ;  less  oft.noun 
+  no.  x'x  Nu  3 i33  iK8ffl+;  (other  combin.  v. 
Ex 38s6  Nu26M3i32  EX4830  1  Ch297etc);  '« 
usually  sg.  Nu  n2'  +  ;  exc.  after  units,  where 
pi.  abs.  Nu  i46  Ju  2034  +  (so  MI);  seld.  pi.  cstr. 
Ex  32s8  Ju  410  Jb  i3-3;  (noun  mostly  sg.  when 
foil.  Ju  410  1  K  i221  +  ,  yet  pi.  Jos  413 1  S  i35  +  ; 
when  preceding  it  is  pi.  1  Ch  521  4- ,  or  coll.  Nu 

3133  1S252  iK8632Ch75+);  n'S^flbK  iCh 
215  2214  2  Ch  148;  ]Xp  ^b«  ^68^  cf.  fffi; 
igg  nina  ^5o10,  rd.  bx  cf.  ^36',  OlBiChe; 
yet  v.  Hup  De.— Note.  1 0,000 =D^«  roby 
etc.  Ju  i4  3W  1  K  5s8  1  Cb.297+;  less'oft.  Si, 
^551  etc-  <!•▼•  2.  a  thousand,  a  company  of 

1000  men,  as  united  under  one  superior,  or 
leader,  hence '« "If  (ne>)  Ex  1 82L2S  cf.  Nu  3 1 "  + ; 
cf .  iwif ;  X  'V«1  Nu  1 16 1  o4  Jos  2  2s130  &  v.  infr. ; 
cf.  also  1  S  29s;  esp.  family,  etc.  Ju  615  1  S  io19 
(|[  cat?  &  cf.  nna^t?  v21);  cf.  Mi  52;— Nu  10s6 

farfcl  *£(  n^a-i)  31*  Jos  2214  1  S  23s3  ap- 
parently shew  transit,  to  this  technical  use. 

in.  fpN  n.pr.loc.  city  in  Benj.,  'KH  Jos 
1 8s8;  perL  Lifta  N¥.  fr.  Jems.  Survey1"18 
(cf.  11.  'QX  2  for  prob.  meaning). 

11.  tyl^N  n.m.  ichi.oi  chief)  chiliarch 
(denom.  fr.  11.  ^N  v.  Di  Gn  3615)— '«  abs.  Gn 
3616  +  ;    pi.   cstr.   ^X  (^K)   Ex  i515  +  ;    sf. 

DiTE^N  Gn  361930—  chief  (tribal)  of  Edom  Gn 
3615(5,>+38t.Gn36(P);Exi515(E)iChi61(4t) 
+  9t.;   of  Judah  Zc  125";  so  *\\x  9'  (in  sim.) 

t[T7K]  vb.  Pi.  urge  (Aram.  -Stfi  Sam. 
•m  a)  3  fs.  ins^Nni  Ju  1 66  ( ||  n,?.?"]a  \b  WW). 

nip1™  v.  1.  W. 

^"'IT'lpV^   adj. gent.   c.  art.  Nahum   the 

Elkoshite  Na  I1  (perhaps  =.  from  Elkosh,  but 
locality  unknown ;  identified  by  Jerc<"""n-  with  a 
village  Elcesi  in  Galilee  ;  cf.  also  Capernaum 
(=Din:  IB!?);  others  (improbably)  with  an 
Elkosh  on  E.  bank  of  Tigris,  near  Mosul). 


TNpfHN,  npn7N  n.pr.loc.  Levitical  city 

in  the  tribe  of  Dan,  between  Ekron  &  Tirana, 
As.  Altaku  (COT)  Jos  1944  2iB. 

TjpfHN  n.pr.loc.  a  city  in  the  tribe  of 
Judah  north  of  Hebron  Jos  15". 

□N  conj.  (= Aram,  ^/[and  in  JI/In^«= 

Jf  y/  if  not,  except],  Ar.  ^\    if  [and  in  VI  = 

V  ,jl    if  not,  except],  Eth.   Xm>:    (gmma)   if 

=  .TB  +  DK   (\S.  +  ^[)    [and    in    M'.^alld)    if 

not,  but],  As.  umma  ;  also  in  Ar.  ll  'Anf  = 

°\\  cf  DNH-  v  No*"-208'Z*OI888',-7S9-  WAOI-,3S7"\ 
(**'••-•■  '  / 

1.  hypoth.  part.  if.  a.  construction  (v. 
more  fully  Dr'136"13*143  FriedrichD",He,,rCo"<m "«• 
18S4):  (1)  with  impf.  (continued  by  pff.  &  waw 
consec;  apod,  usually  begins  with  pf.  &  waw 
consec.  or  bare  impf.;  or,  if  necess.,withimper. 
orjuss.)  (a)  of /u«ure  time:  Gn  1 8M  NXDN-DN  if 
I  shall  find  50  righteous  in  Sodom,  'ntwjl  I  will 
pardon,  etc.,  248329  Dt  19s'  1 K  i62b  612  fV"33; 
Gn  4237  Ju  13"  1  K  i62*  ^  13212.  (b)  of  past 
time  (rare,  but  classical):  Gn  318  IPS'  DN  if 
ever  he  said  ...  VPJ^  then  they  used  to  bear,  etc., 
Ex  4037;  &  in  the  protestations  Jb  3171316'25  etc. 
(alternating  with  pff.,  v.  infr.,  &  with  jussives 
in  apod.)  (c)  assuming  a  purely  imaginary 
case  (with  impf.  in  both  clauses,  like  the 
double  opt.  in  Greek),  if,  though :  Gn  1 3"  so 
that  ?3^"EN  if  a.  man  were  able  to  number  the 
stars,  thy  seed  also  ""1313?  might  be  numbered, 
Nu  2  219  Is  i18  WJ&  D'JE'a  tl  ViT-DK  though  your 
sins  were  as  scarlet,  they  should  become  white 
as  snow,  Am  9"  VVirr~btC  though  they  were  to 
dig  into  Sheol,  from  thence  Dnjjn  would  my 
hand  fetch  them,  1//  27s  139"+ .  (2)  with  pt. 
(expressing  either  a  present  process,  or  an  ap- 
proaching future  :  apod,  as  1  a)  Gn  2442'49  Ju 
gas  9i6  j  j9  am  tPSffe  OX  if  ye  are  going  to 
bring  me  back  ..."•'  ]r$)  then  *  will,  etc; 
similarly  with  J?",  or  J'K  Gn  44s6  Ex  22s  1  S  208 
23s3;  &  with  no  explicit  copula  Dt  222  25'  Lv 
i314,  etc.  (3)  with  perf.  (a)  of  fat.  or  pres. 
time  (continued  by  pff.  &  waw  consec:  apod,  as 
I  a)  Gn  439  T2?^  W?*™  T^?  Wtf**?"  nVdn 
if  I  do  not  bring  him  back  (si  eum  non  redux- 
ero)  and  set  him  before  thee,  I  will  be  guilty 
for  ever,  47s  if  thou  knowest  that  there  are 
men  of  worth  among  them  !WI?en  then  make 
them,  etc.,  Jui617  2S1533  2  K  74  ^  417  94w 
Jb  74  930'-  io14  ^IQW  TXan  OX  if  I  sin,  thou 
watchest  me.  On  XrOX  Gn  1 83  al.  v.  X).  (b) 
of  past  time,  whether  (a)  in  actual  fact,  or  (£) 
in  an  assumed  case  (the  pf.  is  here  continued 
by  the  impf.  and  waw  consec;  apod,  begins  as 


DM  50 

before),  (a)  Ju  91619  Dn^  ...OHifye  have 
done  honestlyttyOTn  and  have  made  Abimelech 
king...,  1S26";  esp.  in  protestations,  as 
yfr  f  TIW  Vrt^  DM  if  I  have  done  this  . . . ,  let 
the  enemy  pursue  my  soul,etc.  Je  33s5''  Jb  3 i5''9, 
etc.  (b)  Nu  5s7 »/  sAe  Aar«  denied  herself  PVO™ 
a?id  fircn  faithless,  'N21  then  shall  they  come, 
etc.,  15s4  3S23"54.  (c)  with  bare  pf.  in  apod.,  in 
sense  of  If ...  had  ... ,  only  Dt  3230  '3  t6"DK 
«:ere  it  «o<  that . . . ,  ^73".  (v  is  more  usual 
in  such  cases.)  (4)  with  inf.  once  (si  vera  1.) 
Jb927  *Tft  DS  =  if  I  say  (lit.  if  (there  is)  my 
saying). — Note  that  the  vb.  following  DK  is 
often  strengthened  by  the  inf.  abs.,  as  Ex  1 5s6 1 9s 
2 is  2 2sls-,6a  Ju  1 130  1 4"  1 6n etc. ;  cf.  Dr8" L »• 6. 

b.  S/iecial  uses:  (1)  repeated  .  .  .  DN 
DK  whether .  .  .or  (sive  . . .  sive)  Ex  1 9"  Dt  1 83 
2S151";  similarly  t»0  . . .  BM  Gn3i62  Je426 
Ez  25  Ec  nJ  1214  (cf!  /.  .  .  vfi  V|5  .  .  .  v? 
?S™;  &...£&  \Z\}...\Z\). 

(2)  After  an  oath  (expressed,  or  merely 
implied)  Ott  (the  formula  of  imprecation  being 
omitted)  becomes  an  emph.  negative,  and  N?"DN 
an  emph.  affirmative :  2S1111  by  thy  life 
nP  1^n-ns  TtyflfrOM  (may  God  bring  all 
manner  of  evil  upon  me)  ifl  do  this  thing  !  = 
surely  I  will  not  do  this  thing  !  (cf.  the  full 
phrases  in  1S3"  2K631)  Gn  1423  4215  N111423 
1  S3'4  196  2  K21  3,4&  oft.;  Is  2214  V89369511 
Jb  628;  kVdk  Nu  14s8  Jos  149  1  K  2023  2  K  9s6 
IS59  1424  Jei5u  49M  Jbi]I  +  esp.  Ez;  after 
a  neg.  clause,  emphasizing  a  contrasted  idea, 
Gn  2438  (where  the  expl.  by  Aram.  X?N  is  not 
supported  by  Heb.  usage),  cf.  Je  2  26.  Repeated, 
DNl...DK2S202(l2K3I4Is628Je3816;  Ezi416. 
In  adjurations  (with  2nd  or  3rd  ps.)  =  that  not 
Gn  2123  26s9  3160  1  S  24s2  1  K  i61  Ct  27  36  +  . 
Of  past  or  present  time:  1  S2534  as  *  liveth  (I 
say)  that,  unless  thou  hadst  hastened  .. . ,  DM  *| 
"in*0  that  surely  there  had  not  been  left .  . .!  1  7s6 
as  thy  soul  livelh  ^V"!'"13^  if  I  know  it!    1  K 


DM 


47"  1 810— both  B^-DK  («?  here  merely  intro- 
duces the  fact  sworn  to,  &  need  not  be  trans- 
lated; so2S3s:  v.  ''3);  f  1212  t6"DM  (after 
a  neg.  clause:  cf.  supr.  Gn  24s8)'    Cf.  Str'90. 

(3)  Part,  of  wishing,  if  but . . .!  oh  that. . .  1 
(rare)  ^8i9  If  thou  wouldest  hearken  to  me! 
957  l39™  Pr  24n-  Cf.  KX3232.  With  an  imv. 
(si  vera  1.)  Jb  3416  nj'jjTDSl;  and  with  an  ana- 
coluthon,  Gn  23"  (P)  *)$$  lb  TOM-DM  ?/thou! 
— oh  that  thou  wouldst  hear  me  ! 

(4)  Nearly  =  when — with  the  pf. :  (a) 
of  past,  Gn389  Nu2i9  flM"}} .  .  .  TIB/rDK  ffffl 
and  it  used  to  be,  if  or  when  a  serpent  had 
bitten  a  man,  that  he  would  look,  etc.,  Ju  63 


*  78'1  (v.  LV,36*ob*);  Am  72.  (b)  of  pres.  or 
fut.,  Is  44  }*n"i  DX  when  the  Lord  shall  have 
washed,  24"  2S25;  cf.  Nu  36*  (with  the  impf.) 

c.  Compounded  with  other  particles : — (a) 
DK  W3  except  if,  except,  tGn 4718  Ju 7"  Am  3s-4. 
(0)  DS  fcrtbq  +2  K20,9(for  which  Is  397  has  sim- 
ply '?),  perh.  Is  it  not  (good),  j'/\  . .  ?  (De  Di). 
(y)  Dtp?,  q.v.  (8)  DK  ny  +Gn  241933  Is  3017 
Ru  221,  &  ta«  "f*  "1J?  tGn  28ls  Nu  32"  Is  6", 
until,  prop.  MWiti  i/ or  when,  (e)  DN  pi  if  only 
(v.  sub  pi).  *6~DN  in  Ez  3cb  is  very  difficult 
The  Vrss  render  If  I  had  sent,  etc.,  implying 
*b  for  t6"DN  (for  Ew's  M'^IWtssWI,  q.v.,  is 
precarious):  GesHiCo  'but  (N?~DK  aftera  neg., 
cf.  supr.  Gn  24s8  ^  1312)  unto  them  (Isr.)  have 
I  sent  thee  :  they  can  understand  thee'  (but 
understand  is  a  dub.  rendering  of  ?$  1"?^). 

2.  Interrog.part.  a.  in  direct  qu. :  (a) 
alone  (not  freq.  and  usually  =  Num  ?  expecting 
the  answer  No,  esp.  in  a  rhet.  style):  Gn  38'' 

1  K  i27;  Ju  58  nanj  n^VTJM  f?0  was  there  a 
shield  to  be  seen  or  a  spear . . .  ?  Is  2916;  and 
repeated  Am  3*  Je  4s27  Jb  612.  (b)  more  frtq. 
in  disjunctive  interrogation :  (o)  DK  .  •  •  Ht 
expressing  a  real  alternative  Jos  513  nriX  y?n 
U^Xp'DN  art  thou  for  us,  or  for  our  enemies  ? 
Ju  92 1  K  22615:  more  oft.  expressing  a  merely 
formal  alternative,  esp.  in  poetry  (a  rhetorical 
Num'l)  Gn  37s  Nu  n1222  Ju  n'261-  2  S  1936  Is 
io15  668  Je  36  Hb  3s  ^  7710  7820  Jb  417  6"  io45 
1 17  etc.  (/3)  DW  . . .  PI  (rarer  than  DM ...  H,  but 
similar  in  use)  2  S  2413  (a  real  alt);  Is  49s4  502 
Je  59  (v29  DM)  1422  Joi244  Jb83  n2  214  223 
3417  408f-  (formal);  Gn  I717P  (with  an  anacol.) 
shall  a  child  . . .  i  "l.?n  nV?  DW Ji1"nan  "T'T™*! 
or  Sarah, — shall  she  that  is  90  years  old  bear*! 
Pr  2  724  (OKI  after  neg.  clause),  b.  in  oblique 
interrogation,  if,  whether:  (a)  alone,  after  verbs 
of  seeing,  inquiring,  etc.  2  K  i2  Je  51  306  Mai 
310  +  13924  Ct  713  La  i12  Ezr  259;  once  V1^  "» 
DN  who  knoweth  if...1  i.  e.  (like  haud  scio  an) 
perhaps  Est  414  (older  syn.  ITt^  ,P  alone:  see 

2  S 1 222  Jo  2"  Jon  39).  (6)  disjunctively  DN . . .  n 
Gn  2721  Nu  1318-20;  so  DKK  . .  DK  Jos  2415.  cl 
compounded  with  £1 ,  DKH  fNu  1 7s8  f$  WOM  DKH 
prob.  an  emph.  Num  ?  Shall  we  ever  have 
finished  dying?  Jb  613  difficult:  perh.  Is  it 
that  my  help  is  not  in  me  ?  (a  forcible  means 
of  expressing  that  that  which  might  be  thought 
impossible  is  nevertheless  the  case);  Hi  as  an 
aposiop.,  If  my  help  is  not  in  me  (am  I  still  to 
wait)1  (The  view  that  DNn  =  «5>n  nonne  f  is 
inconsistent  with  the  fact  that  Dl<  in  a  question, 
has  regularly  the  force  of  Num  ?) 


DN  51 

ON  v.  DBX. 
HEN,  HEN  v.  DDK. 

T    -  T     \ 

77  f2b$  (assumed  as  ■/  of  foil.,  which  how- 
ever prob.  bilit.  cf.  Sta*188;  vid.  also  LagBN82). 

t,"TON   n.f.   maid,   handmaid    (Ph.  DCX, 

T      T  * 

Ar.  iS\,  Sab.  J1DK  in  n.pr.  Sab.Denkm.20,  Aram. 
)&»r,  As.  amtu  ZimBP67)— 'x  abs.  Gn  2i10+; 
sf.  'not?.  Gn  3o3+ ,  etc.;  pi.  abs.  nhDK  Gn  3133 
2  S622;'cstr.  n^TDN  2  S  620;  ^hOX  Jb  195  etc. 
— maid,  handmaid.  1.  lit.  maidservant  (= 
nnEB'  q.v.,  wh.  however  sometimes  more  servile ; 
rarely  P  in  Hex)  Gn  303  3133  (||  nriEK>  292«9P 
3o4f-  J  etc.)  Ex  25  (all  E)  ;  2  S  6^  Jb  1915 
Na  28  (sf.  refers  to  mistress,  exc.  Jb  1916  cf. 
2  S  62022);  in  legisl.  (||  T$fi  Ex  201017  2  i*»»" 
(all  E)  Lv  256MM(H)  Dt  s'1414-18 121218 15»«*» 
161114;  cf.  also  Jb  31"  Ezr  2s5  Ne  767;  applied 
to  concubine  (sf.  of  master)  Gn  2017  2 1 12  Ex  2312 
(all  E)  Ju  918 1919;  also  Gn2i101013(i6"P  nnst? 
q.v.)  Ex  2 17  (all  E),  vid.  on  this  Sta0"*"'"-880. 
2.  fig.  in  address,  I^CK  etc.,  referring  to 
speaker,  in  token  of  humility;  Ru  399  (||  nnaB* 


213)  iSi,6(||irf.v18)  25 


24.24.25.28.31.41 


id.  V27)  2  S 


141516  (||  id.  v«.7.i».i'.w-i»);  2017;  lKi1317320;  in 
addressing  God  (never  nnaty)  1  S  illllu,  cf. 
'S-|3^8616  11616. 

ti.  ViON  n.pr.  Amon,anEgyptiangodNa38 

Je4625,  comp.  by  Greeks  with  Zeus  (Herod.1142; 
Diod.1' 13),  'Aii/iif.  He  was  originally  the  local 
deity  of  Thebes  (=t?J,  called  f<OH  to  Na  38, 
cf.  t?3J?  'X  Je  4625),  but  subsequently  became 
the  supreme  god  of  the  Egyptian  Pantheon, 
the  successor  of  the  sun-god  Ra  and  so-called 
Anion  Ra.  He  was  the  secret  god,  who  hid 
himself  and  was  difficult  to  find  (Amon  = 
concealment,  hidden);  v.  Rawl.Hi»t.A„c.EBJPu.322 
Ebers  RiUWB.     (11.  in.  ftoN  v.  p.  54.) 

"hCN  n.pr.m.  Ezr  a"  =  in.  |iCN  Ne  f9- 

t[7^K]  vb.  be  weak,  languish  (cf.  Ar. 

JJil  hope,  expect).  Qal  Pt.  pass.  f.  nx8  TO 
7]ri3p  how  weak  is  thy  heart!  Ez  1630  (but <  Co 
W^j  ^-no);  Pn'l.  P/.  ^«  Jo  i10  +  ;  n^ot? 
Is  339+;  '-v?*?  Je  142  etc.; — he  or  yrow 
/eeife,  languish ;  of  loss  of  fertility  (woman) 
1  S  25  Je  1 59 ;  of  fisherman  whose  trade  fails 
Is  198  (||fWN,  ^3N);  in  genl.  of  inhab.  of 
smitten  land  Ho  43  (||  YW)  ^W)>  Is  24/  cf. 
infr.  usually  subj.  inanim.,  personif.;  TrtOJg 
pa^n  is  168;  cf.  Nai4-4;  ban  L3244  (||bj,  b«); 


H$  33°(ll  5o*)i  fubj.  |E3  Is247(||B>i-i,n  bzt*\; 
y&}  Jo  110  (||  TW»,  !««,  B*3in  ;  kindred  subj.); 

njxn  v>2  (||  ne»ain  jsan);  D*"J«f  je  145  (||  nbax 
ITJW);  cf.  La  28  i^ett  rm;  noim  brrbatw. 

t  [T?72N]  adj.  feeble  (Mish.  id.;  on  forma- 
tion cf.  Ew !  m  b  Sta * ^ ;  D^betsn  DHVWi  Ne  314. 
t^Vr;^  adj.  id.  (Ew'6-  Sta!23°);  'JK'Kf  6» 

(||  rDjrjj  ibqa?). 

I.  Q^2^  (perh.  be  wide,  roomy,  As.[amamu] 
whence  ummu,  womb,  motfi£r  =  Qtt  cf.  DlrrKI9; 
but  Dt?  n.prim.  ace.  to  Thes  Sta1189"  LagBN22). 

CN  m  n.f.  mother  (Ph.  DK,  Ar.  *1,  *[,  Eth. 
Xy,  Sab.  DN  (only  in  n.pr.  cf.  e.g.  BaeKe1118) 
Ab.  ummu  COT  G,0M;  Aram.  Dg,  KB'K,  ),£<>')— 
'Xabs.Gn32,2  +  ;  cstr.  Gn3M  +  ;  sf. 'Bt?  Gn  2o'2 
+  etc;  +  pi.  only  sf.  tfn'Bt?  La  53;  BnbN  Je  163 
La  21212; — 1.  lit.  (human)  mother,  as  parent  Gu 
2012321244MEx28^5i7ii39(opp.n-iK))Jei58-1* 
20"  2220  5012  1  Ch49  Ct69  86+ ;  hence  of  Eve  Dt? 
'n-^SGns^poet.of  birth,  Dt?  JBaOKr  Jbi21Ec 
5";  Dt?  DIT30  S5P  Nu  1212  cf.  +  i3913(Je  2018&) 

Mia  nsN  "jjisi?  f  716  (subj. '\  cf.  nru  2210;  >  n>= 
my  benefactor  fr.  birth  Thes  Ew  Hup  Pe);  also 
nap  tpM  »TUjnje  2017;  Dt?  |C30=fr.earliest  exist- 
ence Jui617Jb3i18^22";  so  DX,JfB»I8491;  as 
giving  suck  Ct  8 '  (Dt?  Hf)  f  2  2 10  cf."  1 3 1 2  (v.  Ex 
29  cf.  v8);  as  exercising  authority  Gn  2121  24s8 
2711I3"Jui72fRui8Ct3482etc.;  esp.  of  queen- 
mother  as  possessing  dignity  &  influence  1K1" 
2131920  2CI12223  Ct  311  Pr  31 ';  cf.  names  of  mo- 
thers of  kings  of  Judah  1  K  142131 15210'3+ ;  as 
shewing  love  &  care  1  S  219 1  K  3s7 1 7s3  2  K  430  Is 
6613  (sim.  of  /vs  comforting  his  people;  cf.  also 
Gn  2  745) ;  as  beloved  &  lamented  1 K 1 920  ( ||  at?) 
Gn  24s7  i/'  35";  tet?"t?  =  own  (uterine)  brother 
GU4329;  &  ||  ns  G112729  Dti37  Ju819  ^so20 
69s  Ct  i6  cf.  81;  so  iTOTna  Lv  189  2017  Dt  27s? 
(||V3K-ri3)  Gn  2012;  oft.  with  3«,  as^re^es  Je 
i63Zci333  Is  84;  as  rightfullyclaiminghonour, 
authority,  etc.,  cf.  supr.,  Gn  287  (P)  cf.  3710  (E) 
Ju  i42f,  so  in  precept  Pr  i^^io1  is^etc.  cf.  Ez 
2  27;  laws  enjoining  these  Ex  2012=Dt  516  Lv  1 93 
cf.  Dt  2215;  laws  prohib.  contrary  Ex  2i1S17  (E) 
Lv  2099(H)  Dt2ils19  27";  laws  as  to  mourning 
for  Lv2i2"(H)Nu67(P)cf.Jei67Ez4425;  left 
for  wife  Gn  224;  for  mother-in-law  Ru  224;  for 
husband  Dt2i13  (law  for  captive  women);  cf. 
Dt  339  (of  devoted  service  of  Levites);  loving, 
caring  for  children  Pr  43  (on  the  opposite  cf. 
\j/  2710);  loved,  cared  for  Jos  213  cf.  vls  63 
e  2 


HON 


52 


iS22a  iKi9Mcf.  2S  1938.  +2.  fig.  of  De- 
borah as  caring  for  her  people  ?N~b^3  DX  Ju 
5'  (cf.  3K  Is  22s'  Jb  2916);  so  of  a  city  2  S  20" 
('stock,  race,  community'  RSK2a  of.*""*- "•■"); 
of  Israel  Ho24745  cf.  io";  of  Judah  Is  50"; 
of  Hittite  as  mother  of  Jerusalem  'TD^J  T3? 
Tl-rin -lOWEz  ^"cf.v4445;  alsoi9210&vid.  23s. 
t  3.  of  animals,  dam  Ex  22s9  (of  ox  &  sheep)  Lv 
22s7  (of  bullock,  sheep,  or  goat);  Ex  23"=  3426 
=  Dt  1451  (of  kid);  mother-bird  Dt  2  26M;  fig. 

Jb  1714  :  n^nS  'nhsi  ^qn  nnx  <3«  vany  nne^. 

t4.  =point  of  departure  or  division  T!^?  EX 
Ez  2 iM  (HOT)!?  *if  kw). 

tl.  n^SN  n.f.  only  mother-city,  metropolis 
(cf  £38  2  S  2019  &  Ph.);  in  phrase  nBXn  jriD  au- 
thority of  motlier-city  2  S8l;  v.  3£0;  cf.  Dr. 

11.  i"TCSN  216n.f.  eU,  cubit  (SI  n»X;  so  Sab. 

DHMZ»G  1865. 613.    Aram    J^'    KQX.    Ag    amTOO<M 

Nor190;  Eth.  XflO^j  etym.  dub.;  Thes  al. 
mater  brachii,  i.e.  length  of  fore-arm;  others 

der.  fr.  -v/dOX,  II  precede,  be  in  front,  &  hence 

fore-arm  cf.  Di  Is64;  DlFrlTO  MV  der.  imme- 
diately from  V/DDN  be  wide  (v.  supr.),  nE>X  = 
distance,  &  hence  a  particular  distance,  ell, 
cubit)— 'X  abs.  Gn616  +  ;  cstr.  IIBX  Dt  3"  Je 
5113;  dw.D^QX  Ex2510+  ;^Z.nte)K  Ex2616+  ;— 
1.  cubit,  so  C5"X"TIBN  i.e.  ordinary  cubit,  Dt3" 
(cf.  Is  8');  in  Ez  405  4313  is  a  cubit  one  hand- 
breadth  longer,  cf.  2  Ch  3'  ronton  rnB3  'X ■ 
absol.  length  dub.,  cf.  Smith  "* B,b~  •**-**  — 

Meuures  .  Lgpg Ju  J*««""«<  *er  Alten.  SBAk  1883. 1196  f.  J,Jen. 

tif.  with  Egyptian,  longer  cubit  -525m.,  shorter 
•450m.;  v.also  H*****um—mmmttwk ien.741 

OppertOOA187M0&5iB"dA'srr-,m  (also  on  the  Bab. 
'half-cubit'  =  -27om.  HptAJPhl888•419Hom8•m't•"l• 
W1);  on  rfrsx  'K  Ec  418  cf.  Sm  &  Co  (Co  del.); 
0*%  niDK  Bton  Ez  4216  Kt,  rd.  rflKO  so  Qr  Co; 
chiefly  in  Ex  25-27.  36-38  (56  t.)  1  K  6.  7 
(45t.)  2CI13.  4  (2it.)  EZ40-43  (86 1.);  a  (one) 
cubit=n®x  Gn  616  Ex  2sloa+ ;  nexn  Ez  4314; 
nnx  'X  Ez  AonMMaM  424  4314;  two  cubits= 
DTIBX  Ex251017'233o2371-610i!5  Nun31;  n)F\V 
flteX  Ez  409  4 13!2  43";  c.  num.  1-10  'x  mostly 
follows  num.  in  pi.  Ex  2616  27IM  1  K  610  Ez 
4o'J'+;  c.  num.  11-1000  +  ,  it  mostly  foil, 
num.  in  sing.  Gn6151516  Ex27121338131415  NU354 
Jos  34  1  K  6223  716-16  Je  522122  Ez  4049-49  + ;  seld. 
foil,  in  pi.  EZ40"  (del.  Co)  v27  (Co  sg.)  42s;  so 
also  ntox  twni  Dnbj;  Ez  401329  but  tWffl  ®vn 
HBX  Ez4o2S-3»33'3,i;  (late)  also  in  pi.  precedes  al'l 
num^Chs3-3-4-9-8-}-  ;6'3Ez422;  also  oft.  DBX3  foil. 


all  num.  Ex  26"-8-8  27918  369(M513-21  NU35"" 

1  K  66"-6  7B!B!!3  2  Ch  42-2-2  Ez  4021 47s  Zc  522+ , 
cf.  eton  ntek^  2  Ch  3";  oft.  **m  'x  Ex  251010' 

101717  + ,  also  ;Xil  ^sm  'X  Ex 26163621  i  K  1 731'3235 

etc.;  cf.  rn\T  rites'  t?e>  1  S174;  sq.  rmpa  in 

measurement  Jos  34  2  Ch  3s.  2.  t  measure, 
full  measure,  limit,  only  ^}/S3  D13X  the  measure 
of  thy  gain-making  Je  5113  (||  ^'i?). 

tin.  [n®M]  n.f.  (etym.  &  mng.  dub. ;  Thes 

foundation  (cf.  Talm.  AW),  fr.  DX  in  metaph. 
sense,  cf.  M V ;  De  on  Is  64  der.  similarly,  but 
makes  support  of  superliminaria  (cf.  @  @  35) ; 

Ew  Di  der.  fr.  -\/DOX  =  ll  precede,  whence  IP 

front;  DlPrll°  tr.  holder  fr.  -/dOX  6«  101'de, 
hence  contain,  /told)  only  D'SDH  J"li2X  Is  64. 

t  iv.    r!73W   n.pr.loc.    hill    near   Gibeon, 

ntsx-nyrij  2  s  2s4. 

[trTON]  n.f.  tribe,  people  (Ar.  lit ;  As. 
ummatu  cf.  JenKMmo,■336,  Aram.  Jhoco^,  XEW) 
only  pi.  niBN  Nu  2515;  D^BX  ^n7l;  sf.  DnBX 
Gn2516; — of  tribes  of  Ishmaelites  Gn  2516;  of 
Midian  (||  3X-TV3)  Nu  2515;  ||  Dia  ^  1171. 

TC2N  n.pr.loc.   in  southern  Judah  Jos 

I526  (@L  'A/iO/x,  SO  A,  but  B  2i)v). 

+L   [|Q^1  vb.  confirm,  support  (cf.  Ar. 

^y»\,  etc.,  v.  infr.;  Sab.  JDK  in  deriv.  &  n.pr. 
cf  CIS1"-1'10  DHMZMG1886D98;  Aram.  RKj,  <x>l 
in  Haph.  Eth.  h9°h\  As.  in  deiiv.)— only  Qal 
Pt.  [OX; — 1.  as  vb.  support,  nourish  2  K  io15 
Est  2".  2.  as  subst.  foster-father  Nun12  (J) 
Is  49s3.      3.   fOBX  foster-mother,  nurse  Ru  416 

2  S  44.  4.  n'liDX  pillars,  supporters  of  the  door 
2  K  1816.  Pt.  2>ass.  a.  D,?"N:\I  those  brought  up 
(in  scarlet)  La  4s.  b.  D^IDS  intrans.  faithful 
(as  firm,  stable)  as  subst.  m.  faithful  ones 
y^  1 2s  (>©  <S  al.  faithfulness)  2  S  2019  (cf.  Ar. 

^J-\  be  faithful,  ^J*\  trust  in,  {\^>\  be  secure); 
<//•  3 124  faithful  ones  ''  keepeth,  *  "l?fl  D^OX; 
but  '"  is  here  taken  by  ©  Ri  De  Che  as 
n.abstr.  v.  ]C«.  Niph.  fDW  Pr  n13+(6  t); 
7m;>/.  RJfi  [OW;  1  K  8M  +  (9  t.) ;  Pt.  JDS?  Pr 
25l3  + (16  t.)  nj9$  Is  i21  +  (4  t.);  riJDW  ^  89s9; 
D"?0«3  Pr2  764-(9t.);    niJON?  Dt2  869.'  1. 

carried  by  a  nurse  Is6o4.  2.  made  firm,  sure, 
lasting:  place  Is  22s3-25;  name  1  Chi 7s4;  waters 
Is3316  Jei518;  an  event  Ho  5°;  sickness  Dt 
28611;  mercy  Is  553.  3.  confirmed,  established, 
sure:  kingdom  2  S  716;  house,  dynasty  1S2* 
2  5s8 1 K 1 1  ■  1  Ch  1 723;  prophet  Samuel  1 S  320;  cf. 


pN  53 

word-play  «»Kn  tb  KM&p  t6  DM  =  if  ye  believe 
not  (have  not  firm  confidence)  ye  will  not  be 
confirmed  Is  7";  UDNni  "a  WW>?}  =  believe  in 
Yahweh  and  ye  will  be  confirmed  2  Ch  2020. 
4.  verified,  confirmed:  words  of  God  1  K  820 
2  Ch  i9  617;  his  precepts  f  m7;  testimonies 
f  I98  93s;  covenant  ^  8Q29;  words  of  men  Gn 
4220  (E).  5.  reliable,  faithful,  trvsty:  persons 
1  S  236  22"  Jb  1220  V  89s8  1016  Pr  2513  Is  82 
Ne  1313;  a  city  Is  in;  |BR3n  i>xn  the  faithful 
God  Btf  cf.  IS497;  ™">  19*}  faithful  in  spirit 
(disposition)  Pr  1 113;  fDM  *aaf>  Aj«  fimrt  faith- 
ful NeQ8;  fDtUI  TICK  TJ  true  and  faithful 
witness  Je  42s;  3H1K  lyVB  D-3DN3  faithful  the 
wounds  of  a  loving  one  Pr  27";  c.  flK  1^78*; 
Bf  Ho  ia1;  3  of  thing  ^  7837;  ,n,3-^33  is 
all  my  house  (of  Moses)  Nu  i27(E).  Hiph. 
P9JHJ  Gn4526+(i8t.);  /mp/  POK!,  JOK?  Jb 
i53'  +  (3°t.);  Imv.  U"DKri  2  Ch  2O20  + (2  t.); 
A  W  Dt  i32  Jos  2516.  1.  stand  firm  Jb  3924 
(cneg.of  the  horse  when  the  trumpet  sounds  Di 
De  MV  11  Vm;  but  neitlier  believeth  KV,  hardly 
trusts  Da).  2.  trust,  believe:  (a)  abs.  Ex  431  (J ) 
Is  f  2816  Hb  i5  V  1 i6">  Jb  29";  (6)  with  {>  of 
person,  <r«s<  to,  believe  Gn  4s26  (E)  Ex  418  (J) 
Je4o14  2Ch3215;  with  God  Dt  9s3  Is4310;  5» 
of  thing  Ex  489  (J)  +  106™  1  K  io7  2  Ch96 
IS531  lJr  1415;  (c)  with  a  of  person,  trust  in, 
believe  in  Ex  199  (J)  1  S  2712  2  Ch  2020  Jb  418 
1 515  Pr  2625  Je  1 2°  Mi  75;  the  usual  construction 
with  God  Gn  156  (E)  Ex  1431  Nu  1411  (J)  2012 
(P)  Dti32  2K171'  2Ch2020  V7822  Jon35; 
with  a  of  thing  Dt  28™  Jbis31  24"  3912  ^78 


10612  11966;  (d) with'1?  trust  or  believe  that  Ex 
4°  (J)  Jb  916  La  412;  (e)  so  with  infin.  Jb  1522 
^  2713;  also  trust  to  do  a  thing,  almost=  a#ou;, 

Ju   II20. 

TJEH  n.[m.]  faithfulness;  JD&  nnm '.perfect 
faithfulness  (faithfulness,  faithfulness)  Is  251. 

t)£  M  adv.  verily,  truly  Dt  2  7 1M6  ( 1 2  t.)  1 K 
i36  Ne  513  Je  n6  28s  &  doxologies  1  Ch  1636 
(=f  10648);  J?N(1)  JON  Nu  522  (P)  Ne  86,  & 
in  the  doxologies  ^4 114  7219  89s3 10643.  a^v— 
Amen :  fOK  NtSn  Js  6516'«  CW  of  Amen  De  Che 
RVm ;  cf.  Ttev  3",  or  God  of  faithfulness,  God 
of  truth  (KV)  (perh.  rd.  JEN  Che  Di). 

Tj'SN  (omnuin)  n.m.  master-workman, ar- 
tist Ct72  (Mish.  Talm.  flpK,  nUENK  handiwork, 
Syr.  ^ioV  @  Ex  2811,  where  =  Heb.  «P"jn  &  is 
likewise  used  of  gems;  Nab.  X30X  Vog94,  As. 
»nar  ummdni,  Lyons*rsoo,e]""65,  cf.  ZimBP12;  cf. 
11.  fiOf). 


BJ2* 

']r^  a-[m.J  trusting,  faithfulness  (on 
format,  cf.  Ges,84*HI2).  1.  D3  JOK  t6  D'33 
children  in  whom  there  is  no  trusting  Dt  32* 
(poet.)  2.  tTODN  pl.  ab8t.  faithfulness ;  K  V? 
messenger  of  faithfulness,  trusty  messenger  Pr 
1317;  'K  I)}  faithful  witness  Pr  14';  cf.  'K  B^K 
Pr206;  K  net?  tepi-ny  faithfulness  Is  262, 
perh.  also  1//  3124  'N  TM  v.  I.  [JEN]. 

* n^t2M  n.f.  firmness,  steadfastness,  fidel- 
ity Ex  1712  +  46  t.;  rfHSg  Pr  2820.  1.  lit. 
firmness,  steadiness:  Ex  1712  'N  VT  WJ  /«« 
Aanrfs  were  steadiness  (i.  e.  steady).  "2.  stead- 
fastness, 1»ny  rUWK  steadfastness  of  thy  times 
IS336.  3.  faithfulness,  trust:  a.  0/  human 
conduct  f  373  P11222  Je5372892  2K1216;  in 
office  2  K  2  27  2  Ch  199  3 112  3412;  (bv)  ny.o«3  fa 
<«*»<  (over)  iChg222631  2  Ch  311518;  'K  JJTJ  1/, 
11930;  DiJiDN  Wit  man  of  great  faithfulness  Fr 
2820;  associated  with  p"13f  in  human  character 
ply  T£  'K  rw  m,^0  breatheth  out  faithfulness 
sheweth  forth  righteousness  Pr  I217;  cf.  iS  S623 
Is  594  Je  51;  rVIT  injIDSa  pnx  0  righteous  man 
by  his  faithfulness  livelhRb  24  (  > faith  Luth  AV 
KV).  b.  as  a  divine  attribute  1//  8812  89236'9  Is 
251  Ho22SLa321;  fifGQ  bt*  Dt324;  his  faith- 
fulness is  shewn  in  his  works  V'  334J  commands 
i/'  1 1980;  in  affliction^  1 1975;  in  hisoath to  David 
V'Sg50;  it  reacheth  unto  the  skies  ^  36";  untoall 
generations  if'ioo5!^90;  he  will  not  belie  it 
f  89s4.  It  is  JDN  n«DN  Is  251;  cf.  "IND  njWK  ^, 
1 19138.  It  is  closely  associated  with  the  divine 
IDn  mercy +8gibg23983  H0222;  with  the  divine 
P^X,  "5^  f  9613 1431  Is  1  Is;  &  salvation  f  4011. 

Tn2pi^  n.f.  bringing  up,   nourishment, 

Est  220.  ' 

trUCN  adv.  (fr.  fCN  by  affix  n_)  verily, 
truly,  indeed  Gn  2012  (E)  Jos  720  (JE). 

tn^QN  n.f.  faith,  support.  1.  Un:K 
nJ9^  ^T1!3  we  are  flighting  faith  (make  a  sure 
covenant  AV  EV)  Ne  io1.  2.  'Dfl  !>y  'K  «,p. 
port,  fixed  provision,  for  the  singers  Ne  n23. 

TnDDN  n.pr.fl.      1.  a  river  (constant  1  cf. 

Is  3316)  flowing  down  from  Antilebanon  into 
the  plain  of  Damascus  2  K  5I2(Qr;  n33X  Kt), 
the  Gr.  Chrysorrhoas,  mod.  Ar.  A'ahr  Baradd. 
2.  the  region  from  which  it  flows  Ct  4". 

t  MCtJ  adv.  (fr.  JON  by  aff.  D-)  verily, 
truly,  indeed,  always  in  interrog.  Gn  1 813  (J), 
elsewh.D3t?NnNu2  237(E)  1K827  2Ch618f  58s. 

tD2?p{<t  adv.  (=D3CN)  verUy,  truly,   in 


TON 

asseverations  2  K  191'  (=Is  3719)  Jb  1945  3412 
36*  Ru  312,  also  ironical  Jb  9s  1 2s. 

tjlESt  n.f.  firmness,  faithfulness,  truth 
(contr.  for  niDK,  fr.  |DK)  Gn  2448  +  106  t.; 
sf.  taOK,  *|nBtj  ^9i4+  18  t.  1.  reliability, 
sureness:  DDK  T]T1  sure  way  Gn  2448  (J);  "OB> 
TICK  *wre  reward  Pr  1  ils;  J1DN  Jlltf  swre  token 
Jos  212  (J);  n»K  JHJ.  Je  221.  2.  stability,  con- 
tinuance: nONI  Dii'B'  ^eac«  and  stability  Is  39s 
(=  2  K  2019)  Est  930  Je  33"  Zc  819,  cf.  nCK  W& 
Je  1 413.  3.  faithfulness,  reliableness:  (a)  of  men 
DDK  B«N  faithful  man  Kef;  MCN  'MK  Ex 
i821  (E);  HDX3  7]?n  walk  in  faithfulness,  faith- 
fully 1  K24  3*  2  K  203  Is  38s  cf.  1  S  1224;  of 
",  Tjne«3  ^256  263  86";  riDNn  "Vy  Zc83;  of 
men *^ 45'  518  2  Chsi20  321  Pr2914  Is  io20  423 
481;  D'Dn3l'N3  Ju  91619  Jos  24";  '.^P?"  mercy 
and  faithfulness  Pr33  1422  166  2028  Ho  41,  & 
the  phrase  nONl  HDn  ntPJ*  Gn  2449  47s9  Jos  214 
(J)  2  S  1520.  (6)  an  attribute  of  God  ^  54'  7122 

is  3818-'9  618;  net*  jna  Mi  720;  nos  nfeji  Ez  189 
'Neg33;  now  non  n'trj?  Gn32n(J)  2S26;  21 

nDXI  IDn  abundant  in  mercy  and  faithfulness 
Ex  346  (J)  yjr  8615;  these  attributes  are  also 
associated  ^  401112  618  1151  138s  Is  165  Gn 
2 4s7  (J);  they  are  messengers  of  God  tq  men 

^574  85"  8915  cf.  Vm33;  now  non '«  rwrw  i>3 

^  2510;  the  faithfulness  of  God  endureth  for 
ever  ^  1172;  he  keepeth  it  for  ever  \^  1466; 
it  reacheth  unto  the  skies  ^57"  1085;  it  is 
shield  &  buckler  ^  914;  he  is  n»N  i>S  ^31"  = 
DJ3N  v6n  2  Ch  153;  nCK  is  also  associated  with 
the  divine  -\&  +  1 1 i8;  P#  V  8512;  ni?"!?  zc  8s; 
BEtpT?  ,/,  m7  Je42;  &  salvation  i^6914.  4. 
truth  (a)  as  spoken:  DDK  ~\2~l  speak  truth  I  K 
22"2Chi8lsJe94Zc816f  152; '«  ^Ec^10; 
"n*jn  np«  the  thing  is  true  Dt  2220  iKio' 
2  Ch  95  Dn  io1;  nann  [13  J  T1DN  «/ie  thing  is  cer- 
tainly true  Dt  1315  1 74;  DOK  19K=Ilf3K  Dn»K 
Pr  2221;  DON  nn  Pr87;  'K  T)h  Dn  n2,  ^npS 
■f3010;  nOK  nSB*  Pr  1219;  DCK  ?a'«<mels439; 
D3J"IK  riDNn  whether  truth  is  with  you  Gn  4216 
(E)  cf.  Is5914ls.  (6)  of  testimony  and  judgment 
no£  "ty  <r««  witness  Pr  1426;  JDXJ1  flON  ny  Je 
42s';  n»X  USTO  Ez  188  Zc  79;  riDS  OSB-  Zc  816. 
(c)  of  divine  instruction  DDK  3T13  Dn  io21;  min 

Hon  Mai  2"  cf.  Ne  913;  noN  imin  ^  119142; 
nnx  yu  "  in  iKif  cf.  2  s  7s8;  *  ^seto 
don  V'  19'0;  noK  "psn  mr\  ^  119™;  fnttD 

DDK  V'  II9161-  (d)  <nt</t  as  a  body  of  ethical 
or  religious  knowledge  Dn  812;  "jriBNS  Tiltflb 
Dn  913.  5.  adv.  in  truth,  truly  yjr  13211; 
DCS  DWK  HUT  Yahweh  is  God  in  truth,  truly 


54 


Je  io10;  elsewhere  nOK3  Ju  915  f  14519  Je  26"1 
289  3241. 

tn.pDM  n.m.  artificer,  architect,  master- 
workman,  as  firm  and  sure  in  his  workman- 
ship :  ftoK  *DXK  rvnK}  /  Was  at  his  side  architect, 
master-workman  (®  <3  93  Ges  Ew  De  MV  RV, 
> foster-son  AE  Ki  AV)  PrS30;  ftoKH  "OT 
res<  o//A«  master-workmen  Je  5215  (Hi  Gf  De 
RVm,  but  rest  of  the  multitude  Ges  MV  RV 
et  al.,  J1DM  =  pen) — 1.  jiON  v.  supr.  p.  51. 

till.  pT2N  n.pr.m.  (master -workman)  (a) 
king  of  Judah  2  K  i8192354-25  1  Ch  314  2  Ch  33 
"**"  Je  i2253;  (6)  captain  of  a  city  1  K 
2  2s6  2  Ch  1825;  (c)  one  of  the  line  of  Solomon's 
servants  Ne  7S9=,,?N  Ezr  2". 

+p:aN  n.pr.m.  (faithful)  1.  eldest  son  of 
David  2S32  i3>*;=}!b*D|«  2Si320;=Jipx  iCh 
31.     2.  a  son  of  Shimon  1  Ch  420. 

prON  dimin.,  so  Ew,ro*  cf.W!269,or  txt. 
err.;  cf.  Dr  2 S 1 3s0,  v.  fODX. 

T^jHQN  n.pr.m.  (irws,  fr.  rips  by  adj.  affix 
'.)  father  of  the  prophet  Jonah  2  K  I42S  Jon  i1. 

t  ftS^n  n.pr.m.  Heman  (failhful,ci.  Aram. 
IP'np, .  •ixsotio)  a  wise  man  with  whom  Solomon 
is  compared  1  K  5",  where  app.  son  of  Mahol 
(Klo  sons  of  the  dance);  named  with  3  others, 
one  being  Ethan  the  Ezrahite;  1  Ch  26  a  Heman 
is  named  with  same  3+1  other,  &  all  called 
sons  of  Zerah  of  Judah;  Heman  appears  \jr  881 
also  as  the  Ezrahite  (v.  sub  mT),  cf.  Ethan 
supr.;  in  other  passages  Heman  is  a  Levite; 
specif.  Kohathite,  son  of  Joel,  called  the  singer 
rpf&On)  1  Ch  618  (||  Asaph  v24,  Ethan  v29); 
Heman,  Asaph  &  Ethan  named  as  the  singers 
(D*T)feton)  1  Ch  151719;  cf.  Heman  &  Jeduthun 
16414'2  (||  Asaph  v37);  Heman,  Asaph  &  Jedu- 
thun 256  2  Ch  512  35'5;  elsewhere  fO'HI  e)DN  »jj 
[VflTl  iCh25>  cf.  v4-4-5-6;  PpW  »J1  2Ch291'4. 
(||  nriW  ♦2J);_a5«  Heman  is  called  !$fn  mh 
D'H^Nn  n3Ta  (cf.  Asaph  2  Ch  2930,  Jeduthun 
2  Ch  3515). — On  question  of  identity  of  Heman 
in  these  various  connections,  v.  Thes  Comm. 

TjOinO  n.pr.m.  a  eunuch  of  Ahasuerus 
(id.;  but  ®  'Afiav)  Est  i10. 
II.    [^C«]   v.  ICJ. 

t  [7't1"]  v^-  be  stout,  strong,  bold,  alert 
(ace.  to  LagBN28f-  fr.  earlier  }*?  cf.  Y®*)— 
Qal  P/  3  pi.  rat?K  2  S2218+  2  t.;'  /wip/  '  rP^.". 
Gn  25s3;  WBJOI  2  Ch  1 318;  7»n«.  rP«  Jos  i7 1  Ch 


ynN  55 

282°;  fDKJosi6;  )£«  Dt  3i7+ 3t.;  <X»KDt3i6 
+  2t- — 1«  be  strong,  of  a  people  Gna5*(J); 
of  personal  enemies  2  S  221B=f  1818;  \^  1427 
(all  sq.  JO  of  compar.) ;  also  (without  p)  prevail 
2  Ch  1318.  2.  /mi),  be  bold  (alw.  ||  pgj,  ^PTH) 
Dt3i723  Jos  I"-";  (||  fcL+WWr^K]  *?*$«) 

Dt  3 16;  ||  id.  +  nnn  iw  p3?n4x)  jos  i»-  (||  id. 
+  wnn  tyvrtm $»)  jOSio25  i Ch22!32820  2Ch 

327.  Pi  Pf  j*BK  Dt  230  etc.;  Impf.  J**  Am 
2"  etc.;  W7BW  Is  44"  3fs.  sf.  3nis.  ttBWH 
V^22;  is.  sf.  D3SDXN  Jb  j66  etc.;  W  f?« 
Na22;  W««Is35,j  "SQXDts28;  /»/sf.toBK 
7T^;Ptrin^TT2^;—\.makefirm,strengih- 
en,  sq.  ace,  of  giving  clouds  their  place  Pr  8ffi 
(subj.  '») ;  of  repairing  temple  2  Ch  24";  of 
physical  vigour  Pr3i17  'Krn  ,T3n»  rtJQ  fTWI 
:  n'njfrir  (subj.  i>Tl  nsfc);  0f  strength  for  war 

nb  s  Na22  (||  D?:rie  pjri)  Am2"  (subj.  ptn);  cf. 

Pr  24s;  of  royal  power  2  Ch  1117  (||  pWl);  cf. 

rtbp  d^3  'n  is  353;  rfeni  'a  n  Jb  4«  (both 

II  n*1  On;  PRO  fig.  of  encouragement;  so  'N 
alone  Dt  3s8  (||  p?n)  Jb  165  (||  -|B>n  q.v.);  yj,  gg22 
(subj.  '<  yi-it);  of  support  IS4110  (subj.  *j 
||  "W,  IDn;— De  Che  sub  2).  2.  assure, 

secure  for  one's  self,  alw.  sq.  b  +  st.;  of  car- 
penter appropr.  tree  Is  44";  cf.  of  '>  appropri- 
ating Isr.  under  fig.  of  bough  +  8o16;  under 
fig.  of  chosen  man  v18.  3.  sq.  2$  harden, 

make  obstinate  Dt  230  (subj.  '<;  ||  "inn  HE-pn)  Dt 
157  (of  unkind  man);   2  Ch  3613  (of  king  Zede- 

kiah,  ||  13-ijrm  nvpn).       Hithp.  Pf  j»Dxnn 

1  K 1 218=  2  Ch  1  o18;  Impf.  tt^NW  2  Ch  1 37;  Pt. 
nSQNno  Eu  ,».  !.  strengthen  oneself ,  of  con- 
spirators 2  Ch  1 37  (sq.  &»).  2.  cora/frm  onese^/ 
in  a  purpose,  6e  determined Ru  i,8(sq.  5>  +  Inf.) 
3.  ma&e  oneself  alert,  make  haste  1  K  i218= 

2  Ch  io18  (sq.  !>4-Inf.)  Hiph.  Impf.  Juss. 
exhibit  strength,  be  strong  pOK^I,  ^A  '{01  pin 
^27",  so  also  3 125. 

ty^N  »-[m-]  strength,  fig.  I'D*  D?T-inD 
H?x  Jb  179  <Ae  clean  of  hands  increaseth 
strength. 

TrTOpN  n.f.  strength,  fig.  Zc  1 2s,  but  sense 
difficult,  cf.  Wr  2ech-  »■ 585 ;  StaZAW1881' "  prop.  HNSDX 
*3f^*{>  (after  ©  $)  may  7  6«  sufficient  for .  ' 
«  t  yiCN  n.pr.m.  father  of  Isaiah  ^follow- 
ing) Is  i1  21  13'  202;   372-2I381=2Ki92a,201; 

2Ch26223220-32. 

^tV^N]   adj.  strong,  only  pi.  D'JtOK  of 


horses  Zc  6s-7  (in  v7perh.  rd.  QWK,  cf.  v',&Hi; 
see  another  view  in  Lag  B!ta). 

tpSH  (JBH)  adj.  mighty-'*  abs.  2S 
I5,2+  2  t.;  cstr.  Jb94+  2  i.—miqhty,  of  Absa- 
lom's conspiracy  2  S  15'=;  elsow'h.  of  persons; 
as  subst.,  instrum.  of"1  (i.e.  Assyrians)  Is  28* 
(II  PIC);  W  '*<= valiant,  conqueror  Am  2";  of 

'\  nb  'to  aa>  ojn  Jb94;  cf.  "k  nb  v"  (v  Di 
&  RV),  nb  'n  is  4>  (ii  vite  ai). 

t^SCM  n.pr.m.  1.  a  Levite  1  Ch  6S1.  2. 
man  of  priestly  line  Ne  1 1"  (not  in  ||  1  Ch  9"). 

^JsON,  iTSCN  n.pr.m.  ('»  has  been 
mighty) .  i .  king  of  J  ud.,  son  of  Joash,  father 
of  Azariah;  WJBJj  2  K  ^"-^St.  2  K  14;  i5» 
iCh312;  2Ch2427251+i5t.  2Ch24;  261"; 
n;?fpt<  2K1222  1312  148  15*.  2.  -TttW,  a 
Simeonite  1  Ch 4s4.  3.  t'tZ.,  a  Levite  iCh 6*. 
4.  priest  of  Bethel,  under  Jerob.  II,  Am  f'1"*, 

*  [y?Np]  n.[m.]  power,  strength,  force, 
pi.  cstr.  nb-"spxo  Jb  3619. 

iDtt  6287vb.  utter,  say  (MI  PiODK,  Aram. 
ION,  Eth.  ft<n>&  I.  2  s/ieto,  declare,  Ar.  Ill  cow- 
mand;  perh.  -/nDX  or\g.  =  beor makeprominent, 
hence  Hithp.  infr.,  "I^DX;  Sab.  1DN  to/iy,  epith. 
of  king  JHMordtmZMQW6S7;  cf.  Dlrr28  who 
thinks  orig.  mng.  hell,  sichtbar  sein,  whence 
As.  amdru,  see,  &  shew,  declare,  say) — Qal 
Pf.  'N  Gns1-!-,  etc.;  Impf.  iDtf  Gn3i8-(-; 
noN'l  Gn  i3  +  ;  ip_^l  Gn  1419  +  ;  in  Jb  alw. 
-iax>!Jb32  +  ;  3fs.iP^Gn2i12+;  iDKnPri21; 
is."i»NGn2  22  +  ;  iTJp^K^4210;  nptO  Gn20,3+; 
ipiSJNe2717-20;  3m.  pi.  XTQ*  Ex  4'  +  etc.;  sf! 
^no^I392o;  2mpl.npri2Si9,4(cf.  Ko1-"-385); 
Imv.  ION  pDK)  Gn  45i7  + ,  etc.;  Inf.  abs.  "nON 
Ex2i5  +  ;  cstr.  lbs  Ez258  +  ;  ibN(n)  Jb3418 
but  rd.  lONn  ©  33  Di,  or  better  ibxri  /«/  aj«. 
c.  n  interrog.  cf.  Ewt328d;  sf.  ^DK  Jos6'°+; 
D3-10X JC2338;  D3"lDNMali7  +  ;  1bN^Gni!B+' 
etc.;  P<.  ac«.  ION  Gu  3210  +  ,  etc.;  pass.  "I'DKH 
Mi  27,  but  this  grammatically  indefensible,  rd. 
niOXn,  Inf.  abs.  c.  n  interrog.,  v.  DrKlpo,"°r'A,lr"' 

18CT,  ML 

1.  ^ay  (subj.  God  Gn3*+or  man  32s, 
serpent  31,  ass  NU2  258,  horse  nxn  nps>  Jb 
39ffi  etc.;  inanimate  things,  personif.  Jb28"cf. 
v22  etc.;  so  in  allegory  or  fable  Ju  9"  2  K  14' 
etc. ;  esp.  in  narrat.,ipN»1etc,  Gn  46  +  very  oft.) : 
mostly  sq.  thing  said,  either  subst.  Je  1417  (c. 
cl.  app.)  Dt  2  7,6f-  Jui26;  pronoun  Gn  44" 
2  K  2014-)-;   or  (usually)  clause  Gn  i3  31  3720 


+  oft.  (prat,  recta);  with  adv.  thus,  so  G11325 
Nu  20"  1  K  2036  +  oft.;  esp/'IDN  nib  Ex  51  f' 
81S0  1  Ch  17*  + oft. ;  the  person  addressed  usu. 
introduced  by  i>K  Gn3*  157  22'  Lv  211  2  S  37 
1  K  12s*  or  \  Gn3,s  415 1  S202  2 S221  1  K  i42  + 
oft.;  rarer  combinations  are,  'JTXa'K  1849s0  (cf. 
5»&vid.nan);  ^.Di»'NEz2  89;  V^^Dt  317  Jos 
1  o12  Je  2811;  3  'X  Jo  2"  f  1 262,  where  3  local ;  in 
all  cases  usually  sq.  dir.  obj.  of  words  said,  Ex  1 9s5 
being  very  singular;  Gn  4s  the  object-clause 
has  probably  fallen  out,  cf.  Vrss  Di;— mention, 
name,  designate  Gn2223  4327'29  EX3213  NU1440 
iSio'Se^Se^Nee19;  cf.i//i392°nei'?i"I!n'?* 
speak  of  thee  for  falsehood  (but  many,  as  Hup 
Pe  Dy  Che,  rd.  1"D!);=<eW,  declare,  proclaim 
(sq.  dir.  obj.  only)  ifr  4011  Ez  137;  in  reply  to 
question  =  answer  Ex  1 227  Jos  47  1 K  9"  Je  5"  2  29. 

The  obj.  spoken  of  may  be  referred  to  by  ?X  2  K 
1932  Je221827,9,or  *?  Gn2013,i'  TOK  say  of  me, 
etc.  Dt339  Ju9M  Is52°V'33  7i10>very  rarely  by 
a  simple  accus.  Is  310  (where  rd.  prob.  for  '"ttpx, 
,_!lpN),  except  after  X>X  where  the  words  used 
follow  (cf.  -iBte  4d)  Gn317  Nuio29  i431Dt2868 
Ju74iS917-23biK829La420;cf.Nu2i162Ki712 
2 14,  &  (two  extreme  cases)  Is  812  La  215  (v.  Dr 
■"«•*•);  -Km*  Mi  27rd.  inf.  abs.  c.  n  interrog. 
"liONn  (v.  supr.)  shall  one  say  ?  shall  it  be  said  ? 
After  another  vb.  of  saying,  introducing  thing 
said:Dt2i725927,6Ct210+,evenaftenoxGn 
227  LV211  Je342  Est75  +  ;  esp.  inf.  ibx1?,  after 
nan  Gn  815,  nix  216,  njy  4416,  713  i22,  jntw  247, 
Vu  2820,  etc.;  after  1DX  2  S  318  1  K  1223  Ru44 
1  Ch  2i,8  +  ;  after  nbv  2  Ch  3521,  315?  Gn  327; 
cf.  also  Gn  28"  Ex  5"  95  1 38  1 74  Nu  1 120  Dt  i28 
137  Ju815  1  S  23*  1  K  133  Je323  379  +  ;  also 
when  subj.  of  "flMO  differs  from  that  of  pre- 
ceding clause  Gn  3 11  381324etc;  after yOB* Is 37" 

=  2Kl9». 

2.  Say  in  the  1te,art  (  =  think)  33^3  'x  Dt 
817  cf.  1  K  1226  V  ioUUJ  141  35*  Is  i413  47810 
4921  Ec  21!S  317-'8;  D33$>  'X  Ho  72;  isS^X  'X 


Gn  821  said  unto  his  heart  (to  himself),  subj.  '\ 
cf.  iS27';  t?D3  mo«  La324;  thence  'x  alone 
Gn  20u  269  Nu  24"  Ku44  1  S  2026  285s  1222 
2K5";  sq.  cl.  with  *3  JUI52;  inparticular  = 
<Ze«re  *\$B3  Tptdrnp  1  S2o4  cf.  Est213;  sq.  inf. 
^purpose,  Ex  214  thinkest  thou  to  kill  me,  as 
thou  killedst  tlte  Egyptian  1  Jos  2  2s3  1  S  306  1  K 
5"  2  Ch  2810";  expect  2  S  21'°  lie  expected  to 
slay  David  2  Ch  138  321. 

3.  Promise  (sq.  inf.)   1  Ch  27s3  2  Ch  217 
E8t47;    {id.  +  b  of  pers.)  2  K  8'9  Ne9u;    (sq. 


ace.  of  dir.  obj.  +  ?  of  pers.  +  inf.  of  purpose) 
NC923. 

4.  Command  (esp.  late)  sq.  vK  of  per- 
son addressed,  Nu i538iCh2i18;  sq.  i>  Jos  1 1 9 
2  S  1 6"  2  K  424  Jb  97  +  10684  (v.  sub  "i?fc 
8  e);  sq.  inf.  1  S  2411  1  Ch  2117  2  Ch  i18  2<f^ 
i1?  41315  61  914;  sq.inf.  +  b  of  pers. 
21  3 14  Est  i10;  sq.  ace.  dir.  obj. 
2  Ch  29s4  i/te  ^iri^r  commanded  the  burnt- 
offering  and  l/ie  sin-offering,  cf.  1  K  520  Est 
2";  sq.  cl.  with  -\Vtt  =  that  Ne  13";  id.  +  b  of 


3i"  35" 

2  Ch  143  29' 


pers.  v~;  sq.  cl.  with  '?  Jb  3610;  abs.  1  S  1616 
(rd.  however  prob.  TOStC  for  nDX',  cf.  Dr);  also 
1//  i053,34io725  iCh  1412  2  Ch  24s  Ne  13919  (all 
sq.  vb.  conEec);  command  by  letter  "iSBri'DJ?  'X 
Est925  (sq.  impf.);  appoint,  assign  v  'X  Dnj 
1  K  1  iK=threaten  sq.  inf.  Dt  9s5  i//-  10623. 

tNiph.  P/.1PN3  Dn  8s6;  Impf.  lO^Gn  2  214 
+  ;  ^  IDS''.  Is43;  TCK".  Gnio9+;  TjSfl  Jos 
22;  be  said,  told  Gn  1  o9  2  214  +  8  7s  Je  411 1 614  (all 
abs.,  indef.  subj.,  of  current  saying);  so  said  in 
a  book  Nu  2 114;  be  related,  told,  of  vision  Dn  826; 
said,  told  to  (sq.  b  ind.  obj.)  Jos  22  Ho  231  Zp  3" ; 
either  so,  or  told  concerning  Nu  23s3;  Ez  1312 
("bx);  D3^>  1Q$.z=y«  s/WZ  6«  ca««<f.  (it  shall  be 
said  to  you)  Is6i6  (||  VT$P),  cf.  4s  i918  32s 
( II  i>  N"!i£)  6  244;  hence  be  called,  of  Tophet  ")S£t6 
nann  niy  Je732;  subj.  DE?  Gn  3229;  Jb  3431  '3 
"1P?0  ^"^,  Rabb.(cf.  AV)  treat  "TOXn  as  Niph. 
Inf.  for  "lOXnp,  but  against  grammar;  the  form 
as  it  stands  is  Qal  Pf.,  <>X-;>X  being  prefixed  to 
the  interrog.  for  emphasis  (cf.  Je  2215  2326  Ne 
1 3s7),  v.  Dr*9  Di  al.;  Hoffm.,  however,  reads 
~^^Ki  inf.  abs.  =  imv.  'so  must  one  speak  (it  be 
spoken)  to  God.'       i  Hiph.  Pf. avow, avouch  Dt 

2617  cnV?  yb  n^nb  oi»n  rnoxn  ">-nx;  v18  *l 

Dy|)  lb  m\lb  DIM  ^"ONn  (z;<.  caMse  to  declare, 
i.e.  through  agency  of  Moses;  on  this  &  other 
interpr.  vid.  Di).  +Hithp.  Impf.  ntSKrv  f  944 
subj.  fJN  \bga~P3  ac«  proudly,  boast  (||  W^C 
Pn?  n?T);  prob.  also  2  mpl.  W^T?  Is6i6 
(in  good  sense,  sq.  3  of  thing  gloried  in) 
©  93  X  &  cf.  ©;  Ges^"""-  so  De  Che  Kb'-4671 
(fr.  [1B»]  exchange  Thes  Hi  Kn  Ew  Di ;  but 
vid.  ■»»,  nio). 

T~l?iN  a.m.  +77'9  utterance,  speech,  word, 
only  poet.,  &  Jos  24s'  exalted  style ; — abs.  'x  Jb 
2228+5t.;  sf.nON  Jb2029;  7JZ.abs.  DnBXPri97 
2221;  cstr.  n»X  Nu244+;  VJOX  Jb  2222; 
D3nOK  Jb  3214  Is  4 126  (on  deriv.  fr.  Hox  cf.  Di 


Jb  1 5")  etc.; — 1.  utterance,  word,  esp.  pi.  Jb. 


.(II  afo) 


3212.H( 


irk) 


33*34";  ^5*(II3,W). 


i4i6(onthis  v.  cf.  Che);  Pr  21  (||  niXD),  v1"  4— 
(IP??)>  71  (||  ni?»),  vs  197  Is  4ia<;  words  of  God 
Nu  244'6  cf.  Jos  24s7  Jb  6'°  222S  f  107";  fig.  of 
day  i  i93(sing.);  cf.  v4(||  &!$])  but  vid.  Che 
out.;  of  wisdom  (personif.)  Pr  I21  (||  Pip);  oft. 
in  phrase  'ST""!?*  Dt321  f  i9,s  (||f«n);  544 

(II  °H?);  7gl  (iln"Pn);  Pr4s  57  f4  88Vcf-  Jb 

82  Pr6";  of"1  Jb2312  (||Vns't>>  mxe);  f  1384; 
Ho65(of  Yahweh's  words  as  weapon  ;  in  phrases 
^n.OKJb625;  nfO'NPri2;  DSi'N  Pr  1  s26 1 6s4 ; 

run  'n  1 9»  2  312;  nose  'k  2  221,  cf.  nos  Dno«  afta 

v21"  wtora  answer;  vfy  nn.DK  3Hffrl  Ju  520  sAe 
returneth  (i.e.  repeatetli)  her  words  to  herself; 
'N  ^BTI  spare  (i.e.  refrain  fr.)  words  Pr  1 727.  2. 
Fg.  promise-^  if;  appointment,  decree  Jb  2029; 
command  i^6812  (but  v. Che);  7>faw,  purpose  Jb 
2  228  'N~iT3 ;  Hb  39  Thes  sworn  are  the  rods  of 
appointment  (i.e.  the  chastisements  decreed),  but 
passage  dub.,  v.  Comm.; — Gn  4921  rd.  ,-?.OK  cf. 
"VOK;  fid.  Di. 

[rn?2Nj   n.f.    utterance,    speech,   word 

(poet., mostly  sg.  coll.,  cf.  pi.  vb.i/'i^103,  but  here 
rd.  prob.  pl.n.  cf.  ©  01  Hi  De  Che)— cstr.  DION 
Is5«  +  ;  VHCK  Gn423  +  etc;  PI.  abs.  TlhBK 
^■12";  csti'.  111CK  ib. ; — utterance,  speech  Gn  4s 
(song  of  Lamech,  ||  /ip)  so  Is  28113  32s;  Dt322 

(||  nP^),  ^  if  Is  294-4  (||  also  ">3'!!);  esp.  say- 
ing(s),  word(s)  of  '<  (command  &  promise)  Dt 

33»  (||nna);  is  5M  (||rnin)  2S2231=^  1831 
f  127  105'9  (||  W)  ;  esp.  V'  1 1911-3841  +  16  t. ; 
I382I47,5(IP?1),  Pr3o5. 

t[n"^S]    n.f.    id.,  only  FIJI  ffc   irPDK 
La  217. 

T1?2'iXii.pr.m.grandsonofEsau(e^o2Men^) 
Gn  36""  1  Ch  i36. 

TT?2N  n.m.  top,  summit,  of  tree  Is  176; 
of  mt.  v9  (1  so  Ew  Kn  De  Di ;  Lag  Che  Brd 
Or  foil.  ©  &  rd.  vV!3Kn);  PI.  cstr.  ,-TOK  Gn4921 
(so  rd.  for  *$**,  Ew  Di  al.,  cf.  also  1.  fl^K  p.  1 8). 
M£N  11. pi-. 111.  1.  a  priest  assigned  to 
Dvd's  time  1 CI12414  perh.  =  2.  ancestorof  priest 
1  Ch  912  cf.  Ne  iiu  Ezr  237  1020  Ne  740.  3. 
priest  in  Jerem.'s  time  Je  201.  4.  father  of 
Zadok  Ne  3M.    5.  n.pr.loc.  (?)  Ezr  2w=Ne  761. 

"HT2N  n.pr.m.coll.  (construed  as  pi.  Dt  3" 
+  5  t.)Amorites(perh.=mowmtam-dtt'e7iers,cf. 
Nui33SDti7-,!"-etc.&DiGnio1,al.)—  alw.c.art, 
exc.  Nu  2 129  Ez  i64i.     1.  called  son  of  Canaan 


Gn  io14(J)  1  Ch  i,4=2.  a  chief  people  dis- 
possessed by  Hebrews ;  (a)  living  E.  of  Jordan 
Nu  2i,3-,3-25+9  t.  Nu  + Jos  24"  (all  E),  cf.  Jos 
2]°  910(JE)  Dti4  32'+7t.  D;  also  Juio»" 
nMM  iK419Vi35n  1 36,9(Sihon  their  king 
Nu  2 1  >  +  ;  Sihon  &  Og  Dt  38  +  ) ;  (6)  li ving  W. 
of  Jordan  Jos  io6-6  241215-,8(all  E),  cf.  77(JE); 
5'  io13  (both  D;  cf.  also  134,  q.  del.  Di)  Ju 
j34.3s.36  619  1  K  2 iM  2  K  2 1 n  cf.  1  8  714  2  S  2 15 ; 
(c)  living  in  south  Dt  i719*02744;  cf.  Gn  147 
(W.  of  Dead  Sea);  (d)  in  gen.=ancient  in- 
habitants of  Canaan  Gn  1 5"  (J  or  It)  48'a  (E) 
Am  2910;  (e)  named  in  list  of  Canaanitish  peo- 
ples, to  be  dispossessed  by  Isr.  Ex  3s-17  13s  33s 
3411  J0S310  9'  (all  J);  Dt7'  2o'7  Jos  n3  128 
(all  D);  Ex  23s3  Nu  1329  Jos  24n(all  E);  Ju  35 
1  K  920  2  Ch  87  Ezr  91  Ne  98;  cf.  Ez  16345;  (on 
these  lists  cf.  Bu  Ur"wch  w'-&We JBTh  "'• «" .)  3. 
adj.gent.  sg.  Gn  14"  Dt  224. 

t^QS  n.pr.ni.     1.  a  man  of  Judah  1  Ch 

94;  cf.  2.  Ne  3s  (=tall  t  or  eloquent  ?). 

^V^i  n^lQM  n.pr.m.  (Vah(u)  hath 

promised,  cf.  Palm.  KMBBHOM,  Sab.  iDNJjrv) 
long  form  only  1  Ch2423  2C'hi911  31'°.  1.  aLe- 
vite  1  Ch  2319  24s3  (in  Dvd's  time),  cf.  1  Ch  5s"3 
637  Ezr  73;  vid.  also  2.  1  Ch  537-37;  abo  3.  Ezr 
io42.  4.  chief  priest  under  Jehosh.  2  Chi  9". 
5.  Levite  under  Hezekiah  2  Ch  3 1  ".  6.  son  of 
Hezekiah  &  great-grandfather  of  Zephaniah  Zp 
i1.  7.  a  priest  Ne  io4  12213.  8.  a  man  of 
Judah  Neil4. 

t[inNr]   n.m.    E!,9>32   word,    command 

(late;  Mish.  id.)  cstr.  ip^O  Est  i15  220  9M. 

I/D^TOS!  n.pr.m.  king  of  Shinar  Gn  i419 

(prob.  =  ,3">en,  Hammurabi  of  Pabylon,  who 
reigned  c.  2100  B.C.,  cf.  Schr8I,A1*!7'"xl<J,"",;!S) 
COT"2961  DI  in  De Ge° 1887' E,cll|r,,MY 

ttT!2N  adv.  yesterday  (etym.  dub.;  MV 
after  Fl  De  on  Jb3o3cf.Stas2Mc  der.fr.  </nvo 
=  Ar.  L~«,  whence  j\~..  1,  evening;  v.  also  in 
Thes,  &  cf.  As.  musu,  night  COT"1"",  Eth. 
yttft:  but  abo  Ar.  ^^11  =  As.  amsatu,  yester- 
day)=last  night  Gn  1934  312942  (itteKJpsre- 
cently  2  K  926.— Jb303  nsiB'  'H  is  difficult  &  un- 
certain Thes  MV  al.  darkness,  gloom  of  waste- 
ness,  so  KV,  but  dub.,  cf.  Di;  G.  Hoffm.  rds. 
'V  nV;  =  the  mother  of  (all)  the  ruined  (said  of 
the  desert). 

riDW.VlOW  v.  |0R 

nnpw  v.  nno. 

IN   adv.  v.  sub  'K. 


t]N  (Gn  4143  46™)  yiN  (Gn  41s0  Ez  3017)  n. 

pr.loc.  On  (Egypt.  An  cf.  EbG87S  WiedR*mm146; 
perh.=As.  Unu,  Steindorff BAS1-610,  contr.  Dl 
r,:"8)  city  in  lower  Egypt,  prob.  on  border  of 
land  of  Goshen,  residence  of  '  Potiphera,  priest 
of  On,'  father-in-law  of  Joseph  Gn  4i4iM  4620; 
also  Ez  3017  (where  MT  JJK);  it  was  celebrated 
for  worship  of  sun-god  Ra,  &  hence  called  also 
sun-city,  B*CB>  TV3  Je4313,  ©  'HXi'ou  n-dXif;  mod. 
Matariye,  on  E.  bank  of  Nile,  c.  7  miles  E.  of 
N.  fr.  Cairo  &  18  fr.  Memphis;— cf.  Eh0870-507'- 
*■"»"  Wiedlc- 

|N  sorrow,  v.  /'IN. 

tN3N  interj.  (from  iW  and  N3,  q.  v.)  a 

strong  part,  of  entreaty,  ah,  now  !  I  (or  we) 
beseech  thee !  oft.  sq.  an  imper.;  Gn  50'7  (to 
Joseph)  '31  NJ  NB'  N3K  Ah,  now!  forgive,  we 
pray,  etc.,  Ex  3231  (to  God);  elsewhere  always 
sq.  *  or  »jhS  V  1 182525  Ne  i5U  Dn  94.  AVritten 
fl|N  2  K  203(=Is  383)  Jon  i14  45  V  "6416. 

22N  (perl1-  spring,  leap,  so  D1HA65-PM14,  in- 
ferred fr.  As.  annabu,  hare  ;  ag.  this  No  ZMQ 1886,  ™). 

thaf^M  n.f.  hare(Ar.^jl,  Syr.  \^>T , 

As.  annabu,  as  springerl)  eating  of  it  forbidden 
Lvii6(P)Dti47. 

mA,  H3N  v.  sub  H*. 

T  T  V    T 

I.  f  [Jl  JN]  vb.  mourn— Qal  Pf.  3  pi.  U$ 
cons.  L^iVfllbKq.v.) 

TiT'lN  n.f.  mourning;  Is  29s  La  2s  (both 
times  in  combin.  fWW  n'JXri). 

tn*3«n  n.f.  id.  ib. 

t  — :  — 

TDJVjN  n.pr.m.  (lament  of  people)  1CI1719 
a  man  of  Manasseh. 

II-  nj^  (-/whence  foil,  noiins,  cf.  As. 
dnu,  un&tu,  vessel,  utensil,  v.  Dl  in  ZimBF115 
Hpt  in  KAT2G1°M'-;  Ar.  sli'l). 

t^N  njn.1"*"  &  f/22  coll.  ships,  fleet— 
abs.  1  k9M+;  cstr.  10"  + ;— of  Sol.  1K92627; 
called  t5"Bnn  'K  (i.e.  large,  sea-going  vessels, 
such  as  sail  to  Tarshish)  io2222;  ffvn  'N  io"-22; 
propelled  by  oars  &VT'H  Is  3321. 

TITOS  n.f.  unit,  a  ship — abs.  Joni3-r  3k; 

PI.  abs.  ni>3X  Dt2868+;  ni>%  2Ch818;  cstr. 
=abs.  1  K224*  +  ,etc; — ashipVr  30"  Gn4913 
Dt  28s8  Ju  517  (where,  however,  cf.  BuBBEIcht,!^l,• 
8*m""  on  text)  1  K2249-50  Is  4314  2Ch818  20307 
Jon  i4-'  +  io426  10723  Dn  n40;  Djn  'N  Ez  27"; 


58  13N 

propelled  by  oars  EZ2729;  esp.  trehPl'^cf.^X) 
1  K  2  249  2  Ch  921  (cf.  1  K 1  o22  supr.  sub  ♦?»)  f  48" 
Is216  23114  609  Ez  2  725;  late  of  ship  going  to 
Tarshish  2  Ch  921  2036  Jon  I3;  mercliant-ship, 
-iniD  'K  Pr  3i14;  H3N  'N  wl/<  aftpi  Jb  926  (cf. 
rOK);  seamen.  ni'JN-'B'JSI  1  K  9s7. 

till.  [mJN]  vb.  be  opportune,  meet,  en- 
counter opportunely  (Ar.  ^il  the  right  time 
is  come,  or  it  is  come  to  the  right  time,  or  to  ma- 
turity, or  is  opportune).     Pi.  Pf.  n3K  Ex  2113 

cause  (or  allow)  to  meet  in  1T3  'X  DwXn  (0bj. 
om.),  i.e.  without  any  purpose  of  the  man  to 
whom  sf.  ref.  Pu.  be  allowed  to  meet,  be  sent, 
Impf.nM  Pr  I221  (c.b);  3  fs.  nsxri  ^9i"°(c.  bx), 
subj.  evil.  Hithp.  cause  oneself  to  meet,  seek 
occasion  (  =  seek  a  quarrel  with)sq.  b  2  K  5'. 

'  Ln^SflJ  n.f.  occasion,  time  of  copula- 
tion; sf.  finjsri  i.e.  of  wild  ass  Je  224. 

TiTJNri  n.f.  opportunity,  i.e.  ground  of 
quarrel ;  of  Samson,  sq.  ft?  Ju  1 44. 

H2N  v.  «3X. 

T  |T  T  'T 

13«  Je426  Kt:  v.  after  ^ 

*[n3M]  vb.onlylfiph.  sigh,  groan,  mostly 
poet.  &  late  (Aram.  n:K,  yJ^Ethp.  cf.  As.  \ana- 
hu],  inhu,  sigh  ZimBPli&9)— P/.  3fs.nnjK3  La  I8 
Jo  i18;  3  pl.iniWIs  247;  Imp/,  rux; :Pr'292etc; 

Imv.  n)«Q  Ez2i";  Pt.  PU»J  Ez  2112;  nnjw 
La  i21  etc.; — 1.  sigh,  in  token  of  grief  Is 2 4" 
Pr292Lai4(||ni3l3)v21Ez2inil;ofJerus.Lai8; 
mostly  abs.  but  sq.  "^5?  EZ94  (||  PJM);  Sq.  "^  & 
"PX  2112.  2.  in  physical  distress  Lai11  djCfi? 
£3nb);  Ex2B  sq.  JO  by  reason  of  (\\PV\).  3. 
groan  of  cattle  (iTOna)  Jo  i18. 

TnTON  n.f.  sighing,  groaning   (poet.  & 

late);— abs.  -f  3 1 u  +  ;  s/  ^PUN  Jb  34  + ;  nnrUK 
Is  2 12  (sf.  with  Raphe),  PI.  sf.  *nhj«  La  i22;— 
sighing,  groaning,  in  distress,  physical  or  men- 
talJb3«(||n3KB>),23*(||n*),^6';38w(||m|Jn), 

Is  2i2,  La  i22;  ||  pa:  V  3iu  Is  3510  5iu  Je  453; 
'N  7ip  if,  1028. 

WTOM  pron.  1  pi.  we  v.  infr. 

tmnDX  n.pr.loc.  city  in  Naphtali  Jos 
19".  Kn  (cf.  Di)  comp.  en-Ndtira,  on  E.  side 
of  Jebel  Dahi,  little  Hermon;  cf.  RobBRlllS39. 

"ON,  ''J^  pron.  1  s.  comm.  I  (\S\,  N3K, 


"OH  59 

Ur,  «:)Gn  6"  9913  +  oft.  Following  a  ptcp.  as 
its  subj.  (to  express  mostly  either  a  true  present 
or  the  fut.  instans)  Gn  1817  'JN  '"1i)?'?n  Am  I 
hiding  from  Abraham  that  which,  etc.,  Ju  1 53 
i  S  3'3  Je  i '2  3814  44»  (v.  Dr »135-4).  Appended 
to  a  verb,  it  expresses,  in  early  Hebrew,  a  real 
emphasis,  as  Ju  823  D?3  'JN  ^BnpK  s6  7  will 
not  rule  over  you,  2  S  1 2s8  lest  I  take  the  city, 
2  S  1 71S  thus  and  thus  did  Ahitophel  counsel, 
and  thus  and  thus  »3N  VtyJ£  did  I  counsel ;  but 
in  later  Heb.  it  is  sometimes  pleonastic,  Ec 
2n-i5.i8-2o  +      jn  regp0nse  to  a  question  >  'jx  aione 

—  I  am,  It  is  I,  Gn2f*  Ju  13"  1  Ki88+. 
With  n,  'JNri  fls  669.     (Syn.  ^JN,  q.v.) 

"HJK  pron.  1  pi.  comm.  we  (common  in 
postB.  Heb.;  cf.  also  Amh.  end)  may  be  re- 
garded as  the  pi.  of  VN  (W80  M),  only  Je426 
Kt,  for  which  Qr  substitutes  the  normal  13n:x. 

*DJK,  "OJN  (once  Jb 339  *3ij$)  pron.  1  s. 
comm.  I;  Gn  310  74  1512  i65  +  oft.  With  £J, 
'3lxn  fNu  1 1 12  Jb  2 14.  (As.  andku,  Ph.  &  Moab. 
"JJX  :  not  in  Ar.  Aram.  Eth.;  but  ku  appears 
as  the  affix  of  the  1  s.  in  the  Eth.  verb  (e.g. 
waladku  =  Heb.  V&).  *?*?  and  V«  appear 
to  be  two  parallel  formations  (both  containing 
the  element  ani  [cf.  the  sf.  'j  -,  '>]  or  ana,  &  one 
strengthened  by  the  addition  of  the  demonst. 
basis  ku  [prob.  akin  to  \o,  N3,  H3  here] :  cf. 
Sta"79  W809"98-1"1),  of  which,  in  most  of  the 
Sem.  languages,  one  prevailed  to  the  exclusion 
of  the  other,  but  which  in  Heb.  maintained 
their  place  side  by  side.)  In  some  cases  'JX 
and  '3JX  appear  capable  of  being  used  indiffer- 
ently; in  others  the  choice  seems  to  have  been 
determined,  partly  by  rhythmical  considera- 
tions, partly  by  a  growing  preference  for  ^N. 
among  later  writers.  Thus  when  appended  to 
the  verb  for  emph.  (whether  with  or  without 
D?)  the  lighter  form  ,?N  is  nearly  always  used 
(Lv205  26s4-32  Dti230'jui3  8a  2S1228  1716 
18222  Je  1718  215  Ez  1722  Jb  i32  +  ;  cf.  the  cases 
Gn27M  1  S2524  2S191  iKi26Pr2315);  on  the 
contrary,  in  the  emph.  rhetorical  style  of  Dt, 
,=3?  is  preferred  (in  the  discourses,  uniformly, 
exc.  1 230,  in  ace.  with  usage  just  noted,  &  29s  in 
a  standing  expression ;  on  324851  (P)  cf.  infr.) 
In  partic.  phrases,  also,  usage  prefers  sts.  'JN, 

sts.  '3JX;  thus  there  occurs  ^*"1J  Nu  I42'  & 
always,  exc.  Dt  3240;  ($*)  *%  ^N  (Je  i919  30" 
4618  Is  432-5);  mW  '?*  Ex  62-"  &  elsewh.  in  P, 
&  esp.  freq.  in  H  (Lv  1 82-4-6  etc.)  &  Ez,  also  Gn 


157  2813  Dt  29s  Ju  6'°+;  (ruff  'jjjx  much  less 
freq.;  only  JE  &  proph.  writers,  tEx202=Dt  5', 
Ho  1210  134  ^81",  Ex  20'  =  Dt59,  I843"  44" 
5i15(Ex4,lisdiff.);  cf.  Dr""1"'-22");  >nW)K  Is 
38'0(Hez.)  494  Je  54  io19(3,9';jjk)  Iiu44f-3tf 
3 123  4 15  826  +  ;  'JX  Wl  (in  response  to  a  qu.) 
Gn  2  724  Ju  13"  2  S  2017  1  K  1314  189  (vjjn  '■>) 
only  2  S  220;  on  the  contrary,  with  a  jrrtdicatt, 
*?&$  is  regularly  employed,  Gn  24"  1  S  30" 
2  S  i8  »3lK  •'pboy  tl*  2017  Is  6'  Je  i«  Jon  1')  • 
Cm)  "W  >9$  Gn  617  99  Ex  3i«  Nu  3>2+  (but 
•ojx  nm  Gn24'443  2532Ex313  i99+;  'jx  run 

is  very  uncommon ;  v.  16.226).  So  far  as  the 
usage  of  partic.  books  is  concerned,  in  the  Pent, 
(exc.  Dt)  "i«  is  used  in  P  (incl.  H)  always  (about 
130  t.)  exc.  Gn  234  (cf.  Ez  below);  in  JE  '3JX 
is  preferred,  though  not  exclusively  (81  :  48). 
In  S  there  are  50  instances  of  each  form. 
Je  has  some  54  instances  of  'JN,  37  of  '3jx. 
In  later  books  the  preponderance  of  ^X.  is 
evident.  Thus  in  Ez  'jx  occurs  138  t.,  '3JX 
once  36s8  (perh.  a  reminiscence  of  Je  n4b  247 
3022);  in  LaHgEzr  Est  Ec  'JX  45  t.,  '3JX  never; 
in  Ch  'JN  30  t.,  '3JN  once  1  Ch  171  (from  2  S  72); 
in  Dn  'JN  23  t.,  '3JN  once  10".  Vid.  more  fully 
Giesebrecht  at'»  m*  Dr10-222-7. 

^PTJN?,  ^Jn^K  pron.  1  pi.  comm.  we 

(the  pi .  corresp.  to  'Six ,  as  «S « to  ^N ;  v.  W80.  *  10°; 
Ph.  jnjX  CIS131617,  Aram.  *$&$,  $  also  Njnj' 
Syr.  ^jujV,  <i~,  tf&,  1fhi\)  Gn  138  294  37' 
42"13  Nu97  Dt!28-41  Jo 21718,  etc.  Like  WL 
following  a  ptcp.  as  its  subj.  Gn  1913  Nu  io29 
Ju  1918  2  K  1826;  appended  to  a  vb.  for  emph. 

JU928  2Kl04   IS206. 

Tl^ni ,  ^2T\2  pron.  1  pi.  we  (abbrev.  from 
ttjffl! ;  cf.the  forms  'j£,  "irhk  NJnj,  just  cited; 
also  As.  n'tni)  G1142"  Ex  i67-9  N113232  La  342. 
(In  2  S  1712  «ru  is  1  pi.  perf.  Qal  from  TO.) 

TT|2^  n.[m.]  plummet  (cf.  words  in  cogn. 
lang.  for  lead,  tin,  etym.  dub., perh.  foreign;  Ar. 
dlST  (v.  Fra153)  Syr.  \AjI",  Mand.  X3JX,  As. 
andku  Lyons",r,>°,e,te92;  v.  LagArm-8,l"i»10'cf.  Id. 
BS17S) — TJ J « exc. once  Am  7" — 2>lummet Am  f**; 
'X  Dcrtn,  i.e.  a  vertical  wall  v7. 

"ODN  pron.  1  sg.  v.  supr.  sub  ^X. 

■jTJJ^I  vb.  only  Hithpo.  complain,  mur- 
mur (Mish.  |JX,  Aram.  J?$,  Ar. ,!,!,  As.  [an&nu\, 
whence  enenu,  unninu,  sigh  ZimBr22) — Impf. 
SfcTr>  La  f  (sq.  ^S  in  ||  member);  Pt.  D'JJXnc 
">  'Jixa  Nu  n1  (sq.  ace;  vid.  Di). 


d:n  60 

('[DjNJ  vb.  compel,  constrain  (late,  oft. 
/ish.  td.,  Aram.  D3N,  .aJ/')—  Qal  Pi.  D3X  flj 
viz.,  to  drink  Est  i"  (||  B«X1  B*X  |iri3). 

t[*V)^5  *"PN]   vb.   (breathe,   snort)   bo 

angry  (MI  id.,  cf.  Ar.  i^ijl,  As.  etc.  in 
deriv.)  —  Qal  Pf  PIB3X  yj,  60s,  etc.;  7mp/. 
rl?£.'1  ^  212,  etc.; — be  angry,  of  ";  usually  sq.  3 

1  K  8"=  2  Ch  6s6  Is  1 21  ^  85s  Ezr  914 ;  abs.  ^ 
603  79s;  cf.  also  ^  212.  Hithp.  id.  alw.  sq.  3, 
&  alw.  of  \  Pf.  I^nn  Dti3^2^20;  Impf. 
C|3XrW  Dt98  1  Kii*  2K1718. 

I.  ri^^n.m.0"30-2  nostril,  nose,  face,  an- 
ger (As.  appu,faee  Flood"127'29  cf.  Hpt  KAT2 

0,°-,  Ar.  <l£),  Etb.A1¥:  nose;  Aram.Ji^,  Wft 
face)— abs.  •<//•  78"  +  ;  cstr.  Gn  2  745+;  sf.  *HS 
Ex2  223+,  etc.;  du.  D^SX  Pri4,7  +  ;  VBX  Gn 
27  +  etc.;— In  Hex  JE  (Jos  71  Pi  23"  D?).  1. 
nostril,  as  organ  of  breathing  Gn  27  722  Jb  27s 
cf.  Nun20;  2  S  22'=^  189  cf.  Is  65s;  Is  a"  La 
420  Ez3818  (del.  Co)  Am^0;  T?x  0"  (of ») 
i.e.  wind  Ex  158;  cf.  1BK  nn  not??  2  S  22"= 
f  i816  (vid.  also  sub  3);  nose  sg.  Ct  7s-9  Ez  817 
232S  Pr  3033  (where  play  upon  diff.  meaning  of 
fix  &  D?9S)  :  (a)  as  organ  of  smelling  Dt  33'° 
1//  1 156;  (b)  as  place  of  ring  for  ornament  Gn 
24'17  Is  321  Ez  1612;  (c)  as  place  of  ring  or  hook 
for  captive  2  K  i928=Is  37s9;  for  beasts,  e.g. 
swine  Prn22;  hippopot.  Jb  4024;  crocod.  v26. 
2.  Du.  face  (esp.  in  phrase  nsnx  D?3X)  Gn  191 
42s  4812  Nu2231  1S2041  2V9  2541  28"  2S 
144   1433  1829  2420   iKim  I84923   iCh2i21 

2  Ch  73  2018  Ne  8"  also  Gn319;  13X  Fiaa  ;jrufc>  0/ 
/«'«  couniencmce  ^  io4;  'fix?  before,  loc.  sense 
(cf.  *?B?)  1  S  25s3;  D?fN  1S1'  rd.  DBS  ©  We 
Dr  (q.v.)  3.  mostly  anger,  human  Gn  2745 
49c'7  +  (45t-);  oftenerdivineEx32,2Dt919  2K 
2420  +  (1 7  7 t.) ;  oft.  subj.  rnn  ("irm  etc.)  his  anger 
teas  kindled  Gn  302  3919  Ex  414  22s3  3210I1  +  ; 
in  various  combinations,  esp.  1^  f^U  fierceness 
of  anger  Ex3212  Nu  254  32,4  +  ;  cf.  IK^TJ]  1  S 
2034;  ^l^'Py?  Pi-2  224  owe  yiww  <o  anger,  etc.; 
B?BN  TJK  *^w  <o  anger  Ex  34"  Nu  1419  Ne917 
+  7  t.  of  God;  Pi-1429  1519  i6322515ofman. 

tD^BM  n.pr.m.  a  son  of  Nadab,  iCha** 

TnC2N  n.f.  an  unclean  bird  (cf.  As.  anpatu 

Dl™*33;  mng.  quite  dub.;  on  conjectures  v. 
DiLvn19)  Lvii'9  Dti48. 

f [p^N]  vb.  cry,  groan  (Aram.  p3X;,  JiT/*) 
—  Qal  Impf.  p3N)  Je5i62;  Inf.  cstr.  p3X  Ez 
26",    both    of    groaning    of    wounded    \f$). 


WW 

Niph.  id.,  in  mourning,  lamentation ;  Inf. 
cstr.  p3Nn  Ez2417  (||  i>3X  n'B^);  P<.  D'p3X3  9< 
(||  D'ruW)  sq.  h?. 

ti.  Hp-N  n.f.  crying,  groaning,  in  dis- 
tress (Aram!  J&J/')  Mai  213  (||  Htf>\  ^33); 
cstr.  J"lp3X ^  1 26  (of  poor,  P*3X);  79" (of  prisoner 
TDK),  so  1022'. 

til.  PIp'N  n.f.  ferret,  or  shrew-mouse, 
unclean  animal  Lv  1 130  (Tristr  "*";  )£*£/', 

.1  xnopx). 

ti.  [t£OK]  vb.  be  weak,  sick  (As.  andsu 

ZimBrM,70.     -^retzst    in    J)e  P»lm.„,e<l.  4.882  der    fr. 

II.  BON  ^>er  antiphrasin;  DlPrl6°  identified  with 

III.  B>3X;  v.  also  Dep"lmme<i-4-904;  so  LagB-V6°, 
who  comp.  C»-j\  i_a  ■  ,n,  weichlicJies  d.h.  stump- 
fes  Schwert.  It  seems  safer  at  present  to  keep 
the  three  distinct).  Qal  Pt.  pass.  W)X  Jb 
3464.;  ne>UX  Je  1518  Mi  i9  &  so  rd.  1//6921  (Bi 
Che)  etc.;  as  adj.  incurable,  of  wound,  but 
metaph.  (nao)  Mi  i9  Jei518;  cf.  Jb  346  (ffj),  Je 
3o12(i?C';  ||n3pnbn3);  so  e>'3X  assis^11;  cf. 

Je  3015' (3X3D);  cf.  t*3X  tft  if";  also  in  phr. 

wn  eoxi  ^bp  ajn  a'py  je  179.  iriph.  impf. 

$¥.'.1  2  S  1215  be  sick,  of  child. 

II.  t£0^  (°f-  Ar.  u-i'  oe  inclined  to, 
friendly,  social,  which  however  No23"51**6.1"*1 
thinks  denom.,  cf.  ^jl  coll.  men,  people  ;  v.  on 
the  other  hand  Wetzst'0"  ZimBP2°,  v.  also  Lag 
BIf68;— hence  D'BON  pl.  of  B^N;  v.  also  sub  B»n). 

tttJiiN  n.m.Jb1514  man,  mankind,  mostly 
v:  ' 

poet.  (18  t.  Jb,  13  t.  \jr,  etc.)  (Ar.  ^Lil  (coll.), 

Aram.  Bbg,  Lij7(coll.),  Nab.  BnSN,  Palm.  B*3X, 
Sab.  D3N  DHM™»'»,  also  Ar.  J&,  As.  nife, 
people,  &  cf.  tenisetu,  humanity,  human  race,  v. 
COTGlo»  sub  B>3K  &  B>3  &  HptKAT2497)— abs.  Is 
8'  +  ;  cstr.  Je2010;— 1.  of  individ.  Jb  517  139 
^55"',  cf.  Isi312  (HO-lK)  562  (||  DTtrJI);  Je 
2010  ,D??'  'X  «j«m  o/my  jjeace,  i.e.  my  friend. 
2.  coll.  men  Is  24°  33s  517  i^6612;  =  men  in 
general,  ordinary  mem// 7  35cf/Xti'in  i.e.  a  com- 
mon stylus  Is8'  (v.  CTK  nr?X  Dt3n)'. '  3.  man, 
mankind  Dt  32s6  Jb  71  1419  28413  32s  33s6  3625 
(||  D"1X  &  D'B»3X  v24)  yj,  56s;  esp.  opp.  God  Jb  417 
(in??)7,792io4-6i5'425433>2  2Chi410;  V85 
(||DnX-f3)  so  IS5112;  V920-21,  903  (||  D1P33); 
io3ls;  '«"|3  i443(||  Q-lX);  cf.  B^T^  "?"}  'N"11? 
ny.bin  Jb  25s;  nWTr  'N  f  io18;  'N  33p~b  is 

137  cf.  yjr  1041515. 

tttfoW  n.pr.m.  son  of  Seth  Gn  426  5«-7»'»" 
1  Chi1.  '' 


III.  V?M  (soft,  delicate,  cf.  Ar.  cJl,  id., 
v.  Lag™68  Dlr'"»,  also  sub  I.  EON;   but  cf. 

NgZMG  1886.739   wnQ  fa    ^   mng     fr   jj^fcfc^ 

nC?N77.   n.f.  woman,   wife,   female   (Ar. 

J3f ,  Sab.nnJN  etc.  DHM2*1884'360,  Aram.  KNPIH, 
tw*UK,  ten*,  jij^  Paira.  Nab.  NnruN)  jj^ 

Alflfr  Ph.  nt^N,  As.  atfoiu  COTG,OM)—  'x  abs. 
Gn223  +  ;  cstr.  T)f$  Gn  u29+  (appar.  abs.  Dt 
2i"  i  S287  ^58*  but  cf.  Bo*728  Cesil3°-5);  sf. 
^N Gn2o"+  ;  in^N Gni2,8+  (^WS  V1283), 
etc.;  PI.  iT)&K  Ez'2344  (Co  tttoxk);  Wi  Gn 
4"+;  cstr.  Vi  Gn4-3  +  ;  sf.  fy  Gn  30s6'  1  K 
207;  D3<BO  Ex  2  223+  ,  etc.;— 1.  twmum  Gn  312 
12"  +  ;  opp.  man  222-23  Ex  3s29  36"  Dt  72S;  22s2 
iS2i5+;  'tf  emphat.  a  genuine  (or  ideal) 
woman  Ec  7s3  (||  Dis);  sim.  of  men  as  feeble, 
timid  Jeso37  5130;  note  esp.  CEOS  «)Bn  */(„ 
children  among  the  women,  female  children 
NU3118  (P);  as  conceiving  Ex  22  Lv  122  2S 
n5  +  ;  travailing  Jei3=I;  bearing  children 
Ju  13*  1  K  318;  cf.  Jb  i4>  15"  25'+,  etc.; 
suckling  IS49'5;  D'EOS  rn»  Gm8";  ttty  ^T>I 
3130;  with  adj.,  or  app.^i^O'NnMrsMw/wowiaw, 
wwras  Ex27;  H3i1  'N  /wrfo<  Jos  21  6K  Jun1 
161  1  K  316  Pr  6M  Je  33  Ez  1630  23";  so  .TJT  'X 
Pr216  7s;  cf.  also  Ez  23"  supr.;  Ttyffl tt 
adulteress  Pr  3020  (cf.  tTN  JIB'S  626),  D'JUT  VlBte 
Ho  i2;  rrinaj  D'EO  foreign  women  1  K  ii1-8 
Ezr  lo2101114'1718-44  Ne^26-27  (cf.  v23);  .IMPl  'N 
wise  woman,  one  known  as  clever,  shrewd  2  S'  1 4s 
20'6,  etc.;  also  ($*f  'N  concubine  Ju  19127: 
njD^N  'N  wiiow  2  S 145  1  K 1 126  1 7910;  r^PM  'N 
prophetess  JU44;  also  cstr.  bef.  noun  of  quality 

jn  nate  pr624;  ni^ps  'n  9>3;  yn'N  n»;  ^n  'n 

124   3110  P1U311;    D^HO  'K  Pr2i9   25"  2715; 
DMI'D'N  2 119. 

2.  Il'i/e  (woman  belonging  to  a  man, 
usually  cstr.  or  sf.)  Gn  224-25  38-17  4117  +  oft.;  of 
one  betrothed  (ehn)  Dt  207  2830;  HB'N(n)  i>p 
Ex2i322;  nfoto**  Ju204;  .IBtajj  fo rife  Gn »" 
1219  163  3421  +  oft.  (after  <vb,  jnj  husband  or 
father  subj.);  for  wife  (after  WW,  woman  subj.) 
Gn  2012  Nu363-6-61112  Dt  221929+;  for  unfaith- 
ful wife  cf.  1 ;  cstr.  in  phr.  Wjn  DEW  Dt  1 37  cf. 
28s4;  TTV3  'N  Pr518  Mai  214";  ^f)|  'N  v14; 
3K  r)B*S  =  step-mother  Lv  i88n  20". 

3.  Female  of  animals  Gn722;  v.  also  sub  4. 
t4.  With  distrib.  &  recipr.  sense,  fiND  'X 

Firnjn  eac^  woman  from  Iter  neighbour  Ex  n2 
(E);'cf.  Eui"  Je919;  each  one,  of  birds  of 
prey  L33415  cf.v16  (del.  Bi  Che);  of  cows  (fig.  of 
heartless  women  of  Isr.)  Am  43;  of  sheep  (fig. 


61 


of  Isr.)  Zc  ii9;  &  0f  inanimate  things  (P,  & 
late)  nnriK  btt '«  Ex  263"-8,7(P)  Ez  i»  (del.  Co> 

J"UN  (the^root  of  the  pron.  2  pers.  in 
Shemitic:  cJ|,  Alt:  anta;  f.  ^  «t>  antl; 
BAram.  Kt  WJJU  (,».),  %  njK  &  jik  (uoth  m. 

6  f.);  Syr.-fcj/',  f.  J^jJ" ,  the  n  being  written 
but  not  pronounced;  As.  atla,  f.  atti-e  D14M* 
the  nt  being  merged  iu  the  double  t;  Heb! 
similarly.  Pl.pl,  hWa*»:  f.  ^f,  *•}*•}; 
Aram.JVlJN,  v«*jf ,£  W,  r*o/';  As.a«unM). 

r»PM,  nijl«  (so  regularly;  but  2 6-7 1.,  with 
different  disj.  accents,  nPIN;  v  FrMM228-  St*'178« 

(rd.8forl8)„„„i     o_  ^*        tm  ' 

'pron.  2  s.m.  thou  (for  anta,  v.  supr.; 

cf.  nrrj  for  njnj)  Gn3»-»+oft.  Written  bk 
1 1  S  2419  f  64  Jb  1 '»  Ec  7s2  Ne  9«.  Appended 
to  a  vb.  for  emph.,  Ex  i81919  1  S  1766  nnK  W 
inquire  thou,  208  2218  Is  4326  fOTK  nsp.  'Added 
for  the  purpose  of  strengthening  a  gen.  or 
accus.  sf.  1  K  2 119  Pr  2219  (Ges  ■  ■" ■■). 

TIN,  i.e.  'RN,  the  older  &  more  original  form 
of  m  thou  (fern.),  preserved,  prob.  dialectically, 

7  t.  in  Kt,  Ju  172  1  K  142  2  K  4ua  81  Je  4s0 
Ez  3613.  (V.  supr.  As  in  Syr.,  the  '  may  not 
have  been  fully  sounded:  the  Massorites  direct 
AN  to  be  everywhere  read.) 

**ft  ^J  Pron-  2  s.f.  thou  (fem. )  (shortened 
from  WK  (q.v.) ;  in  Syr.  the  two  genders  are 
written  differently,  1^J',  J^',  but,  the  -  not 
being  sounded,  are  pronounced  alike:  in  X  both 
are  written  m  or  WK)  Gn  121113  24^+  oft. 
Thrice  Nu  ii15  Dt  524  Ez  28'4  used  as  a  masc. 
(as  in  Aram,  of  X);  but  prob.  PIN  (v.  sub  .IRK) 
should  be  here  read. 

CilN  pron.  2  m.pl.  you  (masc.)  (lorantem, 
v.  supr.)  G1197  26s7  294  +  oft.  With  T[,  amr\ 
tJu  631;  following  the  vb.  for  emph.  JU1512 
Je3415;  construed  inaccurately  with  a  fem. 
EZ1320. 

t]n«  Ez  3431  (many  edd.  }m),  n:m  Gn  31" 

Ez  I3»*  (edd.   Mm)  34T  pron.  2    f.pl.  you 

(fem.) 

I.  (7DN  (perh.  cf.  Ar.  LL\  heal,  Aram.  NDN, 

NDN  n.pr.m.  (perh.  healer)  king  of  Judah, 
son  of  Abijam  and  father  of  Jehoshaphat  1  K 
i5891l+24t.iKi5.i6.22;  iCh3109'62Chi323 
+  28t.  2  Ch  14-21;  Je4i9. 

II.  HDK  (cf-  Ar-  jyjl  be  sorrowful,  dis- 
tressed). 


T  lirN  11. m.  mischief, evil,  harm;  alw.  abs. 
without  art.  Gii424!l8(as  subj.  of  mp).44"(mp). 
Ex2ia!3(nVl). 

"ij^CN  v.  "71D. 

QP^}  (gather,  store,  Aram.  +bb(  ). 

i"[ODS]  a.m.  rr"°  storehouse  (Aram.  N2DN, 
id.,  |i»/We)*u^/)pl.sf.T»P*  Dt28sPr310. 

tn]pN  n.pr.m.  (Aram.  KJP*t  thorn-butht) 
head  of  a  family  of  Nethinim  Ezr  2w(om.Ne  7**). 

Tri2DX  n.pr.f.  wife  of  Joseph  (©  'Ao-twrf, 
©L'Acro-fwtf;  Egypt  \a.n,  =  belonging  to  (goddess) 
Keith  (Thes) ;  Cook  Spe""r '• Comm-  '■ 479  prop,  either 
As-Neit,  favourite  of  Keith,  or  <Isis-Keit) 
Gn4i46w46!0. 

*"lD^  vb.  gather,  remove  (As.  asdpu, 
DlPr46)— Qal  P/  nP«  Gn3o23  +  ;  flDDK  +  854, 
etc.;  /mp/  n'DK'  2  K  53;  ^BDg  ^'27'°,  etc.; 
also  ID1!  2  S  61;  2  ms.  Iph  yjr  10429;  1  s.  HBDN 
Mi46; '  so  prob.  (sf.)  ^BCX  j  S  156  (rd.  ISDN)  v. 
K5 1.382  Drsm.  jmv  C|bM  Nu  2i,64-n3DK  Nu 
n16;  2  fs.  'SDK  Je  10";  "BDK  ^  50*+ ;  Inf.  abs. 
fl'DS  Je  8l3+'(Hiph.,  fr.  S|1D  ace.  to  BaNB73);  c«<r. 
IDK  2  K  57  +  ;  1S13K  Ex  2316;  MBDK  Lv  23s9; 
P«.  act.  *1PK  Nu  19";  ^JBpk  2  K2220  2  Ch  34s8 
(pointed  1BpKi.e.Hiph.;'cf.Ko'-c);DBpN^39'; 
pass.  pi.  cstr.  'BDX  Ez  34^; — 1.  gather,  collect 
(a)  persons  Gn  29"  42" (sq.  -i>K)  Ex  310  429  Nu 

JJ10.M  2Ii6  Joa  2«  (sq  ^«+n-  loc.)  24'  (sq.  rr 

loc;  all  these  JE);  1  S  58U  2  K  23"  (sq.  'b«) 
Jos216  Is  1 112  Zp38  Hb26Ezn17(all  ||*3p)+; 
collect  men,  people,  armies,  etc.,  for  fighting 
Nu2i23(EWuii20  1S171  2S10"  I2M+;  cf. 
Zc  I42(sq."?5?  against);  (b)  once  obj.  beasts  Je 
129;  (c)  things,  esp.  fruits  of  earth  Ex  231016 
(Cov't  code) L v 2 53a,-39(H) Dt  1 1 14 1 613  2S38 Is  1  f 
Je  401012  Jb  3912  +  397;  cf.Ru  2'  (||  B^>  glean) ; 
the  quails  Nu  1 i3232;  food  in  gen.  $&&)  Gn621 
(sq.  "??);  eggs  Is  io14;  money  2K22'  2  Ch 
2411;  ashes  of  red  heifer  Nu  19910;  chariots 
1  K  ioM  2  Ch  i14,  etc.;  of  fisherman  (Vpoapa, 
in  metaph.)Hbi'5;  of  collecting  wind  Pr  304  'b 
Vjena  rAT'K.  2.  gather  an  individual  into 

company  of  others :  (a)  obj.  pers.  esp.  gather  to 
one's  fathers  2  K  2220  (^#5*^8)=  a  Ch  34M 
("7X ;  both  ||  Niph.  of  same  vb.  q.  v.);  hence 
also  (b)  bring,  obj.  pers.  1  S  i462(on  form  here 
v.  Dr)  2  S  1  Is7  (both  sq.  "?*?),  association,  re- 
sponsibility, protection  being  implied ;  also  of 
stray  ox  or  sheep  Dt'2  22(sq.  'ijiFrpK);  hence 
also  (c)  take   up,  care  for,  subj.  *  ty  2710  (cf. 


62 


VpH 


perh.  Is  40"  pap)  ;  (d)  draw  up  the  feet  upon 
the  bed  ("?§)  Gn  49s3.  3.  bring  up  the  rear 
of  Is  588 1jD0«  'i  ni3|  i.e.  be  thy  rear-guard 
(|n"H5r  f|^  ^>n)_ 5212  has  Pi.  MBDKD  q.v. 

t  4.  gather  and  take  away,  remove,  with- 
draw 1  S  1419  (obj.  hand),  Je  io17  (bundle,  sq. 
JO),  leprosy  2  K  5"  (v.  SHY);  cf.  also  njT!«9  'N, 
remove  (set  free)  a  man  from  leprosy  v307;  Gn 
3023  Is  41  (reproach),  \jr  8s4  (wrath,  ||  a^n), 
Jei65  (peace,  sq.  JO),  Jo210415  (light),  V  26° 
(Btoj)  so  Jui825;  ^io42!'  (nil)  v.  also  Jb3414 
(sq.  "•'?);  hence  destroy  1S156  obj.  pers.); 
pass.  3jn  s&Dti  destroyed  with  hunger  Ez  3420; 
also  Zn/.  abs.  Je  813  Zp  I2  (joined  with  Tpn  fr. 
e|lD,  v.  Ko'445;  considered  Hiph.  Inf.  abs.  by 
BaNB73  v,  supr.)  ITiph.  Pf.  f]DM  Nu  27,3  + 
napw  Je4833etc.;  Irnpf.  *$£  Ex919  +  ;  e)pK»l 
Gn258  +  ;  |ttg#  f  10422  etc.;  Imv.  H^BJ  Dt 
3250;  'BDXn  Je476;  1BDXnGn49'  +  ;  Zn/a&*. 
ibSTJ  2  Si  7"  (on  form  cf.  BaSB74);  cs<r.  "JPJCT 
Gn297Nui215;  Pt.  «|PM  Gn  4929;  D'BDNJ  iS 
1311  IS1314;  D'BDW  Is  57'; — 1.  assemble,  be 
gathered,  reflex,  (a)  subj.  men  Gn  491  (||j*3P 
V2),  Is  43°  (II  ^P),  >  Ch  303  (sq.  |>)  v13  (sq.  ace. 
loc),  Ezr3'94  Ne8M3  (all  sq.  "?«)  91  I228; 
earlier  mostly  of  assembling  for  war  Gn  3430 
(sq.  "^5?),  Josio5  Ju63398io17  (||pyV3),  2011 
(sq.  ~?N)  v14  (sq.  TT  loc),  1  S  1 311  (sq.  ace  loc.) 
+ ;  (6)  subj.  flocks,  etc.  Gn  293  (pass.;  sq.  '"'BE') 
v7-8  (all  J);  fish  Nu  n22  (cf.  Hb  i25  Qal);  (c) 
inanim.  subj.  herbs  Pr  27s5;  water  2  S  1414  (in 
sim.);  bones  for  burial  Je  82  cf.  25s3  (bodies  of 
slain)  v.  also  Ez  29s  (||  yap  which  Co  ids.  I3p), 
appar.  =  compose,  arrange  for  burial.  2.  pass, 
of  Qal  2;  (a)  be  gathered  to  one's  fathers 
Vrmx't'S  'NJ  Ju  210;  elsewh.  to  one's  people 
Vtyfy  (all  P)  Gn  258-17  35s9  (||  nojl  S^3>1)  4929-33 

(|f  via),"  NU2024-26  (||niD)  2713-133Ti2  bt3250-50 

(both  II  DID);  also  frnap-^K  2K  2220=2Ch 
3428  (both  ||  Qal  q.v.);  hence  also  (6)  oe  brought 
in  (into  association  with  others,  etc.)  Nu  121415 
(E)  of  Miriam,  after  leprosy;  also  refi.  betake 
oneself,  of  Moses  1  iM  (E),  cf.  2  S  1 713  (both  sq. 
"■'?);  even  with  inanim.  subj.  Je  47°  ^BDNH 
TJ"iyPl"7X  (addressed  to  sword) ;  of  man  & 
beast  brought  home  (sq.  H"  loc.)  for  protection 
Ex  919. 

3.  Pass,  of  Qal  4;  be  taken  away,  removed, 
perish,  of  menls5711  (||13N);  fishHo43;  glad- 
ness Is  16'0  JC4833  (sq.  |D);  also  reflex.,  with- 
draw itself  of  moon  Is  6020  ( ||  vfo&  xia).  +  Pi. 
Pt.  e)pSD  Nu  io26-*-;  VBDXD  Is  62s  (so  BD  v. 


fpN  63 

Ko1™);  D3DBKD  Is52'2;-1.  gather  harvest 
Is  62°  (Upp);  bodies  for  burial  Je  921.  2. 
<a£e  in,  receive  into  (sq.  '*irP3)  Juio/5-18.  3.  as 
subst.  rearguard,  rearward  Nu  io25  (P)  Jos6013 
(both  E);  fig.  of  God  L35212.  fPu.  Pf.  «lBtO 
(cons.)  L3334  Zc  i414etc;  Pi.  «]pND  Ez  38"— ■ 
be  gathered,  of  men  Is  24s2 Ho  1  o,0(sq!  ?$ against), 
Ez3812;  booty  IS334;  wealthZc  1414.  fHithp. 
Inf.  W$Tin  Dt  335  grower  themselves. 

t'lpN  n.m.l832M  gathering  (on  formation 
cf.  Ba*B109)  of  summer  fruit  ftT'SpN  Mi  71;  cf. 
abs.fl9«<Is3210;  ^pnrj'K  gathering  of  the  locust, 
i.e.  as  the  locust  devours,  destroys  Is  334. 

rjDN  n.pr.m.  {gatherer,  cf.  Ph.  n.pr.f.  nSDx) 
tl.  father  of  nNV  the  recorder  2  K  i818-37=Is 
36J-22.  2.  one  of  David's  chief  musicians,  a 
Levite,  son  of  Berechiah  1  Ch  62424  (||  JD'n  v18, 
jrpK  j»  vid.  these  name8);  15i7  (||  Heman  & 
Ethan,  all  called)  Dnn'tTBri  v19;  v.  also  i655-7 
cf.  v37  (||  Heman  &  Jeduthun  v41'42) ;  25s,  named 
with  Heman  &  Jeduthun  also  25"  2  Ch  512  3515  ; 
f  50-  73-83  are  ascribed  to  Asaph;  cf.  also 
IP?]  TV?  >5»?  Ne  1246;  he  is  called  also  mhn 
2  Ch  2930,  cf.  ^ffVT-5^  VOfn  «lpN  x  Ch  252; 
repeated  mention  is  made  also  of  sons  of  Asaph 
1°i<~').3,  sons,  descendants,  and  pupils,  or  those 
who  sang  and  played  after  his  manner  1  Ch  251 
(||  Heman  &  Jeduthun)  v2-2;  called  Dnnfeton 
2  Ch  3515  Ezr  241  Ne  7"  n22,  cf.  Ezr  3'°;  per- 
forming service  of  purification,  Hezekiah's 
time  2  Ch  2913;  one  of  them  prophesying  2  Ch 
20"; — 1  Ch  261  for  S]DK  133  rd.  *|p}3N  '33,  cf.919; 
on  "13T915,  "I3T  Ne  n»  "WDB1  ia*  called'"^!? , 
v.  these  names.  +3.  keeper  of  king's*  park 
Ne  28. 

WpON  n.[m.]  ingathering,  harvest  (on 

formation cf.LagBN173BaNB136)TP^  20  EX3422 
(J);  IP??  Ti  Ex  2316  (E)— both  Cov't  codes. 

'  t/pN]  n.[m.]  what  is  gathered,  store, 
hence  D'BBNri  JV3  store-house,  near  south  gate 
of  temple  iCh26'5  (cf.  2Ch2524);  v17'Kn  alone 
in  same  sense;  cf.  D^VE'n  'BDX  Ne  1225. 

tnCDS  n.f. verbal,  a  collecting,  gather- 
ing ;  ■VfU  'K  MM  Is  24^  they  are  collected,  as 
a  collecting  captives  unto  a  pit  (dungeon);  or 
they  are  gathered  with  a  gathering  (us)  captives, 
cf.  2218;  but  perh.  rd.  "VBKn  «]DN  (cstr.V  v. 
Weir  Che. 

t[rt3CN]    n.f.   collection   (cf.  Ph.  riSDK 

assembly)  only  niBDX  ^3  Ec  12"  (D'COn  H3^) 
compared  to  driven  nails;  members  of  learned 
assemblies  Thes  MVal.;  so  postB.  Heb. NHWB 


TDM 

i-vn;  but  Hitz-Now  al.  refer  to  the  wise  ut- 
terances, called  lords  (possessors)  of  collection. 
because  of  their  well-connected  grouping. 

t  [f)CDDM]  n.  [m.]  collection,  rabble,  only 
eipBDNn  Nu  1  i4  of  the  camp-followers  attending 
Hebrews  at  the  Exodus. 

.  ***$$9^  nPr«-  3rd  son  of  Haman  Est 
9'  (Pers.  aspaddla,  ab  equo  sacre  datus  ace.  to 
Thes  Add7',  after  Pott  &  Benfey). 

tpDNf]  vb.   tie,  bind,   imprison   (Ar. 
'jZ\,  As.  asdru,  cf.  COT010",  Aram.  1DN,  J^]\ 
Eth.  h(\£\  kwd:)—  Qal  Pf.  sf.  CT\m  Jb  3613; 
3  fs.  iTJDX  Nu  30s-r,etc;  Imjyf.  "*•**"!  K  2014; 
lbN>!  Gn4224;  1'DN>!  Gn4629-r;  pi."  sf.  7$K 
Ju  167  etc.;  Imv.  ION  1  K  1844  2  K  921;  vVdk 
Je464  ^n827;    Inf.  abs.  1'DX   Ju  15";    n*IDK 
l6M;'    arfr.    Ibxb    Nu3o3  +  ;    "IIDN^    Ju  I510'; 
T19S5  I512;  D~l°*  Ho  io10;  P<.  aci'.'cstr.  npK 
G114911;  j?ass.  "i»K  Gn4034-;  pi.  B^WK  39-° 
+  j  also  Ju  i62125  Qr  (Kt  DTDK);  Dnibn  Ec 
414  (cf.  Now);  nfrpK  2 S334;  cstr.niDN  Gn^20 
Kt  (Qr  n^DK);— 1.  fte,  6?W,  for  security,  foal 
to  vine  (sq.  b)  Gn  49"  (blessing   of  Jacob); 
horses  and  asses  2  K  71010;  |n8Bi8  dub.  De 
bind  the  festal  victim  with  cords;   Che  bind 
the  procession  with  branches,  etc.      2.  tie,  har- 
ness, kine  to  (3)  cart  1  S  6710;  so  (metaph.)  Ho 
io10  harness  tliem  to  (7)  their  two  iniquities 
(but  Jer  EwNow  make  'k  here  =  ID'1  chastise, 
cf.  DIB?  va);  also  sq.  ace.  chariot  Gn  46s9  (J) 
Exi46'(E)  2K921;  abs.  1K1844  2K921;  even 
of  making  ready  chargers   DWBn  'N  Je  46* 
(II  &$W  ty-        3-  bind,  with  cords,  fetters, 
etc.,  as  prisoner,  Simeon  Gn  42s4  (E),  Samson 

Jul510.12.13.13.13l65.7.8.U.l!.12.     D^TOB    'N     2  K  2^ 

=  2  Ch366=Je  39752";  also  "2  Ch  33";  cf. 
(without  *»)  2  K  174  (t6|  n<3  'K  ||  ISP),  2f; 
cf.  of  divine  chastisement  Jb  3613  &  v.  also  Ez 
325  ^  1498;  fig.  of  absolute  authority  ^  10522; 
esp.  Pt.  pass.  2  S  3M  thy  hands  were  not  bound 
(||  and  thy  feet  not  put  in  fetters);  CijJTSb  'K  Je 
401  cf.  D<i??3  'N  Jb368  (prob.  fig.  Hip,!??"); 
metaph.  of  king  held  captive  by  a  weman's 
tresses  Ct  7";  perh.  =  imprisoned  (whether 
bound  or  not)  Gn  3920  4035  (all  JE);  as  subst. 
pi.  prisoners  Gn  3920  (Kt,  v.  supr.);  so  (late)  as 
distressed,  &  obj.  of  divine  compassion  Is  49* 
611  yj,  1467;  Dn°DXH  ^3  prison  Ju  162'25;  cf. 
Ec  414.  4.  gird  (rare  &  late)  QO^no?  l'W  'X 
Jb  1 21S  (liTK = slaves'  waistcloth,  P.S  p.  2  5  supr. ; 
Hoffm  rds.  1?J1  for  Ibsjl);  VjriO-^  DnipK  ton 


TIDN  64 

Ne  4".  "  5.  sq.  'IOC1?1?  begin  the  battle,  make 
the  attack  (cf.  Germ,  mit  jemandem  anbinden) 
1  R  20"  2  Ch  1 3s.  6.  fig.  of  obligation  of 
oath  or  vow  (only  N1130,  P)  B'SJ"-'?  'N,  usually 
Eq.acc.cogn.1DN,  1BN  Nu  3 o3"6'8 •»•"•";  without 
">?«  etc.,  v710;  cf.  v4  "IBS  'K  (e>sr^>$?  om.) 
2Tiph.  pass,  of  Qal  3,  be  bound,  imprisoned, 
Impf.  (juss.)  1DN;  Gn  42"  (E);  2  ms.  IDNPI  Ju 

l6«.io.i3  ^of  gamson).  jmv.  ncrn  Gn  4216  (E). 

Fn.  Pf.  be  taken  prisoner  V^BN  Is  22s;  V1DK  ft. 

tniDN  n.m. J°15" band, bond (Aram.  "HON, 
\i£»l";  on  the  form  v.  Ges*84'12 •»)  VJ^DtJ,  of 
Samson  Ju  1514;  DniDK  Ec  7s8  of  hands  of  evil 
woman;  "ilDNn  JV3= prison  Je  37 15. 

t^DN  n.m.0n992°  bondman, prisoner (Ar. 

J  T  V 

j^  Aram.  JUW,  MI  nDt«)— 'tf  abs.  ^  7911 
10221;  pi.  DTDS  Gn  3922  +  ,  cf.  Ju  162'25  Kt ; 
cstr.,TpNVio7;o+,Gn3920Qr;l,-!,pN^69344-, 
etc. ; — prisoner  Gn  392022  (J),  elsewhere  only 
poetic;  Is  1417;  as  having  rest  in  grave  from 
task-master  Jb  318;  esp.  as  obj.  of  divine  com- 
passion *687  (||  TIT),   69s4  (||  JV3N);  'N  AgM 

79"  !022'(both  ||nnwn  "os),  10710  ^nai  "iv/tt 
(\\mr£w\  ^n  n?*);  cf.  nj?'x  La  a'34;  specif. 

of  liberated  exiles  of  Isr.  Zc  911,  called  captives 
o/%>«nipnn'Nv12. 

T"VDSl  n.[m.]  mostly  coll.  prisoners  (ace. 
to  Ol'1861  corruption  of  TDK,  cf.  LagBNU0)  taken 
in  battle  Is  io4  (Lag8Jmm,•,05iGGA,884•2,s,,  ids.  Tin 
TDK  etc.,  Osiris  is  broken,  but  cf.  Checrltn), 
24K  (sim.  of  judgment  upon  kings  of  earth); 
427(||  T^1  'S^;  ref.  to  exiled  Isr.,but  v.  also  Hi 
Che  Di);  1  Ch  3'7 1BK  n$fl  ^  prob. =sons  of 
Jeconiah  the  captive  (yet  note  omission  of  art.) 
so  Be  Zo  Ot  al.;  ©  S3  trans,  as  n.pr. 

t^ON  n.pr.m.  son  of  Korah  Ex  624  1  Ch 
67;  called  son  of  Ebiasaph  v8-22. 

t""lDN  n.m.Nu30  8  bond,  binding  obligation 
(cf.  BAram.  "9!*,  Syr.  *»(  ;  so  forms  with  suff. 
infr.  v.  BaNB62"cf.  Sta*208*;  but  perh.  Aram, 
loan-word  v.  LagBNm) — 'x  abs.  Nu  30'+ ;  cstr. 
vu;  sf.  PnOK  v6;  pi.  sf.  rnpK  v616,  rnptJ  v8— only 
Nu  30  (P),  binding  obligation  of  oath  or  vow; 
mostly  ace.  cogn.  with  "1DX  (q.v.) ;  Nu  3o3-4-6-5-6-8- 
11.1J.  n^B3  -1DN  v13;  -IBX  n$>3f  foVidm?  oa<A  v". 

tmon  n.f.  cstr.  nnan  'd  &ond  o/  <a« 

covenant  Ez  2037  (=JTlbKD;  text  dub.  cf.  Lag 

Gai882.W8f.K01;    Cq    rdg    -^  J  g    np,D  y    sub  ^p,. 

so  @). 


''"["'D'iO]  n.m.  Is2822  band,  bond,  poet.  & 
late  (=ipxb;  Eth.  "VXwCl  Syr.  H'liU, 
cf.  As.   mesiru,  slueathing,  plating,  e.g.  Lyon 

8.rBontt«.,p.l6.1.65.p.80)_c&tr_  ^   Jb  I218   (S0   Di 

Hoffm  al.  for  IDIO) ;  pi.  ninpiO  Je  5*  27s;  cstr. 

niiDb  Jb395;  npia  Is  52s;  sf.  npto  ^ii618; 
fntwto  Je3o8;  By^to  Is  28s2;  tojnVwpto  ,/, 

23  etc.; — bands  ace.  after  DP1S  Jb  39s  restrain- 
ing-bands  of  wild  ass;  f  1 1 616  bonds  of  distress ; 
Is  522  VW*  'D  bonds  of  captivity  of  Zion,  vb. 
Hithp.;  cf.  also  Jbi218  nna  tP^D  *lpto  (so 
rd.,  v.  supr.  &  AVEV);  Di  understands  bonds 
imposed  by  kings;  Hoffm  girdles  of  kings,  & 
rds.  "1CW  in  ||,  for  "IDW;  more  oft.  ace.  after 
pnj  ^  23  bonds  imposed  by  ^  &  his  anointed, 
cf,  Je  56  &  220  (®  %  v.  Comm.) ;  of  Yahweh's 
breaking  bonds  of  Isr.  Je  308  Na  i13  (last  four 
||  5»S*  "O^,  bonds  of  oppressed  ^  10714;  '13  JpJTIj 
Is  28s2,  i.e.  bonds  imposed  by  Assyria;  cf.  Je  27s 
(||t2ta)  lit.,  symbol,  of  rule  of  Nebuchadrezzar. 

T  i"HDi^  n.pr.loc.  station  of  Isr.  in  wilder- 
ness,  where  Aaron  died  (this  was  Mt.  Hor 
ace.  toNu2022'3337,)Dtio6;  locality  unknown. 
Another  form  is 

tniipfcl  n.pr.loc.  id.,  NU33303'. 

T  J^rrnDN  n.pr.m.  Esarhaddon(As.  Asur- 

ah-iddina,  Ashur  hath  given  a  brother)  king  of 
Assyria  B.C.  681-668,  son  &  successor  of  Sen- 
nacherib Is 3738=  2  K 1 937  (van  d.  H.  ptn-lDX)  ; 
Ezr42;  cf.  COT. 

~^np^  n.pr.f.  Esther  (Pers.  stdra,  star) 

— daughter  of  Abihail,  cousin  and  adopted 
daughter  of  Mordecai,  of  tribe  of  Benjamin  ; 
made  queen  in  Vashti's  place  by  Ahasuerus; 
her  Jewish  name  HEnn  q.v.  Est  27-81011161S1617 
+  47 1.  Est. 

I.  F|M  v.  sub  s\:tt. 

II.  *1»S  conj .  denoting  addition,  esp.  of  some- 
thing greater,  also,  yea  (so  Ph.  Aram.  &(  ,  IN, 
^itf;  cf.  >-j).  1.  very  rare  in  plain  prose  (in 
which  D3  is  more  usual):  Gn  4016*  (*with  pron., 

as  rather  often)  I  also  in  my  dream,  Nu  1614  Dt 
2n*.!o*  a  g  20h  (v  Dr)  2  K  2n*  Est  gM.  more 

freq.  in  poetry,  esp.  as  introducing  emphatically 
a  new  thought  Dt  333-20-28  1  S  27  ^i66-7-9  1849 
6514  they  shout  for  joy,  yea,  they  sing  !  68M7 


7416  89a 


93 


Pr22' 


23      +5  or  in  more 


elevated  prose  style,  Lv  2  616*-24*-28*-41*;  and 
25  t.  in  the  impassioned  rhetoric  of  Is2(4024- 
4815),  e.g.  4024  4 110-26  4213  43719  46"  yea,  I  have 
spoken,  I  will  also  bring  it  to  pass;  I  have 


ncN 


mcN  . 


purposed,  I  will  also  do  it !  48,21\  Implying 
something  surprising  or  unexpected,  even,  in- 
deed Jb  I43i54*.  1«"j  and  also  Lv  2G»MA3M 
Dti517Hb215^6819i'Ch832*  =  938*2Chi26* 
Ne  218  i315;  and  even  Jb  194  TO  DJ»N"C1N1: 
and  even  indeed  (if)  I  have  erred  .  .  .  With 
n,  Wl  indeed  ..A  really  .  .  .1  t  Gn  i813ia 
wilt  thou  indeed  sweep  away  the  righteous 
with  the  wicked?  v24  Am  2"  Jb  3417408.  In 
contrast  to  a  preceding  thought  (expressed  or 
implied)  but,  nay  (imo)  ifr  44'°  58s;  cf.  Ju  5s9*. 

2.  (Equallyinprose  and  poetry)  with  ref.  to 
a  preceding  sentence,  yea,  a  fortiori,  the  more 
so  (  =  hovj  much  more  I  after  an  affirm,  clause  ; 
=how  much  less  !  after  a  neg.  one):  t2  S  4""' 
when  one  told  me,  Saul  is  dead  ...  I  took  hold 
of  him  and  slew  him . .  .'31  Win  myen  D^J^n?  f|K 
a  fortiori,  how  much  more  (should  I  do  so), 
when  wicked  men  have  slain  a  righteous  per- 
son, etc.!  Ez  1421  (Ew  Hi)  155  Pr  2127  (in  all 
these  passages  >'2  =  when)  Jb  4".  So  ^  ti  S 
233  2  K  513  .  .  .  f$g  "IPK",|  *\K)  and  tlie  more 
(=and  how  much  rather),  when  he  hath  said 
to  thee,  etc.  More  commonly  in  this  sense 
strengthened  by  '3  (q.  v.),  v.  infr. 

\f  bjk  1.  furthermore  tEz  2340  Hb  25  (Ges 
quin  imo,  quin  etiam).  2.  in  a  qu.,  indeed 
(is  it)  that  ..A  tGn  31  0*7$*  -lOtps  e)K  indeed-, 
that  God  has  said ...  H.  e.  has  God  really  said ...  1 
(cf.  ^D  above).  3.  with  ref.  to  a  preceding 
sentence  (which  is  often  introduced  by  JO  or 
n?.n),  yea,  that  .  .  .  !  i.e.  how  much  more  (or 
less) !  tPr.  1 13'  lo,  the  righteous  is  recompensed 
in  the  earth  NBini  yen  «3  «|K  'tis  indeed  that 
(=how  much  more)  the  wicked  and  the  sinner ! 
1511  if  19710  Jb914  is16  256  1  S  1430  1  K827 
(=  2  Ch  618)  lo,  the  heavens  . . .  cannot  contain 

thee  W?  JV?n  '?  *]&<  'tis  indeed  that  this  house 
(cannot  do  so),  i.e.  how  much  less  this  house  ! 
2CI13216.  So'?  W  tDtsi27  iS2i6(perh.; 
but  v.  US8™-1-4*  Dr8""293)  2S1611.  (InJb 
3514  (Hi  De)  Ne  918  1  *!«  is  simply=yea, 
when  .  .  .) 

TDK  (existence  &  mng.  dub.  Thes  MV  al. 
identify  with  "IBK  gird  on,  but  this  denom.  v. 
infr.;  LagBN^8;S-N1890•,,•15  prop.  Jjj,  come  as  am- 
bassador, as  1/  of  lis?*). 

ifeM  (28t.)  &  TEN  (2ot.)n.m.El28'7  ephod 
(Eth.  K4*2:\  cf.  Aram.  JL'.3  id.  (on  mng.v.  Lag'-  *■), 
perh.  also  As.  pid,  pittu  ZimBF39;  on  form  v.  Ges 
JM.12.E.  but  Lag'-C-  comp.  jUj,  &  thinks  liSS 
shortened  from  'ttn  3B>n  'robe  of  approach'  to 
God)— 'K  abs.  Ex  257+;  cstr.  1  S  218+;— 1. 


ephod,  priestly  garment,  shoulder-cape  or  man- 
tle; a.  as  worn  by  ordinary  priest  made  of  white 
stuff  (13)  1  S2218;  'K  Kfc'l  cf.  2;  so  Samuel  as 
a  temple-servant  28;  'N  "ton  gin  with  an  eph.; 
so  David  when  dancing  before  ark  2  S6l4(t'd.) 
1  Ch  1527  'K  nn  bjTjj  b.  as  prescribed  in  P 
for  high  priest,  more  costly,  woven  of  gold, 
blue,  purple,  scarlet,  &  linen  (?  &&)  threads, 
provided  with  shoulder-pieces  &  breast-piece 
of  like  material,  ornamented  with  gems  and 
gold,  Ex  257  284-61216  29s  35,!17  392-7+  17  t.  Ex 
28,  39,  also  Lv  87;  cf.  prob.  1  S228  ('N  NBO)  143 
2 110  (v.  sub  2);  tB}  apn  EX282728  29'  39s0-21 
Lv87;  'Kn  b"VTi  29*  39k  (cf.  Lv87);  with  vb. 
"?5  'NrrnK  fnj  ^«<  «A«  ep/wd  on  Aaron  Lv  87. 
2.  ephod  used  in  consulting  ''  1  S  23'  'x 
borne  in  hand  (rd.  \T*  'Km  TV  ®  We  Dr)  v9 
30"  (all  c.  «tyj)  +  i4w  (tsfai)  &  v18,  in  both 
rd.  'NH  for  jriK  &  v18  also  KM  ®  Klo  Dr;  a. 
ace.  to  Thes  MV  Di  Ex  28s  al.  properly  sub 
1  b ;  consultation  of  ''  in  that  case  by  Urim 
&  Thummim  in  the  breast- piece  attached  to  the 
ephod  (cf.  Ex  282M0  &  v.  tniN);  if  so,  in  view 
of  NBO  1  S  2s8  1 4318  (cf.  supr.),  not  used  else- 
where= wear  exc.  2218,  &  of  23",  the  word  might 
be  used  by  meton.  for  the  breast-piece  itself; 
b.  others,  e.g.  Sta06**-'466'471  Bu881"  al.,  think  of 
an  image  representing  '1 ;  cf.  following.  3. 
a.  ephod  of  gold  made  by  Gideon  Ju  8s7  for 
a  local  sanctuary,  by  which  Isr.  was  ensnared ; 
=  2  b  ace.  to  @  Thes  ('sine  controversia ') 
Stu  al.  +  Sta  Bu  I.e.;  orig.  =  gold  sheathing  of 
an  image  (cf.  etymol.  supr.  &  Is  3022  sub  TIBS) ; 
MVBe  KbHiap,I,robl<",",M  think  of  garment,  as  sub 
1  v.  supr.  b.  made  (material  not  given)  for  a 
private,  local  sanctuary  Ju  1 7"  1 8141718-20  ( ||  ^DB, 
.1300,  D^e™  in  all,  for  ®  gives  n3DD  v20,  om. 
•Iq);  cf.  Ho  34  Isr.  shall  abide  without  king, 
prince,  sacrifice,  pillar,  ephod  or  teraphim;  ace. 
to  Thes  al.  +  Sta  Bu  l.c.=2  b;  Stu  Be  Ry  al. 
regard  as  sub  1 ;  in  view  of  distinction  from 
PDB,  D3DD  &  D'Bin  it  seems  more  likely  that 
this  is  not  an  image,  but  some  means  of  con- 
sulting deity,  perh.  in  imitation  of  Urim  & 
Thummim. 

tlbX  n.pr.m.   father  of  a  chief  of  Ma- 
nasseh  Nu  3421. 

T[7DN]  vb. denom.  gird  on  ephod,  Qal 

Pf.  "IBNil  SS-ns  \b  rnBXI  Ex  29s  and  thou  shalt 
gird  the  ephod  upon  him  with  the  cunningly- 
wrought  band  of  the  ephod;  so  Impf.  v  "IB^'l 
la  (||  -un)  Lv  87. 

tiTJDN  n.f.  ephod  (=1iBN,  for  which  it 


-   |TBM 

supplies  cstr.  &  sf.  forms).  1.  of  high-priest's 
ephod,  cf.  liBS  1  b,  only  ttnBK  33>n  Ex  28s 
39s  the  cunningly-wrought  band  of  his  ephod. 

2.  of  sheathing  of  idol-images,  ^ jjHJJ  D3DD ITIBX 
Is  3oM  (||  ^JBD3  ^DB  ■nax)  cf.  liSK  3  a. 

t[ft|»]  n.[m.]  palace  (Syr.  \j£j' ;  both 
from  Pens,  apaddna,  cf.  Spiegel Mtpen-  K<"Uchr  128, 
but  this-<reaswn/,  armoury,  M.  SchultzeZM<51885' 
«"•)  folBK  \SlK  Dnn45,  of  the  'king  of  the 
north,'  i.e.  Antiochus  Epiphanes. 

tHS^  vb.  bake  (As.  epu,  ZimBP43  Aram. 

«?K,  )ir)— Qal  Pf  'ti  Gn  193;  WBN  Is 
4419;  toNI  consec.  Lv  26s6  etc. ;  Impf.  3  fs.  sf. 
VIBTn  1  S  28";  1BK'  Ez  4620;  1BXR  Ex  1623;  7mv. 
1BX  Ex  16s3;  jP«.  nBN  Gn4o'  +  ;  DnBk  H076; 
pi.  D^BK  Gn  4o'6+ ;  ™BK  1  S8I3,etc— 6a£e,  obj. 
Dr6  Lv26M(H)  l8  44ls-",(cf-Je3721);  nto  Gn 

io3'(J)  1S2824;  niso  niay  Exi239(J);  niVn 

Lv  245  (H);  nn?T?  Ez  46=Vl»  Ex  i6a23(P;  — 
c.  2nd  obj.  of  material  Ex  1 239  P?3,  Lv  24s  n?b, 
1  S  28s4  nop).  P«.  alw.  as  subst.  baker  Gn  40 
1.J.S.16.17.20.B  4jio  (all  E)  h0  7«.  Je  372i  'Xn  pno 

ou<  o/</*e  tours'  s«ree<;  also  1  S813  (||  HinsO, 
rrtni?!;  only  here  fern.)  Nowhere  as  a  menial 
office,  not  even  1  S  813  where  despotic  power  & 
growth  of  court  emphasized.  Niph.  Impf. 
3fs.  HBNri  Lv6,0Y9;  3fpl.  n^BKri  Lv2317;— 
pass,  of  Qal  be  baked,  baken  of  Dnj  Lv  231'; 
nriJD  f  cf.  610. 

t[nCNtD]  n.[m.]  thing  baked,  cstr.  nrOD 

nan  nsxp  Lv  2*. 

tlSK  (Jb  1715  19623  24s6),  elsewh.  NlSN 
(cf.  \sn  and  Ni3"i),  enclitic  part,  then  (prob. 
from  13,  a  part,  with  a  demonstr.  force,  cf. 
IB,  it's  here,  with  X  prefixed.  In  the  Targs.  JIB 
is  used  somewhat  similarly,  e.g.  Gn  2610  Nu  1  iM 
Is  i9  481819), — used  1.  in  connexion  with  in- 
terrogatory pronouns  or  adverbs  (like  Spa,  ttort, 
tandem) :  KiBS  ''»  Gn  27s3  who,  then,  . . .  ?  v37 
ntaM  no  NiBX  nah  and  for  thee,  then,  what 
shall  I  do,  my  son?  Ex  3316  NiBK  r$  n031  and 
wherein  shall  it  be  known,  then  . .  A  NiBN  n»N 
where,  then?  Jug38  Isio12  Jb^15;  Ho  13'° 
tfDN  ^3^0  NIK;  IS2  21  KiBK  1]>>"nO  what  is 
there  to  thee,  pray . . .  ?  2.  in  a  command 
or  wish:  a  K  io"  NiBK  ty]  know,  then;  (in 
apod.)Pr 63  Jb  1 96;  Jb  1 9m  $0  fO^  IBS  in^O 
would,  then,  that  my  words  were  written  ! 

3.  after  DK,  Gn43u  *>i|ntft  triDK  J3"DN  if  it  be 
so,«Aen,dothis,  Jb924if  not  <^m,  who  is  it?  24*. 


66 


''"fTON  n.pr.m.  an  ancestor  of  Saul  189' 
(etymology  &  meaning  dubious). 

/D^  (A'"-  ffi  disappear,  depart,  set  (of 
the  sun)). 

T7DNn.m.Jb3,6darkness,  gloom  (only  poet.) 
— 's  alw.  abs. — 1.  darkness,  of  night  ^gi6 
(opp.  OyVJS);  deep  in  the  earth,  'K  |3K  Jb  2  83 

(||T]3'n,  niOpX);  darkness,  gloom  of  underworld 
Jb io2:!!2(|| ?fn H?,  ns^)} 'K, niojtt) ;  personif. 
Jb  36  tltat  night — let  darkness  take  it  'N  VngJ; 
fig.  of  spiritual  darkness  Is  2918  (HT;?'"1);  of 
secrecy,  treacheiy  \^  n2.  2.  esp.  fig.  of  cala- 
mity Jb  2317  (Iheri  q.v.),  3026  (opp.  nix). 

T7DN  adj.   gloomy,  of  day  of  '<  Am  5s0 

(lhe>n,  opp.  nai)  cf.  nbsx. 

T!i?DN  n.f.  darkness,  gloominess,  calam- 
ity—'x  Exio^  +  j  ^bk  IS5810;  pi.  nbm 

Is  59s— 1.  darkness  Dt2829  Pr79(||nW>  |WHt); 
of  supernatural  darkness  in  Egypt  Ex  1  o22 ;  of 
day  of  '»  (cf.  Am  520  sub  5>BK)  Jo  22  Zp  1 1S  (both 
||"JBTI,  pJ7,  ?Biy)  sim.  of  wickedness  Je  2318 
Pr  419.     2.  fig.  of  calamity  Is  822  ( ||  n3E>n),  5810 

(Ih^n,  opp.  Dnns),  59"  (||id.,  opp.  ninjj). 

TL^^DN]  adj.  (darkened,  concealed,  thence) 
late,  of  crops; — HTBX  Ex  9s2  of  wheat  &  spelt. 

"I^DN^  n.[m.]  darkness,  Jos  247  (E)  dm 
'31  d3'l3.'l3  'O,  between  Hebrews  &  Egyptians. 

trPTBWO  n-f-  deep  darkness  (=W  i>B8<D 
ace.  to'Thes  MV  cf.  Ct86  ^mni)^;  but  Ew 
*166b  &  on  Je  231  rds.  njbBSD,  fem.  of  [^DNO], 
der.  fr.  Hiph.  Pt.;  cf.  Sta5'302"  H^BND;  Jager 
BA8471  -tijiu^g  this  HJ  an  enclitic  part,  of  empha- 
sis, &  comp.  As.) — only  "O  JHK  Je  231  fig.  of  '•> 
in  dealing  with  his  people  (II"1?!0)- 

khz**  v.  sub  b%. 

t  :    v 

fSi^   (meaning  dub.,  perh.  turn,  cf.  nis). 

t  JCIS,  ttrtM  n.m.  Ezl'20  wheel.— abs.  fBiN 
1  K  732+;  JBiK  Ez  i,6  +  ;  cstr.  JB1N  1  K  7s3  Is 
28s7;  |BK  EX1425;  pi.  Cl^BiS  iKf+i  cstr. 
*3Bfe<  1  K730;  On^DiN  Ez  iols,  etc.— a.  wheel 
of  chariot  (n33-)DJ  Ex  1425  iKf  Na32;  of 
(threshing)  cart  {ffy$  Is  28^  cf.  Pr  2026  (as 
instr.  of  punishment),  b.  wheels  in  Ezek.'s 
vision  Ez  i'616161919-20-20-21^1-00'21  q13  IO«-».»-«.».">-i<>. 
is.i2.i2.i3.i6.ie.i9  j  ,224  C-  wheels  of  the  ten  bases  be- 
neath the  lavers  in  Sol.'s  temple  !  K 730-32-32-3233. 


|Q«  67 

'  L]?NJ  n.[m.]  circumstance,  condition 
(perh.  lit.  turning)  only  du.  (or  pi.)  sf.  VJBNT7JJ 
=  in  (right)  circumstances  Pr  2511  (cf.  Str  ad 
loc,  also  Orelli *'"■ d- Ze" u- Ewl«,"!" " f). 

tnJWM  *  8816  (&r.  Xfy.  DlFrI35t  comp.  As. 
ap]runa(ma)  adv.  =  ma'dis,  very,  very  much, 
but  dub.;  Thes  MV  form  fr.  -/pfl,  &  comp.  Ar. 

^S\  diminuit,  mente  diminuit  (Frey.),  hence  be 
confused,  helpless,  cf.  @  ifrfiroprfov;  53  contur- 
batus  sum;  others  emend  iWBK  fr.  3*9  q.v. 
A  vb.  however  is  not  needed  for  parallelism). 

tD3K  (cf.  DDS)  vb.  cease,  fail,  come  to 
an  end:  only  Qal  Pf.  3  ms.;  Gn  471516  (of 
money,  IDS),  Is  164  (extortioner:  || '1P3,  Dfl), 
2920  (terrible  one:   |j  nb>3,  rP33),  -f  77*  (VnDn: 

TDpN  DDK,  n.m.  prop,  ceasing,  hence  1. 
end,  extremity,  only  in  the  poet,  phrase  ""DBK 
H?  (f  5914  PNil  '")  ««<&,  extreme  limits,  'of 
the  earth,  used  esp.  hyperbolically :  Dt  3317 
1  S  210  Mi  53  Je  1619  +  28  5914  72s  (=Zc910);  + 
"b  Is  45*"  5210b  (=f  983b)  +  22s8  67"  Pr  304. 
2.  Expressing  non-existence :  a.  as 
subst.  (mostly  a  rare  poet.  syn.  of  PN):  Is  3  4 12  and 
all  his  princes  DBK  V!T  shall  become  nought, 
4129;  4112  DUfSI  flO  W;  4017  Whj  DBKD 
(II  f-^l)  as  made  of  nought  and  worthlessness 
are  they  accounted  by  him,  4124  (rd.  &??VB 
D.BND,  ||  pKO,  v.  VB*);  5a4  and  Asshur  op- 
pressed him  DBN3  _/br  nought.  b.  as  part, 
of  negation,  prop,  cessation  of...\  (cf.  • .  •  P$ 
nought  of...),  very  rare  in  prose  (2S93),  chiefly 
a  poet.  syn.  of  P«:  Is  5s  DipD  DBK  nj>  till  there 
is  an  end  of  place = till  there  is  no  place  (cf. 
TV  ny  Vf4o'3),  Am610  (cf.  p«  JU420),  Dt3236 
(hence,  in  prose,  2  K  14s6),  Is  45*  (cf.  px  4311) 
v144695415;  "fa  *pB*]  <?K  ZP215  Is47810isprob. 
to  be  rendered,  'I  am,  and  there  is  none  besides' 
(so  Ges  Ew  Di  etc.),  the  <  being  'paragogic' 
as  in  ?$W  etc.  (Ges590'3*  Ewtmb),  cf.  1iV  P» 
Is455-618-21;  but  ace.  to  De  the  •  is  sf.  of  1  s. 
'I  am,  and  /  am  nought  besides'  (i.e.  and  I  am 
nought  besides  my  all-sufficient  self). — DBN3 
(like  PK3,  q.v.)  without:  Pr  1428  2620  Jb  f  Dn 
8s5.  c.  as  adv.  of  limitation:  (a)  only:  tNu 
22s5  (cf.  m  v20)  2313.  (6)  '3  DBS  save  that, 
howbeit  (qualifying  a  preceding  statement): 
+NU1328  Dtis4  JU49  Am98  (+1S15®  We 
Sta  Dr).  So  DBK  alone  ta  8  iaM  (the  foil.  ♦? 
signifying  because). 

t  [DDN]  n.[m.]  only  in  the  du.  QJDBK  (not 


PEN 


'$;  v.  Baer),  lit.  the  two  extremities,  i.e. 
either  the  soles  of  the  feet  (so  AW  Ges;  cf. 
Aram.  KriB'B,  j^),  or  tf*  ««&«*  («,  @  3:  sq^' 
&  most):  only  Ez  47s  'K  *D  water  of  (i.e. 
reaching  to)  the  soles  (or  ankles);  cf.  v4  'D 
D.-inD  water  reaching  to  the  loins. 

t  Q">Sn  DON  n.pr .loc.  in  Judah, c.  1 6  miles 
SW.  of  Jerusalem,  called  in  1  Ch  1 1 ,3  O'DI  DB, 
(meaning  unknown;  LagBNW  on  basis  ofMSS. 
of  ©  would  read  £PD  13D  edge  or  brink  (jLo>) 
of  water;  but  such  a  pronounced  Aramaism  is 
not  probable),  only  1  S  1 71. 

t[VD«]  VBSD  Is4i«  txt.  err.  for  DBgO  v. 
DBS;  so  k  X  Saad  Thes  Ew  Di  al. 
ni'DS  v.  sub  nys. 

^l|_  *J*J  ▼•>•  surround,  encompass  (As. 
ap<%>w  ZimBP69)— Qal  i>/.  1BBN  V^o13;  ^BBK 
^i8s+; — encompass  (poet.)  lit.  Jon  2"  (subj. 
D?P);  fig.,  subj.  evils  &  misfortunes  nijTJ  ^  4013 

(sq.  ^V);  niD  *3#>P  2  S  22s,  cf.  13  'ban  ^  18s, 
also  1163. 

t[pSi$]  vb.  hold,  be  strong  (so  Thes  wh. 

comp.  Ar.  ,jj|  excel = multum  valuit ;  M V  comp. 
also  (jU)— o'nly  Hithp.  Pf.  3pUpBNrin  L86316; 
Impf.  pBXm  Gn  4331  Est  510;  2  ms.  pBNTin  Is 
64";  pB^m  IS4214;  pSKTiXJ  1  S  I39— 1.  force, 
compel  oneself  I  S  1312.  2.  restrain  oneself, 
refrain  Gn^331  45'  L34214  Est510;  of  *  Is  64" ; 
of  Yahweh's  compassion  Is  6315,  TBrni  ^pjftJ 
^ptjMrUI  ,lW  (almost  passive). 

tEpTDM]  n.m.  2S22-16  channel  (as  holding, 
confining  waters;  poet.) — cstr.  P^K  Jb6";  pi. 
D^BK  Ez63  +  ;  D'pBN  Ez326;  cstr.  ^BK  Jo 
i»+;'sf.  Ti?.,B»?  Ez  358;  VP/BK  Is87— cAaW 
^stream-bed,  ravine,  wady  D?D  'N  ^  42'  Jo  I20 
cf.  418  Ct  512;  also  V'  1816,  but  better  DJ  'N  2  S 
2216;  D'bro  'X  Jb615;  of  river-bed  Is87;  so 
also  (without  defining  word)  Ez3i12  32s  34" 
V-I264;  HKJ!  Ez633583646;  fig.  of  bones  of 
hippopotamus  (as  hollow)  HBTI3  'N  Jb  4018;  of 
furrows  betw.  scales  of  crocodile  D'iiJD  'N  41". 
_D^B6<  n»lD  Jbi221  is  dub.;  Thes  MV  Di  al. 
say  girdle  of  the  strong  (p,BX=/?rm,  forceful, 
or — Di — capable,  powerful) ;   ||  D'?^. 

tpDN,p,'GH(Ja  i31)  n.pr. loc.  Aphek  (perh. 
enclosure,  or  fortress).  1.  city  near  Jezreel 
(As.  Apku,  cf.  DI1"*287)  Jos  1218  1  S  29'  (ngJBJJ, 
so)  1  K  202630  cf.  2  K  1317.  2.  city  in  tribe  of 
Asher  Jos  1930  Ju  i31  (P'BS).      3.  city  NE.  of 

i'  2 


Beirut,  mod.  Afqa  Jos  1 34  ^P,??.  v.  Di.  4.  place 
near  Mizpah  i  S  41  (cf.  7"). 

tilpCN  n.pr.loc.  (mng.  perh.  id!)  one  of  a 

group  of  cities  including  Hebron  Jos  15s3. 
j  * 

I-  "lDfc^  (°f-  perh.  Jil  leap,'J>\  be  agile;  v. 

tlEN  n.[m.]  ashes  (as  light,  flying  i) — 'X 
abs.  GniS^-f;  cstr.  Nu  19910 — ashes  of  red 
heifer,  used  in  purifications  Nu  19910;  on  head, 
as  sign  of  humiliation  2  S  13";  contrition  Dn 

9=  (||  uto,  pe>),  Jon  36  (||  1*9  cf.  Jb  426  c»  -i?V)> 

Is  58s (||  &);  mourning  Est  413  (||  W)  cf.  Jb  28 

('Wl  -pra  3B^),  Je  6-6  ( ||  Pr),  Ez  2  730  ( II  isy) ;  in 

sim.  scattereth  hoarfrost  'K3  i/^  14716;  but  also 
as  filthy,  loathsome  'K1  1BJD  Jb  3019  (Di  sim. 
of  mourning,  grief),  as  worthless,  'N  v<ffti  Jb 
1312  proverbs  of  ashes;  fig.  of  wortlilessness 
IS4420;  insignificance/X,na5?Gni827;  ignominy 
Ez2818Mal321;  distress  &  sorrow  *!$%$  D$3'K 
^102'*  (so  As.  cf.  ZimBP43)  cf.  La  316  Is6i3 
pBN  nnn  tkb). 

II.  "13J<J  (enclose,  envelop,  As.  apdru,  attire 
jjjptm.  rpneg  comp.  Ar.^ai,  cover;  MV  comp. 
Aram.  Ita^jo,  N1BJJO,  mantle,  turban;  but  con- 
nection of  V(p)y  'a  with  "1BN  is  dub.) 

TIEN  n.[m.]  covering,  bandage  (As.  i/pru, 
covering  ZimBF95,  epartu,  garment,  Id.'b'  &  DI 
FrM)  I^T^J?  '"  1  K  2038  cf.  v41. 

rhEN  v.  ms. 

TVV'ISN  n.[m.]  sedan,  litter,  palanquin 
(so  NH;  origin  dub.;  no  plausible  Shemitic 
etymol.;  perh.  (so  ES  in  Yule010"0'^"0-11""*" 
wordMKB^  g£r  paryahka,  litter-bed,  '-palankeen  ; ' 
perh.  (if  poem  be  late)  Gr.  <popdov; — ©  has 
Qopflov,  33  ferculum,  ©  JJ»ck,  X  *?}*)  Ct  3" 

< 

D^SM  n.pr.m.  Ephraim  (Gn4iS2  con- 
nected with  rnan,  Hiph.  of  ms,  cf.  KID  Hiph. 
Ho  13").  1.  2nd  son  of  Joseph  Gn4i62  46s"; 
reckoned  among  sons  of  Jacob,  blessed  by 
him,   and    given   preference   over   Manasseh 

481.6.13.H..7.17  (cf.  vl<>)  v20.a.    5Q23  NU  1 10   I  Ch  720"2. 

2.  EP1BN  ♦$  (= descendants,  tribe  of  E.)  Nu 
,n  2i'8.i8.m  7«'IOJ2  263s.37  jog  x  55.9  (boundaries  of 
territory),  178  1  Ch  93  12"  2  71014-20  2  Ch  2812; 
less  oft.  '«  HBO  NmBi38  J0S216  iCh651; 
'N-"?3  HBO  NU3424  Jos  168  cf.  I44;  'K  B3B>  ^ 
7S67  (||  IpV  !?nN);  'N  JV3  Ju  io9;  also  '«  alone, 
tribe  Ephraim  Nu  26s8  Dt3317  Jos  i6'0  +  oft.; 
netafl  'N  HN  Jos  »  7'7  cf-  Ju  1 215  2  Ch  3010  esp. 


68  reio 


3.  D^SS~in  </te  mountain-country  of  Ephraim^ 
a  ridge  stretching  from  N.  to  S.  through  ter- 
ritory assigned  to  Ephr.,  with  fruitful  land  on 
both  slopes,  esp.  the  western  (cf.  Di  Jos  161) 
Josi715i9M207  Ju2932745+26t.  4.  by  Ho 
&  Is  (rarely  later)  Dy}BK  =  kingdom  of  north- 
ern Israel  (from  Ephr.  as  largest  &  strongest 
tribe  in  it)  Ho  4"  583-6  (||  $£#?)  v,U2+30t. 
Ho;  Is72-5-8917+9t.  Is;  also  Je  715  3i9-,82°  Ez 
3716  (del.  Co)  v19  +  78"  2  Ch  257-10  cf.  30'  +  609 
=  io89;  'K  *1?  2  Ch  172  cf.  346;  'K  rnff  Ob19; 
hence  'x  alone  in  loc.  sense  2  Ch  31 ';  also  Ho 
59,  where  /em.  (&  perh.  Is  72).  +5.  tt^f  "£ 
2  S  186,  E.  of  Jordan;  ©L  Klo  rd.  tWnp  V, 
cf.  1 72427.  t6.  name  of  a  city  near  Baal-hazor 
2S1323  (='E#/>cii/*  John  1154  &  1  Mace  1134? 
Klo  comp.  ©L  ro0pm/t  &  pissjj,  Qr  plD}?  2  Ch 
139;  so  previously  Bo  Th  Ke  cf.  Dr).  t7. 
D^IBK  nyB»  a  chief  gate  of  Jerusalem  2  K  1 4'3 
2  Ch  25s3  Ne  816 1 239;  perh.  at  NW.  angle,  near 
Holy  Sepulchre,  cf.  Schick-GutheZPV18ai. 

rnEN  v.  nniDN. 

tnrnBM  n.pr.  (v.  sta'3°8,i-I's,2d-2lM°"*1"1- 

t     t  ;    v  \ 

ForKh.215^ — might  in  several  cases,  e.g.  Gn  3516, 
be  IT)B§+n  loc,  but  v.  Ru  4"; — 1.  n.pr.loc. 
place  near  Bethel,  where  Rachel  died  &  was 
buried  Gn  351<U9  48'  (n")SK  only  Gn  487  where 
H  perh.  dropped  on  ace.  of  n  following  (01)  ; 
in  last  two  passages  Drb  fV3  Kin  is  a  gloss,  v. 
Di ;  cf.  1  S  io2).  2.  id.,  a  name  of  Bethlehem 
Mi  51  Ru  4";  cf.  perh.  nrPBK  3.^3  1  Ch  224  (® 
rj\6tv  Xa\f/3  tit  'E(ppdda).  3.  id.  ^  1 32s,  perh. 
applied  to  district  where  Kirjath  Jearim  lay, 
on  the  border  of  Judah  &  Benjamin,  cf.  De 
Che.  4.  n.pr.f.  1"H?K  name  given  to  wife  of 
Caleb  1  Ch  219  =  nrnBK  v6044. 

"PrHEN  adj. gent.  Ephrathite.  1.  Eph- 
raimite,  cf.  '"in"JBK  1.  Jui25  1S11  (of  ancestor 
of  Elkanah)  iKii" (of  Jerob.)  2.  from '«  2 ; 
D$  n^3»  'K  1  S1712  (of  Jesse);  pi.  D^S? 
Dr£  n'BO  Ru  i2. 

Jn3J*J  (meaning  dub.  V  whence  Ar.  oil( 
calamity,  &  also  wonder,  portent;  ace.  to  Thes 

Ar.  v  =<—SjI  suffer  evil). 

TnCiO  n,.m.Dt29,2  wonder,  sign,  portent 
(=nD^»)_nsiiO  Ex79+i4t.;  D3nBiOEzi2u; 
D,nBi»Dt434+4t.;  Q^nab  Dte^+gt.;  ^sio 
Ex73  119;  vr!Bi»^7843;'i,nBbiChi612^io5li 
— 1.  wonder,  as  special  display  of  God's  power 
Ex73  119  ^105*  iChi613  J033;  by  Moses 
and   Aaron  Ex  421   n10  cf.   79  (in  mouth  of 


JOSH 

Pharaoh),  by  false  proph.  Dt  13"  (||nix); 
usually  ||niN  Dt  4s4  6*  7"  26s  292  3411  +  78" 
10527  1359  3e32WM  Ne910;  applied  to  effect 
of  Yahweh's  curse  Dt  2846(||nix);  to  one  pro- 
tected by  '*  ^  7 17.  2.  sijro  or  <o£e»i  of 
future  event  (cf.  ni«)  1X13'"  2Ch3224-31; 
symbolic  act  Is  203  (||niN);  as  such  the  term 
is  applied  to  persons  Is  819  (||niK)  Ez  I26-11 
2424,27;  cf.  'O  'BOX  Zc  38  men  who  serve  as  a 
symbol  or  sign. — Vb.  used,  of  divine  act,  is  J)"U 
Ex  79  etc.,  D'ty  Je  3220;  D^'B*  also  of  entrusting 
to  human  power  Ex  421,  cf.  IS"5!  1  K  133;  of 
human  agency  n'tyy  Ex  421  n10,  }r»  i  K  13". 

t|^3SM  n.pr.m.  1.  faSK  asonof  Gad(Sam. 

|W3SM,  ®e«NN»)  Gn4616="?}«  Nu  2616  (© 
'Af«i/«,  'Afai/),  this  shorter  form  less  probable. 
2.  fi3XS  a  grandson  of  Benjamin  1  Ch  f  (® 

'Aoefliov,  'Eo-(re/3a>i/). 

V22N  v.  II.  Jfi» 

[7^J^]  prob.  i.q.  Jij  to  join  (cf.  on  the  X 
■yysG7i\ 

I       < 

1.  ,  Is'N      subst.   conjunction,  proximity ; 

V  *•   61 

with  sf.  ^St?,  i?VS  etc.;  only  used  as  a  prep, 
a.  (as  an  implicit  accus.)  in  proximity  to  (as 
though  Jjj  LagBS68),  beside:  Gn3910154i3and 
stood  nhan  bin*  beside  the  kine,  1  S  52  |fc^  b« 
imck  Dagon, '1  K  1 324 *  2 1 '  Pr  830  Ez  1 15" 3330 
39,s;  oft.  in  phrase  (*  'd)  nattpn  bxs  Lv  i1663 
Dt  1 621 1  K  229  Am  28  +  ;  of  a  locality  (cf.  II.  "K 
2)  Dt  1 130  beside  the  terebinths  of  Moreh,  1  K 
1 9  412  Je  4 1 17.  After  a  vb.  of  motion  (late)  Dn 
8717;  cf.  2  Ch  2816b.  b.  with  ft?,  bwn  from 
prroximity  to,  from  beside  (cf.  HSD,  Dyt?):  f  1  S 
2041  (read  with  @  33-]Sn  ^SXO/rom  6es?'d«  the 
mound) ;  Ez  40'  contiguous  to,  beside  (ft?  3  c) ; 
with  suff.  1  S  1730  i^?»  3DM  and  he  turned 
about  from  beside  him,  1  K  320  2036  Ez  io16. 

t[71'N]  vb.  denom.  lay  aside,  reserve, 
withdraw,  withhold — Qal  Pf  Flj«fK  Gn2  736; 
'nisSN  Ec210;  V§t$\  cons.  Nu  11 l7;— reserve, 
r\y)i"h  Gn2  736;  '{withdraw),  set  apart  nnrrft? 
Nun17;  withhold  Drro  Ec  210.  Niph.  P/. 
?HJ3  Ez  42s  be  withdrawn,  i.e.  shortened  or 
narrowed.  Hiph.  /m;>/.  ^f«*l  Nu  1 125  (Ko  '• 390) 
=  QalNuii17. 

til.  hp*   in  n.pr.[m.]   5>X*?rrn'3   Mi  i», 

ace.  to  Hi  Ew  Ca  Ke=i'SK  Zc  145,  but  dub.; 


69 


cf.  11.  ^SK  infr. 

fi.  ^>2N,  in  pause  !*K  (Ge 


c)  n.pr.m. 


(perh.  noMe,  cf.  P'XN  2)  a  descendant  of  Jona- 
than 1  Ch837-38=943-44. 

II.  [T2«],  in  pause  &N  Zc  14',  ace.  to  ©  X 
Thes  Ew  al.,  n.pr.loc.  near  Jerusalem;  but 
no  site  found,  &  identification  with  PXKiTTVa 
uncertain ;  hence  Symm  33  Kbh  Wr  make 
subst.,  ?ii}~bii =very  near,  hard  by  (?XX  being 
the  supposed  abs.  form  of  1.  ^SK;  cf.  01»1,,rb). 

t[7",2N]  n.[m.]  side,  corner,  chief — pi. 
cstr.  \^XN  Ex  2411;  sf.  IT^SK  Is '4i»;— 1.  sides 
(borders)  of  earth  IS419  (||mYp);  cf.  'n  to* 
Je  622  etc.  2.  fig.  nobles  (perh.  as  sides,  sup- 
ports, cf.  sub  11133;  soEwDi:  but  perh.  =  J-~«l 

noble — from  J-^l  be  rooted,  J^l  root,  met. 
origin,  stock — prop,  a  man  having  a  (known) 
origin,  sprung  from  an  ancient  and  famous 
stock;  so  Ges,  cf.  LagBN68)  Ex  24". 

tjVsN]  n.[f.]  joining,  joint  (cf.  JLjI 
elbow)— -pi.  cstr.  ["]T  tyfQ  Ez  i318  (on  T  cf. 
Sm  Co); — joint  of  hand,  i.e.  elbow  Ez  13"; 
fJJ  ni^SS  Je  3812  arm-joints.— '.  H^XK  Ez  419 
is  obscure;  perh.  'k  is  here  a  technical  archi- 
tectural term  to  the  joining  (cf.  Sm  Ke). 

tirT,,72W  n.pr.m.  (Yahweh  hath  reserved, 
or  set  apart)  father  of  Shaphan  the  scribe 
2K223  2CI1349. 

D)m  (meaning  dub.,  cf.  Ar.  '-*\  be  angry). 
tD^N  n.pr.m.    1.  elder  brother  of  David 
1  Ch  2".     2.  a  descendant  of  Judah  1  Ch2*. 

maatH  v.  nvs. 

t  t    :  v 

["l^i*?]  vb.  lay  up,  store  up  (Mish.  id., 
Aram.  IXK,  j'^*,  Ar.J^I  confine,  restrict) — Qal 
Pf  3  pi.  *Vffl  2  K  2017  Is  396;  Pt.  Wffa  Am 
310; — store  up  treasure  2  K  2017  =  Is  39";  obj. 
ifen  DOT  Am  310,  i.e.  treasure  gained  by  violence 
and  robbery.  Niph.  Impf  "fin**  be  stored  up, 
of  the  merchandise  of  Tyre  Is  2318.  Hiph. 
Impf  mTSitO  (cf.  Ko1391)  (denom.  from  IXiK) 
Ne  1313  and  I  appointed  treasurer,  sq.  ace.  pers. 

"h"N  n.pr.m.  (treasure;  or  covenant  Ar.\*>\) 
a  chief  of  the  Hoiites  Gn  36™*>  1  Ch  i3842.' 

tll'i^  n.m.rrl5  "treasure,  store,  treasury, 
storehouse  (so  Aram.,  also  l^o/")  —  ">XiK 
Pri516  +  ;   cstr.  yfi*  Jos619  +  ;  sf.  ff»  Dt 

2813+2t.;  pl.niixiNJoi17  +  ;  nhxt<Pr2ie+; 


rnpx 


70 


n« 


cstr.  ninsiN  Mi  6'°+;  ninyk  Jb  38^  +  ;  pi.  sf. 
.MnnsiN  i)t32w  Is394;  ftp*'*  Dt3234;  T£i™N 
Jei7';  DrnxiK  IS306;  DnTiixk  Pr  8S1,  etc.— 
1.  treasurers),  gen.  pi.  (gold,  silver,  costly- 
utensils,  etc.)  Jos  619-24  Is  27  308  45s  rap*1  N, 
i.e.  concealed,  hoarded)  Ho  13"  Je  1513  173  205 
487  494  51"  1  K  i+*x  2  K  24,S13,  perh.  also 
Is  39"  =  2  K  201315;  wealth  Pr  1516  21620; 
gathered  for  temple-building  (sg.)  '*  JV3  'N 
1  Ch  29s,  --DOpn  'K  Ezr  26»=Ne770,  also  v69 
(cf.  1CI12627).  2.  store,  supply  of  food,  drink, 
etc,  2  Ch  11"  1  Ch  27s"8;  fig.  VKH  'K  Mi  610 
Pr  io2;  mix  N'n  ">  J1R"1<  Is  33«.     3.  ">S1N  n,3 

a.  treasure-house  Ne  1  o39  cf.  Dn  1 2 ;  b.  storehouse. 
magazine  Mai  310;  &  without  JV3  a.  treasure- 
house  or  chamber,  treasury  1  K  761  1 51818  2  K 
i2»  14"  168  18"  Je  3811  5037  (1)  1  Ch  9M  2620- 

20.22.24.26      28,!.,S     2Ch5,      l6J^     3257     cf      Ez2g4. 

b.  storehouse  Jo  1"  Pr  821  1  Ch  27*-*  Ne  131213; 
C.  magazine  of  weapons,  fig.  of  Yahweh's 
armoury  Je  5024;  d.  storehouses  of  God  for 
rain,  snow,  hail,  wind,  sea  Dt  2812  Jb  38s2-22 
Jeio13  5i"*i357  337. 

rnpN  v.  mp. 

nj?N  n.m.  wild  goat  (?)  only  Dt  145  in  list 
of  clean  animals  lK^  l**T)  <P**1  "WM^J  '?«  f>;K 
"lEP,  (®  V*,  @£  tf«;  cf.  BoH,erM',*'ot,'Thes 
sub  pJN  cf.  MV,  with  ref.  to  Ar.  jLlc  g«aiV 
Thes  comp.  also  Talm.  Kg'K,  but  NHWB  MV 
refer  this  to  cu£). 

"\k  v.  li«,  for  Am  88  v.  "*). 

TJON  n.pr.m.  (meaning  unknown,  Thes 
conject.^,1K  lion)  a  descendant  of  Asher 
1  Ch  738. 

btnM,  ",V^"!*? v-  ^*i sub  L  niN- 

T  J  jN  vb.  lie  in  wait  (Ar.  i^/l  be  crafty, 

also  C^l  ii'e(aknot)Frey) — Qal  Pf  31N1  consec. 
Dti9"Ju2i!!0;  S^MJbai'j  B^ff594La 

4W;  Imp/  3*Hg  V  Io"'9;  Q^v  Pr  x'8  Mi  fi 
Cr}tW  Ju  934  16s;  nanw  Pr  1";  Imv.  an.K 
Ju'932;  7»/"3f3{Pria*;  Aa*  Jos82+n  t.; 
3"?.iK  Jos812+4t.;  D,3']«  Jos84+2t.;— lie  in 
wait  (with  hostile  purpose),  abs.  Ju  g31M+  2120 
Jbsi'V'io'  Pr712  2328  1S22813  La3,0(of  bear, 
cf.  ^  109);  c.  inf.  of  purpose  ^  io9;  c.  ace.  0^  'K 
Pr  126;  c.  -'S,  and  pers.  against  whom  Dt  19" 
JU934;  usually  c.  i>  Mi  72  Ju  162  *  594  Pr  illls 
24"La419  cf.  Jos82-4-14;  Pt.  as  subst.=&r«- 
in-wait  (pi.)  Ju  2029;  usually  sg.  coll.  ambush 
Jos  82121419-21  Ju  16912  203336-37-3738  Ezr  831;  pi. 
of  this  sing. = ambuscades  Je5iis;  sg.  = place 
of  lying-in-wait,  ambush  (loc.  sense)   Jos  87. 


Pi.  Pt.  pi.  liers-in-wait  i.q.  Qal  Pt.  ^"WO  Ju 
9*(c.  b),  2  Ch  2053  (c.  5>S).  I  Hiph.  7»»p/  3JJ 
bna  (for  3^»a)  1  S 1 55  (cf.  Dr  Ko  '-390;  Ges-Kau 
t68-2 queries)  but  txt.  dub.;  cf.  01!257b,  &  Klo, 
who  prop,  i>raa  T3JM, 

T[l"lN]  T"<N  n.[m.] — 1.  a  lying-in-uiait 
Jb  3840.'  '  2.  coiert,  lair  37s  (||  niJflO). 

T2"^N  n.pr.loc.  city  near  Hebron  Jos  1552 
(®  'Ep«/i,  ©L  'E/jf/3;  ace.  toOnomast.  'EptfiivBa 


LagOn.254.2nd.d.260    EreD     Jd 


119, 2nd  ed.  152 


tillage 


Ileromith  in  Daroma ;  cf.  Di  Survey"13"). 
"hSHH  adj.gent.  'ten  2  S  23s5  (but  cf.  Dr). 

t[i")S]  n.[xn.]  ambuscade  only  fig. —  a. 
i3")X  D*to*  Je  97  i.e.  he  planneth  treachery. 
b.  D3">N  their  intrigue  Ho  76  cf.  Now*126. 

t[nmN]  n-f-  artifice,  pi.  cstr.  VT  rfOTVf 
Is  25"  (lit.  tricks  of  his  hands). 

TrQ~!N  n.f.  lattice,  window,  sluice  (Mish. 

»tf.)_'K  Ho  133;  pi-  "^  2  K  72  +  ,  cstr.  id. 
Mai  310;  niTiK  Gn  7"  82;  DWflir^j  Is  60s;— lat- 
tice, latticed  opening,  where  smoke  escaped 
Ho  133;  openings  of  dove-cote  Is  608;  metaph. 
of  eyes  Ec  1 23  (as  latticed  by  lashes  1  Hi  Now; 
only  here  of  opening  to  look  through);  else- 
where of  sluices  in  sky,  opened  by  '\  through 
which  rain  pours  destructively,  D?B^Q  /N  Gn  7" 
82,  cf.  Is  2418  (BVlBD  '«);  but  also  fertilizing 
2  K  7°19(D,BBa  '«);  fig.  of  blessing  Mai  310 
(D*ots>n '«). 

+n'iQ^«  n.pr.loc.  (=3"!«?  cf.  Klo  ad  loc.) 
1  K  410  flb-iKS. 

+2"I^O  n.m.  ambush— 3"JSD  Jos  89+  2  t.; 
anxp  Ju  9s5;  cstr.  31t<p^  io8; — 1.  a.  ambush, 
place  of  lying-in-wait  Jos  89  Ju  9s5;  b.  lurking- 
place  ^  io8(||D''T?Dt?).  2.  liers-in-wait  2  Ch 
i31313(cf.  aiKPt.)' 

?Na"?H  cf.  ^N3-is  n'3,  sub  n'a. 
ninitf  v.  sub  nan. 

S«an«,  nja-iN,  raaiM,  d^in  etc.  v. 
yan. 

triTlK]  vb.  weave  (Mish.  id.  cf.  Ph.  JIN 
weaver)— Qal  7mp/  2  fs.  ^"IKPI  Ju  1613,  3  mpl. 
13'^  Is  595;  Pt.  rfr  Ex  2832+4  t.;  pi.  tfffr 
Is  i994-5t.;  ni3"ik  2  K  237; — weave  cloth,  etc. 
Is  1 99 (in Egypt)  2  K  237,  Samson's  locks  Ju  1 613; 
metaph.  weave  spider's  web=intrigue  Is  59s; 
most  often  Pt.  used  as  subst.  =  weaver  Is  3812; 


these  +  2nt  285-6-815  39*"*;  om.  "O  tip  28=°  391 
also  of  temple-hangings,  with  ni?2fl,  p3  &  ^D"13 
2CI1314  cf.  213  (v.  also  26  v.  sub'fjnK).  b.  as 
iiidicatingwealth&  luxury  of  Tyre,  c.  tip,  HC?"!, 
riffl  Ez  2?;  c.  HDP1  &  fa  v16  (as  articles'of 
commerce);  also  in  Persia,  c.  p3  Est  i6.  2. 
purple  cloth,  chiefly  of  garments,  'N  1iM  Nu  413 
Ju  8s6;  'Nl  pa  !|«T3rn  Est  815,  Hftajl  1(]  B#  Pr 
3I*>;  db«q!5  t(|  niri  Je  io9;  'also  'K  i33lD 
Ct  310;  in  simile,  of  woman's  hair  Ct  f. 

"N"|M  n.pr.m.  Gn  4621  son  of  Benjamin,  but 
Nu2o40#ra«dson  of  Benjamin = TJU  1  Gh83. 

T\*?    adj. gent.    c.    art.    as    n.pr.coll., 
"RftJ  '^Po  Nu  2640. 

+THN  n.pr.m.  son  of  Gad  Nu  2617=HViK 
Gn4616.  ' 

T^lVlM  adj. gent.  c.  art.  as  n.pr.coll.,  'BfQ 
'NnNu261';  without  art.asn.pr.=ir\t<  Gn4616. 

mTPM  n.pr.m.  son  of  Caleb,  of  tribe  of 
Judah  I'Ch218. 


riN  71 

work  of  the  weaver  'k  n'tyyo  Ex  2832  39s2-27  cf. 
35M ;  weavers'  beam  (pi.)  'K  ifao  1  S 1  f  2  S  2 1 ,9 
1  Ch  1 123  205  (sim.  of  huge  spear-shaft)— cf. 
also  sub  BVnK  ^m 

t;PSl  n.[m.]  loom    (v.  GFM P0S  0ct- ,m) 

3™  Ju  1614  hand-loom  to  which  Samson's  hair 
was  fastened,  plucked  up  by  him  ('«  obj.  of 
»K1 ;  del  in;n  as  gloss,  cf.  GFM  supr.);  Jb  f 
*3B  W  "E  *OJ  my  days  are  swifter  than  a  loom. 

3Srj«  v.  an. 
H-JM  v.  m 

t]l3-)^  n.[m.]  purple  (of  Aram,  form,  cf. 
Heb.   infr. ;    perh.   txt.    err.)  =purple    thread 

2  Ch  2"  (+rtarn  b"a-a),  cf.  213  3"  sub  jon«. 

'l^-HM  »•[•»■]  purple,  red-purple,  i.e. 
purple  thread  &  cloth  (As.  argamannu  COT 
Ex2,54,  Ar.  yU£J1,  Aram.  JJo^j/',  cf.  fJ?"iK 
supr.;  etym.  dub.;  possibly  Skr.  rdgaman,  adj. 
red,  reddish,  fr.  rdg'a,  red  colour,  so  Benary  cf. 
Thes  Add111  EobGes;  vid.  MV;  Thes  earlier, 
fr.  DJT ;  but  prob.  loan-word,  cf.  also  Lag 
BN20S;  Pers.  #{£]  is  also  cited  by  PS)— 
form  alw.  as  above — 1.  purjrte  thread,  cf.  esp. 
Ex  35s5  393  Est  i6;  a.  mostly  Ex  (P)  with 
ref.  to  the  hangings  of  tabernacle,  the  ephod, 
etc.;  seld.  alone;  c.  rpari,  violet (q.v.), ^ti  ny^in, 
(3TEfo)  tip,  (also  Dnyj  Ex  254  26"**  27"  35821"* 

368.35.37     3818.23     3^4     (on     tex<.     y       Di)    y29.     w.th 


nnrjH  n.pr.loc.  city  of  Phenicia  (As. 
Aruada,  etc.  v.  COT  Gn  io18  D1F»*»;  <s> 
'A^io.;  mod.  Rudd)  on  an  island  near  main 
land,  northward  fr.  Tripolis,  mentioned  with 
Sidon  Ez  27"0111. 

'"Hi"!*?  adj.gent.  c.  art.  as  n.coll.  (As. 
Arudai,  etc.  COT010")  mentioned  among  Ca- 
naanites,  ^nKn  Gn  io18=i  Ch  1". 

•TTIS  n.pr.m.  a  son  of  Haman  Est  9* 
(Pers.,  perh.=haridayas,  delight  of  Hart,  v. 
Add  Thes72;  but  text  very  uncertain;  cf.  diff. 
tradition  as  to  the  names  in  ©). 

*Mr*n^j  n.pr.m.  a  son  of  Haman  Est98 
(Pers.,  perh.  =  Hari-ddta,  given  by  Hart,  v.  t'6., 
but  ©  GapaSaBay 

1 1.  DTI*?]  vb-  Pluck,  gather  (Eth.  hilii) 

— Qal  Pf  1  s.  W"!«  Ct  51;  3  pi.  sf.  rsrm  +  go13 

pluck  (grapes  from)  vine  \jr  8ol:!,  myrrh  Ct  51. 


tnn 


n.m.Pr2815  lion  (As.  aria,  Eth.  ACT: 


wild  beast,  cf.  also  n^H  infr.) — >-lK  Am  312  + 

13 1.+2  s  2320  Qr  (kt  mm),  La'310  (id.)+ 

f  2217  P«3  for  wh.  rd.  nMSsttg  cf.  De  Pe  Che 
crit.  note);  pi.  &*%  1  K  ro20;  rrintjt  (also  m.)Zp 
33+  i6t.(f.  Je5i38?  butcf.  JU146);— lion,  lit.  in 
narrative  Ju  1 4s  1 S 1  <JHMK  2S2320=iChn22 
2  K  172526  Pr  2213  2613  Ct  4s  cf.  Am  312  5"; 
lion-images  1  K  729-29-36  io19-20=2  Ch  91819;  in 
comparison  Nu  23s4  24'  Ju  1418  Is  3813  Je  51s8 
2  S  i23  Ez  22s  La  310;  metaph.  Na  212  Zp  33  Je 
5017  Ez  19"  Pr  2815.  Fomto  f  2217  rd.  PtO, 
cf.  above.     Cf.  also  'THS. 

tpTHM]  n.f.  manger,  crib  (Aram.  N^IN, 
\liZ},  Ar.  ^J  stall,  etc.,  As.  urd  DlBA8,'»j— 
PI.  fli-lK  2  Cb.3228  (Aram,  form  for  n'nti;   cf. 

Lag""173);  cstr.  ntix  1X5',  ninx  2^9*; 

— cro'6  of  horses  1X5"  (app.  in  enumeration 
of  horses  themselves,  Eng.  head,  or  span,  cf. 
also  2CI1925  with  1  K  ioM;  so  Th  MV,  but 
txt.  here  dub.  cf.  Klo),  hence  2  Ch  9s;  of  any 
animals  (nona^a)  2  Ch  32s8  (on  'N^  v.  Add.). 

tiT-lN  n.m.Am3-8  lion  (X  id.  Syr.  W,  cf. 
also  *1K  supr.) — only  sg.  as  above  Am  34+  44 1. 
+  2  S  2320  Kt  (Qr  ns)  La  310  (id.) ;— lion,  lit. 
in  narrative  Ju  I48-8''  2  S  2320  iK  1 3s4-2426  ■»  M 
(c.  D,-10V  txt.  err.  ace.  to  Klo)28  203636  cf.  Is  1 17 
35"  65s5;  in  simile  Gn  49s  2  S  1710  +  f  10'  17" 
2214  Is2i8  314  J6  230  128  49"  5044  La310(Kt) 
Ezr10  io14  1  Ch  128  Ho  1110  Jo  i6  Hi  57,  cf. 
Am  348  Ec  94;  metaph.  Gn  49'  Dt  33s2  Jb  4"* 
*  22s2  Is  1 59  Je4756Na21212'3. 


Tn^N  n.pr.m.  soappar.  2  K 1 5a  an  officer 
of  Pekahiah,  but  c.  art.  ^."l^n,  &  on  text  with 
possible  corruption  &  dittography  v.  Klo. 

^  ,N"Ht«l  1.  n.pr.f.  (prob.,  v.  Ew)  Ariel 
(lioness  of  Ei)  name  applied  to  Jerusalem  Is 


m« 


2Q1-"-7  (so  Ges  Ew  Che  Di  al.;  X  De  Brd  Or  al. 
say  hearth  of  El,  cf.  ^XIX).  2.  n.pr.m.  a 
chief  man  among  returning  exiles  Ezr  816.  3. 
3XiO  SufHS  2  s  2320='D  V"!S  1  Ch  1  Ist  taken 
by  ®  EV  Dr8™  al.  as  n.pr.m.,  id.  two  sons  of 
Ariel  of  Moab;  RS8"""1-469  comp.  btOtt  MI12, 
altar-liearth  (so  Sm  &  So,  and  DrSm,cl,  v.  sub 
t*1FH9  and  transl.  3XiO  'X  altar-hearths  of 
Moab.  4.  Ez4315  &  Qr  v"'16  vid.  sub  ^X'nx. 
'  \?N"1N  n.pr.m.  (app.  n.gent.  from  fore- 
going, but  ©  Nu  26"  'ApirjK  (Gn  4616  'Apor)\fts, 
'AporjSis,  'A.irt)&(is)= foregoing)  a  son  of  Gad 
Gn  4616  Nu  2617;  also  adj.gent.  c.  art.  as  n.pr. 
coll.  Nu  2617  ^x-xn  nnap*tp  ®  'aPuj\,i. 

T[7N"1N]  n.[m.]  (form  &  meaning  dub.  v. 
infr.) — onlyin  D^?")?  Is  337.'  GesE)i>XnX  heroes; 
cf.  ThesKnChe;  Hi  BJTJijs  cf.  De,  who  der. 
from  /N'l^i  lit.  =  lion  of  God,  coll.  c.sf.,&  transl. 
their  heroes;  n.gent.  fr.  -W'lX  =  Zion  Nbr 
Ate.  is*,  p.  ,00  cf_  gay ib.  466 .  Ew  ^  _  ^  <reTO. 

6Zm<7,  cf.  Di.  Brd  prop.  !7<7V1  'cry  pitifully.' 
<3  S  al.  rd.  some  form  of  .1X1,  ®  X"P.  "Wholly 
uncertain. 

II.  HIN  (burn,  cf.  Ar.  ^|,  whence  i~.\ 
hearth;  Ew*163'  al.  v.  infr.) 

t^frON  n.[m.]  hearth,  altar-hearth  (© 

'AWX;  fr.  mx  with  b  aff.  ace.  to  Ew*163*  0\im 
Sm  Ez4315  Di  Is  291  al.;  but  this  formation 
very  rare  &  here  dub.;  X  Hi  De  Brd  Or  Is  291 
der.  fr.  ^>X  +  nx  =  hearth  of  El,  v.  also  RS 
s™.  '■**,  who  thinks  of  pillar-altars;  cf.  nin  ^>X"lX 
MI"  v.  Sm  &  So,  and  DrSm,c1)— ^xnx  Kt  Ez 
43.5.,..  (Qr^nK);  =  ^-iri  vls(Vr8s  Co  fena), 
all  c.  art., — of  altar-hearth  in  Ezekiel's  temple. 

T[i"R2VW]  n.pr.loc.  home  of  Abimelek 
(ThesAdd  sub  mx)  Ju  941  nonxa ,  prob.  =  non 
2  K  2  3*  cf.  Jer  Lag  o^"1*"-  »«•  **  ■*  ■»  It  must 
have  lain  near  Shechem;  identified  by  MV  al. 
with  El  'Ormah,  2  hours  SE.  from  Shechem 
(van  de  Velde0*1"""268),  but  this  place  not 
otherwise  known;   cf.  Survey"-3*7. 

Tnj'I^N  n.pr.m.  Araunah,  a  Jebusite — 
'X  2  S  2420-20S1Z!-23  (but  rd.  ^'IX  TJJJ  cf.  We  Dr) 


v23-24;  Kt  ro-vixn  fja  v16  (Qr  njnxn)  c.  art. 
but  cf.  Dr;  Kt  (Wrt*  'i  v18  (Qr  njHX);  =  IJ1X 
(q.v.)  1  Ch  2i"f;  ®  in  S  &  Ch  'Op™.' 

T")K  (cf-  Ar.  ^1  be  firm,  also  witlidraw, 
retreat). 

tnst  n.m.  K'17' *» cedar;— f.  Ez  1 7s2  HBirt  'X, 
but  del.  HD-lil  ©  Co; — (Ar.  '-°\  pine-tree,  etc.; 
Eth.  ftCH:  Syr.  )W)— 'x  abs.  Lv  i44+  19  t., 
TiX  Jb4o17  +  6t.;  pi.  D'HS  Is9»+35t.;  cstr. 
ife  Is2,3-|-5t.;  sf.  ym  Jez2"  Zc  11';  vnx 
Is 3  fA=  2  K 1 9s3; — 1.  cedar-tree,  (a)  as  growing 
Nu  246  ^  1489  Is  4119  44"  cf.  Ez  318;  esp.  as 
growing  on  Lebanon  1  K  5";  2  K  149  =  2  Ch 
25,8(both  in  fable  of  Jehoash);  oft.  !«3^>(ri)  T)X 
Ju  91S  Is  213 148  ^  29"  (fig.)  10416,  cf.  1  K  "520 
2  K  i9»=I8  3724  f  9213  Ct  515  Ez  27s  (sg.  coll.) 
Zc  n«  (fig.);  Ct  i17  Ezr  37  Je  2  223(fig.)  Ez 
I73(%-);  W  esP-  in  sim-.  OI  outward  power, 
stateliness  &  majesty  ^80"  (i>K  'X)  cf.  Ez  313 
(personif.,  but  v.  Co  on  text),  Am  29;  of  indi- 
viduals Je  227  ^92"  Ez  172223;  cf.  other  exx. 
of  fig.  use,  supr.;  sim.  of  straightness  &  strength 
Jb  4017  (tail  of  hippopotamus).  2.  cedar- 

timber,  cedar-wood  for  building,  DTlX  'SJJ  1  S  511 
iK5222461»911  iChi4'224-4  2Ch:27Ezr37; 
without  YV  2  S  7"  1  K  69-15'1618-18-20-36  72.2.^.7.11.12 
io27  1  Ch  1716  2  Ch  i15  23927  &  Ct  89  Is  99  Je 
221416  (cf.  also  Is4414  1K520  EZ276  Ezr  37 
supr.)  3.  cedar-wood  used  in  purifications, 
c.  fl?  Lv  i44«««"  Nu  196  (all  P). 

TiTT'lM  n.f.coll.  cedar-panels,  cedar- 
work  Zp  214. 

I  [rHN]  adj.  firm,  strong  (cf.  Ar.JJl  supr.) 

DT1KEZ2  724. 

trnft  n.pr.loc.  Meroz,  in  northern  Pales- 

o 

tine  JU523  (expl.  as  =  li"lXD  •  U,  retreat  by  Thes 
MV  al.) 

TrPN  vb.  wander,  journey,  go  (Ph.  mx 
in  IT1XD,  prob.  =  rn.Kt?  cf.  Eth.  aoCdt:  lead, 
conduct,?.  N6ZM018»472';  epithet  of  god  Eshmun, 
Sab.  fhx  DHM Epl8T- De°kra- "• 70,  Aram.  ni.ix,  \J.tf' 
traveller)  —  Qal  Pf  rnw  consec.  Jb  34s;  Pt. 
niX  Jui917  +  ;  pi.  OVVlk  Je9'; — 1.  journey, 
go,  c.  Q?  fig.  of  association,  companionship  Jb 

348  :vEh-''B'3X-Dji  ro^n  px  »otT)J  nnan^  'xi 

(cf.  also  "pn  \jr  1 ').  2.  P^.  wandering,  wayfar- 
ing, journeying,  D"?.Ki?  B"xn  JU1917;  as  subst. 
wanderer, wayfarer,  traveller  D"iX  2  S  1 24(|| ^\j), 
Je  1 48  (||  "13,  in  sim.  of  '<) ;  D"n-]X  p^O  wayfarers' 
lodging-place  Je  91. 


tmfi  a.m.  ">«■"  (f.  **»»)  way>  path  (As 
«rAw  COTG,0»,  Aram.  mk,   L^A_'j,  abs. 


T>« 


VT96+;  cstr.  Pr4,8+;  sf.  TO  Jb  198  ^  1393 
etc.;  pi.  abs.  H^rnx  Jus6-6;  cs'tr.  nirnx  Jb  8" 

+;  sf-  Tftjt  Jb  1327  33";  Qnin-iK  j0  »*  pr  915; 
DrpnhrjN  pr215,-  also  vnrnk  is23+;  I'nh-ik 

V' H9IS+ etc.; — way,  ^>a<A  (in  Heb.  mostiy 
poet.)  1.  lit.  Ju  56'6  song  of  Deb.  (alone = 
highways,  opp.  riipppgj)  'X  crooked  (by-)pat/is; 
cf.  alsoD^n?  ,?|>'nl-6.);'l8339/Nn3"y=Way/ara- 
(||ni->DD),  v.  also  Gn4917  (blessing  of  Jacob) 
(II  TO)  &  Drrtrm  Dn^Dri  «Aose  wAo  make 
straight  their  ways  (||  !JT1  naj?)  pr  915,  'X  Ni3  ^0 
(tread)  a  ;>a<A  I8413;  of  course  of  locusts  J027 
'X  |M33y*  si?  they  confuse  not  their  paths(  \\  tfSVti; 
B**E 'X  pa<As  0/  the  seas  f  89 ;  mk  pn  rMm  afo,^ 
a  path,  fig.  of  sun  ^  196.  2.  fig.  pa«A,  way, 
of  course  &  fortunes  of  life  Jb  813  i^"=^n 
I98  (II  ™a™)  *  I393  (II  TO)  1424  (||  "?<*?)  pr 
36  (II  TO)  418  I519  (both  ||  id.)  Is  26'  (H^VP)  so 

T?rnk  ^  is  3»;  piain  or  evenj)ath  "tohf  'x 
V'  27";  in  two  cases  with  a  special  ref.  (1) 
BtyS  mk  Gn  18"  (J)  of  menstruation;  (2) 
V%*  3*^  *6  rnk  a  jpa<A  (tnt«A)  /  *Aa«  M0« 

return,  I  am  going  Jb  16^  i.e.  to  Sh''6l,  cf.  As. 
name  of  lower  world  irsit  Id  tdrat,  land  without 
return,  v.  Jr1065.  3.  fig.  way,  of  mode  of 
living,  or  of  character  Jb  34"  (||  ?5?3)  ^  1199. 
Specif.:  a..waysof'\  his  mode  of  action  ^25'°; 
b.  of  man's  righteousness,  called  ways  of'i  \jr 

254  (||  D<rn)  44i»  „9»  (||  nnipsi)  is  23=Mi  42 

(II  D,3"H)  cf.  yVQp?  'N  Is  268;  also  way  of 
justice,  uprightness,  etc.  DBK>D  'X  Pr  28  (||  IfH) 
1723    ls4o14    (BTO),    T§*  t*    Pr  213    (Ijid), 

njrjj  rx  820  (||  rtwru),  I2»  (y  nyru  ^.  g0 

m_X  alone  Is  30"  (||TfTJ)  PrI5'0;  note  esp. 
Q"0  ITjJ;  ^>a<A  of  life,  in  righteousness  & 
enjoyment  of  God  ^  1611  Pr21956  1524  (opp. 
Wp),  also  D«ni>  'X  I017  (on  these  cf.  Str  Pr 
1 432) ;  C.  of  wickedness,  J"T|  'X  way,  path  of  the 
violent  -^if,  cf.  also  Pr2  22S;  D'JEn  'X  Pr414 
(II  TO).  ?#  'x  i19;  «q.  abstr.  "ip^'X  |nf, 
so  v128  (||  OHIpS),  also  c.  adj.  Jn  'X  ^ii9101 
cf.  Pr215  (D'B'ipV  crooked)  called  D$yKn  Jb 
2216;  note  also  DTX  'X  <Aei'r  destructive  ways, 
i.  e.  ways  that  cause  destruction  Jb  3012  (cf. 
1912).         4.  by  meton.  traveller,  wayfarer  Jb 

3 132  (cf.  ?Jjn  2  S  124)  &  in  pi.  caravans  618"; 
but  rd.  perh.  rnt6  31^  rtTTTfe  6l81». 

TrnN  n.pr.m.  (traveller])  1.  a  man  of 
Asher  1  Ch  739.  2.  head  of  a  family  of  return- 
ing exiles  Ezr  25=Ne  710;   perh.  =  rn_X  Ne  61S. 


'""7"?  ~  a-f-  meal>  allowance  (of  food)  abs. 
Je  40';  cstr.  P11  nrnx  Pr  1 5"  «  portion  of  herbs, 
i.e.  a  slender  meal ;  elsewh.  of  allowance  given 
to  captive  king  Jehoiachin,  TDTI  'X  a  continual 
allowance  2  K  25M= Je  52";  *JVV)X  ib.=id. 

'  [^"7"]^]  a-f-  travelling  company,  cara- 
van (strictly  Pt.  of  rnx),  cstr.  firrk  Gn  371*; 
pi.  cstr.  ninix  Is  21";  cf.  also  sub  rnk,  4. 

^HM,  ^M^M  etc,  v.  I.  &  II.  mx. 

tljtHM  n.pr.m.  king  of  Ellasar  Gn  14", 
ally  of  Chedorlaomer  in  his  western  foray 
(prob.  =  Rim-Aku,  Elamite  king  of  Larsa= 
Ellasar;  cf.  COT"-297'). 

tppN,  *T]N]  vb.  be  long,  almost  alw. 
of  time  (As.  ardku  COTG1°",  Aram.  ^X,  J?*\ 
— Qal  Pf  13-iX  Gn  26s;  Impf.  VFj£  Ez  1222; 
3  fpl-  nJ?1^1  Ez  3 15  (del.  B  Co)— be  long,  subj. 
D'Djn^.e.  a  long  time  passed  Gn  2 68  (J);  cf.  As. 
urriku  Ami,  days  grew  long,  Creation  Tablet* 
v.  COT  Gn  i1);  of  delayed  fulfilment  of  pro- 
phecy Ez  1222;  subj.  nixa  Ez3is  (but  cf.  supr.) 
Hiph.  Pf.  T"!£?Pr  1911;  Piaixni  Dt227,  etc.; 
Impf.  T1«-  Dti?20-)-;  OTip  Dt«5*j  J«"ix: 
Ex  2012  cf.'  Dt  516  62;  fsnxn'  Dt  426  3o18,  etc.'; 
Imv.  fs.  ''S'lXn  Is542:  Inf.  cstr.  T"]Xn  Nu  910-"3; 
PMjnXD  Ec  7!S  812;— 1.  trans,  prolong,  (a)obj. 
Q'O;  (i.e.  live  long)  Dt  42"0  530  n9 1720  22'  3018 
3247  Jos  2431  =  Ju  27  (c.  ,-?nX= survive),  Pr  2816 
Is  5310  Ec  813;  also  (late)  without  tK!>  Ec  7,i812; 
(b)  id.  1  K  314  '•>  subj.  TCpiX  "B^Kri]  /  will 
prolong  thy  days;  (c)  postpone  anger  Is  48"  cf. 
Pr  19"  (i.e.  shew  oneself  slow  to  anger);  v.  also 
Jb6u  *?>ig  ?rm  i.e.  be  patient;  (d)  lit.  (but 
in  fig.)  make  long  furrows  (c.  7)  y\r  1293;  tent- 
cords  Is  542;  tongue  57*  (stretch  out  in  mock- 
ery). 2.  intrans.  grow  long,  continue  long  (i.e. 
display  length  or  continuance),  subj.  D'O'  Ex 
20l2=Dt  516  62  25";  tarry  long  Nu  91922  (subj. 
fJV0)>  last  (continue)  long,  subj.  J?  Pr282;  be 
long  (lit.)  of  staves  of  ark  1  K  88  2  Ch  59. 

"^7.^  n.[m.]  length — only  sg.,  'x  abs.  Ex 
27'+';  cstr.  Gn6,6  +  ;  *3")X  Ex25,0  +  ;  D?"!X 
2  Ch  311;  f?1X  Ez  42",  etc.— a.  length  of  ark 
Gn  6,5(P),  of  land  of  Canaan  i317(J);  most  oft. 
of  ark  &  other  measurements  in  tabernacle  & 
temple  EX251017  262-8  27'-9  +  (22t.  Ex,P),  1  K 
62-3a,  +  (i3  t.  K  &  Ch),  Ez4o7"18  +  (4i  t.  Ez), 
etc.  b.  of  time  1W  'X  Dt  3020  Jb  1 212  f  2  Is 
23*  91'6  93s  Pr  3s"  Las20.  °.  ^M  '* forbear- 
ance, self-restraint,  Pr  25". — (Ez  317  ®  <&  Co 
rd.  3T  for  ^.X,  cf.  v4  where  Co  del.  vb.  11X ; 
4 122  rd.  prob.  WX  ©  Sm,  or  VJHX  Co=6ose.) 


V* 


74 


t[ip.«]  adj.  long— only  cstr.  Tins  Ex  34s 
+  14  t.— - T3NH  'K  long  of  pinion  Ez  1 7s  (||  Mlf 
D?B33n)  of  eagle,  in  metaph. ;  elsewhere  always 
of  feelings,  as  subst.  Ec  78  O^"1  '"  the  patient  of 
spirit  (opp.  *"'  i51??);   D^BK  'K  ojw  s/om>  to  anger 

Pr  1 4M  (opp.  nm'xp),so  1 5,8(opp.  non  t^s),  1 632 
(||  inns  teo);  m0re  oft.  of  '\  d?bk  %  Ex  346 
now  "ibn-ani  d?bk  'k  pam  Dim  cf.  Nu  1418  Ne 
9'7  Vr86"  io38 1458;  so+nyinHTf  orm  j0  213 

cf.  Jon  4a  (where  *?K),  nb  !>n?1  D?BK  N  Nais; 
^JBK  Tqxb  only  Je  1 515,  'N  appar.  noun;  rd.  Ifjfc  1 
cf.  Pr  25". 

t  t"5!^]  •fl-  long— only  fs.  abs.  ITST!*;— *. 
of  time,  'N  'TonpO  long  war  2  S  31 ;  of  the  exile 
Je  2028;  b.  fig."  of  God's  wisdom  nTO  ffXQ  'tt 

Jbn9(||Dr?on3rn:). 

THD^nN  n.f.  healing  of  a  wound,  restora- 
tion (properly  the  new  flesh  that  grows  at  the 
wounded  spot,  Ar.  S&J;  Fi  ,Ph""- "",  so  Fl  De 
on  Is  58";  v.  also  Di)— 'k  2  Ch  24"  Ne4]; 
TBTg  Je3o17336;  cstr.  rDTO  JeS22;  ^npnt*  Is 
58s; — alwaysfig.  a. healing, restorationof Israel 
Is  58s,  here  c.  vb.  nps,  elsewhere  c.  '"yj?;  Je  8s2 
(||  KB-J),  c.  rhv  Hiph.,  subj.  \  30"  336  (||  id.) 

b.  restoration  of  walls  of  temple  2  Ch  2413,  of 
walls  of  Jerusalem  (cf.  Fi  supr.)  Ne  41  (both 

c.  nby). 

t"ipN  n.pr.loc.  city  in  Babylonia  (Bab. 
Uruk  v.  Dl  infr.)  on  left  bank  of  Euphrates, 
c.  40  miles  NW.  fr.  Ur  O**)  toward  Babylon; 
mod.  Warka;  cf.  LofW*16"  DI1*2211- 

"HSIN  adj.gent.  (deriv.  unknown)  applied 

to  W  '2  S  1 5s2  1616 17514  1  Ch  27s3;  with  art. 
=n.  coll.  'Nn  Wli  Jos  162  (not  far  fr.  Bethel). 

m^       n.pr.m.  Aram  (As.  Aramu,  etc., 

v.  D1P,2OT;  Thes  al.  prop.  VD1N=  DP  but  cf.  No 
as  below)— 1 .  5th  son  of  Shem  Gn  1  o2223 1  Ch  1 ". 
2.  grandson  of  Nahor  Gn  222'.  3.  1  Ch  223. 
4.  a  descendant  of  Asher  1  Ch  7s4. — Elsewhere 
only  of  Aramaean  people  &  land  (=1  supr.), 
f.»s«>  m.2««>".  a.  people,  sg.  coll.  =  </<«  Ara- 
maeans, a  leading  branch  of  the  Shemitic  stock 
inhabiting  Mesopotamia  &  northern  Syria,  in 
many  tribes  &  settlements ;  2  S 86"  +  1  K  2 o2021 
+ 1  Ch  1  a1012  +  (64 1.  S  K  Ch)  Am 9/  Is  72-"-8  9" 
17s  Je35";  soEzi6H  2716,  but  Co  in  both  DHS; 
B"}S  OS?  Am  1 ' ;  of  particular  divisions  of  Aram, 

3irn  rva  n  2  S  io6,  Naiv  'tt  2  S  io6-8  ^6o2  (title), 
pfctOT  't*  2  S  8'  cf.  1  Ch  185,  even  D?3£JJ  'X  f  602 
(title);  (note  that  As.  never  gives  name  Aramu 


to  people  W.  of  Euphrates,  but  Chatti  instead, 
with  other  particular  names,  COT  Gn  i  o22,  also 
Dlu);  on  2  S812u  1  Ch  1811  v.  DilN.  b.  less 
often  clearly  of  land,  Aram  Nu  2  37  2  S  1 58  + 
2  Ch  202  (rd.  however  here  DPN  Thes  Add  al.), 
'N  rnv  Ho  12'3;  also  of  particular  divisions  of 
the  territory  DHH?  '"  'Mesopotamia'  i.  e.  prob. 
land  between  Euphrates  &  Chaboras,  so  Di 
after  Kiep,  Gn  2410  Dt236  JU38  (cf.  V°°2 
supr.);  cf.'N  t,!B/Wei'ara-.4ramGn25203i1833ls 
35»-26  4615,  'K  nfif  282-5-6-7  v.  pa;  P&QI '«  2  S  86 
cf.  1  Ch  186.  c.  often  indeterminate,  esp.  in 
'x  'HJP  etc.,  perh.  primarily  land  but  often 
including  people  :  so  Ju  211  io6  ('N  Tips)  1  K 
10*+ 2  Chi  "  +  (4  it,  K&  Ch)Is7'.— (Cf.esp. 

■JJ^Schenkel  BL,  ZMQ  1871. 113 ;  Hermes  v. 3,  44:!  f.    T)l  r*  287  \ 

T^SHN  adj.gent.  Aramaean,  c.  art.  'ttn 
Gn  252020  285  312024  2  K520;  of  Israel  "13K  'K 
Dt266;  pi.  D'snK  2K828-29(||D-IK)  9*  (!«<£); 
D'enn  (='Nn)  2CI1225  (fl  id.);  njtsntn  V$% 

1  Ch  714  his  Aramcean  concubine. — (D'OnK  Kt 

2  K  166  rd.  rather  Qr  ttOVlK.) 

T  n^QT  N  adv.  only  of  language  in  Aramaic 
2  K  i826=Is  36"  Ezr  4"  Dn  24. 
D")K  ("/  of  following;  cf.  DIM). 

tpm«  n.m. IsS2-14  citadel— 'K  abs.  Je  3018 
+  ;  cstr. ' Is  2 52;  pi.  DUETtS  abs.  Am  399;  cstr. 
i4 +  ;  0»rrtJD")U  Mi54  +  ,  etc. — citadel,  castle, 
palace,  not  used  before  royal  period,  mostly  in 
prophets,  esp.  common  in  Am  &  Je;  citadel 
as  securely  barred  (in  sim.)  Pr  1 819;  T]  jQn  JV3  'N 
i.e.  the.  citadel,  stronghold  1  K  1618,  cf.  2  K  1523; 
usually  more  general,  of  castles,  palaces,  promi- 
nent buildings;  esp.  used  in  speaking  of  con- 
quest, because  the  fine  buildings  would  be  esp. 
object  of  attack  &  plunder;  palaces  of  Isr.  Am 
68;  of  Jerusalem  Is  3214  (sg.  coll.)  La  25J  2  Ch 
3619f  48414i2  27  cf.Ho814  Mi54Am25  Self; 
of  Samaria  Am  31011;  also  Je  6s  920  belonging 
to  Benhadad  (i.e.  Aram)  Ami4  Je4927;  of  Tyre 
Is  2313  Am  i10;  of  Babylon  Is  25s  (sg.  coll.),  cf. 
1322  where  rd.  WrrtJtJT*  for  mtit&K  so  @  %  93 
Che  Di  (||  tfbom;  cf!  Ez  197  ace.  to  X  al.,  but 
v.  rather  pjm  ;  DlBDxl  defends  MT  in  Ez  197  & 
comp.  As.  almattu,  fortress);  of  Edom  Is  3413, 
of  Gaza  Am  i7,  of  Babbah  i14,  of  Bozrah  i12, 
of  Kerioth  22,  of  Ashdod  39,  of  Egypt  39. 

T'1j^"^M  n.pr.m.  a  son  of  Saul  (palatinus) 

2S218. 

» 

j  ?"l}f^  (cf.  Ar.  ^.\  alacer,  latus  fuit;  pos- 
sible y  of  following). 


\rm,  c.  art.  JTiKn,  p«n . 


184,17;2Ch8,l 


5n.m.E,35'12(f. 
'•")  chest,  ark  (Ph.  pN,  sarcoj>hagus, 
As.  erenu  (&  erd)  cA«s<  Zim81"6'22,  Ar.  yH,  c/ies<, 
so  Aram.  )Jo>('r,  also  Nab.  WIX,  Vogp-  m,  Ph.; 
Mish.  also  pi.  nww) — only  sg.;  abs.  tfVlK  2  K 
i210=2  Ch  24s;  c.  art.  fFVgn  Dt  1  o2  +  alw.'  exc. 
Ex  Lv  Nu  where  PNH  (Ex  251414  +  13  t.  Ex,  Lv 
162  Nu  331  io35);  cstr.  fn*  Ex  25'°+,  tplj  Ex 
306  Nu  45  7"; — tl.  chest,  for  money-offerings 
2  K  121011  2  Ch  248101111.  t2.  sarcophagus, 
mummy-case  of  Joseph  Gn5o26  (E).  3.  chest, 
ark  in  tabernacle  &  temple,  containing  tables  of 
law,  with  cherubim  above,  the  esp.  seat  of  '< 
among  his  people,  only  Hex  (71  t.)  S(6i  t.)  K 
(i2t.)&Ch(48t.)  +  Ju  2027Je  316V'i328;  used 
alone  &  in  various  combinations  (cf.  SeyringZAW 
'"'• '"').  a.  indef.  DW  ^  fn»  an  ark  ofshil- 
tim-wood  Ex  2510  Dt  io3  cf.  v1. '  To.  def.  'an  Ex 
25"+  54t.  (Hex  P,  exc.  Jos  JE;  S  K  Ch)'.    c. 


pN  75 

'H^  n-pr.m.adescendant  of  Esau(?Aram. 

W wild-goat)  Gn3628=  1  Ch  i42  (v.  also  (B^). 

fl-  J"J«  n.[m.]  fir   or    cedar    (As.   erinu 

COToio»  Mith.pl.  D^N)ls4414(||r!X,  nnn, 
ffot,  IE  K^. 

tn.  pN  n.pr.m.  (fir-tree)  a  descendant  of 
Judah  1  Ch  225. . 

Tp2"lN  n.pr.loc.  whence  wine,  so  Co  Ez 
27"  for  MT  ?n  fjlj  cf.  As.  wine  of  Aranabanim. 

T]D~IN  n.pr.m.  a  descendant  of  David  1CI1321. 

T|2""lN  n.pr.m.  a  Jebusite,  whose  threshing- 
floor  was  bought  by  David  to  erect  an  altar  1  Ch 

^ILMUUUIAMUA     &  acc-  t0   2Ch3!  became 

site  of  temple  ;  called  '1311?*  2  S  2416t-  q.v. 

P-"!*?,  p")W n.pr  .fl.  Arnon,  wady&  stream 
in  Moab  (MI  ;jix,  Thes  Add  Rob  Ges  MV  der. 
fr.  JJ1,  i.e.  the  rushing,  roaring  stream) — jfa"HJ 
Nu  2 1 1313  +  1 2  t.,  I'3-lS  Nu  2 1 "  +  1  o  t.— called 
boundary  between  Moab  &  Amorites  Nu  2 1 13 
Ju  ii18-22  cf.  !3"!«  !*M  Nu  22s6;  oft.  fTfg  bm  Dt 

234.36  38.i2.l6  448  ,  K  JQ33.     fa-^  /J  Jog  jjM   ^9.16. 

pj-lK  D'i'njin  Nu  2 1 H,  i.  e.  the  stream-ravines  that 
unite  to  form  Arnon,  cf.  Di ;  also  jb"lK  D1D3 
heights  of  Arnon  NU2I28;  ?13~)N  TTn3J?0 /o/-<f s 
o/ylTOOriIsi62;  elsewh.  Nu2i13-24-26  Juii1318-26; 
syn.  of  Moab  Je  4820;  (cf.  TristrM°*bI25f-;  mod. 
Jlfojib.) 

II.  ]™)^  (^assumed  for  foil,  word,  cf.  Sta 
**>..  Dpnis  argues  for  ynnN  (g0  Theg^  on 
ground  of  an  As.  erd,  synon.  of  erenu). 


JW  'K  Jos  4"  +  32 1.  Jos  (JED)  S  K  Ch.  d.  'K 
BNp$  1 1  S  33  4«j  tfn%  'K  1 S  4"+  32 1. 8  Ch 
(but  1  S 141818  rd.  IIBKn  ©  We  j)r^  cf  u,n<,K  /N 
1 1  Ch  1 33.  e.  *#&  ** '»»  1 S  57  +  6 1. 8,  term 
used  only  by  Philistines;  Vjfe"  \l5>K  mn»  'N 
tl  Ch  1512'4;  DJV^k  rtW  'K  tJos  46(JE);  'K 
'Tin'  '}*!*  +I  K  22«;  rWJ"H  ?h*  m'T'N  tJos313 

(JED)  cf.  pnrr5>3  jnx  [nnai]  'k  v»  where 

iman  (c.  art.)  is  prob.  interpol,  v.  Di;  only 
once  &  late  the  long  phrase  32*1'  HOT  rj'nSxn  'K 
OtftOW  xfe  Q^npn  x  Ch  13'.  f.  in  combina- 
tion with  nna  largely  D  &  under  D's  influence; 
nnan  piN  ark  of  the  covenant  t  Jos  3s6-8  4"  6" 
(all  JED);  nw  nna'N  Nuio33 1444  (both  J)  Dt 
io8  3 1'»  Jos  4718  68  S33  Je  316+  I7  t.  S  K  Ch; 
once  longer  Q^ian  ae«  nixax  *>  rina  'N  1 1  S44- 
also  dvi%i  nna  'k  tJu2027  1S44  2S1524 

1  Ch  166;  &  D3TOM  "  nna  'x  Dt  3126  Jos  33. 
%•  rvni?1?  p"1^  ar£  0/  ifo  testimony,  only  in  P, 
corresponding  to  nna  'K  (cf.  Di  on  Ex  2516),  Ex 

2  5s2  +  8 1.  Ex,  t  Nu  4s'  7s4  Jos  416.  h.  t  Bnjsn  'N 
2  Ch  353.  i.  ^'N  the  ark  of  thy  strength  2Ch 
641  yjr  1 32s. — (Cf.also  tables  given  by  Seyringlc- 
&  his  theory  as  to  earliest  designation  of  ark.) 

naJw  v.  ajx. 


iT'Dl^  v.  njm. 

T1E"1N  n.pr.loc.  city  in  northern  Syria 
(As.Arpadda  D\nm)—'ti  Is  io9  elsewh.^N; 
c.  15  miles  N.  of  Aleppo,  mod.  Tel  Erf  Ad;  in 
OT  only  as  conquered  by  Assyria,  alw.  named 
with  Hamath,  etc.  2  K  1834  io13=Is  3619  3713 
(on  ®  'Va<t>i6='hfxt>d6  cf.  Lag"*78),  also  Is  io9 
Je  49s3;  (cf.  No2*01871'258  Kiep1"-  KS.) 

TT^aB^H  n.pr.m.  3rd  son  of  Shem  'n  Gn 
IOM.S4IIki3lCnI,7.i8.j4.n^3a-,KGnlIi<).n.doubt_ 

less  a  geogr.  name(deriv.  &  mng.  dub.,  Thes  der. 

fr.  ii.\  boundary  (stem  i_Tl  define,  limit), 
cf.  also  Eth.  HiWri  wall,  +  1V2  =  1&3,  i.e. 
Chaldean;  so  Schr C0T  Gn  ,ft22  who  identifies"  with 
Babylonia  (cf.  Gn  nm  &  t^ffl  1«<  v29-31);  v. 
another  interpr.  DI1"*265;  ace.  to  most=^rra- 
pachitis  on  Upper  Zab,  NE.  fr.  Nineveh,  As. 


Arnien.  Stud.  S5  *  reff. 


Arbaha.,  Armen.  Albak  Lag 

Bo  MV,  Di  Gn  I022  Lag8"64  NoZM0M2' 182;  but 

As.  Arbaha  is  unfavourable  to  this). 

yik  M07  n.f.G°10"  &  (seld.)  m.°° ,s"  earth, 

land  (Ph.  MI  p«,  As.  irsitu  COTG,M",  Ar.  Jty, 
Sab.  px  e.g.  Os9  DHMZ*G187!S•5I>4•614!SOT•S',~J,'•,2, 
cf.  Pra8*81-874^,  Aram.  JHK,  \jLil*)  — '«  abs. 


Gni*  +  ;  cstr.2"  +  ;  H$  i'°+;  cart. always 
n*5  i"  +  ;  0.  'V  loc.  nnK  ii»>  +  ,  (this  form 
also  poet.  =  HS  Jb3413+);  sf.  T!*  2015+; 
Wl*  ORE*)  1 2'  + . etc- »'  P1-  "^  Je  28s  +  65 1.; 
cstr.  niinw  E^  39»  +  6 1.;  sf.  DrfriK  Gn  io'  + 
2  t.; — 1.  a.  earth,  whole  earth  (opp.  to  a  part) 
Gn  i818a  2  2,8(  =  nD"l«n  123)  Je  2  526'29-30  26s  Is 
3716al=  2  K  1 91619  Zc  4">u  + .  b.  earth,  opp.  to 
heaven,  sky  Gni2  EX204  Dt58  30"  Jus4  La2' 
Is3718=2Ki915f  1466  iCh2i16  29"  2Ch2" 
+  ;  as  permanent  Ec  I4;  built  on  foundations, 
or  pillars  1  S  28  +  1045  Jb  38^  Is  4813  5i13-16  cf. 
also  Is  2418  ^  825;  firm,  so  that  its  shaking  is 
something  terrible,  &  token  of  terrible  power 
1S144  2S228='f  188  Jb96cf.  V^462&  v";  so 
also  Am  88  Is  21921  2418'19-50^  604  7719  991  1147; 
as  hung  on  nothing  Jb  267;  with  waters  under  it 
Ex204=Dt  58cf.Gn  7";  personified, esp.  as  ad- 
dressed, called  to  witness,  etc.  Dt  321  Je  619  22s9 
Is  iJ  Mi  i2  Jb  1618.  c.  earth  =  inhabitants  of 
earth Gn6"  n1  iK22ioS4V'338664  +  cf.'N  ^?TI 
Pr831  Jb3712.  2.  land=a,.  country,  territory, 
-IJtfB'  'K  Gn  1  o10,  DnxO  'K  2 1 21 ;  cf.  also  1  o"  1 1  ™M 
I310  476W  5°8  Is718  23113  27"^  7812  Je2520 
1  Chi43;  personif.  L3624  Ecio1617.  b.  district, 
region  Gn  1928  222  Josn3  V'42?-  c.  tribal 
territory  Dt  34s  Ju2i21  1  S  9416  137  1  K  1520 
Is  S'23;  and  still  smaller  territories  1  S  94\  d. 
piece  of  ground  Gn  2315.  e.  specif,  land  of 
Canaan,  or  Israel  Gnu31  I21-5-6-7  313  EX1434 
Dt  1714  189  2  K  52-4  +  ;  esp.  obj.  of  &v  2>ossess 
Dts^  +  oft.  Dt^al.;  so  after  ^0}  Jos  i949+; 
103  Dt  i21  +  .  f.= inhabitants  of  land  Lv  1929 
Ez  i413  +  cf.  Dt  24"  Zc  1212  etc.  g.  used  even 
of  She'ul  Jb  102122  (cf.  As.  irsit  la  tdrat,  land 
without  return,  in  Descent  of  Ishtar,  v.  Jr 10'65); 
v.  also  yjr  139"  Is  44s3.  3.  a.  ground,  sur- 

face of  ground  =  ncnK  q.v.  Gni26*  182  33s  38s 
Ex  43  1 64  Ku  210  1  S54  +  very  oft.  in  S.  b.  ml, 
as  productive =n»ns  Gni11-11  LV199  25"  2 64 
cf.  Nui47-8  Is367=2Ki832  V72616  1073435 
Ezr  912  Ne  92i.  4.  H?  in  phrases  :  a.  people 
of  the  land  'NrrDy  0f  non-Israelites  Gn  2371213 
(P)Nui49(JE);aswellasIsr.Lv204(H)2Ki56 
i6is  2 124-24;  esp.  common  people,  opp.  officials, 
princes  Lv  4"  (P)  Ez  f  2  K  1 1 18-'».  +b.  in 
measurements  of  distance,  'KH  D"]33  the  space 
or  distance  of  country  (v.  m33)  Gn  35'*,  so 
"N  rn33  some  distance  Gn  487  2  K  519.  c. 
niB"Bn  J*1N  the  country  of  the  plain,  level  or 
plain  country  Dt  4s3  Je  4821 ;  "lie**?  'N  fig.  -^  1 4310 
(but  rd. rPN  <S  Bi  Gr  Che,  cf.  f  2 7").  d.  D^O'K 
land  of  the  living  yjr  2713;  D^Hn  'N  yj,  1426.  e. 
'Nn  ns]5  «ncZ(*)  0/  <Ae  earfA.  Is  4210  43s  (||  pirn) 
f  1357  Pr  1724,  so  'N  ^DBK  pr  3o4  +  ;  '«n  nixp 


76  feTlN 

Is  4028  4 15'9.  5.  pi.  niJHS  is  almost  wholly 
late,  Jei615  +  6t.  Je;  23*.  Ez;  Is362°37I1= 
2  K  1835  1911  (Is  3718  rd.  D^an  v.  Che  Di  &  cf. 
2K1917);  22t.  Chr;  Dn97  n40-42;  ^105"  10627 
1073  1169;  besides  these  only  P  Gn  iosa)-31Lv 
26:i639,  exc.  Gn  26s-4  (J»)  4164  (JE) ;  it  denotes 
lands,  countries,  often  in  contrast  to  Canaan, 
lands  of  the  nations,  etc.,  v.  esp.  abs.  Ez  2032 
224;  =  the  various  petty  divisions  of  Canaan 
afterward  united  under  Israel's  control  Gn  2  634, 

cf.  1  Ch  1 32  bit-w)  nix-iN,  2  Ch  1 123  rrpn)  nirix. 

TN!pNt  n.pr.m.  chamberlain  of  Zimri 
1K169.' 

["Hi*]  vb.  curse  (As.  ardru  ZimBP68;  on 
relation  of  mngs.  bind  &  curse  in  As.  v.  DlPr101) 
— Qal  Pf. 'ni-W,  ITrihX  Mai 22;  Impf.  2 ms.lNfi 
Ex  2217.  Nu  22612;  "IKK  Gn  123;  Imv.  "T)?  Nu 
2  26  237;  VliK,  rife  &  Inf.  abs.  inK  all  Ju  5™;  Pt. 
*T*  Jb  38;  VT$*  Gn  27s9  Nu  24s;  "VnK  Gn  314 
+  36  t.  etc.; — curse  ||  1)13  bless,  chiefly  in  poetic 
&  legal  sources  of  JED  &  later  imitations :  Gn 

I23  27s9  (J)     Nu  22"2  237  249(E)    Ex  22s7  (E) 

Mai  22;  n'Q^''  "ihtf  nx= curse  for  ever  her  in- 
habitants Ju  5s3;  DV  *V|fe  cursers  of  the  day 
(magicians  whose  imprecations  made  days  un- 
lucky) Jb  38.  Pt.  pass.  Tnx,  chiefly  as  exclama- 
tion, ||  ^13  Gn  31417  411  9s5  27s9  497  Nu  2212  24' 
(E,  poet.)  Dt  2  716-26  Ju  2 118  1  S  142428  2619  Je 
1 13 1 752o14'16481(U0Mal  i14;  T™??  D*?6>n  D,")!n»« 
cursed  be  those  who  wander  from  thy  commands 
^n921  (®  @  Jer  De  Ri),  PW  nnnsri  this 
cursed  woman  2  K  9s4.  -fNiph.  Pt.  O^Ki 
cursed  Mai  39.  tPi.  3  ms.  sf.  WTTJJ  curse,  lay 
under  a  curse  Gn529(J);  Pt.  ^ir^on  D^sn  the 
curse-bringing  waters  Nu  518"27  (P  6 1.  waters 
destroying  the  perjured  adulteress  drinking 
them).  ■       Hoph.   Impf.  W  be   cursed  Nu 

2  2«(E). 

t  n"1«n  n.f.  a  curse  Dt  28s 
DIKE)  Pr  3s3;  pi.  nilSD  Pr  28s7 

"'IIW  v.  nnn. 


Mal2239;  cstr. 


* ^~!"^^  n.pr.terr.  Ararat  (As.  Urartu 
C0TG1°",  cf.  LagArm,,n-8tud-5100)— 'n  Jesi27;  QJ]« 
Gn  84+3  t. — a  district  in  Eastern  Armenia 
between  the  river  Araxes  &  lakes  Van  & 
Oroomiah,  cf.  KGF;  to  this  prob.  ref.  in  2  K 
i937=Is  37s8  'K  HS;  also  Gn  84  '«  T$  where 
the  ark  rested;  used  perhaps  with  wider  ref.  Je 

5 127 '«  niabpp  (||  'an,  M?^). 

t[tC"l^]  vb.  betroth  (Mish.  DIN,  Ph.  {TIN 


in  n.pr.,  Log8™1-''0  connects  with  Ar.  <j£\  a  fine, 
Yit.pay  the  price,  &  so  gain  the  right  of  possession ; 
cf.  Aram.  D,-1N  one  who  farms  land;  As.  mirsu, 
tribute,  Zehnpf  BA8,H8)— only  Pi.  Pu.;  Pi.  Pf. 
3ms.  bn.K  Dt2o7;  "nent?  2  S314;  i£  WfyTto 
Ho  221-21-22;  Imp/.  2  ms!  KHNTi  Dt  2^;— betroth 
(subj.man)  obj.  woman,  Wk  Dt  20"  2830;  sq. 
3  of  price  paid  to  father  &  *?  of  husband  2  S 
3";  3  of  gift  to  bride  &  b  of  husband  Ho  2s1-22, 
where  fig.  of  Yahweh's  covenant  mercy  to  Israel. 
Pu.  Pf.  3  fs.  n'Bnx  fee  betrothed,  c.  *6,  subj. 

nbvia  Ex  2215  Dt  22s8  (nSra  tjo);  P«.  f.  n'Bnfcp 

Dt  22s3,  where  affirmed  of  r6lrD  1JM  (sq.  i>  of 
husband)  v25'27  (in  both  subj.  ^5??n). 

l^ni"?  (to  rf«*«Ve,  request,  As.  £resw  DlrrB). 

TnttT)^  n.f.  desire,  request  (As.  erislu 

Dl,c)  only  cstr.  way  'k  ^2i3  (||k£  rwtn) 

request  granted  by  \ 
J"hN  v.  niix. 

tHFriptfTUTIN  n.pr.m.  Artaxerxes  (Pers. 
Artakhshatrd,  SpiegAFK68'207  ©  'Apraitpfo,  cf. 
BeRy  on  Ezr  4s3  7"-  Ne  i')'n  Ezr  4'  v.  BD102; 
KM^IWJIJ  Ezr47,  Knprnn-!«Ezr7in81  Ne2> 
5UI36;  Artaxerxes  I,  or  Longimanus,  son  & 
successor  of  Xerxes,  reigned  B.C.  465-424. 

T7S")ff^  n.pr.m.  a  descendant  of  Judah 
1  Ch  416  (the  latter  element  in  this  &  foil,  may 
be  38  God,  but  mng.  of  former  part  dub.  Thes 
comp.  1DN  bind,  quern  Deus  obligavit  sc.  voto). 

TH  ,fr<nC.'N  n.pr.m.  a  son  of  Asaph  1  Ch 
25"  cf.  nbkiff)  v14. 

T7^',"lU?St  n.pr.m.  a  Manassite  (Thes  vo- 
tum  Dei,  cf.  supr.)  Nu  2631  Jos  172  1  Ch  714. 
t^VirvtoM  adj.gent.'Sn  as  n.coll.Nu2631. 


ntfM 


Je  48, 45  ;  V  104,  4  . 


f.  &  m. 


Eft*  377  n.f.**9'23  (m. 
j«  »,  9 ,  jb  20.  26)  fire  (As  t-gato  COT  G1<"",  Syr.  )l&r, 

Eth.XA^:deriv.fr.n.tWK,JLjl,sociable,friendly 
element(MV  Wetzst  in  Dei'!"mra;ei  <■»*»  Lag™68 

cf.  i J\  iwjiU),  improb.  esp.  in  view  of  As.; 

dagheshprob.  secondary;  cf.  also  Sta*189b) — 'ti 
abs.Ex924+ ;  cstr.Lv62  +  (seld.);tsf.^KDt436 
Jbi85;  EDfK  Is  5011;  D#K  Is  66™ ;—l.  fire, 
of  conflagration,  e.g.  in  briers,  endangering  or 
destroying  crops  OH>  "«?»*  «%  *«*  Ex  22s  cf. 
32  E>N3  "1J?3  njen  (both  E);  more  often  of  de- 
liberate destruction  by  fire,  esp.  2^3  t[~\W  (3  c. 
qam.  preton.)  obj.  golden  calf  Ex  3220  (J),  other 


idols  THfM,  Asherim  i.2!,  chariots  Jos  11" 

2  K  231,  house  Ju  1 21  14",  tower  ga,  city-gates 
Ne  i3  231317,  city  Jos  624  Ju  1827  cf.  Is  i7  + ;  also 

3  e>x  rfev  Am  i4-710+  ;   e*x3  Tyn-nK  n^ 

tJu  I8  2048  cf.  2  K  812;  Bfcs'  "t^RTM  JVtfn 
Jos  8819  Je  i727+,  cf.  Ju  o/»  2  Si4»JI  (of 
field,  cf.  Ex  2  2s  supr.)  3.  of  supernatural 

fire,  attending  theophany  Ex  32  i918(both  JE) 
Dt  4ujwmmi+.  gpecif  g>x(n)  -may  Ex  i3nn 
i424(all  JE)  Nep1219  cf.  Dt  i33  (v.  BW-ntnD 
Nu  91516  P);  of  destructive  fire  from  "»  Nu  1 11" 
(J)  2610  (P)  Lv  io2(P);  cf.  tlfik  K  in  sim.  of 
Yahweh's  glory  Ex2417(E)  Dt424  9s;  v.  also 

1  K  182438  2  K  i'»>»'2i2"  Jb  i»(perh.  lightning 
intended),  cf.  further  of  lightning  Ex  gUM  (JE) 
i//  1 81314 1 48s  etc.  3.  fire  for  cooking,  roast- 
ing, parching,  etc.  B»X  v5f  roasted  at  a  fire  Ex 
i289  (P)  cf.  Lv  2"  2  Ch3513  Is  441619;  of  tinder 
for  lighting  fire  Gn  2267(E);  of  fire  for  melting 
(gold  for  the  idolatrous  calf)  Ex  3224;  for  re- 
fining Je  6W,  where  rd.  with  Qr  TVlBJf  DPI  S?KD; 
cf.  Mai  32  (sim.  of  purifying  work  of  messenger 
of  cov't).  4.  esp.  of  altar-fire  Lv  1"  6,AM  + ; 
in  offering  incense  Lv  1  o1,  also  rnt  E>K  strange 

fire,  i.e.  an  incense  not  commanded,  offered 
presumptuously  io1  Nu  34  2661;  fire  from  ^ 
consuming  sacrifice  (cf.  2)  Lv  9s4  2  Ch  71-8;  of 
fire  in  child-sacrifice  (usually  (i>)  B>K3  |3  T3JH ) 

2  K  163  2 16  cf.  1717  2310  2  Ch  33s;  also  'K3  IfW 
2  K 1 731,  'K3  IM  2  Ch  2  83.  5.  fig.  of  Yahweh's 
anger  ^  8947  (sim.)  cf.  Na  I6  La  24  tH^f^S 
Ez  2 136  2231  3819,  "nwpT5*K  Ez  366;  v.  also  Is 
6615  ^  79s  8947  etc.;  of  word  of  *  Je  23s9;  fig. 
of  outbursting  emotion  \j/  29*  '>  °f  flagrant 
wickedness  Is  917,  etc.  6.  in  various  com- 
binations, t&<  1^»  Gn  I517(J)  a  torch  of  fire 
(cf.  Di);  twrn?^  Ex  f  flame  of  fire,  t?S  31^  J0 
25,  t?i<  n^  (in  sim.)  Dn  io6  cf.  Zc  126,  ni3q^> 
VK  y\,  297  t?K  'i.nS  is  6615  cf.  Ttorb  'K  ^  10532, 
mrfc  '»  njl  Is  46'  cf.  Ho  76;  WK  3^  ,«parA  0/ 
/Js/re  Jb  1 8s  cf.  V*  n^l  4 1 " ;  K;«  ^Pl  ^,  2 1 10 
o»e»i  o/^re,  K*N  li>3  Zc  1 26;  B'N  "fa*  light  of  fire 
yj,  78";  Or??  VI*  flaming  fire  f  1044;  B*S  |W^ 
Is  524  tongue  of  fire,  B*t<  ^D?  Ez  I13  coaZs  o//re, 
so  io2,  cf.  tW  'B?-1!  Ct  86;  on  W  ^K  Ez  2814-16 
v.  f3S ;  m  VK  Dt  33s,  lit.  fire  of  a  law,  or  fire 
was  a  law,  but  1"H  /aw  is  Pers.  &  late;  rd.  perh. 

rh[sb]  m  cf.  Ex  2018  or  n-i[p;]  m  cf.  Is  65s. 

t[n©N]  n.f.  id.  Je  6s9  Kt  Dne-SfD)  i.e. /row 
tlieirfire,  but  Qr  DPI  t?KO,  v.  sub  SW. 

n©«  n.m.  Jo*13-14  an  offering  made  by  fire 
(>  Wetzst  in  Dep,"mw,•ed•4•889  der.  fr.  Vii.^K, 


era  ™ 

means  to  friendly  relations  betw.  God  &  man ; 
cf.  Lag8*"190)  Ex  2918+  32  t.;  cstr.  ntftt  Lvi9  + 
Mt.;  pi.  cstr.  ^K  Lv4J5+i5t.;  sf.  *Nu 
28s,  H0K  Lv610;  used  chiefly  of  offerings  of 
animals,  but  also  of  the  n^U?  Lv  2",  and  of  the 
sacred  bread  and  frankincense  Lv  247,9  which 
was  placed  on  the  table  as  a  memorial,  and 
finally  went  to  the  priests.  The  word  is  used 
in  Dt  181  Jos  1314  (D)  1  S  2s8;  elsewhere  in  P 
Lv6'°  10"  22s2  Nu2  823,  esp.  in  phrases  *B>M 

mm  Lv  2s  + 11 1.,  mm{>  nma  nn  neta  Lv  i9  + 
14 1.,  rmfy  nm*  rwm  m  Ex2918+6t.,  new 
nm  nn  nvrh  Lv  2313,  nm  nn|>  nvx  LV316  Nu 
18",  rmh  (wn)  ne>NEx29as  Lv215;  mm?  new 

ace.  after  verbs  of  offering  Ex  3020+  i4t.,  n#K 

mmb  nb'yjxu  28",  mm!>n|toi  fT"]gLv  2  2s7  Nu  1  s25. 

ttfM  2S14"  Mi610,  softer  form   for   the 

usual  B*  (q.v.),  there  is,  are.     (Cf.  Aram.  tJK, 

Ar.  (_^jI;  and  on  the  softening  of  ye,  yi  to  % 
seeEw""8"  Ol1"425  Nbf40c.) 

tbrHTN  11.pr.1n.  (=^N3E>K?  So  Thes;  more 

likely  i'yaK'K)  2nd  son  of  Benjamin  Gn  46s1 
(©  'Act^X)  Nu  26s18  (©  'A<rvl3nP)  1  Ch  81  (©  B 
2<./3a,  A  &  ©L  'Ao-fyX). 

t^JMCM  adj.gent.  'Nn  as  n.coll.  Nu  26s8. 

t)3ttM  n.pr.m.  a  chief  of  Edom  Gn  36s6 
1  Ch  I41  (etym.  dub.,  ©  'A<r/3ai/,'E<re/3ai<,'A<™/3a>i/). 

yzxpt*  v.  V2&. 

^5Dt!?N  v.  n^a-^'x. 

*UM$  (vof  following,  cf.  prob.  As.  isdu, 
foundation). 

TTvTN  n.[m.]  foundation,  bottom,  lower 
part  (slope)  (As.  isdu  cf.  LotzTP186;  >  others  fr. 
"IB/N,  ,jw  your,  Sab.  "IDX='IPDD  (npB*o)  DHM 
zmgiW^  whence /a«,  *Zope;  cf.  Di  Nu  2116) 
^VO?^    K  the  bottom  of  the  ravines  Nu2i16. 

TLmtTN]  n.f.  foundation,  (mountain-) 
slope  (cf.  supr.) — only  pi.  abs.  n^K*N  Jos  io40 
1 2s;  cstr.  rfn^K  Jos  1 23 1 320;  rilfK  Dt  3"  44'— 
mountain-slopes  Jos  io^'Nni  ni>BB>ni  3»ni  "inn; 
129  (||  id.  +  -mo);  elsewhere  defined  'N  Tinn 
njDSn  Dt317  4"  Jos  123  cf.  if. 

tTVTCM  n.pr.loc.  Ashdod  (As.  Asdudu, 

COT01""  DP*289;  Thes  MV  der.  fr.  V yvff  q.v.) 
a  powerful  city  of  the  Philistines  on  Mediterr. 
Sea,  "W.  from  Jerusalem,  modern  EsdUd,  Jos 
1122  1 5M47  (where  assigned  to  Judah)  1  S  5" 
(but  del.  Dr  cf.  @)  617  Am  i8  39  Zp  24  Zc  96  Is 


201  Je  25s0  2  Ch  266;  c.  n_  loc.  1  S  51  Is  2o>; 
'K  'EON  1  S  57;  appar.= territory  of  Ashdod 
2  Ch  266  "li^NS  Dnj?  ITJM.  (Cf.  Survey''442.) 
+  "Hi'TOW  adj.gent.  Ashdodite,  'Nn  n.sg. 
coll.  Jos  133;  usually  pi.  DHne>K(n)  1  S  536 
Ne  41,  and  as  adj.  f.  niHHB'X  O'E'J  Ne  1323  Kt 

(Qr  rii»"ne>N). 

t]"V,Ti,!$N  adv.  in  the  language  of  Ash- 
dod, i.e.  of  Philistines  Ne  1324  'N  *OTD. 

("7t£^  {support,  Vwhence  following). 

t  [n^«]  n.f.  (support)  buttress  (Ar.  ilj 
column,  support,  AW  No"113,  %  Nt&K,  pi.  Kn«E*lK, 
Kflll^lX)  only  pi.  sf.  buttresses  of  city  of  Babylon 

Je  5015  mnneta  Kt,  yrttfy  Qr  (||  mrfrtn). 

irWttN\    IV&W  n.pr.m.  (*«   supporteth) 

1.  imB^  king  of  Judah,  son  of  Amon  1  K  1 32 
2K212426  +  nt.  K,  +  i9t.  Ch,  +  17  t.  Je  + 
Zp  1 ' ;  also  Wl^fa  Je  2  7 '.  2 .  fi&b  a  returned 
exile  Zc  610. 

7WW  v.  sub  III.  tint. 


Qr  Pr  2020  v.  YXTK  sub  B»N. 

"ttlEN  n.pr.gent.  &  terr.  Asshur,  Assyria 
(As.  AsSur,  land  &  city  DlPa252  COT  on  Gn  214; 
Pers.  Athura,  Syr.  iol(';  on  the  connection 
with  name  of  god  ,4#Mr,&  with  '/~\Wtt,=-~\Wgood, 
gracious,  cf.  COT1-0';  v.  also  JenZA'1886'ir-  Schr 
ib.ni  Ntjib.268f.)        j    ^gsW  as  person;  2nd 

son  of  Shem  Gn  io22  (P,  in  table  of  nations) 
i  Ch  i17.  2.  people  of  Asshur  (oft.  as  invading 
army  &  even  world-power)  Nu  2  ^n  (poem  of 
Balaam) Ho  1 22 144  Is  io5 1425 19"***  2313  3031 
3i8524La56Ez235  27s  32s2  (here  fern.)  Zcio"; 
f  839  perh.  rd.  **>|,  cf.  2  S  29  sub  ""Wj;  or  (if 
^83  be  late)  regard  TW^J  (like  p.??V  t'6.)  as  used 
because  of  ancient  significance;  sts.  personified 
as  one  Is  io6  EZ313  (but  del.  Co  q.v.),  cf.  also  Mi 
5"  Zp  213;  'N  run?  2  Kigsi=la3'j*;  'N  'jf  Ez 
1 6s8  2  37-912'23.  '  3.  ?a«d  of  Assyria  Gn  2  M  1  o" 
Ho5137118993io6Isii1116i923Je218MMi712Zc 


io10;  >T|^NGn25'8  IS1923  2K1529  17623  18"; 
n^«pKIs718  2713  Hon11  Mi  55.  4.  esp.  ^O 
"WBfc  Is  84  io12  2o!'4-6(prob.  gloss  Is  717'20  87)  2K 
i519  +  4it.  2K;  i4t.Is36-38;iCh56p^)  + 
i3t.Ch;  also  Je501718  Na318Ezr42;  (only  Ezr 
6s2  of  Persian  or  any  king  not  strictly  Assyr- 
ian); note  also  'N  ?]?Bn  Is 36s'6  ('N  perh.  gloss, 
cf.  Di  who  holds  same  view  as  to  2  K  1 823-31) ; 
'N^D2Ki911'17=Is37u'182Ch2816306Ne932. 
tO"Vltt?tjf   n.pr.gent. pi.    an "  Arab    tribe 


traced  back  to  Abraham  &  Keturah  Gn  25s 
cf.  Di. 

"Mm*  adj. gent.  1*J  as  n.coll.  2  S  29,  but 
rd.  perh.  *"JWtyl  q.v.,  cf.  also  We  Dr ;  Kbh  Klo 
al.  rd.  netan  &  comp.  Ju  i32. 

"WMjfcJ  v.  nne\ 

tNtyiPN  n.pr.[m.]  a  god  of  Hamath  2K 
1730,  otherwise  wholly  unknown. 

t[^A]  n.[m.]  testicle  (Syr.  Jja*./1',  Eth. 
Jifth/h  etym.  unknown)  only  Iflfe  nilD  Lv  2 120. 

t  SiStfM  (5*^  Ct  78)  n.m.  Nul3-23  cluster 
(Eth.  RflilA:  Ar.  J\5o|,  Aram.  nfo««;  etym. 
dub.;  Thes  MV  sub  VblW,  but  no  suitable 
meaning  proven ;  Sta*268'300  der.  fr.  -/"je>X  0. 
afformat.  b)— '«  abs.  Nui324  +  ;    cstr.  v^+J 

pi.  niba^K  Ct  f;  cstr.  r6??te  Dt  32s2,  tibyft 

Ct79;  sf.n*r63E'«Gn4010;— 1.  cZwster  of  grapes, 
B*3$  'K  Nu  1 3s3  cf.  v24;  vid.  also  Gn  4010  &&B\ 
D*33V  'S  t"i«  clusters  ripened  grapes;  hence 
fig.  of  deeds  of  enemies  of  Israel,  clusters  of  gall 
have  they  Dt  3232  (||  «*1  *3jy);  fig.  of  Isr.  Is  65s 

'xa  Bflrwjn  s;rc>>;  Mi  71  ^3*6  ^ia?te  px  fig.  of 

desolation  of  Israel  under  Yahweh's  judgment; 
Ct  f  in  sim.  JS3n  Jl'i^KS  "tfff  cf.  v8  (where 
Thes  MV  think  of  ciusters  of  dates,  v.  "ion 
palm-tree,  ib.)  2.  cluster  of  henna-flowers, 
"iS3n  'X  (v.  ^3),  metaph.  of  the  beloved  one 
Ct  1 ".    (Cf.  GrunwaldIs^a<,1'  Letlerb°<ie. *■*• xi'  148M 

T73tL'N  n.pr.  1.  m.  an  Amorite,  brother 
of  Mamre,  dwelling  in  neighbourhood  of  Hebron 
Gni413M.  2.  in  combination  bty*  bm  Nu 
1 3s3  Dti24;  Sto^X  'i  Nui3M329;— valley  of 
Eshcol,  =  valley  of  a  cluster,  region  of  Hebron 
(cf.  1 3s2);  in  1324  der.  fr.  'x  cluster,  q.v.;  see 
however  Di  ad  loc. 

B3tt/M  n.pr.m.    1.  a  descendant  of  Japhet 

Gn  io3=  1  Ch  i6;  =  2.  a  northern  people  JeSi27 
W2^K1  »JO  DT»j  ni3?pp  (perh.  a  people  of 
Bithynia, =Ascan(ians)  +  az  ending  of  Armen. 
patronymics,  v.  esp.  Len0r"-3s8f,)  also  Lag06* 

Abhu.dl.2Mf.  TJiGn  io3.    but  v     LagArm.n.Stud.l^ 
"GttJN  V.  II.  13B>. 


am 


hwi 


f$   (be  firm,  firmly  rooted,  cf.  Ar.  j}| 
be  firm). 

t^ttJN  n. 


,m.  tamarisk-tree  (Ar.  JJ1,  Sab. 
bm  Sab!  Denkm.66  cf.  DHM88"*58;  on  an  Aram. 
*bm  v.  Low"0-38;  cf.  TristrFFP26°)  planted  by 
Abraham  Gn  2i33(J);  in  1S226  Saul  is  dwell- 


ing nona  ifxrrnrro  n?a?a;  3i»  gaul  and  his 
sons  are  buried  'NnTirW;  it  was  perh.  a  sacred 
tree,  marking  shrine. 

t  DttW,  DBfc  vb.  offend,  be  guilty  (Ar. 

^>\,  id.,  ^Jl,  reum  judicavit,  '\J\,  "l^,  fault, 
guilt,  mulct,  cf .  Eth.  fhvy°-)~  DB>X  Lv  5  "  Nu  57; 
am  Hb  1 "  +  7  t. ;  flD^X  Nu  5« ;  riosfN  Pr  3010; 
TO  Ez  2  24;  WS  Lv4'3;  7mp/'ci^  H041' 
+  13  t.;  Inf.  abs.  tim  LV519;  DitW  Ez2512;— 

1.  commit  an  offence,  a  trespass,  do  a  wrong,  or 
an  injury,  with  ? :  niiT7  De*X  OB'S  /i«  hath  done 
a  great  wrong  to  Yahweh  (in  violating  the  com- 
mands) Lv519(P);  \b  DB>X  1B*£  ]r\i)  and  he 
shall  give  it  (restitution)  to  him  to  whom  lie  did 
wrong  Nu  57(P),  cf.  2  Ch  191010;  D\m  ttffen 
and  tliey  committed  lasting  wrong  (irreparable 
wrong,  the  Edomites  against  Judah)  Ez  2512. 

2.  be  or  become  guilty  Ju  2122  Je  507  Ho  4" 
Hb  1";  in  offences  requiring  sin-offering  Lv 
413'22-27  (P),  of  trespass-offering  Lv  5s-3-'7-23  Nu  5' 
(P);  with  b  guilty  of  Lv  546  (P),  with  3  in  or 
through  Ez  2  24  Ho  131.  3.  be  held  guilty, 
bear  punishment  V'3422'23  Pr3010  Is  24s  Je  23 
H0515  io2  141  Zc  116  Ez66  (but  cf.  D»B>). 
Niph .  *DE>X3  suffer  punishment  Jo  I ls.  Hiph. 
Impf.  sf.  DO'B^n  declare  them  guilty  ^  5". 

tD#H  adj.  guilty/x  abs.  2814";  pl.tTOKte 

Wnx~;>X  Gn  42s'  (E);  guilty,  and  so  bound  to 
offer  a  trespass-offering  Ezr  io19;  but  rd.  prob. 
DD&'XI    so  Kuechroao1' v' h' Perllsch°  TUdv»k.  1890. 43 

QttJN  n.m.  offence,  guilt — '«  Gn  26'°  + 
37  tl/sf.  iDBfc  Nu  57  +  7  t.;— 1.  offence, 
trespass,  fault  ty  68s2  [guiltiness  RV).  2. 
guilt  Gn  2610  (J)  Pr  149  Je  515.  3.  compen- 
sation, lvK  DEW  ^T??  to  whom  to  return  the 
compensation  (or  satisfaction  for  injury)  Nu  578 
(P ;  restitution  for  guilt  RV).  4.  trespass- 
offering  ( AV,  but  guilt-offering  RV)  used  only 
in  Lv  5,  610  7,  14,  I92'22  Nu  5,  6'2  i89(P),  & 
Ez  4039  4213  44s9  4620,  cf.  Ezr  io19.  This  offering 
seems  to  have  been  confined  to  offences  against 
God  or  man  that  could  be  estimated  and  so 
covered  by  compensation.  The  ordinary  tres- 
pass-offering was  a  ram,  together  with  restitu- 
tion and  a  penalty  of  a  fifth  of  its  value.  The 
trespass-offerings  of  the  leper  and  Nazirite 
were  he-lambs  Lv  14  Nu  612;  if  the  person  who 
suffered  wrong  or  his  kinsmen  were  not 
living  the  fine  went  to  the  priests.  The  vic- 
tims were  offered,  the  blood  and  fat  pieces 
going  to  the  altar,  the  skin  and  flesh  to  the 
priests.    There  seems  to  have  been  no  applica- 


nwrw 


tion  of  the  blood  to  the  horns  of  the  altar  (the 
chief  ceremony  of  the  sin-offering)  because  the 
guilt  was  not  expiated  at  the  altar  but  by 
compensation  to  the  wronged  person  or  his 
representative.  A  part  of  the  blood  of  the  leper's 
trespass-offering  was  applied  to  his  person  to 
consecrate  him  (as  in  the  case  of  the  ram  of 
consecration  to  consecrate  the  priests  Lv  8s3). 
The  trespass-offering  is  unknown  to  JED  and 
the  older  Hebrew  literature.  However,  the 
Philistines  send  an  DB*N  of  golden  mice  and 
tumours  I  S  6  3-4-8-17,  and  an  DE>N  of  money  was 
given  to  the  priests  2  K  1217,  but  these  are 
entirely  different  from  the  trespass-offering  of 
P.  The  Messianic  servant  offers  himself  as  an 
DE>N  in  compensation  for  the  sins  of  the  people, 
interposing  for  them  as  their  substitute  Is  5310 
(incorrectly,  sin-offering  AV  1W).  See  further 
Oeliler^^'^DiLvs14. 

TrTOtrS!  n.f.  wrong-doing,  guiltiness 
(properly  Inf.  cf.  fnnK,  n*T)— 'K  Lv2216  + 
5  t.,  cstr.  DDE*  Ezr  io104-3  t. ;  sf.  inotfK  Lv 
524  +  6  t.;  pi.  niDBte  2Ch2810;  sf.  "ntOpX  ■f  69"; 
— 1.  doing  wrong,  committing  a  trespass  or 
offence  2  Ch  2418  28">131313  (||nNBnv13)  32s3  Ezr 

9M-13-"  (||  PV  v13)  ^696(||n^N):  njfgp  nato  tap 

H3  TOE'tO  of  all  tlutt  one  may  do  wrong  therein 
Lv  5s6  (P;  ||  H3na  Kbn^  v22).  2.  becoming  guilty 
1  Ch  2 13  Ezr  io1019;  DVn  np^Kb  KOP1J  sin  to  the 
becoming  guilty  of  the  people  (so  that  the  people 
incur  guilt)  Lv  43 ;  [VipS?  np^K  guilt  of  Samaria 
(their  idols)  Am  814.  3.  bringing  a  trespass- 
offering,  iriDC'K  Di'3  in  the  day  of  his  bringing 
his  trespass-offering  LV524;  HDE'X  fIJJ  iniquity 
requiring  a  trespass-offering  Lv  2216. 

m^intCN  (rvnn-  mtor)  v.  -op. 

t         :    -  \     7 

D^Ottfa  v.  |DB>. 

]ltfi$  (•/assumed  for  foil.;  perh.  be  hard, 
firm,  cf.  Aram.  *}*$»,  «?T?.  something./^™). 

triDlTN  n.pr.loc.  (the  firm  f)  name  of  two 
cities  in  Judah.     1.  Jos  1533.     2.  v43. 

n^ffiN  v.  3JB>. 

T  ;     v 

]yc?«  v.  i»e>. 

t[nt^^]  a.m.  conjurer,  necromancer 
(prob.  Bab.  loan-word,  As.  a&ipu  COTG1°"  cf. 
DlPrl4,)  Aram,  *$$,  is***!';  v.  also  As.  siptu, 
conjuration)  only  pi.  D'BBfc  Dn  iM  (||D"QB-in), 

22  (||  fi,  CEiebs,  D*i{ps). 

*1l^K  (*/rf  'lut>-  meaning,  whence  foil.) 


80  ItfM 

T  nSffiS  n.f.  quiver  for  arrows  (As.  Upatu 
D1K29)  'x  lit.  as  part  of  warlike  equipment  Jb 
3923  Is  2  26;  fig.  in  sim.  of  sons  of  one's  youth  as 
arrows  (weapons  which  the  father  may  wield) 
f  1 27s  DHO  iriEB'N-riK  K.k)  -IB>K  "oari  neil  the 
happiness  of  the  man  that  hath  filled  his  quiver 
with  them  1  of  Yahweh's  quiver,  in  metaph.  of 
prophet  as  arrow  of  <!>  Is  49s  "1113  yr6  Wr'J! 
'^r"??  ln??'^3  and  he  made  me  into  a  -polished 
arrow,  in  his  quiver  he  hid  me;  also  of  quiver 
in  which  ''  has  his  arrows  of  chastisement,  V>3 
inB^K,  i.e.  his  arrows  La  3"  (||fD  v12). 

tT3Btt$M  n.pr.m.  the  D'Dncon    chief  of 

eunuchs,  of  Nebuchadrezzar  Dn  i3  (meaning 
unknown). 

t-MBtfN  2S6»=iChi63;  ©  2S619  Aq. 
Symm.  cake  or  roll;  other  Verss.  ancient  & 
mod.  have  various  conjectures,  but  actual  etym. 
&  mng.  unknown;  v.  LagGGA1884-No-7'aa-'"-2" 

Dr8m 

riBttk?,  ninstpw  v.  n«>. 

tn  7plEN  n.pr.loc.  a  city  of  the  Philistines 
(As.  Isqaluna  COT010"  Dl"290;  Ph.  adj.gent.cf. 
infr.)  Ju  i18  i419  1  S  617  2  S  i20  Je  2520  47"  Am 
i8  Zp  247  Zc  9";  on  the  Medit.  Sea,  S.  of  W.  fr. 
Jerusalem,  mod.  'Asqaldn,  Survey'"-2*7'  (with 
plan);  cf.  also  ZPV"164'- 

"b]*!7pttJN  adj. gent.  c.  art.  as  subst.  1W 
Jos  133  (Ph.  ^pCX). 

j-  [^ti'K]  vb.  go  straight,  go  on,  advance 
(As.asdru  ZimBP";  Ar.  Aram,  in  deriv.) — Qal 
Imv.  V1B>K  Pr  96  nr3  TJTia  Ti^K  go  straight  on 
in  the  way  of  understanding.  Pi.  Pf  Vkfl* 
Mai  312  Gn  3013 ;  Impf.  "Hfc?  Pr  4"  +  4 1.  J  Imv. 
IBto  pr  2319;  Pt.  pi.  B^Bfcp  Mai  316+  2t.;— 1. 
intensive  go  straight  on,  advancePr4u.  2.  caus- 
ative lead  on  Pr  2319  Is  312  915.  3.  set  right, 
Tighten  Is  1 17.  4.  pronounce  happy,  call  blessed 
Gn3o13  (J)  Jb29n  ^72"  Pr3i28  Ct69  Mai 
3»».  Pu.  Impf.  mti$l  ^4i3;  Pt.-M*®  Pr318 
Is  915.  1.  be  led  on  Is  916.  2.  be  made  happy, 
blessed  ^4i3  Pr  318. 

t[-ltt>N,  or  TOSH,  cf.  Lag81'143]  n.[m.]  only 
PI.  cstr.  'IB'K  happiness,  blessedness  of  1  K 
io8+  32t.&c.sf.,v.infr.;  abstr.intens.exclam.O 
the  happiness,  blessedness  of,  <H#*  Vflft  1|fe 
r^X  *p!3j;  liappy  thy  men,  happy  these  thy  ser- 
vants iK  io8  (=2Ch97);  «n^  &%  Tf* 
rii^K  blessed  the  man  whom  Eloah  correcleth  Jb 


-itfN  81 

517;  VI  W?  "tyt  blessed  the  perfect  in  way 
V'  1 191;  1'1D«  1"J?  ^f «  blessed  hischildren  after 
him  Pr207;    elsewhere  cstr.  with  E"JN  V'S2' 

846.ia  Pr3is  834  28n.  with  -,aan  ^34**40'  9412 
1276;  B^W)^!1  H21;  Bn3NIs562;  <ta&:f  33H; 
nyn  ^,8916  1441515;  before'ptcp.  f  212  321  412 
84s  106s  119s  1281  Is  3018  Dn  1212;  before 
verbal  clauses  without  relative  ^  65s  Pr  832; 
with  y  ^  13789  1465;  with  sf.  Y#t  (for 
T1W)  0  thy  happiness  !  Dt  33™  f  1 282;  VW* 
Ec'io17;  D3nK*S  IS3220;  VIB'K  Pr  14"  1620; 
WTrtJ  Pr  2918(on  these  forms'v.  Ges!93-B1'K). 

t[-ivr&]  n.[m.]  happiness,  only  sf.  ,-lf?3 
in  my  happiness  Gn  3013  (J). 

tf"VttJ»,  lltTN]  n.f.  *«'19step,  going  (cf. 

Ar.yM  ,  ')\,  Eth.  hvC:  footstep)  only  sf.il^ 
Jb  23"  Pr  1416;  Tflftj  ^  175;  nzta  V403  732; 
irnr'K  ^44";  VJE>K:  ^37",  all 'poet.  &  fig.  of 
mode  of  life,  etc. 

T["HLSN]  n.f. Jb31'7  step,  going,  same  usage, 
ntSte  Jb3i7;  «"!$Kf  17". 

TltTS  n.pr.m.  Asher  (Iiappy  one,  Felix, 

cf.  Ph.  rPBHBW,  which  however  may  contain 
(god)  Asshur  or  Osiris,  cf.  Bae"6' 161).  1.  son  of 
Jacob  and  Zilpah  Gn  3013  3526  4617  Ex  i4  Nu 
26"  1  Ch  22.  2.  the  tribe  Gn  4920  Nu  i13  Dt 
2713  3324M  Jos  171011  1934  Ju  i31  517  6s6  7s3  1  K 
416  1  Ch  1236  2  Ch  3011  Ez  482-3;M;  f^  'J»  Nu 
i40  2s7  772  io26  26M47  34s7  Jos  19s4-31  1  Chf"-40; 
-\m  nap  Nu  i41  2s7  1313  Jos  21630  1  Ch  647M. 
3.  n.pr.loc.  city  E.  of  Shechem  Jos  177. 

t  "n\r>K  adj .gent.  c.  art.  'K?  as  n.coll.  Ju  i32. 

torntfN,  in'N  na  Ez  2  76  (rd.  DneterB  with 
box-wood  Bo  Hi  MV  Co  al.,  cf.  foil.) 

t  -rt&Stri  n.f :  box-tree  (on  form  cf.  Sta 5  ■) 
Is  4 119  6013  Ez  27*  (cf.  supr.)  a  small  evergreen 
tree  about  20  feet  high,  growing  on  Lebanon, 
Bo  TristrN"-Hlst-E",-3S9,  so  33  £  RV.  (Others 
sherbin,  a  species  of  cedar  distinguished  by  the 
smallness  of  its  cones  and  the  upward  direction 
of  its  branches,  cf.  Thes  RobGes.) 

tmttHrrPttJN  2  K  17"  n.pr.f.  Ashera 

t"  -:  t    ■■  -: 

(As.  n.pr.f.  As-ra-tu,  c.  sign  for  deity,  in  Ca- 
naanitish  n.pr.  Abad-Asratum,  servant  of  A. 
SchrZA1888M3,  cf.  Wkl  &  AbelTh<"",",mmd,-B1Am*rM 

ii.No.77,1.9^    &    gayceBF2.H.67,UL71.    Qn    deriv.   Cf.   As. 

aiirat,  adj.  fem.  gracious,  COT0'08*):— usually 
with  the  art. :  prob.  a.  a  Canaanitish  goddess 
of  fortune  &  happiness ;  having  prophets  i  K 
1819,  an  image  i513=2  Ch  1516  2  K  217,  sacred 


vessels  2  K  23',  houses  v7.  b.  a  symbol  of  this 
goddess,  a  sacred  tree  or  pole  set  up  near  an 
altar  1  K  1633  2  K  i3«  17"  184  213  23"";  prohi- 
bited Dt  1 6';  burnt  by  Gideon  Ju  6B mnM. 
PI.  r>VlE>K  a.  the  goddess  Ju  3'  (prob.  error  for 
nnn^y  33).  b.  sacred  trees  or  poles  2  Ch  1 9s  33'; 
elsewhere  D'lB'S  id.  Is  279+  12  t.;  sf.  Mi  5"  + 
S  t.;— Ex  34I3(J)  Dt  7s  1 23  Is  1 79  2 7"  Je  1 7s"  Mi 
5ia  l  K1415.23  2Ki710  23"  2  Ch  142 17«  24"  311 
33"  343-47.— (Cf.  also  StaZAW1881'S44f-  ESB™"-UT"- 
""•We™,  who  think  'n  only  the  sacred  pole.) 

")t£^  part,  of  relation  (Moab.  id.;  origin 
dub. :  1.  ace.  to  TsepreghiDI"L,"!d- *■  m  Muhlau84- 

Lb.il.79ll.  g^Morg.  Foiwh.  1875, 188  i  Lb.  (117  Hommel2*0  W78, 
708*     M(ill»l»3      SayceH1,r.ll.51     LagM-i.^     &      egp. 

KraetzschmarHbrrl'2<*ff,  orig.  a  subst.  'place' 
=Jj1  footstep,  mark,  bwCl  (do.),  "ITIK,  iff 
place,  As.  aSru,  used  (v.  Kraetz.)  both  as  a 
subst. '  there,  where,'  and  as  a  relative  of  place 
'where':  in  Heb.  this  development  has  ad- 
vanced further,  and  it  has  become  a  relative 
sign  generally.  The  chief  objection  to  this 
explanation  is  that  it  would  isolate  Heb.  from 
the  other  Semitic  languages,  in  which  pronouns 
are  formed  regularly  from  demonstrative  roots 
(cf.  also  NbZMG1886'™).  2.  according  to  Phi 

st-  °- n  Sperling  NoU  B"1- lm  Hel,r- m' *"*  for  iffc,  de- 
veloped from  the  relative  E>  (q.v.)  by  (i)  the 
prefixing  of  either  a  merely  prosthetic  X,  or, 
tetter,  a  pronominal  X  (giving  rise  to  CN,  the 
form  of  the  relative  in  Ph.),  and  (2)  the  addi- 
tion of  the  demonstr.  root  7  [found  also  in  t>N, 
f^N,  n$>n  (q.v.),  i^jji  he  who,  Art:  wlw  (pi.)]: 
the  main  objection  to  this  explanation  is  the 
change  of  b  to  "I,  which  is  hardly  rendered 
probable  by  the  comp.  of  Syr.  \oiet  by  side  of 
Targ.  N??^.  1  seems  preferable,  the  primi- 
tive root  having  acquired  different  significa- 
tions in  the  different  Semitic  languages,  and 
having  been  weakened  in  Heb.  to  a  mere 
particle  of  relation).  A  sign  of  relation, 
bringing  the  clause  introduced  by  it  into  rela- 
tion with  an  antecedent  clause.  As  a  rule  "^ 
is  a  mere  connecting  link,  and  requires  to  be 
supplemented  (see  the  grammars)  by  a  pron. 
affix,  or  other  word,  such  as  Of,  defining  the 
nature  of  the  relation  more  precisely:  e.g.  Gn 
1 "  i3~iJHT  IS'K  lit.  as  to  which,  its  seed  is  in  it 
=  in  which  is  its  seed,  ijr  I4  like  the  chaff 
nn  13S'in~K5'X  as  to  which,  the  wind  drives  it 
=which  the  wind  drives,  etc.;  &  so  Of. .  .IB* 
=where,  D^t?  . .  .y*=wlience,  Gn  2"  3a  20" 
etc.      Sometimes  also   (v.  infr.)  the   relation 

G 


•TOM  82 

expressed  by  it  is  specifically  temporal,  local, 
causal,  etc.      More  particularly 

1.  it  includes  its  pronominal  antece- 
dent, whether  in  the  nom.  or  obi.  cases, 
as  Nu  226  1NV  ikn  -KW1  and  he  whom  thou 
cursest  is  cursed,  Ex412  and  I  will  teach  thee 
TfTfl  "IBS*!  that  which  thou  shalt  say;  and 
with  particles  or  prepositions,  as  "IS*?*  1"IN 
(ace.  to  the  context)  him  who...,  those  who..., 
tliat  which...;  "V-hQ  to  him  who...  Gn  4316,  to 
tltose  who ...  47M,  to  tliat  which  27s;  nt5>KD  Ju 
i6ao2Si818  than  those  whom;  LV2724  ~f^2 
1P1XD  M\i\>  to  him  from  whom  he  bought  it,  Nu 
57;  Is  24s  fa  N2>3  "1?'y?  like  him  against  whom 
there  is  a  creditor.  2.  instances  of  "Wi 

followed  by  a  pron.  affix,  or  by  QB>,  nDK*,  DBto, 
are  so  common  that  the  exx.  cited  above  will 
be  sufficient.  Very  rarely  there  occurs  the 
anomalous  constr.  "f*K  D?  Gn  3132  for  to?  nB>S< 

(see  Gn  44°),  f*M  Is  4712  for  DH3  jfa,  "0t£ 
for  dn^..,*^  EZ2340:  f  119*  see  under 
nt?X  Pp.  It  is  followed  by  the  pron.  in  the 
nomin.,  in  the  foil,  cases: — (a)  immediately, 
mostly  before  an  adj.  or  ptcp.,  Gn  9s  all 
moving  things  VI'MWl  IK'S  which  are  living, 
Lvn26  Nu  913 14827  3531  Dt  2050  1S1019  (v.  Dr) 
2K25"  (HJC5225  n\n)  Je278  EZ4319  Hgi9 
Ru  4"  Ne  218  Ec  7s6 ;  before  a  vb.  2  K  2 2"  (omit- 
ted 2  Ch  3421).  (b)  in  a  negative  sentence,  at  the 
end:  Gn  72 1 712  Nu  1 7'  Dt  1 715  KWl  ym  t6  yfc 
who  is  not  thy  brother,  2015  Ju  1912  1  K  84l|| 
920  ||.  N.B.  V  163  M§f\  jnN3  Tfa  Lb  an  unpa- 
ralleled expression  for  'who  are  in  the  land'; 
rd.  '51  TW  non  jn«a  f«  'the  saints  that 
are  in  the  land,  they  (nDil)  are  the  nobles,  in 
whom,'  etc.  3.  sometimes  (though  rarely) 
the  defining  adjunct  is  a  pron.  of  1  or  2  ps.  as 
well  as  of  3  ps.  In  such  cases  it  is  strictly  to 
be  rendered  I  who ...,  thou  who,  etc. ;  Ho  1 4* 
Din;  Drrv  iJ3-V^N  thou  by  whom  the  fatherless 
is  compassionated!  Je3i82  /,  whose  covenant 
they  brake,  3219  Is  4923  Jb  3717''  thou  whose 
garments  are  warm...,  canst  thou?  etc.,  1^71 
nM  14412  we  whose  sons,  etc.,  13915  my  frame 
was  not  hidden  from  thee,  nriDa  >l?|flpftt— 
/  v)ho  was  wrought  in  secret  (= though  7  was 
wrought  in  secret),  EX1413  for  ye  who  have 
seen  the  Egyptians  to-day, — ye  shall  not  see 
them  again  for  ever!  (cf.  Vmi9)-  4-  the 

defining  pron.  adjunct  is  dispensed  with — a. 
when  "•S'K  represents  the  simple  subj.  of  a 
sentence,  or  the  direct  obj.  of  a  vb.:  so  con- 
stantly, as  Gn  21  the  work  nb^f  ng>X  which 


"TOM 


he  made,  3'  the  tree  fan  Tjina  IS'S  which  is 
in  the  midst  of  the  garden,  etc.  b.  after 
words  denoting  time,  place,  or  manner,  so  that 
~W%  then  becomes  equivalent  to  when,  wliere, 
why:  (a)  Gn  64  nB>K  I?  *XJ*  afterwards,  when, 
etc.  (cf.  2  Ch  3520)  456  there  are  still  5  years 
v*V}  P$?  yfe  when  there  shall  be  no  plowing, 
Jos  1410  i'k  22*;  after  Off  or  Di»n  Dt  410  Ju 
4"  1  S  24s  (v.  Dr)  2  S  1925  Je  2014  al.;  simi- 
larly Gn  4013.  ((3)  Gn  3513  inx  nan  nata  Dipraa 
in  the  place  where  he  spake  with  him,  v14  3920 
Nu  I3272  226  Dt  i31  in  the  desert  which  thou 
sawest,  where  (accents  Ke  Di),  815  iK8'  (unless 
nnan  nSrrb  has  here  fallen  out:  v.  ©  &  Dt  9") 
Is  55"  6410  f  844.  So(y)in  "«#*  b$  to  (the  place) 
which  (or  whither)  Ex  32s4  Ru  I16;  yfofyfa 
to  every  (place)  whither  Jos  1 ,6  Pr  1 78;  nB>SQ  in 
(the  place)  where  tJu  s27 1789  1  S  2313  2  K  81 
Rui1617  Jb393»,  once  only  with  Uf  Gn2i17; 
yfe  ?ba  wheresoever  Jos  i7-9  Ju  216  1  S  1447 185 
2S77  2  K  187;  IB'KD /rom  (the  place)  wtere= 
whencesoeveriTLx5nJlxi2<>;  "V^jj"??  to(the  place) 
whither  (or  which)  2  S  15s0  1  K 1812;  "f*ip$"^S 
Je  i7.  (8)  ...T^K  iyp  fit  this  is  the  reason 
that  or  w%  •  •  •  J°s  54  1  K  1 127.  c.  more 
extreme  instances  Lv  I422-30-31  Nu  621,  Dt  719 
(wherewith),  2820 1  S  232(wherein),  1  K  2s6  Ju815 
(about  whom),  Is  812  (where  nDN*  would  be 
foil,  normally  by  v),  316  turn  ye  to  (him  as  to) 
whom  they  have  deeply  rebelled,  4716  Zp3n 
Ec  39, 1  K 1 419  (=how).  d.  it  is  dispensed  with 
only  in  appearance  after  ('31  "^nON)  1DK  *Kfa 
followed  by  the  words  used,  its  place  being 
really  taken  by  a  pron.  in  the  speech  which 
follows,  as  Gn  317  the  tree  as  to  which  I  com- 
manded thee  saying,  Thou  shalt  not  eat  from 
it,  Ex  228  Dt  28s8  Ju  74  (flj)  816  (where  the  noun 
repeated  takes  the  place  of  the  pron.,  cf.  Dt  92) 

iB9B(ng-+;  cf.2s  1116  2K1712  214.      5. 

*HfT|  sts.  in  poet. = one  who,  a  man  who  (men 
who),  Saris,  o'lTivtt,  ^  244  5520  9545  Jb  419  5s  9s 
(Hi)  1517.  6.  W  occas.  receives  its  closer 
definition  by  a  subst.  following  it,  in  other 
words,  its  logical  antecedent  is  inserted  in  the 
rel.  clause  :  (a)  in  the  phrase  peculiar  to  Je., 
y  b*  '"  nan  n;n  IB*  that  which  came  (of)  the 
word  of  *  to  Je.  t'141  461  471  49s4  (cf.  Ew'334)  ; 
(b)  Ex  259  Nu  334  1  S  2530  2  K  8'2  126  bbb 
:pna  DB>  M^rTIi  Ez  1225;  cf.  the  Eth.  usage 
Di*201;  (c)(antec.  rei>eated)Gn  4930=  5013, 1 S  25s9 
(''  repeated),  Is  54s  (prob.)  as  to  which  I  sware 
that,  etc.,  Ams1  which  I  take  up  over  you  (as) 
a  dirge.  7.  v  na'K  tttat   (belongs,  belong, 


-HtfM  83 

belonged)  to,  is  used  a.  either  alone  or  preceded 
by  "i'S  to  express  (all)  that  (belongs)  to,  as  Gn 
1 423  Tp-ffrP|9  of  all  that  is  <Atne,  31 '  TBtoO 
C^Kp  of  that  which  was  our  father'*,  3224  &  sent 
over  i?~TB>K"nx  </(a<  wtacA  /i«  Aad,  +  oft.  b. 
as  a  circumlocution  of  the  genitive,  as  Gn  29° 
rPDsb  -IB*  JNSn-Dy  with  the  sheep  that  were 
her  father'*,  406  47*  Lv  98  Ju  6"  1  S  25'  D*?rn 

iS'ts'K,  2S1431  'brBte  ni^nrrnK,  23s  1K1833 

Y"TJ%j  ^^ISl1  ?y  upon  mine  own  mule,  v49  4s 
2  K  1 110  1613  Ru  22';  and  esp.  in  the  case  of  a 
compound  expression  depending  on  a  single 
genit.,  as  Gn  23"  405  4143  fc^f^  "5^??  *WP 
the  chariot  of  the  second  rank  which  he  had, 
Ex  3830  Ju  320  6M  1  S  1740  2 18  TfK  D'jnn  T3K 
PINEO  the  mightiest  of  Saul's  herdmen,  24s 
iWWyjte  ^vt?n"S)33-n?,  2  S  28  Saul's  captain 
of  the  host,  1  K  io28  1520  2231  Je  5217  Ru  4'. 
C.  with  names  of  places(esp.suchasdo  not  readily 
admit  the  st.  cstr.)  Ju  1828 1914  fV$$  TE^N  nyaan 
Gibeah  (the  hill)  of  Benjamin,  204  1S171  iK 
IgW  1615  179  193  2K14".  Comp.  bf  (q.v.) 
which  in  Rabb.,  like  the  Aram,  -yi,  -'%-?,  is 
in  habitual  use  as  a  mark  of  the  genitive. — 
N.B.  In  Aram,  also  **J,  ?,  without  7,  expresses 
the  gen.  relation,  as  6*3?K)~,"7  NO??,  lit.  the  word, 
that  of  the  king=the  word  of  the  king.  The 
few  apparent  cases  of  a  similar  use  of  "it^X  are, 
however,  too  foreign  to  the  general  usage  of 
the  language  to  be  regarded  otherwise  than  as 
due  to  textual  error :  1  S  1 3"  read  TDK  TE>i;j 
(or  Dfc>  Ex  1 95)  bipcq  (®  ttire) ;  I K 1 125  supply 
n&V  (®  f,v  hnhytfr);  2  K  2510  supply  n«  with 
(as  ||  Je  5214) ;  2  Ch  34s2  read T]ban  1DK  "IB^I  (cf. 
©)  and  those  whom  the  king  appointed  (abbre- 
viated from  2  K  22");  cf.  EwfB*'b  with  note. 
8.  TE>K.  becomes,  like  Aram.  "I,  ?,  a  conj. 
approximating  in  usage  to  '?:  thus  9,.=-quod, 
on,  that,  subordinating  an  entire  sentence  to  a 
verb  of  knowing,  remembering,  etc.  (a)  with 
flK  Dt  9r  forget  not  HBVpn  TSW*  m  the  fact  that 
(=Jiow)  thou  provokedst,  etc.,  2915  Jos  210  1  S 
24"19  2  S 1 120  know  ye  not  TMfa  DX  how  they 
shoot  from  off  the  wall?  2K81'2  Is383  +  oft. 
As  subj.  (rare)  1  K  1 419  2  K  1415  2020.  Of  time 
(peculiarly)  +2  S 1 415  TB>K  nny  now  (is  it)  that . . . 
Zc820(prob.)  yet  (shall  it  be)  that...?3*;  cf. 
B>  Byp?  Ct  34.  (/3)  without  )")K  (not  very  com- 
mon, '3  being  usually  employed) :  after  ST  Ex 
1 17  Ez  2026  (very  strange  in  Ez  :  v.  Hi)  Jb  95 
(Ew  De  Di)  Ec  812,  P.KT  Dt  i31  (RV)  1  S  1815, 


1tt>N 

n^nn  to  confess  Lv  5'  26**,  jrajf*ri  iK«" 

(caused  to  swear  that . . .);  after  a  noun  Is  38' 
T3ta  niKH  the  sign  that . . .  (||  2  K  209,?):  with 
growing  frequency  in  late  Hebrew,  2  Ch  27, 
and  esp.  Ne  Est:  Ne  2s10  7M  (=  Ezr  2W)  8"  " 
10"  13"*"  Est  1"  210  34  411  6'  8"  Ec 3" (TBtoD) 
54  718  (with  3iD  :  contrast  Ru  2") \mx  &*»  9' 
Dn  i8-8.  (y)  prefixed  to  a  direct  citation,  like 
'?  q.v.  (=5ri  recitativum)  (rare)  1  S  15s0  2S14 
2*  (v.  Dr)  iff  10*  (prob.),  Ne  4".  b.  it  is  resolva- 
ble into  so  that :  Gn  1 17  WDE4?  t6  TB>X  «o  */ia« 
they  understand  not,  etc.,  1316  2  214TDK>'-i;5>N  go 
that  it  is  said,  Ex  2026  Dt  410-40  *|b  3D"  na*N  63 
282751  1 K  31213  2  K  9s7  Mai  3".  c.  'it  has  a  causal 
force,  forasmuch  as,  in  that,  since:  Gn  3018  314* 
and  Mizpah.TDK  ^'JXfor  tliat  he  said,  341327  42" 
we  are  guilty,  U^SO  TE>X  w«  ioAo  saw  (or,  in  that 
we  saw),  Nu  2013  Meribah,  because  they  strove 
there,  Dt  3"  Jos  47as  2 281  Ju  917  1 S  2a  1 5"  20" 
go  in  peace,  WV30  Tg>K  forasmuch  as  we  have 
sworn,  25s6  <A<n*  rc/iom  (  =  or,  seeing  <Aa<)  **■ 
hath  withholden,  2  S  25  blessed  are  ye  of  '\ 
B^lflj  TSW,  wAo  (oiiwi)  have  done  (or  ire  «Aa< 
ye  have  done),  1  K  3"  155  2  K  123  174  23s8  Je 
1 613  Ec  81112  (Hi  De  Now).    Here  also  belongs 

its  use  in  neb  TB>K:  since  why  ...?(= fes<)  Dn  1 10 : 
v.  sub  neb.  On  H  h?  TEta  forasmuch  as  Jb  34s7 
v.  sub  J3  ?y  'P.  d.  it  expresses  a  condition 
(rare  &  peculiar) :  LV422  KDnj  tofco  -efc  jn  (case) 
that  =  w/i«i  (or  i/)  a  ruler  sinneth  (v313-27  DN), 
NU529  (explained  differently  by  Ew"34*),  Dt 
1 127  and  the  blessing  WO^fl  TS>!<  tyye  hearken 
(v28  DK),  1822  Ges,  Jos  421 . . .  pW  IB'K  wA«7» 
they  ask ... ,  then  . . .  (v6  ^S),  Is  3 1'4.  In  '1  K  8° 
(||  2  Ch  6s4  '3,  cf.  K  v35-37)  ">0<  may  be  ren- 
dered indifferently  because  or  when.  Once, 
similarly,  ^P«  m  1  K  831  (||  DK).  e.  perh.  (ex- 
ceptionally) =TBfoj3,  as,  Je33B  Is549(sq.  J3  ; 
but  |3  q.v.  sts.  stands  without  ns?N3,  &ntW  may 
in  these  passages  connect  with  what  precedes) ; 
ace.  to  some  also  Je  48s  ^  10634  (in  a  connexion 
where  ~W$3  would  be  more  usual :  "W?  may 
however  be  the  obj.  of  TDK).  In  1 S  ^  HKT  T^ 
DTXn  rd.TS'K3jv.  Dr.  f.  combined  with  preps., 
TB'K  converts  them  into  conjunctions :  see 
below,  1?K3,  -\2ta3,  T3*?D.  On  its  use  similarly 
withTns  (Tq»),  'If*?,  T«p,  T3-1  i»y,  pc,  jypp, 

,B3,  Ty,  i>y,  3i?y,  'JSO,  nnri,  see  these  words. — 
T3*KC,  with  H  interrog.,  occurs  once,  2  K  6a. 

Note  1.  TB>K  being  a  connecting  link,  with- 
out any  perfectly  corresponding  equivalent  in 
Engl.,  its  force  is  not  unfreq.  capable  of  being 


represented  in  more  than  one  way.  See  e.g. 
2  S  2s  (above  8  c),  Is  2812  unto  whom  lie  said, 
or  for  that  he  said  to  them. 

Note  2.  The  opinion  that  IB'K  has  an  as- 
severative  force  (like  '3,  q.v.),  or  introduces  the 
apodosis,  is  not  prob.,  being  both  alien  to  its 
general  usage  &  not  required  by  the  passages 
alleged.  Render  Is  8'20  either  '  Surely  ace.  to 
this  word  will  those  speak  who  have  no  dawn,' 
or  ' . . .  will  they  speak  iohen  (cf.  supr.  8  d  Dt 
1 127  Jos  421)  they  have  no  dawn.' 

ntpssnj9  a.  in  (that)  which  ...  Is  56*  65" 

664  (supr.  1) ;  Ec  3'  in  (that,  in)  which  (4  c) ; 
l8  4712(v.  2).  b.  adv.  in  (the  place)  where: 
supr.  4  b  (y).  c.  conj .  in  that,  inasmuch  as, 
•fGn  39s-23  Ec  f  84 ;  cf.  ^.  d.  t  Jon  i8  f*$S 
^P?  on  account  of  whom  1  (?  "IB^i  on  account 
of,  framed  on  model  of  Aram.  ?H3 :  v.  sub  ?B>). 

->©N3  v.  sub  3. 

"YdTNft     a.  from  (or  than)  that  which  (him, 

them,  etc.,  that . . .)  Gn  311  Ex  29s7'27  Nu  6"  (see 
Lv  4M)  Jos  10"  Ju  1630  Is  4713  + ;  than  that . . . 
tEc  3a;  ffcD  "n!>  f  Est  411.  b.  adv.  from  (the 
place)  where  :  supr.  4  a  (j3).  C.  conj .  from 
(the  fact)  tliat  .  .  . ,  since  tls  43*. 

t[tCt£^]  (cf-  i_r^"'  found,  establish!) 
Hithpo.  WWtnn)  Is  46"  (der-  &•  above  by  S 
Jer  Hi  Kn  De  MV,  »/t«io  yourselves  firm,  but) 
rd.  perh.  ttjf^BJ  Lag  Che,  v.  Bfla  (Thes  expl. 
as  denom.  from  E*N;  on  other  views  cf.  Di). 

tnttrttJM  n.f.  (pressed)  raisin-cake — 'K 
2  S  6"  1  Ch  163  distributed,  with  other  viands, 
to  people ;  esp.  as  stimulating,  pi.  rffcWN  Ct 
2s;  more  explicitly  D"3J$!  "&&R  Ho  31  used 
in  sacrificial  feasts  (cf.  RS0™1**''-'"-'-7);  'B*ete 
^?Q.n  "^P  Is  167,  i.e.  the  raisin-cakes  which  were 
an  article  of  trade  at  Qir-hareseth  (taken  by 
Thes  al.  =  foundations,  i.e.  foundations  exposed 
by  ruin,  from  [B*?*?]  with  such  a  meaning). 

new  v.  nuta  sub  III.  EOK. 

t  frtMTIttJM  Jos  1 5s3  +  2 1.,  VafltfN  Ju  1 3* 
+  3  t.  n.pr.loc.  (in  form  like  the  inf.  of  the 
Arab.  vm.  conj.  from  i'KB':  so  jfori^K  from 
VO&.  Perh.  Arabic-speaking  tribes  may  have 
settled  in  parts  of  S.  of  Judah)  city  of  Danites 
in  the  fvBB'  of  Judah,  named  with  H^njf  Jos 
1 5s3  1 9"  Ju  1 3s6  1 631  1 82<ul ;  perh.  mod.  'Bshu'a 
Survey"'tt  Guerinp,1"-13,MS. 

fJjbHtflA  adj. gent.  c.  art.  VQ  as  n.coll. 

•      \    T     :     V  "  T 

iCh2s». 


84  DM 

t]VW?N  n.pr.m.  a  man  of  Judah  (perh.  fr. 
T\W&=ejfeminate  or  uxorious)  1  Ch  411'2. 

tvioPtw  Jos  21",  ybntTN  i  s  30s8 1  ch 

4im»6«  nfoflttJN  Jos  I5M  n.pr.loc.  Levitical 
city  in  mountain-country  of  Judah,  south  of 
Hebron,  mod.  Semu<a  v.  Rob8"1-484'  "•  **  Survey  "L 

403  B(J  Pal.  15S  .    j  Cn  417.19  it  appears  as  n.pr  .m.  0f  a 

man  of  Judah.     (On  the  form,  cf.  sub  ^iNn^SJ.) 
I.  JIN,  with  makk.TlK,  with  suff.  Vlfc;  Trff, 

nanx  tNu  2Z33,  'nps,  nanx  tEx  29s5,  fem. 'nns; 

W»  etc.;  2  pi.  D?™J,  once  DaniS  Jos  2316; 
3  mpl.  regularly  DriK,  rarely  Onm  tGn32' 
Ex  1 820  Nu  2 13  Ez  3412  1  Ch  6s0,  once  DnrfiX  Ez 
2345;  3  fpl.,  on  the  contrary,  regularly  jnnx 
(13  t.),  once  ft*  Ez  1654  (also  rnrflK  Ez  83* 
runs  Ex  3526,  njniK  Ez  3421) ;  forms  with  cAo- 
km  also  oft.  written  plene : — the  mark  of  the 
accusative,  prefixed  as  a  rule  only  to  nouns 
that  are  definite  (Moab.  id.,  Ph.  fVK  i.e.  n>K 
(Schrodp-213f);  Aram,  rp  freq.  in  %;  Syr.  %i 
very  rare  as  mark  of  accus.  (for  which  "^  is 
preferred),  but  used  often  in  the  sense  of  sub- 
stance oicria,  also  in  that  of  self,  e.g.  «l^o 
per  se,  reapse,  otfcJ^.  sibi  ipsi,  PS  1Mof-,  Sam. 
AftT  ;  Ar.  VjI  ,  only  used  with  sf.,  when  it 
is  desired  to  emphasize  the  pronoun,  e.g.  Qor 
i4  WMi,im.  [Eth.  uses  \\S\  Jaya  similarly, 
DiS150*;  but  it  is  dub.  if  this  is  etymologicaliy 
akin.]  The  primitive  form  will  have  been 
'iwyath,  orig.  a  subst.  with  foil,  gen.,  01 p-432; 
whether  ultim.  a  parallel  development  with 
niN  sign  from  -/iTlN  is  uncertain:  01  WAG1-5188 
Lag"'-*8 affirm,  N6ZMG1888'738  doubts.  In  Heb. 
the  ground-form  is  ftfX ;  the  forms  with  e,  e 
being  abbreviated.  In  postB  Heb.,  used  in 
combination  with  another  prep. :  thus  iniK3 
Di>n=Bibl.  wnn  Di»3,  nytfn  nrfiX3;  or  as  a 
nomin.,  e.g.  B&WJ  Wx=Bibl.  tttnn  th$l§. 

1.  As  mark  of  the  accus.  prefixed  to  substs. 
defined  either  by  the  art.  (or  73),  or  by  a  geni- 
tive or  pron.  affix,  or  in  virtue  of  being  proper 
names:  a.  with  transitive  verbs,  Gn  i116-29-30 
211  412  93  (:^3-nS)  etc.  Similarly  V™$  whom 
(in  particular),  Jos  24"  I  S  123  2811  Is  68  al. 
(but  never  n»VIX);  also  with  nj  Gn  29s3  4  429 
iS  2118  iKm'+,  T\ti)  Gn  29s7  2S  I3S7  +  , 
nVx  Gn  4618  Lv  ii18  Is  49" +  •  So  pretty 
uniformly  in  prose ;  but  in  poetry  nx  is  com- 
monly dispensed  with.  By  the  use  of  nx  with 
the  pron.  affix,  a  pron.  can  at  once,  if  required, 
be  placed  in  a  position  of  emphasis ;  let  the 
order  of  words  from  this  point  of  view  be  care- 


rm  85 

fully  noticed  in  the  foil,  passages :  Gn  71  24" 
374  Lv  10"  n33  Nu  2232  thee  I  had  slain,  and 
her  I  had  kept  alive,  Dt  414  613-23  13*  Ju  143 
V°B  ™?iN  take  forme  A«r,  1S1435 151  i8172i10 
n£  $TQf  nyiCCM  if  thou  wilt  take  that,  take 
it,  1  K  i35  149  Is  43s2  57"  Je  9\     So  'niKn 
+Je  5s*  7".     It  also  sometimes  enables  the  re- 
flexive sense  to  be  expressed  (elsewhere  DB>£33) 
Je  719  Ez  342.     Barely  with  a  subst.  which  In 
undefined  (Ew'OT"  Ges»117IB-2),  as  Ex  2128  Nu 
2 19  Lv  2014  1  S  24s  (but  v.  Dr)  2  S  4"  1818 
2321;   or   which,  though   definite,   is   without 
the  art.,  Gn  21s0  2  S  1516  Lv  26s  1  S  o3  (so 
Nu  1615)  Is  3319  417  Ez  43'°  (for  further  exx. 
v.  Ew  I.e.)     b.  with  a  passive  verb  (Ges*1211 
Ewi295b)  conceived  as  expressing  neutrally  the 
action  in  question,  and  construed  accordingly 
with  an  accus.  of  that  which  is  its  real  object: 
exx.  occur  with  tolerable  frequency  from  Gn  418 
(J)  l|bn  inip-nN  H^J  and  there  was  called  (= 
one  called)  his  name  Enoch,  175  (P),  215  (E) 
27*  2S21'1  1  K  1813  Hoio6  etc.,  to  Je  35* 
3845oa'Ez16^ESt2'3(cf.DrJI'h"^t):alsowith 
pass.  vbs.  of  filling  (Ew!281b),  as  Ex  i7+.     c. 
with  neuter  verbs  or  expressions,  esp.  such  as 
involve  the  idea  of  regarding,  or  treating,  appy. 
by  a  constr.  Kara  alveviv  (rare),  Jo  2217  2  S  n25 
Ne  q32  (cf.  i  S  2013  Dr).     Once  after  ft?,  Hg  217 
TO  ^m  t%     d.  poet,  (si  vera  1.),  after  an 
abstr.  noun  used  with  a  verbal  force,  fHb313 
(Am  411  Is  1319  Je  5040  naanp  exerts  a  verbal 
force,  like  the  Arab.  nom.  verbi  [v.  WAG1-  »IM-«]; 
and  Nu  io2  Ez  179  VDd|),  niKB>»!>  are  Aramaiz- 
ing  infinitives  :  cf.  Ew'239*). 

2.  nN  marks  an  accus.  in  other  relations 
than  that  of  direct  obj.  to  a  verb:  a.  with 
verbs  of  motion  (very  rare)  Nu  1317  Dt  1"  27 
(to  '  walk  the  wilderness');  denoting  the  goal 
Ju  1918  Ez  2125  (Ew'"*"-"").  b.  denoting 
time  (duration),  also  very  rare:  Ex  137  LV2522 
Dt  920.  c.  expressing  the  accus.  of  limitation 
(rare):  Gni71114  1  K  1523. 

3.  Chiefly  in  an  inferior  or  later  style, 
nx  (or  T1X1)  is  used  irregularly,  partly  (a),  as 
it  would  seem,  to  give  greater  definiteness  (so 
esp.  ONI)  at  the  mention  of  a  new  subject  (when 
it  may  sometimes  be  rendered  as  regards),  or 
through  the  influence  of  a  neighbouring  verb  (a 
cstr.  Kara  avvtaiv),  or  by  an  anacoluthon,  partly 
(8)  as  resuming  loosely  some  other  prep.  Thus 
(a)  Ex  1"  NU32646  510  (within;  so  Ez  35'°) 
Nui82,b  Dtn2(anacol.),  1413  J0S1711  JU2044'46 
(contr.  v25-36)  1  S  1734  (v.  Dr)  2616  2  S  2i222  K  65 
Js  53s  (prob.),  5712  Je  23s3  (but  rd.  rather  with 
©  !l*  Nfcen  QRg)  27s  36s2  3816  Kt,  454b  Ez 


VJ'C  2f  29<b  437(®  Co  prefix  Wn).' 
Zc  8'7  Ec  43  Dn  9'3  Ne  9""  1  Ch  2'  2  Ch  3  A 
In  1  S3023  Hg  2s  prob.  some  such  word  as 
remember  is  to  be  understood.  (0)  Je  ,8'  Ez 
MKb  37l9b  Zci2'»;    m  Mo    ,K6'   Ez  43'7 

Za^li (i? x?  ®,r the  clause:  s° sta 

.  „ )-~ la*  K  » l   }  >s  merely  and  also,  and 
especially  (v.  J);    vtt  is  corrupt  (rd.  with  © 

TJE]  rift-a*  ngnn  n%  Ez471718-»  rd.  similarl 

for  nw,  nw:  see  v».-For  some  particulars  as 
to  the  use  of  riN,  see  A.  M.  Wilson1"""13'*2"* 
(who,  however,  confuses  it  sts.  with  II.  flN) 
For  denoting  the  pron.  obj.  of  a  vb.,  m  with 
suff.  preponderates  relatively  much  above  the 
verbal  affix  in  P,  as  compared  with  JE  Dt  Ju 
S  K  (v.  Giesebrecht  2AW188I!B8'),— partly,  prob- 
ably, on  account  of  the  greater  distinctness  and 
precision  which  P  loves. 

11  *P&  PreP-  with— with  makk.TlS,  with 
suff.  ^W,  ^m,  Dim  etc.  (also,  however,  tyfc, 
WK,  and  similarly  ^jrilNO,  W«D  etc.),  first  in 
Jos  io25  i4IS,  next  2S2424;    then  repeatedly 
(but  not  exclusively)   1  K  20-2  K  8,  &  in  Je 
Ez,  e.g.  1  K  2025  (but  v23  am)  2  27-8-21  (beside 
Wl?)  2Ki15  311-12-26  616  (beside  WKD)  88  Je  2» 
io5  168  1910  20n  Ez  26  io17  230  37116  (v.  infr. 
1  d;  also  Is  5921,  contr.  Gn  17*:  on  ^N  33B> 
Gn  342  al,  v.  sub  33B>,  &  cf.  Dr8- "•■*")  prep, 
denoting  proximity  (syn.  D?;   Ph.  riN,  e.g. 
CIS1-3'8  DSB1  MM  33B13  nis  p<  tib  let  there  not 
be  for  them  a  resting-place  with  the  shades  ; 
As.  itti  (perh.  akin  to  ittu  'side,'  DlPrI,s  Hpt 
KAT2498 ;  but  cf.  No  ZMQ  ■*  « <■).     Not  found  as 
yet  in  the  other  cogn.  languages:  but  cf.  Eth. 
ATI":  'enta,  towards,  which  supports  the  view 
that  n«  is  for  'int  [cf.  1W,  Wl]7  perh.  from 
VfUN  to  mee«  01  "•431  Prat2*07*643,  Lag  "'■**). 

1.  Of  companionship,  together  with:  Gn613 
behold,  I  destroy  them  JHKrrnK  together  with 
the  earth,  n31  r24  +  oft.,  esp.  with  verbs  of 
dwelling,  abiding,  going,  etc.,  as  Ju  i3 1411  194, 
&  in  the  phrase  iflK  "IB>K  Dyn  Ju  4"  71  9»« 

1  S  1420  304  etc. ;  thou,  and  thy  sons  •  •  •'•  l\m 
with  thee  Gn  618;  similarly  (3rd  pers.)  7'13  818 
98al.(charact.  of  P:  Dr,D,r124);  n'riStfrrnK  r\bnm 
to  walk  with  God,  i.e.  to  have  him  as  a  com- 
panion (sc.  by  adopting  a  course  of  life  pleasing 
to  him)  Gn  fM  69  (cf.  JIN  ^nnn  lit.  1  S  25"); 
— by  the  side  of,  like  Is  4  5",  eqvally  vnth  Lv  26s9, 
in  common  with  Je  2  328b  (cf.  DV 1  e,  f ).  Hence, 
in  partic. — a.  with  for  the  purpose  of  help: 
Nu^'UriK^,  J0S1412  (VtfK,as  Je2o")  Jul" 

2  K  616  932  *9  ''m  'D  who  is  on  my  side,  who? 


»3K  ^m  "3  Is  43s  Je  i1M,  +  ;  Is  63s  ^  12s  our 
lips  are  with  us,  on  our  side ;  in  the  phrase 

m  'b  t  (nirn)  2  S  14"  2  K  15"  Je  26";  Nfco 

)"IK  to  bear  together  with,  i.  e.  to  assist  Ex  1 8s2 
Nu  1117.  Exceptionally,  —  with  the  help  of:  Gn 
41  for  I  have  gotten  a  man  ',_nx  with  the  help 
of'*  (cf.  Dy  1  S  1445)  4925  (where,  however,  the 
parallelism,  &  ®  <B  Sam.  favour  '"IB*  7N1  for 
"B?  nf?1)  Mi  38  j  cf.  Est  9M.  b.  beside  (Germ. 
««6en):  Gn  39"  nDIKO  WK  VT  *6  he  knew  not 
with  him,  beside  him,  aught  (i.e.  Joseph  man- 
aged everything),  v8  Ex  2023  "RK  (*^J  f6  ye 
shall  not  make  (aught)  beside  me.  c.  besides 
in  the  presence  of  (rare):  Gn  2016b  and  before 
all  thou  shalt  be  righted,  IS308  M161.  In  this 
sense  'B  ,3.S"R?  is  more  freq.,  v.  sub  Q,?B.  d. 
of  intercourse  of  different  kinds  with  another, 
e.g.  after  verbs  of  making  a  covenant  or  con- 
tract, or  (less  often)  of  speaking  or  dealing: 
(a)  Gn9«  is19  174  (EZ1660  Is  5921  -DiK)  Josio4 
1  K  31  etc.;  cf.  1S2"  (but  here  VlKO  fnbn  is 
prob.  to  be  read  with  ®  <S  X  Ke  We  etc.,  cf. 
Dt  1 83).  ()3)  Gn  1  f  4230  ttW5  «ns<  TM,  1  K 815 
\fr  1092,  &  esp.  in  Je  and  Ez  (as  Jei16  4"  [52s 


^«]55 


EZ21 


144  445 — all  -nix); 


iS 

24, 


Gn  2449  to  perform  kindness  J1K  (E?  is  here 
more  genl.),  2  S 1617  ^STriK  VflQ  *%  Ru  220  Zc 

79;  Jui  i27  njn  »n*trtp^)  nflg),  Dt  i30  10" 
i27b,  (-rriK)  Je  212  339Ez727i6'892214  2326-29  391 
abs.  Ez  1717  2044  \jf  10921  Zp  319;  (y)  in  a  pregn. 
sense,  (in  dealing)  with,  i.e.  towards  (rare):  Is 
6614  ^  6f  WIK  V3B  ito  make  his  face  to  shine 
«ot«A  (= toward)  us  (varied  from  ?£  Nu  625)  Dt 
28s;  faithful  wcfft  V  7g8  (cf-  v37  DV  J*3?).  Ez  2<i 
(IjrfK);  Ju  1615  WW  PU  *|ai>l.  (8)  often  with 
verbs  of  fighting,  striving,  contending,  as  Gn 
i42-8-9  Nu20,s  IS459'  508  ^35'  Pr23";  with 
BBK>EO  K3  ^  1432  (Is  314  al.  DV). 

2.  Of  localities,  esp.  in  the  phrase  DX IB'N. 
describing  a  site:  Ju  319  411  B^pTlK  W  which 
is  near  Kedesh,  1  K  g™  2  K  9s7  (cf.  Dy  2,  which 
is  commoner  in  this  sense);  EZ438;  Ex  3321 
VW  Qipo  nin.  Perh.,  anomalously,  1  S  716  at 
or  fo/  all  those  places  (but  v.  Dr);  in  2  S  1523 
na-Isn-riX  fyj  ^B-by,  nx=«ou/ards  is  against 
anal.:  rd.  with  ©L  T3")Ba  1B^  OSJ  fJJ  VjET^y; 
1  K  9s5  ttltjt  beside  it  (sc.  the  altar);  butl^V  131 
etc.  would  be  idiomatic,  &  for  "ffi'K  WK  Klo 
proposes  plausibly  i#tCnX  (v.  Ex  3020). 

3.  'B  ns  denotes  specially,  a.  in  one's 
possession  or  keeping:  G112716  3029thou  know- 
est  ...  TO  *J?po  .Tn  -IB>K  m  how  thy  cattle 
fared  with  me,  v33  Lv  5s3  1913  Dti53  Jui72  1  S 


86  n« 

g"  UPIK  HD  =  what  luxve  wef  25s9  Is  494  my 
right  is  with  Jehovah  (contr.  4027),  Je88  ^38" 
the  light  of  mine  eyes  also  'HK  J'N  i.  e.  is  gone 
from  me,  Pr  3s8  818;  in  his  power,  Je  105  a^n 
DniS  |'X  is  not  in  their  power,  perh.  -<\r  1 26.  A 
dream,  or  the  word  of  \  is  said  to  be  n&?  wn'<A 
a  prophet,  2  K  312  Je  23ffl  2718.  Metaph.  of  a 
mental  quality,  Pr  1 12 1310.  b.  in  one's  know- 
ledge or  memory:  I85912  WRX  ^,VB'S  our  trans- 
gressions are  with  us,  i.e.  present  to  our  minds 

(||  aejrv  wrtrtjn),  Jb  1 23  n^x-ios  ptpo-nK  with 

whom  are  not  (i.e.  who  knoweth  not?  Wt  oi 
o-woiSe;)  things  like  these?  I4'?|J?K  i.e.  known 
to  thee,  Pr  21  Gn  4014  Je  123  (Ew  Gf  towards 
thee,  as  1  d  y).  So  OaE>BrnK  tM»  Gn  23s 
[2  K  915  'i  alone],  ^(rnsj  2  K  10".  Comp. 
Dy  4  b,  which  is  more  frequent  in  this  sense. 
4.  T1KQ  (>riHO,  etc.;  also  -rfKD,  v.  p.  85) 
from  proximity  with  (like  Gk.  itapa  with  a  genit., 
Fr.  de  chez;  in  Syr.  Arab.  Lo^.  ^o,  ilc  ^ 
correspond.  Synon.  OJN?;  see  below):  coupled 
almost  always  with  persons  (contrast  DJ??,  a). 
Thus  a.  with  nji?  to  buy  Gn  2510  +  oft.  (cf.  1 7s7); 
ngb  Gn  4224  Ex  25s  Lv  2536  Nu  1 717  +  oft.;  Nfc'J 
^  24s;  nW,  as  Gn  88  WN1?  nji'H-nK  n^l  and 
he  sent  forth  the  dove  from  with  him  26s7;  ?pn 
Gn2631  1  K1812  2036  Je  91,  of  a  wife  deserting 
her  husband  Ju  192  frWBJ  ^Fll,  Je3'  (cf.  Is  57s); 
with  sim.  words  Gn  381  Dt  28  iKii"  Je  237 
(v.  EX520);  Is5410  t\,66*>;  with  b*f  Ju  i14 
iK216^274+,e'l,5  1K227  al.,  VQf  IS2"  — 
'B  *Ji  DKD  Gn  2730  43M  Ex  io"  Jb  27;  Lv  io4 
(B>-li3'n),  2  K 1 614  (n?an).  Hence  b.  of  rights  or 
dues,  handed  over  from,  given  on  the  part  of, 
any  one:  Gn4722  njriB  DSD  ph;  oft.  in  P,  as 
Gn  2320  Ex  2721  a  perpetual  due  Vj^  *&n& 
from,  or  on  the  part  of,  the  children  of  Israel, 
LV734"  248Nu39784  +  ;  Dti83  iS  2,3(®,  etc.; 
v.  1  d)  2  S 1 53  fop  ns?P  IJ^TU  yOBh  but  there 
is  none  to  hear  thee  deputed  of  the  king,  1  K  5". 
C.  expressing  origination:  1  K  I27  ^'"IN  TIKO  DX 
njnj  tlben.  Esp.  ''  DSC — of  a  concrete  object 
proceeding  from  him :  Gn  1 9s4  (brimstone),  Nu 
1131  (a  wind),  1635  (fire),  1  S  1614  (evil  spirit), 
Is  38'  (a  sign),  Jesi53  (wasters),  Mis6  (dew); 
of  wrath  Zc  712  (cf.  Nu  1711),  teaching  Is  514, 
the  word  of  prophecy  Je7*  (so  n1  i8'  +  oft.  in 
Je)  3717  Ez  3330;  with  'have  I  (we)  heard'  Is 
2 110  28s2  Je4914(  =  Ob1);  of  an  event,  or  phase 
of  history  Jos  1 120  nJTH  ">  nso  it  came  of*  to  . . ., 

1 K 1224  Hb  213  v  11823  »*>  ™rn  "  nsp  (© 

napa  Kvpiov)  Ezr  9"  Ne  616;  of  trouble  (ny-))  2  K 
6s8  Mi  i12  (T!})}  of  a  good  or  evil  lot,  having  its 


TEUTM  87 

source  in  "  Je  13*  Is  54"  ^  109s0,  cf.  Jb  210; 
^  2  2M  'npnn  iriKO /rom  <Ae«  cometh  my  praise 
(thou  art  the  source  of  it);  Is  44s4  Qr  ^XD  of 
myself  {cL  an  i/iavrov  John  530;  Kt  is  WK  'I?  who 
was  with  me  1),  5415  'HiKO  DSK  not  at  my  in- 
stance (cf.  '3D  &6  301,  ^BD  t6  Ho  84).  d.  of  a 
place  tiK6s  (corrupt :  rd.  with  ©  ©  33 
[partly]  flftT]  mm,  &  cf.  Ez  4121). 

iVote.  OX  expresses  closer  association  than 
DJf:  hence  while  DJ»  sts.  denotes  hardly  more 
than  from  the  surroundings  or  belongings  of, 
nXD  expresses  jfrora  close  proximity  to.  Thus 
Saul  asks,  UBjtt  ?|pn  ^D  who  has  gone  from 
(those)  about  us  ?  but  Jacob,  speaking  of  the 
loss  of  Joseph,  says,  Gn  44**  WKD  iriKn  KS>1  and 
the  one  is  gone from  with  me.  J"IKD  is  accord- 
ingly preferred  to  DJrtD  in  the  sense  of  origina- 
tion or  authorship;  DND  is  not  usual  in  the 
sense  of  DJ>»  c,  nor  DV»  in  the  sense  of  OSD  b. 

t^ynriK  n.pr.m.  Ethbaal  (with  Baal,  i.e. 

living  under  B.'s  favour;  '106pa\os,  EWafidKos 
j08AM.,iii.i3,i.2.cAP.i>18.    on   later    king    of   li]£e 

name,  in  As.  Tuba'lu,  v.  COT  Gn  io15)  king  of 
Sidon,  father  of  Jezebel  1  K  1631. 

"HriN  n.pr.m.  (perh.  from  r\H  with=com- 
panionable) — 1.  one  of  David's  captains,  a 
native  of  Gath  2  S 1  tfw*  1 82-612.  2.  one  of 
David's  30  mighty  men,  a  Benjamite  2  S  23M 
(in  iCh  n31,nt<). 

t^NVVN   1.  Pr  30'-'  bwt6  -nan  dnj 

:b3N1  Vn^b,  in  MT.  n.pr.m.  (iprob.  with  me 
is  God:  v.  01S82c)  usually  taken  as  name  of  a 
son  or  pupil  of  Agur;  but  most  moderns  read 
ibffi  b«  V*k  %  TNJ&  I  have  wearied  myself 
(v.  ^S?),  0  God,  I  have  wearied  myself,  0  God, 
and  am  consumed.     2.  a  Benjamite  Ne  ri7. 

in.  nN  v.  nnx. 

nnns,  n«,  vw  v.  sub  nan. 

trT Db$  vb.  come  (in  Heb.  only  poet.)  (Ar. 
J\ ,  Sab.  VIM  DHMZMG  m*- *"•  1883-343,  Aram.  SriS , 

Wr)— Qal  Pf  '«  Dt332J  Nn?  Is  2i12  v.  Ges 
S75R22;ipl.«nKJe322;/M^/.nnKyb37!aPri27; 

ww  Dt3321(=nnK;icf.Di  Kb'-677),  nm  is4i25; 
sf.  wikji  Jb  32S ;  3  fs.  nntw  Mi  4s;  3  mpl.  vnsj 
Jb  i622+  2  t.;  JvriKjl  Is  4 15;  Twmj.  mpl.  VTO  Is 
2ils+2t,;  P«.  fpl.  nVnk  Is  4 1 B  +  2 1.;— come,  of 
men  Dt3321  V'6832  L34125  56 12  Am. =come  now, 
with  hostile  purpose  Jb  3c-14,  of  men  unto  * 
Je  3s2  (sq.  b)  cf.  Is  2112;  of  "•  Dt  332;  of  ends 


onnn 

of  earth,  etc.,  personif.  Is  41';  of  time,  morning 
Is  2112,  years  Jb  1622;  of  weather  3h-tfn;  of 
beasts,  to  devour  Is  56*  (sq.  inf.),  of  calamity 
Pr  1s7  Jb  3™  come  upon,  c.  sf.,  of  dominion  Mi 
48  (sq.  IS).  Pi.  pi.  fem.  as  subst.  things  to 
come,  future  things  Is  41s3  44?  4511.  Hiph. 
bring,  Imv.  D*>  Vnn  Is  21"  bring  water  (on 
form,  for  V1KH  cf.  Di  Ew'14"  Ges'"-"1-1);  Je 
12'  bring  beasts,  to  devour. 

tpiTN   Qr,  pi-IN"'   Kt,    n.m.    entrance, 
fWH  Ez  40";  Co  rds.  [rm  ;  cf.  Sm  01»"". 
""jflti  "TIN,  i?N,,rT,N  v.  sub  II.  m. 

+  Dn!SI  n.pr.loc.  (perh.=  Egypt.  Chetem, 
cf.  Ebers08821'-  but  ®  'O0op,'od<o»,  cf.  Lag8"") 
Ex  1320  in  Egypt,  place  on  edge  of  desert,  so 
Nu  33w;  Dm  nana  Nu  338. 

DriS  v.  sub  riJN. 

btoriNt  v.  sub  i>on. 

j/lfc1?  (mng- '    Thes    comps.  Ar.   ^y\   take 

short  steps,  hut  this  appy.  only  by-form  of  JJI). 

tpJ-lK  n.f.  °"45'23  she-ass  (Ar.  £lfl,  Aram. 

*f&,  MX}',  As.  aidnw)— JTT1K  Nu  2  2°+  ro  t.; 
yhVL  Nu  2230-32;  WHj  Gn 49"  +  2 1. ;  pi. abs.  nahK 
Gn  i2w+  2  t.;  rium  Ju  5'°+  i2t.;  niaint*  Jbi3 
4212; — she-ass,  as  dam  Gn  4911  Zc  9';  as  pro- 
perty (constituting  wealth)  Gn  1 216  32"  Jb  i314 
4212  cf.  1  Ch  2730;  so  of  the  asses  of  Kish  8  t.  1  S 
93.3.6.2o  ioj.j.h.i..  as  beastg  of  burden  Gn45B;  for 

riding  Jus10  Nu  222122  2X4";  of  Balaam's  ass 

14  t.  Nu  2  2S1'22'23'23:S'25,27'27'28'2930'30,32'33 

]ni*,  rnjwi  v.  sub  nat 

njHN  v.  run. 

t  :    v 

' ''PHN  n.pr.m.  an  ancestor  of  Asaph  iCh628 
apparently  identical  with  ''I™)  v6. 

gnK  v.  II.  pn. 

T  [p^ri^]  n.m.  gallery,  porch  (deriv.  un- 
certain) Ez  4 116  Kt  KiTpiJINI,  Qr  KJUWl- 
Co  (q.v.)  r»Wt»P». 

tp^lN  n.m.  id.  Ez  42s.-3;  pi.  D-p^K  EZ423; 
41"  Qr,  v.  pin«  Kt;  TMDWWJ  (Co  del.) 

t  CnnN  n.pr.loc.  only  Nu  2 1 '  tH}  •'jjj ;  so 
©,  perh.  (Di)  name  of  a  caravan-route,  cf.  j  1 
vestige,  footprint;  others  (after  X@)  transl.icay 
of  the  spies  (cf.  1322);  but  D^riKn  for  D*TW1  is 
highly  improbable,  and  a  locality  would  hardly 
receive  its  designation  from  the  spies. 


nrw 


88 


J"lJ"li*$  (?  \/of  following,  meaning  dubious. 
Lag  "  "•  *•„  proposes  -/n:x,  whence  he  derives 
;ilso  Ar.  ^ll  a  tool  used  in  tillage). 

fin.  [n^>]  n.[m.]  a  cutting  instrument  of 


iron,  usually  transl.  ploughshare — sg.  sf.  frlK 
i  S  i  320;  pi.  0™  i  S 1321,  ^m  Is  24=Mi  4a;  sf. 
D3TIK  Jo  410;  ace. to  Klo  al.  also  2  K  65  J^JST^ 
i.e.  the  axe  of  iron. 


2  !H,  Beth,  2nd  letter;  post BHeb.  =  nume- 
ral 2  (and  so  in  margin  of  printed  MT);  5= 
2000;  no  evidence  of  this  usage  in  OT  times. 

I.  2,  prep,  in  (Moab.  3,  Syr.  o,  Ar.  v, 
Eth.  fl:)  before  tone-syllables  in  certain  cases 
(Ges  ilai-i)  3,  with  suff.  %;  13  (Ex  7s9  2  S  22s0 
^14 18  H33),  in  pause  and  fem.  ?]3;  *I3  (once, 
Jeif4  Kt'n'3),  H3;  U3;   D33,  [[33];   DH3,  D3 

[also  nena  tEx  304  361  Hb  i16],  jna  ti  S  317 
Is  3816  Ez  42"  [15  times  JO?  (FrMM2ffi),  and 
thrice,  Lv  5s2.  Nu  i319  Je  517,  njns].  Prep,  de- 
noting properly  in,  Gk.  iv,  but  applied  in 
many  derived  and  fig.  significations.  The 
senses  expressed  by  3  are  grouped  by  the 
Rabbis  in  three  classes,  y3n  JV3  Beth  vasculi, 
njWSni  p*3,,;]n  JV3  Beth  coniunctionis  et  viciniae, 
~l$!?  n,3  Beth  auxilii;  and  the  same  arrange- 
ment may  be  followed  here,  though  the  limits 
between  the  three  classes  are  not  clearly  de- 
fined, and  they  sometimes  overlap  one  another. 
I.  In:  1.  strictly,  of  position  in  a  place 
(which  often  is  expressed  more  precisely  by 
anpa,  •j'lns),  as  IV33  in  the  house,  "VIB  in  the 
city,  TTOJ  in  the  pot,  J*?.?3  in  the  land,  etc. 
constantly.  Heb.  idiom  also  says  1^3  in  the 
mountain  Ex  2418  etc.,  even  in  cases  where 
we  could  hardly  avoid  saying  on,  as   1K11' 

19":  so  3-ih3  Dti"  al.;  inn  etos  Ex2417 

yfr  7216.  Preceded  by  a  verb  of  motion  (esp. 
13V)  2=through,  as  Gn  i26and  Abram  passed 
through  fl??  *w  the  land = passed  through  it, 
1317  2  S  24s +  ;  in(=through)  agate,  Is  6210  Je 
17"  Mi213.  Fig.  to  speak  'JIN?  in  the  ears 
of...;  to  be  good  (or  evil,  etc.)  ^J'J??  «'«  the 
eyes  of. . ,  2.  of  presence  in  the  midst  of 

a  multitudet  pmong,  Ex  1 4s8  there  was  not 
left  Dns  among  them  even  one,  Lv  26s6  2  S 15" 
Ahitophel  D^^pS  is  among  the  conspirators, 
2  K  1 8"  mirp'  ^{JO  bb3.  So  13  in  thee  (of 
Israel,  coif.)  Dt '714  15'47  1810  23"  28"  (diff. 
from  1J3?  beside  thee  LV2535). — Spec.  a.  of  an 
individ.,  implying  eminency  among  :  Jos  1415 
Je4618  Tabor  among  the  mountains,  4915Pr3030 
Ctl"  D'Bto  na;n  the  fair  one  (=the  fairest) 
among  women,  La  i1:  cf.  Luke  I42.  On  1  S  1712 
v.  Dr.     b.  hence  with  some  verbs,  when  the 


action  refers  to  only  a  part  of  the  object,  as 
3  nan  to  smite  among ...  i.  e.  to  smite  some 
of... ' (diff.  from  HSn  with  accus.);  3  31?  ^7  831; 
3  KKO  to  bear  in,  i.e.  to  share  in  bearing,  Nu 
i  1"  al.;  2  fU3  to  build  in  or  at  Zc  615  Ne  44; 
3  Ti&y  Ex59;  3  bvy  to  labour  on  Jon 4 10;  3  !>3K, 
3  nne>  to  eat  or  drink  of  Ju  1316  Pr  g";  3  P^n 
to  give  a  share  in  Jb  3917.  c.  specifying  the 
parts  of  which  a  whole  consists  (esp.  in  P) 
Gn  7"  817  91016  1 7s3  Ex  1219  Nu  31"-*  Ho  43. 
3.  with  ref.  to  the  limits  enclosing  a  space, 
within:  Ex2010  TIV^'3  toithin  thy  gates,  Is  565 
into^ns  within  my  walls.  4.  often  pregn. 
with  verbs  of  motion,  when  the  movement  to  a 
place  results  in  rest  in  it,  into  :  after  83  Gn 
1 98  Is  1 9s3 ;  ID3Gn2  717;  rw  to  send  Lv  1 6n;  in 
among  Jos  2  37'2  1  K  n2. — Ho  127  (an  extreme 
case)  3  3W  to  return  (and  rest)  in  thy  God, 
1  S  1 63  (unless  H3p  should  be  read,  as  v7). — 
P5?3  t?S?  (with)  eye  (looking)  into  eye  tNu  1 414 
Is  52s;  D"?B3  D^B  tDt  54;  3  'S  »fj  the  eyes 
of . . .  are  upon,  both  in  favourable  (Dt  1 1 12 
^r  1016)  and  hostile  (Am  9s  Jb  7s)  sense.  5. 
applied  to  time,  as  Gn  i1  O^IOS  in  the  begin- 
ning; 22  ,|y,3B'n  D^'3  on  the  seventh  day;  Ju 
108  S'nn  n)B>3  in  that  year;  &  constantly.  6. 
of  a  state  or  condition,  whether  material  or 
mental,  in  which  an  action  takes  place:  so 
oft.,  BpKlm  peace  Gn  1513;  !T)X3  in  distress 
yfr  91";  tens  T|pn  to  walk  in  his  integrity;  Ex 
519  JTJ3  in  evil  case.  7.  3  introduces  the 

predicate,  denoting  it  as  that  in  which  the 
subj.  consists,  or  in  which  it  shews  itself  (the 
Beth  esgentiae, — common  in  Arabic,  esp.  with 
a  ptcp.  or  adj.  and  in  a  negative  sentence :  Qor 

279  Jili)  ill  I  l*j  and  God  (appears)  not  as 
one  remiss;  27  ^~x*i+>  _*  \SJ  and  they  are 
not  believers  [comp.  French  en — en  honnete 
homme]  ;  v.  WA"",1S"):  viz.  a.  a  primary 
pred.,  Ex  184  the  God  of  my  fathers  TJ$? 
was  my  help,  +  1466  Ho  139  (rd.  :  1^3  "O  ^3 
with  ®  <S  Che  al.);  f  685  W  BJf  his  name 
consists  in  Yah,  Jb  2313  3710.  With  the  pred.  in 
the  pi.  (as  pi.  maj.)  +  1187  '^tyS  ''  J.  is  my 


y 


89 


great  helper,  54"  (v.  Che),  Jun35.  b.  a 
secondary  pred.,  Ex63  and  I  appeared  unto 
them  *J|J  i>K3  as  God  Almighty,  Nu  26s3 
n?P^3  as  an  inheritance,  34s  Ez46164714  Dt 
io22  2614  I  have  not  put  away  therefrom  NCC3 
as  one  unclean  =  while  unclean,  2862  Is  4010 
Kfr  pjns  he  cometh  as  a  strong  one,  yjr  35s 
(where  v.  De)  and  rise  up  as  my  help,  v16,  307 
55"  Pr  326  Jb  3632(De).  c.  a  pred.  as  accus., 
Is  4810 1  have  refined  thee  IDM  tib)  hut  not  as 
though  silver,  Ez  2o41;  Nu  1826  36s  Jos  1367  234 
Ez  451  472222  (rd.  6$)  4820  (v.  ©  Co)  all  ntaa 
(cf.  b),  +  78s5  &  allotted  it  nbnj  iona  as  a  line 
of  inheritance  (i.e.  as  a  measured  inheritance). 

is264''  tnfrv  yet  mm  ma  <s  ,-s  different— 

for  m  Yah  there  is  a  rock  of  ages  (cf.  Qor  47-47 
there  is  sufficiency  in  God  as  a  patron),  d. 
in  comparisons,  \jr  3  7s0  consume  away  fB^S  {n 
the  form  of,  as,  smoke  7833 1024  Jb  34s6  3614. 

II.  Denoting  proximity — 1.  at,  by  (not 
very  common):  1  S  291  J?JB  by  the  spring ;  Ez 
I0i5.a>  -Q3  nn33  by  the  river  Chebar  (i3  by). 
2.  on:  Gn820Nu232n3ja3  0n  the  altar;  Ju821 
on  the  necks  of  the  camels ;  1  K  25  al.  ^jnm 
on  his  loins ;  Is  59"  a  helmet  Svthl  on  his 
head.  3.  often  with  verbs  of  touching, 
approaching,  taking  hold  of,  cleaving,  etc.,  as 
1™,  p31,  pK'n,  VI),  tWJ,  335,  V3B,  Tjpn,  B>Efi  (see 
these  words).  4.  with  words  expressing 
or  implying  an  act  of  hostility — a.  against : 
Gn  1612  13  bb  T1  %2  fV  his  hand  against  all, 
and  the  hand  of  all  against  him ;  3  'B  T  iin\l 
Dti310  1S59  i817  +  oft.  Hence  after  verbs 
(q.v.)  of  fighting  (DO?:,  an),  going  up  to  in- 
vade (r6y),  being  angry  ("OS/Tin,  *!?*!,  P]N  rnn), 
sinning  or  acting  treacherously  (Nt?n,  133,  Tip, 
mo,  bye,  )#f,  l|j>t?,  3JP,  ETG),  testifying  (njy, 
Tyn),  mocking  (3^1  brin),  /eeZ?'w?  loathing 
(pP),  rebuking  (lyj:  prop,  to  protest  loudly), 
speaking  (131:  Nu  12s"),  etc.,  &  even  (an  ex- 
treme case)  Ho  7"  '3  VNDJ  they  turn  aside  (so 
as  to  be)  against  me.  In  a  weaker  sense 
mjB  pnipp  mingens  ad  parietem  1  S  25s2  al. 
b.  down  to,  upon  {super  with  accus.),  esp.  in 
such  phrases  as  ^3  1W  Lv  209  al.  his  blood  be 
upon  him;  iSM$13  1D1  his  blood  be  wpora.  his 
head  Jos  219;  W»h»  (*  3^,1)  31E>  Ju  857  (nyi), 

1 K  2s3  (Di),  v44  (ny'i),  ,/,  717  (ibpy);  'b  jyj  joj 

ie>Nl3  1  K  8s2  &  oft.  in  Ez,  as  910'  1 121. 

III.  1.  With — a.  of  accompaniment:  Nu 
20™  133  Dy3  with  much  people,  Jos  22s  Ju  1 134 
1  K  1  o2  2  K  59  Je  4 1 15;  Ex  2  i2i  and  he  shall  give 


D7?S3  with  arbitrators  (arbitrators  being  em- 
ployed), Is  8"  :ne!>3  with  iny  disciples,  i.e. 
having  them  present;  Ex  8113  Jo  1 119 10(1^3  py 
a  tree  with  its  sap;  1  K  1919  ibyn  D,3B'3  iom 
and  he  with  the  12th.  b.  often  of  what  one 
takes  or  brings  with  one:  Gn  32,Mb£03  with 
my  staff  I  passed  over  Jordan,  Ju  n54  151 
1  S  i24  Is  724;  Mi  6"  al.  3  Dip  to  go  to  meet 
with;  3  K3  to  come  with  Lvi63\fr6613  71". 
(In  Arabic  this  usage  is  developed  more  fully 
than  in  Hebrew,  and  ^  Js\  lit.  to  come  with, 
M  C**i  lit.  to  go  away  with,  are  used  idio- 
matically in  the  sense  of  to  bring,  and  to  take 
away  respectively:  WAG"-»Mb.)  Hence  I'NS, 
D??3>  7?*.  &2  =  without,  c.  of  concomitant 
(or  surrounding)  conditions,  as  filBns  with  (or 
in)  haste  ;  plX3  wrcU  (or  m)  righteousness ; 
njJB'B  t-re  error  ;  ISiE*  bipZH  nyVTTB  2  S  6"; 
often  in  such  phrases  as  inp"IS3  1//  312  in  thy 
righteousness;  I^Dns  m  thy  mercy  Ex  1513; — 
^lEWa  wt'<A.  my  happiness  .'= happy  am  I  Gn 
30";  \//-  294  the  voice  of  *  is  033  wj'<Apower= 
is  powerful;  EX3212  nyi3  wt^  evil  purpose; 
^•738  ""39  "»  wickedness;  90'°  ni«33  tw'di 
strength.  2.  of  the  instrument  or  means  : 

as  a.  3in3  with  the  sword  Ex  5'  etc.;  D&Q3 
wti/t  the  feet  Is  283;  . . .  T3  by  the  hand  of. 
(v.  sub  T);  to  stone  ?3K3  or  mJ3«$3  toiV/j  stones 
Lv  202  Nu  i410etc;  3  nriB»  to  drink  with  a  cup 
Gn445  Am  6s  (cf.  in  Aram.  Dn52);  to  cry 
fil33  with  the  throat  Is  581;  to  burn  E*N3  m 
or  wt'<A  fire  (oft.) ;  to  slay  or  to  perish  3yi3 
through  hunger  or  1313  through  pestilence  Ex 

163  Je2i9+oft,  (cf.  Jb2715  raft  niB3);  to 

save  with  or  by  Ju  77  1  S  146.  b.  idiom.,  with 
certain  verbs,  as  3  pPIB*  to  play  with  Jb  4029; 
3  13JJ  to  labour  with  a  person  (as  with  an  in- 
strument), i.e.  to  use  him  as  a  slave  Ex  i"  Je 
22"  2  77  al.;  3  riVV  Je  1823  Ne  924  Dn  1 17  Est 
i15  2"  311  66 ;  &  perh.  3  131  (of  God)  to  speak 
with  one  Nu  1228*  al.  (v.  Ew«a7t<3);  Dr8m'L 
23'2).  Further  by33,  mn<3  «33nn  to  prophesy 
with  or  by  "  or  Baal,  *  or  Baal  being  the  in- 
spirer;  3  ?£{?,  tJHl  to  inquire  or  ask  by  means 
of  a  god  (or  oracle),  c.  .11.T3  through  '•<  (  = 
by  His  aid)  in  many  connexions,  as  yfr  1830  44" 
56511  6014  Is  26'3  4525  Ho  17  Zc  io12;  with 
pass,  verbs  Dt  33s9  Is  4517  (to  be  saved):  and 
even  of  the  immediate  cauee  Nu  36s  to  be 
commanded  mn,3  by  \  Gn  9'  D1X3  by  man 
shall  his  blood  be  shed  (both  unusual),  Ho  144. 
d.  allied  is  the  use  of  3  in  such  phrases  as 


90 


to  bless,  swear,  speak,  prophesy,  etc.,  DB/3  in 
the  name  of . . .  (i.  e.  the  name  being  used  or 
appealed  to  in  the  act)  Dt  613  Je  1 121,  etc.  (so 
to  swear  mrpa  by  '>  Jos  2"  etc.,  fra'a  Is  62s;  to 
bless  13  with  thee  Gn  4820,  to  swear  with  me 
yjr  102',  i.e.  using  my  name  in  oath,  Je  29"); 
almost=in  the  authority  and  power  of  1  S  1746 
25s  1  K  2 18  Mi  4s  Zc  io12  ^  206  446  89s.  e.  n©3 
or  nS3  by  means  of  v;hat  f  how  ?  Gn  158  Ju 
6i»  ^5.6.10  ,  K  22ji  Mal  2i7     nx,a  hy  TOeang  0f 

this  Gn4215JB  Ex717  NU1628;  with  this=on 
this  condition  Gn  34**  1  S  1 12  Is  27".  3. 

of  cost  or  price  (the  Beth  pretii),  the  price, 
whether  given  or  received,  being  treated  as  the 
instrumental  means  by  which  the  act  is  accom- 
plished, with,  for,  at  the  cost  of:  thus  regularly 

a.  with  -OB>  hire  Gn  3016,  n"1B  redeem  Ex 
3420,  fen«  6e<ro<A  2  S  314,  Hg  &My  2  S  24s4; 
i  K  223  te>M3  a<  </«?  co««  0/  ids  life  hath  A. 
spoken  this  word,  2  S  2317  who  went  OnVcaja 
at  peril  of  their  lives,  Pr  1™  La  5'  Jos  6s6 
'"•n?-:  ™33  a'  tt«  pnc«  0/  his  firstborn  shall 
he  lay  its  foundations,  1  Ch  12"  ttHSfcnS  <o 
the  jeopardy  of  our  heads  he  will  fall  away,  etc. 

b.  with  130  seZ?  Dt  21";  122  serve  Gn  2918'20 
Ho  1 2  " ;  TDH  exchange  Lv  2  7 10  Ho  47  their  glory 
I  will  exchange  for  ignominy,  i/e  10620;  'HB'33  fro 
to  give /or  interest  Lv2537\/m56;  in  other  con- 
nexions Gn  23"  4716f-  Is  4513  La  1"  Ct  8711;  Dt 
19"  P5?3  fX  Vm®*?.  life  for  life,  eye  for  eye; 
Is2»  mn  aOTJ/np  0«wA«<  is  he  to  be  ac- 
counted? 723athousand vines  IDa  n??3^  athou- 
sand  (shekels  of)  silver. — Hence  (perhaps)  the 
idiom,  usages  riJ?'3  ^JK*  year  for  year,  one  year 
like  another,  annually  Dt  1 520  al. ;  Di'3  Di'  (late), 

Di'a  Di'a  ti  S  1810;  Dysa  oyaa  (T.  tip,  Off); 

BHha  enh  +1  Ch  271.  4.  rather  peculiarly, 
in  certain  cases  where  the  object  of  an  action 
may  be  treated  as  the  instrument  by  which  it 
is  accomplished  :  as  t^Nia  jPJfj  to  shake  with 
the  head  Je  186  Jb  164  (as  well  as  BWl  fflQ 
^2  28);  to  open  with  the  mouth  Jb  1610,  with 
the  lips  f2  28;  to  gnash  with  the  teeth  Jbi69 
(to  gnash  the  teeth  ^3516);  to  wink  with  the 
eye  Pr  613  (to  wink  the  eye,  ib.  io10);  ^ip3  jnj 
to  utter  with  the  voice  ifr  46'  68s4  Je  128  (but 
Pip  |nj  is  more  common);  to  stretch  out  with 
the  hand  La  i17;  flBB3  Cnn  (unusual)  Ex  720. 
So  DK/3  tOi?  to  call  with  the  name — in  diff. 
senses,  ace.  to  the  context,  viz.  to  irroclaim  Ex 
33"  34s  Is  44'  f4912;  to  invoke  Gn  4*  128 
1  K  I824"2*  Is  124;   to  rcaroe  honourably  Is  431 

45».  Cf.  Ew'282"  Ges»119-3bB-  WAG"-,Mb"  De 
ib'**:***      5.  with  a  cau8al  forcej  ^r0M^  ^ 


account  of:  Gn  1828  n^t?na  Wlffriri  wilt  thou 
destroy  on  account  of  five  the  whole  city?  Lv 

26s9  Nu  1626  Dt  9"  2416  :vrov  iKcna  j^k  they 

shall  be  put  to  death,  each  because  of  his  own 
sin  (cf.  Je  3 130  Ez  318,  v.  1817)  2  S  3s7  147  (cf. 
Jon  i»)  Is74  (|||D)  287  (||  JO)  soi  53'  57"  Je 
51-  +5U16'  (||  »)  31"  323  4219  909  94*.     So 

in  f&,  b>?3  (v.  -rate,  bbi),  &  (sts.)  in  nana  at, 

through,  the  word  of. . . .  6.  of  the  material 
with  which  a  work  is  wrought,  both  absol. 
anja  7\f$  to  work  with  gold  Ex  3 14  1  K  7"; 
and  to  make  a  thing  with  (in  our  idiom,  of) 
gold  Ex  388  Ez  720  1  K  1522  (Hja).  Without  a 
verb  Lv  1 3s2  2  Ch  918.  7.  with  for  although, 

in  spite  of  (cf.  Germ,  bei  alle  dem):  Lv  2627 
Nu  1411  ninkn  ^)ba  in  spite  of  all  the  signs  that 

1  have  wrought,  Dt  I32  Is  47"  ^  27s;  esp.  in 
the  phrase  ntfri>33  for  all  this  Is  s25  91»-16-2° 
io4  V  7832  al.  (Cf.'in  Ar.  O.  Qor  9s5.)  8. 
of  a  standard  of  measurement  or  computation, 
with,  by:  Ex  124  nfefej  np3D3  by  the  computa- 
tion of  souls ;  Lv  525  al.  ^"ijfa  by  thy  reckoning; 
Ez  410;  1SD03  by  number  Dt  25'+  ;  . . .  lappa 
by  the  number  of . . .  Lv  251"0  Nu  I2,  etc.; 
Bhpn  b?p2  Ex  3013  al.  (in  P);  TOKa  often  (v. 
nBK);  Dt  311  B*N  ni2Sa  oy  the  cubit  of  a  man; 

2  S  1 4s6  ![^n  jasa.  Of  a  model,  Gn  i26  «pbsa 
tw  our  image,  51-3  Ex  2540;  fTja  w«'«Zi  the  way 
(=in  the  manner)  of . . .  Is  io2426  Am  410. 

IV.  3  is  used  also  with  certain  classes  of 
verbs,  though  the  explanation  of  its  use  may 
be  sometimes  doubtful :  viz.  a.  with  verbs  of 
taking  refuge,  trusting,  relying,  as  PPi^D,  nP3, 
nP?>  15?^.  b.  with  verbs  of  ruling,  governing, 
restraining,  as  ^O,  i'B'O,  B*M,  "IXJ?,  PITl,  ts^tr. 
C.  with  verbs  of  rejoicing,  feeling  pleasure  or 
satisfaction,  etc.,  as  ?*|,  $?,  WC,  nce>,  }»SPI, 
'T)>  "^?  (but  with  this  verb  fO  is  more 
common).  [Prob.  a  case  of  III.  5.  j  d.  with 
verbs  expressive  of  sensible  perception,  to 
denote  the  pleasurable  or  attentive  exercise  of 
the  faculty  concerned,  as  3  J?BB>  to  listen  to, 

3  D^an,  nyj,  ntn,  to  look  upon,  a  nnn  to  smell 

at  (see  these  words),  e.  occasionally  also 
with  verbs  of  speaking,  thinking,  mentioning, 
knowing,  to  denote  the  object  of  the  action, 
as  3  na^  to  speak  about  Dt  67  ^  87s  al.  (v.  sub 
TO;  ?  &•,  "JC1,  D^  V44'6376913;  VT  Je 
38s4;  1?;  once  Je  316,  Tajn  oft,;  ^  716  V^NJ  ^2 
of  thee  is  my  praise. 

V.  Followed  by  an  inf.  c,  3  forms  a 
periphrasis  for  the  gerund,  though  in  English 
it  is  commonly  to  be  rendered  by  a  verb  and 


conj.,  viz.: — 1.  as  a  temporal  conj.,  as  Gn  2* 
DNiana    in   their    being    created = when   they 
were  created,  4s  Dni^na  in  their  being  (=when 
they  were)  in  the  field;  and  constantly.     Some- 
times it  has  in  appearance  the  force  of  after 
that,  as  Gn  3318  Ex  312  13";  hut  as  a  rule  this 
is  really  due  to  the  action  denoted  by  the  inf. 
being  treated  as  extending  over  a  period  within 
which  the  action  of  the  principal  verb  takes 
place :    so   esp.   in   the   phrase    «>K"}^    J1KX3 
QnXBD,  even  of  events  at  the  close  of  the  40 
years,  Dt  4**  23s  Jos  5",  the  whole  period  being 
treated  as  that  in  which  Egypt  was  left  (comp. 
2  K  21,  where  the   time  included  is  future). 
Cases,  however,  occur  in  which  this  explanation 
will  hardly  apply,  as  Dt  2  7412.       2.  as  a  causal 
conj.  (cf.  above  III.  5),  as  Gn  1916  *  nppns 
V?V  through  J.'s  having  compassion  upon  him, 
Exi67  3316  34w  Dt  i27  Unk  ''  ntufett  through 
J.'s  hating  us,  etc.  (9s8  similarly  J?),'  1  K  1818 
(=in  that  ye  have . . .)  Ez  9*  43s  447  2  Ch  28s. 
3.  as  a  concessive  conj.,  when  —  though :  Is  I15 
+■  46'  HS  ")'l'?7:?  though  the  earth  do  change. 
Note. — Ex  io12  '"I3"]K3  can  only  be  rendered 
'with   the    locusts,'    the   locusts    being    con- 
ceived as  implicit  in  Moses'  uplifted   hand: 
but  prob.  n|1f6  should  be  read.     Thrice  in 
late  Heb.  3  is  used  peculiarly :    1  Ch  7s3  for 
with   misfortune  was   it   in  his  house  (nVl? 
chosen  for  the  purpose  of  explaining  ny"!3); 
g™  nSK^Ba  DiTpy  it  devolved  upon  them  with 
the  work ;  Ezr  3'  for  with  terror  (was  it)  upon 
them  from  the  peoples  of  the  countries  (the 
sentence  without  a  verb  as  oft.  in  Chr.:   Dr 
lutr.KHf.)  .  cf  8m     Comp.  Ew'295'- 

tfeS  poet,  for  S  (v.  sub  to:  cf.  Sab.  M, 
DEM""***")  Is  2510  Qr  (<Kt  ♦$»)  43s 
44>619  +  u 2  Jb  930  Kt  ( > Qr  'M)  1 645 1 916  3  f. 

II.  3,  perh.  abbrev.  in  n.pr.  for  "J3,  rV3  q.v. 
HMO  v.  sub  Ni3. 

ffHfcO]  vb-  onlv  **■  make  distinct,  plain 
(so  NH.Aram.;  LagBN68  prop. for  Qan^3,nj<3, 
cf.  deriv.  infr.;  Thes  &  most  comp.  Ar.  JLT  dig  a 
pit  or  well,hut  this  prob. denom. v. Lag1") — Pi. 
Pf.  3  ms.  "K?3  Dt  i5,  Imv.  "K?3  Hb  22;  Inf.  abs. 
1X3  Dt  27s  (cf.  Bo im'*) — make  distinct,  plain, 
of  letters  on  tablets  Hb  22  "^  IK??  pin  3ha 
13  Klip  fH>  fjrpb  ninj>n,  i.e.  so  that  one  may 
run  past  and  (still)  read;  or,  so  that  one  may 
read  swiftly;  on  stones  Dt  27s  '75?  J?anai 
ac'n    "1N3 ....  D'iaKn    and    thou    shalt   write 


upon  the  [whitewashed]  stones  all  the  words  of 
this  law,  doing  it  plainly  and  well;  fig.  exj>lain, 
expound  Dt  1 '  JTjinn  "1N3  fl&O  ?'{<in  Moses  began 
(and)  expounded  the  law. 

tlNQ  n.f.  0nKn  well,  pit,  mostly  Hex,  Gn 

23 1.  Ex  1 1.  Nu  5 1.,  37  t.  in  all ;  Ar.^lj ,  Aram. 
SOX3,  -V3,  K-J'3,  )U,  Sab.  1N3  DHMz"au75-«0,) 
As.  beru,  Lyon8*'""161  (connexion  with  above 
\/not  clear;  Lag1,0"  spring  of  water,  as  coming 
to  UgJd,  appearing  ;  possible,  although  meaning 
in  use  rather  well,  than  spring;  v.  however, 
Gn  1614  cf.  v7  2619  Nu  21'7)— '3  abs.  Gn  2i»+ ; 

cstr.  2i19+ ;  sf.  X$$  Pr  5U;  pl-  abs- n^  Gn 
2615;  cstr.  id.  2618;'cf.ion  niKSnita  Gn  1410; 
— 1.  a  well,  often  as  made  by  digging  C1?0) 
Gn2i2630(E),  2 6 ■51919-21-22-32  (all  J),  also  poet. 
Nu  2i18(+  ma)  vid.  also  v1617  (where  the  well 
addressed,  in  song,  "itQ  ^pg);  also  c.  ma  in  prose 
Gn  2625;  also  with  no  ref.  to  its  origin  Gn  16" 
(J;  ||  H?  v7),  29s  Ex2is  (J)  Nu  20"  2im(E) 
2  S  17'"1;  CTO(n)  1S3  Gn  2i19(E)  24"(J;  ||  P5? 
vv131643-46);  (cf.  also  2125  2618  supr.  &  esp.  v19 
D^n  D?p  1X3);  water  taken  from  it  by  drawing 
(aSB-)  Gn  241120;  flocks  watered  from  it  (*$? n 
-jp)  292-38-10  (cf.  esp.  Ex  216  they  drew,  rbl,  and 
filled  the  troughs) ;  also  mxa  ^inp . . . .  D^p  mf 
Pr  515  (||  113);  the  opening  called  ">K3n  '3  Gn 
29!.3.3.8.io.  cf  /3n  >jb  2Si7'9  (rd.  prob.  '3  so 
Sam.  $(333,  cf.  Dr);  fig.  of  fresh  delights  of 
woman  beloved  Ct415  D»n  D?p  1K3  D»fl  f!l/p 
|i33p"|p  D,pfl31 .         2 .  pit  ( = ""3) ;  pits  of  bittt- 
mln  Gn  1410  (cf.  supr.);  nriB>  1N3  f  55"  pit  of 
(the)  grave;  cf.  6916  n*|  1K3  fy  -iBKrr^  and 
let  not  (the)  pit  shut  its  mouth  over  me  (||  npisp); 
fig.  of  strange  woman  niX  1X3  a  narrow  pit, 
out  of  which  rescue  is  difficult  Pr  23s7  (||  nriW 
ni?~S).         3-  as  n.pr.loc.    a.  c.  H—  loc.  '1"1N3 
a  station  of  Isr.  in  desert  Nu2i16,  possibly = 
E^N  1X3  Is  1 5".      b.  same  form  Ju  921,  ace.  to 
Euseb.  LagOnomm2ndedai0   8    miles   north  of 
Eleutheropolis;  cf.  EobBBItt2  who  comp.  el- 
Blreh,  near  Beth-shemesh. 

D^N  1N2  v.  1N3  3.  a. 

"hi*""!  TD  "INS  n.pr.loc.  (lit.  well  of  the 
living  One  that  seeth  me)  Gn  1614  (where  ex- 
plan.,  from  story  of  Hagar)  24s2  2511  (all  J); 
perh.  name  of  ancient  shrine  or  holy  place,  cf. 
stazAwn.347  &  dj  Gn  1614;  W.  of  Kadesh,  cf. 
Jer  sub  Barad,  Lag  °°om-  !*  M  ^ ls>,  v.  Rowlands 
in  WilUams^1'01"'489  Trumbull  K*d"h-B*rne*64. 


"»H3 


92 


tj?ntr  "1X3  n.pr.loc.  Beersheba  (well  of 
seven,  explained  Gn  2130"  as  place  of  swear- 
ing by  seven  lambs,  or,  well  of  oath,  v.  nyaE*; 
cf.  same  meaning  otherwise  derived  26s3)— 
V2f  1K3  Gn  26*+  13  t,,  WBON3  Jog  /<,'; 
J»#  1N3  Gn  2i"+i8t.;  V#  ITJPJ  (n_  loc.) 
Gn  461 — south  from  Hebron,  ace.  to  Onom.  c. 
20  miles  Lag 0aom- 10S-234' a"1  •*■  >* «» •  mod.  Bir-es- 
Seba,  1 2  h.  fr.  Hebron  BobBB  '•  ^ f-  Survey"1-  »♦  Gn 
■I*"*"  22'»'»  26^  28'°  46"  Jos  i5»  192  Ju 

201    lS3»8»    2Sl7»24'    lKI9S    2Kl22238 

Am  56 1  Ch  428  2  Ch  1 94  241  Ne  1 i27-30;  in  phrase 
'3"nyi  f'TO./rom  Dan  to  BeersJieba  (i.e.  all  the 
territory  of  Israel,  v.  \f)  Am  814  Ju  201  1  S  3-0 
2  S  310  17"  24216  1  K  55,  &  (only  Ch)  JOB"  1X3J? 
rr1^  from  Beersheba  to  Dan  1  Ch  2 12  2  Ch  305. 

T  N"}N3  n.pr.ni.  a  man  of  Asher  1  Ch  7s7. 

trn^S  n.pr.m.  a  Reubenite  1  Ch  5s. 

T ifnNl  n.pr.loc.  (but  only  2  S  4s  ace.  to 
Masorah,  v.  BD8"2-25  elsewh.  rnN3),  city  of 
the  Gibeonites  Jos  917;  assigned  to  Benjamin 
2S42  Josi825;  cf.  alfoEzr225Ne729;  mod.  el- 
Blreh  BobBBI462  Bdr*1214  Survey"1-88. 

t^n^Nl  adj.gent.  always  c.  art.  2  S  4"-», 
23s7=,niari  1  Ch  n39;  pi.  Dvntcan  2  g  4». 

+  "J i^if^  — '^?^  f^*®  n.pr.loc.  Dtio6  (cf.  Nu 
3331'32,  where  py  «r0,  a  station  of  Isr.  in  desert, 
prob.  in  country  of  Hoiites,  cf.  Di. 

T,"1N1  n.pr.m.  (my  welt).    1.  a  Hittite, 

Esau's  father-in-law  Gn  26s4.  2.  Hosea's 
father  Ho  i1. 

t[lN2]  n.m.J,,2-ls  cistern,  pit,  well  (for 
1N3  cf.  -fa)—  sg.  Kt  1N3  2  S  231S-16-20  (Qr  "13); 
appar.  well  v1516(rd.  perh."W?3),  fit  v20;  pi.  Je  213 
me  they  have  forsaken,  the  fountain  of  living 
water,  Bna|*a  JV1N3  n!,1K3  orb  3fr6,  to  hew 
out  for  themselves  cisterns,  broken  cisterns,  etc. 

t"rt3  n.m.Gn37-20pit,  cistern,  well  (="^3, 
MI  "13,  Ar.  g.  'yi  hole  or  hollow  for  cooking,  As. 
burtum  Dl rr  182, Mrw  Lotz"" 169)—  'a  abs.  Gn  3  7"2 
+ ;  13 Ex 2 133(2  S  2320  Qr,  V.1N3  supr.);  cstr.lia 

2Kio14  +  (2S23,5-,6Qr,  v.nxa  supr.);  rn:3(n_ 

loc.)Gn  37M;  sf.  ll"lli3Is3616  =  n3  2Ki8:!1;  ^'3 
Pr515;  pi.  nina  Gn3720-r3t.;  Tins  Dt6":— 1. 
cistern,  containing  water,  made  by  digging 
(3Vn)  Dt6"  2CI12610  Neg25;  also  (without 
ret  to  origin)  Pr  5"  (||  "*»)  Lv  1 136  (II  rTVP), 
iSi92lIs36,,=  2Ki831.  2.  later  appar.  «*« 
(  =  TN3)  1  Ch  n17'8=Qr  2  S  23'616  (yet  now  no 


#H3 


well  at  Bethlehem  BobBB  '■ 47°-  473cf.  also  Survey"1-28 
Gue-rin;""*"-1*'),  cf.  Ec  126  &  Je  67  Kt  V|Stf 
■WO  ia  as  a  we?;  caste^.  om<  t'fe  water  (Qr  T3) ; 
but  "Vpn  perh.  &ee;>  cooZ,  /res/t  ©  33  Hi  Gf.        3 . 

pit  Ex  2 133  (vb.  nna),  v33  (ma),  cf.  v34;  cf.  fig. 

V'7,6of  wickedness  (II fine';  vb.  lTl3,  nan);  iS 
136  as  hiding-place;  2  S  2320  (Qr)=i  Ch  n22 
2  K  io14 1$  ;V3  113;  of  pit  into  wh.  Joseph  was 
cast  Gn  3720-22-24  (D)p  is  px  pn  ttsnj)  yjuwi  ^JE^ 
cf.  further  Je4i7-9;  fig.  of  Sarah 'as  mother  of 
Israel  '3  T13J3D  Isgi>;  fig.  0f  calamity  +  403 

l*P  nia;  cf-  *887  ni>nnn  's.       4.  ^eon 

(pit  with  no  water  in  it  Je  38"  Zc  9"  cf.  Gn 
3724  supr.)  Gn4o,34i14  (E)  . Is  24s2  Je3866 
(0)1?  r«  /a)  v7.9.io.n.1S.  alsQ  nto?J  n,3  ^.s<m  Ex 

1229  Je3716;  fig.  of  exile  Zcgn  (13  D?0  }<K  "1130); 
cf.  also  La  353M.  5.  (poet.  &  late;  never  c'. 
art.)  pit  of  the  grave  Pr  28'7;  so  'a  "33K  stones 
of  the  pit  Is  i419  (of  sepulchre,  walled  with 
stones)  &  of  Sh"61  f  304  (||  W);  '3  >ray_  hins 
of  (tlie)  pit,  i.e.  remotest  pit  Is  1415  (11^1X5?) 
Ez  3  2s3  esp.  in  phrase  "113  *fp  those  going  dmm 
to  (the)  pit  ty  28'  1437  Is  3818  Ez  2620  3225-29-30; 
also,  (II^IXK'),  -f885  Pri12;  further  Ez  2620 
32,a-24  (all  \\Ttm$  }ns):   3J.4..6  (both   ||  pK 

n'rinri;  v14 1|  also  nio,  v16  Snb>). 

"Trnen  iia  a.pr.ioc.  2s  326 {cistern  of ■&•- 

ra/i,  Thes  cist.declinationis,  HYofthejyot,  v.Td). 

T|©jr  "Til  (so  rd,  for  ordinary  'y  "lia,  v. 
BD  «"•  »•  "•  ©  @)  n.pr.loc.  1  S  3030  (smoking 
pit),  in  S.W.  of  Judah;  elsewhere  JB'V  q.  v. 

T3  Qr  Je  67  v.  lia. 

'V%  n.pr.m.  a  descendant  of  Asher  1  Ch 
736(perh.  =nN3). 

Tnnil^  n.pr.loc.  near  Hamath  Ez  47" 
(contr.  fr.  nriiisa  I),  cf.  foil. ;— hardly  =  Bery tus 
(Beirut)  with  wh.  form  of  name  might  agree  v. 
Steph.  Byzant.  al.  in  Movers""""1-110"-;  perh. 
Bereitdn  near  Baalbek,  v.  Furrer  zpv  "'"■ M- 

'  C  '?  n.pr.loc.  belonging  to  Hadadezer 
ofZoba2S88;  perh.  =  foregoing. 

t"»nhn  adj.gent.  1  Chn39v.  "Ph»fn  SUpr. 

t  luNH  vb.  have  a  bad  smell,  stink  (Ar. 
JLij  be  evil,  Aram.  CW3,  +.)£  be  evil,  As.  blsu 
LotzTP78)— Qal  Pf  t?«31  consec.  Ex  718;  Impf 
ti$»H  v21,  OX"  1620;  3  fs.  K»N3P1  Is  502;  CK3P11 
Ex  810; — stink,  of  Nile,  on  account  of  dead  fish 
Ex  71821  (E);  of  land  of  Egypt,  owing  to  dead 
frogs  810  (J);  of  manna  kept  over  1620  (P  J  or 


tfMn 


93 


R)  E>N3>1  D^Sin  D-iJl  and  ?"<  ?rew  /ohJ  (rot- 
ten, decayed)  with  worms,  and  stank;  Is  502 

nds?  nbni  d^d  pNo  Dm  Eton  their  fish  stink 

for  lack  of  water,  etc.  (©  Lo  Di  rd.  IP3VI,  dry 
up  and  die,  which  suits  || ,  but  not  the  usage 
of  cfr).  Nipa.  Pf  E>X33  i  S  134;  W^aj  2  S 
io6;  JjHpN3?  2  S  1621; — only  fig.  make  oneself 
odious,  become  odious  (cf.  Eng.  be  in  bad  odour), 
sq.nN  with=towards;  T??"n9  V^i  2  S  l62' 
thou  hast  become  odious  with  thy  father;  also 
sq.  3  (rather  strangely)  1  S  13'  Isr.  made 
tliemselves  odious  to  the  Philistines;  2  S  io6 
Ammonites  to  David.  Hiph.  Pf.  E^NIin  Ex 
i624iS2V12; ^N3n^386;  Dneton Ex521;/top/. 
B*N3:  Pr  135  Ec  io1;  Inf.  aos.  Eton  ,  S  2712; 
cstr.  sf.  ^B^JOnp  Gn  3430; — 1.  emit  a  stinking 
odour  Ex  1624  of  manna  (cf.  Qal  v20);  ^38" 
Tnisn  >pDi  }e"N3n  my  wounds  have  grown 
stinking,  they  have  festered  (of  chastisement  for 
sin) ;  1  S  1 712  fig.  of  David  top  E»N3n  Eton  he 
hath  become  utterly  abhorred  among  his  people. 
2.  cause  to  stink,  Dpin  fCE*  JpiT  (J%0C  DID  *3»J 
dead  flies  cause  to  stink  (and)  io  ferment  the  oil 
of  a  perfumer;  usually  fig.  UrVTTIK  DRE'iOn 
Ex  521  (J),  i.  e.  ye  have  made  us  odious,  sq.  ^J!3, 
cf.  (c.  ace.  pers.)  Gn  3430  sq.  3;  also  without 
obj.  Pr  135  a  wicked  man  makes  odious  and 
shameful  (De  Now  Str;  Be  Ew  Hi  Zo  acts 
odiously  and  shamefully).  Hithp.  Pf.  ^NSTin 
1  Ch  196  they  had  made  tliemselves  odious 
(=Niph.  in  ||  2  S  io6),  sq.  0?. 

tCJNS  n.m.  stench— '3 cstr. Am 4'°;  sf.^Eto 
Jo  250;  I3Eto  Is  343;_D3'3nn  '3,  i.e.  stench  of 
corpses  Am  410,  also  Is  34s;  cf.  Jo  220  of  locusts 

'3  nby  (||  *irnns  byn). 

tnttJNS  n.f.  (stinking  things)  stinking  or 

noxious  weeds,  Jb  3 140  Tinrn  rrtn  to*  nan  nrw 

nE>N3  nnytJ'  instead  of  wheat  may  there  spring 
forth  bramble,  and  instead  of  barley  stinking 
weeds  (cf.  As.  bUu  Zehnpfund6*31633). 

TO^NS,  n.[m.]pl.  stinking  or  worthless 
things,  wild  grapes  (NH  n.  unit.  flE/lNS) 
(perh.  adj.  om.  D"33J?  cf.  Di)  Is  524  of  Yahweh's 
vineyard,  33  labruscae  (v.  further  De). 

t[H33]  n.f.  only  \F$  033  Zc  212  the  apple  of 
his  eye  (Aram.  \±JL}  )&>^;  x??  gate  %.  Est 
514 ;  Thes  sub  333  to  which  Ges  gives  sense  per- 
forate, hence  opening  of  eye;  but  cf.  Ar.^j^j 
y^ji  pupil  of  eye,  perh. =1IJ  Dozy49  babe,  baby, 
bebe  (imitating  infant's  prattle)  i.e.  child  of  the 
eye;  v.  Hi  St,  Flin  ChWB1-4191';  cf.  f^K!). 


TO 

H^Il  n.pr.m.  a  chief  of  returning  exiles  '33 
Ne  10";  '33  *»  Ezr  8";  *2m  Ezr  8";  '33  ?33 
Ezr2u  io^NeY". 

7221  M2  n.pr.loc.  Babel,  Babylon  (in  As. 
written  Bab-ilu,  gate  of  god  Dlr*  ■*,  cf.  on  other 
hand  JenKMrao1-  498)— c.  n_  loc.  n^>33  Ez  12"+, 
n^33  2  K  2017  +  once  ""^33D  Je  27"; — the  an- 
cient capital  of  Babylonia,  mod.  If  Utah,  situated 
on  Euphrates,  in  long.  c.  440  30'  E.,  and  lat.  c. 
320  50'  N.;  Gn  io10  1 19  (where  name  connected 
with  773  confuse,  confound),  both  J,  not  elsewh. 
in  Hex;  2Ki724+3i  t.  2  K;  i8t.Chr;  Est  2'; 
late^874 13718;  Is2-3,  viz.  13119  i442J  2i939'-"-7 
4314  471  481420;  Mi  4'°  (but  here  prob.  not  orig., 
cf.  B,SPr°1*'"'-"-6  &  reff.)  Zc  2"  610  Dn  i1  Ez  12" 
+  19  t.  Ez;  Je  2044-6-6-|- 165  t.  Je; — note  esp. 
'3  n?  Je  5o28i  ftlso  of  land  &  people = realm, 
partic.  in  '3  ?|JD  2  K  2012  of  Merodach  Baladan ; 
v18  241-7111212  +  oft.  of  Nebuchadrezzar;  2  K 
25"= Je  5231  cf.  v34  of  Evil-Merodach ;  Ne  13" 
of  Artaxerxes;  the  city  personif.  as  ?33  D3  Is 
471  Je  5042.    (See  DP* S1J  COT  Gn  1 1»  KG94.) 

32  EZ257  rd.  13  v.TT3. 

'  L  -  t  J  v^#  act  or  ^ea^  treacherously — 
Qal  Pf.  ni33  Je  32»+  I4t.;  Imp/.  "133?  Mai  215+ 
5t;  n33?Mal210;7n/a6*.n'i33Is488'je5";  cstr. 
T33IS33';  H33EX2I8;  POJ3Pr22ls+nt.; 
1313  Is  33'+  10  t. ; — act  or  deal  treacherously, 
faithlessly,  deceitfully,  in  the  marriage  relation, 
in  matters  of  property  or  right,  in  covenants, 
in  word  and  in  general  conduct,  a.  abs.  1  S 
1 4s3  Jb  615  ^78"  Is  24"  33M  488  Mai  2".  Cf. 
phrases  ?ri3  1D3  1133  TIN  my  brethren  have  dealt 
deceitfullyasabrookJb6u;  D'TjfcD  1331 1133  DH33 
n3T3  the  treacherous  Juive  dealt  treacherously,  yea 
in  treachery  have  the  treacherous  dealt  treach- 
erously  Is  2 416  (striking  alliteration);  |1N  ,-1?3 
treacherous  in  wickedness  ijr  59".  b.  with  3 
Ex2i8(E),  Ju9a  Is33'1  Jef>sni2'  Lai'2 
Ho  5'  67  Mai  2101415-'6.  c.  c.  ace.  +  73".  d. 
c.  I»  pregnant,  aino  ne*N  H"133  acteth  treach- 
erously {in,  departing)  from  her  friend  Je  320. 
Theptcp.  is  used  Pr  222  +  8  t.,  ^25'  59s  1191*8 
Is2i22416-,6331  Je38"  91  Hb  i13  25;  T$3  nj* 
dealers  treacJierously  in  treachery  (very  treach- 
erously) Je  121. 

+I.1JG  »-[W"]  treachery,  Is  24'"  Je  121. 

tjTYTfe  pl.abst.  Vfnfl  "^N  men  of  treach- 
ery Zp  34. 

t  [liJB]  adj.  treacherous,  f.  '"H^S.  (0n  form 
cf-EwS>«bNii}io;)je3-.io 

11.  na£  n.m.  (except  Lv  620  n^V. but  Sam-  ^' 


•naa 


cf.  Di  in  loco  Ko1182)  garment,  covering — Gn 
28s+  36  t.;  sf.  i1?3  Ez  93  +  (i4  t.  without  dag. 
lene  GesLgb-94);  pi.'  B^gS  Lv  64+  32  t.;  cstr.  H?? 

Gn27,5+39t.;sf.T13?iK22!0  +  8it,;T1?'1?? 
^45'; — 1.  garment,  clothing,  raiment,  robe  of 
any  kind,  from  the  filthy  clothing  of  the  leper 
to  the  holy  robes  of  the  high  priest,  the  sim- 
plest covering  of  the  poor  as  well  as  the  costly 
raiment  of  the  rich  and  noble,  used  throughout 
Heb.Lit.:  Gn  2463  (J),  2820  (E;  14 1.  JE),  Ex 
282+(P  90  t.),Dt  24"  Ju826  +  4t.,  1  S  19"  + 
iot.,  1  K  i>+  23  t.,  2 Ch  i89+  (Chr  gt.),  Est  414 
Jbi3K  226  3717  V.2219  459  10227  109"  Pr6w 
2o'6  2520  2713  Ec98Is2  2416  36s2  371  Is3  5o9  + 
10 1.,  Je  1 2'  + 3  t.,  Ez  i616+  13  k,  J0213  Am28 
Hg  2 12  Zc  33-«  i4M;  VlJ?  NTO  his  lap-fid  2  K  439. 
2.  covering,  wrapping,  of  furniture  of  taber- 
nacle Nu  46"13  (6  t.) ;  coverlet  of  a  bed  1  S  1 913. 

T',^2  n.pr.m.  (cf.  Skr.  bhagavdn,  happy  f) 
1.  a  companion  of  Zerubbabel  Ezr  22=Ne  77; 
perh.  =  head  of  a  family  of  returning  exiles  Ezr 
214  ("m)  =Ne  719,  cf.  Ezr  814.  2.  a  chief  of  the 
peopleinNehemiah'stime  Ne  io17;  cf.  SmL!*,TO  ". 

T^rOS.  n.pr.m.  (Pers.  cf.  N1P-'?S)  a  eunuch 

of  Ahasuerus  Est  1 10. 

T]rU21  n.pr.m.  (Pers.  bagaddna,  gift   of 

God  f)  a  eunuch  of  Ahasuerus  Est  221  =  W^JS  62. 
< 
X2Jn32  v.  foregoing. 

tl.  "13,12  »•[«*•]  white  linen  (deriv.  un- 
known) pi.  0^8— 13  liBK  1 S218  (Samuel),  2218 
(priests  of  Nob),  2  S614=  1  Ch  1 5s7 (David):  in  P 
asmaterial  of  diff.  priestly  vestments  Ex  28423928 
Lv  633  I64-4-4-4-23-32.  PI.  DT8(n)  E?13?(n)  clad  in 
(the)  linen  garments,  of  angel  Ez  92311  io2-6-7 
Dn  io5  1267. 

11,  in.  "IS  v.  sub  I,  II.  113. 

T  N13  vb.  devise,  invent  (bad  sense)  (Mish. 
id.,  Aram.  N13,  ]^  invent;  cf.  Ar.  IjJ  begin, 
make  a  beginning) — Qal  Pf  N13  1X12";  Pt. 
sf  DNlb  (instead  of  DN"]i3)  Ne  68— Jeroboam 
devised  a  feast  in  8th  month  1  K  1233;  invent 
accusation  Ne  68. 

•fl.  [*7*1Z11  vb.  be  separate,  isolated  (Ar. 

jj  cause  to  withdraw;  11.  separate,  disunite, 
Gnu'Saad.;  iv.  divide  into  parts;  x.  go  alone, 
act  independently), oji\y  P<.11^3  Is  1431  (of  strag- 
gler in  army),  Ho  89  v  1113  NIB  a  wild-ass  (sim. 
of  Ephr.)  going  alone  for  itself  (i.e.  wilfully:  v. 
sub  ?),  ^  1028  (of  bird  sitting  solitarily). 


94  m 

11.  T3,  "T3  n.m.  separation,  concr.  part 
(jj,  sJJ  portion) — sf.  (always  with  p)*"1!?^,  i,,?p 

etc',  3  f"  pi.  tGn  2 128  jni3p,  v29  njfap,-— 1.  with 

?,  only  in  sg.,  13?  prop,  in  a  slate  of  (v.  sub  ?) 
separation,  alone,  by  itself  (Fr.  &  part),  a.  Ex 
26s (=  3616)  five  curtains  13?  by  tfiemselves,  and 
six  curtains  13?  by  themselves,  Ju?5  him  shalt 
thou  set  13?  apart,  Zc  1 21W4.  b.  with  sf.  (89  t.) 
to  express  the  idea  of  by  oneself,  alone  (prop. 
in  his,  thy,  my  separation),  Gn  218  it  is  not  good 
for  man  to  be  il3?  alone,  2128  and  A.  set  the 
seven  lambs  ID!??  by  themselves  (lit.  in  their 
separation),  3217  43^  2  S  io8  Is  5";  Gn  42s8 
tob  HOT  he  alone,  Ex  1 814  T^p  ,in«  thou  alone, 
Nun14,|13p'3bN  I  alone,  1  K  191014;  Dt83not 
upon  bread  alone,  2913  2  S  1332  1824  Is  44s4  4921 
633  +  ;  after  an  oblique  case,  as  a  dat.  Ex  2219 
Ju  320  yjr  5 16 113?  1?  against  thee  alone  have  I 
sinned ;  a  genit.  7 1 16 1  will  make  mention  of 
:  113?  'jriij'iy  the  righteousness  of  thee  alone. 
C.  as  adv.  of  limitation,  tls  2613  only  through 
thee  do  we  celebrate  thy  name,  Ec  7s9.  d. 
followed  by  \Q  it  becomes  a  prep.,  apart  from, 
besides,Ex  1 237  Nu  29s9  Dt35  i88(rd.  V13BO  with 
®  @  X  Aq  Ew  Di)  Ju  8M  2015  al.  (1 5  t.)';  once, 
Ezr  i6,  with  ?J?  instead  of  [p.  e.  "OpO^  (prob. 
inverted  for  JB  13?  besides)  (chiefly  P  and 
late):  Gn  261  4626  Lv  917  23^(4  t.)  NU58  621 
17"+ 12  t.Nu  28-29;  Dt2869  J0S2229  1K10" 
iCh392Ch912i7193i16Ezr266=Ne767Dnn4. 
With  sf.tDt435 113pO  Ity  p«  there  is  none  else 
besides  him  (cf.  *T$89  Is  4521). 

t2.  concr .;>art  Ex 3034(P)  WT  133 13 part 
for  (i.e.  like;  cf.  3  HI,  3.  end)^jart  shall  it  be. 

f3.  D^l?  parts,  spec,  extended  from  some- 
thing, i.e.  (a)  of  a  body,  members,  limbs  Jb  1813 
(of  man),  414  (of  crocodile) ;  (6)  of  a  vine,  rods 
or  shoots  Ez  176  19'4;  (c)  of^>ofe«or  staves  used 
for  carrying  the  ark  Ex  251314 15  3512  37"  39s5 
4020  Nu  46  1  K  87-88(=2  Ch  58-99),  or  table  of 
shewbread  Ex  2S2™8  3513  371416  Nu  48,  or  altar 
of  B.  O.  Ex  2  76-6"  3516  385-6-7  3939  Nu  414,  or 
altar  of  incense  Ex  30"  3516  37s7-28  Nu  4";  (d) 
more  gen.  bars  (of  fortress)  Ho  1 16,  (of  a  gate) 
Jb  1716  fig.  5*f>  *&  (v.  Is  3810). 

TTD  n.[m.]  isolation,  separation  :  Is  2710 
113  i"n*X3  ~V)S  the  fenced  city  is  isolation,  i.e. 
is  solitary  (subst.  for  adj.:  Dr'189,2);  more  usu. 
as  adv.  accus.,  to  signify  alone,  Dt  3212;  esp. 
with  vbs.  of  dwelling,  Lv  1 346  3£*  113  he  shall 
dwell  alone  (lit.  in  isolation),  Je  1517  La  I1  3s8: 
fig.  of  freedom  from  attack,  security  Dt  33s8 


-m  95 

(of  Isr.),  Je  49"  (Kedar);  so  Vn|>  Nu  23s  (Isr.) 
Mi  714  ^  49  for  thou  w&m  neob  "nab  raakest 
me  dwell  solitarily,  in  safety  (v.  Dt  33s8). 

n.  "7*0  (prob.  i.  q.  tna  q.  v.  taM;  t'e%). 

tin.  [TS]  n.m.  only  PZ.  On?.  a.  empty, 
j'rf/e  tatt  (Ph.  CIS3-6  listen  not  to  DJ"U=Heb. 
D?,'!!3 ;  ef.  [IS  vain  talk),  esp.  with  collat.  idea 
of  imaginary  pretensions  or  claims :  Jb  1 1 3 ^3 
«J*W  DV1D  thy  idle  talk  brings  men  to  silence 
(II  WW),  Is  166  (of  Moab)  ina  [3  rfj  his  boast- 
ings  are  not  right  (unfounded),  hence  Je  4830. 
b.  concr.  empty  talkers,  praters  (cf.  NH  HK^a, 
Syr.  Uo*=>,  Kar),of  false  prophets, Is4425Je5o36. 

*TTa  n.pr.m.  father  of  an  Edom.  ruler 
(Tin)  Gn3635=iChi46. 

*TS  v.  'X 


rb-n 


*»"PT3  n.pr.m.  (=nH3Jj  servant  of  '1 1 
®  Bapata,  @L  Ba&uai  an  Israelite  Ezr  io35. 

[7  J^*J  v^-  be  divided,  separate  (Ar.  Jjo 
cliange,  substitute,  Mish.  ina  divide,  Syr.  ^!la 
Ithp.  Ethp.) — Hipb.  rfmde,  separate;  Pf 
5>*Wlj  Nui69  Dtio8;    sf.  i^Sni  consec.  Dt 

2920;   3fs.  nb«iam  Ex  26s3;  nhani  Nu8"; 

^nan  Ez  2  226,  etc.;  Imp/.  7*1$  Lvi17+; 
5*3*!  Gn  i4'  1  Ch  251;  sf.  *?H?!  IS563;  h?*J 
LV2026;  nb«l3Kl  Ezr824,  etc.;  Inf.  abs.  ^'an 
Is  563;  c««r.  Hsnj)  Gn  i14  +  ;  Pt.  Hap  Gn  i6; 
DyT?P  Is  592; — 1.  divide,  separate,  subj.  God 
Gn  i4  sq.  pal  •  •  •  •  Pa  between  light  and  dark- 
ness, cf.  v7;  subj.  heavenly  bodies  v1418;  subj. 
firmament  sq.  ?. . .  P?  Gn  I6  (all  in  P's  source); 
Ex  26s3  of  the  naia  in  tab.,  sq.  . . .  P?1 ...  pa 
D??;  of  iniquities,  separating  men  from  God 
V??  •  •  •  P3  Is  592.  2.  separate,  set  apart,  sq. 
P,  of  '1,  setting  off  Isr.  from  other  peoples  Lv 
2024  (H)  Nu  169  (P);  Lv  20*  sq.  also  4  **$; 
cf.  1  K  8ra  roni1?  ^  'Ian  separate  them  to  thy- 
self as  an  inheritance;  of  Moses,  setting  apart 
Levites,  sq.  ^ilTO  Nu  814;  of  separating  an  indi- 
vidual from  the  people,  i.e.  excluding  him  Dt 
2920,  sq.  also  np-ib;  sq.  b$»  Is  56s-3,  i.e.  ex- 
cluding him;  cf.  also  Ne  133  sq.  P;  of  setting 
apart  (forbidding)  beasts  as  unclean  N8B?  D37 
Lv  2025;  of  setting  apart  the  tribe  of  Levi 
'131  nafpj  Dt  io8  (subj.  '•>);  cf.  also  (hum.  subj.) 
I  Ch  251,  sq.  rrpfe,  2  Ch  2510 sq.  Inf.;  similarly 
Ezr  824;  even  sq.  ptcp.  Ez  3914  they  shall  set 


apart  men  Dnajj,  i.e.  <0;,aM  through,  or,  mm 
that  shall  pass  through  (RV);  so  of  setting 
apart  cities,  ace.  Dt441  cf.  192'.  3.  make 
a  distinction  between  clean  and  unclean,  holy 
and  profane,  sq.  pa*. . .  pa  Lv  20"  (H);  io10 
1147  (both  P);  sq.  !>...pa  Ez  22"  42s0.  4. 
divide  into  parts  Lv  i17  58  (P),  prohibited  in 
case  of  fowls  offered  in  sacrifice.  Hipb.  Pf 
W^a?  iChi28  Ezrg1;  Impf.  *7J$  Ezr  io8; 
mn  ICh23'3;  1%1  Ezr  10"  Ne9»;  Imv. 
PTjn  Nui621  Ezr  10";  Pt.  ha?  Ezr621  Ne 
io29.  1.  (reflex,  of  Hipb.  2)  a.  separate  one- 
self from  people  of  the  land,  heathen,  and  their 
practices,  also  from  non-Jewish  wives,  sq.  p 
Ezr62,9'  io"  Neg2;  abs.  in  same  sense  Ezr 
1  o16  (cf.  Sta  G-  "• m  *  m  "•  Wl  """M"  «•  ■■*«• *>\  v 
withdraw  from  (Moses  &  Aaron  from  Israel) 
Nu  1651  (P),  sq.  IjiDD.  c.  separate  oneself 
unto  (?$)  David  1  Chi28.  d.  Ne  io29  com- 
bines a.  &  c.  separate  oneself  JTirjKfl  'Bjp 
OTpgri  mjn-^.  a.  pass.,  be  separated,  a. 
6e  excluded  from  the  people,  sq.  p  Ezr  io8. 

b.  6e  set  apart,  of  Aaron,  sq.  iB'^pni'  1  Ch  23". 

On  $>H3ii,  &  distinction  fr.  *p-iDTI  v.  Dr  ,Ph-xla9. 

L ^7? J  n'[m.]  piece,  severed  piece,  cstr. 
flN-ha  Am  3". 

*[i  D^jE)]  n.f.  separate  place,  ni^aen 
Jos  169  (appos.  CIV?);  tut  rd.  prob.  ni^asn 

Hopb.  Pt.  fr.  ha,  or  nihrm  iriph.  p«.,  cf.  Di. 

T  '^"!?  n.[m.]  alloy,  tin,  dross  (orig.  that 
which  is  separated  from  precious  metal;  cf. 
Plin.H"tN*,"lTl8^'"-9)_'3abs.Nu3i1B+4t.; 
PL  sf.  If&T?  Is  i26;— 1.  alloy,  Is  I25  fig.  of  evil 
of  Jerusalem,  which  '»  will  remove  p*pn; 
HT2D).     2.   <wi  {•plumbum   album)   Nu  31s 

(Pj  +3»,  I??,  nr/ns,  fijia,  nnp»;  ng.  of 
Isr.  Ez2218  (+ne*ra,  bra,  n^»);  in  simile 

v20(  +  id.  +  'l??);  as  article  of  commerce  brought 
to  Tyre  from  Tarshish  Ez  2712  (+103,  bna, 
ITIDij;).     3.  plummet,  b^n  J3XH  (appos.)  Zc^10. 

"•"nbia  n.[m.]  prob. bdellium  (5  L^oU; 
S  Nn|"na;  etym.  dub.;  Lag0"-*""-20  prop.  Skr. 
uddkhala)  c.  art.  'an,  apparently  therefore 
well  known ;  one  of  the  products  of  the  land 
Havilah  Gn  212;  used  in  simile  of  colour  of 
manna  n>13n  f<J>3  iryi  Nu  1 17. — Meaning  some- 
what uncertain;  ©  Gn  212  av6pa$,  Nun7  */w- 
araMos;  Saad.  AWKiBo  al.jsear/s.cf.Lag0'"-44; 
JosAnt.m.i.6  Aq  Theod  gymm  gj  m0Bt  bdellium, 


an  odoriferous  transparent  gum,  of  yellowish 
colour.  (Cf.  Smith  Dtc,B""»  Sigismund Aron»"' u.) 

t|-jn  n.pr.m.  (=rwy?).     1.  a  judge  of 

Israel  1S1211;  but  rd.  prob.  |TJ3,  so  ©  <S  We, 
cf.  Dr  (v.  Ju  46f).     2.  a  Manassite  1  Ch  7". 

p*7!^  (j>enelrate,  split  1  cf.  Aram,  pi?,  .oI» 
explore;  but  these  perh.  denom.  cf.  Lag GN1882,100). 

Tp"Q  n.m.  2K12-6  fissure,  rent,  breach 
(Aram'.  Np,?3,  )J>J>  (Nasar.))— '3  abs.  2  K  126; 
cstr.  ib.  +  6  t.;  sf!  ^lp"!3  Ez  2fx;— in  a  build- 
ing; temple  rV2n  '3  3  K  1  2MAM  225,  cf.  1213 
(*  n'3  '3);  v6  abs.;  ahv.  c.  P?H  repair;  cf.  'p'tnp 
'2  repairers  of  thy  fissures  Ez  2  7927  (of  Tyre). 

I  [p"1i]  vb.  denom.  mend,  repair,  only 
Qal  Jnfcstr.  rvsn  p?n^  pinsb  2  Ch  3410. 

t"lp"I3  n.pr.m.  Isr.  officer  2  K  9s5  (v. [3). 

77n^  (cf-  Ar.  ^>  be  empty;  on  a  pos- 
sible connexion  in  As.  cf.  HptBA811s). 

T^irQ  n.[mj]  emptiness  (on  form  v.  Ges 
l"*1*  Stat96-198',  on  usage  cf.  Lag0'"60')  alw. 
c.  Wl  q.  v.; — W3J  *nn  Gn  I2  of  primaeval  earth; 
Je  4s3  of  earth  under  judgment  of  **;  VinijS 
^Hb  \>3N1  Is  3411,  tAe  Zm«  0/  wasteness  and 
the  stones  of  emptiness,  i.e.  plummets,  employed, 
not  as  usual  for  building,  but  for  destroying 
walls  ;  cf.  Di  &  v.  sub  J3N  6. 

Tjon3  n.[m/J  a  costly  stone,  perh.  por- 
phyry (cf.  Egypt,  behiti,  behet,  behat  Brugsch 
Dict.v.««    Diimichen  c*"*-™"-  Wendel  Alul|r-  B*u-  "• 

EdeUflned^TTt.     ©     hag     ^p^^    Est    I6    ^ 

Tjrtbl  IT)  B'E'rO  DSri  wp^  a  pavement  of 
porphyry  and  marble,  etc. 

tpL^]  ▼*>■  (NH  id.  Pt.  pass,  h.T3  eftV 
quieted;  Pi.  disquiet;  %  Pa.  -'''Oi  hasten,  be 
precipitate, also  dismay:  but^.00  is  6e  quiei\ — 

Wipb..  P/.  5>naj  1  s  2821;  rbrai  ,/,  64;  *^njj 

Is  2 13;  Wj*J3?1  consec.  Jb  216;  $%$  Gn453  +  , 
etc.;  Impf.  ?na>l  Ju  2041;  2  ms.  brav\  Ec  83; 
ti*S*  + 10429,  etc.;  P<.  ^H33  ^3o8;  bn33  pr  28s2; 
f.'"V!???  Zp  i18; — 1.  be  disturbed,dismayed,  terri- 
fied, Gn  453  (E)  Ju  2041  1  S  2821  2  S  41  (||  W)!! 
1V£,  cf.  Ez  •j"  supr.);  of  bones  of  sufferer  ^  63 
(||  cf.  infr.  v4) ;  of  hands  of  dismayed  people  Ez 
'f1;  esp.  at  chastisements  &  judgments  of  ''  Ex 
1 515  (song,  in  E)  ^  64  (subj.  B>M,  ||  cf.  supr.  v3) 
v"  (||  Bh3)  3o8cf.  10429;  8318(j|  Eh3)  907  Is  138 
2 13  (sq.  JD  of  occasion  of  fear)  Jb  2315  (id.)  Je 
5132  Ez  2618  (del.  ©  Co);  Jb  46  (||n^),  cf.  also 


96 


ncm 


2 1«  as  adj.  terrible  Zp  1 18  nbrOJTJK  n^>3.  2.  be 
in  haste,  hasty  (late,  cf.  Aram,  above):  Ec  8s 
l\?n  V3BD  'SlJTpK  6e  no*  hasty  (to)  go  from  him; 
Pr2822  pnp  7H33  hastening  after  riches.  Pi. 
/»y>/.  ^Q3J5  Est'29;  sf.  V6n3^  Dnn44;  l^tyj 
Jb  2210;  to&]3J  ^  25;  2  ms.  D.brpn  ^  8316; 
^OJ^U  Ec  51  79;  Inf.  sf.  »?i>n3p  2  Ch '35s1;  D_ 
3218;  Part,  tprfoso  Kt,  D^{38  Qr  Ezr  44 
(BeEy  pref.  Kt,  v.  Pl?3); — 1.  dismay,  terrify,  sq. 
sf.  2  Ch  3218  (||  trfl),  Dn  1 144  Jb  2210  (subj.  in?), 
^26(subj.  '»)  8316(||  tin;  subj.  *>);  cf.  also  Ezr  44 
(v.  sub   ft?-).  2.  hasten,  make  haste,  act 

hastily  (late),  2  Ch  3521  ^bnpb  "Wf  Wtfa  God 
liath  given  command  to  speed  me  (EVm) ;  sq.  inf. 
make  Imste  Est  29;  of  hasty  speech  Ec  51  '3n"bl< 
T?"^  (IP??  *fg§  TQCP*  ^fh);   of  anger 

Ec  79  Diysb  ^nra  'sn-^K.  pu.  />«.  pi.  o^rpn 
Est  814,  cf.  nbn'30  Qr  Pr  2021  (so  rd.  with  Vrss 
Now  Str;  AV  RV);  Kt  rbrao  v.  bm  -—has- 
tened Est  814  of  royal  posts  (||  D'SirPI);  Juistily 
gained  '3D  nbra  pr  2o21.  Hipb.  Pf  sf.  "frmn 
Jb  2316;  Impf.  sf.  WTOT3*!  2  Ch  2620;  3*mpl. 
W73ilEst614; — 1.  dismay,  terrify,  sq.  sf.  Jb2316 
(subj.  nr ;  II  *&  tjin).  2.  (late)  Aastew,  /twrry 
(trans.),  2  Ch  2620  DB'O  In6n3>1  and  they  hurried 
him  thence  (||  ^nij);  nwle  Aas<«,  sq.  inf.  Est  614 
N^np  '3>1  and  tltey  made  haste  to  bring  Haman. 

T  PI  7HS  n.f  .  dismay,  sudden  terror  or  ruin 
(cf.  As^  Ultu,  terror,  DFrS2)—  '3  abs.  Lv  2616 
+  2  t.;  pi.  ni7n3^  Je  158; — sudden  terror  Lv 
2616  '3  CD'h?  'klpsn)  (appositives  follow)  ;  cf. 
Je  158;  Is  65C3  rhn^b  *"ft.  *&,  f  78s3  b$Xr*)Q$ 
nbn|3  Dnijcyi  nn»gj  a?lrf  ^  ended  their  days 

in  a  breath,  and  their  years  in  sudden  terror. 

0713  (Ar.  _4j,  iv.  shut,  x.  impeded  in 
speech,  tongue-tied;  Eth.  "flOon;  6e  dumb). 

rTOnS  n.f.  beast,  animal,  cattle  (Ar. 
L^J)— '3  Gn  i24+  137  t.;  cstr.  npns  Nu  341"" 
+  iot;  sf.  inon3Lvi919+4t.;  in»n3Ex2o10 
+  4  t.;  inpns'Gn  366  Pr  1210;  pi!  abs.  ntona 
Dt 3 224  +  6t.  +  V7322 (v. infr.) ;  cstr. nicm ^ 8'8 
+  5t.; — beast,  &  coll.  6e««te  (Gn  8'  +  very  oft.) 
1.  of  living  creatures  other  than  man  (D^?)  G"11 
8'  Ex813-14  991022  2218  LviS^Xwhere  '3  is  male, 
so  2016)  Dt2721  ^tfeic;  '3  7$)  tTWI?  ('3  in- 
cluding all  the  larger  animals)  Ex  9s5  1212  \f/ 
J358  Je  5°3  etc;  as  inferior  to  man  Jb  183 
\fr  4913-21,  so  also  Ec  3181919-21;  0pp.  also  birds  & 
reptiles  Gn  67  723  8"  cf.  Ez  4431  etc.;  also  to 


mena  w 

fishes  i  K  513  Jb 1 27  cf.  v8,  ^ 89  Zp  i3.  2.  opp. 
also  to  wild  beasts  Hx?  n'n,  'IIBCI  'n  Gn  I*** 

220    3H     714«    91.    ^5o*10T    I4gl0     ^46,     etc    .     esp 

therefore  cattle,  as  owned  and  used  by  man,  Gn 

47"<  ('an  njp?)  Ex  2o10=Dt  5",  Lv  i919  26s2 

Nu34M1.46.45  j)t235   j  j  15    J^ll   Z(,  38  glO  j  ^5  Ezr 

i4-6  Ne  937  io37  etc.;  in  one  (late)  passage  of 
animal  for  riding  (horse'!  mule?)  Ne  21212'4. 
3.  rarely  of  wild  beasts,  esp.  carnivora,  ">S!  '3 
Mis7;  H?n'aDt28*  Isi86-8  Je^  15s  164  197 
34M;  n-i^n  'a  1 S 1744;  alone,  Pr  3030;  ntoa»"lf> 
Dt  32M;  '3  "lfc>  Hb  217.— On  ntani.f  73*  of.  infr. 

TJuQrQ  n.m.  behemoth,  i.e.  hippopota- 
mus (appar.  pi.  intens.  of  foreg.;  ace.  to  Di  Jb 
4015  cf.  De  Is  306  fr.  an  (assumed)  Egyptian 
p-ehemau,  ox  of  the  water)  Jb  4013  (on  identity, 
cf.  further  Bo  m"°'-  '"• 705) ;  prob.  also  f  7  3s2  nions 
7]Qy  ^"n  a  beliemoth  was  I  with  (toward)  thee 
(so  Hi  De  ;  Che  beasts);  ace.  to  De  Or  also  in 
morn  Is  306  tlie  burden  of  the  behemoth  of  the 
south  (supposed  to  be  a  designation  of  Egypt ; 
but  this  unlikely,  cf.  Che  Di,  rd.  therefore) 
rather  beasts  of  the  south,  viz.  of  Judah. 

jnZl  (°f-  Ar-  *•£-!  IV-  shut,  cover  (v.  fore- 
going) whence  also  *\4j^  =  fn'3  ■  as  closing  and 
covering  the  hand,  cf.  Lane). 

t]rd  n.[f.]  (cf.  Sta'310")  c.  T  thumb,  c.  ^ 
great  toe  (Ar.  *\£_\,  &  (vulg.)  l^J,  *L^) — '3 

only  est  r.  Ex  2  920-20  +  1 2 1. ;  pi.  cstr.  niJ'ra  Ju  i M 
(fr.  sg.  [jins]  as  alw.  Cod.  Sam.  for  MT  fO*);— 
thumb  (DT)  in*  'a,  &  great  toe  (tfyfl)  &<1  '3 
(always  named  together)  Ex  29MLv  8ak!,'!< 

T|nS.  n.pr.m.  (closing,  covering  l\  '3  |3K 
B^TTJI  J°8  1 56 1 8'",  a  mark  of  division  be- 
tween Judah  &  Benjamin. 

p)"0  (NHpn3«AtW,Aram.pn3,j9o»3,Aph. 

id.;  hence  KTPgfJB,  )}»  .ooq,  an  eruption,  v.  sq.) 
j.       .< 
'  pH2  n.m.  a  harmless  eruption  on  the  skin 

(NH  id.,  Aram.  Ki?nia;  Ar.  J+5)  Lv  1339. 

"")l"Ti  (NH  Hiph.  be  brigld,  shine;  cf. 
Aram.  1H3,  io^  (not  Pe.)  &  deriv.;  Eth.  OCW: 
Ar.    J4J    surpass,    esp.    in    brightness,    «Ai'w« 

Trnrni  n.f.  brightness,  bright  spot,  of 
eruption  on  skin  (NH  id.,  Aram.  tXTJHS) — '3 
abs.  Lvi32+7t.;  nvo  Lvi4M;  pi.  abs. 
flinna  Lv  1338'39; — bright  spot  (sore,  scar,  etc.), 
clean  or  unclean  Lvi4S6;  following  a  burn 
(from  fire)  Lv  1 324-25-26-28;    possible  beginning 


of  leprosy  Lv  1 3U"B;  but  possibly  a  (passing) 
eruption  UnSDO  v";  or  due  to  a  boil  ('ne*  v"  D; 
— due  to  pna  (q.v.)  Lv  1%XM. 

t-Vn3  adj.  bright,  brilliant,  of  light;  only 

jb  3721  Q^nfz  mn  '3  -an  uo  tb. 

N12  2.w,9  vb-  come  in.  eome,  go  in,  go 
(As.  bd'u  Hpt1"7499,  Eth.  M;  Ar.  &  return) 
— Qal  Pf  S3  Gn  613  +  ;  3  is.  ™3  Gn  15"  +  ; 

Bf.  «ri«3  yf,  44i»;  2  mg.  nxa  jog  ,3i  +  (  nnxa 

2  S37;  2  fs.  n«3  Gn  168  Itu  212,  TOM  congee. 
R1134  2S143  Mi410;  3pl.«^Gn7•-^;,  ipl.«K3 
Gn  327+  («?  1  S  25s),  etc.;  Impf.  Ki3J  Gn 
329+,  *%  Gn4910-|-;  3  fs.  VtOR  Gn4iM  +  ;  sf. 
inxiari  Jb  2221  (but  text  dub.  v.  KbLM4);  2  mB. 
Ufa?  Gn  15"+ ;  2  fs.  'Kian  Ru  3,7  +  ;  1  s.  Mty 
Gn  33" +  ;    cohort.  HKaK   Ju  15',  nvfQH   Gn 

29214-,  'rirtwi  1  s  25s4  (Qr  ntfam  but  text 

prob.  wrong,  v.  Ko1647  Dr,  rd.  'KSPII);  3pl.m. 
V/ST,  Gn620+,  also  (by  text  err.)  *<3  Je  27w 
cf.  K61646,  PS3^95";  sf.'?^  f  119",  ^j&l 
v41;  3f.pl.  Jfte*  Qnso^,  njttan  iSic/+; 
nrsari  1  S  io7  ^  4516,  etc.;  Imv.  Ni3,  S3  Gn 
7'  +  ,  nxa*  1  s 20"  1 K  137,  'trta,  "td 2 Si3"+; 
mpl.  1S3  Gn  45l7  +  ;  7n/«i3,  K3  Gn^'+j  sf. 
*N3,  ^Si3  Gn  485  +  ,  1?<i3  1  S  29"  +  ,  ™«>  Gn 
io,9+ ,  etc.,  DK3  Gn  34s  +  ,  JN3  Gn  3038  cf.  Ez 
42"  (where  Co  for  JN133  reads  njn$>  N13^>);  Pt. 
N3  Gn  33'  +  ;  f.  ?WB  Gn  29"  + ,  nsan  Gn  i8s,+ 
(accent  wrong  Ew,581bs-);  pi.  WQ  Gn  18"  +  ; 
cstr.  "K3  Gn23,0+;  f.  abs.  nto  Gn4iM;  (see 
further  on  forms  Kol64St); — 1.  come  in,  sq.  ?K 
Gn6187913,  sq.  3  Gn  198  &  so  (subj.  nn)  Ez 
2s  3710,  sq-  ^  Est'64,  sq.  n-  loc.  Gn  12"  41'7  Nu 
1424,  sq.  ace.  (rV3)  Ju  1818  2  K  n19  cf.  +  loo4 
010),  &  Tf  "'??' ,N?  Gn  231018;  even  of  life- 
less things  2  K  1821,  iS?3  SOI  (of  broken  reed) 
=  pierce;  of  food  and  drink  (sq.  "vK)  Dn  io3 
cf.  Gn  4 121  (fat  kine  when  eaten  by  lean  kine); 
v.  also  (sq.  3)  Nu  s***;  abs.  Gn  716  24s1  1  K 
I42 146  cf.  2  K  ilB9=2  Ch  234-8  +  ;  more  partic. 
a.  opp.  N£,  go  out  and  come  in  (Sab.  WC  DK3n 
tma  Hal"52)  Jos  61  2  K  1 1"  =  2  Ch  237;  esp. 
in  sense  of  going  about  one's  affairs  (including 
all  one's  undertakings)  Dt  28«19  Zc  810  f  1218; 
id.  +  3E*  2  K  1927;  also  Bq.  Dyn  'p.Bp  etc.  =  act 
as  ruler  (judge)  of,  Nu  27'"  2  Ch  i10  cf.  1  K  37; 
of  leading  an  army  1  S  1813"  cf.  also  Jos  14"; 
v.  further  Dt3i2  1S29'  &  sub  c.  infr.  b. 
of  taking  part  in  worship  of  congregation  Dt 
2323'3'4'4+(sq.  3);  or  entering  into  tabernacle 
for  priestly  service  Ex  2S29'56  Lv  162*  (all  sq. 


WO 

"bx),  Ex  2830  (sq.  mrf  "Itb),  Lv  i  617  (sq.  inf.)  +  . 
O.  of  entering  on  official  duty  2  K  n9=2  Ch 
23s  1 CI1271  (all  opp.  NX*),  d.  of  bride  coming 
into  her  husband's  house  Jos  i518=Ju  iM.  6. 
of  entering  -i  woman's  tent  or  apartment  (with 
implication  coire  cum  femina,  cf.  Ar.  i\j,  NH 
nN'3  coilio  ;  on  origin  of  this  use  of  word  cf.  RS 

K9o.w7.Bi)  Ju  Igi  rmnn  'nptrbx,  161  Gn  64  i6! 

303  388-9  39"  Dt  2  213  2' S 1 2M  1 6"  20s  Ez  2344"4-44 
Pr  6M (all  sq.-btt);  sq.'by  Gn  1 931  Dt  25s  nty  tfcT 
nm*?  ib  r»j$*;  cf.  IVX3  Pr  219;— subj.  rarely 
woman  Gn  1934  2  S  1 14.  f.  of  associating  with 
(sq.  3)  Jos  237,s  cf.  Gn  496  "tfM  X3n  bx  Dlfaa 
("inrrpx  ||  DpnpS).  g.  of  entering  into  specific 
relations,  ft^Q  '3,  nn33  '3  (v.  nbx,  m3);  *& 
D'EHS  come  into  blood-guiltiness,  became  guilty 
of  murder  1  S  25s6.  b.  of  burial,  -Qirbx  '3  I  K 
1 3s2 14"  cf.  TC^'b?  Ni|3J?  Gn  »5"  (il  W)- 
i.  of  sun,  set  (go  in,  enter,  cf.  As.  erib  ianSi 
COT  Gn  1923;  opp.  KV  go  forth,  rise)  Gn  151217 
28"  Ex  I  71222K  Lv  227  Dti66  231224131S  Jos  8a 

io1327  Ju  19"  Ec  i5  2  S  2M  3M  1  K  22s6 18s4;  so 
also  fig.  Je  15*  of  calamity  DOV  nij?3  FIBTptf  ilKS 

(||  nyn^ri  ;nb;  nbbox  etc.),  cf.  Is'6020;  Mi  3° 

D'tO^rrpy  t?Ctpn  '3}  of  ignorance  and  confusion. 
j.  of  harvest,  come  rn=be  gathered  Lv  25s2  (cf. 
nsl3n);  so  of  revenue  {income)  I  K  io14=  2  Ch 
913  (sq.  ?  pers.), — opp.  NX^  be  expended,  k.  in 
other  phrases:  liiT33  "r^H  ^  2  K  2410  +  ari,i 
</<«  city  came  into  siege;  cf.  ^  10518  '"1X3  ?P3 
it?B3  /us  soul  came  into  iron  (v.  AV  RVm;  Che 
felt  iron  chains,  cf.  Ew  01  Hup  Pe;  %  Hi  De 
al.  iron  came  upon  his  soul);  D'OJ?  N3  come  into 
(tfie)  days,=  advanced  in  age  Gn  241  Jos  131 231 
(all  ||  ?pT);  on  1  S  i71!  v.  Dr.  2.  come  (ap- 

proach, arrive)  opp.  'HpH  Gn  168  1  S  20"  (cf. 
v22)  Ne  617  Ec  51415  (of  birth  opp.  death);  sq.  "btf 
pers.  vel  rei  Gn  147  37s3;  sq.  "by  Ex  1 8s3  2  Ch 
2024  (come  up  upon,  almost = ascend);  cf.  also 
Lv  2111  Nu  66;  sq.  b  1  S  912  2  Ch  2917;  sq.  n?  Nu 
1312  Ju  1514  2  S  16';  cf.  -Qpny  tW3  W3  2  K 
I93  =  ls  37s  children  have  come  to  the  birth;  sq. 

ny+bx  2  K920  Dn\bx  ny  X3;  Sq.  n_  ioc.  Ju 

1 116  2  K  64;  sq.  ace.  1  S  412  2  K  87  Je  32s4;  cf. 
also  La  I4 "iyiO  'X3  those  coming  to  an  appointed 
feast;  abs.  Gn  4516  Joseph's  brethren  are  come, 
&  oft.;  also  of  lifeless  things,  ark  of  '<  184°; 
wind  Jbi19;  so  'bx  K3  D3BD3  Gn  43s3  your 
money  came  unto  me  =  I  received  your  money; 
our  inlieritance  has  fallen  to  us  Nu  3219  (c. 
~?S);  so  1S9"  its  cry  is  come  unto  me,  cf.  Gn 
1821  Ex  3*  La  i22;  of  time,  oft.  of  imminent 


98  MTQ 

future,  esp.  in  phr.  D'XS  D'O;  r\ijr\  Is  39"=  2  K 
2017  Je  7s2  924 16"  196;  cf.  also  1  S  26'°  Ez  77+  ; 
of  day  of  '*  Jo  21  3*  Zc  141  Mai  321923;  also  ptcp. 
as  adj.  D^XSn  D*D>n  Ec  216  cf.  Je  474;  as  subst. 
flton  Is  4 122  things  to  come,  future  things;  & 
D'XSH  alone  =  adv.  in  (days)  to  come  Is  27s; 
partic.  a.  come  with,  i.e.  come,  bringing,  sq. 

3:  ni^isn  tyrg  tfax  ,j,  6613;  '*•  i:nx  ni-nas  Ni3s 

^7i16  (innpT1:?  ^?]«)  so  Lvi63  &  perh.  Pr 
1 8s — cf.  3  III.  1.  b.  b.  come  upon,  fall  or 
light  upon,  of  enemy,  attack,  sq.  "?y  Gn  34^ 
1  S  1 112  cf.  Gn  32s  (sq.  "OX);  sq.  sf.  Jb  1521,  so 
also  2022  Ez  32";  of  calamity,  etc.  Pr  io24  28s2 
t/r  4418  (all  c.  sf.);  sq.  b  Jb  3a  (||  nnx  c.  sf.)  Is 

479  (||  by  X13);  of  blessing,  sq.  "by  Jos  2315;  sq. 
sf.  Jb  2221  (cf.  Di)  y\r  1194177.  c.  come  to  pass, 
of  signs,  wonders,  predictions,  etc.  Dt  1 33  Jos 
2314  1S96  (X3}  X3)  Is  429  Je  28"  Pn312  Jb 
68  + .  d.  Gn  613  ^J"  N3  iB'fbs  }>i?.  perh.  has 
presented  itself  before  me  (v.  Kb),  cf.  La  1"  supr. 
&  2  Ch  711  (where  N13  for  usual  nby);  but  perh. 
(cf.  Di)  has  come  to  pass  before  me,  i.e.  in  my 
mind  it  is  already  a  fact,  e.t  in  phr.  njy  ^Xi3~ny 
Ju  64  cf.  1 183 1  S  1 762  2  S  525 1  K  1 846  (nM^TIJ) 
until  thou  comest  fo  =  as  far  as;  so  also  *|X13 
(i13S'3)  alone,  =  as  far  as,  or  in  the  direction 
of,  Gn  io191930 1310  2518  1  S  27s  (all  sq.  n_  loc.) 

1  S 157;  so  n»n  Nib  Nu  1321  348  Ez  481,  cf.  Ez 
4  7 15  (in  a  different  connexion  nmSN  Xi3;>  Gn3516 
48?);  'n  Xbb  iy  Jos  135  Ju  33  i  Ch  136,  cf.  59 

2  Ch  26s  Ez  4720;  'n  Xi3?0  Am  6"  1  K  8" 
2  K  1425  2  Ch  78;  of  Isaac  •tjft  "D.b  "1N3  N"l30  N3 
Gn  2^62  (but  text  dub.)  f.  attain  to  r\vbfr\  nyi 
N3  tO  2  S  2319=i  Ch  1121.  g.  be  enume- 
rated nit3B'3  D'SSHj  Ht.  those  coming  with 
names   1  Ch  4s8.  3.  go,  i.e.  walk,  associate 

with  (Dy)  ^264,  so  c.  m  PF2284  (cf.  nx  ibn 
1 320  &  m  ibnnn  Gn  s22-24  69).       4.  go  (cf.  -fin) 

from  speaker,  but  with  limit  of  motion  given 

Is  2215  "bx  X3-^,  so  Ez3411;  Gn4517  waiabi 
)yi2  nsnx';  i s  22s  nnin^  fix  ^b-ntai r\b;  is  47s 

Jon  i3  ^B^n  ntt3  nj3S  a  ship  going  to  Tarshish; 
go  to   war  nonbsb  1X3^    Nu  32".  Hiph. 

Pf  X'3n  Gn44'+;    sf.   W3i]  Dt  94  + ,  etc.; 

2  ms.  nx»an  is  43s3,  nxan  Gn209  +  ,  etc.;  sf. 
^rw3n  2  s  718  iChi716,  yri^an  Nu  16",  vnsn 

^66";'  1  s.  'nxan  Gnsi39-!-,  ^ixsni  Je  25" 
Kt  (Qr  ^nxsni);  8f.  Tnixnni  Ez  3816  + ,  n'nxan 
Is  37M,  etc.;  3  pi.  W3n  Gn  43s +  ;  sf.  WW>3ri 
2  Ch2827etc;  2  mpl.  QnX3n  Nu2o4+  ;  Dnfc^Ip 
1 S 1 617;  1  pi.  sf.  Dpxnn  Nu  32 17 ;  Impf.  X'3J  (X3J) 
Lv  432  +  ,  X3>t1  Gn  219  +  ;  sf.  W?}  Ez  4o17,  etc.; 


N13  99 

2  ms.  K'IPl  Jb  143;  sf.  ins'3Ti  Je  13',  Dtoarn  Ne 
923,iDX3n  Ex  1 517,  K^N  Ex  1 11  +  {*?«  1  K  2  i29  Mi 
I16), etc.;  Imv.  N3?  Gn  4316  Ex  46,  Ann  1  S 2040, 
nN"3n  Gn  2  77  + ;  fs.  H*nn  2  S  1 310  + ,  etc. ;  /«/. 
a&s.  tan  Hg  1 6 ;  cs<r.  Knri  Gn  1 8  "  + ;  Pt.  Nno  Ex 
ioH  +  ,no  1  K2i2l  +  3^,1^30  Dt87;  pi.  D'NnD 
(D'iOD )  1  K  1  o'-5  +  ;  cstr.  'K3D  Je  1 7M,  iVKntp  Dn 
II* ; —  1 .  cause  to  come  in,  bring  in  (conduct,  lead, 
obj.  persons  and  animals),  sq.  vR  Gn  619  Ct  24  34 ; 
sq.  3  Lv  2641  yff  66";  sq.  b  Ju  1921  I  S  9";  sq. 
MsVEst  i1117;  sq.  n_  loc.Gn  24w467;  sq.  H__ 
+  -^  Gn  1910;  sq.  ace.  (Tin)  Ct  I4  2  K  92;  also 


bring,  carry  in  (lifeless  things),  sq.  ~?K  Nu  31s4 
Mai  310;  sq.  3  Je  1721;  send,  of  sending  (shoot- 
ing) arrows  (fig.)  La  313,  cf.  Lv  2636;  of  sending 
breath  (nil)  into  dry  bones  Ez  37s  (Co  by); 
sq.  b  Nei312;  sq.  n_  be.  Ex  26s3  2  K  2020 
nyyn  ron-riK  k:m;  Sq.  ace.  (Tin)  2S1310; 
also  2Ch  I51S  (TV'S);  abs.  2  S  617;  partic.  a.  opp. 
X'Sin  (bring  out)  Dt  928  (sq.  "??);  esp.  in  com- 
bination with  N'lrtn  Zga(£  om<  aiii  in  (to  and 
from  battle)  Nu  2717  1  Ch  u2.  b.  bring  in 
women  as  wives  for  sons  (sq.  J'Wl  ftp)  Ju  129 
(opp.  nsinn   n?^.     <j.    bring   into  judgment 

•lay  os^oa  s-an  »nk|  jbi43  cf.  Ec  n9 1214. 

d.  cause  sun  to  go  down  Am  89  (symbol  of  judg- 
ment), e.  of  harvest,  bring  in,  gather  2  S  910 
Hg  i6  (opp.  JHT)  cf.  Ne  1315.  f.  put  staves 
into  (3)  rings  Ex  25"  37s  387  cf.  26"  Lv  1442; 
hand  into  (3)  bosom  Ex466;  girdle  into  (3) 
water  Je  131.  g.  other  phrases,  D"^,?f  W?n 
OiT-P^  n"13J)3  jfe  g5  jmt  t^r  n^ckg  i0  (fa  wor]ct 

etc.;  fisr.  5>S*3  DSntOm«  W3T1  Je2712;  IW31 

>        O  :  ^  (       J         t    •  t 

^37  "lMB?  Pr  2312  apply  to  instruction  thy  heart; 
iTODn  33?  K3J1  ^  9012  </ia<  we  may  gain  a  heart 
of  wisdom.  2.  cause  to  come,  bring,  bring 
near,  etc.  (animate  obj.),  sq.  vX  Gn  21922  43" 
Lv  2411  Nu  515;  oft.  of  bringing  Isr.  to  Canaan 
Ex  68  2323  + ,  cf.  Is  142  567  Ne  i9;  abs.  Dt438  623; 
sq.  b  Gn  391417;  sq.  n_  loc.  Ez  1213;  sq.  D?i] 
Ju  183,  &  DPrplJ  (fig.  of  Yahweh's  prospering 
care)  2  S  718=iChi716;  abs.  GU4632;  also  with 
lifeless  obj.,  Gn  2  710(sq.  ?),  so  2CI1367;  Gnsi39 
(sq.  "PS);  sq.  ace.  2  K125  2  Ch  3618  Dm"; 
sq.  n_  loc.  Ex  2633  Je  205;  sq.  »?Bb  2  Ch  2414; 
of  ravens  bringing  food  1  K  176  (sq.  f);  of 
bringing  presents  Gn  43s6  1  S  9'iC)27  (all  sq.  p); 
cf.  1  S  1718;  esp.  offerings,  sq.  b  Gn  43  Nu  1525 
Ne  io3"7  (n,?p),  etc.;  Lv  22  sq.  "?§  of  priest; 
abs.  Gn  44  LV432  23"16  Mai  i1313  2'Ch  315;  cf. 

alsO   EX  352>«.23.21.24.27.29    fa     I,  ^  g0    3^  +  .     Qf 


time,  cause  a  day  <o  come  La  I21;  cause  cry  to 
come  ("Py)Jl>3428;  =carry  fVha  7|>J3  n.Tl  Ig  49» 
(II  ^  inf^f);  carry  £oa*  m'(3)  </,e  Aa„,/  .11, 
1 26(cf.  n?N  p.  43);  alloy)  to  come,  almost  =  invite 
Est  5,!  (sq.  -b«)  cf.  v'°;  partic.  a.  sq.  'by  bring 
against,  or  upon,  bring  enemies  against  Je  25* 
cf.  Ez  23s2;  obj.  sword  Lv  26s6  Ez  517 1 1*  1417 
33s;  plague  Ex  n1;  curse  or  calamity  Gn  2712 
Dt  29M  1  K  99=  2  Ch  7s2  Jb  42"  cf.  Je  25"  3631 
442498-37  EZ1422;  sinGn20926'°  Ex3221;  cf. 


also 


sq. 


~b*  J 


e  32"  49M.     b.  bring  to  pass  2  K 


ic,25  =  Is  37M  cf.  1  Ch  4'°  V  78s.  C.  bring, 
bring  forward,  bring  on  the  scene  Mi  1"  Zc  3". 
d.  bring  for  a  purpose,  sq.  inf.  -^r  7871  inKD 

iaj?  a'pp  nir6  tann  ni?y.    e.  onV^,  j»rocur« 

XXg$  Jttjj  «B»S?3  La  5'.  '  Hoph.  Pf.  K3W 
Lv  io18  +  ;  3  k'nxan  Gn  33"  (v.  infr.);  2  ms. 
nnsan  Ez  404;  3  pL  «cpn  Gn  4318;  /rop/.  N3V 
Lve^-r,  WtjP  J6  2  722;  >«.K3W  2X12'°  +  ;  pi. 
D-N31»  Gn  4318  Ez  30"  +  23*"  (Co  EH310), 
nixrHD  ^4515; — a.  be  brought  in  (of  pers.  and 
things),  abs.  Gn  4318;  sq.  IT3  into  a  house  Gn 
4318,  temple  2  K  i26""4-17  224  2  Ch  34914.  b. 
be  brought,  sq.  b  Gn  33"  (but  ©  rd.  Hiph.  / 
have  brought),  V,4515;  sq.  "?K  unto  Lv625io18 
i32-9  142;  cf.  Ez  2342  (but  v.  Co  VB);  sq.  Hjn 
Ez  404;  sq.  n^33  Je  27s2;  sq.  inf.  Lv  1627  Ez 
3011;  sq.  fl?  Je  io9.  c.  be  introduced, put,  sq.  3, 
staves  into  ringsEx277;vesselinto  water  Lv  1 132. 

tpiSli  n.f.  entrance,  entry,  nX33  Ez85, 
i.e.  of  temple  (but  del.  B  Co). 

T  NilD  a.m.  JeS8'14  entrance,  a  coming 
in,  entering; — '»  abs.  Je  38'"+ 3 1.  +  Ez  42" 
Kt  (Qr  WW  wrong,  cf.  Co);  cstr.  N130  Dt 
n30  +  12  t.;  sf.  W30  ^  10419  +  2  t.;  IttB 
f  501;  1N13D  2  S  3M  Kt  (Qr  1«3i»  inexplicable 
cf.  Dr);  pi.  cstr.  fjtaO  Ez  2610,  flW30  Ez  27s; 
— 1.  entrance,  i.e.  place  or  way  of  entrance, 
into  a  city  Ju  i2426  I  Ch.439  Pr83  (D'HTIB  '»); 
into  buildings  2  K  ii16  1618  I  Ch  9"  fTOW 
Ni3Ein);  2  Ch  231316  Je  38"  Ez  42'  4619;  v.  also 
DJ  DXtap  entrance  of  (the)  sea,  gale  of  the  sea, 
of  situation  of  Tyre  Ez  27s.  2.  entering,  act 
of  entrance,  by  violence,  in  storm  of  city  Ez 
2610;  coming  in  or  together,  making  a  crowd, 
DV  N13D3  Ez  3331  sira.  of  eagerness  to  hear 
Yahweh's  word;  in  phrase  lN130~nNl  ^XXtoTlS 
2  S  3s5  thy  going  out  and  thy  coming  in ;  mode 
of  entering  temple,  or  the  people  who  enter 
Ez  445;  particularly  of  sunset  t^O^!1  K"30  \j, 
i04,9;=west  Dt  n30;  Jos  i4  234  Ni3D  ?H3nD>ri 
n  2 


N3TO 


100 


DM 


Cto^n  =  Mediterranean,  Zc  87  Btotfn  Ki3B  p.X 
(||  nrijp  jnK),  Mai  i11  V'  501  113*  stm*«<=wes<, 
opp.  sunrise  =  east;  in  phr.  from  E.  to  IF.,  i.e. 
over  the  whole  earth,  everywhere  on  earth. 

I  [Nai^ J  n.[m.]  in-coming,  entrance, 
^tOlD  Qr  2  S325,  cf.  Kt  sub  MOD;  VK3tol  Ez 43" 
and  its  entrances  ( ||  I'NSiCI),  del.  B  Co.  In  both, 
ungramm.  form  for  assonance  with  NV1D. 

t  PlN'On  n.f .  proventus,  product,  revenue 
— 'PI  abs.  it  1 0737  +  3 1. ;  cstr.  J1N13PI  Lv  2  3s9  + 
ut.;  sf.  'ntran  Jb3i12  Pr819;  'inwari  Dt 
i4ffl+  2  t.;  in^iw  Pr  39;  iriX13Pl  Lv  io^  +  Ez 
4818  Qr  (Kt*wwvan),  nhwori  je23;  anwapi 
Ex2310+7t.  +  Ez4818  Kt  (so  Co);  «nW3n 
LV2520;  pi.  PIN13H  Lv25,5+4t.;  niK13Ti  Pr 
144 168;  Q?,rIK13P)  Je  1213; — 1.  product,  yield, 
usually  of  earth  (= crops,  etc.)  H??  'n  Ex  2310 
Lv  1925  23s9  25s1-7  (used  as  food  for  man  & 
beast,  cf.  v22)  Jos  5>2,  cf.  Ne  o37  Lv  251516,  also 
Ez  4818;  in  Gn  47s4  'PI?  must=o/  the  crops 
'(3  partitive,  cf.  3 1.  2.  b;  ®  del.  3);  IT^  'PI  2  K 
8«  2  Ch  31s;  DTG  'PI  Dt  229  cf.  f  10737;  'PI  0$ 
noiKn  Is  3023;  Hi  'Pi  &  3g  'PI  Nu  18"0;  JfM  'Pi 

t   t  ~:  T  **  »     ■  T  TAT  *  • 

Dt  1 4s2;  15^  'PI  2  Ch  3228;  as  property  of  hus- 
bandmen, or  people  Lv  2520  Dt  1428 1615  2  6'2 
Pr39;  crops  as  determined  by  season,  SPOt?  'PI 
Dt3314  (||  0"rr\)  BHS);  yield  of  a  year  POP  Lv 
251222;  cf.  v21  'PI  H^V,  subj.  n3E>.  2.  a.  income, 
revenue,  in  general  Jb  3112  (almost  =  posses- 
sions) Pr  10"  144  156  168  Ec  59  cf.  Is  23s  (le- 
venue  of  Tyre  from  trade  with  Egypt  in  bread 
stuffs),  b.  fig.  gain  of  wisdom  PIMPI  'n  Pr  3" 
8";  product  of  lips  (Hn#  'PI)  Pr  1820,  i.e. 
results  of  his  speech  (||  Bi,N",B  *T$);  of  Isr.  as 
Yahweh's  product  Je  23;  of  Israel's  wicked- 
ness Je  1213. 

fl.  [T13]  vb.  despise  (NH  id.)  —  Qal 
P/.  3  ms.  13  Zc  410  (cf.  Ko  L439);  3  pi.  V3  Pr  i7; 
/w;;/  ?»;  Pr239;  3  fs.  13T11  Pr3017;  2  ms. 
T13PI  (juss.)  Pr2322;  pi.  W»  Pr630  Ct87;  «$ 
Ct  81;  Inf.  abs.  1i3  Ct  87;  Ft.  Pr  1 1"+  2  t.;— 
despise,  shew  despite  toward  (WisdLt  &  poet.) 
c.  ace.  Pr  i7 ;  c.  Inf.  +  b  Pr  3017 ;  elsewh.  sq.  7  + 
r.oun,  Pr  6s0  11"  i3'3  14s1  23s22  Ct  8l"  Zc  410. 

tn.  PI2  n.m.  PrI8!l  contempt — '3  abs.  Gn 
38™+ gt.;  cstr.  Jb  3 134;—  (WisdLt  &  poet., 
exc.  Gn  380  J).  1.  contempt  springing 
from  pride  and  wickedness  Jl^i34  ^I233'4 
(II  ie^)>  joined  in  one  adverb,  phr.  with  D1NJ 
^31"  '31  '33;  springing  from  prosperity  and 
ease  Jb  126;  =  object  of  contempt  Gn  38°  Pr 
12";  linErin^iio^PriS3.     2.  judicial,  poured 


out  ("]£&)  by  God,  in  judgment  Jbi221  =  \^ 
10740. 

trma  n.f.  contempt  Ne  3M  '3  «S*n  toe 
have  become  (an  object  of)  contempt. 

till.  t^llS  n.pr.ni.  (cf.  As.  n.pr.loc.  Bdzu 
m  ra  307 ,  zk  is*.  93  f.)  -,_  _  2nd  son  of  Nahor)  Abra- 
ham's brother  Gn  2221  J;  =  tribe  named  with 
HI  &  X?**  Je  25*      2.  a  Gadite  1  Ch  514. 

ti.   TO3  adj.gent.  (=»IJJ2  fr.  t?3  ace.  to 
J.  DerenbourgEiju)  of  Elihu's  father  Jb  32". 
+11.   ""I^Q  n.pr.ni.  father  of  Ezekiel  Ez  Is. 

T^S,  n.pr.m.  a  Jew  of  Nehem.'s  time  Ne 
318  =  '133  v24  which  prob.  rd.  also  v18  (®  Bt8«, 
B«««,  M*p)\  cf.  further  SmLI'"!n12. 

t  '•T'Q  v^-  perplex,  confuse  (?  Ar.  i»)U>  stir 

up  (water  of  spring)  then  be  disturbed,  con- 
fused; cf.  As.  bdku,  lead  captive,  orig.  lead 
astray  1  COTEzm2)— only  Nipt.  Pf  3  fs.n3i33 

Est  315 ;  3  mpl.  to£j  Jo  1 18;  Pt.  pi.  &$£  Ex  1 43 ;  — 
be  confused,  in  confusion  (of  a  city)  Est  315;  = 
wander  aimlessly  (of  Isr.)  Ex  1 43;  so  of  cattle 
Jo  i'8  (Merx  prop.  133,  after  @  HicKavo-av,  but 
rQ3  not  elsewhere  of  cattle). 

triDiap  n.f.  confusion,  confounding,  Is 

22s  PI31301  i"!D13D1  flDinD  tff  a  day  of  consterna- 
tion and  down-treading  and  confusion;  Mi  74 
Dri313D  IWUJI  rwy  now  shall  be  their  confusion. 

ti.  VIS  n.[m.]  Bui,  8th  month  =  Marches- 
wan,  As.  Arah  samna,  iK6K  Kin  ?13  PITJ3 
•<yipfn  tfnhn;"(Canaanitish;  Ph.  b  rrv;  a 
Palm,  god  is  *?in  (in  n.pr.  ^miy,  Vog93  b)2"W 
etc.)  &  ^13m,  (Vog93,  moon-god),  which  DHM 
B,r.wiOT.Ak.cviH.977  connectg  witn  Heb.  i>13;   Bae 

™«"-  (q.v.)  thinks=i>$)3,  cf.  ThespM0). 

II.  712  n.m.  product,  produce,  v.  713\ 

n:ia  n.pr.m.  v.  ps. 

"'Ilia  n.pr.m.  v.  H33. 

T  [DI2]  vb.  tread  down,  trample — Qal 
Impf.  D13J  ^6o14=io814;  3/s.  D13FI  Pr  2  77, 
D13K  Is  63";  sf.  3  s.  13D13S  Is  1426;  1  pi.  D133  ^ 
44"; — tread  down,  trample  (of  warriors),  no 
obj.  expr.  Zc  io6;  id.,  fig.  c.  ace.  (subj.  \  as 
warrior)  ISI425  cf.  ^6o14=io814  Is  63";  (subj. 
men,  with  God's  help)  ^  44s;  fig.  =  reject, 
loathe  Pr  277.  Pol.  Pf  1DD13  is  6318;  1DD3  Je 
1210 — tread  down,  in  bad  sense,  subj.  enemies 
of  '\  obj.  ace.  Je  1210  (in  metaph.) ;=i desecrate 

(obj.  vhpo)  Is  6318.    Hithpol.  Pt.  f  riDD'ana 


Dll"1 


Ez  1 66-" — of  the  blind  movements  of  infant's 
limbs,  kick  out  (this  way  and  that),  fig.  of  Jeru- 
salem. Hoph.  Ft.  OZMi  Is  1419 — pass,  trodden 
down  Is  14",  of  corpse,  sim.  of  king  of  Babylon. 

TD^""P  n.pr.loc.  Jebus.  name  of  Jerusalem 
ace.  to  Jui910  Btyr*  ten  WSJ,  cf.  also  v"; 

1  Ch  114  D13)  IWJ  D^OTi;,  cf.  v5. 

t*,D»Q,i,>  "'Ca*'  1.  adj. gent.  Jebusite.Je- 
busites,  sg.  'pajri  riTWH  2  S  241618  cf.  1  Ch  21 
i5.i8.28  2Chf;  as  subst.  aJebusite  Zoo/;  usually 
c.  art.  ''l1  coll.  the  Jebusites,  in  hist,  statement 
Gn  1016  (J)=  1  Ch  i14  Nu  1329  (E)  Jos  91  n3 
I282411  (all  D)  JU35  Nep8,  all  in  list  of 
Canaanitish  peoples;  so  also  1  K  920=2  Ch87, 
where  remnant  of  these  peoples  referred  to; 
also  Ezr  91,  which  seems  to  shew  that  this  list 
had  become  a  standing  expression  for  early 
inhabitants;  cf.  further  in  promises  (JED)  Gn 
l5»  Ex  38"  if  2f  332  34»  Dt  7'  2017  Jos  310; 
specif,  defined  as  inhabitants  of  Jebus-Jerusa- 
lem  Jos  156363  (J)  Ju  i»-»  2  S  568  (on  which  cf. 
Dr)  1  Ch  114  (called  also  HW  ^  2  S  56  & 
y-\»r\  »a^  1  Ch  114);  v.  also  nwn  "p>yr\  -ty  ju 
19";  whence  2.  Jerusalem,  Hex  only  P,  Jos 
i58  p^tfiT  ten  333D  'Di3'n  Wjrbx  t*TT3  %  cf. 
l8i6.  "l828  ntyftv  mm  vpamy- or.  jyja. 

T  nD*1""l*0  n.f.  down-treading,  subjugation, 
np!3Dl  Iglg  '13  Is  1&1  a  nation  of  might  and 
of  down-treading  (Che  all-subduing);  ntpliTO  DV 
naUDI  'IK  Is  2  25,  cf.  OT  sub  -JO. 

T  [r*D*Q]l]  n.f.  down-treading  ss  ruin, 
downfall,  cstr.  VWtK  flpirtfl  2  Ch  2  27  tfo  cfoam- 
fall  of  Ahaziah. 

J/-Q  (assumed  as  V  of  foil.,  cf.  LagBN1°; 

but  V  perh.  JJJ?3 ;  ace.  to  Sta  * a7  a  quadrilit. 

Ar.    Aj,  efferbuit  et  commotus  fuit  (sanguis), 

A_Ju  puteus  cvjus  aqua  haurienti  propinquaf. 

tj-|J03nSl    n.f. pi.     blisters,     boils     (X 

I*yi3jnxj  rf.  a  J>?y?,  NH  nyia  jraja,  Syr. 
)^oL^)Ex99'n'y3V3«  rna  pnt^cf.v10. 

P*Q  so  Thes,  better  V*Q  (cf.  Ar.  Jiti 
surpass  in  whiteness;  ^»IIj  white?iessf. 

t  [nra]  n.f.  isio'h  egg  (xh  «&,  Ar.  ixj, 

Aram.  KHJT?,  )*£•»-»)— only  PL  DTI  Dt  2  266 
Is  10";  cstr.  T8  Is595;  sf.  "Tl  Jb  39",  DI?T3 
Is  59s; — eggs  Is  io14  (of  small  bird  TBJt)  Dt 

2  266,  cf.  Is  io14  (in  simil.);  (of  ostrich  B»JT»)  Jb 
39";  (of  great  viper  <J1$?SX)  Is  59"  (metaph.) 

tyQ,  ya  n.[m.]  byssus  (late),  (Ph.  p3, 


1Q1  tfQ 

Aram.  }'13 ,,<£>;  -/dub.;  Birch,  Wilkinson 
«nuH.n.»t  fr_    Egypt    hboSi    chthe;    y    gny 

Herodot"-";  Thes  fr.  V  pa,  but  Noz"oml,•,,,10; 
Armen.,  ace.  to  Lag  ■•-•«-«•"•)  a  fine  white 
Egyptian  linen,  and  cloth  made  of  it,  "tfriEB'p 
ftn  rnajnva.  1  Ch  421  families  of  the  house'  of 
byssus-working;  cf.  2Ch2";  p3  i>*yD3  ^3130 1  Ch 
1 527  clotlied  in  a  robe  of  byssus  (but  id.  rather  as 
||  2  S  614  TiT^a  n|-13D  was  dancing  with  all  his 
might);  cf.  '3  -pari  Est  815;  ps  D'B^D  2 Ch  5"; 
P3  V<pB  Est  i«;  2  Ch314  material  of  naiB; 
article  of  trade  Ez  2  7  "  (del.  ©  Co).    Cf .  also  B»B>. 

pn  (-PP3). 

tnj5*0  n.f.  emptiness,  Na  2"  nj513D*  npi3 
"1"}?  39'  emptiness  and  void  and  waste. 
Tnp^QO  n.f.  ?'(/.,  Na  211  v.  supr. 

I.  ""IIS,  cistern,  v.  sub  "1X3. 

II.  "VQ,  cleanness,  v.  "13  sub  1*13. 

tTQ  vb-  Q*1  W-  cstr-  ""^  Ec  91  (c- acc-); 
prob.  (si  vera  1.)  make  clear,  clear  up,  explain 
(VB ;  so  sts.,  in  NH,  ma  q.v.)  but  rd.  perh. 
ntf*)  "•ab*}  ®  e  Bi;  or  imb  Gr,  cf.  i"  23  7s6. 

t#"Q  109 vb-  be  ashamed  (Sab.  D13;  DN3.TD 
=evil-doer  DHII™01883-9",  ||Aram.  nna,  Syr. 
Lo»a ;  Ar.  cX> ,  i£jf  mean  disperse) — Qal  Pf 
Je4839;  B'3Je4813;  HBns  Jei5»;  *riE'3  Je3i"  + 
2  5 1. ;  Impf.  B^  Is  2  920  +  5  7  t. ;  /m/.  abs.  t^3  Je 
615  812;  Imv.  *#B  Is 234 Ez i6i2,^3 EZ3632;  P«. 
pi.  D'Bns  EZ3230;— 1.  abs./eeZ  shame  Je  615  + 
i6t:,  Is  i992343727  Is24516+  14  t.,  Ez  1663 
Mi716Jo226-272Ki926Ez96Jb6S0^6"(+27t., 
chiefly  in  late  Psalms).  2.  sq.  IP,  be  ashamed 
of,  i.e.  disconcerted,  disap])ointed  by  reason  of 
Je236-36i2134813Isi29205Ez32303632.  3.  with 
obj.  b/Mf'?  "rip  /  am  ashamed  to  ask  Ez  8X;  tb 
♦p  ^13"iri  1S?3TI  ye  ar«  not  ashamed  to  deal  hardly 
with  me  (impf.  sub'.)  Jb  1 93.  CT13  often  ||  Eibsi  & 
"iBn ;  1033*11  IK'S  <^ey  are  ashamed  and  confounded 
Je  143,  82"  Is2 4111  451617  Ez  i66!  36s2  ^  354  697 
EZ96;  Q'BDpn  ^IDni  D'lhn  IBOl  a«rf  <A«  *eer* 
«/taZi  be  ashamed  and  the  diviners  confounded 
Mi  37,  cf.  Je  159  Jb  620 ^  35116  40"  70s  7iJ4;  "W 
iiipp  Ho  13"  (id.  bo"  j«  <%);  en3"iy  t  Ju  3s 

2  K2i;  8".  Polel  P/  ^  delay  (in  shame), 
n*np  "12*0  W3  Moses  delayed  to  descend  Ex  32' 
(J);  Si3^i  "1331  tlpa  yVTO  why  delay  his  chariots 
to  come)  Ju  5s3.  Hiph.  1.  ifi?*  f  448J 
nn^3n  f  53";  /mp/.  2 ms.  sf.  *#*??  f  1  i93U16; 
lB*'3ri  ^i46;  pw<  to  «^ame,  P<.  B**3pPr  10s  1434 


rnma 


102 


tn 


19*  29ls;  one  causing  thatne  or  acting  shame- 
full;/,  ||  ^#5  ;  t^at?  f?3  ^»:  ^affD  Taj1  a  ser- 
vant acting  wisely  will  rule  over  a  son  causing 
shame  Pr  17s;  '"18*30  ||  b)n  D^K  Pr  124.  2. 
B*3in  2S196  Je^V  Joi1'012;  t^3'n  Jeio14 
+  7  t.,  Ho  27  Jo  i1217  Is  305  (but  tHOto  Kt); 
WOh  Je8912;  /rot,,  ifrjh  Jo  I11  (all  the  forms 
in  Joel  derived  v/B'3J  by  ancient  versions  and 
some  moderns,  vid.  Ew s  122 "  Ges >  w  6).  a.  put  to 
shame  2  S  196.  b.  act  shamefully  Ho  2'.  C. 
to  be  put  to  shame  Je  2M  615  46-4  48,uo  50" 
Jo  1  ■« (?).  d.  6e asAawd  Je  89-'2  Jo  1 1US (?) 
Is  30'  (Qr);  c.  ?»  Je  io14=5i17.  Hithp.  Impf. 
WtPaJV  ashamed  before  one  another  Gn  225  (J). 

tnttTia  n.f.  shame  ^8946  Mi  7'°  Ob  v10 
Ez  7,8.T 

tniO  n.f.  shame  (?f3  Ew,16)f)  Ho  io6. 

tjim  n.f.  shame  Jb  823  +  20  t,;  sf.  »«f^ 
^69a,+  7t.  1.  sAame  1  S  2c,30-30  f  40"  6920 
704  Is  30"  6 17  Je  226  3s5  2018  Hb  210  Zp  3519; 
ntfa  Wlb  clothe  with  shame  Jb  8ffl  V'  35:6 1 32ls; 
||  HBO  HUVV'  io9m;  D^T(n)  T^3  shame  (or  con- 
fusion) of  face  2  Ch3221  Ezr97  Dn  9",  cf.  ^4416 
Je  7";  TD^JJ  n?'3  s/ia»ie  0/  %  2/ou</t  Is  54"; 
DBOTP-iy  nakedness  (that  is)  shame  Mi  I11  cf. 
V'  456;  lox  ™-l?  nP  *  S  2o3°-  2-  shameful 
thing,  substituted  for  75??  (q.v.)  by  later  editors, 

H0910  Je3M;  npab  nina]p  je  n13,  cf.  flftov 

2Sii21  =  ^3T  Ju632;  nj&T^il  2  S28=^5?3E>N 

1  Ch  S33. 

t[©1lO]  n.[m.]  pi.  sf.  VBQD,  his  privates, 
that  excite  shame,  pudenda,  Dt  2511. 
T2  v.  sub  T13. 

f  [NTH]  vb.  divide,  cutthrough(?  cf.  Aram. 
»13,  <*L» T cleave)— Qal  P/  B"TB  WJK  Is  18" 
whose  land  rivers  cut  through  (of  Cush). 

TnT2  vb.  despise  (Pal.  3!  NTS,  cf.  Hj  raise 
<Ae  head  loftily  and  disdainfully) — Qal  Pf.  Nu 

,5"+;  n»]a  2  S  129;  sf.  ^rira  2  s  1210,  etc.; 

Impf.  13»1  Gn  25s4  Est36;  sf.  VTKM  i  8  1 742;  3  fs. 
13Fn  2S6" 1  Ch  1529;  2  ms.  nnn>5i,97320;  WSJl 
Ne  219;  VIMS  1  S  io27;  Inf.' cstr.  nfa  IS497  (Di 

Ew4180");  P«.  ac«.  nfo  pr  15»  I9i«;  vrna  pr  14*; 

D'tfa  2  Ch  3616;  'Jto  Mai  i6;  sf.  M'a  1  S  2s0;  joass. 
^13  Je  491S  +  ;  f.  n^'3  Ec  9,B; — despise,  regard 
with  contempt,  sq.  ace.  rei,  birthright  Gn  25s4 
(J);  words  of'  Nui531(P;  notelsewh.  in  Hex); 

2  S  12"  cf.  2  Ch  3616;  name  of  '"  Mai  iM(cf. 
infr.);  oath  {ffyf)  Ez  1659  i^"-"-";  holy  things 


Ez  228;  one's  own  ways  Pr  i9lfi(i.e.  is  careless 
of  them,  lives  recklessly,  opp.  WSJ  "lets',  cf. 
Ssy\  "isi  16'7);  distress  of  the  distressed  yfr  22s5 
(II  Y®?,  subj/');  prayer,  subj.  id.  i^i0218;  broken 
&  contrite  heart  ^  5119  (c.  ^?),  cf.  on  other  hand 
7320;  sq.  ace.  pers.  Saul  1  S  io27,  David  i742cf. 
Pr  is20,  '<  1  S  230  2  S  1210  Pr  142,  his  prisoners 
^  69s4  (subj.  '1);  sq.  j>,  W^  b  t3Bl  2  S  616= 
i  Ch  1529,  2  K  i921=is  3722;"  sq.  *>$?'  pers.  Ne219; 
sq.  Inf.  T  nVJ)  VJ71  |1«1  Est  36;  note  esp.  HT3 
CS3  Is  ^^'  a  despising  of  soul,  i.e.  owe  despised 
fromtlxe  soul, thoroughly  despised;  on  otherviews 
v.  Che  Di.  Pt.  pass,  despised,  of  pers.  cstr. 
DV  'IIS  despised  of  people  (||  D"1K  n3"in)  ^,  22", 
cf.  DTR3  *«a  Je4915also  Obv2;  of  wisdom  Ec916. 
Niph.  Pi!,  njaj  f  1 54  + ;  f.  nj33  1  S 1 59  (so  rd.  for 
nnOJ  cf.  Webr);  pi.  DV33  Mai  2*;— 1.  despised 
V'lo4  119141  Is  5333  Je  22M.     2.  wTe,  worthless 

1  S  159.  3.  despicable,  contemptible  Mai  I7 
said  of  table  of  \  cf.  v12  29;  Dn  1 121  as  subst. 
of  Antiochus  Epiph.  Hipb.  Inf.  fn^ys  nttW^» 
Est  1 17  so  as  to  cause  to  despise  their  lords  (cause 
their  lords  to  be  despised). 

t|V-n  n.[m.]  contempt  Est  i18(*|X$.  '3). 

ntS  v.  sub  TT3. 

T   * 

T 113  vb.  spoil,  plunder  (Ar.  y> ,  Aram.  jj» ; 

Amhar.nHnH:perh.Eth.fl,Ha>:r«*CMePraBAS,-3S) 
— Qal  Pf.  3  ms.  ID*  (consec.)  Ez  2919;  3  pi.  W3 
Nu3i63+7t.;  1TT3  Nu  3 19;  sf.  WHtM  consec. 
Je  206;  i  pi.  «H3  Dt  235;  VfUS  37;  Impf.  2  ms. 
fan  Dt2o'4,  pi.  M^  Is  io2+  2  t.;  *»5  Gn  3427  + 
4t.;  sf.  tW3;  ZP29;  2  mpl.  IfaPl  Jos  82;  1  pi. 
cohort,  nj'33  x  S  14s6  (cf.  Ges'67811);  Imv.  V& 
Na21010;  Inf.  cstr.  13  Isio6+3t.;  113  Est  313 
8";  Pi.aci.pl.  D'Uia  Is  42s4  2CI12025;  sf.^Lfa 
Je  3016,  IJMTS  Is  17",  DHMTS  Ez  3910;  pass. 
H13  Is  4  2s2; — «pot7=take  as  spoil,  c.  ace.  rei  Nu 
3 19  Dt  2s5  (c.  i»  &  refl.  suff.)  Je  205  Ez  2612  Na 
210  yjf  10911;  oftener  c.  ace.  cogn.,  13  Nu  31s2  Is 
io6  (||  tyf  tyv,  as  oft.)  33*  Ez  2919  381213;  HJ3 

2  Ch  2513;  tyv  Dt  37  2o'4(both  sq.  b  c.  refl.  suft-.) 
2  Ch  20s525  28s  Est  313  8";  nom  &  5^B»  Jos 
g2.w  j  j  u  (au  gq  jj  c_  refl  guff^.  0i,j  perg  carrie(i 

off  (cf.  13)  Gn  34M  (MT,  but  cf.  01);  plunder, 
despoil,  c.  ace.  pers.  robbed  Is  1  o2 1 1 14 1 7 "  (nDB*) 
4222(||  ?"d.)Zp29  Je3010  EZ3910-10;  c.  DH3  (pers.) 

1  S  1436;   c.  ace.  of  place  plundered  Gn  34s7 

2  K  716  2  Ch  1 413;  abs.  Nu  3 153 1»4»».  fNi'pb. 
P/.M331  consec.  Am  3" ;  Impf.  2  ms.  1^30  Is  24s; 
Inf.  abs.  Ti3H  Is  24s — be  spoiled,   plundered, 


n 


103 


-ra 


subj.  nuDiN  Am  3";  )nxn  Is  24s;  fan  ?ian 
( ||  pian  pian).    +  pu.  />/  vni  Consec.  Je 5037— 

be  taken  as  spoil,  subj.  msiK. 

Tta  n.[m.]  spoiling,  robbery;  spoil,  booty 
— '3  abs.  Nu  I4S  +  ;  so  also  Ez  25'  Qr  (Kt  J3 
meaningless);  T3  Je  214  + ;  but  13H  Nu  31s3  v.  d. 
H;  sf.  W3  Ex  29"; — 1.  spoiling,  robbery,  '3b 
i.e.  to  be  plundered,  despoiled  Ez  721  (of  temple 
||  bbt?)  2346.  2.  s^ot'Z,  iooty,  plunder  Is  io« 
3350  Ez  2919  381213(all  ace.  cogn.  ||  bbe*);  cf.  Nu 
3132  Je  1513  173;  in  phr.  q}  r«l  Je  49^  (of 
camels)  Ez  364  cf.  v5;  also  of  human  beings  Nu 
1433'   Dt  i39  Je  a"  (all   '3b   rm)  +  i  K  21" 

(||  nDB*D)  Is  42s2  (||  «*.)  Je  214,  cf.  3o'6  (||  HD^D); 
also  Ez  257  Qr,  26s  ('ab  Itn ;  both  in  personif.); 
fig.  of  Isr.  as  sheep  Ez  34s-22  (both  'ab  fWl)  v28 
T3  »w  (no  b).  On  Is  81-3  T3  e>n  bbe>  ino  v.  inc. 
t  Prt3  n.f.  spoil,booty(late)— HJ3  2Chi  413  + 
9t.; — spoil,prey,  of  things  2CI12814  Est9101516, 
cf.  2Ch  i413  2513  Dn  1  iM(||bbe>&B>l3-i);  n.  verb., 
spoiling,  '33  Ezr  g7  Dn  1 133,  cf.  also  'sb  Ne  3s6. 

jVta.  v.  sub  HT3. 

t  i"P  rYVTS  n.pr.loc.  ace.  to  MT  place  near 
Beersheba  Jos  1  s28;  but  rd.  prob.  n'niJSI  ®  and 
her  daughters  (villages,  cf.  ri3  sub  |3)  v.  Ne  1 127 
(WeSm215  HolIenbAta- '"*'■•  jM-"Di  al.) 

pO  (Aram.  p]3,  jjJLs  scatter;  Ar.  JjJ  n'«« 
(of  sun)  is  prob.  erroneous  v.  Lane 1W). 

tpjl  n.[m.]  lightning  flash?  Ez  i14  Hi 
Co  del.;  verse  oin.  in  old  MSS.  of  ©;  sense 
uncertain,  possibly  error  for  pia. 

Tpt2  n.pr.loc.  r  S  n8(pn3)  rendezvous  of 

Israel  under  Saul  and  Sam.;  Ju  i4S  home  of 
Adoni-bezek ;  on  loc.  cf.Euseb.  Lag0"010-  106'2nd  •"■ 139; 
see  also  Stu.  Ju  i4;  17th  (mile-)stone  fr. 
Neapolis  toward  Scythojiolis ;  mod.  Hirbet 
Ibzik,  14  Eng.  m.  fr.  Nablus,  Survey"-231. 

f[1TIl]  vb.  scatter  (Ar.  Jjj,  Aram.  "H3) 

—Qal  Impf.  Dn  n24  "rip;  Drib  tfa-y  bben  nis 

plunder  and  spoil  and  2>ossessions  he  will  scatter 
among  them  (subj.  Antiochus  Epiph.)  Pi.  Pf. 
1|3,  id.,  f6831,  but  rd.  Imv.  "ffl  ("»?)(©  ©  33  so 
most;  De  follows  MT),  subj.  ref.  to  \  obj.  B'BJ?. 

*Mr^3  n.pr.m.  a  eunuch  of  Ahasuems,Est 

I10  (Thes  comp.  Pers.  beste,  ligatus  sc.  membro, 
e.g.  spado,  cf.Vullers1'"*-1'"8-  sub  siL-j). 


f  I.  [^riB]  vb.  feel  loathing  (cf.Syr, 


(so  in  lexx.)  nauseated  (yet  v.  Oei  t^1""1- **>) . 
NSyr.%-4  mvV  cf-  Stoddard  c~",-,a-n)- Qal 
Pf.  3  fs.  nbna  zc  1 18  db>m  d:i  nna  ^w  ispni 

'3  '3  fdt  a  loathing  against  me. 

fll.  [bra]  vb.  (Ar.  Ji>  be  avaricious) ; 
only  Pu.  PL  nb;  nap  nbru  an  inheritance  ^oMen 
6y  <?W  Pr  2021  Kt;  <  Qr  Vrss  rfjnap  'J,  v.  b.T3. 

ttjnS]  vb.  examine,  try  (cf.  Aram,  jns, 
Syr.  ^li,  try,  examine;  Ar.  crs.-*  1.  vm.  te««,  cf. 
W8Q6S)— Qal  Pf  sf.  ♦£$»  Jb2310,  nana  ^17'+ 
7  t.;  /m;;/.  jjBj  ,/,  1 15+  5  t.;  Imv.  sf.'^ns^  26' 
+  2t.;  Inf.  !>13  ZC139;  Pt.  (03  Jen^+st. 
(||  spX,  DDO); — 1.  examine,  scrutinize,  try  1//  11' 

13923  Jb  718;  dtk  »:3  ttjfl;  VBjrey  z/ls  eye^« 

try  the  children  of  men  (search  them  through 
and  through)  f  114.  2.  prove,  test,  try.  a. 
with  the  metaphor  of  gold  Jb2310;  ?n33  Crura* 
3njrrriS  and  I  will  try  them  as  one  tries  gold 
Zc  139.  b.  without  metaphor,  of  God  testing 
persons  \jr  26s  6610  818  Je  9°;  their  ways  Je  627; 
the  3?  i/r  173  Je  123  Pr  173  1  Ch  2917;  reins  Je 
1 710;  heart  and  reins  f  710  Je  1 120 (=  2012).  c. 
of  man  testing  or  tempting  God  i^959  Mai  31015. 
d.  the  ear  trying  words  Jb  12"=  34s.  Niph. 
Impf.  fri3^  Jb  3436  Gn  421516,  to  be  tried,  proved. 
Pu.  jn'3  Ez  2 1 18  the  trial  has  been  made  (©  ©  23 

Ges  MVEwKe,  but  noun  jn'aMT  Symm  Haev.; 
rd.  fns  with  grace,  favour,  Hi  Co). 

t|ni£  n.[m.]  testing,  Is  28'"  fO'a  [3N  atested, 
tried  stone,  i.e.  approved  for  use  as  a  foundation- 
stone.     On  Ez  2 118  MT  v.  foreg.  ad  fin. 

iJfTl  a.[m.]  watch-tower,  Is  3214. 

t[pm]  sf  »'JW|i(dag.  f.  implic.  Qr;  W13 
Kt)  Is  2313  their  siege-towers. 

TpPQ  n.[m.]  assayer,  one  who  tries  metals 
Je627(GTes*84'sEwtlK!b). 

TSTQ  Is  2313  Kt;  v.  [pna]  supr. 

t"in3  vb.  choose  (cf.  Aram."in3,  Syr.  «1» 
lljra,  1b.  beru  (-/1K3)  Dlrr76)— Qal  Pf.  ins 
Dt  76+  66 1.;  ina:  ls  4i24+  60 1.;  "fS$  Jb  29^ 
(Baer);  Imv.  tna  Exi79+5t.;  Inf.  abs.  ^ 
1  S  228  Is  71516;  Inf.  cslr.  sf.  'Tg  Ez  206;  Pt. 
ina  1  S  2030  Zc  32;  pass.  Tina  Ex  1 47  +  1 8 1.;— 
1.  with  a,  a.  divine  choice,  of  Abraham  Ne9'; 
Israel  Dt  77  Is  44'  Ez  205;  to  become  his  people 
Dt  76i42;  Jesburun  IS442;  the  seed  of  the  patri- 
archs Dt  437  10";  Levites  Dt  186  215  1  Ch  155 
2Ch29n;  Aaron  yj/  10526;  Judnh  1  C  h  284  not 
Ephraim  ty  7867;  Levi  and  Judah  Je^;  the 
king  Dt  I71S,  especially  David  1  S  io24  168"0 


-ra 


104 


rten 


2  S  6"  i  K  816  (=  2  Ch  66)  i  Ch  28"  291  2  Ch 
6'  V  7870;  others  Nu  166  I7M(P)  Hg  2s3;  place 
of  sacrifice  Dt  1218  1425  16716  17s  2  Ch  7'*;  the 
city  1  K  8,6«  (=2  Ch  6534)  1133;  Jerusalem 
2  Ch  66  Is  141  Zc  i17  216  3s;  Zion  ^132";  de- 
lusions Is  66\  b.  man's  choice,  of  ways  Pr  331 
Is  66s;  good  things  Is  71516;  life  Dt  30";  gods 
Ju  10"  Is  4 124;  God's  pleasure  Is  56*  6512  664. 
2.  with  1B*«  (alone,  for  '3  nm  "HW):  a.  dmne 
c/101'ce,  of  Israel  Is  4 1 8  WfB*  T0?  ^i5?-,  4  3 10 ;  the 
people  1  K  3s  ^3312;  men  Nu  i67(P)  ^65"; 
king  2  S  16"  1  Ku";  place  of  sacrifice  Dt 
I214M  i5M  1710  31"  (D)  Jos  c,27  (P),  especially 
DB>  i»B>  0*7  Dt  I25-2'  1424,  BB>  i»£>  I??'!)  Dt 
12"  14"  i62-6:i1  Ne  i9;  the  city  1  K  8"  (=2  Ch 
6s8),  db>  'et?  nvth  1  K  n36  1421  (  =  2  Ch 
I2,s);  Jerusalem  iKii"  2  K  217  (  =  2  Ch 
330  23W  >  fast  Is  585'6;  way  ty  2512.  b.  man's 
choice,  place  to  dwell  in  Dt  237;  gardens  Is  i29; 
king  1  S  1213;  wives  Gn  62  (J);  what  to  do 
2  S  1 51S.  3.  with  ace.  &  ?,  choose  some  one  or 
something  for :  a.  divine  choice,  of  Levi  1  S  2M; 
Jacob  1^  i354S;  inheritance  ^ 47s.  b.  human 
choice,  persons  Ex  17s  Jos  241522(E)  1  S  818  1312 
2S2412(=iCh2i20);  thingsGni311(J)iSi740 
1  K  182325  Jb  344.  4.  with  ace.  and  JO,  choose, 
select  from  2  S  io9(=i  Ch  1910).  5.  ace.  a. 
divine  choice,  temple  2  Ch  716;  Judah  ^  'jS68; 
servant  Is  419  497.  b.  man's  choice,  persons 
Ex  ^^(E)  Ju  58  Jos83(J)  2  S-I71;  things  Jb 
7"  914  158  2926  34s3  1 1930173  Pr  i29  Is  4Os0.      6. 

with  by,  »:jjd  mra  nt  by  *a  /or  <A«  </iow  Aa»< 

chosen  rather  than  affliction  Jb  3621;  with  ace. 
and  by  pregn.  ^y  ">rnn  IK'S  !>3  aW  that  thou 
cltoosest  (to  lay)  upon  me  2  S  1939.  7.  with 
i>  of  ace.  1  S  2030  (many  MSS.  have  3;  but 
©  We  Dr  read  I3n  companion).  The  ptcp. 
"WI3  chosen,  of  a  ruler  ^  8920,  warrior  Je  49'° 
(  =  5o44);  as  cedars  Ct515;  coll.  "lira  331  chosen 
chariots  Ex  147  (E);  "lira  B^N  chosen  men, 
warriors  Ju  20151634  1  S  24s  2  Ch  13317,  for  wh. 
lira   alone    1  K  122'    =  2  Ch  II1,    2  Ch  25s; 

btriw  mn3  1 S  2  62  ^  7  831 ;  2  S 1  o9  btcfcv  nira 

(|j  1  Ch  1910  iwi'tra  lira,  doubtless  the  true 
reading,  as  2S61).  8.  test,  try  (Aram.  =  fn3) 
»3V  "i«31^-in3Is4810/AaDe<«*<erf  thee  in  the  fur- 
nace of  affliction  <S  X  Ges  Hi  E  w  De  Che  Dr,  but 
chosen  93  Rab  Calv  AV.  Niph.  "inai  Je  83; 
ft.  Ira?  pr  8'»4.5  t.;— to  6e  chosen. '  a.  abs. 
chosen,  choice  Pr  81019  io20.  b.  cstr.  JO,  1D3J1 
D"nD  mo  (iea</t  wt'rt  6e  chosen  rather  than  life 
Je83;  choicer  than  Pn616  22';  mtO  HW£  in30 
clwicer  (more  acceptable)  tfo  Yahweh  than  peace- 
offering  Pr2i3.  Pu.  "tro?  chosen,  selected  Ec 
9T3^Qr). 


TIITO  n.m.  young  man  Is  62"+ 7  t.;  pi. 
D^Via  (intensive  with  dag.  f.  implic.)  Pr2o29 
+  i3t.;  cstr.,lin3Ez236+  4t.;  sf.  ^in?  etc.  La 
1 18  +  1 6 1.; — young  man  (choice,  in  the  prime  of 
manhood*  1  S  92  Ec  1 19  Is  62s;  coll.  young  men 
Je  158;  rpinai  "Ana  young  men  and  virgins  Dt 
32s6  2  Ch  3617  Je  5122  Ez  96;  usually  pi.  Ju  1410 
liu  310  1  S  816  2  K  812  2  Ch  3617  Pr  2029  Is  917  318 
4030  Je  6"  920  1122 1821  4815  4926  503  513  La  i15 

5'8'4  Ez33612-233o17  J031  Am211410;  ||  minru 

V'  78s3  14812  Is  234  Je  3 113  La  i18  221  Am  813 
Zc  917. 

+  [D"n/)!"0]  n.f.abstr.pl.  youth,  pi.  sf. 
lnna  nu  j  ^  (j;  Onk  @  Ges  De  Di ;  V-v-m  © 
Sam  *B  Lu  Ke) ;  T9*"w?  Ec  1 19,  TO™3  Ec  1 21. 

tflYTIl]  n.m.  chosen,  cstr.  "Vna  2  S  2i6 
(but  We  Dr  ''  TO);  sf.  l*Vro  1  Ch  1613  f  894 


105643  ic.65-23  Is342'  4320454  65* 


always 


the  chosen  or  efectf  of  Yahweh. 

1  □'HIIS  n.pr.loc.  (young  men's  village)  of 

a  small  town  of  Benjamin  beyond  the  Mt.  of 
Olives  on  the  way  to  Jericho  (cf.  RobBBi'433; 
Kasteren  ZPV  im-  ,00'ff)  2  S  316 165 1718  1917 1  K  28 
(=ftej>J  ace.  to  %}°"  Schwarz  Marti-Schick 

ZPV  III.  8 1\ 

TirQ']  n.pr.m.  (He  (El  or  ',)  chooses)  son 
of  David  2S516  iCh36  145. 

t["\nnQ]  n.[m.](f.  Ez  24s)  choicest,  best, 
cstr.  in}!?  Dti2n+  iot.;  sf.VjnaDDn  1116;  vows 
Dt  1 2";  valleys  Is227;  fir  trees  Is  3724;  cedars 
Je2  27;  bones  Ez  244;  sepulchres  Gn2  36(P); 
of  the  flock  Ez  24s;  of  the  Assyrians  Ez  237; 
captains  Ex  154  (E  poet.);  young  men  Je  4815; 
P33^  31131  "iri3D  Ez  3 116  (del.  31131  ®  Co);  D? 
^"JC131?  Dn  iii5=his  choice  troops. 

Tl'irOE)  ^-[m.]  choice,  in  the  phrases  "1'V 
linnip  choice  city  2K3";  VBna  nin3D  choice 
fir  trees  2  K  1923  =  VBTia  nnap  I8  37s4  (prob. 
scribal  error  in  both  cases  for  ID??). 

TirQQ  n.pr.m.  (choice)  one  of  David's 
warriors  1  Ch  1 138. 

"Pjp^nrQ  adj. gent.  Baharumite  1  Ch 
1  iM=<prna  2  S  2331.    Prob.  ^ira  Dr. 

I  [riZDS.,  WI33]  vb.  speak  rashly,  thought- 
lessly (NH  idV"D3)— Qal  Pt.  ncta  Pri218 
one  that  babbleth  (oipTp.  D'^q  fiB*?).  Pi.  Impf 
ny^3B'3  Kt33^  Lv  54  speak  rashly,  unadvisedly; 
so'  WS'Ba  Kt33)l  (of  Moses)  +  I0633;  Inf. 
D^ns^3  NB3^>  Lv  54  (P). 


MSOO  105 

TNt22p    a.[m.]    rash    utterance,    NB3D 

irnab>  Nu  307'9. 


]M 


f  I.  npS  vb.  trust  (cf.  Ar.  'kwo  throw  one 

down  upon  his  face  Thes,  lilft  lie  extended 
on  the  ground,  '  se  reposer  sur  quelqu'un'  Fl 
MV)— Qal  Pf.  ne>3  +  287  +  35 1.;  Impf.  nti2) 
Jb  4023  +  27  t.;  Imv.  HB3  +  3f  +  8  t.;  Inf. 
abs.  nlD3  Is  594,  cs^r.  Hb3  f  n88+2t.;  i><. 
nca  f  2i8+35t.;  pass.  TODS  V,ii27  Is263. 
I.  trust.     1.  abs.  Isi22.     2.  with  cogn.  ace. 

nnca  ib-k  nrn  pnuan  no  wto  «'«  this  trust 

that  thou  dost  trust?  2K  i819=Is364.  3. 
with  3  trust  in— a..  God  2  K  185  1910  1  CI1520 
^  9"  218  225-6  252  261  287  3210  373  404  55"  56512 
62984139i2ii27Ii59'»11i251i438Pri6202925 
Is  26s-4  3710  Jei77  3918  Zp  32.  b.  persons  Ju  926 
it  4110  11889  1463  Pr3i"  Jei7546*  Mi  7s. 
c.  </a'«^«  Dt2832  Jb39u^2  7344752962"ii58 


i35,8Pni282826  Is3ol: 


42"  47' 


Je5177' 


1325  487  494  Ez  1615  Ho  1013  Am  61.  d.  in  the 
name  of  God  ^  3321  Is  510;  mercy  of  God  ^  1 3° 
52'°;  word  of  God  4t  11942;  salvation  of  God 
it  78211.  4.  with  by,  trust  or  rely  upon — a. 
God  it  3115  375  Pr  2825  Je  49".  b.  persons  2  K 
I82021-24  =  Is  365-6-9,  Je  93.  c.  things  2  K  1821 
=  Is36"  2  Ch  3210,  it  497  Is  311  594  Ez  3313  Hb 
218.  5.  with  bx  <ms<  <o— a.  ffoc?  2  K  1822 
(  =  Is  367)  V  46  3 17  5°4  862  Pr  35.  b.  persons 
JU2036.  c.  things  Je  74  (=nm  by  78).  II. 
Se  confident  Jb  620  4023  Pr  1416;  TM3  fi^TO 
n93?  </ig  righteous  are  bold  as  a  lion  Pr28'; 
secure  Jb  1 1 18  Pr  1 1 16;  nt33  Dy  a  people  secure  Ju 
1 8'10-27;  nintpa  J11J3  careless  daughters,  (women) 

Is  329  cf.  v1'011.     Hiph.  Pf.  nnenn  je  2816; 

/to;;/  nC3:  Is  3615  +  2t.;  P«.  TOpS?  ^2210; 
cause  to  trust,  make  secure,  abs.  ^22'°;  with 
by  Je  2815  2931;  with  b«  2  K  i830  =  Is3615. 

< 

ti.  nC2  n.[m.]  security — Gn  342S+  41 t.; 
n95J  EpK'n  Is  3217  quietness  and  security  = 
"C^ai  Bgjp'P?  Is  30'5  (but  prob.  both  infs.) 
elsewhere  always  adverb  ; — securely,  riD3b  3E" 
Lv  251819  265  Ju  187  1  K  55  i,  49  Pr  s29  Is  47s 
Je  3237  4931  Ez  2826 342528  3881114  396-26  Zp  215  Zc 

14";  nD3  3K«  Dti210  1S12";  nuab  pe>  Dt 

3312  f  169  Je  23s  3316;  PIB3  ptf  Dt  33s8  Pr 
i";  nonb  (rm)  Jb  24s3  Ez  34";  nt33  IW1  Ju  8"; 
nu3b  ibn  Pi-323;  na3  ibn  Pno9;  nD3b  aw> 
Jb  ii18  Ho  220;  nt33b  pi  Is  1430;  nsD3b  nra 

f  7S53;  nD3  I3y  Mi  28;  nC3  Bh3  Ctt#A  (dwell- 
ing) securely  Ez  309  (pregnant  construction, 
del.  nti3 Co);  HB3  Tyn  by  Wfaj  and  <%  came 
upon  the  city  (dwelling)  securely  Gn  34s  (J). 


tnTlSSa  n.f.  trusting   Is  30"  (prob.   inf. 

/.  =  nB3Is32ir). 

t]inJ2S  n.m.  trust  2  K  i8'»  =  Is  364; 
hope  Ec  94. 

tnin^2  n.f.pl.  security,  safety  Jb  12". 

•TI^JQ  n.[m.]  confidence  Ez  29111— cstr. 
HB3D  Pr  i4»+  2  t.;  sf.  <nt>3»  Jb  31*  +  6  t. 
(dag.  implicit);  DHC30  Je4813;  rtPlBao  Pr2ia- 
pi.  D<nt?3»  Is  3  2 18;' ^0030  Je  2:'7';-l.  th*  act 
of  confiding  Pr  2 122  2219  2519.  2.  the  object  of 
confidence  Jb814 18"  3 124  ^4056567i'  Je  2s7 
i774813  Ez2916.     3.  the  state  of  confidence, 

security  Pr  1426  Is  3218. 

< 

tn.  HB|l  n.pr.loc.  city  of  Hadadezer  king 
of  Zobah  2  S  88  (but  read  rather  Tirao  so  1  Ch 

l88;    ©  Sm  Maa/3a<c,  @L  Ma«3<«  ;  ©  Ch  Mfra- 
PlX"'>  ©L  raftaad ;  cf.  also  We  Dr). 

II-  ntO^  (-/assumed  for  following). 

t  D^ntplN  n.[m.]pl.  water-melons  (Mish. 
tVOaUt,  Sam.^/rr^S;  cf.  Low1'0-2*7;  Ar,  '%, 
etc.;  perh.  loan-word  in  Heb.  cf.  Sta'258 ;  mod. 
Egypt,  battich,  biftich  cf.  reff.  in  Di  Nu  ii6; 
on  formation  cf.  Lag8"10,  who  comp.  Eth. 
aqtala)— Egyptian  fruit,  'Kn  Nu  1 1 5  ( ||  D'KB'iSPI , 
TJfnn   Q^SSn,  D^tp^n);  ©  roi,,  nhtovas. 

tp92]  vb.  cease  (NH  bos,  Ar.  jii, 
Eth.  0mA:  both  be  futile,  vain,  but  As.  bafdlu, 
cease  Lotz  TP98,  so  Aram.  b'BS.^a^Qal  Pf 
vD31  consec.  Ec  1 23  and  the  grinders  cease. 

I.  7J0^  (meaning  dub.;    -\/of  following). 

f  1.  {B3  n.f.Nu51!5  beUy,  body,  womb  (Ar. 
^)— '3  abs.  Ju  i37  +  ;  (C3  v6+;  cstr.  it?3 
it  i39,3+;  sf-  '?»?  Jb  310  +  ;  1?B3  Dt  7"+; 
"HP?  GH2523;  '003  Jbi52-r,etc.;— 1.  a.  belly, 
abdomen,  of  man  Ju  321'22;  of  woman  Nus2122,27; 
as  beaiitiful  in  form  Ct  7';  as  seat  of  hunger 
Pr  1325;  as  eating  Ez  3'  (||  D'yp);  cf.  Pr  1820 
(fig.);  as  seat  of  passion,  avarice,  etc.  Jb  202023; 
in  fig.  of  God's  casting  riches  out  of  extortion- 
er's belly  Jb  2015  (||  WKp;i),  cf.  also  *  17";  fig. 
of  innermost  part  of  a  man  =  inmost  soul  Pr  1 8s 
=  2622,  2027-3°(all  '3  Tin);  as  seat  of  intell. 
faculties  ( =  Eng.  breast  or  bosom)  2  218  (cf.  Oyyo 
it  409)  Jb  i52SS  32'8,  '303  nn  T»;  as  trembling 
at  theophany  Hb  316.  b.  belly  of  hippopotamus 
Jb  4016.  c.  bSttp  fB3  Jon  23  (Jonah's  prayer  : 
||  D>e:  33^)3  nbl«p).'     2.  body,  opp.  soul  *  3i'° 


pa 


106 


(opp.  B>??.),  also  44M  (opp.  id.; — on  this  of. 
Zin^71).  3.  womb  Gn  25***  3827  (all  J)  Ho 
124  Jb  10"  (||  Dm  v18)  Ec  ii6  Jb3i15  JC3?  tfyf\ 
,n^V  ^^5?  did  not  he  that  made  me  in  the  womb 
make  him  (||  ".m  Drn.3  ttJ3Jl)j  cf.  >//•  139"  *ffiBfl 
fC33,&  Je i5;  esp/3 nB i  ^offspring Gn 30s (E) 
^  1 2  73  Is  1 318 ;  Pr  3 1 2'  »}B?  13  =  OTy  w,i  ( ||  *"!») 
cf.  BJO|PT|  Is  4916;  of  birth  JB3D  «£  Jb  i21  311 
Ec  514;  ;ea  &hne=birth  Ho  9"  (||  ITJ?,  jinn),  cf. 
fig.  RJgl  «£  'D  |B3D  Jb38M  (w<  0/ whose  womb 
came  tlie  ice  ?  cf.  *$3}  V^l  ~CO  t6  Jb  310  i.e.  0/ 
my  (mother's)  womb;  JCSDniia  take, draw  out  of 
the  womb,  subj./, (i.e. cause  to  be  born)\|>-2  210;  ,-)B 
fB3  used  also  of  father  Mi  67,  cf.  i/<-  13211  (David 
as  ancestor  of  Messian.  king);  Jb  1917  'JO?  'J? 
8<ras  of  my  body,  of  doubtful  interpr.,  perh.= 
son*  of  my  (motlier's)  womb,  cf.  310  (Ges  De),  i.  e. 
my  brothers  or  men  of  my  clan  RSK33t,  others 
my  sons  (E\v),  my  grandsons  (Di);  also  in  ad- 
dressing Isr.  as  a  whole  (masc.sf.)  Dtf13  2841U8,53 
309,  cf.  D3tp3  ^pnp  Ho  916  beloved  ones  of  their 
womb;  J03n~|1?  (JB3D)  =from  birth  Ju  13" 
^  584  716,'  cf.  also  Is  442-24  46'  (||  Drn)  488  4915; 

«$K  joao  «/.  ju  1617  Jb  3 118  ^aV1  (||  on-i). 

4.  architectural  word  of  some  rounded  projec- 
tion connected  with  the  two  pillars  Jachin  & 
Boaz  1  K  720  (Klo  rds.  rvan). 

< 

fii.  |t03  n.pr.loc.  city  in  Asher  Jos  1925 

\=depression,  basin,  valley  1  cf.  Ar.  .^Jjj, 
Lane22000'-3)  =  Barra.,  called  B<80ctcv  cf.  Lag 

Onom.  236.  2nd  ,*.*!,.   @  BmdoK>  ©L  Bf„X 

II.  |t2H  (assumed  as  V  of  following ;  mng. 
unknown). 

TD^JpSl  11.  m.  ipl.  pistachio,  an  oval  nut 
(cf.  As.  butnu  C0TGl0"&Schr1,BAkl881•4,9,  Aram. 
X3CH3,  Jfcoc^a,  Ar.  Ikj;  on  Punic  Povtvov/i 
Bla\iZMaimsn)=pistacia  terebinthus  Rob8"'-208' 

"'222  PostPEFOctl888'21s'>io-21*f;Tr-vlc,-In,t""271etc^ji'«/ 

vera  LowNoM);  Gn  4311  one  of  the  articles  car- 
ried from  Canaan  to  Egypt  by  sons  of  Jacob 
as  present  to  Joseph ;  still  a  delicacy  in  Egypt 
and  Syria,  cf.Wetzst  in  Low"-420. 

tD'jtea  n.pr.loc.  city  of  Gad,  E.  of  Jordan 
Jos  13",  mod.  Batne,  "W.  of  Es-Salf  (v.d. 
Velde  ""no,r  298)  =  BoT«'a  cf.  Lag  Ono,n- m-  2"d  "'■ M7. 

_3,  3]  vb.  entreat  (Ar.  "J  come  as 
suppliant,  entreat,  still  current  in  the  Hauran: 
v.  Wetzet  in  De"34-36),  of  which  (prob.)  '3K 
Jb  34"  is  1  s.  impf.  (used  dialectically) :  'ax 
a*1'8*  ID3?  would  that  (lit.  I  entreat  that)  Job 
were  tried ! 


T  ''a  part,  of  entreaty,  craving  permission 
to  address  a  superior,  always  foil,  by  tflNt  (or 
''j'"1^),  and  always  (exc.  Jos  78)  at  the  beginning 
of  a  speech,  I  pray,  excuse  me — (not  improb. 
from  -/"a;  so  that  *t%  'a  will  be  literally 
a  supplication  of  (i.e.  to)  my  lord  !  cf.  Wetzst 
1.  c,  who  compares  the  Ar.  tj±ll  J-£^  lit-  a 
prayer  to  my  lord  !  a  standing  formula  =  Pray, 
excuse  me,  used  exactly  as  '}  q|  '3.  Ace.  to 
others  contr.  from  'JO,  from  nya  to  ask,  and  so 
lit.  a  jietitionl  cf.  Aram,  tyaa,  ^4,-.  (e.g.  Gn 
1 918 S,  Nu  1 213  <S);  but  y  is  not  often  elided  in 
Heb.)— Gn4419  *»-i3T  <J'lK  *?  I  pray,  my  lord, 
let  thy  servant  speak,  etc.;  so  Nu  12"  Ju  613 

1  S  i26  1  K  31"6,  and  foil,  by  a  pi.  subj.  Gn 
4320  UT?  1^; '«  '?  Oh,  my  lord,  we  came  down, 
etc.;  »jjSi<  "3  (to  God)  Ex  41013  Jos  f  Ju615  138 
(®  in  Pent,  and  Jos.  iivfttu,  Saififda :  in  other 
books  absurdly  iv  f/iot). 

tp2l  vb.  discern  (NbZMO,883H2r-;  Ar.  'J6_ 
become  separated,  be  distinct,  IV.  speak  perspicu- 
ously ;  Eth.  Q?ii  1.  2  consider,  perceive,  Aram, 
ws  make  to  understand,  cf.  Sab.  pa  (the)  wise, 
as  epith. , Mordt ZMG "^ " )— Qal  P/  pa  Dnio1; 
nnaa  ^  i392;  "rfra  Dn92;  Impf  pp,  V'  i913+ 
25't.;  R]Je9u+2t.;  f?n  1  S38+2Tt.;  W3K 
^  7317+4t.;  «♦?;  Pr  28s  +  12  t.;  /bw.  p3  Dn 
p23;  W3  +  52;  ira  Dt  327  +  2  t.;  Inf.  abs.  P? 
Pr23';  Pt.  D^a  Je  497; — l.^erc«i'w(with  the 
senses): — a.  eyes,  ace.  Pr  7',  with  ?  Jb  911 1421 

2  39Pri415.  b.  ears,  ace.  Pr2919,  with  p  Jbi3'. 
c.  touch,  ace.  V'  5810.  d.  taste,  ace.  Jb  630.  2. 
understand,  know  (with  mind) : — a.  abs.  Jb  1 82 
3820  423  ^4921  82s  Pr  2412  Is  6910  4418  Dn  1210 
H04"  1410;  p3S*  vb)  ViyDVl  heard  but  I  could 
not  understand  Dn  1 28.  b.  ace.  Jb  159  23s  3629 
Pr  26-9  2024  28s  f  1913  927  Je  9";  BBBte  flX*  Jb 
329  Pr  28s;  njn  pa*  Pr  297.  c.  with  '?  1  S  3" 
2  S 1 219  Is43'°.  *•  with  inf.  &  ?,  njjjl  fSfi  Is  324. 
3.  observe,  mark,  give  heed  to,  distinguish,  con- 
sider (with attention): — a.acc.Dt327  >// 52  5022 
947-8  Pr  23'  2 129  (Qr)  Dn  92  101.  b.  with  ?, 
f  7317  r392  Dtsz119.  c.  with  3,  Ezr815  Ne  137 
Dn  9s3.  d.  with  i>N,  ^  28s.  e.  with  bf,  Dn 
1 130-3'.  4.  Aa^e  discernment,  insight,  under- 
standing Je  49".  Niph.  '01333  Is  1013;  f<.  p33 
Gn4i33+  15  t.;  pi.  D'Jia?  Je 422,  elsewhere  D'?a3 
Dti13  Is522(Baer)Ec91'1;  V333IS2914;  be  intel- 
ligent, discreet,  discerning,  hare  understanding 
1  S  1618  Pr  i5  io13  146  1621  1728  1925  Ec  911  Is33 
521  io13  29"  Je^  H01410;  |t»}  3.?  intelligent 
mind  Pr  1433   1514   I815;   Dam   |i33  Gn  4!33-311; 


rem 


107 


fOO\  D3H  Dt46  i  K3>2;  ^3331  D'oan  Dt  I13. 
Po.  WJjtoj  /ie  attentively  considered  him  Dt 
3210.  Hiph.  Pf  pan  Jb  28«  +  5  t.;  Impf 
T?:  Is  28s  +  4  t. ;  I9J!  2  Ch  1 i23  Dn  9s2;  Inf.  pan 
^  329_+  9  t,;  Imv.  f?n  Dn  8I6+  12  t.;  Pt.  P3C 
Pr287+  26t.; — 1.  understand: — a.  ubg.  Is  2916 
4021  56"  1  K  3»  V  32'  Dn  817  1012.  b.  ace. 
1  Ch  289  Jb  28a  Pr  i2-6  85  148  Is  28"  Dn  V3 
Mi412;  P?D  one  with  understanding  Pr89 17 10-24 
28w.h.  j,to  »y3Q  Dn  i4;  able  to  understand 
(i.e.  old  enough)  Ne  83  io29,  cf.  82  (sq.  gfc*$). 
2.  give  heed  to,  attend  to,  observe,  difcern,  abs. 
Is  57'  2Chu23Dn85;  c.  3  Ne  812  Dn  923  io'»; 
3  Pa»  skilled  in  2  Ch  26*  34'2;  c.  ^  V3316; 
y~0  3113  pa  1 K  39.  3.  give  understanding,  make 
understand,  leach: — a.  abs.  Dn  827  922.    b.  with 


r* 


ace.  pers.  ^119 


34.73.125.130.144.169 


Jb  32s  Ne  879  Is 


4014.  c.  with  ?  pers.  2  Ch  35'  Dn  1 133;  with  *? 
pers.  &  ace.  rei  Jb  6"A  Dn  816.  d.  3  rei  Ne  8*, 
+  acc.  pers.  Dn  117.  e.  double  ace.  Is  289 
V'  1 1927  Dn  io";  pan  teacher  1  Ch  1522  2  57-8  27s2 
Ezr  816.  Hithp.  Pf.  fJiann  is  ,t+ 6 1.;  impf 
fjianx  Jb2315  +  3t.;  /Jians  jb3212+5t,;  «3tot« 
*  io7«+2  t.;  utfarr  IS'I4^  43>8.  1.  'shew 
oneself  attentive,  consider  diligently: — a.  abs 
Jb  ii»  23'°  Is  i3  Je  210  916.  b.  ace.  Jb  37" 
V'  10743  11995  Is  43«  5215.     c.  with  b*  1  K  321 

Is  1 416.    d.  with  !»y  Jb  3 1 '  ^  3  7 io.    e.  with  ny 

Jb3212  38'8.  f.with3  Jb3O20Je2320(  =  3o24). 
2.  get  understanding,  understand  Jb  2614 
V'  1 191 4.  3.  shew  oneself  to  have  understand- 
ing ifr  119100. 

Tn^nH   a.pr.m.   (intelligence=Pa.lm.  n.pr. 
N313  VogNo-3)  a  man  of  Judah  1  Ch  z25. 

L|15j  subst.  prop,  interval,  space  between 
"  I  id.)— cstr.  P3,  once  Is  44*  (Baer)  J3,  W3, 
1?*,  V9,  13'3  (V3<3  tJos34811  Qr);  with  pi. 
sf.  in  pi.  form  «*J*|  (WJ5),  etc.;  also  ni3'3  fEz 
1  o2-2-6-6-7-7  (  +  1 13  ©  Hi  E w  etc.  for  TW]),  B*fjb»8 
tGn  26s8  Jos  2  2s4  Ju  n10,  Dn^?  tGn  42s3  2  S 
2 17  Je2516;  dual  038  (v.  infr.);— 1.  always 
(exc.  dual)  as  prep,  in  the  interval  of,  be- 
tween (so  Aram.  p3,  &  pi.  'jpa,  Jua,  %  {-£; 

OOCPt:),  as  Gni517  nnjan  pa  j^^  ^ 
pieces,  Ex  139  al.  T^  P?  between  thy  eyes  (v. 
PV),  Is  22"  al.  between  the  two  walls  (v.  HD'in), 
Jb  2411  30'  4030  part  him  between  merchants  ; 
rather  more  gen.  among  Ho  1315  Ct  223  Ez  192 
313  Jb  3437;  less  exactly  within  Pr  2613  a  lion 
is  riiahnn  pa  within  the  broad  places  (cf.  23" 
^na) :  once  with  a  sing,  (unusual)  Dn  816  pa 
V*N  between  the  Ulai,  i.e.  between  its  banks. 


When  the  space  separating  two  distinct  objecti 
is  to  be  indicated,  this  is  done  a.  most  com- 
monly by  repeating  pa,  as  G11133  V|  pa 
'gP  r?1  lit.  in  the  interval  of  Bethel,  and  in  t/ui 
interval  of  'Ai,  i.e.  between  Bethel  and  *Ai, 
1614  i773i5»»  +  0ft.     b.  more  rarely  by  . .  .p? 
?,    Gn  l«  dividing  0$   Dyp  pa   ]it.  f„   tie 
interval  of  waters  with  reference  to  waters,  i.e.  I 
between  the  waters  and  the  waters  Lv  20"  27s3 
Dt  17888  2  S  1936  1  K39  Ez4i>8  42=0  44s323  Jon 
4n  Mal31818  2Chi4'».     c.   by  J*...?*  tJo 
2>7.    d.byp3p...pa+Is5oI>     pai8UEednot 
only  of  actual  locality,  but  also  with  verbs  of 
dividing  (fig.)  Gn  i14  Lv  io10,  and  of  judging, 
knowing,  teaching,  etc.,  if  the  idea  of  distin- 
guishing be  involved,  as  Gn  1 6s  2  S 1 9s6  pa  JTlNn 
inp  3113  can  I  discern  between  good  and  evil  ? 
1K39  Jon  4";  Gn3i49  (watch  between),  Jun10 
(hear),  Jos  2  227(witness),  Is  24  and  he  shall  judge 
(arbitrate)  between  the  nations,  53;  L.V2  733-  Ez 
4423;  Mai  318;  2 Chi 410  (see  IIV);  and  in  other 
metaph.  applications,  as  of  a  covenant  or  sign 
between  two  contracting  parties,  Gn  912"  Ex 
31"+  ;  or  an  oath  Gn  26s8  2  S  217;  enmity  or 
strife  G11315  137  Dt25'  Pr619;  peace  1  K526; 
good- will  Pr  149.— It  is  used  of  time  in  the 
phrase  of  P  D^anyn  pa  (v.  sub  any),  &  Ne  5IS 
JNpJ  rQ.?'J>  PS  during  the  interval  of  ten  days, 
i.e.  every  ten  days  (unusual). 

With  other  prepositions: — a.  tp3~^K,  after 
a  verb  implying  motion,  in  between,  in  among 
Ez  3 11914.     So  ?  niJ*3-i>N  fib.  io2.     b.  tf?a  Is 
44"  in  the  midst  of,  amongst  (®  Ew  Di  Che 
TSn  D:»  p33).     c.  tf^y  nearly  as  P?"^  Ez 
1911.     d.  fV^from  between:  Gn  49'°  nor  the 
ruler's  staff  vbil  pa»  from  between  his  feet 
(where,  as  the  king  sits  in  state,  he  holds  it), 
Ex  25s2  from  between  the  cherubim  (so  Nu  7s9), 
Ho  24  Zc 6' 97;  Dt  28s7  the  after-birth  pat?  flSi>n 
•J Vf!  that  cometh  forth  from  between  her  feet, 
i.e.  from  her  womb  (cf.  II.  19.  10  «r«rcu>  jkt& 
■noaaX  yvvaiicos).     Repeated  2  K  1614  to  specify 
the  two  objects  from  between  which  a  thing  is 
moved.     Ez  47"*  is  difficult  and  uncertain:  v. 
Comm.    Less  precisely  from  the  midst  of:  Nu 
1 72  nslf'L'  p3»  out  of  the  midst  of  the  burning, 
yf,  10412  D'NBg  p3D/rom  amongst  the  branches 
they  utter  their  song,  Je  48*  and  a  flame 
I'n,P   P89  from  the  midst   of  Sihon    (Sihon 
representing   his   people:    but  expression   is 
singular;  rd.  perh.'D  rV3C,  cf.Nu2i28  'D  JVnjTO: 
||  in  both  passages  paf'no),  EZ3721.    e.  tniJ'lP 
?  from  between  Ez  io2-66-7. 


rrn 


108 


JT2 


2.  I  Dual  D?33  space  between  two  armies 
(  =  Gk.  luraiXfuoi'),  i  S  17423  VSR  &K  man  of 
the  peraixium,  i.e.  champion  (of  Goliath). 

tm  fern,  of  RS,  PS  (No"'94':;  Syr.  V~i 
oft,  PS  47°)  prep,  between  Ez  4i9b  (to  be 
joined  with  v10;  see  RVm),  unless  indeed  a 
mere  error  for  P?  (which  Ez  oft. uses);  also  Pr  82 
ace.  to  ©  (mA  ixtaov)  X  33  Hi  Ew  *a7«;  and  Jb 
817  ace.  to  ©  Ew  Dil  (Di2  undecided). 

t  nyS  n.f.  understanding  i  Ch  1 232  +  2  8 1. ; 
cstr.  nV?  Pr  302  Is  29";  sf.  W?  Jb  203+  4 1; 
pi.  n^a  Is  27";— 1.  the  act  Is  3319  Je  2320 
Dn  i20  8'6  p22  io1.  2.  the  faculty  Jb  203  3926 
Pr  3'  2  34  302  Is  2  7  " ;  rWS  TOP  get  understanding 
Pr  4s7 1616.  3.  the  object  of  knowledge  Dt46 
1  Ch  2212  Jb  2812201"8  3416  3s36  3917  Pr  9610  23s3 
Is  1  Is  29" ;  n$»?  VT  1  Ch  1 232  2  Ch  21112  Jb  384 
Pr  i2  41  Is  29".     4.  personified  Pr  28  "j*  814. 

Tpy  n.pr.m.  lone  wlw  is  intelligent,  dis- 
cerning) two  Canaanite  kings  of  Hazor; — 1. 
Jos  111.  2.  Ju  4W-»»»*  yfr  8310.  (But  cf.  Be 
Ju42BuM66ff) 

D^laO  2  Ch  35s  Kt;  rd.  D*3»3B  (Qr)  &  v. 
sub  pa  Hiph. 

tn^nil  n.f.  understanding  Dt  32s8  + 
27 1. ;  k  won  Pr  51  +  7  t;  vmin  Jb  2612  Kt 
(Qr  taj*3«);  t»«ri  Ho  132  for  Dn;i3n  v.  De 
,j,  2 76;  ntop  ^ 49«+  4 1.;  Davfton  Jb'3211  ;— 
1.  <Ae  act  Jb  2612  f  78"  136'  Pr  3"  2 130  243  Je 
1  o12  ( =  5 1 16)  Ez  2  84  Ho  1 32  Ob 7.  2.  the  faculty 
Ex  3 13  3531  361  (P)  Dt  32s8  (poet.)  Jb  121213  Pr 
2611 2816 Is 4419;  njran B*Kpr ioBi5sl 17*20'; 

niJiari  B*K  Pr  ii12  (  =  Ob9  where  E*K  omitted 
by  scribal  error) ;  nM3TI  TfYJ  Is  40".  3.  <ta  o6^ec< 
of  knowledge  Pr  23  3*  5"  1429 182 198  ^  49'  1475 

is  4028 1 K  59  714;  raorb  -ph  nan  nmIhm  thy 

mind  to  understanding  Pr  22;  reasons  Jb3»  . 
4.  personified  Pr  81  as  teacher. 

D3taf».  inHin  v.  sub  WML 

t         :  '  T 

n^a.  v.  sub  pa. 

"V3  v.  sub  1N3. 

trTV3.  n.f.  castle,  palace  (late  &  prob. 
loan-word;  cf.  As.  birtu,  fortress  D1IIA22;  Pers. 
bdru  =  Skr.  bura,  bari,  v.  Ry  Ne  28) — 1.  of 
temple  at  Jerusalem  1  CI129119  HTari;  of  for- 
tress near  temple  Ne  28  72  (cf.ftapit  ©L  Ne  I1 
28  72  —  B  ifiipd,  fiitpd  —  and  later  fiapis  Jos 

Aat.«r.ii,^    2.  rrvyn  jcWa  Nei1  Est  i"  23'-8 

3"  814 96"12  Dn 82;  in  these  passages  it  appar. 
means  a  fortress  in  the  city  bearing  the  same 


name  (cf.  esp.  Est  315  8'415  96 


')• 


t[n,3"Y,2l]  n.f.  fortress,  fortified  place 
(late);  only  pi.  abs.  ni33D»  Hfl  rf'jva  2Ch  1712 
built  by  Jehoshaphat;  Bffrjjp  '3  2  74  built  by 
Jotham. 

JT3      n.m.  Dt8''2  house  (Ph.  na,  Ml.  na, 

•   -    2034  o,  \ 

sf.  nm,  Ar.  vjLo,  Aram.  KTr3,  Jfc-Ji,  As.  bllu, 
COToio»  Sab  n;3;n3j  fortress  DHM2*01883-837; 
temple  Hal257  DHM  ™o™«-™,  Eth.  ftt:  Palm, 
in  NE&y  na,  NmapD  na  sepulchre  Vog32,64*1-; 
etym.  dub. ;  Thes  -/nia,  Aram,  na,  fcj>  s^gnd  «/«! 
jn'jrfa,  Ar.uiG,  Eth.n.1":  but  this  perh.  denom., 
&  rVQ  fr.  ■/'"!?  c.  n  afform.  cf.  Sta'187")— abs.  n?3 
Ex  ia"+J  JV3  Gn  3317  +  ;  "C1:?  (n-  loc.) 
V.  687  + ;  cstr.  n^3  Gn  1 215  + ;  sf.  VI  Gn  1 5s  + ; 
^TW?  Gn  71  + ,  etc. ;  nrran,  HJT3  (jn)to  the  house, 
homeward,  Gn  1910  i//687+  ;  also  nJT3  (in)to 
the  house  of.  .  . ;  pi.  tNfl  Ex  I2'  +  (i.e.  bdtttm, 
v.  No  in  MeArel,-,-45,t,  cf.Ges*96);  cstr.  "na  Ex 
8,7  +  ;  sf.  T?3  Ex  io6;  Vna  1  Ch  28";  WW} 
Exia'+j  D3"n3  Gn4219;'  nrpna  Nui6K+; 
(iD'na  y\r  4912),  etc.; — 1.  house,  a.  as  dwelling, 
habitation  Gn  l92-3-411  2715  33"  (obj.  of  H33) 
Exi27  +  oft;  aeto  '3  Lv2529(cf.  *l3B>j>  n?3 
2  S  75);  n*3=m  the  house  of,  when  modifying 
word  follows,  cf.  DrSm29'n-2  (after  st.  cstr.  rtfcv 

pin  nnbio  i«n?3  Lv  199);  e.g.  T3?  '3  Gn  2423; 

PlB^N  '3  Nu  3011;  nin11  '3  2  K  23s4;  so  in  n.pr. 
btW2  Am  713;  nn^3(n)  into  the  house,  home  Ex 
919  (of  man  &  beast)  cf.  Ju  1918  1  S  67  (cf.  v10) 
1  K 1 3715i^687  Is  1417  etc.;  cf.  sub 7  infr.;  partic. 
(a)  in  J  occasionally  of  tent  Gn2715  cf.  3317 
(c.  n}3;  hereof  nomad's  hut);  usually  (0)  house 
of  solid  materials,  with  doorposts,  etc.  Ex  1 2" 
Dt  69  ii20,  walls  Lv  14s7-39,  of  stones,  timber  & 
mortar  v45  (cf.  v40'42-43) ;  so  also  Jos  2 1S;  supported 
by  pillars  Ju  1 626'-;  with  roof  on  which  one  could 
walk  2  S 1  i12etc.;  v.  esp.  temple  and  king's  house 
in  Jerusalem  1K5-7  etc.;  cf.  Cti17  Je2  214;  of 
Ezekiel's  temple  Ez  40  f.;  D*^M0  D3n3  of  luxuri- 
ous houses  Hg  i4;  D'3b  D<ro'n33  Dt  812;  nJ3 
BhPrn^3Dt206cf.  2  28;  alsoc!n33Dt2830  +  oft.; 
(y)  cstr.  before  word  of  material,  D,l"!^  '3  2  S 
727=i  Ch  17'  ('Kn  '3)  v6;  JE'n  '3  1  K2239  cf. 
Am314;  n'W  '3  Iwuse  oflwwn  stone  Am  5";  cf. 
pJ3^>n  ny:  n-a  i  K  72  2  Ch  9s0,  TH  WJf  Is  22s; 

(8)  also  before  word  of  quality  or  characteristic, 

£>3K  n»|  Ec  72  II  nriB>o  '3;  v4  II  nnrsfe'  '3;  nnp  '3 
Jei65;  nn^p  '3VJei68;  W!^5  ^3  Ez  2612; 
n'335?n  n'3  Mi  29;  cf.  ,-10  '3  rebellious  house  sub 
5.  d  infr.;  («)  in  combinations,  of  structures  for 


rrn  109 

various  purposes  : — (i)  'H???  n,?= palace  i  K 
9110  ioI2+,  etc.;  fU^DD  ma  Am?'1  cf.  sub  2 
infr.;  nttijBn  '3  Est  51  cf.  216;  in«!>p!j  'a  2  Ch 
i18;  (a)Tnfe!J  TVZ=the  prison  Gn  2g*>so"-l-21*!*> 
403-5;  cf.  0310^0 '3  Gn  4  2 19 ;  n-ip^D '3  2  S  2  o3 ; '3 
"HDKPI  Je3715;  Dn»DKn  '3  Ju  i62L26;  Dn»n  '3 
Ec  4";  N^??  '3  1  K  22s7  2  K  174  2  Ch  1826  Je 
371518cf.ls427;  t^a'a  2K2527;  nasnpn'a  2Ch 

1610;  K»S>3PI  '3  Je374  52";  0^3  WJ  Is  42s2; 

nian-ri'3  Je  3716;  nnpen  '3  JV53";  (3)  ma 

D'B'Sri  Aow«(.  of  the  women,  harem  Est  jMUM4j 
(4)  EH  nW?9  '3  Est  78;  rjp  '3  Ct  24;  cf.  Uj| 
trt'cp  Is  32'3;  (5)  f\-jhr\  ma"  Am  315  Je  36s2;  '3 
r$n  Am  316;  (6)  nhb)  ma  &  )$|  ma  2  K  2o'3= 
Is 392J  (7)??'?r,,3grar(Ze«.-A.  (orn.  pr.?  cf.p.  m) 
2K9";  (8)  IprfV? binding-h.  (or  n.pr.  ?)  2  K 

1  o1214;  (9)  0^35;  ms  h.of slaves  (where  slaves  live), 
only  fig.  of  Egypt  Ex  13314  202  Dt  5s  612  78  814 
1 3611  Jos  2417  Ju 68  Mi  64  Je 3413;— on  mB>snn  '3 

2  K 1 55  =  2  Ch  2  621  cf.  n^Bn ;  esp.  ( 1  o)  "•  n»3 = 
temple  1  K  712-40-4"1  &  very  oft.;  also  (mostly  late) 
D'nSNn  ma  iCh9,113-26  +  oft.;  but  also  of  earlier 
tent  of  worship  Ju  1831;  v.  also  bntcn  '3  1  Ch 
9s3;  cf.  mrpK  '3  of  local  shrine  17';  &  also  in 
mouth  of  Jacob,  as  explanation  of  name  of 
Bethel  Gn  2817(cf.  v19),  &  as  name  of  stone,  or 
Macceba  v22(all  E);  also  'i  '3  of  earlier  tent  of 
worship  Ju  1918  1  Si724  2S  12s0  (cf.  further 

dy6k,  mm);  -ttrtxn  '3  Mal310;  cf.  man  !??<n 

1  K  63,  &  '3  alone  in  same  sense,  esp.  1  K  6  cf. 

2  Ch  i18  2311  + ;  v.  1  Ch  282  ',_rvi3  frig  nnup  '3 
<*tiH|  £?3  B'li&l ;  also  BHpn  ms  29s;  enp'  '3 
wphgi  2  ch  38'0;  Wjuem  uj^  1  is 6410; 
farm's  2Ch62;  not  mj  2  Ch  712;  Dc^ppms 

2CI13617;  H^BTI  '3  Is 56";  "n-iKBPl  '3  6o7;  also 
of  heathen  temples  nns^ja'a  Ju  94;  faT'3 

i  S55;  ninri^y  '3  1  S3110;  ?te")  '3  2  Ks181818; 
bysn  '3  2  K  io21-2123-25-26-27  1118;  Dn^sg  '3  1  s 

31'  (but  rd.  rather  DiT3Xjrr)N  as  in  ||  1  Ch  io9 
so  ©  We  Dr);  ni»3  JT3  1  K  1 231  (cf.  MI  n»3  n3), 
v. also  i3322Ki729-32;  Vr6« nxta  ma Dn  i2,  etc.; 
made  of  woven  material  2  K  237;  T\\iyt  me'jn  "iSTte 
■"H^?  D'ro  QB'perh.  =  fen<-«A>t'ne«buttxt.dub. 
©  Xemfw  (n«n3?);  ©L  <rroX«;  cf.  EwHlu-718 
&  Klo ;  (C)  of  portion  of  larger  building  (late), 
so  pi.  vna  1  Ch  28"  i.e.  of  the  temple  (IP'?]??, 
WCfcji  ^IIH);  cf.  mjfcjn  's  t-j.;  m!>?>apn  1  Ez 

4624.  b.  as  shelter  or  abode  of  animals  I  S  6710 
cf.  Ex  919;  &?$l  JV3  Jb  814  spider's  web  (cf.  '133 
W3  W3  2718);'  of  wild  ass  Jb396  n:ny  WtX' 
Imj;  ma  r»rep  lias  ^844(||!P);  mtfTa'mrpn 


«W  t  io417  (cf.  ||  &  Che);  Pr  30s*  (of  the  PR? 
'  conies ').  c.  fig.  of  human  bodies  "iprnria  Jb  4" 
houses  of  clay,  cf.  in  phr.  man  net*  Eci2J 
keepers  of  the  house,  i.e.  the  arms ;  v.  further 

^upmaf  u9«  a.  ofSh"oi,"m3i'iN2'Jl)i7,s, 
cf.  'rrbz1?  nyin  ma  3o=>  (||mp);  tafcfo  ma 

Ec  126  (perh.  =  tomb,  v.  De).  e.  of  abode  of 
light  &  darkness  Jb  3820.  f.  of  land  of  Ephraim 
as  mm  '3  Ho  81  915  (cf. '-  |"W  93)-  2-  />&«*,  of 
Jerusalem  TiaK  mhap.  ma  Ne  23  ( ||  Ty  v'),  cf. 
also  n.pr.  cpd.  with  ma,  infr.,  &  na!>pp  ma  Am 
713(pred.  of  Bethel);  HfcWIj  m?  Pr82  i.e.  where 
paths  meet  RV;  m33K  '3  Jb  817;  on  both  these 
v.  ma  sub  [W  P?  p.  '108.  t  3.  receptacle, 
mnKD  JV33  n^J  1  K  1832  a  trench  like  a  recep- 
tacle of  two  seahs;  E>S3  <fia  I8  3»>  i.e.  vials  of 
perfume ;  esp.  D^ai)  mn3  Ex  25s7  Ao'd«r*  /or 
the  staves,  i.e.  rings,  hjQp  ib.;  so  371427  38s;  cf. 
DmT$  D'na  26m  36M  /MrfArra  for  the  bars  (all  P, 
&  all  expl.  by  T\))2a) ;  Xty  rf?~W2  Ez  i27  (si 
vera  1.)  its  [cstr.  as  ^  58^]  /iom*6  (  =  enclosing 
cage)tt>as  round  a6ou((del. BHiCo).  4.of house 
as  containing  a  family,  hence  in  phr.  of  slaves 
belonging  to  household  frV3  'TJP  Gn  1 4"  cf.  1 712 
(opp.'IDa-nipp)  v13  (all  ||  id.);  fig.  of  Israel  Je 

214(||-i3y);  cf.  wn?  Gn  is5;  ^  mn  m3-'?3 

Ec  27  (as  token  of  wealth  &  prosperity) ;  also  of 
one's  sister  m3  nn.^D  Lv  1 819  (||  pn  'o  cf.  infr.); 
*V3  ^iK  Gn  1 7s7;  '3  n'iB'ESJ  Gn  36s;  Btorb 
apJim^i)  Gn  46s7.  Hence  5.  household,  family 
(592  t.)  a.  ordinary  sense,  those  belonging  to 
the  same  household  Gn  7 '  1 2 ' 17  4- ,  Dt  6s  1 1 6  + ; 
Hex  mostly  JD ;  E  Gn  35s  42s3  5022  cf.  Ex  i2> 
infr.;  P  Gn  36"  Exi1i24Lvi681u7Nui652i831 
Jos  2  2,s;  even  where  expressly  said  to  inhabit 
tents  Nu  16s2  Dt  11'  Dn\WriKl  DWia-nK; 
specif.  '3"1P|  Gn  24s  cf.  507  (of  rank  &  dignity 
in  household);  of  a  family  of  handicraftsmen 

j>3n  rn'3$rma  rrinepp  1  ch  421  (v.  pa);  also, 

with  fig.  of  house  clearly  in  mind  '3  fPpB'P 
2  K  2 113;  '3  fWSP  Is  22K.  h.  family  of  descen- 
dants, descendants  as  organized  body  Gn  1819 

(j  ||  m»)  + ,  &  so  c.  nja  (q.  v.)  vn*  'a  n»>  Dt 
25"  cf.  Eu  411  &,  subj.  \  b  '3  roa  2  S  7"=  1  Ch 
1710'25;  also  1  S  2s6  I  K  ii38  (both  JON3  '3),  so 
!» '3  nb>V  2  S  711  1  K  224;  also  pi.  Wf$  Drib  bj?2l 
Ex  i51;    i>  fp$  '3  n^V   1  S  25s8;  "cf.  e'sp.  c. 


n.pr., 


e.g.  c.  t^KB?  mj  2  S  31'««-81»  91-2-3-< 


('tS*  '3  nnBBtai),  v8  19'8  (cf.  211  where  rd.  "iw 
D'DT  nh'3,  so  ©  We  Dr)  1  Ch  1 2s9;  -PH  H'l  2  S 
3..6  t7m_  ,  Ch  ,7s4  (cf  context  in  both),  1  K  12" 


rru 


no 


Wra 


=  2  Ch  io19,  v80 M  13s  149  2  K  i7!1  la  7s"  22s5 
Je2i,,Zci27-8-10-,2('VannQBi3)2Ch2i7^i226; 
tDJfltV  'a  1  K  13s4  j  4io.io.i3.»  I5»  163  21s5  2K99 
1 36;'+2Snt(i  'a  2  K 8I8-2727S7(of Ahaziah  'K '3  Rjn), 

97^..    Io.0:il    2IJ3    Mi616     2   Ch  216.1S    223.4.7.8.     ^ 

d.  esp.  of  Hebrew  people  &  subdivisions :  (a) 
t prto)  JV3  Am  716;  (3)  t ib^  '3  Ob  *»j  (7)  t  rV3 
afop  Gn  46s7  (P)  Ex  193  (E)  Am  313  98  Mi  2r  3° 
Ob'1"8  Is  8"  io20  141  2922  463  48'  581  Je  24  520 
^  1 141;  also  3pV  '3  JT2J  Ez  205  (del.  Co);  most 
frequently  (R)  bt£}ty)  n,3(Vrss  &  var.  sometimes 
♦13  v.  |S)  +Hex  Ex  1 63'  4038  Lv  ro6  Nu  2029  (all 
P)  Lvi73-8102  218(H)  Jos2i43(D)t;  iS72  +  8t. 
SKjHoi^s'e10^1;  Am51+7t.Am;tMii5 
319  Is57  142,  also  46s  63'  Zc  813t;  but  esp.  Je 
24-26+i7  t.  Je;  Ez  31A5"17+75  t.  Ez;  also 
btpfr  '3  JHJ  Je  2 38  Ez 44:2  (Co  del. '3) ;  +VI3  *# 
Sni*!  Is  814 ;  HTW1  i\X-}'f  ?  JVS  Ez  9'  +  25s  Co  ; 

further  'IP  IT'S  rebellious  house  (of  Isr.)  Ez  25-6 
39.ai.3r  I2j.3-  &  rj^i  /a  Ez  2s  I2j...»  I7is  24>  j-  + 

446  Co] ;  (f)  rrm  n-3  2  s  2471011 1 K 1 2"= 2  Ch 

1 11,  2  K  ig^Is  3731,  Is  2221  Ho  i7  512 •"  Zp  27 
Zc  8,3-,iU9  io3-6  124,  &  esp.  Je  3I8+9  t.  Je;  Ez 
46+  4 1.  Ez+  99supr.;  also  t  f?^?''  "W  '3  1  K 

jz23;  frrm  1^9  's  Je2i"  226;  (Ot^  '3 

Gn  508  Jos  1717  1 8s  (all  JE)  Ju  I22-23-35  2  S  1921 

1  K  1 128  Am  56  Ob 18  Zc  io6;  (1,)  fD^BK  '3  Ju 
io9;  (6)  IPI?3  '3  2  S  3"  cf.  1  K  1223  supr.;  (•) 
fWB*  '3  1  K  1527;  («)  t*1$  '3  Ex  21  (E)  Nu 

i7a(P)  Zc  1213  ('b  '2  rinseta),  f  13520;  &  (x) 

pm  '3  ^  us1012  1183  13519.  e.  technically, 
yet  with  some  looseness  of  usage,  3X  JVZfalliers 
house,  of  family  or  clan,  pi.  J113X  1V3  father- 
houses,  families  (e.g.  Nu  I2)  (79  t.;  only  P 
&  Chr)  Ex  614  123  Nu  i2-418+4i  t.  Nu;  Jos 
22"14 1  CI1438  513+  25  t.  Ch  ;  Ezi-259  io16  Ne76' 
io35;  =  tribe  Nu  x  yi717.1s.21.  —  main  division  of 
tribe  Nus^  +  .cf.  341414etc;  further  sub- 
division Ex  123  1  Ch72'  +  ;  cf.  esp.  1  CI123" 
Jeush  and  Beriah  had  not  many  sons,  therefore 
they  became  nn«  rnpsb  3N  rV3j>  (cf.  nUN  ^Ni, 
sub  3N).  6.  house,  including  household  affairs, 
persons,  property,  etc.  inl,3~;>5>  "TUEfS  Gn  394 
cf.  Vl'33  v5;  Vn^a-^S  TSfo  Gn  4414;  hence  ie>K 
TV3n  by  as  title  of  governor  of  the  palace 
(EwH"'-a»)  Is  2215  363  cf.  1  K  4'  2  K  156;  in 
Israel   1  K  169  183  2  K  io5:    further  2  S  1723 

2  K  2o'  =  Is  38';  hence  of  personal  property 
1  K  139  Ijya  'Sfn?  ^"iFn-DI* ;  family  and 
property  (everything  on  which  one  depends) 
Jb  816.  7.  nn}3,  IW3,  lit.  homewards, 
hence  metaph.  invmrds,  tEx  28s6  =  39'9  (sc. 
of  the  ephod),  1  K  725=  2  Ch  44  (sc.  of  the  circle 


of  oxen  supporting  the  molten  sea);  2  S5' 
nJTni  Ni?pn-|p  from  the  llillo  and  inward, 
Ez  4417.  8.  JV3»  a.  adv.  on  the  inside  (of 

a  building,  chest,  etc.:  opp.  l*inp)  +Gn  614  Ex 
25»=372  Lv  1441  1  K  615-16  79  2  K  630  (of  a  per- 
son's clothes),  Ez  715;  so  with  D  loc.  iirrap  fi  K 
615.  b.  t b  TV3D  (cstr.  Ges'130' , ")  prep,  within 
(opp.  b  pnp),  nais^)  JV3D  within  the  veil  Ex 

2  633  Lv  16212  Nu  187  rvapSi  nstpn  lyf^ 

fl?1*??  for  everything  of  the  altar,  and  for  (that) 
within  the  veil ;  I  K  7831  (rd.  nbn|^ ;  see  VB 
&  Sta2**1883'165);  b  Wm-bx  (after' a  verb  of 
motion)  in  within  Lv  1 615  2  K 1 1 15=  2  Ch  2314. 
Note. — rca  perh.  occurs  abbrev.  into  3  in 
n.pr.  iTinBtys  q.v.  so  Thes  al. ;  cf.  also  Aram. 
N3=JV3  in  like  usage  Lag  *•"•.«■*•*»■  *«.«! 

GGA  1884,  276 

tjvS  c.  art.  n?3n  Is  I5»  ace.  to  Ew  Brd  Di 
al.  n.pr  .loc.  but  abbrev.;  perh.  for  D?rv:n  rP3 
Je  4s22  (so  Ew  al.)  or  11103  fP3  cf.  MI27  (cf.  De 
Di);  others  (Ges  De  CheOr)  take  '3?  here= 

the  Iwuse,  i.e.  temple  or  shrine. 

t< 
'l^lN   TV'S.   n.pr. loc.    (liouse   of  iniquity 

or  idolatry  ?  hardly  likely  unless  as  alteration 
of  orig.  fix  IV3,  house  of  wealth  or  strength} 
eastward  from  Bethel  Jos  72  1812  1  S  1423; 
1  S  136  'N-JV3  (on  Ho  415  58  io5  v.  bySV*  infr.); 
site  unknown. 

7NJ"P21„  n.pr  .loc.  Bethel  (so  read,  not 
PNTI'S  as  Jos  72  +  ace.  to  v.  d.  H;  cf.  BaerGn 
128;  house  of  God,  or  house  of  Et) — 1.  ancient 
place  and  seat  of  worship  in  Ephraim  on 
border  of  Benjamin,  identif.  with  Ltiz  (former 
name)  Gn  2819  35s  Jos  1813  Ju  i23;  appar.  dis- 
tinguished from  Luz  Jos  162  (yet  cf.  Di);  name 
connected  with  vision  of  Jacob  when  journeying 
to  Paddan-Aram  (JE)  Gn28I9357  (where  b$ 
iwiVa,  but  ®  @  S3  01  del.  bit;  Di  maintains); 
cf.  Ho  125;  when  journeying^/rom P.-A.  35I5(P); 
name  appar.  given  first  to  a  stone  (Gn  28'8  3514) 
cf :Weskta»ui.To.  i)xn'3  nn  1  S  133;  later  im- 
portant place  of  worship  I  S  io3  vS  npy 
biir\>2  DVp|(n;  abode  of  prophet  1  K  13"  2  K 
23;  Jeroboam  set  up  one  of  the  golden  calves  at 
Bethel  1  K  I229'-  cf.  also  I31*  2  K  io29  23"  Je 
481S  v.  further  zKif;  2  K  2316  Th  prop,  on 
internal  grounds,  ?X  rV3  Jwuse  of  nothingness, 
or  HpX  '3  house  of  execration;  !"yX  '3  also 
Benan'"1"'-1"186;  in  proph.  Am  314  44  56-66  71013 
Ho  iols;  note  esp.  Am  55  ])$>  IW  Wn,    & 


^Nn  rva  m 

?J¥  n,?(/'OMse  of  iniquity)  as  tubstit.  for  i:N}T3 

Ho  413  58  ioB  (p«  rva  nibaj;); — mod.  2fo<m 

RobBR  '• m  '■  Guirin  Ju<"!'>  "'• "^  cf.  Bd  M  a5  Survey 
"-305.  2.  place  in  south  country  of  Judah,  not 
far  from  Beersheba  &  Ziklag  i  S  30"  cf.  We  Dr; 
=MT  b'02  Jos  ig»(txt.  err.;  ©  BmfyA);  also 
?tfl|  Jos  194,  ?JPlha  1  Ch  430. 

'"1?^'7  ^tt  adj.gent.  c.  art.  the  Beth- 
elite  1K1634. 

tVsNil  J-P2,  n.pr.loc.  in  Judah  Mi  1"; 
dub.,  cf.  sub  PVX,  p.  69. 

tTM5"jM    JTO  n.pr.loc.  Ho  I014,  perh. 

■dr&eZ  near  Pella  (E.  of  Jordan)  Jer  Euseb.  in 
Lago™».«.itad«i.i1Bia4.!hdrt.asi   cf   Now  ad  /oc  . 

but  in  Galilee  Rob  BB"-399,  mod.  Irbid,  cf. 
Furrerzpvulsre'B7t;  Bdp*12n. 

tjiyp  Vl'f  JTl  n.pr.loc.  Jos  i347,  =  ^a 
PVO  Nu  32s8  Ez  259  1  Ch  58  (MI  JVC  by2  &  D3 
P»  i>JQ)  =  |tyt?  TV3  Je  48s3  =  f&S  Nu  32s  (rd. 
prob.  }j»;  cf.  Dr*,,1,Bt);  city  assigned  to  Beu- 
ben  Jos  1 317  Nu  3  23 ■ss  1  Ch  5";  possessed  bv  Moab 
Je  ^  Ez  259;— mod.  Ia»  Tristr"M°*bS03f- 
Schick  ZPV  "• IS79- 6  Survey  EP  '• 176  Bd  **  19>. 

"^"O  rV3  n.pr.loc.  v.  niN3^  n'3  infr. 

trn3  1V3}  n.pr.loc.  in  combin.  '3  '3  ty 
\T?-T™\  Ju  7**  (?  =iTJ3Jj  n^jfew  of  ford). 

T"rt3  iT2  n.pr.loc.  in  Judah  (place  of  a 
waif)  1  Ch  251  (as  n.pr.m.)  ©  BadlyaiSav  ©L 
Bi,fy88»p;  =  ti|  Jos  raB?,  cf.  nian  x  ch 

2  728,  etc. 

tVa^H  ns3  n.pr.loc.  Ne  1229;  cf.  baba. 

tWCa  JTS  n.pr.loc.  in  Moab  Je  48s3 
(place  of  recompense) — mod.  Umm  ej-Jemdl  ? 
Bdp',20s,  5  hours  S.  from  Bosra. 

t]2n  rV,!l  n.pr.loc.]  ©  Bai&w  (Bmaryov), 
©  L  Bmdapav,  2  K  <fs ;  mod.  Jeninl  v.  J2,  sub  (33, 
andD'Sipy;  cf.  StaGMChlM2. 

tCnbll  ITS  n.pr.loc.  fa  Moab  Jetf12 

*  AT  T    :     ■ 

=nov$:n  jbby  Nu  334"7  (Ml  irtai  re)  v.  "1. 

t^iayrva  Jos  i  541,  pi  n^a  1927  n.pr.ioc. 

1.  in  Judah  (house,  i.e.  temple  of  Dagon;  As. 
Bit-Daganna  C0T,M15-41'*I>>-281)  Jos  1541  (® 
BnyafiiijX,  but  ©L  Br)08ayai>) — name  appears  in 
mod.  Beit  Dejdn,  SE.  of  Jaffa,  but  loc.  unsuit- 
able, cf.  Rob88"-232.  2.  in  Asher  Jos  1927  (© 
Bm6(yiv(0,  but  ®L  Brjddaywv)  perh.= Beit  Dejen, 
near  Akko,  cf.  Di. 

tain  jT3  n.pr.loc.  in  Gad  Josi327  = 


urh  n 


ra 

PtH  n*l  Nu 32",  mod.  5«<  Hiirr&n,  1  hour  E.  of 
Jordan,  opp.  Jericho,  Tri8tr"0-,*,,;  name Teller- 
Iiam(eh)  Merrill"8"*"-1877  Schick2'* "*••»"  (cf. 
Lag  °Mm- los- 16-  2"d  "<1-1S7  al  ^ 

pn  jva  v.  Din  jvs. 

I   TT  ■•  " 

*fnSn  rra  n.pr.loc.  (j>Z«ce  of  partridge) 
in  Benjamin,  on  border  of  Judah  Jos  15"; 
TrrV3  !819-21,  mod.  'Ain  llajla  (or  <?a«-  IlajUi 
cf.  Rob  &  Di  Gn  5011)  Rob81"-044  Bdp'lm." 

t fVin  ITS  n.pr.loc.  Jos  io10",  also  plh '3, 
pn  '3,  &  in  Ch  I^n  '3,  two  cities  in  Ephraim, 
lower  &  upper  B.H.  (place  of  a  ho'.e  or  hol- 
low^) "in,  perh.  fr.  a  wady  betw.  the  two,  or  near 
by;  cf.  also  n^J|0  Jos  io10,  Tito  v»  1  Mace  3itM) 

i  ch  724  f^yr-riM  r*«?53  frfmnn$i  further, 
a.  ftfy  'n  '3  Jos  165;  ji'bjm  'n  'a  2  ch  8!.    b.  i 

hour  W.  from  a.  finnn'n  '3  Jos  163  18"  iK 
9'';  I*innnrt  'n  '3  2  Ch85;  also  Jos  io10"  18"; 
prob.  also  2 122  iS  1318  1  Ch  6s3  2CI1  2513;— mcd. 
Beit'tJr  el-fbqa  &  e<-<aA«a  Rob8*"260'-  Bd1"*121 
Survey1"86;— cf .^ihn  adj.gent.  Ne  210"  i3a, 
only  of  Sanballat;  also  du.  D'^H  Jos  io'°"  © 
&  2Si334@WeDr. 

t|2n  iT'S  n.pr.loc.  in  Dan  (Judah?  Phi- 
listine territory)  1K4'  (where  rd.  'n  '31  v.  sub 
11.  pi>N  p.  19);— mod.  Beit  I/anun  cf.  Rob"""-35- 

tniQ,©';rT  J-Pa  n.pr.loc.  E.  of  Jordan 
(place  of  the  desert,  DB*)  in  Moab  Ez  2  59;  nbe^n  '3 
Nu  3349  Jos  1 23;  given  to  Reuben  niDB^ri  '3  Jos 
1320; — perh.  mod.  es-Suiveime,  De  SaulcyVo,*r' 
'•316t,  cf.  Merrill" Soc"1S77  Bd"1172  Survey*"-™ 

T"^3  ]"Va  n.pr.loc.  (place  of  a  lamb)  appar. 
belonging  to  Philistines  1  S  711. 

t  D^3n  Jl'a  n.pr.loc.  in  Judah  (vineyard 
2>lace)Je6\ D"n3n  '3  Ne  314;  on  location  cf. Schick 
zrviiLss^  but  v*  editorial  remarks  ib.,  &  mT^m. 

tniNnT'  ri'a  n.pr.loc.  in  Simeon  (place 
of  lionesses  1)  Jos  I96=,K"|3  '3  (perh.  text,  err.) 
1  Ch  431;  =  rii«3i)  (in  Judah)  Jos  15s2. 

Cn?  JVa  41  n.pr.loc.    1.  in  Judah  (i>!ace 

of  bread  (food),  mod.  Ar.  ^  oJj  ,  !*««  of 
meat),  2  hours  south  of  Jerusalem;  birth-place 
of  David;— D$  IT}  Ru  1 19  +  1 1 1. ;  BTT^  1 S 

206  +  9 1. ;  orb  n,a  ju  1 28  +  1 1 1.  +  Gn  3519 

48',  -where  Drb  nn  KV1  is  a  gloss,  v.  ™T)SK, 
p.  68;  0-b-'2  1  S  i715  +  3  t.;— as  cstr.  Dn^'3 
kTjW  JuiV89  19121818  Ru  i1-2  1S17'2;  treated 
as'  n.pr.m.   1  Ch  25,M  44;    men   of  Bethleliem 


^•arhn  rva 


'3  <t5>?K  Ne  7M  =  '3  "33  Ezr  2s1;— on  nJTJBK  as 
name  of  Bethlehem,  &  confusion  arising  from 
gloss  Gn  3519  48',  v.  p.  68;— mod.  Beit  Lahm, 

5  m.  S.  of  Jems.  Rob81"-171  Bdp,U2S  Survey1"*8* 
Gu^rin'"**1120-206.  2.  Orb  TV3  in  Zeb.  Jos  1915; 
perh.  also  Ju  12"°;=  Beit  Lahm,  7  m.  NW. 
of  Nazareth  Rob""""3  Survey1-301. 

t"pn|pn  JV!|  adj  .gent,  the  Bethlehemite 

1  S  1618  17"  2  S  2 119,  so  read  prob.  also  in 
||  1  Ch  206  for  MT  »or6  m  cf.  BeThEwH1"-70 
\VeBm  Kue  DrBm;  4>rr'3  1  S  161. 

Tn^EJ'v  f^3  n.pr.loc.appar.  in  Philistine 
territory  Mi  i10;  site  unknown,  &  txt.  dub. 

«i^p  rra  v.  irtfep  sub  t6o. 
]iyp  jva  v.  fivo  bys  rva  supr. 
troyn  rva  n.pr.ioc.  so  only  '»  '31  nban 

2  S  20u,  where  rd.  as  in  v15  and  in  'D  '3  ?3X 
i  K  15™  2  K  1529 .4&eZ  of  Beth  Maacah;  c.  D-^ 
loc ;  napn  '3  n^>3K  2  S  2015;  cf.  sub  n.  i>as. 

T  prnQPI  PP3.  possibly  n.pr.ioc.  house  or 
settlement  on  bank  of  Kidron  2  S  1 517  (RV 
Beth-merhak,  cf.  MV  RVm  Far  House;  Ew 
The  Ke  Sta  tlie  last  house  of  the  city). 

tni^nQ  i"P3  n.pr.ioc.  in  Simeon  (jylace 
of  chariots)  1  Ch  431  =  nionBrr'a  Jos  196;  site 
unknown. 

trPOj  iTS  n.pr.ioc.  E.  of  Jordan,  in  Gad 
T ....      * 

{place  of  leopard)  Nu3236= J0S1327;  ©  Na/xpa^, 

KmSavafipa,  etc.,  v.  also  Lag 0nom-  *"•  "*  ™  *  *« ;— 

mod.  TeZ  *'«A  Survey  KP1OT  Bdp,U79,  cf.  also 

rjnoj  sDIsi56,  &  Bob  **■"*. 

]"!!^  ^?  n.pr.ioc.  Am  is  Aramaean  city, 
or  land  =  Paradisus  (PtolGeo8T-Tl4),  mod.  Ju- 
sieh  (cf.  Rob  BE  "LK*)?  or  cuneif.  Bit-Adini,  in 
Mesopot,  cf.  SchrK0199  DP"8';  COT  2  K  1912 

6  v.  sub  HP;  otherwise  St,  &  Hoffm  ZAW  '"• "»  w. 

TPV5t3*~rP21   n.pr.ioc.    near    Jerusalem 

v  t  :  —  " 

Ne  7M=njD|y  Ezr  2"*  &  iwrty  Ne  1 2";  cf.  1  Ch 
1213  (where  n.pr.m.); — mod.  El-Hizmeh  c.  5  m. 
NNE.  of  Jerus.  ace.  to  Ritter  Gw>"r-  "'■ 5U  Survey"1' 9. 

TpQVn  ]T2  n.pr.ioc.  on  border  of  Asher 
(valley -Jtouse)  Jos  1927.  Survey  ,,M5  comp. 
■Arnha,  7  m.  NE.  of  Akko  (but  v.  Rob8"111103108). 

Tni3J?"TPS  n.pr.ioc.  in  Judah  (perh.= 
temple  of -Andl  Bae8*153  Hal  ,A,-7xllll879pao8,  cf. 
foil.)  Jos  1559;— mod.  Beit  'AnUn  Rob881"-280'- 
Guenn,°'w<""-lnt  Survey1"351.  But  ©L  Bn6ap*0, 
<£  mod.  Bittir,  c.  2  J  hours  SW.  fr.  Jerus.  Bd  Pal  m. 


112  QtgQj  r-pn 

t]T3S*;"JT3  n.pr.ioc.  in  Naphtali  (temple 
of  'Andt Nes8'114  Bae1"163  Mey  ZMG 187T- 718)  Jos 
1 9s8  Ju  i33;  'V  1T3  v33; — perh.  mod.  Ain-Ata  v. 
d.  Velde**"-'-170,  6m.W.of  Kedesh  (name'/lnata 
Gu^rin0'111*74;  'Ainitha,  Survey iax)). 

t^inn  Tgy*iT5  Perh-  a-Pr.loc.  (6wwZ- 
ing-house  of  the  shepherds)  2  K  io12;  cf.  v14  "wi 
'JT'3;  Bethacath  Jer  Lag0"0"1-10'7-17-2"'1"1-141;— 
mod.  2?e«<  A'dcZ  near  Mt  Gilboa  (Fuku'a)  ace. 
to  Survey"83;  but  cf.  JV3  1.  p.  109.' 

tninyn  JT21  n.pr.ioc.  (jrtace  of  the  de- 
pression) reckoned  to  Judah  Jos  156'61,  to  Ben- 
jamin 1822  =  nrvgn  1818,  nnpnyn  v18;  cf.  also 
adj. gent.  NCIfjyn'  2  S  2 331  (perh.  rd.  'Vp-^3 
Klo  cf.  Dr)=  1  Ch  1 132 ; — site  unknown. 

TINT'S  JTZ1  n.pr.ioc.  (place  of  escape)  in 
south  of  Judah  J0S1527  Nen26;  cf.  adj. gent. 
'L^3n  2  S  2326,  &  so  rd.  also  1  Chu272  710(Be). 

t-rij'B  ITS!  n.pr.ioc.  (='S  i>ys  '3,  cf.  sub 
Py3)  E.  of  Jordan  Dt  3^,  in  land  of  Amorites 
446  cf.  Jos  1320  (where  assigned  to  Reuben);  in 
land  of  Moab  Dt  34s.     On  site  cf.  Di  Nu  23s8 

JjQgOnom.tt2.2naea.246   Qon(J  Heth  *  Moib  142  f.  p]£p  1882.  85  f. 

TristrM°*bS05. 

JY^3  jyvg  n.pr.ioc.  in  Issachar  (place  of 
dis]>ersion)  Jos  1921;  site  unknown. 

TTlXW  3  n.pr.ioc.  in  Judah  (house  of  rock) 
Jos  I568  2  Ch  1 17  Ne  316;  as  n.pr.m.  1  Ch  245; — 
mod.  Beit  ^Ar,  c.  12  m.  S.  fr.  Jerusalem  Rob 
BEin.276f.  gurvey ui.au  Bd™138  (Burj  Stir). 

TlirTVJTS.  n.pr.ioc.  (place  of  street,  or 
market  l)  near  Dan  on  road  to  Hamath  Ju  1 8s8 
2  S  io6  (where  3irrriV3  DIN) = ah")  Nu  1321;  cf. 
3irn*  N3ix  DIN  2  S  io8;— loc."dub.(cf.  Rob"1S71t). 

tSD"1  1V2.  n.pr.ioc?  in  Judah;  as 
n.pr.m.  1  Cli  412. 

T^SUJ  TV3.  n.pr.ioc.  in  Manasseh,  "W.  of 
Jordan  (place  of  quiet)  1  K  41212;  ?NBHV3  Jos 
i7»-'«  Ju  i27 1  Ch  729;=JB!)V3  1  S3ilo:'2;  ffW% 
2  S  2 112; — mod.  Beisdn  (Scythopolis),  NH 
i?»3  Rob381"-329  Bdp,li!24  Survey ll01f- 

t  ntfltZJn  H^!l  n.pr.ioc.  (place  of  the  acacia) 
Ju  7m  (on  site  cf.  Rob88"-3"). 

tttjpuj  fP3  n.pr.ioc.  (sun-temple)—  '&  '3 
Jos^^+St.;  'P-'S  Josi5,0  +  6t;  VBV  '3  Jos 
i938+4t.;— 1.  city  in  SW.  Judah  J0S1510  iS 
6..i».is.u.i6.i..jo  j  K  4»  2  K  1413  =  2  Ch  25s3  2  Ch 


"•mrrrrrn 


113 


2818;  distinguished  from  other  places  of  same 
name  as  rrvmb  TO  'B»  '3  2  K  14"=  2  Ch  2521; 
assigned  to  Levites  Jos  2i16  =  1  CI1644; — ruin 
at  mod.  'A  in  Shems  Rob  BB  "•  ™  '■  Bd  p"  m  Survey 
in.s5.eo_  2.  city  in  Naphtali  Jos  1938  Ju  i33'33. 
3.  city  in  Issachar  Jos  1922;  possihly  'Ain  esh- 
Shemsiyeh,  Jordan  valley,  S.  of  Beisan  (Beth 
Shean)  Survey"231.  4.  =On-Heliopolis,  in 
Egypt  Je4313  KobBB1B  EbG8606t  DF'31" 

tlfeB^nTVa  adj.gent.  of  foregoing  1, 

cart.  1S61418. 

trns.Fr,n^2  n.pr.loc.  in  Judah  (place  of 

apj,les)  Jos  1 s53;— mod.  TaffM  RobBB"n  Bd 
p.um  gurve    in.3io.sre 

TTJT'3.  n.[m.]  house,  palace — abs.  f^'an 

Est  7™  ('an  n?a);  cstr.  Jiva  Est  i5  (^WJ  'a  nn), 

all  garden  of  '3 ;  ace.  to  Dieulafoy  Elfj  '**•<*""»»• 
throne-r 00m,  syn  .ofapaddna  in  mng.,but  cf.  f  "1BN. 

IT'S  prep,  between,  v.  [P?]  sub  pa. 
tfcOS.  n.[m.]    balsam-tree    (v.    Ar.    l£> 

DozyZMO  1869, 188  bu<.    L5w  No.47.     ac(.     to    TA    Hke 

j^ja-ja.,  an  eruca,  cf.  Lane  s.v.;  perh.  cf.  l£5  give 
little  milk,  of  camel,  i.e.  drop,  drip);  pi.  D*K33 

2  S  523S4=i  Ch  i4,415;  sg.  in  K?3n  p»J?  ^  847 
balsam-vale,  cf.  De  Che. 

tnD3      vb.  weep,   bewail   (Ar.    ^o, 

Aram.  *?»,  J4»,  As.  6aMZimBP23M,  Eth.  Oh?;) 
— Qal  P/.  'a  Gn4314  Ho  125;  nnaai  consec. 
Dt  2 113;  Waa  Jb  30^,  etc. ;  Impf.  *13>l  Gn  37s5 
+ 16 1.  (la'i'Gn  27s8  etc.);  3  fs.  na'an  1S1" 
+  2  t.;  naaril  1  S  i7,  !]?™  Gn  2116  (where  ® 
masc.  cf.  Di)+  4  t.;  2  ms.  n|3n  Is3o19  EZ2416; 
naarn  2  K  22",  jan*  2  S  1221  2  Ch  34s7;  2  fs. 
•JOB  1  s  i8;  naas  Ju  n37+4t.;  naasi  2  S 1222 
+  2t.;  «f*Xvi6»+3t.;  »*?£  Jb3i38  Is337; 

3  fpl.  "j'l'an  Jb  2715  ^  78";  'aw  Ru  i914, etc; 
Imv.  pL  WB  Je  2210  Jo  i5;  ni'33  2  S  I24;  /n/. 
a&s.  ta3  Is  3019  +  3 1.  +  Mi  1 10  (where  rd.  tap,  v. 

iay) ;  n'aa  1  S  i10+  3 1.;  cstr.  nisab  Gn  4330+ 
3 1.;  nnaab  Gn  23s;  />«.  naa  (nsta)  Ex  26+ 6 1.; 
fs.  .Tata  La  i16;  pi.  Dtaa  pa)  Ear  3'2+ ,  etc.;— 
1.  weep  (in  grief,  humiliation,  or  joy),  abs.  Gn 
4224  433030  Ex26  Nun410  141  iSi7810 116  3044 
2  S  i12  318  1336  15s0-30  1912  2  K  8"12  Is  301919  Je 
4i65o4Ez2416-23Lai2Zc73  Joi5217^7864i266 
cf.  69"  (but  on  text  v.  Che)  Jb  2716  Ec  34  (opp. 
laugh  pnb>)  Ezr  io1  Ne89  Est83;  once  c  inanim. 
subj.  Jb3i38  '3?  W;I1  its  furrows  weep;  on 
Ne  i4  naasj  VOB*  cf.  As.  attaSab  abakt,  Flood 
ijoed.Di  Qui';T-  Hpt5Asi.i45.  of  ]oud  weeping  NfeO 


1  1  S  114  24" 


ffoa 

'a«i  btpn  Gn  2iw  27"  29"  Ju  a4 

2  S  332 1 3s6  Jb  212  Ku  i914,  cf. *  '3W3  '3  Nu  1 1 

also  Jb  3031.  2.  c  ace.  cogn.  '33  Ju  21'  2  S 

1 3s6  2  K  2o3=Is383,  cf.'aaa  i8 169,  'aao  Je48», 
&  naa  nain  '3  Ezr  io1;  sq.  ^"13  i>ip  ■  s  i5»  cf. 

b«  ^lp3  '3  Ezr  312;  weep  bitterly 'T  10  Ig  33'; 
also  c.  inf.  abs.  weep  intensely,  grievously  iSi" 
Je  2210  La  is,  cf.  Is3o,9&  Mi  i'°(but  on  text  v. 
supr.)  3.  sq.  ?J?  weep  upon,  i.e.  embrace  and 
weep,  inwriij  Gn4514  46»  cf.  45"  50';  also 
Yyp>l  'a  2K  1314;  v.  further  Gn  334  45"  & 
injrrns  rhj  «a»l  j  S  2041;  also  sq.  ^  weep 
over,  for  Ju  1 i37-38  2  S  3s4  La  1  '•;  sq. "i>K  2 S i24 
S32  Ez  2731;  sq.  j>  Je  22,04832  Jb  30s3;  sq.  'JBD 
because  of  Je  1317;  sq.  temporal  clause  (of  oc- 
casion of  weeping)  Gn  5017  ■</<•  1371  Ne  8".  4. 
sq.  ace.  bewail  Gn  232  37s5  503  Lv  10"  Nu  20M 
Dt2i13348Je823,cf.Is.i69.  5.  sq.  ^  in  sense  of 
burden,  annoy  with  weepingNu  1  i13Ju  I41,17cf. 
'J$  Nu  1 120.  6.  *  *jp  '3  of  penitent  weep- 
ing Ju  2023  (cf.  Be  ;  v.  also  2i!)  Dt  I44  2  K  2219 
2  Ch  34s7,  cf.  also  Nu  25";  joined  with  fasting 
Ju  2026  2  S  i22lss  cf.  Ezr  io1;  so  of  weeping 
in  anxious  entreaty  Ho  4s;  on  pt.  as  n.pr.  Ju 
2i.s  v  D»3a  infr        Vi  pt   ft   n33,3  iammt  je 

3 125  sq.  ?J? ;  bewail,  pi.  ntaaD  Sq.  ace  Ez814. 

Tn221  n.[m.]  a  weeping,  only  Ezr  10'  133 

'a  nann  oyn. 

t^a  n.m.  ,o21'2  weeping— "a?  Ju  2i2  + 
20 1.  (also  cstr.  Lt348,  etc.);  ^33  Gn452;  'aa 
Is  152  +  6  t.;  sf.  "33  ^69; — weeping  ^  30s  Is 
1525;  as  ace  cogn.  (c.  naa)  Ju  2ia  2  S  1336  2  K 
203  =  Is383  cf.  Isi69  ('333)  Je  48s2  (>33D); 
audible  '3  5?¥  V'  69  Is  6519  Ezr  313  cf.  Je321  3iu 
Is  153  ('333  IV"  W«  v.  Je917);  so  also  Gn452 
('33  li>p-nN*  jn"l)  &  Je  48s  ('33  n^  '333  i.e. 
the  sound  of  it  shall  ascend) — but  text  here 
suspicious,  cf.  IS155;  as  disfiguring  Jbi616; 
||  words  of  mourning  Est  43  (b«,  Di2f,  nBDO), 

Je  3 19  (D'jwnn  cf.  321),  910  3 1 15  (to),  cf.  ?3N /aa 

nB'D  Dt  348  &  Di  ad  loc;  contrition  (humilia- 
tion) J0212  (D1X,  1BDO),  Is2212  (1BDD,  nmp, 

p-e>-n:n),  cf.  Mal213  (npsn,  nyon);  of  bitter 

weeping  Is  2 24  '333  T?OS<,  cf.  Je 3 1 15  (&  Is 337) ; 
"ITJ)"1  '33  Is  169  Je4832  i.e.  Ya'zer  in  Moab,  cf. 
-\W  n.pr.;  f  10210  (>n3DD  '33  'IPC*  cf.  42'  806 
&  Bab.  dtmtu  mastlti,  tears  (v:ere)  my  drink 
Zim  BP34-42).  Trop.,  of  trickling  streams  (nnnj) 
in  mines — hindrance  to  miners  Jb  28". 

TrV)32  n.f.  weeping.     Only  in  1"U33  P?S* 

T  / 

Gn  35"  i.e.  mourning  oak,  cf.  p^N,  p.  47. 

1 


rp3i 

t[r»"5a]  n.f.  weeping  Gn  504  im33  V, 
i.e.  the  appointed  time  of  mourning  for  him. 

tO"OSl  n.pr.loc.  near  Pethel,  D*33n-i>K  Ju 
21,  B'Sa  V5  (cf.  V*);  ©  21  to*  KXm/fywra  *u  tm 
BatSrjX  ;  v5  KXaufyi«i>er  i.  e.  D?33  (®L  KXavfyiwi/)  ; 
— on  poss.  connex.  with  J"H23  /i?S  Gn  35s  cf. 
Stu  &We  BlMk'* Blnl-  •*•  *■ 18S-  ComP- H"'- 1889' 216  •  but  pcrh. 
rd.  iwrpa  instead  of  D03  in  v1,  cf.  We  BuE82°. 

t  [*P2]  vb.  (NH  133,  Aram.  133,  t&S  ; 
cf.  Ar.J!x>  rise  «arfy,  <7o  anything  early ;  Ixj, 
virgin,  woman  having  her  first  child;  Eth.  flH*C: 
primogenitus  ;  As.  lukru,  first-barn,  Dl  S66,61 
—Pi.  /m/)/  133)  Ez  4712;  7n/.  133i>  Dt2i16;— 
1.  bear  early,  new  fruit  Ez  4712.  2.  ma&e  or 
constitute  as  first-born  Dt  2 1 16  (den.  of  1133). 
Pa.  Imj)f.  "133^  Lv  2  7s6  6om  or  ??tarfe  a  firstling. 
Hipli.  Pt.  f.  '"n,33p  Je  431  one  bearing  her  first 
child. 

"1*133  mn.m.first-lx)ni—Gn  35s3  +  78 1.;">33 

Gn25,3+i4t.;  &+&}  Gn493+i4t.;  W3? 
Gn  386+3  t.;    pi.  cstr.  ^133  Ne  io^+a  t.'; 

Drni33  f  13610;  pi.  f.  nnbs  Gn44  Ne  io37; 

nibs  Dt  i2617  1423; — 1.  »iew  and  women:  a. 
individuals  Gn 2513  +  69 1.  b.  coll.  Nu 34660  816 
i8is.     c.  pi.  Ne  io37  f  1 35s  13610.     d.  im  b 

Exil'l  212'29  1 3s131616  2  229342  Nu  jHJUMMMMMI 
8.7..7.18334^7851io53, 

dividuals  LV2726  Nui817  Dti51919  3V7. 


2.  animals:  a.  ro- 

33' 
coll.   TOTO  "«a   Ex  n5  I22"  1315   NU341  1816; 

-ii33n  b  Dt  1 519.    c.  pi.  nroa  Gn  44  Dt  1 26-17 

1423  Ne  io37.  3.  figurative,  n.  of  relation 

me  1133  first-born  of  death  Jb  1813  (deadly 
disease);  Orp~[  '1^33  first-born  of  the  jmor  (the 
poorest)  Is  1430;  Israel  is  the  first-born  of 
Yahweh  among  the  nations  Ex  4s2  cf.  Je3i9; 
and  the  seed  of  David  among  dynasties  yff  Sg"®. 

1133  n.pr.m.  (young  camel,  Ar.^5o,  As. 
bakru  AsrbAnn*h",C5)— 1.  son  of  Ephraim  Nu. 
2635=T13  1  Ch  7-0.  2.  son  of  Benjamin  Gn4621 
I  Ch  76'8  (133). 

1^33  adj. gent.  c.  art.  as  n.  coll.  Nu  2635. 

"PTOS,  n.pr.m.  aBenjamite(onformcf.^O?'3! 
«^p,  &  oisl0,*dto-;  on  Nab.  n.pr.  in  1  v.  Eut 
n*"24'25'8"-  &  No1"73*)  1  Ch  8r9=944. 

T"H33  n.pr.m.  (youthful) — 1.  a  Benjamite 
2S  201'-5-6-7-1013-21-22;  only  in  phr.  n^fff  V2#. 
2.  perh.  adj. gent.  pi.  c.  art.  D^psn  2  S  2014 
the  Bichrites  (i.  e.  family  of  Sheba')',  MT  Dnsn  ; 
cf.  ©  iv  X(V/.fi=na(3);  so  Klo  Dr. 


114  nvpTaa 

f  H133  n.f.  young  camel,  dromedary  (Ar. 
>JXj  yowng  she-camel)  Je2:3;  pl.cstr.,",33  1360'. 

trnSa  n.f.  right  of  first-born  Gn  25s234 
(J)  DtT2i17  iChs1-2;  sf.  W33  Gn2  7:,6(JE); 

^rnbaGn253l(J);  imTb3Gn25334333(J)  iCh5'. 

t  rPi33  n.pr.m.  (first-born)  Benjamite 
i  S91. 

T  !~IT33  n.f.  first-born,  always  of  women 
Gn  i9«^-34'37  2926(JE)  1  S  1449. 

T  PH^S  n.f.  first  ripe  fig,  early  fig  (re- 
garded as  a  delicacy)  (Low391;  cf.  Ar.  ijJfo, 
Span,  albacora,  Moorish  bokkCre)  Mi  71  Ho  910; 

sf.  ir«?=nrpWDa  (rd.  ma  Di),  is  284;  pi. 
nn33je242. 

t  CJH^SSl  n.m.  first-fruits — Lv  214  2317Nu 
2826  (P)  2  K  442  Ne  312  1331;  Dn33  Lv  2320(P); 
cstr.  no?  Ex2316,9(E)  3422M(J)  Nu  13s0  (E) 
i813(P)  Ne  io3636  EZ4430;  sf.  T7°?  Lv214;— 
the  first  of  grain  and  fruit  that  ripened  and 
was  gathered  and  offered  to  God  according  to 
the  ritual;  D^SSn  Dn?  bread  made  of  the  new 
grain  offered  at  Pentecost  Lv  2320;  Dni33il  DV 
day  of  the  first-fruits  (Pentecost)  Nu  2826. 

73  v.  sub  n^3. 

73,  "iSttfuSa  v.  sub  bo,  p.  128. 

TpN73  n.pr.m.  (=Bab.  abal-iddina,  he 
hath  given  a  son  COT  2  K  2012)  father  of  TP1? 
flKJQ  king  of  Babylon  (v.  sub  *|f«?)  2  K  2012 
=  Ts39';  name  prob.  abbreviated  by  omi? sion 
of  name  of  god  (v.  ib.  Merodach-baladan  = 
Marduk-abal-iddina,  Marduk  hath  given  a  son; 
cf.  Esarhaddon,  v.  HOnDX  p.  64). 

trj7  j]  vb.  gleam,  smile  (Ar.  iJJ) — only 

Hiph.  Impf.  1  s.  c.  )  subord.  ny%»)  Jb  (f'  + 
2  t.;  Pi.  3v30  Am  59; — 1.  shew  a  smile,  look 
cheerful  \//  3914  Jb  (f  io20.    2.  cause  to  burst  or 
flash  n-bv  ■*>  '30H  Am  59  (cf.  Ew  St). 

t  nUT'S.  n.pr.m.  (cheerfulness) — 1 .  priest  of 
15th  course  (David's  time)  1  Ch  2  4 14.  2 .  priest 
that  went  up  with  Zerubbabel  Ne  1 2618. 

T  ''ipS,  n.pr.m.  (id.)  priest  withNeh.Ne  io9. 

ifn^JfTOO]  n.f.  smiling,  cheerfulness, 
source  of  brightening— fa)  ^K  ,,!1^''r'3P  Je  818 
a  source  of  brightening  io  me  in  sorrow;  but 
text  dub.  cf.  VB  Che. 


■nba  us 

tTJ^S  n.pr.m.  (®  BaUab;  Nbz"QM88-4™ 
Bel  has  loved,  cf.  *!$?  ;  DF'2*' ZKllm  comp. 
cuneif.  Bir-Dadda,  cf.  HptHbr1885'224)  2nd  friend 

of  Job  fntfn)  ♦TlWn  'a  Jb  2"  81 181 251 429. 

in    H  n.pr.loc.  in  Simeon  Jos  io3. 

V 
t[n/!H]  vb.  become  old  and  worn  out 

(Ar.  JI3,  Aram.  \?3,  JL>,  Eth.  <1M:  id.)— Qal 
p/  nnj?a  Dt  84,  *i>3  294  +  ;  7»y>/  tfy$  Jb  1328 
etc.;  7w/  c.  sf.  ,rP3  Gn  1812;— wear  out  (intr.), 
esp.  of  garments  Dt  84  294-4,  all  c.  ?J/D  pregn. 
wear  out  (and  fall) /row  upon... (hence  Ne  921), 
Jos  913;  fig.  of  the  heavens  (with  sim.  of  gar- 
ment) Is  509  \jr  10227  v3j  1333,  the  earth  Is  516 
n?3Jjl  1333;  the  bones  (through  suffering)  ^3 


afflicted  man  Jb  13s8  O^aj  3J713  MR]  (|j  -I333 
Bty  i'3X);  of  an  aged  and  decrepit  woman  Gni  812 
(J)  >'T'3  ^"ins  after  7  am  worn  out.  Pi.  caus. 
of  Qal.  a.  wear  out  (trans.),  fig.  La  34  '"IB1?  n?3 
rt«\,  -f  4915  and  their  form  i>iK?>  HlVab  is  for 
She'ol  to  consume  away  (others  rd.  nv3?  is  for 
wasting  away  [DrS204],  connecting 'B*  with  foil.), 
1  Ch  179  wap  to  wear  it  (Isi\)om<  (altered  fr. 
iniuyb  2  S  710'),  cf.  Dn  7"  Aram.  b.  wear  out 
by  use,  use  to  the  full,  Is  6  s22  and  the  work  of 
their  hands  1?3^  they  shall  use  to  the  full,  enjoy, 
Jb  2 113  they  wear  out  their  days  in  prosperity 
(Qrhere  1?3*  complete,  which  perh.  is  the  true 
reading  in  both  passages;  cf.  Ex513  Jb36"). — 
0n,n^3^92»,  v.  subi>!?3. 

t[n|?S]  adj.  worn  out;  f.  nba  Ez  2343(of 

a  woman,  cf.  Gn  i812supr.);  pi.  Dv3  Jos  94 

(sacks),  v4  (wine-skins),  l"lv3  v5  (sandals),  v5 
(garments). 

T[Ni/3]  n.  [m.]  worn  out  things,  rags 
(Syr.  )££=>' id.)  pi.  cstr.  jftf  Je  381,u,  *&$  v12. 

t[rP"?:ip]  n.f.  destruction:  c.  sf.  Is  io25 
DJTparrby  'SKI  and  mine  anger  for  their  de- 
struction. 

b&    adv.  not  (Ph.  id. :  e.g.  CIS  '• m  1S  f3»  b 

psb  shall  not  be  for  the  priest;,3,3  Tiy  ^2= 
before  my  time)  a  poet.  syn.  of  tO,  of  compara- 
tively rare  occurrence,  Ho  72  916  (Qr)  Is  1 421  35' 
4317  Pr  913  147  1923  22s9  237-3S-35  24*  1  Ch  1630 
(=\jr  9610),  only  besides,  except  in  the  pas- 
sages cited,  in  other  Psalms  :  often  repeated  in 
the  same  context,  as  Is  26'»>»'>'4141818  332°-2°-2'- 

23.23.24     .   .8.9.9.9    J,    j04.6.1I.15.18     j  g2.4.4.8     j  »3.3.5     2j3.8.12. 

also  used  oft.  with  BtoK,  BFttP.,  Dfen  f  io6  168 
218  307  46s  931  9610  1045  Pr  io30  123  Jb4i15. 


In  Is  4024  it  is  prob.  that  it  acquires  from  the 
context  the  sense  of  hardly :  yea,  hardly  are 
they  planted,  yea,  hardly  are  they  sown  . . . , 
when  he  even  bloweth  upon  them,  and  they 
wither;  cf.  W  2K  204.  Joined  anomalously 
with  an  infin.,  ^32'  T?$  3<ni?  ??  (else)  there  is 
not  coming  nigh  thee  (i.e.  else  they  will  not 
approach  thee). 

ts73  subst.  wearing  out  (^ ,  -^-»  wear- 
ing out  of  a  garment),  hence  1.  fig.  destruction 
Is  38"  73  nne*  pit  of  destruction  (of  Sheol). 
2.  defect,  failure,  hence  adv.  of  negation  (cf. 
DBS),  chiefly  poet,  for  &6,  J'*?:— a.  with  finite 
vb.  rare  and  only  once  in  prose, Gn  3  i^E)  v3"py 
i?  Tan  because  he  told  him  not,  Is  146  3210  Ho 
87  916  (Kt)  Jb  4 1  '8.  b.  used  to  negative  an  adj. 
or  ptcp.  2  S  i2'  TIPD  73  not  anointed,  f  194 
H078:  more  freq.,  esp.  in  Job,  joined  with  a 
subst.  in  sense  of  witfiout,  Jb  8"  will  the  reed- 
grass  grow  DV0"v3  without  water?  2410  they  go 
about  naked  Btop  73  without  clothing,  3iM 
339  346  3^2  words  njnyJl  without  knowledge, 
3916  423  yfr  595  |WWJ  ?iV~,^3  without  (my)  ini- 
quity they  run  (against  me),  cf.  v4  N?,  63s  a 
dry  land  tFO  v3  without  water,  Is  28s;  Jb  308 
DB^y?  ^33  children  of  (men  of)  no  name. 

With  preps,  a.  t^33,  in  njH  733  Dt  4* 
194  Jos  203'5  D  (=unawares:  all  in  D's  law  of 
homicide);  without  knowledge  Jb  35"  36".  b. 
t  y3p  in  a  slate  of  (v.  sub  p)  no  . . . ,  i.e.  vrith- 
out,  Is  5"  prppap  regardless  of,  without  measure, 
Jb  3841  4 125  that  is  made  TVrfyfr  (to  be)  in  a 
state  of  no  fear,  i.e.  to  be  feartess.  c.  t  V3D 
(«)  from  want  of,  followed  by  a  subst.  or  infin., 
JO  expressing  causation,  Dt  928  *  TOT  730 
on  account  of  Jehovah's  not  being  able  . . .  (in 
Nu  1 416  *lj>aO),2 8M(Ew "•* ;  but  also ES Jrh  "'•72)> 
Is  £*  for  viant  of  knowledge,  H046  EZ345  Lai4 
"iJfiD  SX3  'O'SO  for  lack  of  comers  to  the  stated 
feast.  Followed  by  a  pleon.  f't?  in  the  phrase 
•  • » n§  Y?Dn  is  it  on  account  of  there  being 
no  .  .  A  (lit.  is  it /row*  the  deficiency  ofno.  .A 
cf.  fc-X?  *Xa  ,-»  in  Syr.;  PS529),  Ex  14" 
2  K  i3-6-16.  (3)  so  that  there  is  no  . . .  (lit.  away 
from  there  being  no . .  . ,  i?  expressing  negation, 
and  v3  being  pleon., as  in  P£9,V.mh  f?S  6  d  /3); 
Je  215  its  cities  are  burnt  at^  7|0  so  that  there 
is  no  inhabitant,  99"1'  Ez  1 41S  Zp  3".  Once  as  a 
conj.  TtW$  y3D,  with  pleon.  iO,  so  tltat  not  . .  . 
Ec  311.     In  Job   v??  is  used  more  freely  = 

1  2 


nwhz 


116 


n1: 


fca 


without,  the  connexion  with  a  preceding  verb 
being  no  longer  distinctly  felt :  420  without  any 
heeding,!  hey  perish  for  ever,  66247'8;  prob.  also 
4"  31"  (though  here  the  sense  (a)  would  be  ad- 
missible), (y)  in  Jb  1 8,s  %rtyp  i^K3  fVfr,  19 
is  prob.  partitive  (so  Hi):  there  shall  dwell  in 
his  tent  what  is  nawjht  of  his :  Ew'"8'  De  less 
probably  even  naught,  cf.  sub  |*K  6  d  y ;  Ges 
'terror  (supplied  from  v14)  shall  dwell  in  his 
tent  so  that  it  is  no  more  his.'  d.  ty3"*!?  till 
there  be  no  . .  .  yjr  7  2'  Mai  310. 

1  TV2\^L  n.[m.]  nothingness  (from  y3  & 
HD,  lit.  not-aught)  Jb  26"  who  hangeth  the 
earth  on  '3. 

t  ,  S**  ,S  27  n.[m.]  worthlessness  (cpd.  y3 
not,  without  and  ?5?!  worth,  use,  ffofiCi — '3  Dt 
1 3"  +  20  t. ;  bvhl  yj,  1  o  i3  +  5 1. ; — the  quality  of 
being  useless,  good  for  nothing.  1.  abstr.  B*N 
hHwt),  ^V^an  VJK,  worthless,  good-for-no- 
thing, base  fellows  1  S  25s5  2  S  167  201  1K21" 
Pn627;='3-|3iS2517/3>33Dti314Jui92!!2013 

1 S  2"  10s17  1  k  211013  2  Ch'137;  '3  na  1  S  i16 

(drunken  woman);  '3  *1J?  base  witness  Pr  1928; 
'3  "lai  base,  wicked  thing  ^  419  (yet  cf.  3  infr.), 
101s  (add  prob.  also  1  S  2910,  so  @  We  Dr); 
'3..."i:n  (elliptical  and  in  apposition)  Dt  159. 

2.  concr.  elliptical  of  '3  B*N  2  S  23"  Jb  3418; 

by*1??)  jn  tf'trb  i  s  30s2;  i^s  d"in  Pr  612. 

3.  ruin,  destruction :  so  t^  4 19  ace.  to  De  Che  al., 
but  v.  supr.;  '3  fJT  counsellor  of  ruin  Na  i"; 
'3  alone  a  maw  of  ruin,  destroyer  Na  21;  '3  \pru 
floods  of  destruction  (||  ^i«f)  2  S  226=^  18s.  ' 

t'Hjna  (perh.  from  %  and  TJ,  ^S  mw<o; 
Syr.  »^i=a«v,  x<»/»V;  Nab.  nypa  except, 
Euf"*8'9)— bf.  rsffi  (3  t.),  T^l  (4  t.),  Tw* 

(once) — prop,  not  unto,  hence  apart  from, 
except,  without :  a.  Jb  34s2  njHK  '"IKp3  &rce;rf, 
apart  from  (what)  I  see  myself,  do  thou  instruct 

me.  With  sf.  Gn  4 1 M  TT??P  aiH,r<  •r^om  thee' 
without  thee,  no  one  shall  lift  up  the  head,  Is 
45s  for  there  is  none  "^Vr?  except  me.  Also 
with  sf.,  as  a  particle  of  deprecation,  Gn  1424 
'TV? ?  not  to  me!  i.e.  I  claim  nothing,  (in  our 
idiom)  not  at  all!  4 116,  h.  with  JO,  ^Bff&i  (so 
,>'\^.  ^&  without),  (a)  apart  from,  esp.  with 
the  collat.  idea  of  without  the  knowledge  and 
consent,  Nu  520  2  K  1825  (=Is  3610)  ami  now 
come  up  apart  from,  without ''  against  this  place 
to  destroy  it  t  Je  4419  (cf.  Y$fi  Gn  4144).  ((3) 
«jpar<  /rem,  besides,  except,  Jos  2219  2  S  22s2* 


(rr^iS32*)  for  who   is  God  except   '"  ?    v32"; 
similarly  Is  43"  Jfte  "$JQ9  NJ|,  4468  4521. 

[nV£]  subst.  (from  fyS,  of  the  form  fta 
01 !  I46  b)  prop,  failure,  hence  used  as  particle 
of  negation,  not,  except  (cf.  y3,  DDK),  twice 
with  sf.  (v.  infr.),  elsewhere  always  w|  (with 
binding  vowel  '-^ ,  as  mark  of  cstr.  state:  Sta 
4343  Ges5903),  (Ph.  n!>3  <mfy:  Tabnith-Inscr. 6) 
— tl.  adv.  not,  with  an  adj.  1  S  2  o26  lino  »nj>a 
wo<  clean,  with  a  subst.  Is  1 4"  'Tip  Wa  rial?  a 
stroke  of  non-cessation,  i.e.  a  never-ceasing 
stroke,  with  a  finite  vb.  (si  vera  1.)  EZ133 
(RVm:  but  v.  Dr*41  ob>).  t2.  after  a  preceding 
negation,  no<  =  except  (syn.  ,J?W),  Gn  2126  I 
have  not  heard  Di'n  w?  except  to-day,  Ex  2219 
he  that  sacrificeth  'v  w3  except  unto  \  Nu 
3212  Jos  1119:  so  DN  Vm  Gn4718  Ju  714  (cf. 
DK  "3  Gn  2817  Ne  22).  With  sf.  (attached  to 
the  ground-form  ^V?)  W?  except  me  tHo  1 34, 
^n,a  except  thee  ti  S  22.  t3.  conj.  (likewise 
after  a  neg.,  expressed  or  implied)  Gn  43s 
D3riX  D3'nK  W3  eascepi  your  brother  (be)  with 
you,  v5  Nu  116  our  soul  is  dry,  there  is  nothing 
at  all;  save  that  our  eyes  are  toward  the 
manna,  Is  io4  (and  where  will  ye  leave  your 
glory1!)  save  that  they  bow  down  under  the 
prisoners,  and  fall  under  the  slain !  i.e.  (iron.) 
their  only  refuge  will  be  among  the  corpses  of 
a  battle-field.  So  BK  V$9  Am  33-4.— Dn  1 1 I8, 
where  no  neg.  precedes,  it  is  difficult  to  extract 
a  sense  consistent  with  the  gen.  usage  of  ''JjyS ; 
Ges  besides  that  his  reproach  he  will  return 
unto  him,  Ew  only,  nothing  but,  Hi  certainly, 
Drechsler  (on  Is  io4)  nay,  even  (cf.  RV). 

4.  With  preps,  a.  'l???? m  so  as  not . . . , 
in  order  not...  (negation  of  ?  sq.  inf.),  usually 
sq.  inf.  cstr.,  as  Gn  415  gave  a  sign  to  Cain 
iniOTOn  w3p  in  order  that  any  finding  him 
should  not  smite  him,  1921  389  Ex8,8-25917  Lv 
1 830  204  2615  Dt  8"  1 712  the  man  that  doeth  pre- 
sumptuously ybE'  wap  so  as  not  to  hearken 
etc.  (cf.  Jei6is'i723'i81042is  Dn  911)  v20  Ju 
2B+:  P'jfi'l  TO?  in  order  not  to  profit  (the 
result  represented  forcibly  as  the  design;  cf. 
sub  lyPp)  IS4410  Je78;  after  vbs.  of  commanding 
Gn  311  which  I  commanded  thee  «B1?"P3K  wap 
not  to  eat  thereof,  2  K  if  Je358f14  Ru  2", 
swearing  Dt  421  Jos  5s  Ju  217  Ez  2015,  agreeing 
2K129,  interceding  Je  36s5.  Once  f  ,r??3? 
2  K  2310  (cf.  *?  |g$  Ez  2I20,  j>  liap  1  Ch  193). 


n!» 


117 


dVi 


Twice  as  conj.  with  the  impf.,  Ex  2020  2  S  14" 
(cf.  -raja,  &  JO  Dt  3311).  In  Je  23"  2718  sq. 
perf.,  which  is  inconsistent  with  the  nature  of 
a  final  conj.:  rd.  either  CW*  Itfjj,  or  3*>,  Ni3 
(cf.  Dr  »410b>).  On  Ez  133  v.  supr.  tb.  '?$W 
an  account  of  not . . .  (negation  of  IP  sq.  inf.): 
sq.  inf.  Nu  1416  *  n>3<  wSJ?;  a  verbal  noun 

Ez  1 6*  wpty  '?|>W.    t  c.  'nb-iy  inks  «oe. . ., 

sq.  a  perf!  (Ges;  RSJph,"-Kj,  or  an  inf.  (Ew 
t238"),  in  the  phrase  (0$)  ib-VN^n  V^-TJf 
1,"!B'  um&7  one  left  him  (them)  tio<  a  remnant, 
Nu  2135  Dt  33  Jos  S^io33 1 18  2  Kio11.— Jb  i4'2 
D?OB>  ^b-l?  ($  there  be  no  heaven  (cf. 
TTTJf  V'727). 

t[n7H]  vb.  trouble  (Aram,  .j^,  cf. 
Ar.  i-L>  be  weak  in  intellect ;  v.  also  7113) — 
only  Pi.  Pt.  Tfti£  OWN  mnbp  Kt  (Qr  B^flDD 
needless)  Ezr  4*  troubled  them  in  building. 

Tni"T  vS.  n.f.  terror,  dreadful  event,  ca- 
lamity, destruction — nn?a  is  1714;  pi.  ninps 
Jb  18"  +  7  t.;  cstr.  nin|>3  Jb  24" ;— 1.  only  pi. 
terrors  Jb  1811  2720  3015';  '3  ^O  Jb  i814=death, 
tf.  nmb?  '3  Jb  2417.  2.  calamity  Is  1 714,  pi. 
+  7319;  calamity,  destruction  Ez  2621  27s6  28". 

tl.  nrT?21  n.pr.f.  (etym.  dub.)  handmaid  of 
Rachel,  concubine  of  Jacob  Gn  2QM  3o345J 
352225  (sons  Dan  &  Naphtali)  372  (prob.  gloss, 
01)  462S  1  Ch  713. 

tn.  nrtvS  n.pr.loc.  a  city  of  Simeon  1  Ch 
4s*,  prob. = nbp  Jos  1 5W,  ffa  1 93  cf.  Di ;  site  dub. 

tjrOS  n.pr.m.  1.  descendant  of  Esau  Gn 
3627=Ti  Ch  i42.     2.  a  Benjamite  1  Ch  71010. 

NiVa  v.  sub  nb. 

io1  (prob.  =  Bab.  baldfsu-usur,  protect  Ids  life! 
COT  Dn  i7  Dl  in  BD  Dn- *•'*;"  Hoflm2*1887'86  conj. 
"»VN  [lie*  D?3  Balat  (  =  god  Saturn?)  protect  the 
fang  ! — Dn  4'  conn,  with  Bel,  but  name  then  in- 
explicable), name  given  to  Daniel  by  Neb. 

^2,  ncV?.  ^-W  v-  8ub  n^3- 

fl.  773  vb.  mingle,  mix,  confuse,  eon- 
found  (Ar.  JJ  moisten  (with  water),  cf.  Jl> 
»n<ns<ure,  As.  ia&SZw,  DlPr70;  cf.  Ph.  773  name 
of  a  sacrifice,  &  NHH£?5  Aram-  'Ifi.XSii) 
—Qal  Pf.  ^3  Gnu',  ^  ^92"  (h^  cf- 
infr.);  J>p/.  1  pi.  nbi  =  n^  Gn  n7,  cf.  Ko 


,ss;  Pt.  pass.  W>3  Ex  29*  +  3t.,  rhhi  Lv  2' 
+  28  t.,  IliX>3  Ex  29'+  4  t.; — 1.  mingle,  con- 
fuse (obj.  nab'  =  speech,  language,  q.v.)  Gn 
1 17-"  (J).  2.  mix  (cakes  or  flour,  etc.  always 
with  oil)  term,  techn.  sacrif.,only  P  (H  Lv  23"), 
cf.  Di  on  Lv  24;  usually  as  nmo,  '[OB'S  '3  n^b 
Ex  2940  Lv  2s  I4I0!1  2313  Nu  7>»-i»»-3i.i7.«.4..«.«i.R. 
7379  Nu  88 154"  28l*-™*-i3MM29M-u,'v2'2  nruo 
Lv  710  (opp.  ruin)  94,  'e*3  '3  rfsp  rrt?n  Ex  29' 

Lv71212,  i.e.  made  by  mixing  with  oil;  J17D 

'e>3  '3  mxo  n^n  Lv  24,  'bo  '3  ni^n  rta  Nu 

6'6,  i.e.  fine  flour  (in  the  form)  of  cakes  so  made. 
JJjp  JOE'S  "r&3  V'  9211  /  sliall  be  (am)  anointed 
with  fresh  oil  AV  RV;  vb.  not  elsewhere  in 
this  sense;  ®  23  Hup  Che  rd.  'itfa  fr.  ^2,  inf. 
cstr.  sf.,  abstr.  for  concrete,  my  wasting  =  my 
wasting  strength,  of  declining  age;  Israel  under 
figure  of  old  man ;  this  however  is  not  favoured 
by  context.  The  passage  is  therefore  doubtful. 

Hithpo.  Impf.  y?i31V  Ho  78;  "» KV1  D'OJQ  D^BN 
Ephraim,  among  the  peoples  doth  he  mix  him- 
self; but  Ew  Now  derive  here  fr.  773=1173  (or 
733)  waste  away,  cf.  Hiph.  Hiph.  Impf  7331 
Is  64s  and  we  faded  away,  but  rd.  perh.  7331  fr. 
733  cf.  Di  (De,  less  probably,  derives  from  773 
— cf.  Ew  Now  Ho  78— or  713  =  733). 

t^3  n.m. ,l30M  fodder  (Aram.^2^»; 

cf.  Ar.  Hi  moisture  of  fresh  pasture) — 7v3  Is 
3024;  sf.  iW?  Jh66  24*— fodder  (strictly,  mixed 
fodder,  farrago)  Jb66;  as  growing  in  field  24' 
cf.  Is  3024. 

til.  [7^3]  vb.  denom.  to  give  provender 
—Qal  Imp}.  ?3J1  Ju  1921  Qr  (Kt  7131)  sq.  ) 
give  provender  to  the  asses. 

t?l V3!QJ  n.m.  snail  (Shaph.  form,  causing 
moisture,  from  notion  of  moisture  or  fluid  in 
773);— name  due  to  slimy  trail  f  58',  W# 
TfSjV  eon. 

t  "QFl  »•["*•]  confusion,  violation  of  nature, 
or  the  divine  order— Lv  1823  2012  (H)  cf.  Di  on 
1816. 

tTpSTl  n.[m.]  confusion,  obscurity  (on 
form  cf.Ar.  conj.  v.  Inf.  Sta'*7)  Lv  2i;0  (II) 
WJJ3  'n  i.e.  defective  sight?  cf.  Di.  (V??, 
(33,  p"!,  Tf?T  CI'""?,  etc.) 

t[D73]  vb.  curb,  hold  in  (NH  id.,  Aram. 
B&f,  ?&>)—  Qal  Inf.  D^1)  ^32',  cf.  Che. 


D  7H  (<*  Eth.  dM-.fig,  Ar.  JJJ  a  kind  of 
fig,  cf.  Lag"-'--1"1;  hence  following). 

t  [Dt3]  vb.  denom.  gather  figs,  tend  fig- 
trees,  sycairores  (  ©  tcvifav,  S3  vellicans,  prob. 
properly  to  ni}>  the  sycamore  fruit  to  fit  it  for 
eating,  v.  Tristr  »»«■  nut.  Bib.  s»  Boi1.cp.s9.  p.  sot. 
Theodoret  ap.  Fi HM""- "* '<*•  Theophrast"2)— 
Qal  Pt.o'tiZ,  Am  7"  D'Opt?  '3. 

t ^ 7 3  vb.  swallow  down,  swallow  up, 
engulf  (idea  of  quickness,  suddenness)  (NH 
id.,  Ar.  i£>  swallow,  Eth.  A2vO:  «a<,  Aram.  V?3, 
>*i£a;  As.  fteZri,  Pi.  destroy  ZimBF27)— Qal  Pf. 
V^3  Jb  2015,  sf.  *J*#3  Je  5 134  (Qr,  cf.  ©  Kt «-); 
3  fs.  nvb  Nu  1630;  3  pi.  sf.  WTO  V  1 24';  7»rap/. 
^1  Jb  2019,  vb>l  Ex  712,  sf.  T\yfcy\  Is  284;  3  fs. 

sjoni  Nu  i632+2 1.;  sf.  »}l?J«a«  V6916,  uybn 

Nu  16s4,  Dvbrn  Dt  116,  iojtan  Ex  1512;  3 
mpl.  sf.  W$£  H087;  3  fpl.  n^ini  Gn4i7, 
T|yb^».  Gn  4124;  1  pi.  sf.  DJJOJ  Pr  i12;  /»/  ySab 
Jon  2 ' ;  sf.  ''J'??  Jb  7 l9 ; — 1 .  swallow  down,  c.  ace. 
Jb719  Is284,  subj.  tt  Jon2';  subj.  B$0  Gn 
4 1724;  HBO  Ex  712.  2.  swallow  up,  engulf,  subj. 
H?  Ex  1512  Nu  1630'3234  2610  Dt  1 16  f  10617;  fig. 
of  greed  Jb  2015  (obj.  ?jn ;  opp.  N*p  www'*);  of 
violence,  extortion  Pr  I12  (P'Mj??);  of  devasta- 
tion by  enemy  Ho  87  Je  5134  ^  1243;  over- 
whelming by  calamity  1^  6916  (subj.  nbfo); 
of  full  enjoyment,  profit  Jb  2018  (no  obj.) 
JTiph.  Pf.  vby  Ho 8s,  V^J  L3287;— swallowed 
up,  i.e.  devastated  Ho  88;  engulfed  by  wine 
(yet  cf.  Pi.  Is  312)  Is  287  (pvrp  '},  ||  ^2  Wf), 
Pi.  Pf.  vb  Is  25*4-3  t.;  SR»  consec.  Is  257; 
3  pi.  wb  Is  312;  1  pi.  «vb  La  216,  sf.  «W$J 
+  35^;"  Zmp/.  "fa*  Pr  1928,  sf.  3  ms.  Wfto  Jb 

8is  Pr2I2o.  by^a;  v  2 110;  36.  sf.  3ms.  «q*p»i 

Ec  1012;  2  ms.  vbn  2  S  20",  sf.  '?vj>3™.  Jb  io8; 
1  s. vb«  2  8  2020,  VJ>3*<  Is  1  a3;  Imv.  v£s  V,  5510; 
Inf.  Vb  Nu  420  Hb  i13,  ]?b  La  28,  sf.  *ivb  Jb  23; 
P<.  sf.  1R$30  Is  49";— 1.  swaZZow  Nu4M  (V.b? 
as  a  swallowing =for  an  instant)  ;  elsewhere 
2.  swallow  up,  engulf,  usually  c.  ace,  a.  fig.  of 
destruction,  ruin,  Is  312  (obj.  TJ^);  (Ba  from  a 
V  II.  vb  confound,  cf.  Di ;  v.  also  915 193  28" 
f  55'°  10727);  subj.  '<  La  22"-8  Jb  2s  io8  ^  2110 
(||  bx),  Is  193  (obj.  ns}1),  i.e.  confuse,  con- 
found/ so  f  5510  D?<"2'^  3k  «J^J  vb  «m/M«e, 
Lord,  divide  t/ieir  speech  (cf.?b  Gn  1 i7-9  &  v.  De 


Th: 


Che);  subj. wicked men,enemiesi/'35:5Is49,9cf. 
La  216  (abs.)  Hb  i13;  obj.  reflex,  in  sense  Ec  io12; 
=  annihilate  IS2578;  b.  \\t.  =  destroy  2S2019'2" 
(||  n-n^n);  i„def.  subj.  Jb  818  lopoo  'ffj  c. 
fig.  for  greedily  (seize,  adopt)  practise  Pr  1 928, 
for  extravagance,  squandering  Pr  2120.       Pu. 

impf.  vb;  2  s  1716,  rb;  jb  3720;  Pt.  Epybt? 

Is915;— be  swallowed  tip,  i.e.  destroyed  Jb  3720; 
cf.  0$  Vb;-I3  2  S  1716  (impers.);  ruined  Is  915 
(yet  cf.  sub  Pi.)  Hithp.  Impf.  3  fs.  vbnn 
^  io727(subj.  nD3Pl)  their  wisdom  is  all  gone, 
'  they  are  at  their  wit's  end '  (cf.  sub  Pi.) 

I I.  V??  n.  [».]  swallowing,  devouring, 
thing  swallowed.  1 .  swallowing = destruction, 
vb-nST  ^,  526  devouring  words  (||  ncnp  }te>b). 
2.  <Amgr  swallowed  IV.b,  Jesi44  '3TIK  'rttfijrn 
V9D  and  I  will  bring  forth  that  which  he  hath 
swallowed  out  of  his  mouth. 

I II.  jn£  n.pr.m.  1.  vb  Gn  36^=  1  Ch 
i43;  Vb  Gn  36™=  1  Ch  i44  a  king  of  Edom, 
-I1V3  P  '3  (cf.  Dvb  &  Di  Gn  36s2).  2.  vb 
1st  son  of  Benjamin  Gn  4621  NU2638-40  iCh76-7 
813  (V.b).       3.  Vb  a  Beubenite  1  Ch  5s. 

t  V?3i  adj.gent.  of  2,  'JCT  n.  coll.  Nu  26s8. 

t  in.  V vi  n.pr.loc.  city ="lVs  q.  v.  Gn  1 42  8. 

■nyVa  v.  sub  nb. 

I.  C2S*7S  11.pr.1n.  Balaam  (ace.  to  Sta » ^rr 
Vb  +  D ; '  Nbr  stud- Blb-  '■  »  prop,  b  =  7»  +  (god) 
DV),  son  of  11V3,  prophet  fr.linS  (q.v.): — Nu  22 
5-7-8-9+  47t.  Nu  22-24  (all  JE)  31816  (P)  Dt  23" 
(D)  (cf.  W>  Jos  1 3s)  Jos  24910  (E)  Mi  65  Ne  1 32. 

tn.  DV^S.  n.pr.loc.  town  in  Manasseh  1  Ch 
655;  A  I0\aafi,  ©L  Ic^Xaaf<=Dvb;  (q.v.)  Jos 
17"  +  2  t.;  mod.  Bel'ame,  6  hours  N.  of  Nablus, 
Bdp'1K8,  so  Survey"47. 

•(■[p721j  vb.  waste,  lay  waste  (As.  baldku, 
Pi.  destroy,  Lyon  S""0" 61 ;  cf.  Ar.  h^S_  a  desert) 
— Po.  Pt.  without  D,  sf.  I^i  IS241  (||Pi?.i3, 
subj.  ',  obj.  jnsn); — on  form  (which  might  also 
be  Qal  Pt.)  cf.  01 1264  Lag™1882'403;  also  pp2  Po. 
Je  5 12,  and  intensive  use  of  Inf.  abs.  Niph.  Is 
243;  further  Pu.  (i.e.  intens.)  Pt.  Na  211  (this 
however  perhaps  largely  influenced  by  asso- 
nance). Pu.  Pt.  npTbo  Na  2 "  ('301  npntpi  npa), 

devastated,  or  as  subst.  a  devastated  city. 
p72  n.pr.m.  (devastator)  king  of  Moab, 


ites  fa  'a  Nu  22"r+  37 1.  Nu  22-24  (all  JE) 
+  J0S249  (E)  Jui  i55  Mi  65. 

nsNttna,TStfNVa  v.  h  sub  bvx 

T|tp73  n.pr.m.  (=inquirert  NH  &  Aram. 
£93;  cf.  sub  p)  an  Israelite  wbo  returned  with 
Zerubbabel  Ezr  22=Ne  7'. 

[rhi],  *rhz  v.  sub  ,-63. 

T  nOS  ^  n.f.  high  place  (-/appar.  qu  on 
account  of  firm  — ;    cf.   As.  bdmdte   ZimBF48, 

Moab. no3  MI3")— Je 4835+ 18 1.;  nncsn  1  g 

,1» 


913;  pi.  ni»3  Nu  21"+ 62  t.;  cstr.  W3  Jb98 
Is  14"  Am  413,;  T%  Dt  3213  Is  5814  Mi  i3  (Ew 
,ald  Ges587,6  archaic  fem.  cstr.  with  retracted 
accent  before  monosyl.  in  poetry,  bdmo-the  not 
&wi);sf.,nb32S22:,4+3t.;  ,niD3^I834+  iot.; 
— 1.  high  place,  mountain:  1^  l"liD3  forest 
mountains  Mi  312=  Je  26'8;  D^IJ?  ni»3  ancient 
mountains  Ez  362;  JJIN  J11D3  Nu  2128  (E  poet.) 
2.  high  ])laces,  battle-fields,  the  chief  places  of 
the  land  giving  possession,  victory,  dominion: 
TJTID2  b]}  on  thy  high  places  (Gilboa,  the  battle- 
field) 2  S  i19-26  (in  v19  ®  has  a  doublet  T™?  thy 
dead,  v.  We  Dr).  a.  of  Israel:  TID3  by  331 
pK  ride  upon  the  high  places  of  the  land  Dt  3213 

&    Is  58"  Cf.   ~Dt3f>   ^l834=2S2234,   Hb319. 

b.  of  God :  p«  <noa  by  -JIT  fr-ead  wpora  «Ae  %/i 
places  of  the  earth  Am  413  cf.  Mi  i3;  D'  TI03 
Jb  98;  3J?  TID3  b]l  r\b$  (aspiration  of  the  king 
of  Babylon)  Is  1414.  3.  high  places,  as 

places  of  worship,  at  first  on  hills  and  moun- 
tains, later  on  artificial  mounds  or  platforms, 
under  green  trees,  and  in  cities;  still  later  for 
the  chapels  erected  thereon,  and  once  appar- 
ently for  a  portable  sanctuary  (decked  with 
diverse  colours)  Ez  i616.  The  ancient  worship 
of  Israel  was  conducted  on  these  high  places. 
In  the  times  of  Samuel  and  David  they  as- 
cended to  them,  descended  from  them,  and 
offered  sacrifices  on  them,  1  S  912"25  io513  (HD3D 
for  nrV3n  We  Dr).  The  custom  continued  in 
the  reign  of  Solomon,  but  Gibeon  was  D03n 

rbrm  i K32-4cf. iChi639 2129  2ch i313.  High 

places  of  Baal  were  also  used  Nu  2  241  (E)  Je  1  gb 
32";  of  Moab  ISI52  1612  Je4833(cf.  MI27); 
these  must  be  demolished  Nu3362(J).  Solomon 
built  J1103  (platforms  or  chapels)  to  Chemosh 
and  Milkom  on  the  Mt.  of  Evil  Counsel  op- 
posite Jerusalem  1  K  11':  Jeroboam  made 
temples  on  the  ancient  high  places  of  Dan  and 
Bethel  1  K  123132  2  Ch  u15;  they  are  called 
JIN  m»3  Ho  io8,  pl-lb"  H1D3  Am  79:  the  kings 
of  Israel  built  niD3  and  niD3n  TI3  in  all  their 


P 

cities  2  K  1 79,  and  the  people  worshipped  there 
2  K  17";  these  were  also  used  by  the  mixed 
population  after  the  exile  of  Israel  2  K  1  ?*■**: 
these  various  idolatrous  high  places  were  first 
destroyed  by  Josiah  1  K  ttf-3*-*  2  K  23"°  2  Ch 
343.  The  worship  of  Yahweh  on  high  places  con- 
tinued in  Judah  until  the  exile  1  K  22"  2  K 
1536;  the  sanctity  code  predicts  that  Yahweh 
will  destroy  them  Lv  2630;  they  were  regarded 
as  the  reason  for  the  rejection  of  Shiloh  \^  78". 
The  compiler  of  Kings,  writing  from  the  point 
of  view  of  the  Deut.  code,  complains  ntosn  pn 
rq  l6  2  K  12*  144  154*  cf.  2  Ch  i517  20»  and 
praises  the  few  pious  kings  who  destroyed  them. 
a.  Rehoboam  built  ni»3  with  ni3VD  &  Dnt?X 
on  every  high  hill  and  under  every  green  tree 

1  K1423.  h.  Asa  did  not  remove  the  high 
places  1  K  15"  (2  Ch  1424  is  incorrect  unless 
?V3  niD3).  C.  Jehoshaphat  in  his  reform  on 
the  basis  of  the  covenant  code  did  not  remove 
them  1 K  22M  (nirarrnK  Tpn  liy  2  Ch  1716  is 

doubtless  incorrect,  possibly  rd.  ni3SO);  Jeho- 
ram,  his  son,  made  high  places  in  the  cities  of 
Judah  2  Ch  2111  (@  $  j  not  mountains  $); 
and  Ahaz  sacrificed  on  high  places  on  the  hills 
and  under  every  green  tree  and  in  everv  city 
of  Judah  2  K  164  2  Ch  28425;  cf.  Mi  i5  (rd. 
flNUn?  so  ©  @  X  Che  al.;  yet  cf.  JBL18"0™') 
d.  Hezekiah  removed  them  2  K 1 8421 2  Ch  3 1 '  3  2 l2 
Is  36' ;  but  Manasseh  rebuilt  them  2  K  2 13  2  Ch 
33319,  and  the  people  continued  to  sacrifice 
thereon  to  Yahweh  2  Ch  3317.  e.  Josiah,  in  his 
reform,  based  on  the  Deut.  code,  defiled  them 
and  brake  them  down  from  Geba  to  Beersheba 

2  K  23s-8-9;  but  subsequently  there  were  D1D3 
nann  in  the  valley  of  Ben  Hinnom  Je  731,  and 
niD3  throughout  Judah  Je  173  cf.  Ez  63'  2029 
(questioned  by  Ew  &  Co).  4.  funereal 
mound(t)  EZ437  (Thes,  but  in  their  high  places 
AV  RV;  in  their  death  %  Theod  Ew  Hi  EVm), 
Is  539  (Lowth  Ew  Bo  Bodwell  Orelli ;  but  in 
his  death  A  V  RV,  or  martyr  death  De  Che  Br). 

T]"n^3  n.pr.loc.  (high  place  or  great  high 
place)  place  in  Moab  Nu2i"-20=:?y3  J"liD3  Nu 
2241  Jos  1 317  possibly  on  Mt.  'Affords  cf.  Di. 

T7HCj1  n.pr.m.  (='D~|3  son  of  circum- 
cisionl  cf.  sub  |3)  descendant  of  Asher  1  Ch  7". 

iQS.  v.  sub  3,  p.  91. 

JTIOS  v.  sub  H03. 

]2 ^n.m.son(MI Ph.p;  so  Sab. CI S^', 
cf.  ^3  DHM  Bm-  sp^worKh.e .  At  ^i  .  As  Hn^ 
Lyon8*180091-67;  esp.  in  bin-bin,  grandson  COT 
Gl0M,  cf.  Dl  infr.;  Aram.  13,  -J,,  pi.  pJ3,  ^.la; 
cf.  Palm.,  esp.  Vog  ""• a-  "•  *  *  *'■ ;  possibly  orig.  con- 


120 


P 


nected  with  ri33  build,  so  Thes,  cf.  As.  bdnu,  be- 
getter (Dl™*  cf.  BaZMH  "".•«);  but  all  traces 
of  this  </  lost  in  Heb.  form ;    -/  perh.  orig.  bilit. 
(»,  »)  *  I3  v.  Sta  * 183)— abs.  '3  Gn  4»  + ;  fS  Ez 
i8»;    cstr.    }3    Gn  4922-22;    -J3    Gn  5^+';    |3 
Est  2*  Ne  618,  &  c.  prefix  Gn  17"  Nu  8s5  1  Ch 
27*  2  Ch  25s  311617;   to  Nu  2318  24s15;   "33 
Gn  49";   J3  Dt  25s;  1?  Ex  33"  +  32  t.  (29  t. 
in  combination  jy~|3  (WSJ*,  VBnn)  J>B>in');  sf.  '33 
Gn2iI0+;  1?3Ex2o10  +  ;  ^  Dt73  iKii13"; 
}33  Gn3o14  +  ;    133  Gn417+7  333  Gn2I»»+; 
pi.  D*J»  Gn  3,6  + ;  cstr.  *J3  Gn  62+ ;  sf.  '33  Gn 
3l*+;tt^|  Jos  22*  +  ;  Db'33  Ex  3H  +  ,  etc.;— 
1.  son.,  male  child,  born  of  a  woman  Gn42i  161115 
1 719  cf.  v16 1 81014 1 937S8  +  oft.,  cf.  F13B3-J3  Is 4 9'5 . 
begotten  by  a  man  Gn  54t28  610  nllf+  oft.; 
|| 03  (11133)  daughter  Gn  54'71"  n»»«J»t  Ex  2010 
Dt  5"  i6»»  1  S  3036  Jb  i2  42>3  +  ;  of  son  as 
desired  Gn  302  (cf.  152  162  17"  i810f-  1  S  iM1) 
2  K  41428  f  1 2  73  + ;  rejoiced  in  Gn  306  + ;  beloved 
Ex2i52Si91-3-6  1K326;  cared  for  Dti31;  spared 
Mai  317;  disciplined. &  trained  Dt85  Pr312  1324 
1918  2917;  owing  reverence,  obedience,  etc.  to 
parents  Pre20  io1 131;  jrtaa  I?3  thy  first-born 
son,  Gn  27s2;  iban  jan  Dt2i15'  cf.  1  S  82;  iW? 
bhfn  A«r  eW«r  sow  Gn  2716-42;  ^Jn  to  271;  FI33 
fttgn  ;ier  younger  son  Gn  2715'42.     In  partic.  a. 
to^n?  son  of  his  mother,  i.e.  own  (uterine)  bro- 
ther Gn  43s9,  cf.  27s9  Ju  819  V'  5020  699,  &  v.  DN; 
1'??  'J!3  sons  of  thy  father =hrethr en  Gn498 
(poet.)       tb.  (n'Tl  >}*  =  cousins  Nu  36".      c. 
^33  my  son,  as  term  of  kindliness  or  endearment, 
used  by  Eli  to  Samuel  1  S  3616  cf.  416  2417  2617- 
2L2S,  v.  also  Pr  i810  21  +  ;  cf.  *J33,  used  by  Ben- 
hadad  of  himself  to  Elisha  2  K  89;  by  Ahaz  to 
Tiglath-pileser  167;  esp.  to  express  intimate 
and  gracious  relation  with  God  :  ''  calls  Israel 
nba  »3JJ  Ex  422  cf.  v23  Ho  1 1 »,  v.  also  ^  8o16  (but 
cf.  Che);  D3'ni>K  mth  QriK  D'33  Dt  141;  'J? 
fi'bj;  V826  (||  dv6k);  $-i$ ,?.3  Ho  a1;  cf.  further 
Dt325(pl.)  v20(pl.)  Isi24  3019  Je  31422  4s2  3120; 
of  future  Davidic  king  2  S  714=i  Ch  1713  cf. 
^  27;  expressly  referred  to  Solomon  1  Ch  2210 
28s;  also  of  children  (offered  in  fire)  Ez  1621. 
d.  DTOKH  '33  applied  to  supernatural  beings 
Gn624Jbi6  21;    Crbtt  '33  Jb  387;  D'iw  'pa 
^■29'  (on  which  cf.  Che's  note)  89".     e.  0"1N"f3 
son  of  man,  cf.  'N  '33,  v.  D1K;  t&"K  VPVV 
&  (||  fflK  '3a)  493  62'°. '   tf.  *J33"f3  =  %  prawcZ- 
«on  Ex  io2  Dt  62  Ju  8s2  cf.  Je  27*;  also  pi.  Ex 
347  Dt4926  Jui214  2K1741  2Ch840  Jb4216 
f  128"  Pr  1322  176  Ez  3726;  also  f3  alone  with 
similar  reference  Gn  29s  (Laban  son  of  Nahor) ; 


Laban  calls  his  daughters'  children  his  own 
sons  Gnsi28-43  cf.  321;  so  of  Naomi  Ru  417;  *J$ 
D'V3!  2  K 1  o30  sons  of  the  fourth  generation,  and, 
in  general,  descendants  Jos  2  2242527  +  ;  v.  also 
sub  i.  infr.  g.  constantly,  as  more  precise  de- 
signation, added  to  personal  name  n3D'~fa  3^3 

Nui43032123419-|-;    |tt*f?  ytPirn  Nu  ii28  I43" 
12.28 


32—  3417  +  ;  B33-f3  (jyarv  j  K  i2215  +  ,  etc.; 
also  without  personal  name  (often  with  impli- 
cation of  contempt)  E^i?"'3  1  S  10";  'B>'"[3  1  S 
2O27.30.3i  227.8.9.i3  25io  2  g  2Qi.  n^  vj3 "2  SVi610; 

Wjiffl-fl  Is  7«*  816;  ^.ao-ja  is  7'«j  Cf.  also 
T<!  '33  Nu  i678.  h.  designated  as  trj^JTf 
i.e.  born  in  old  age  of  father  Gn  373;  opp. 
Dnwari  '33  sons  0f  one's  youth  ^,  I274;  aiso 

,JT3~I3  one  born  in  my  house  Gn  153  (i.e. 
slave)  so  Tt£  '33  Ec  27.  i.  in  various  com- 
binations :  (a)  as  expression  of  contumely,  -f3 
nvriisn  nis»  1  s  2030;  mn  BjRIjrrjj  2  K  632  this 

son  of  a  murderer;  cf.  ^-PPS  Jb  308;  £3?'",r'3  '33 
ib.;  H33V  ,3.3Is573(||«|K30jnj);  cf.  JTiriK  n^STf? 
Ju  1 12  (cf.  v1);  (0)  as  term  of  respect,  dignity, 
Qv^n"!3  son  0/ nobles  Ec  io17  (in  Aram.=/ree 
born);  D'03rrj3Is  i9»;  Dlp-'abp-p*.;  cf.^]b»"l3 
+  721  (ll^»);  ^n»«-f3  ^  86'6  in  addressing  '' 
(Wy0)  fcTW?.3  f  10229;  of  noble  appearance 
^J13?  V.3  Ju  818.  j .  oft.  pi.  with  name  of  ances- 
tor, people,  land,  or  city,  to  denote  descendants, 
inhabitants,  membership  in  a  nation  or  family, 

etc.:  (a)e.g."l35?-'33Gnio21;  nrr'33  Gn233"10- 
HuuMwa  25.o  4?M  ^all  pj .  ^njH^  Nu  24,7  y_  gub 

8);  "iton-'ja  Gn3319  Jos  24s2;  VE'JJ  '33  Gn3661519 
Dt  24-812-2229;  T*^  '33  Gn  362021;  'D3n('33)-f3 
Jos  i58+  (cf.  sub  *W);  Ci^  '33  Dt  2919  V^9; 
tip1!'-'?.!!  (lit.  Gn  4627  48s  1  Ch  51)  Nu  i32  26s8-37 
34s3  366  ("  '3  HBO)  +  6  t.  Jos,  cf.  V  7716;  even 
n$3D  t33BJ  'Jtn  '33  x  CI1523;  TIT  '33  (lit.  2  S8,8= 

1  Ch  1817,  1  Ch  319)  2  Ch  138  23s  32s3;  t]p«  V3 

2  Ch  2913  Ezr  241  38  +  (v.  *lpK);  rrib  '33  in  titles  of 
V'  42-49.  84,85,87,88;  esp.  (0)  |toj>-'33  (stand- 
ing designation  of  people  of  Ammon)  Gn  i938  + 
81  t.  (cf.  fBg  &  NbZMQ1886',71Dr8m66);  a'pj|'  '33 
(lit.  Gn  34"WM7  35mui  492)  2  K  i7=«  ^'10^ 
Mai  36  cf.  f  7716;  &  chiefly  (y)  ^^  '33  (lit. 
Gn  42s  452'  465  Ex  i1)  Ex  i7+  613  t'.,  inch  Hex 
427  (of  which  328  P,  49  E,  25  J,  25  D),  Ju6i, 
SK  Ch  73  (23  in  ref.  to  ancient  history,  10  in 
opp.  to  Judah);  so  also  Vrss  &  var.  sometimes 
for  IS*  ri'3,  e.g.  Jos  21 «+  v.  Di,  Ez  3'  + v.  Co; 
also  the  reverse  Ez  23al.;  note  esp.  Wlty  '3  D5? 
Ex  I9;  btpfr  '3  ip|  Ex310  74;  ^"j'^  '33  nTJ| 
Ex  1 612-910  i 71  Lv  1 66 1 92  Nu  1 263  89-20'  1 326 1 5*™ 


p 


121 


P 


if  199  25"  26=  3i'2(all  P);  ^  'a  ntt"!  Ju  32; 
Dyn-b?l  ty  '3"!53  2o26;  'l;>n  'jM  '(^'3  Ne  io40; 
also  («)TJW  NO  (lit.  Gn  4612  2619  i  Ch  2310  41) 
Nu  i26+  18  t.  Nu  Jos,  Ju  i8-,1,(so  rd.  ako  v21!1 
cf.  Jos  1553  &  v.  sub  |D'33)  2  S  1 18  1  Ch  4s7  +  8  t. 
Chr,  Je  f°  +  4  t.  Je;  Ho  2J  Jo  46-819  Ob I2  (not 
in  K,  of  Judah  or  of  any  other  tribe,  except 
*k  ^»  1  K  1231)  inch  ffW  »J|  n»D  Jos  is120'21 
2 11  1  Ch650;  for  usage  with  other  tribes  of 
Isr.,  v.  the  articles; — but  note  (f)  t*K  '?.3  (Ht. 
Gn46»  Ex  616  Nu  317  1 CI1527  6'  cf.  23")  Ex  32s8 
Nu315  1678  1821  Jos  2110  (as  including  sons  of 
Aaron  etc.);  *fc  '33-^3  EX3226;  'b  'a  I'TOrb 
Nu  1610;  6  'a  D'3nan  Dt  215  319  cf.  1K1211 
&Mal33;  1  Ch 2 s24'27  2 420Ezr8'6 (distinguished 
from  priests)  Ne  1 2s3  EZ4046  (including  pi"IS  '33 
the  priests);  also  'b '3  DiJnp  1  Ch  918;  "^n  »J| 

1  Ch  I227  Ne  io40;  D^n  «JS  1  Ch  15"  2430  (cf. 
also  '£);  (f)  |*IE|»  '33  (lit.  EX2  81-40  1  Ch  520  241; 
oft.  Aaron  and  his  sons  lit.  Ex  2721  28'-4  +  )  Lv 
35.8..367.ii  7 10.33  Jog 2 ,  >o  j Ch 635.39.«  1 54(  +  Levites) 

24131  Ne  1247;  also  D'3n'art  'K  '33  Lv  i5811  22  32 
Nu33io8&Jos2i192Ch3i19cf.  26l82o21351414; 
P3^  PnS  'J3  Lv  i7  Jos  2 14  (as  subdivision  of 
Levites)  v13cf.Lv734;  prv*  *JfTI$  ROT  '3na-riK 
D^rn  2Chi39  cf.  v'°;  once  in  sing.  PD$li  ft3? 
Ne  io39;  v.  also  sub  pqs ;  (,)  fptt|  '33  Ez4o26, 

4416  prw  *aa  en^n  owm ;  4811  ehpon  twron 

pHX  '33D  (®  Sm  Co  join  D  of  '33D  to  pre- 
ceding word,  making  pi.);  (6)  *B  with  names 
of  peoples,  lands,  and  cities,  D'!?*3  V3  Am  a7 ; 
D^SfO  '33  Ez  1 6s6;  ■fiB'K  *J|  Ez  ie28^7'912'23; 
TV-!3?  H?  '3  Ez  305  (Co  del.  p«);  ^33  '3  Ez 
23i5.i7.23.  d^t  '3  Jo  46;  J*|  '3  Jo  2s  La  42 
^i492(cf.  Zc913).  Vid.  further  (•)  1»S  '?3  Lv 
i9'8cf.  2o,7Nu  225  Ju  i4",-WEz3u33s-u-l7-!»3718 
Dn  12';  IB?  T1?  9?  Dn  II14;  (<e)  Dyn  '33  T3JJ 

2  K  23s  2  Ch  355-7'12;  OR  '33  '-pp.  Je  26s3';  (X) 
Dlp-'33  Gn  29'  Ju  712  810  1  *K  5'10  Jb  i3  Is  iiM 
Je4928Ez25410;  t(f.)n3Htpn  '33  Ezr2'=Ne76; 
(v)ofbulls,fB'3'33Dt32,4(song)cf.Klo8Kim!-254Di. 
2.  children  (male  and  female)  Gn  316  2 17  Ex  2 15 
2  223;  hence  D'l3??  "^?«?  '33  J0S172  male  chil- 
dren, "Ut  |3  Je  2015.  3.  youth,  young  men 
(pi.)  Pr  77  Ct  23.  4.  the  young  of  animals 
Lv  2228  (HB'  IK  "M?)  cf.  Dt  226-7  1  S  6710  Zc  99 
Jb4u28839416;— lpT3_f3  etc.  v.  sub  7binfr.  5. 
of  plant-shoots  TTp  J3  Gn  4922-22;  also  ?3  f  8016? 
(||  H33 ;  see  Che  trans.  &  crit.  n.)  6.  fig.  of 
lifeless  things,  *\f~j.  '?.3  sj>arks  Jb  57;  stars  Bty 
n'33-^JJ  Jb  38s2;    arrows  n'fPT'|3   Jb  412;    '33 


<nB^KLa3";  cf.'pr;3  i.e.cornofmythreshirig- 
floorls2iw.  7.  a.  member  of  a  guild,  order 
or  class,  +D'(*'3a-|  '33  i.e.  those  belonging  to  the 
prophetic  order  1  K 20s4  2 K 2»«" 41M*5»6I91 
(rIofrmRSp""h-85!«.I"";Zehnpfund,,AS,J»comp. 
As.  mdr  sipri  (siprdlum),  son  of  a  messengers 
messenger,  and  explains  from  the  son's  succeed- 
ing to  father's  calling)  &  N'33-f3  Am  714;  prob. 
also+D^nan  '33  1  Ch930Ezr2"1  io18;  tC'IS^n  '33 
Ezr242;  cf.iniin  '33  2  Ch  25"  men'  of  the  troop, 
v.  Palm.  Nm'B'  '33  inen  of  the  caravanV  og*0-'*1 ; 
alson^3n'33=ea;?7e«tEzr4,619-2<,83Sio7'16(v.nS3 
sub  nbi);  further,  in  "I33_f3  =  foreigner  (only 
P,  poet.,  &  late)  tGn  if™  Ex  1243  Lv  22s* 
Ez  449-9;  '3n-'3  fig  563;  TJTSI  1 2  S  224S-4,= 
+  i84M6  Ne  92  Is  6010  61s  62"  Ez  447  f  1447", 
'an-'sa  Is  566;  also  D3E>y  D'-13ri  D'3B*inn  '33  Lv 
25°.  b.  of  animals,  I?3"'3  son  of  (the)  herd, 
i.e.  young  one  of  the  herd,  1p3  '331 1p3  1  S  1 4s2 
cf.  "1PT3"!3  b)$  Lv  92  (P);  then,  in  general,  one  of 
the  herd  :  fit  for  food  Gn  1878  (J),  for  sacrifice 
Nu  is8-9  (P);  '3n-p  only  Lv  12'  (P);  esp.  13 
ip,3"i3  EX291  Lv4314  i6'  2318  Nu7"+i6  t. 
Nu  (all  P)+  2  Ch  139  EZ4319-23'25  4518  466;  D^B 
ipra  '33  NU28111927  2913'7  (P);  also  Km  '33  Gn 
49r"(poem,J;  ||ni'y);  iKJT'ja^x^4-6;  D1?KVf3 
^296;  D'3Bin '33  Est  810;  lij^n) '33  Lv  i14-|- 
7  t.  Lv  +  Nu  610  cf.  n3V-[3  l'v  126  (all  P);  "^ 
"Wjl  Pr3o17;  3-l.ir  '33  ^147'.  8.  r3  as  n.  relat. 
followed  by  word  of  quality,  characteristic,  etc. 
esp.  t(a)  b]nC)2)-\2  — mighty  man  1  S  14"  18'7 
2S27  1328  171010  1  K  iM+  7  t,  Ch;  'n  '33  D'B>3K 
Jui82  2R2";  ^nn  '330  B»'K  t\b«  Ju  2110;  t(3) 
n^'U  Wtc/fc«rf  »reen  2  S  3s4  71"  1  Ch  1 79  Ho  io"; 
'y-ja  ^'Sg23  (for  by>b2  '33  v.  ^3);  i(y)  *TR  'P.3 
re6e/«  Nu  ^^(cf.  >T»);  +(8)  ntol^M  '33  aorw 
of  pledges— hostages  2  K  14"=  2  Ch  25s4;  +(») 
njD  '33  i.e.  those  deserving  of  death  1  S  26"; 
so  niO"J3  2  S  125;  nruon  '33  appointed  or  ex- 
posed to  deathf  79"  10221;  cf.  t(f)  ntan  |3  one 
worthy  of  smiting  Dt  25s;  +(,)  if  '33  Pr  31'; 
i{8)  1&q  '33  Pr  3 18;  +(«)  fMV  '33  Je  484S  =  «M- 
multuous  ones;  so  also  ( =  flNI?)  HE'  '33  Nu  2 417cf. 
RVDi  al.;  t(«)"«J?!D "?.?  Zc414i.e.anointedones; 
+(X)  P?'?"!3  Gn  152  son  of  possession,  i.e.  heir; 
t^pDjrr3  -'7'n  Is '  413«o«  of  dawn;  +(i»)ofani- 
mals  ynti  '33  i.e.  proud  beasts  Jb288  41s6;  (£)  of 
Jonah's  gourd  H^"J3  Jon  41010;  +(«)  of  a  fertUe 
hill  ICtrta  HP  Is  51.  9.  n.  relat.  of  age:  a.  of 
men,  %> '  rfrtb  »ton-|a  ni  >m  Qn^  cf.  76+ 
7it.P;TGn5o26Josi471'024M(allE);Nu3211(J), 
Dt  3 12;  also  Ju  28  1  S415  2  S  44  19s336  1  Ch  2" 


p  122  rw-p 

2'  27s  2  Ch _24u  25s  3 11617  Ezr38  Is  65s0 M  ^rrp  n.pr.m.  (son  (man)  of  might)  a 

prince  of  Jehoshaphat  2  Ch  1  77. 

TpiVlS  n.pr.m.  one  of  tribe  of  Judali 
1  Ch  4=°. 

T  "ipn-'|3.  n.pr.m.  (son  of  mercy)  an  officer 
of  Solomon  1  K410. 

"HSJ^'IS  n.pr.m.  (*on  of  my  people)  son 
of  Lot  by  his  younger  daughter,  and  ancestor 
of  the  Ammonites  (faiTI?  v.  ftej?)  Gn  1938. 

tp"^l"',23  n.pr.loc.  city  of  Dan  (in  As. 
Banai-barka  COT  Jos  1945)  Jos  1945;  —  mod. 
Ibn  Abrak,  or  Ibrak,  c.  i\  hour  S.  of  E.  from 
Jaffa,  ScholzBe,,e256  Di,  cf.Map  BdPal  &  Survey 


Je52';  +4it.SKChof  kings  at  accession;  note 
esp.  (inch  in  above)  the  phrase  rOB*  D,*)b'?  I?*? 
"^  Ex  30"  38s6  Nu  i'+  21 1.  Nu  1-3+  26" 
3 2"  1  Ch  2 324  v  2  Ch  2 5s  Ezr  38 ;  cf.  Lv  2 77  Nu 824 
2662  1  Ch  23s  &  without  rbyo  Nu  8JS  18";  also 

rue5  D'tfirp  n$n  nas*  n-iby  jap  LV273  cf.  v6-6; 
rue5  DHStorrp  nvi  r6yoi  rue5  Dt6tf  pp  Nu  4s-3 
+ 1 2 1.  Nu  4 ;  n^vcta  bub5  b^b5  pe  2  Ch  3 1 18 
cf.v17;  &  n»o!a  rue*  cme-i;  }apj>  1  Ch  2^.    b. 

of  animals,  (Hex  all  P,  inch  H)  iUBH?  Ex  126 
29s8  Lv9s  2318"  Nu  7"  + 28  t.  Nu  7,' 28,  29  ; 
also  Mi  66;  irUBH?  Lv  1 26  23''  Nu  61214  +  1 2  t. 
Nu  7  ;  also  Ez  4613. 

Note.- — p  appears  perh.  abbrev.  as  3  in  a 
few  cpd.  n.pr.;  v.  1p"j3  (=np"rp?),  fB/Sp,  i^nps, 
O^P,  n?P,  W}*,  &$B  (so  MV  after  Schol. 
Hamasa3  ed.  Freytag ;  'RodeIlbr-hl,Un,<>ri''-Ar*bM'21; 
but  this  is  very  uncertain,  cf.  Ol*227"-"-613).— On 
Lag.'s  explan.of  UK  in  some  n.pr.  as  for  pt*  =  p 
cf.  LagBNTO  &  v.  -onN  p.  4,  etc.,  but  this  is  dub. 

TjS  n.pr.m.  a  Levite  1  Ch  1518,  but  del.  ® 
Be  Ot  cf.  v20. 

tnnraM"]!  n.pr.m.  (?)  (son  ofAbinadab) 
an  officer  of  Solomon  1K4";  but  cf.  31J'3N  p.  4. 

T^D'IX'p  n.pr.m.  (son  of  my  sorrow) 
Rachel's  name  for  Benjamin  (cf.  infr.)  Gn  3518. 

TlIlS"^  n.pr.m.  (son  of  a  man,  or  of 
Geber)  an  officer  of  Solomon  1  K  413. 

T^jTR'p  n.pr.m.  (?)  (son  of  Deker)  an 
officer  of  Solomon  1  K  49. 

T^n~p  n.pr.m.  (appar.  son  of  (god)  Ha- 

dad= Aram!  ??£  J>,  <S  ??i  ii  PS  cf.Bae*"68; 
alsoBab..Bm-acZcfo-«atanetc.,Pinche8PBKeb-,8fa71; 
As.  Bir-Dadda  COT  1  K  201  HptHbrl886224,  but 
cf.  ©  vlhs'Afcp,  &  Dl^11-1885'16"-;  v.  also  Schr 
Kflj75ir.538f.\  name  for  king  of  Aram  Je4927;  in 
partic. ; — 1 .  time  of  Asa  &  Baasha  1  K  1 5*"= 
2  Ch  1624.  2.  son  of  1.  (cf.  1  K  2034)  As. 

Bad-idri  COT  (Bir-idri  Dlu)  jKzo1"""6* 

20.26.30.35.33.33  2  R  fi24  g;..,  3.  gon  0f  HaZael   2  K  I  3 

3-24a  cf.  Am  i\—  Vid.  Tin. 

TnniT"13  n.pr.m.  one  of  tribe  of  Judah, 

i  Ch  420  nnirpi  nnii  ^  upi. 

TTin~pl  n.pr.m.  (son  ofChur)  an  officer 
of  Solomon  I  K  4". 

t"i3B  1  Ch  242827  as  n.pr.m.  in  AV  RV,  but 
render:  the  sons  of  Jaaziah  his  son,  &  the  sons 
of  Merari  by  Jaaziah  Aw  son,  cf.  VB  &  Be  Ot. 


t]pX?',  "03  n.pr.loc.  a  station  of  Israel  in 
wilderness  Nu  3331 32  (=  fPP  "«  nhK3  Dt  IO« 
q.v.,  p.  92;  cf.  also  JjjgL  1  Ch  i42  =  fPjn  Gn 
36",  &DiNu3331)- 

pQ^Sl  Gn  3518+  ;  usually  !P^3  n.pr.m.  ]s6 
(son  of  (the)  rigU  hand) — 1.  youngest  son  of 
Jacob,  so  called  by  him,  but  by  Rachel,  the 
mother,  who  died  at  Benjamin's  birth,  called 
Uitf'P  (q.v.)  Gn  3518;  own  brother  of  Joseph 
On  35"  42*  43"  45";  cf.  423845,6!M  +  ;  name  of 
tribe  of  Benjamin  Nu  i11  Dt  2712  3312  Ju  514  + 
23 1.  Ju;  32  t.  S  K  Chr;  H058  EZ4823  Ob19 
^68a8os;  P»»  P.3  (lit-  Gn4621)  of  tribe  Nu 

x36  222  ^60  2638.41  Jos'l8».2>  JU  2q3.14.15.18.2L23.24.28.30. 
31.32.36.48  2  j  13.20.23     2  g  225  ^   2j*>     j  Qfr  g40  g3.7  j  j31 

i2,7li0Neii4-7-31  Je6';  Ju  i2121  (but tTTIf  «XJ  in 

||  Jos  150 cf.  Bu*87);  explicitly  i»U3  nap  Nui37 
222i393421  Jos  2 14  iCh645  cf.  Jos  21";  npp 
'3  »J3  Nu  io24  Jos  181121  1  Ch  650;  '3  B3B5  1  S 
io20-21  1  K 1 221;  observe  also  '3  ,p3B'-^3  Ju  2012 
cf.  1S921;  |0;j?  B5^  Ju2041  1S412  cf.  E*K 
pp;-pp  1  S  91;  fpU3  p.S  Ju2i21  1  S916  2  S  2 114 
Jei'i72S324433133712  cf.  32s;  '3  ^33  1  S  10s 

EZ4822  (del.  Co)  v24;  >pu?  rrs  2S319;  n»a 

'31  flW  iKi2232Chn1;  in  name  of  a  temple- 
gate  li'fyn  '3  nye5  je  202  cf.  3713  387  Ez  4s32  Zc 
1410.  t2.  a  son  of  Bilhan  and  great-grandson 
of  Benjamin  1.  I  Ch  710.  +8.  a  Jew  of  Ezra's 
time  Ezr  io32  cf.  Ne  3s3 1 234.— pa  »a  ;D'J3  i  Ch 
94  Kt  rd.  with  Qr  *  'WW  Kff. 

tlpW-]^  adj.gent.  from  iP^?  1.  1  S  921 
f  71;  T^"?3  Ju  315  2  S  1 6"  1917  1  K  28;  pi. 
W  p3  1  S  227  Jui916;  "J^P;  33^  1  Ch  2712  (Qr 
Tp;  pS);  =  ,,r^  (q-v.)  1  S94+. 


•or::! 


123 


n-a-rra 


tlj,32  n.pr.m.  (our  sonl  01,2"b'"-613)  a 
Levite  Ne  i  oM. 

i.  Pa  n.f.  daughter  (=*nJ3  fr.  p.  Ph. 
n3,  MI  J153  pi.  maidens,  As.  bintu  "Winckler 
8.r,on.  oiom.9  Ar.oJj ;  Sab.  m,  nJ3  DHMZMQ  ,8Sl  W1 
CISiv.i.N».6.a.  Ar-am  IJ^L'j,  ab8.  Ex  ,w  +  . 
cstr.  Gn  n29  4-  ;  sf.  *a  Dt  2216  +  ;  in?  Gn 
z9"  +  ;  UBS  Gn3417  etc.;  pi.  nfoa  Gn54  +  ; 
cstr.  nta  Gn  62  + ;  sf.  Tlla  Gn  3 126  +  ;  *J*fof  Gn 
1 912  +  ;  Drt3  Gn  3  421 ;  DITTOS  Dt  1 231  + ,  etc. ; 
— 1.  daughter,  female  child,  born  of  a  woman 
Gn3o21  341  Ex  i16-33  214  Lvi2«  Ho  i6  cf.  Gn  2012 
Lv  189  Dt  2  7K  +  ;  begotten  by  a  man  Gn  54-710 
ii111315cf.Gnn29i9820l2282Lvi99Dt2722  +  ; 
oft.  |[  i?  son  Gn  5t7  +  (v.  J3);  cf.  in  allegory  of 
Jehoash  2X14'=  2  Ch  2518;  note  esp.  ni33 
Dn«n  i.e.  human  women  Gn  624;  nJDjpn  ^3 
thy  younger  daughter  Gn  2918  (cf.  TVySri  v26 
opp.  nT33n) ;  rb'nirs  <ra  my  eldest  daughter  1 S 
1817;  ^(^-nz-princess  2CI12211  2K934Dn 
1 16  cf.  2  S 1318  Je  4110  436  ^4510;  cf.  as  term  of 
praise  3H3TI3  Ct  72;  in  partic.  ta.  girl  called 
Uns  by  father  and  brothers  Gn  341'  cf.  D3n3  v8. 
ih.  of  adopted  daughter  Est  2715.  tc.  used  in 
speaking  to  daughter-in-law  Ku  i111213  22-822 
31161S.  td.V3K-ri3=SJ-gfcrEz2  211(appos.ininN); 
also  half-sister  Gn  2012  'WTta  tb  ^K  '3KT13, 
cf.  Lv  189  &  v11  T??  np-n3,  2017.  te.  il'vna 
=  cousin  Est  27.  +f.  used  in  kindly  address, 
*I3  Eu  3101'  (Boaz  to  Ruth),  cf.  +  45";  'Tlin 
in  mouth  of  ">  Is  43s  (||  •»).  fg.  1-33  n*J3  = 
granddaughters  Gn467  (P)  cf.  Lv  1810  &  v17 
(H);  note  also  Gn373i,  where  vni33  must 
include  other  than  actual  daughters,  h.  n[53"i 
PN1D3TI3  (as  more  precise  designation)  Gn  2520 
cf.  2423-24-47-47  also  2634-34  29'°  +  ;  note  esp.  +  _na 
n'SHB  (without  personal  name)  Ex  25'-8-910  cf. 
1 K  31  78  924 1 11  2  Ch  8";  J*>  Wfl  Vyp  thfT9 
Gn  382  cf.  v12  (but  cf.  1  Ch  23  sub  V&T& 
n.pr.f.  infr.)  ti.  oft.  pi.  as  designation  of 
women  of  a  particular  city,  land,  or  people: 
|i'S  ni33  Is  31617  44  Ct  3"  cf.  Is  4912  604  La  361; 

tfyprt  ntos  ct  i6  27  3510  5816  84;  ^eJ-rfaa  ju 

2 121-21;  Din  m33  Je493;  observe  transitional 
phrase  Tjh  'BOX  n«3  Gn2413;  further  JWJ|  ni:3 
Gn  28168  3V  (all  P)'cf.  'iVm  'a  Gn  243-37  (J)'; 
f$fn  ni33  Gn  27*  341  (bot'hP);  3K1D  ni33  Nu 
25'  Is  162  cf.  Na  21s;  nn  '3  Gn  274<M6"(P); 
&n&b&  '3  Jui4'-2  2  Si20  ||  Q*^0gJ  '3  v20  (poet,); 
btc&)  >3  Ju  1 140  1  Si24  (poet.);  ffJW  '3  ^  4812 
978;'  ntf?D  '3  Jos  1  f;  ft  '3  2  Ch  213;'  cf.  "&**      or  of 'its' gate,  Ct  f  (\\  j'i3fn). 


Ex  21  i.e.  a  woman  of  tribe  of  Levi ;  also  Tn$  '3 
Ju  143;  1BJ?  '3  Ez  1317.— finrna  etc.  v.  sub  3 
infr.        t2.  young  women,  women  Gn  30"  (J) 

Pr  3 129  Ct  2269;  nines  nto  i9  329;  also  na 

D'B>|n  Dn  n17.  t3.  with  name  of  city,  land, 
or  people,  poet,  personif.  of  that  city  or  inhabi- 
tants, etc.:  Jtaf~n3  Is  i8  io31  161  62"  Mi  1" 
48.io..3  Je  4n  62.:3  Zp  3»  Zc  a,4  9,  ^  9„  Lft  i6  2,.4 

4s2;  even  p'HU  *Jfl  La 2'0;  'Jf  '3  ntrin  v»>»;  also 
'S-'3  n&WS  2  K  i921=ls  37s2  La  213;  'r'2  nptf 
Is  522;  B&f**  '3  2  K  i92,=Is  37K  Mi  48  Zp3'4 
Zc  99  La  2131S;  cf.  frTIf  Zp  310  daughter  of  my 
dispersed  ones;  ~i'S"n3  ^4513;  ?33'3  Je5o425iM 
f  I378;  ^??  '3  "i"1"3  Is  471;  v.  further  Zc  211; 
also  of  Tarshish  Is  2310,  Sidon  v12  (+  njiins), 
Dibon  Je  4818  (  +  n3B*i^),  Gallim  Isio30;  T\bv\2 
rnWj-'S  Lai16;  cf.  TTffa  PiZ  n.S3D  22;  »Brn3 
daughter  of  my  people  Is  2  24  Je  4"  6,4M  8"19-21-22-23 
96  La34843-810,  'V  '3  nJ>W|  Je  i417;  D^VO_n3 
Je4624;  also  4611  (+  n^V13),  v19  (+  Hjj*); 
DilK  '3  La42122;  Dnf3  '3  Is  4715;  note  BWJ 
PI33**1  Je3 1  ^(ll^lf :  n|?VI3  v2,)494( = Aramon); 
on  DnB>'N-na  Ez  27s  v.  sub  D,")?iN  p.  81;  less 
often  in  pi.  D^J  mi3 Ez  3  2 ,6 ;  DTHK  H  '3  v18( these 
perh.sub  1  i);  D,n^ani33Ezi627(inallegory); 
cf.  also  of  Sodom,  Samaria,  Syria  etc.  Y«-4i-'<i«M- 
55.55.57.57  23J  4-  Tpl=villages,  after  name  of 

city,  ITrta-brK  fafyn*  Nu  2iacf.  v32  3242  (E) 
Jos  !&**" (3Et)+y*  ©  Di,  17"  (6t.)  v'«(J) 
=  Ju  i27-27-27-27  1  ,»•»  Je  492  +  17  t.  Ch  +  6  t. 
Ne  ii25"31.  On  1  Ch  181  &  its  variation  from 
||  2  S  81  vid.WeDr.  5.  in  phrases  denoting 
character,  quality,  etc.,  "13?.  •'KVIS  daughter  of 
a  strange  god,  i.e.  idolatrous  (woman  or  people) 
Mai  21';  "IVljrns  daughter  of  a  troop,  i.e.  war- 
like city  Mi  414;  y&n  nfa3  Ec  1 24  the  daughters 
of  song,  i.e.  songs,  melodious  notes;  ->5f!p3"na 

iSi'S.  byiba  sub  nb.  te.  nay;  n? = ostrich 
Lv  1  i16=Dt  i4l5;  pi.  njy:  ni33  Jb  3oM  Mi  i8  Is 
i321 34"  43s0  Je  5039  (v.'njy:)';  py-na  ^^7  0/ 
</te  «^e  La  218  cf.  Eth.  -nit:  0A1:  v.  also  |WH«. 
+7.  fig.  nin  'Fl^  n^isy^  Pr  30"  two  daugh- 
ters (i.e.  She'61  &  the  barren  womb,  cf.  Comm.) 
t8.  of  vine  =  6ra«c/t  "WT^y  nnyv  ni33  Gu  49s2 
cf.  Di  &  v.  sub  |3.  t9.  as  n.  relat.  (all  P), 

of  age  of  woman  njB>  D'y^n-na  Gni717;  of 
ewe-lamb  nnj^Tl?  Lv  1410  Nu  614;  of  she-goat 
id.  Nu  1 5s7.  Cf.  f3  9.— 11.  n3  v.  sub  nn3  p.  144. 
t  D^TrQ  n.pr.loc.  (daughter  of  multi- 
tudes) appellation  of  populous  city  of  Heshbon, 


sntf-ro  124 

ti^C?Tl3  n.pr.f.  (daughter  of  oathl  cf. 
IQB^N)  wife  of  Uriah  2  S  1 13  f  502 ;  after- 
wards of  David,  &  mother  of  Solomon  1 224  1  K 
,n.u.i«4H  3«..8.i..   jQcrna   i  K  i28;  cf.  also  foil. 

tyiCJTlS  n.pr.f.  (?)  (daughter  of  opu- 
lence V) — 1.  wife  of  David,  mother  of  Solomon, 
etc.  1  Ch  3'=  in^Via  q.v.;  We  Klo  JN^Tia  cf. 
Be;  but  prob.  text,  error  v.  Dr  on  2  S  1 13.  2. 
wife  of  Judah  1  Ch  23  rvjjtfan  'B'-'a,  RV  Bath- 
shua  but  in  ||  Gn  38212  not  a  n.pr.  (cf.  v2). 

TrPPS  n.pr.f.  (=-I**J  J13  i.e.  worshipper  of 
Yaht  cf.  Ph.  n.pr.f.  ^nna)  1  Ch  418  wife  of 
Mered  of  Judah,  called  njr]S~ri3. 

J7IQ  373  vb.  build  (MI,  Nab.  EutNo1  HJ3, 

Ph.  p,  Ar.  U5,  As.  &mm2  COTG,OM-  cf.BaZMai8S7MO, 
Sab.  »»  CIS1,I'I,oM,  Aram.  NJ3,  |i»,  Palm.  NJ3 
VogNo:u)— Qal  pf  /3  Dt  205  +  >  nrija  pr  0i  I4i; 

JTJ3  Dt  610,  nnja  lKgi;  rn3>i  consec.  Dt2o20-f; 
fW3  Ez  1 6s5;  W»  1  K81S  +  ;  pi.  «3  Gn 
ii5  +  ,  etc.;  Impf  ni2)  Dt  25'  +  ;  juss.  |3^  Ezr 


nan 


13,  njaS  Jos  1950  +  2  t.,  f3>l  Gn  2B  +  ;  sf.  *$$ 
Jb  2019;  3  fs.  |?rn  I  Ch  7M  Zc 93;  H33S  2  S  f  + ; 
pi.  «3?  Is  65s2  + ,  etc.;  7wn>.  HJ3  Nu  23"  + ;  pi. 
OS  Nu  3224  +  ;  /«/  «6«-  "i|  i  K813;  cstr.  niJ3 
1  Ch  617  +  ,  etc.;  Pt.  act.  nj'3  (TOia)  Gn  417  +  ; 
cstr.  nj'3^1472;  pi-  O'Jta  (D'Ja)  ^4'  +  ;  cstr. 
"33  iK5M,  etc.;  pass.  ^  Ct44  JU628;  f. 
n;«3^i223;  pi.  D^3Ne74;—  build,  1.  (lit.) 
a.  c.  ace.  (a)  of  city  (Hex  only  JE)  Gn  417  io" 
n4-*  (+  tower)  v8  (all  J  &  his  sources);  Ex 
1"  Nu  32s4  Jos  2413  (all  E)  Ju  i26  1828  +  22  t. 
K  Ch  +  Je  32s1  V'  1223  (pt.  pass.)  cf.  Hb  212; 
of  village  p??n)  Ne  1 2K;  v.  also  sub  rebuild,  i. 
infr.;  (/3)  house  Gn3317(J),  elsewhere  in  Hex 
only  Dt6108122O232282830;  also  285"  iK  22s9 
1  Ch  141  2  Ch  22  Pr  24s7  Am  5"  Zp  i13  Is  6521 
Je357-9  cf.  ZC511;  as  sign  of  security  Ez  28s6 
cf.  1 13;  of  luxury  Ec  24  cf.  Je  2214;  of  perma- 
nent residence  1  K  2*  Je  2  9628;  esp.  of  temple 

1  K3153262  +  oft.  SKChr;  fig.  of  wisdom's  house 
Pr  91;  esp.  build  temple  mn6  etc.  2  S  7M  1  K 
6' (= began  to  build)  +  13I  Chr+Is66';  *  De6 
etc.  2  S  713  1  K  5'7+  8 1.  K,  13  t.  Ch;  ^Vpb  W 

2  Ch  208;  Dp  'DE>  nVnf>  1  K  8'6  2  Ch  66;  0*6 
Op  *Vp  1  K  93;  obj.  chambers,  or  stories  1 K  6610, 
court  6M  Ho  8"  perh.  of  idol-temples ;  cf.  1  K 
16s2;  V  78M  °f  Yahweh's  building  his  sanc- 
tuary, 1472  Jerusalem,  ^127'  a  house;  also 
Am  9'  his  chambers  in  the  heavens;  of  Sol.'s 
palace  1  K7'-291-,0+;  (y)  of  a  fortress  2 Chi 7 12 


274  cf.  of  Tyre  Zc  93  pto);  (8)  of  wall  1 K  31 
Is6o10  Ezi310  2Ch3314  (cf.  27s)  Ne446'  +  ; 
(«)  gate  2  K  1535  =  2  Ch  27s;  (f)  tower  Is  52 
2  Ch  269-10  2  74  cf.  fig.  Ct  89  &  pt.  pass.  Ct  44  (in 
sim.);  +(17)  siege- works  against  (6j?)  a  city  Dt 
202  pto),  Ec  9"  (Q'Tto),  2  K  25'=  Je  524  Ez 
42  (all  PJJ),  &  so  (without  ^>J?)  EZ1717  2127;  cf. 
ty  rOS,  abs.  La  3s  (in  fig.);  (0)  altar  Gn2  2l> 
357  Ex  1715  2025  244  Nu  2311429  (all  E),  Gn  26* 
Ex  325  (both  J),  Jos  2211  +  6 1.  Jos  22  (all  P) 
Ju  6s8  (pt.  pass.)  2 14  +  6 1.  K  Ch  ;  oft.  sq.  mn6 
etc.  Gn  820 1 2"  1 318  (all  J),  Dt  2 7s6  Jos  830  (E) 
Ju  624M  +  8  t,  S  K  Ch;  +  («)  high  places  (TO3) 
iKn'if  2Ki792i32313  2  Ch  33319  JeV31 
i953235;  cf.  33  Ez  i624-31  (both  ||  dm)  &  ncn 
v25;  +(«)  f*?  Ez3916;  also  t(X)  ftfif  /lVj|  Nu 
3216  (E);-  t(/i)  ra^ri  #D  2K1618.  tb.  c. 
ace.  of  material  Ex  2025  (E)  1  K  6M  1832 1522= 
2  Ch  166  Ez  27s;  c.  3  of  material  i  K  61516 1517 

2  Ch  166;  cf.  tc.  npt6  vbxn-m  fa;i  Gn  2s2 

and  he  ( Yahweh)  fashioned  the  rib  into  a  woman. 
id.  abs.  2S59  1  K6'6  Is  9"  Je  i10 189  22133i28 
Is  65s2  +  12  t.  Chr  +  Mai  I4  Ec  33  (opp.  pa); 
also  e.  Pt.  &ct.=builder  1  K8**+6t.  Chr  + 
Ez  274  ^  1 1822 1 271.  ff.  c.  indef.  obj.  1  K  919 
=  2  Ch  86.  tg.  inn'D?  I^bmJ  Ae  &Mtft  on 
the  hill  1  K 1624.  th.  sq.  3  build  at  Zc  616  Ne 
411  (cf.  3  I  2  b,  p.  88).  ii.=rebuild  Jos626 
1  K  1634'  Am  914  Is  4513  +  6^  Ne  25  Dn  926  all 
of  city;  cf.  phrase  dViV  niain  n33Is58,26i4 
&  Ez  36s6  Mai  i4  Jb  314;  of  walls  Mi  7"  2  Ch 
32s  Ne  217  f*™  66  V  5I20  (act.  of '-);  of  gate 
Ne  311314'3;  temple  Zc  612'3  Ezr  i3;  altar  2  Ch 
3316  (Qr  W-  so  Bo  <  Kt  ]y\,  fr.  pa,  so  Ot), 
Ezr32;  high  places  2K2i3=2  Ch  33s;  in  some 
of  these  apparently  an  idea  of  merely  repair- 
ing; so,  sts.  with  added  notion  of  enlarging 
etc.,  city  NU32343738  (E)  Jos  1950  (P)  JU2123 
2Ki422=2Ch262,  iChu8  2Ch82n6  cf.  Mi 
310;  Mfflo  1  K  gu  1 127;  cf.  house  Jb  2019.  2. 
fig.  a.  build  a  house  (JY3)  =  perpetuate  and 
establish  a  family;  subj.  Leah  &  Rachel  Eu 
411;  subj.  a  brother  Dt  25s;  subj.  ''  (promise 
to  David)  1S236  2S727  1K1138  iChi710  and 
1 7s5;  (to  Solomon)  1 K  1 138;  cf.  further  "I"  n?D 
Am  9"  (rebuild,  restore);  =  cause  a  household 
to  flourish  Pr  141  cf.  opp.  2718;  also  of  estab- 
lishing David's  throne  i^896.  b.  build  up 
Israel  (after  exile)  subj.  »  Je  24"  314  33' 4210 
cf.  454  &  ifr  28*;  obj.  Zion  f  10217.         tWiph. 

Pf.  njaj  1  k  32  67,  nrisa?  Nu  1322  Ne  71,  nroaji 

consec.  Je  3o'8+  2  t.;  2  fs.  n^jajj  consec.  Je3i4; 

3  pi.  U3J  Mai  316;  O^f]  consec.  Je  1216  Ez  3633; 
7w;>/.  na;  Jb  1 2" +4  t.;  3fs.  nian  Nu  2i27+ 


"oin 


3 1.;  2  ms.  ruan  Jb  22s3,  njat<  Gm62,  ruato  Gn 
30s;  3  fpl.  nrjan  Ez  36'°;  2  fpl.  nraan  i8  44™; 
Inf.  ntani)  Hgi»  Zc89,  "iniana  /k.6";  Pd. 
n333  iCh  2219;— 1.  a.  be  built,  (lit.)  of  city  Nu 
13";  of  temple  i  K  32  ("  B$)  1 K  67"  (c.  ace. 
mater.);  Pt.  =  do  be  built  (gerundive)  iCh2219. 
b.  be  rebuilt:  of  city  of  Sihon  Nu2i27  cf.  Is  25s 
4426,  of  wall  of  Jerusalem  Ne  71,  of  Jerusalem 

Je3o18  3 14-38  Is  44M  cf.  Dn925  r\m2:\  awn,  & 
Ez  26"  (c.  TO*),  of  ruinous  places  (J^nn)  Ez 
361033,  of  a  devoted  city  Dt  1317  "(c.  "W),  of 
temple  Hg  i2  Zci1689,  indef.  subj.  Jbi214. 
2.  a.  (fig.)  of  restored  exiles,  =  established  Je 
1 216,  of  prosperous  wicked  Mai  315,  of  repentant 
offender  Jb  22s3.  b.  established,  made  perma- 
nent, subj.  iDn  f  893  (c.  ab\v),  subj.  rva  pr  243 

(by  wisdom),  c.  of  childless  wife,  by  means 
of  concubine  H3BD  '"I33K  Gn  162  303  I  shall  be 
built  up,  i.e.  become  the  mother  of  a  family, 
from  or  through  her;  cf.  Qal  2  a. 

■•2R3  v.  ^3  infr. 

T  ""1 3S  n.pr.m.  1.  head  of  a  family  that  re- 
turned with  Zerubbabel  Ne  715  (="33  ||  Ezr  210 
&  perh.  Ezr  1034  cf.  SmL'""n";  but  BeEy  prop, 
here  ^33).  2.  a  Levite  of  Ezra's  time  Ezr  8s3 
Ne  io1'0  (prob.^33  87,  <?»  94)  128  cf.  3* OH, 
text.  err.  v18)  v.  BeEy;  also  Ezr  240=Ne  7*  *J$ 
rd.  perh.  *K?|>  cf.  SmL"tra16  but  BeBy  otherwise ; 
cf.  further 'GrGMCh-"1!'38'.  3.  Israelites  of 
Ezra's  time,  a.  Ezr  io30;  b.  Ezr  io38. 

T^ja  n.pr.m.    1.  one  of  David's  heroes  2  S 

2336  Tfb  "33  ( II 1  Ch  1 138  has  TpT?,  but  v.  Dr Sm). 
2.  Levites,  a.  1  Ch  631;  b.  Ne  3.i?  cf.  87  (="«a 
io10)  o/-4  (repeated  prob.  by  error,  cf.  BeBy)  v5 
io"  1 122.  On  Ezr  240=Ne  743  cf.  GrGMOh"-2SS9; 
he  reads  133  btVKTIp  for  *sb  btfnip,  taking  <33 
as  n.pr.,  as  3  Ezr  526  KaS/urjXov  km  Bai/»ou.  3. 
a  man  of  Judah  1  Ch  94  ( JO) ^3  Qr  ( >  Kt  JEM3). 
4.  Ezr210  rd.  ,!B3  cf.  ||Ne715.  5.  heads  of 
families  of  Isr.  a.  Ezr  io29;  b.  Ne  io15;  c.  Ezr 
io34  but  perh.  rd.  ^33  or  'ya  cf.  supr.  6.  an 
Israelite  Ezr  io38. — ('33  as  n.pr.  Palm  VogNoS4.) 

t^SS.  n.pr.m.  1.  Levites,  a.  Ne94,  but  rd. 
perh.  ^33  cf.  BeBy  &  vid.  io10  128  Ezr  8s5;  b. 
"31a  (J3)  Ne  11*  but  rd.  perh.  "33  JO  etc.  cf. 
BeBy.  2.  a  chief  of  people  Ne  io16,  perh. 
repetit.  of  ^3  v15  cf.  PeRy. 

tn^S  n.f.  structure,  building  EZ4113,  cf. 
also  £33. 


125  /van 

t^n^aSl,  PPI3  n.pr.m.  {Yah  hath  built  up, 

cf.  i>t03\Sab.Vw3  DHM2*01883'15)— 1.  one  of 
David's  captains  and  heroes,  son  of  Jehoiada, 

1IT33  2S8'8  2120'22  t  K  I9'0'25-323638-44  225M-3o-30-34ai'46 

44  1  Ch  II24  18"  2756cf.  Vs4 (v.  Be);  =,T33  2  8 
2023  1  Ch  1 122.  2.  one  of  David's  thirty,  irP33 
2S2330=iT33  iChn312714.  3.  a  Simeonite, 
TO3  1  Ch 430.  4.  Levites,  a.  ffa  1  Ch  1  s1820-24; 
b.  (id.)  2  Ch  31 13;  c.  n>33  2  Ch  2014.  5.  Is- 
raelites, rWS,  a.  Ezr  io25;  b.  v30;  c.  v35;  ,d.  v43; 
e.  Eziiu=WJ3  vl. 

Tp2!21  n.m.    structure   (loan-word  =  J*is> 

ace.  to  LagBX206)  applied  a.  to  enclosing  wall 
of  Ezekiel's  temple  Ez  405;  b.  to  rear-building 
of  same  41***,  but  rd.  prob.  HJ33  q.v. ;  so  Sm 
Co;  c.  appar.  to  whole  temple  42110  (Co  rds. 
HUH);  cf.  vs  (del.  Co);— Sm  refers  v1  to  en- 
closing wall,  vid.  a. 

T7SCIT  n.pr.loc.  (El  causeth  to  build,  cf. 
»»,  n33!)_l.  town  in  Judah  Jos  15"  (®L 
'Ia3>^X)  =  n3T  (q.v.)  2  Ch  26";  =Gk.  Iamnia, 
mod. YebnaBd1"*1 161.  2 .  town  inNaphtali  Jos  1 9s3. 

Tn2^  n.pr.loc.  (he  causeth  to  build)  a 
Philistine  city  2  Ch  266  ®L  'IajSi^B  \fcwnp)  cf. 
'Uhva6  ®L  Jos  1546  (A  V<")  \  =^3!  1,  q.v. 

1 1.  ^,,^',  n.pr.m.  (Yah  buildeth  up,  cf. 
VTO3)  a  Benjamite  1  Ch  9s*®  Bovaa/i,  @L  'ufipaa. 

fn.  TVSS\  n.pr.m.  (id.;  al.  HJ33?  but  v. 
Baer's  n.)  a  Benjamite  1  Ch  98b  ®  Bavata,  but 

®L  'If \ovtov. 

t[rtnn]  n.m.  structure,  cstr.  ^JTmaoa 
Ez  402  like  the  structure  of  a  city. 

t  ^2i2"0  n.pr.m.  one  of  David's  heroes  2  S 
23"  rd!  prob.  *?3p  ||i  Ch  1129  cf.  Dr8°\ 

t  rMlH  n.f.  construction,  pattern,  figure 
— 'fl  abs.'i  Ch 2819;  cstr.  Ex25994- 14 1.  +  Ez810 
(del.  Co);  <m,?3Ti  a  K 1610,  BTMan  Ex  2540;— 1. 
app.  originally  construction,  structure,  yet  only 
P  &  late:  "  nsfl?  IWan  Jos  22s8;   cf.'f  14412  in 

sim.  byn  'n  D\rono  rfna  vntfay  carved  ace. 

to  the  construction  of  a  palace,  palace-fashion. 
2.  pattern,  ace.  to  which  anything  is  to  be  con- 
structed (P  &  late),  of  tabernacle  Ex  25',  uten- 
sils of  tab.  v9-40;  an  altar  2  K  1610  "W>  W33F1 
Vijlflp  (disting.  fr.  IW^);  temple  1  Ch  2  8"  cf. 
v12;  chariot, i.e. cherubim  1  Ch  2 818;  'Wj  ni3S<pn 

1  Ch2819  i.e.  objects  of  which  the  pattern  is 
given.  3.  figure,  image,  Hex  only  D,  of  idols 
in  form  of  animals  Dt416171718'8;  elsewhere  late 
Is4413  Ez  810  (del.  B  Co)  ^  10620;  cf.  TJ  'n  Ez  8* 

io8  i.e.  something  like  a  hand. 


tD3n 


126 


vn 


&}2.  (assumed  as  vV  D33K,  Tbes  Sta*257). 

t033N  a.[m.J  girdle— 'n  abs.  Ex  284  +  ; 

YJ>r2«  Is2221;  cstr.Ex3929;  D'OJ.aK  EX2840;— 
girdle,  of  high  priest  Ex  2  84M  $(f>  Lv  87  164; 
of  priests  Ex  2840  209  Lv  813  (all  P);  of  high 
official  Is  2221. — Josephus1"72  dfiavrjd;  cf.  fur- 
ther LagG"-Abh!l!l. 

Whl  v.  sub  [|J3]. 

Tfc$l%2!jl  n.pr.m.  a  descendant  of  Jonathan 
iCh837'943. 

t  n^lim  n.pr.m.  (1  in  the  secret  of  Yah) 
Israelite  in  Nehemiah's  time  Ne  3". 

T^pS.  n.pr.m.  head  of  a  family  of  Nethinim, 
'pa-'??  Ne  f-='02-'2  Ezr  249. 

")D  3    (^   to°  early*   A-T- J-A,   of-   Aram. 

rrypa  half-rip:). 

t  l^i  n.m.l!  1"' 5  unripe  cr  sour  grapes  coll. 
(NH  id.,  Aram.  ^1P13,  )L'i«ii ;  Ar.JJL>  unripe 
dates)  —IDS  Is  1 85  +  3 1.,  Vipa  Jb  1  ^-—unripe 
grapes  Is  1 8s  Jb  1 5s3 ;  sour  g.  Je  3 12930  Ez  1 82. 

*TtO  (At.  Ijo  ,  Ijo  Je  remote,  distant,  Qpr 
942,  JLjJ  distant;  Eth.  (10.C:  <o  change,  ^33 
title,  •flO*^:  different,  distinct,  HO-Cr:  another). 

"TV  21  subst.  prop,  separation,  with  a  gen., 
in  separation  from,  in  usage  a  prep,  away 
from,  behind,  about,  on  behalf  of  (Ar.  jJo, 
of  time,  after) — abs.  tCt  413  67,  elsewhere  cstr. 
tya,  with  si.  njp  Ex  824  +  ,  "3ip  t^  139"; 
liya  Gn  2o7  + ;  i'ljB  etc.;  1  pi.  anya,  tAm  910 
unya ;  D3-iya  1  s  7'+ ;  BTp  Lv  97  + ;— 1.  lit. 
a.  with  vbs.  of  falling,  letting  down,  leaning 
forward  so  as  to  look  out,  through  (lit.  away 
from)  a  window,  etc. :  Jos  215  and  she  let  him 
down  by  a  cord  P?DlI  ">y?  away  from  the  win- 
dow, i.e.  out  through  it,  1  S  19'2  2  S  2021  2  K  I2 
and  A.  fell  naa^ri  lya  0ut  through  the  lattice ; 
Gn  26s  Ju  S28  out  through  the  window  HBP0 
the  looked  forth  (lit.  leant  forward),  2  S626+; 
pregn.  Jb  2213  will  he  judge  PB^J!  "iy?  (looking) 
ow<  through  the  thick  clouds  ?  Conversely  Jo  29 
ra  through  the  windows  they  come  (the  locusts) 
as  a  thief,  to.  idiom,  with  vbs.  of  shutting,  esp. 
"■y?  Tp  to  shut  behind  or  m^joji — whether  one- 
self, Ju  9"  and  they  entered  the  tower  ^5D^_ 
D"15?3  and  shut  (the  doors)  upon  themselves  (sc. 
from  the  inside),  2  K  44UJB  Is  2620;  or  another, 
Gn  7"  iiya  "•  -i:p>)  and  '»  shut  behind  or  upon 
him  (sc.  frcm  the  outside),  i.  e.  shut  him  in,  Ju 


32-1  (the  sf.  in  1^3  referring  to  Eglon),  2  K  4* 
(but  N.B.  persons  leaving  a  room  shut  the  door 
rJIJB  themselves  Gn  196  2  S  131718):  see  also 

Ju'322  1  S  i6  norn  nya  ">  nap  (cf.  Gn2o18  isy 

073  "•¥?),  Jb  97'  n$?3  Bnn  to  seal  wp,  r10  3* 
"^3  (T]pn)  ?]ie»  to  make  a  hedge  about,  La  37 
"■y?  "HS  to  fence  about.  Somewhat  peculiarly 
Am  910  (who  say,)  Evil  will  not  draw  near,  or 
come  in  front  Wiy?  so  as  to  be  about  us  (but 
Gr  «ny  unto  us),  Jo  28  (of  the  locusts)  ny3 
VjjJ  HpB'ri  (prob.)  m  among  the  weapons  they 
throw  themselves  (i.e.  they  pass  about  and 
between  them  without  being  injured  or  having 
their  course  impeded),  1  S  418and  Eli  fell  back- 
ward ty^Li  T  ^3,  i.e.  (si  vera  I.)  about  the  side 
of  the  gate :  but  text  dub. ;  v.  Dr.  Without  a 
vb.  Jon  27  the  earth,  '"$3  n,n,"13  her  bars  were 
upon  me  (or  about  me)  for  ever,  \^  139'1  night 
shall  be  the  light  about  me,  \jr  3*  thou  'Ija  }JD 
art  a  shield  about  me.  Hence  c.  after  a  vb.  of 
protecting,  tZc  128  in  that  day  3t?V  nya  "  J£ 
DPtrn'  will  '<  give  protection  about,  etc.  2. 
metaph.  on  behalf  of  (yntp);  very  freq.  after 
PJHjnriGn  207  Nu2i7  1  S76  ^7216  +  ;  also  with 
other  vbs.  of  entreating  Ex  824  1  S  79,  or  con- 
sulting {Vrn)  Is819  2K2213  Je2i2;  with  "IB? 
atone  Ex  3230  Lv  97  1 1611  +  ,  HB-y  (= offer)  fEz 
45211:  see  also  2  S  io12  1216  Is'374  Je716  n14 
Ez  2230  Pr  2016  27"  V  1388  Jb  24  "n»  iy?  "liy 
(v.liy),  622.  Almost  =for  the  sake  of,  on  account 
of  Pr  626  Je  1 114  (but  ®  @  33  X  and  many  MSS. 
Dnyn  riy?,  cf.  v12  1511).  Is  3214  hill  and  watch- 
tower  niiyo  lya  rrn  are  come  to  be  on  behalf 
of  (i.e.  take  the  place  of,  serve  as)  caves  for 
ever :  but  use  is  singular,  and  ly?  is  prob.  only 
dittogr.  from  lye  in  TinyD  (so  Gr). — With  JO, 
'j>  nySO  (cf.  'f»  ^ytSD, ')  nrWD);  fCt  413  67  thine 
eyes  are  doves  'HOBS?  *iy3D  from  behind  thy 
veil.     Cf.  on  "iy?  GratzM°n*Uschrl't-1879-49ff- 

-[[J""^^!]  vb.  inquire,  cause  to  swell  or 
boil  up  (NH  id.;  Ar.  ^Si  seek,  suppurate, 
swell;  Aram.  Nya,  ]^L->  seek) — Qal  Imp/.  3  fs. 

nyan  1364';  2'mpl.  jvyan  is2i,2;  Imv.  vya 

Is  2 112; — 1.  of  rising  desire,  seek,  inquire,  abs., 
of  inquiring  of  prophet  Is  21'212.  2.  cause 
to  boil  up,  B>N-'3ri  D?0  Is  641  (but  gloss  Che). 
Niph.  Pf.  W33  Ob 6  searched  out  (||  ^Bm) ;  Pt. 
^J???  Is  3013  swelling,  swelling  out  (of  decaying 
wall;  Di  swelling,  enlarging,  of  crack  in  wall). 
liJO  {cfuicM  cf.  Ar.jjo  swiftness  (of  horse)). 

Tt^S  n.pr.m.  (quickness?) — 1.  kinsman 
of  Naomi,    who   married  Ruth   Eu  21-3-4-6-8"- 


ttyn 


127 


fao 


,4.15.19.23  32.7  41.1.6.8.9.13)  a]g0  y21.21   ,  Ch  jlMI  (®    B„of; 

Hoof).  2.  name  of  the  left  hand  of  two  pillars 
set  up  before  temple  (cf.  also  p3}  sub  p3)  I  K 
721  =  2Ch317;  (mng.  obscure;  MT  appar.  ref. 
to  1,  cf.  2l  2  Ch  317;  Thes  supposes  name  of 
architect  or  donor;  E\v  perh.  sons  of  Solomon, 
etc.;  rd.  possibly  ty?  in  strength,  ©  2CI131' 
iVxus;  Th  thinks  Tya  ]>y  a  sentence,  one 
word  being  engraved  on  eacli  pillar,  he  (God) 
establislwth  in  strength;  against  him,  however, 
Ke  Be;  Ot  thinks  an  exclamation,  in  strength! 
expressing  satisfaction  of  architect ;  Klo  prop, 
for  1M,  *  TfiS  (cf.  B  1  K  721  BaXaf)). 

t[^3]  vb.  kick  (so  NH,  Aram.  D$D, 

£^=>)— Qal  Impf.  BJf^J  Dt  3215;  2  mpl.  «^J« 
1  Sa229; — &k£  (only  fig.  of  refractory  Israel)  Dt 
32'6  (abs.);  kick  at  (c.  ?)  1S219. 

"ra  Jb  3024  v.  t- 

t  /}J 3  vb.  marry,  rule  over  (cf.  Ar.  Jjo 
=  own.,  possess,  esp.  a  wife  or  concubine ;  Eth. 
rtOrt:  to  be  rich,  As.  M/m,  rule  COT  Gl0M,  Aram. 
?SJ3  take  2>ossession  of  wife  or  concubine\ — Qal 
Pf.  Mal2"  +  6t.;  Impf.  7$£  Is  62";  Pi.  sf. 
^bp  ls54»;  pass.  f.  r^Jffl  l8  54»+3t.;_l. 
marry  Gn  203  (E)    Dt  2113  22s2  241   Is  5415 

g2J.5.5  JJaJ  2U  .    gq_  3  Jg  ^14  2  j32  og  7^.^  (Jiusoaml^ 

over.  2.  rw/,e  ouer  1  Ch  4s2  (sq.  ?)  Is  2613. 

Niph.  Impf.  by^Jjl  Pr  3023  Is  624  6e  married. 

f  1.  ,JQ]c6ii.m.  owner,  lord  (Ph.  i>jn;  Palm, 
id.  Aitsoand  Vog62  cf.  BaeBel72ff-;  As.  6^,CD1 
Ar.  JJu  husband  etc.,  v.   esp.  No 

1886-174,  Sab.  7JD  CIS"1-2)  —  Gn  203  +  92  t. ; 
sf.  "ho  Ho  218;  i^ya  Dt  244  +  5 1. ;  pi.  B^a  Ju 
2"+'i7  t.;  cstr.  \fe  Gn  i4]3+  27  t.;  sf.  1^3 

Ex2I29+i4t.;  n^V?  Jb3i39+2t.;  [n^SErt 
ji7.2o. — j  j_  owner  (oft.  pi.  c.  sf.  in  sg.  mng.)  : 
of  ox  Ex  2 128-29'29  2210111314  (E);  "tun  'a  of  pit  Ex 
2i3436(E),  ofhouseEx  227(E)Ju  192223,  debt  Dt 
152,  the  land  Jb  3139,  the  ass  Is  i3,  goods  Ec  510, 
riches  Ec  512;  31Q  '3  one  to  whom  good  is  due 
Pr327,  gain  Pr  I19;  ?3E>  '3  one  having  under- 
standing Pr  1 6s2;  "intSVi  '2  receiver  of  the  gift 
Pr  1 78.  2.  husband  Gn  203  Ex  2 i322 (E)  Dt 
22s2  244  2  S  ii26  Jo  i8  Pr  124  3I11-23-28  Est  i1720; 
YV3  Ho  218  (my  2?aaZ,  reference  to  the  divine 
name  used  in  the  northern  kingdom,  here  fcr 
the  first  time  forbidden).  3.  citizens,  inhabi- 
tants: \!?ij3  of  Jericho  Jos  24"  (E),  of  the  high 
places  of  Arnon  Nu  2 128  (E),  of  Shechem  Ju  9s 
+  1 2  t.,  of  the  tower  of  Shechem  Ju  946,47,  of 
the  city  Ju  951,  of  Gibeah  Ju  205,  of  Keilah 


I  !  1  tin .  Gloss. 
ZHG 


1  S  23"12,  of  Jabesh  2  S  2 113.  4.  rulers, 

lords:  Eft}  \?g3  Is  168.  5.  n.  of  relation: 

a.  788:  mo^nn  '3  dreamer  Gn  3719(E);  '3 
D,i3T  whosoever  hath  cases,  complaints  Ex 
2414  (K);  ijrtp  '3  an  hairy  man  2  K  1";  ncn  'a 
wrathful  Na  I2  Pr  29s2;  f|K  '3  one  given  to 
anger  Pr  2  224;  nosnn  'a  one  having  wisdom 
Ec  712;  rvne>D  'a  destroyer  Pr  189;  spa  '3 
winged  thing,  bird  Pr  i'7  Ec  io20;  c'b3  'a  one 
given  to  appetite  Pr  23s;  niOTD  'a  mischievous 
person  Pr  24s;  )lB9n  '3  charmer  Ec  10";  J)BH  '3 
one  given  to  wickedness  Ec8a;  nVB'D  '3  double- 
edged  Is  4 115;  tiSBii  '3  adversary  Is  508;  '3 
mpS  captain  of  the  ward  Je  3713;  D^lpn  '3 
two-horned  Dn  8620.  b.  \b}» :  WT?  '3  con- 
federates Gni413;  D'Xn  '3  archers  Gn  49s3 
(poet.) ;  D^BHBn  '3  horsemen  2  S  I6;  iljn3B>  '3 
conspirators  Ne  618;  niSDS  '3  members  of  assem- 
blies; or  well-grouped  sayings;  or  collectors  (of 
wise  sentences)  Ec  1 211. — On  2  S  62  v.  11.  n?J|3. 
(78?  in  Hex  not  J  or  P;  b]}2  Lv  214  ©  i^miva 
-  Jjfca  Nu  420 :  Di  73K3).  Esp.  II.  lord, 
specif,  as  divine  name,  tBaal.  1.  without  arti- 
cle: 7J)3  niD3  Nu  2241  (poet,  Balaam);  11513  b$'J 
Nu  25"  (E)  Dt  43  (vid.  below).  This  divine 
name  is  not  used  elsewhere  in  Hex.  It  prob- 
ably originated  from  the  sense  of  divine  owner- 
ship, rather  than  sovereignty  (IIS8"""92).  It 
seems  to  have  been  used  in  Northern  Israel  = 
jns  in  the  South.  It  was  the  special  name 
of  the  God  of  the  Canaanites,  Philistines, 
etc.,  =  Babylonian  73,  cf.  Schr  8K  Wi- S86  "■  In 
later  times  scribes  substituted  JIB'S,  in  n.pr. 

(neaT  =  ?jj3"v,  nwzunt  =  'ftsthit,  vid.  nfe 

Gei2*01862-728'),  &  also  in  the  text  for  ?l>3 
Ho  910  Je  1 113  (hence  f,  fiaa\  Je  2a  f  1 11317 195 
Ho  210 1 31  +  ,Rom  1 14,  see  Di"**11""  ""'»>•  *""""• MBA 


i88i,jun.i6Dr2g44^    2.  cart. 


78?n  Ju 


13  £25.2 


2136 


30.31.32    ,  J£  j  £31.32.32  j  g  19.21.22.25.26.26.40  j  Q18  2254    2  JZ.  1 
,18.19.19.20.21.21.21.22.23.23.23.25.26.27.27.28      j  j  18.18       T  ^16 

I  2 


2  Ch  23 


17.17 


IO 

3229-35    Ho  210  13 


,18.18 
,11 


17'"     21 

Je2879n13-17 

Zp  i4.  3.  D^Jjan  emphatic 
pi.  (cf.  Qini'Nn,  D'jnNn)  the  great  lord,  the 
sovereign  owner  Ju  2"  37  S33 io610 1  S  74 1 210  1 K 
i818  2  Ch  173  247  282  333  344  Je  2s3  913  Ho  21S19 
1 12  (or  local  special  Ba'als,  vid.  DrSmpD0;  pillars 
of  Baal  MV).  4.  c.  attrib.:  nna  ?JB  Lord  of 
covenant  Ju  8s3  94  (cf.  nna  bx  946;  'N«jzmg  'm- m) ; 
3131  '3  Lord  of  flies  2  K  i***»  Philistine  god, 
©  BaaX  fivXav  (Beelzebub,  Jit  1 2s4)  cf.  Bae  Ee,2,s. 

■fii.  7yH  1.  n.pr.loc.  city  in  the  tribe  of 
Simeon  iCli433="1??3  n?JJ3.  2.  n.pr.m.  a.  a 
Reubenite  1  Ch  5s;  b.  a  Gibeonite  1  Ch  830  gM. 


-U  «W3  128 

tl|  'jJO  n.pr.loc.  Jos  ii17  127  138  (D), 
where  Baal  was  worshipped  as  Gad,  god  of 
fortune,  a  city  in  the  ni'i?3  of  Lebanon,  under 
Mt.  Hermon ;  either  mod.  B&ni&s,  Gk.  Paneas, 
NT  Caesarea  Philippi,  where  a  grotto  of  Pan 
took  the  place  of  the  ancient  worship  of  Gad, 
RobBBUL«oTristrTp,!m.  orHdsteyA  BdPal297Di; 

possibly =po-in  b)12  cf.  Thes  RobBB"'-4°9. 

*  pT2H  T'rd  n.pr.loc.  (possessor  of  abun- 
dance; or  is  '3  here  n.pr.  diviii.  l)  Ct  8". 

tpn  710  n.pr.m.  (Baal  is  gracious,cL Ph. 
^jnjn&(in As.)  Baalhanunu)    1.  king  of  Edom 


"CO 


Gn36a 


Chi4 


2.  a  Gederite  1  Ch  27s8. 


t"Ti!jn  7SO  n.pr.loc.  (possessor  of  a  court; 
or  '3  n.pr.  divin.?)  city  on  the  border  of 
Ephraim  and  Benjamin  2  S  1 3s3,  prob.  =  "livn 
Ne  ii33;  ?mod.  Tell'Asdr  (with  y)  RobBBIL264 
doubtfully;  cf.  Survey"298  (after  de  Saulcy). 

tp'S-in  byS.  n.pr.loc.  Ju  33  1  Ch  5s3,  a 
city  so  named  as  seat  of  the  worship  of  Baal. 
'The  crest  of  Hermon  is  strewn  with  ruins  and 
the  foundations  of  a  circular  temple  of  large 
hewn  stones,'  TristrTpg,  cf.on  sacredness,Euseb. 
Lag0""""217:  possibly =1J  bjn  q.v. 

tp>'P  Vyf  n.pr.loc.  Nu  32s8  iChs8Ez  25s 
=  T\yo  *?V2  JV3  Jos  i3I7(cf.  MI30)= Ma'inTristr 

M0.bS16  JJ^ral  192   gurveyEP176_ 

t-liyE  *?J'£  n.pr.m.Nu253-6Dt43-3  V10628 

B.ogw,Baal  ofPeor(VB)  i.e. worshipped  at  ">il>3 
q.v.;  or  Baal-P.  (whence  Peor  as  n.pr.loc);  cf. 
Di  Nu  25s  BaudstudlL233  Bae8"114-210. 

tD^inS  ;V3.  n.pr.loc.  (possessor  of 
breaches;  or  Baal  ofPerasimf)  where  David  de- 
feated Philist.  2  S  52020 1  Ch  1 41111 ;  site  unknown. 

t^D2  bvi.  n.pr.loc.  Ex  1 429Nu 3 37, near 
Red  Sea  in  Egypt,  prob.  Mt.'Atdka,  EbGB6M. 

tn©W^?a-Pr-l0C-  2  K  442-  Place  in 
Ephraim  near  Gilgal  ;  =  Bai6<,aPicra6  Lag0nom299' 
itoded.2w  c  jg  m  fr>  Diospolis.  (!  '3  n.pr.  divin.) 

tlftn  vj?r  n.pr.loc.  (]>ossessor  of  palms; 

or  .Baa?,  of  Tamar  l)  Ju  2033,  near  Gibeah. 

fi.   [nS'2]  n.f.      1.  mistress,  TV^n  n^jia 

mistress  of  the  house  1  K  1 717.  2.  n.  rel.  31N  '3 
necromancer  1  S2877;  D^Sirs  '3  sorceress,  Na  34. 

fn.  nSy2  n.pr.loc.  Jos  is'-'""-29  1  Ch  136 
=  i'ja  nr>i?  Jos  1 560 1 814  {city  of  Baal,  from  a  high 
place  of  Baal  there)  =  TTW  \bjB  2  S  62  (We  Dr 


read?5)3;  ,  added  by  dittogr.;  so-called  as  seatof 
Baal-worship  in  Judah,  in  distinct,  fr.  like  places 
elsewhere)  =  O^  Drip  Jos  917  v.  1 5"  I  Ch  1 3" ;  a 
city  of  Judah ;  tKirjat  el  ,JC^a6RobBE"-  I1TristrTre. 

tn^ya  n.pr.loc.  Jos  i^iK  918  2  Ch  86, 
a  city  of  Dan,  possibly  Bel'ain  Survey"'298. 

t  rrt7S*a  n.pr.loc.  pi.  Jos  1 524 1 K416,  a  city 
in  the  southof  Judah,  possibly  the  sameas  ii.???. 

TISjI  n^y^  n.pr.loc.  (mistress  of  a  welt) 
=  ltamath  Negeb  Jos  198,  a  city  of  Simeon  = 
11.  ?5?3 ;  mod.  Kurnub  ace.  to  TristrTpe  but  dub. 

typby2  n.pr.m.  (Baal  knows)  son  of 
David  1  Ch  1 47,  the  original  name  changed  to 
JThd  2S516(cf.WeDr). 

Trvbyil  n.pr.m.  (Yah  is  lord)  one  of 
David's  heroes  1  Ch  1 2s. 

T  v3.  n.pr.m.  a  chief  Babylonian  deity  (Bab. 
Belu  =  ?JO,  lord;  Bel  regarded  as  older  form 
than  I'SB  by  HptHbrll78;  BA8117)  =  Merodach 
(cf.  "pin),  tutelary  god  of  Babylon  (to  be  dis- 
tinguished from  older  Belu,  one  of  ancient 
Babylonian  triad)  Je  502  (||  TP®)  5144;  Is  46' 
( |p'33) — both  writers  of  Babylonian  period; — on 
Bel  v.  COT  Gn  ii4  Ju  211;  SayBolE">10S'U0  Jen 

Kosmologie  2*.  1S1,  907,  391 

t"l-5Jtt)«Va   n.pr.m.    (Bel-sar-usur,   Bel, 

protect  the  king  COT  Dn  51)  Dn8';  represented 
as  king  of  Babylon,  successor,  and  appar.  son 
of  Nebuchadrezzar  (51211  etc.);  in  cuneif.  inscr. 
known  only  as  prince,  son  of  Nabonidus  (last 
Shemitic  king  of  Babylon),  v.  COT  I.e. 

tD^yi  n.pr.m.  /GrM°",,MOhr"*'1885'''71  rds. 
D^ya ;  =D\i>y-13  son  ofdelightl  cf.  sub  3)  king 
of  Ammonites  Je  40'4  (Codd.  &  JosAnt-'x-9'2  rd. 
D^y3). 

t]y2  v.  ;y»  *;y3  n*3  sub  rra. 

Tt^SyS  n.pr.m.  (f^JV-!3  son  of  distress) — 
1.  name  of  two  officers  of  Solomon,  a.  1  K  412; 
b.  v16.  2.  father  (ancestor)  of  an  Israelite  of 
Nehemiah's  time  Ne  34  cf.  foil. 

t  PI  j"3  n.pr.m.  (?  id!) — 1.  a  Benjamite,  one 

of  the  murderers  of  Ishbosheth  2  S  425-6'9.  2. 
father  of  one  of  David's  heroes  2  S  2329=i  Ch 
1 130.  3.  head  of  a  family  of  returning  exiles 
Ezr22=Ne77;  perh.  also=t"5»  Ne  34.  4. 
a  chief  of  the  people  Ne  io28. 

-j-  I.  I^J/^l]  vb.  burn,  consume  (31 "IJ?3  burn; 

;»v-»  seek  out,  collect,  (/lean;   this  apparently 


-ii»n 


129 


run 


earlier  rang.) — Qal  P/.  3  fs.  rnjja  Nu  n3  + 
2 1.,  rnujH consec. Is  1  o17  +  3 1., Vijja 'ju  1 514  +  2 1. 
+  2  S  2213  (but  cf.  De  on  +  1 8),  ri**jM  consec. Is 
i31;  Imp/.  TJ$  Ex  33  +  212,  etc.;  Pt  1J?3  Ex  32 
+  6  t.,  rn?a  is  34«,  rnyia  Ho  74,  rnjja  ls  30s3, 
n^|a  Je  209,  rfhjja  Ez  i13;— 6m«i,  1.  (intr.) 
specif,  begin  to  burn,  be  kindled  yjr  1 88  sq.  fO 
(subj.  D  vTO)  =  2  S  2  29  (in  v13  text,  error  cf.  supr.), 
+ 10618  (subj.  B>K);  fig.  ^212  (subj.  teK)  cf.  Je446 

(subj.  ncn);  is  3033  (c.  a,  Subj.  **  noefo),  ^  394 

(subj.  B>X  fig.  of  grief,  distress)  cf.  Je  209. 
2.  Je  burning,  burn,  Ju  1514  (subj.  CRC'B,  c. 
*R*>),  Ex  32  (njDn,  c.  B^B),  v3  (subj.  id.};  Dt  411 
520  915  (all  subj.  in,  c.  tft?3),  cf.  Is  349  (m»3  71D1), 
fig.  of  destruction  Is  I31  (subj.  jbri  &  *i7j|9)j  of 
torch TB^  IS621;  ofovenlWH  Ho746(i.e.neated 
by  fire  within  it).  3.  trans,  burn,  consume 
(subj.  e>K,  TOfb  etc.,  sq.  3)  Nun13  ('*■  tirtt),  Jb 
■"(OTtS*  tM«);  in  simile  Ez  i33  f*  E>K  *fK), 
^  8315(only  here  trans,  c.  ace;  should  lyan  be 
pointed  as  Pi.?);  fig.  (subj.  wrath  of  '')  Is  42s5 
cf.  La  25  (subj.  fire  =  fiery  trial)  Is  43*.  4. 
act.  but  abs.,  fig.,  subj.  wrath  of '»  Je  4*  720  2 1 12 
^  80/7  cf.  Is  1  o17  Vr  79s  Is  3027  (iBK  1J?3 .  .  /*  Dp) 
Mai  319  (xa  DVn);  of  human  anger  Est  1 12;  subj. 
wickedness  Is  917.  Pi.  Pf.  1?3  1 K  2  247  2  K  2  324, 
*fP  consec.  Lv  65,  rny?  2  Ch  1 93,  ^JRA  Dt  1 3s  + 
9 1.  in  Dt;  Ti$n*  con's.  Ez  399-9  (9»  del.  Co  after 
Vrss),  etc.;  Impf. TJ3J  1  K 1410;  2  ms.  T&*  Dt 

2i',  **$3*  ez  39io.  2  mpL  riyar,  Ex  3.3;  rnjn« 

subord.'  Ju  2013;  Pt.  &!&&}  Je  718;— 1.  kindle, 
lit.  c.  ace.  e>K  Ex  353  Je  718  cf.  Ez  39s  (v.  supr.) 
v10;  fig.  of  *>  sending  destruction  Ez  214  cf.  of 
human  schemes  Is  5011;  light,  obj.  lamps  in 
temple  2  Ch  420  cf.  13".     2.  burn,  lit.  c.  ace. 

B*H  Lv66,  tyi  dung  1  K  i410;  abs.  Is  44"  cf. 
40'6  Ne  io35.  3.  fig.  consume,  utterly  remove, 
partic.  of  evil  and  guilt,  c.  ace,  esp.  in  Deutero- 
nomic  phrase  $trfa>a)  1Y\pa  inn  myai  Dt 
136  17712  i91319  2 121  cf.  v9  2221-22-24  247,  v.  also 
Ju  2013;  further,  1K22"  2  K  23s4  2  Ch  193; 
also  of  devoted  (tabooed)  things  Dt  2613-14;  of 
persons  (exterminate)  2  S  411;   sq.  *ins  pregn. 

1  K  1410  21 21;  =  devour,  devastate,  greedily 
enjoy  the  fruits  of,  Is  314;  abs.  "^p  W  be  for 
destruction,  be  destroyed  Nu  24s2  Is  5s  613;   cf. 

iy3  rjn  is  44.     Pu.  Pt.  rn  yao  je  36a  -,—bum 

(i.e.  be  supplied  with  fire),  of  fire-jar,  n^n. 
Hiph.  Pf.  'n-iyarn  Na  214;  Impf.  15?3!1  Ju  15s 

2  Ch  28s,  -ijnVju  155;  T^C  Ez  52;  Pt.f^O 
1  K 163,  *1V3?>  Ex  2  25; — 1.  kindle  (c.  ace.  cogn.) 
Ex  22s,  cf.  Ju  15s  tmhi  B>N  '31  caused  fire 


to  burn  among  the  brands.  2.  burn  up,  c. 
ace.  Ju  15'  2  Ch  2  83  (sacrifice  of  children  #K3) 
Ez  52  (-KK3  but  cf.  Co)  Na  2U  (|BT?3).  3. 
consume  =  destroy  (cf.  Pi.)  1  K  16s  (sq.  'TDK). 

'•"^J??  **•£  burning,  only  '3n  a8  ace. 
cogn.  with  I'jnn  Ex  2  25. 

'  rny3.Fl  n.pr.loc.  in  the  wilderness  (burn- 
ing, cf.  Nu  1 13)  Nu  1 13  Dt  93S. 

t  ["Vya]  n.J»i. El22'  4beasts,cattle,  coll.  (NH 
id.,  Aram,  id.,  \L^>,  Eth.  -flO^'l.':  etc.,  Sab.  njn 
DHM™"*" "•*■■;  Ar.^J  of  camel;  also 
ass,  etc.,  cf.  Lane227*;  connexion  with  above 
V  obscure)— sf.  rh'ya  Ex  224,  «T?3  Nu  204, 
B=?J>3  Gn  4517>  DTV?  Nu  208+  2  t.;— beasts  of 
burden  Gn  4517  (i.e.  asses  443'13);  elsewhere 
general,  cattle  Ex  224  Nu  204JU1  +  7s48. 

f  II.  ["$.'3]  vb.denom.  be  brutish — Qal 
Impf.  Vljn'  Je  io8  (||  ^D3')  Je  «ft«pi<i,  rfttZZ- 
hearted,  unreceptive ;  cf.  Pt.  pi.  D'HJP  ^  94s 
(||  Dv'D3);  of  inhuman,  cruel,  barbarous  men 
Ez  2 136.  Nipt.  P/  1J)33  Je  1  o14  5 1 17,  VlJjaJ  Je 
io21;  Pt.  rnya?  Isig11;— 6rt<<i«A,*<Mp'^isi9" 
(nsy,  ||  Six);  dull-hearted,  ignorant  of  God  Je 
io1421 5117.  Pi.  Pf  -1})31  consec.  Ex  224/eea*, 
graze  ("inx  m'BO).  Hiph.  7mp/  ~>^3:  Ex  2  24 
cause  to  be  grazed  over,  sq.  !VW. 

Tiyan.m.  brutishness  (only  poet.) — abs. 
'3  ^49" +  3  t.,  "lys  Pr  121; — in  combination, 
'a^X  brutish  man  ijr  92'  (||  ?'D3);  elsewhere 
'3  alone  in  same  sense  (concrete)  V'4911  (II  id.), 
&  as  pred.=adj.,  ^  7322  Pr  121  302. 

tfcOya  n.pr.f.  wife  of  a  Benjamite  1  Ch  88. 

T"lil'a  n.pr.m.  (a  burning;  X  torch) — 1. 
father  of  Balaam  Nu  22s  318  Dt235  J0S1322  249 
Mi  65;  1V3  Nu  248U  ('3  1J3).  2.  father  of 
^3,  a  king  of  Edom  Gn  36^=  1  Ch  I43. 

tn^ya  n.pr.m.  (?  =  n;b^lO;  soThes;  cf. 
Dr8ml"lu)  a  Levite  1  Ch  6a;— cf.  (*)rrt*>JjD  sub 

rtb**. 

«tt?ya  n.pr.m.  a  king  of  Israel  1  K  rg»M'-" 
+  i8Tt  1K15-16+2122  2K99  2CI1161"6 
Je  419. 

1  tmnujya  n.pr.ioc.  (?  =  mnw  n»3  = 

Aowse  of  Ashtoreth,  cf.  sub  JV3)  a  Levitical  city 
in  Manasseh  Jos  21s7;    =n<nn^J?  1  Ch  6s6 

t[J"l^Il]  vb.  fall  upon,  startle,  terrify 
(Ar.  i£»iS  come  or  happen  suddenly,  NH  n$)3 


rmso 

Hiph.  startle  ;  so  Aram,  rt$»  Pa.  fcoSa  Aph.) — 
Hiph.  (late  prose)  Pf  nyaj'i  Ch  2130,  Tlffi  Est 
f;  "im  Dn  817;— 6e  terrified,  abs.  Dn  8";  c. 
*»0  1  Ch  2130  Est  76.  Pi.  (mostly  poet.)  P/ 
3  fs.  sf.  ^nrja  Is  214,  Wffl*»  1  S 16";  3  pi.  sf. 
vuiga  jbi8";  Impf  3fs.  npan  Jbi311;  sf. 
WJpf  Jb9Mi3sl,  ^nvan  Jb  3V;  2  ms.  sf. 
^nsnn  jb714;  3mpLrf.  »JVl^3|  ^i85  =  ',anp: 

2V226,  innya^  Jb35i524;— 1." /aM  upon  iS 
i614IS  (only  here  in  prose);  overwhelm  Jb  3s 

(cf.  npi>  v6)  9«  i3»  (||  by  bsi  ins)  v»  (cf.  ||)  1524 
(|hpn)i8''(||rBn)33i,(||^in3)Is2i4;a«*at7 
^  i85=2  S  225.     2.  terrify  Jb  714  (||  nnn). 

1"njny3  n.f.  terror,  dismay  Je  81S=I4U. 

f  [DVYiyS  J  11.111.pl.  terrors,  alarms,  occa- 
sioned by  God  nibs  vnj*?  Jb64  (H^IPS); 

^TO3^8817(||T3^n). 

ya  v.  pn. 

T^]!  n.pr.m.  Ne  10"  one  of  the  chiefs  of 

AT- 

the  people;  Ezr  217  Ne  7s3  '3  ^3  i.e.  a  family. 

720  (*«>•  *<«>  <#>  Eth.  flRrt:  1.  2 ;  Ar. 
J-Ij,  appar.  denom.) 

t^SS]  n.m.  onion  (NH  ^S3  or  bs|,  Ar. 

j^.,  Eth.   (MUV:   Aram.  K^ftt,  |J,)--&^|| 

Nu  11s  p^nn-nsi  crnsaNn  nw  W&K  n*? 
D'WB'n-nw  'srmxi). 

1 7N  7>!£l  n.pr.m.  (in  tlie  shadow  {protec- 
tion) of  El;  cf.  cuneif.  Sil-Bel,  a  king  of  Gaza, 
COT  Jos  1 i22) — 1.  a  skilled  artisan  of  tribe  of 
Judah  Ex  312  3530  3612  371  3s22  (all  P)  1  Ch  220 
2  Ch  Is.        2.  an  Israelite  Ezr  io30. 

TjTI72j1  n.pr.m.  (stripping) — head  of  Isr. 
fam.  at  return  from  exile;  '3_,3a  Ezr  262=Ne 
7s4  Kt ;  rvi>fn  Ne  7"  Qr. 

ff^O]  vb.  cut  off,  break  off,  gain 
by  violence  (so  NH,  Ar.  iJL>,  Eth.  flR-0: 
Aram.  VS3)— Qal  Impf  Vffi  Jb2f,  K%$  Jo 
2";  Imv.  sf.  tftna  DJJS3  Am  9';  7n/.  JJX3  Ez 
22s7;  i^.psia  Pr'1527  Je613,yS3^io3+3t.;— 
cut  off,  break  off(c.  ace.  capitals  of  pillars)  Am 
91(but  LagPro,•,,•v,  DyS3=Dyi3  Hb3,i!  m  wra</t); 
so  fig.  Jb  27s  vihen  Eloah  culteth  off,  drawe.th 
out,  his  soul;  obj.  om.  their  course,  i.e.  stop 
Jo  28  (cf.  Hi-St);  usually  gain,  by  violence  or 
in  gen.  wrongfully  Ez  22s7;  Pt.  abs.  ^io3  = 

greedy  getter,  robber;  &  c.  ace.  cogn.  VS3  Pr  I19 
I517  Je6138u   Hb2».       Pi.  Pf.  1TC3  La  217; 


130  TJQ 

Impf  VS3^  Is  io12;  sf.  *Wff>t  Is3812  Jb  69;  2  fs. 
4y?3rn  Ez'2212;  3  fpl.  njys3Tl  Zc49;— cut  off, 
(dis)sever  (i.e.  from  life)  Jb69  cf.  Is  10"  (H^TO); 
= finish,  complete  Is  io12  Zc  4';  accomplish 
(  =  carry  out, fulfil)  La  2 17  (obj.  imDK);  violently 
make  gain  of,  obj.  pers.  Ez  2212  (instr.  pEty3), 

TJ?!J3.  n.m.  gain  made  by  violence,  unjust 
gain,  profit— VS3  Gn 3726  +  7 1.  (cstr.  Ju 519  +  ); 
VS3  Exi821+7t.;  sf.  1W3  Je2217;  W*  Je 
Si*13  Ez2  213;  iyS3  Is  5611  5717;  DVX3  Ez  3331  Mi 
413; — gain  made  by  violence  (nearly = plunder) 
Ju  519  Mi413;  more  generally,  unjust  gain  Ex 
i821iS83V'ii936Pr2816Is331556115717Je2217 
51"  Ez  2213  3331;  as  ace.  cogn.  c.  VS3  Pr  i19 1527 
Je  613  810  Ez  2  2s7  Hb  29;  profit  (with  selfish  sug- 
gestion) ,'3-no  Gn  37s6  Mai  3"  cf.  +  3o10  Jb  2  23. 

tD^^E!,  D^y^n,  perh.  n.pr.loc.  in 
Naphtali : '  '3  p^K  Jos  1 9s3  Ju  4".    Cf.  D'jyv. 

t^S£3  ('°f-  Ar.  (J*?  6e  jjaj,  i.e.  one  soft, 
tender,  impressible  in  body,  etc.) 
tyi  n.[m.]  mire  Je  38s2. 
Tn*£3.n.f.  swamp,  Jb8"  as  place  where 

rushes  grow,  cf.  40s1;  1HKS3  (Co  Vni¥3l)  pl.sf. 

Ez47"(||VX2?1). 

T^JiS  n.pr.loc.  a  rock  by  Michmash  1  S 
1 44 ;— Boxrr/f  Lag  0n<"I,•  ■» 2nd  «d- 2M. 

tpi;n  vb.  swell— Qal  J0/  3  fs.  n$Jj»  Dt84; 
3  pi.  ^P^3  Ne  921 ; — swell,  or  receive  swellings, 
blisters* ot  foot,  Di  Dt  84,  Py  Ne  9". 

tp23.  n.[  m.]„  dough—  P*3  Exi2394-4t.; 
sf.  ipX3  Ex  1234; — dough,  not  fermented  Ex 
1 2s439  (E);  no  restriction  ,2  S  1 3"  Ho  74  Je  718. 

tn,/!J3.  n.pr.loc.  (?cf.  Ar.  liJJ  an  elevated 
region  covered  with  volcanic  stones)  city  of 
Judah  toward  Philistines,  rip^Q  Jos  1539;  npya 
2  K  221  (home  of  Josiah's  mother). 

I  ["^!J3 J  vb.  cut  off,  make  inaccessible 
(esp.  by  fortifying),  enclose  (NHi'd.,  Aram.ISS, 
♦-»  (Pa.  diminish,  subtract),  perh.  cf.  Ar.  l*»j 
side,  edge,  !-<»j  ,  etc.,  rough  stone,  il^i  \J>S  land 
inwh.are  sharp  stones(cf. Lane)) — Qal/mp/^to? 
^  7613;  2  ms.  isan  Lv255  Dt  2421,  ITffll  Ju  927, 
nXOTl  Lv  25";  A  act.  I?rt3  Je  69,  D,;)S3  Je  499 
Ob '6;  pass.  m.  l«3  Zc  1 12  Kt  (Qr  ■**»).  f.  n")^3 
Is  2"  +  3  t.  +  Ez  2 126  v.  infr.;  pi.  f.  rfnttra  Ez 
363S,  nhxa  Nu  i3w+ 14 1.,  niisa  Dt  i28  Ne  9s6, 
rhsa  Dt369'; — cm«  off,  grape-clusters,  D'SJJ? 
Lv"256,  cf.  v"  (obj.  -TO),  Dt  2421  JU927  (obj. 


TJD 


131 


in  both,  ma) ;  hence  Pt.  act.  grape-gathering, 
-gat/ierer  Je69499  Ob5;  fig.  cut  off  (=  take 
away)  ^  7613  (obj.  D»TM  rm);  most  often  Pt. 
pass,  cut  off,  made  inaccessible,  De  Is  215= 
fortified,  always  f.;  generally  adj.  c.T>y,  D'ly; 
Nu^Dti^V  J0S1412  2S206  2Ki813= 
Is36'  2Ki925  =  Is3726  2Chi72i953213314 
Ne  9s5  Is  25s  2710  Ez  3635  Ho  8U  Zp  i16;  rarely 
c  nmn  Dt  28s2  Is  215  Je  1520;  'an  -ijr  Zc  1 12  (rd. 
Kt);  once,  subst.  of  secrets,  mysteries  (= unat- 
tainable things)  Je333; — '3  Ez  2125  ©  Sm  Co 
naina,  doubtless  right.  Miph.  Impf.  1X3?  be 
withheld  Gn  1 1 6  (One),  Jb  4  22  0BQ).  Pi.  /wp/. 
3  fs.  ">»?n  Je  5153  fortify;  so  irc/  "ixajj  Is  22'°. 

ti.  [*fiQ]  n.[m.]precious  ore  (AWl05Thes), 
>  gold,  ring -gold  HofFmZA1887'48CHlob70  (AW 
Thes  ore  as  that  broken  off;  Hoffm  comp.  Ar. 
_piu  ring,  Heb.  nnXSmcfoguj-e,  Talm.  tr\d finger- 
measure,  etc. ;  a  -/n.ixa  must  then  be  assumed, 
=j^>)—  n>l?  Jb2  2M(|p,BiX  q.v.);  Tlsa  v2S 
(Ih9?)  possibly  also  *|D3  n.X3  ^6831  for  MT 

'a^ina,  cf.  Checrltn-  NeJBL,ls91'151. 
< 

+n."W3  (fortress)  —  1.  n.pr.loc.  city  in 
Eeuben  (MI  nsa)  Dt  4"  Jos  208  i  Ch  6a.  2. 
n.pr.m.  a  descendant  of  Asher  1  Ch  737. 

ti.  •"TjSSl  n.f.  enclosure,  i.e.  (sheep-)fold, 

'a  fsx  Mi  *» 

fn.  !T12B  n.pr.loc.  1.  city  of  Edom  (for- 
tress; (v.  Palm.  n.pr.loc.  K1X3  Vog1'0-22  ©  /3o- 
<r{o)oppa;  cf.  Poo-op;  LagOn<>m-Sacr)02'2:(2-2l"Ie<i-137'247 
=$oo-Tpa)  Gn  36™=  1  Ch  i44  Is  34"  631  (in  both 
II  WW  (pK))  Je  4  g"-22  Am  1 12.  2.  of  Moab  Je 
4824,  prob.=n.  "1X3  1;— on  Mi  212cf.  foregoing. 

t  jVYSG  n.[m.]  stronghold,  '3i>  Zc  912. 

tjTIJn  n.f.  dearth  (cf.  foil.),  '3  n?B>  Je  178. 

TrPIfi  n.f.  dearth,  destitution  (i.e.  dimi- 
nution, cf.  J!.'©**p»  PS 672;  v.  also  vb.  "0O  X  Pr 
1428  ;>eop/«  reduced) — dearth  (—  mva)  '3  niny 
f  9'0  io1;  pi.  nn»3  Je  141. 

t*V23  n.m.Lv285  vintage  (cf.  *«#)  —  "*$| 
Lv  266+4  t.  +  Zc  112  Qr  (but  rd.  "11X3  Kt); 
cstr.  1^3  Ju  82;  sf.  ?1TS3  3e^;— vintage,  lit. 
Lv  26"  Ju  82  Is  3210  Je'4832;  in  simile  Is  2413 
Mi  71;  Zc  1 12  rd.  TIM  (Kt)  and  cf.  sub  1S3. 

flO?  n.m.  «•»•'  fortification— 1S3D  Nu 
3  271  +  1 8 1. ;  cstr.  "N  3D  Jos  1 9s8  +  2 1. ;  pi.  DnX3D 
Nu  1 3 >' Dn  1 1 24 ;  nnS3D Dn  1 1 15 ;  ,_!S3Q La 22Dn 
n39;  sf.  1,-3S3t?  Ho  io14+  2  t.;  ipVat?  Na  312; 
^nV3Q  v14  Je4818;  V-1S30  ^  8941  La  2s;  nnx3t? 


Is  3413;  Onnvai?  2  K  812;— fortification,  esp.  in 
phrase  ('on)  '6  (ny)  Ty=  fortified  city  Nu  321"6 
Jos  io20  192935  1  S  6'8  2  K  3"  io2  179  18"  Je  4' 
5,7814347f  108"  CD-vy=-ti3rDT]J^6o"),  2Ch 
1719  Dn  1 115  ('d  in  this  connexion  sing.  exc.  Je 
517  &  Dn  1 1 15  (nmao));  Je  1 18  fig.  of  prophet,  so 
without  "Vy  Je  6s7;  fortress,  stronghold,  lit.  with- 
out "vy  etc.  Nu  13"  2  K  812  Je  4818  Is  17s  25" 
(THDin  3JBT3  'D)  34"  (llniDlK),  La  226  (II  td.) 
f8941  Hoio14  Am  5*  Mis10  Na31214  Hbi'» 
Dnu24-39;   sq.n.pr.  1ST  '»  2  S  247  (cf.  Jos  I929 

-is  'd  -vy). 

p13p3,  p^ip2  v.  sub  pp3. 

T"^j?2p3  n.pr.m.  (form  strange,  mng.  dub.) 
a  Levite  1  Ch  915. 
i"Pp2p3.  v.  sub  pp3. 
J"7p^  (test,  prove,  cf.  Aram.  N£3). 

+     r      < 
liT'pjl  n.pr.m.  (proved  of"')  Levite,  son 

of  Hem  an  1  Ch  2  54;  son  of  Asaph  (?)  v13. 

tlp2  n.pr.m.  (id!) — 1.  a  Danite  chief  Nu 

32s2.  2.  a  descendant  of  Aaron  1  Ch  5301 
631  Ezr  74. 

t.I'  p21  vb.  cleave,  break  open  or  through 

(NH  id.,  MI15  mntWI  ypiafrom  break  of  dawn; 
Aram.  yp3 ;  cf.  Eth.  fl^O;  profit,  be  useful, 
orig.  findere,  aperire,  Di) — Qal  Pf.  yp3  yf,  7813, 

nvr?3  Is  3415,  nypa  Ne  9n  ^  7415,  nygai  Ez  29'; 

Twtp/  VBgi  Ju  1 519  Is  4821,  iyp3»l  2  S  2316=  1  Ch 
n18,  nWi??M  2Ch2i17;  Jmv.  VW$p  Ex  1416; 
/«/■  flrtr.rf.  MP3  Am  i13  2  Ch  321;  >«.  oc«.  3?pi3 
IS6312  Ec  io9,  5?p3  1^-  1417; — 1.  cleave,  cleave 
open,  sq.  ace,  Ju  1519  God  cleft  open  the  hallow 
(tyPDBn),  and  water  came  out,  cf.  Is  4821  (obj. 
TS),  also  ^  7415  bring  forth  by  cleaving,  obj.  )jyO 
?-^J,  all  three  of  divine  operation;  cleave  or 
rip  open  pregnant  women  Am  i13;  of  a  broken 
staff,  tearing  the  shoulder  Ez  297  (but  rd.  *)? 
hand  for  'IDS,  ©  S3  Sm(?)  Co);  cleave  wood  Ec 
io9  (||  D»M«  y/DD);  of  ploughing  (furrowing) 
the  earth  ^  1417  (||  D.?3;  in  sim.);  esp.  of 
dividing  the  sea,  Ex  1416  (P)  Ne  9"  ^  7813,  cf. 
Is  6312,  obj.  D^P ; — in  all  these  subj.  '<  exc.  Ex 
1 4 16  where  he  commands  Moses;  of  hatching 
out  (a  brood,  but  no  obj.  expr.)  Is  3415,  subj. 
tiSp  arrow-snake.  2.  break  through  or  into, 
sq.  3  2  S23I6=i  Ch  ii18;  sq.  ace.  2  Ch  2i17 
TO??!!  '"I'7V1,^  &&',  also  321,  obj.  suff.  ref.  to 
cities,  V^N  Dyp3b  nON»1  and  he  thought  to  break 
into  them  and  so  bring   them  unto  himself. 

k  2 


ypa 


132 


pa- 


Niph.  P/  Vp3J  Jb  26"  Zc  i44(1  consec);  WP3? 
Gn7"  Is  35e,  WgJJ  2  Ch  25"  Pr  330;  7m^/.  yp3? 
Is  58s,  ypa?  Jbpa»;  3  fs.  Pgan  is  59",  Vgpfl 
Nu  i6s,  +  3  t.,  Inf.  cstr.  yp3r6  Ez  3016;— 1. 
be  cleft,  rent  open,  subj.  the  ground,  rHOTXH  Nu 
16"  (J),  H?1?  iKi^hyperb.);  mountain  Zc 
1 4*;  burst  open,  of  men  hurled  from  rock  2  Ch 
25";  of  cloud  beneath  its  weight  of  water  Jb 
26s;  hyperb.  of  belly  full  of  words  seeking  a 
vent,  Jb3219  like  new  wineskins  it  mil  burst 
open;  so  of  the  water-receptacles  (nwyD)  of 
the  great  deep,  at  the  flood  Gn  7  " ;  of  the  water- 
masses  themselves,  niDinn  Pr  320,  D^rai  CD 
18  35";  also  of  the  Red  Sea,  tTDn  WP3?1  Ex 
14";  of  light  breaking  forth  Is  58s  (fig.);  of 
serpent's  egg  hatching  out  as  a  viper  Is  59* 
n?BK  JJpan  rn*»n.  2.  be  broken  into,  of  city 

captured  by  breaches  in  walls  2  K  254= Je  52', 
Ez  3o'6.  Pi.  Pf  yi?3  2  K  1 5"  Jb  28'°,  V^ 
Ez  13",  Wjj3  Is  595;  Impf.  »BJ  V  78,s,  PR*! 

Gn  22s;  3  fs.  ypan  Ez  13",  Dypan  Ho  138; 
2  ms.  "J?i53J?i  Hb  3',  yp?  2  K  812;  a  fpl.  naygarn 
2  K  2s4; — cleave,  cut  to  pieces,  or  re»w2  MWn  (oft. 
more  complete  or  more  violent  than  Qal),  sq. 
ace,  of  cleaving  wood  Gn  223  i.e.  cut  it  up  for 
burning,  so  1  S614;  of  ripping  open  pregnant 
women  2K8"  1 516 ;  of  tearing  in  pieces 
children  2  K  2s4 ;  cf.  also  Ho  1 3"  (fig.) ;  of 
cleaving  open  rocks,  to  bring  forth  water  ^  7815 
(subj.  God);  of  cutting  mining-shafts  Jb  2810 
'3  an*  nhwa ;  r%&BZQ  n™}  Hb  3»  into 

rivers  thou  cleavest  {the)  earth  ;  break  through 
or  down  (a  wall,  but  no  obj.  expr.),  Ez  1311 
yjMfi  rinyo  rvn  (but  Co  ypsn),  cf.  v13  rrn  "nyjpni 
'flora  nriyD ;  of  hatching  eggs  Is  595  ^iVBX  «jpj 

<vp>.3  (fig.)    Pu.  impf.  Wjja;  Ho  1  41;  P*.  nggap 

Ez  26'°,  D'V^D  Jos  94; — be  ripped  open,  of 
women  Ho  141  (vb.  of  masc.  form);  rent,  of  old 
wine-skins  J0S94;  broken  into,  of  a  city  in  whose 
walls  a  breach  has  been  made  Ez  2610.  Hiph. 
Impf.  1  pi.  8f.  nsypaji  i8  7*;  inf.  cstr.  y'panb 
2  K  3M; — break  into,  sq.  sf.  ref.  to  Judah,  Is  76 
yVS  '331  let  us  break  into  it,  lay  it  open,  and 
so  bring  it  unto  ourselves  (cf.  Qal  2  Ch  321) ; 
break  through  (abs.)  with  sword,  lTi?3np  S'ln  *|?fe> 
Bh|j  ^»"^K  2  K  3M.  Hoph.  P/  3  fs.  -i'yn  .iypari 
Je  393  the  city  was  broken  into,  entrance  was 
made  by  a  breach.  Hithp.  Pf.  Wpann  Jos  913, 
Impf.  WjpaTl?  Mi  i4; — burst  (themselves)  open,  of 
wine-skins  Jos  9";  cleave  asunder,  of  valleys 
Mil4. 

+ J*£2  n.[ia.]  fraction,  half,  i.e.  half-shekel, 


a  weight ;  v^O  yp3  Gn  24s2,  cf.  Hesychius  in 
LagG,,.Abh.i».i.i8j3a)tal.0>/  [Lag/fcW]  /icrpovri; 

v.  also  yp|  Ex  38w(=^n  rvsnp). 

tnypB  n.f.  valley  (cleft),  plain— abs.  '3 
Gn  ii2+8  t. ;  cstr.  nyp3  Dt  34'+  7  t.;  pi. 
niyp3  Is  4118  V'  1048;  titty  Dt  ii11;— 1.  valley 
(opp.  T1  mountain)  Dt  87  n11  cf.  IS4118;  also 
6314  "HO  nyj533  nona§ ;  in  creation-poem  ^  1 048 
ttWfi  rrv  Dnn  ^p.  2.  jfefo  (sts.  valley- 
plain,  broad  valley)' Gn  1 1!;  also  EZ32253  84  3712 
('3n  "JB^y)  as  level,  opp.  &02J1  Is404(||  TlE*!?); 
elsewhere  cstr.,  mostly  with  n.pr.  Dt  34'  VTV  '3 
(appos.  i3?n),  nsro  'a  Jos  1 18,  fta^n  "3  1 117  1 27, 
hjl?  '3  2  Ch  35s2  cf.  Zc  1  a",  iJ'iK  '3  Ne  62;  'JK"'3 
Am  i*  plain  of  idolatry = Baalbek  (Damascus, 
ace.  to  "Wetzst  in  DejM3TO2;  ©  j»'8<ok *Qk). 

^DTj?^  Ti??]  n-[m-]  fissure,  breach, 
Am  611  Cyp?,  into  which  the  small  house  is  to 
be  smitten  (||  BW));  Tft-fy  »|*^  Is  22s. 

fl.  [PP^*]  v1}-  be  luxuriant  (Ar.  JJ  be 
profuse,  abundant  (v.  esp.  Conjj.  1.  iv,  Lane)) 
— Qal  Pt.  PP'3  luxuriant  Ho  io^fig.  of  Isr.as 
vine). 

fll.  [PpS]  vb.  empty  (cf.  probably  Ar. 
j>j  make  a  gurgling  noise,  of  a  mug  dipped 
in  water,  or  emptied  of  water) — Qal  Pf.  'np?* 
Je  197, 1p?3  Na  2s;  Pt.  pjfa  Is  241,  D'pp.3  Na 23; 
empty,  lay  waste  land,  ace,  Is  241  Na  23,  also 
abs.  v3 ;  fig.  make  void  (obj.  nxy)  Je  1  g7.  ITiph. 
Pf  ngajj  (cf.  Ges  »«•")  Is  193;  Impf.  3  fs. 
p^3H  Is  24s;  Inf.  abs.  P^n  Is  24s; — be  emptied 
(laid  waste)  Is  24s  P^R  pta",  of  land  (||  fan 
fa1!1) ;  fig.  of  spirit,  courage  Is  193.  Po.  Impf. 
'Pi??'  Je  5 12  empty  out  (devastate)  land. 

Tp5jp2  n.[m.]  flask  (from  gurgling  sound 
of  emptying,  cf.  Ar.  illiu  gurgling  sound;  also 
Syr.  )-4>"-><ga5,  cantfiarus,  etc.) — abs.  P3p3  Je 
1910;  cstr.  id.  1  K  143  Je  191. 

T  p%3pQ  n.pr .m.  head  of  a  family  of  Ne- 
thinim ;  'a-'Ja  Ezr  251  Ne  7s3. 

trrjJ^a  n.pr.m.  a  Levite  Ne  1 117  I292S. 

tpil^  n.pr.fl.  (-/prob.  pp3;  so  Thes  after 
Simonis,  Sam.  Di)  pa'(n)  iayo  Qn^  (where 
perhaps  connected  with  p3K  =  p3X');  '3!  70? 
Dt237,  ^D|n  'a:  Dt316  Josi25,  pa!  Nu  2124 
(||  fi-]K,  cf.  Dt  316  Jos  122),  P3>n  Ju  n13-22  (in 
both,  ||  J1J1K);  it  empties  into  Jordan  from  East, 
in   latitude   of   Shechem;    called   (southern) 


■yn 


133 


boundary  of  Ammon  Dt  316,  and  (northern)  of 
Amorites  Jos  122;  but  some  confusion  (Di 
Nu  2  i24  Dt  2s7);— mod.  Wady  Zerqa,  Bd  p*1181. 

t[~lpH]  vb.  inquire,  seek  (NH  id.,  Aram. 
1£3,  \r\~-;  alto Eth.  fl«M:  in  deriv.;  orig. divide, 
discern,  cf.  Ar.  Jio  slit,  rip,  split) — only  Pi.  Pf. 

1  s.  sf.  O'1'?'!?'  consec.  EZ3411;  Impf.  ">i?.3*  Lv 
,3S6  2733;  -jg^  Ez  34i2.  jnf  Cgtr.-\^  2  K  1615 
+  2  t; — seek,  look  for,  sq.  ?  Lv  1336;  seek  (to 
distinguish)  sq.  SH?  31t3~|,a  Lv.  27s3;  see&  (in 
order  to  care  for)  sq.  ace.  |XV  Ez  34"  (||  BH"l) 
v12,  fig.  of"  seeking  his  people;  contemplate,  sq. 
3  \)r  2  74  (||  3  HTPI);  consider,  reflect,  abs.  Pr  2025 
B*TB  "IHK  i.e.  whether  the  vows  were  wise,  or 
should  be  kept  (cf.  Str  ad  loc.  &  reff.) ;  cf.  perh. 

2  K  1615  consider  (what  shall  be  done  with  the 
old  altar);  look  at  Klo,  (so  "lifOp  1  K  321  for  2nd 
1J533),  AV  RV  to  inquire  by,  @  for  praying ; 
perh.  denoting  some  religious  service  to  be 
performed  by  king  himself,  cf.  esp.  RS8™1-467. 


-\?2. 


(f. 


(In  33. 10;  Jbl,14cf.Dt32,H 


2S17-29)  cattle,  herd,  ox  (Ar.  'pS,  Aram.  HTJIJB, 
K9"P>  ]iai  (cf.  also  HomN8222fl);  name  from 
ploughing,  so  Thes  LagBNMal.)- — abs.  '3  Gn 
1216  +  ;  cstr.  T?3  Nu  7s8;  sf.  T!P3  Gn  4510  +  ; 
T)PT3Ex2024Je517;  iT»  1  Sn7'2  S  124;  D31P.3 
Dti'26;  D^3  Je  324+ ;  pi.  °*1i?3  Am612  (ah  rd'. 
D*  "fO)  2  Ch'43  (but  rd.  U"ypB  v.'  II 1  K  7M  infr.); 
sf.  enjjB  Ne  io37;  rd.  nanpa  for  Damrn  1  S 
816  ©We  Dr; — 1.  mostly  coll.  a.  cattle,  generic 
(never  pi.  in  form)  Gn  1 26 1 3* 2014 2 127  24s5  Lv  I2 
Dt  813  ISn1  Ho  56  Jo  i18  1  Ch  272929+  oft. 
(frequently  ||  |Nv) ;  as  grazing,  1  Ch  27s9  +  ;  in 
sim.  '33  Jb  4015  Is  1 17  65s5;  as  lowing  (in  7ty 
1  S  1514;  ">p,3  rtipD  possession  of  (i.e.  property 
in)  cattle  Gn  614'  4717  (both  J);  '3  n-$  Jo  i18 
herds  of  cattle;  esp.  TJS-ja  son  of  cattle  (i.e.  be- 
longing to  the  "Ip3),  to  denote  a  single  ox,  calf, 
etc. ;  as  used  for  food  Gn  1 87  cf.  v8  (J); — in  these 
prob.  =  calf  (v.  also  iSq"  T*?  »JM  ^3); 
usually  for  sacrifice  (Hex  only  P)  Nu  1589; 
'3H-|3  Lv  i5;  appos.  ^5>  tLv92;— cf.  "ty  r% 
tDt  213  1  S  162  Is  7";— mostly  appos.  13  Ex 
29>  +  27t.;  also  pi.  -pP3  ♦»  D'-ia  Nu  28111927 
291317  (on  all  these  cf.  J3);  also  indef.  cattle, 
oxen,  of  a  number  not  specified  Nu  78788  (in  both 
enumerated  as  D^B);  2240  1  S  I43S  15s"  I  K  I9 
729-29  (here  of  graven  work)  8s  I  Ch  1 240  2  Ch  56 
182  Is  2213  ^6615;  also  as  beasts  of  burden 
+  1  Ch  1 240.  b.  a  particular  herd  of  cattle  Gn 
187  (J);  cf.  pi.  WTSft,  our  herds,  only  Ne  io37. 


2.  more  individually,  Aead  of  cattle, — yet  alw. 
of  more  than  one  (Hex  mostly  P;  pi.  only  Am 
612+  a  Ch  43  v.  supr.);  of  two  Nu  717+  1 1 1.  Nu 
7 ;  tcf.  also  '3  IDS  yoke  (pair)  of  oxen  iSii' 
cf.v7, 1  K  19"  cf.  v21  (ploughing,  cf.  v19);  also  2  S 
68=i  Ch  i39(drawingacart,cf.Nu73t  iS67'), 
2  S  2422=iCh2i33,  2S24M24iKi920Am612 
(pi.);  500  yoke  of  oxen  Jb  I3  cf.v14;  1000  yoke 
42ls ;  further,  of  four  Nu  77;  five  Ex  2 137  (nrw 
iWn);  seven  2  Ch  29,a  ( ||  DnB  v21);  eight  Nu  7"; 
ten  1  K  53;  twelve  Nu  73  (singly  called  ite)  cf. 
v6;  of  the  twelve  brazen  bulls  beneath  the  sea 
in  Sol's  temple  1  K  72S44=2  Ch  441'  cf.  2  K 1617 
2  Ch 43  (Dnp3 nW),'  (but  rd.  in  both  D-ViJB, 
as  H1K724  cf.  BeOt)  v4  Je52J0;  of  twenty 
1  K53;  seventy  2  Ch  2  932;  hundreds  or  thousands 
1  K  8ra=2  Ch  75,  2  Ch  1511  29s3  35789 (cf.v12),  & 
NU3I33-38.44+      Note  -|p3  nst?n  Dt  3214  (poem), 

o  nis^  2  S 1 729,  'sn  ^f  2  S  2  4s2 1 K 1 921,  "rapp 
'sn  Ju331,  '3n  »j»ipx  Ez.  416  (opp.  D"iNn  \!£a). 


t"Vrta 


n.m.denoin.   herdsman   Am  71 


of  Amos  himself,  cf.  D'lm  "JTW  **■ 

-1,-£2U  n.m.E,1°-13  morning  (NH  id.;  from 

spfc't,  penetrate,  as  the  dawn  the  darkness,  light 
through  cloud-rifts,  etc.) — '3  Gni6+(alw. 
abs.) ;  pi.  D^S?  Jb  718  +  4  t.; — 1.  morning  (of 
point  of  time,  time  at  which,  never  during 
which,  Eng.  morning= forenoon): — a.  of  end 
of  night  (opp.  nW)  Ex  io13  (J)  Lv  6s  (P)  Ju  19s5 
Ru  31313  Is  2i12'cf.  1  S  1911  (|hno,  opp.  nW>); 
opp.  Tt&k  f  923;  also  (opp.  fty  Ex  2318  3425 
(both  JE)  Lv  19"  (H)  Dt  164;  opp.  niD^X 
Am  58;  cf.  further  Gn  406  418  (both  E)  Ex 
1 2s2  34"  (both  JE)  1  S315  +  -  tb.  implying 
the  coming  of  dawn,  and  even  daylight  Gn  29^ 
(E)  443  (J)  1  K  321  (but  Klo  here  for  2nd  "ip.33, 
rds.  tSf  by  looking  at  it  v.  T>3)  Jb  2417  3812 
(IpTO);  'Sn  niJBi)  Ex  1427  (JE)  at  the  turn  of 
the  morning,  so  Ju  1926  (|pD#n  n^P  v24;  sq. 
"lisrpj?,  as  something  later,  v26) ;  vid.  Ru  314 
(||injn  J"IK  B*X  t2*  Dl"lt33  before  men  could  re- 
cognise each  other) ;  cf.  1p3  ^"D  Jb  387  stars 
of  morning  ;  but  also  c.  "rtK  vb.  Gn  44s  (J) 
TiK  ipan;  c.  TIN  noun,  -\p2rt  niK3  Mi  21;  & 
esp.  ipan  -iiK  iy  Ju  162  (opp.  rb"b)  so  1  S 
14s8;  also  1  S  2522-34-38  2  S  1733  2  K  79;  cf. 
1  S  2910  (||  B?^  "*Jp.  tc.  of  coming  of  sun- 
rise Ju  9ffl  2  S  23"  2  K  321  cf.  3-ijn  '3  wto 

\^  6,59  i.e.  places  of  sunrise  and  sunset  (H1"1^? 
i.  e.  ends  of  earth),  d.  of  beginning  of  day, 
nn$n$n  '3?  fB  Ru  27  (cf.  v14)  vid.  2824"  (but 


^pl 


134 


tipn 


deLTVe  Dr) ;  time  of  prayer,  &  praise  ^  544  (v.  H  u) 
5917  88"  92';  Honnv  noon  1  K  1828  Je  20";  of 
three  hours  of  prayer,  rjnnvi  np31  31U  V'  551" 
(cf.  Dn  610U);  cf.  also  c.  S^f  infr.  e.  opp.  3$ 
Gn  49s7  (poen.  in  J)  Ex  167*1"*  Lv  6"  Nu  921 
(all  P)  Dt  28s767  2  S  1 1"  1  K  1  f  Is  17"  Zp  33 
Ez  241818  33M  Dn  8M  V.  306  9066  Ec  1 16 1  Ch  1640 
2  Ch  2s  13"  31s  Ezr  33  Est  214 ;  opp.  D'3iyn  p? 

Ex  29s*'"  Nu  28" (all  P) ;  esp.  3-iymy  "tparrp 

=  all  day  Ex  1 8ls  &  (without  art.)  v14  (both  E)  ; 
■*3¥?  "'P30  Jh  4a)=between  morning  and  even- 
ing; also1p>~l?  2?JX>=all  night,  Ex  2721  (P) 
Lv  24s  (H)Nu  921  &  '3-1J?  31J?3  Nu  915  (both 
P)  ;  note  also  the  formula  Tt»  W  3nj>  W  and 
evening  came  and  then  morning  Gn  1  •****■■ 
(all  P),  i.e.  the  day  ended  with  evening,  and 
the  night  with  morning ;  peculiar  is  Dn  8'4  of 
om.  of  daily  sacrif.  rftttt?  vhf\  D^K  lp'3  Vjf  1$, 
until  2300  evening-mornings,iprob.=  2300 half- 
days  (Ew  Hi  Meinh  Bev  Dr1^464,  cf.  v26  &  3 J. 
times  (years)  7s5  12"17).  f.  oft.  (above  & 
elsewh.)  c.  prep.  (  +  art.  exc.  Jb  718);  in  the 
morning,  Ip33  Gn  1 9s7  +  1  lot.,  cf.  also  '3H  nSl3 
Ex  1 916;  in  (or  at)  the  morning,  '3?  Am  44  +  7 1. ; 
for  (against  or  6y)  the  morning,  '3?  Ex  34s  cf. 
■<//■  1306  (cf.  Che  crit.  n.);  nearly =until  ("^5?) 
Ex  34s  Dt  1 64  Zp  33 ;  further  '33  '33  morning 
by  morning,  every  morningf  Ex  1621  307  36s  Lv 
65  (all  P)  2  S  134  1  Ch  23s0  2  Ch  1311  Is  2819 
504  Ez  4613-,4U Zp  3s  also  '3^> '3^,  same  sense, 
ti  Ch  9s7;  tpl.  D'Hp??  every  m.  afresh  ^73" 
Is  332  cf.  La  3s3;  aim.  =  continually  ^  1018  (cf. 
Je  2i12);  v.  EHP,^  t  Jb  718  (||  D'JW"!?  every  mo- 
ment) ;  also  without  prep,  or  art.  in  the  morn- 
ing H076  cf.  i^54'4  ^  5518,  d.  supr.,&  sub  2.  g. 
fig.  of  bright  joy  after  night  of  distress  (poet.) 
Jb  1117;  cf.  *3o6  46"  ('3  Hfc$)  4915  5917  9014 
1438.  h.  in  phrases,  '33  D\3B>n  (D3E*»1  etc.) 
he  rose  early  in  the  morning  tGn  1927  208  2114 
223  2631  2818  321  Ex816  913  244  344  NU1440 
Jos  31  612  716  810  (all  JE)  JU628  1968  1  S  i"»  54 
cf.  1512,  i72o29,ol0cf.v11,  2K322  I935=ls3736, 
2  Ch  2020  Jb  Is  Pr  2714  Is  5";  (lap*  etc.)  Qp"l 
'33  tGn  24"  Nu  221321  (all  JE)  Ju  1927  20" 
2  S  24"  1  K  32';  '3H  nnbB'K  morning  watch 
tEx  1424  1  S  n11.  2.  morrow,  next  day  (cf. 
Germ.  Morgen,  morgen)  without  art.  Ex  1619'20 
Lv  7"  2230  (opp.  wnn  Qi»n)  Nu  16'  ( |pno  v716) 
cf.  Ex  i21010  Nu9'2;  with  art.  Ex  162324  29"; 
'3^  EX3425  Nu2241  Zp33;  '33  1 S919  (opp.  Di>n 
to-day)  cf.  20s4;  to-morrow  morning  '3n  Ju  63' 
(Stu);    '33  Ex  7"  Jos  714  Est  514;    definitely 


ninsp  '33  1  S  54;  '3HO  2  S  2";  adverb,  use  in 

this  sense  (without  prep,  or  art.)  Ex  167  Nu  16s. 

t  [rn;?2]  n.f. verbal,  a  seeking, nyi  ni|333 

i"l*l«  Ez  3412  /?'£«  a  shepherd's  seeking  his  flock. 

TrnpS  n.f.  punishment  after  examination 
(inquisition)  Lv  1 920;  (scourging  93  AV  after 
Jewish  trad.  Kerith11*  Sifra  Saad.  AE  Ki 
cf.  MalbimBlfr*  Jastrow  D,ct- 165.) 

t[ttfj?3]«4  ▼*•  seek  (Ph.  &'P3)— Pi.  Pf. 
^i53Dti3"T+  i5t.;  nu>\>2 Ec 7 " Est 2 16;  s£DO0j? 
Ho  29;  Vntfgact  3'-2cf.  56;  Wȣ?  Ezr262  +  12  t.; 
8f.  wpa  Is  65'  +  2  1;  Impf.'vm*.  Jos  22s3  + 
37  fc;  "B^  Pr  i514+  2  t.;  nB»p3X  ^i229+  3 1., 
sf.  V^py  iS  23"+  7 1.;  1^  i's  i616+  23  t.; 
Imv.  B*g3  1  S  93  +  3  t.;  1^3  1  S  287  +  8  t.; 
/n/  K^ab  1  S  ios  +  29t.;  Pt.  t?g30  Gn  37" 
+  23t.;  pi.  Q^p30  Exiou  +  38t.;— 1.  seek 
to  find:  a.  abs.  Ju  6s9  2  K  217  Je  51  Ez  34s  Ec  3" 
817  (yet  v.  Ew).  b.  ace.  Gn  37 1616  Jos  2M  (J) 
Ju  422 144  1  S93  io2l4-21i616  1  S  231425  243  262 
2  7M+2620  obj.  a  flea,  but  rd.  "K*??  ®  Th  We 
Kirkp  Klo  Dr;  2 S  17320  1 K  i3240  i'8,02 K  2,6619 
1  Ch  4s9  2  Ch  229  Ezr  262  ( =  Ne  7H)  Ne  1227 
3725-36ii9176Pr242i62335728Ct31I-2-25li61Is4i1217 
Je  22433  La  i11  Ez  7*  2230  34416  Ho  29  Na  311 
Zc  ii16  Mai  215.  c.  with  P  Jb  io6.  d.  ace.  rei 
i>  pers.  Ju  18'  1  S  1314 287  iKi'En 31  Est 22 
ijr  1229  Is  4O20La  i19Na  3'.       2.  seek  to  secure: 

a.  ace.  the  priesthood  Nu  1610  (P);  David  for 
king  2  S317;  in  battle  2  S  517  (=1  Ch  148); 
ifr  2  74  Je  45s  (cf.  v5) ;  B>DJ  B>p3  seek  to  take  one's 
life  Ex419(J)  1  S  201  222323  2315  2529  2  S  48  16" 
1  K 1 91014  f  354  3813  40,s  54s  63'°  703  8614  Pr  2910 
Je430i  i21 197'9  2i722263420!!1  38164430-30  4626  4937. 

b.  aim  at,  practise :  n$TI  Wpl  seek  hurt  of  Nu  35s3 
(P)i S24102526(^)i K2o7V'7i13-24Est92;  3t3 '3 
+  43  cf.  Pr  1 711,  -\3B>  Pr  1 719,  pri  Pr  1 127,  H31W 

Ne  210,  ramvt  Je  51,  pnv,  nuy  Zp  23-3  01^^34", 
no»i  Pr  i46Ec  725,  rw>a  Dn  816,  nyn  Pr  1514 1815, 
mm  Mai  27,  nans  Pr  179,  mun  181  (?  of  dir. 

obj.),  mSMffrl  Ec  7s9.  o.  /«/  Ex  4s4  (J)  Je  262'. 
d.  ?  &  /»/  Gn  4330  Ex  215  10"  (JE)  Dt  13" 

1  S  144  19"0  2310  2  S  2019  2 13  i  K  n22-40  Est 
221  36  62  ^  S722  Ec  1210  Zc  67  12*.  3.  seek 
the  face  a.  of  rulers  1  K  io24  (  =  2  Ch  9s3)  Pr 
2926.  b.  0/  ^orf  (from  resorting  to  sacred 
places)  Ho  516  1  Ch  16"  (=f  1054)  2  Ch  714 

2  S  2 11  +  24s  27s-8;  without  "3?  c.  nirv  Dt  4s9 
Zp  i6  23  Ho  36  56  Ex  337(J)  1  Ch  i610  (=f  1053) 
2Chn162o4Is5i,Pr285Zc821-22Je5o4;  tpnbt* 
2  S  12",  cf.  Ez  8s2  Is  45"  651  2  Ch  15416  Ho  710 
Je  2913  Mai  31  V  4°17  7°5  W  Dn  9s;  '">  n3T 


ntfpn 


135 


TO 


Am  812;  four  +  83".  d.  sq.  Inf.  c.  p,  of  resort 
to  wizards,  but  obj.  not  expr.  Lv  1934  (H). 
4.  desire,  demand:  a.  ace.  1  Ch2i3.  b.  ace. 
rei  |t?  pers.  Ez  726  Dn  i20.  5.  a.  require,  exact, 
ace.  rei  TJI?  pers.  Is  i12;  fD  pers.  Ne  512,  ace. 
rei  v18.  b.  exact  equivalent  or  penalty  for,  ace. 
rei,  TO  pers.  Gn  3139  43s  (JE)  1  S  2016  2  S  4" 
EZ31820  338,  cf.  ehl;  no  obj.  expr.  Jos  22s3  (P). 
6.  (late)  ask,  request,  ace.  rei  Est215;  ?5?  rei 
Ne  24;  ^5?  rei  ft?  pers.  Est  f  Ezr  8ffl;  i>$?  rei  ^J? 
pers.  Est  48;  ace.  rei  ft?  pers.  Dn  i8  (obj.  el. 
c.  "»Bta),  ty  1 0421;  ft?  pers.  2  Ch  204.  Pu.  7mp/. 
Bfe?  Je 5er*,^l  Est  2s3;  «0p3Pj  Ez  2621 6e «omS/i<. 

t  [ntTj?2l]  n.m.  request,  entreaty,  "He^S 
Est57873;  T]nB*i33;  Est53912;  ^3  Ezr  7s. 

+1.  "13.  n.m.  son  (Aram.  "13,  Syr.  jjs)  only 
in  late  Heb.  of  Pr  3122  (both  cstr.),  v2  sf.  "13 ; 
13  lpSO  ^  212  kiss  the  son,  <S  Modern  Vrss 
Ges  De  Pe  et  al.;  receive  instruction  X ;  bpa£aa6e 
ncutlitas  @;  apprehendite  disciplinam  33  Ew; 
kiss  purely,  do  sincere  homage  Aq  Sym  Jer 
Br  MP136;  emend.  Lag  ("piD)  ilDiO  ipB>3  prf  <m 
his  bonds  (cf.  v3)  so  Kmp  Che  0PS81. 

11.  IS  corn,  in.  12  pure,  ™fl, 1,  n.  ">3,  v.  TO. 

tl.  N H3  53vb.  shape,  create  (cf.  Ar.  ijy, 
form,  fashion  by  cutting,  shape  out,  pare  a  reed 
for  writing,  a  slick  for  an  arrow,  but  also  KJ, 
create;  Ph.  Xilil  CIS  '• M7  incisor,  a  trade  in- 
volving cuttings  As.  bard,  make,  create,  COT 
Gic  &  Hpt  KAT2Gi«»i  but  dub  .  gab  ^2  found , 

build,  DHMZMG1883tt3,  synon.  .133;  Ba2*-1888'58, 
comp.  As.  band,  create,  beget,  with  change  of 
liquid;  Aram.  «"}3,  J  £2,,  create) — Qal  Pf.  Gn 
i'+io.  t.;  /«$£  K}£  Gn  i2127  Nu  1630;  Inf. 
*03  Gn5';  J**p.  103  V5112;  Pt.  *t&  Is  42s 
+  iot.;  sf.  1^13  Is  431;  T«lia  Ec  1 21;— shape, 
fashion,create,  alwaysof  divine  activity, with  ace. 
rei,  seldom  except  in  P  and  Is2.  1.  obj.  heaven 
and  earth  Gn  i1  23(P)  Is  451818;  mankind  Gn 

,57.57.27    gl.J(p)     67(J)   Dt  432  ^   g948    Jg  ^H.     the 

host  of  heaven  Is  4026;  heavens  Is  42s;  ends  of 
the  earth  Is  40"8;  north  and  south  i/'So13;  wind 
Am  413;  the  D^Jn  Gn  i21(P).  2.  the  individual 
man  Mai  210  (||  father)  Ec  121;  the  smith  and 
the  waster  Is  541616;  Israel  as  a  nation  Is  4316; 
Jacob  Is  431;  the  seed  of  Israel  Is  4 37.  3.  new 
conditions  and  circumstances  :  righteousness 
and  salvation  Is  45s;  darkness  and  evil  Is  45"; 
fruit  of  the  lips  Is  57";  a  new  thing  '"lean  (a 
woman  encompassing  a  man)  Je  3122;  HK^S 
(swallowing  up  the  Korahites)  Nu  i6M(J); 
cloud  and  flame  over  Zion  Is  4'.     4.  of  trans- 


formations :  a  clean  heart  ijr  5 1 12  (||  eNl);  new 
heaven  and  earth  Is  6517  (in  place  of  old); 
transformation  of  nature  IS4120;  with  double 
ace.  np'J  DPBTV  snu  transform  Jerusalem  into 
rejoicing  Is  6518.  Niph.  Pf.  2  fs.  0N13?  Ez 
2135;  3  pi.  ^33  Ex  3410  +  2  t.;  Impf.  fifTf. 
+  10430;  Inf.  sf.  1«12n  Ez  2813;  TftOBn  Ez  2*8"; 
DK-]3n  Gn  24  52;  Pt.  N"}33  + 10219;—  Pass.  1.  be 
created:  heaven  and  earth  Gn  24  (P);  creatures 
i^io^30;  mankind  Gn52(P);  heavens  V'I48'- 
2.  with  reference  to  birth:  HX133  leta  DlpB3 
in  the  place  where  thou  wast  created  (i.e.  native 
land)  EZ2I35;  "]tr\2n  DV  day  when  thou  wast 
created  (king  of  Tyre)  Ez  281315  (cf.  ym'y  DWl 

^  27);  trja?  ny  ^  I0219 (||  ibi:  ny  +  22s2).     3. 

of  something  new,  astonishing :  miracles  Ex 
3410(J);  new  things,  niK^n  Is  48s.  Pi.  Pf. 
riXIS  Jos  I71S;  tiHTffl  Jos  1718;  Inf.  abs.  tOS 
Ez  2 124-24  2347; — 1.  cut  down:  a  forest  Jos 
i71518(J);  antainsjnniK  trail  Ez2347.  2.  cut 
out:  T,  hand,  as  an  index  Ez  212424. 

TrWHS  n.f.  a  creation,  thing  created, 
as  preternatural,  unparalleled;  ace.  cogn.  '3~DK 
"■  trn;  Nu  1630,  cf.  JOS  Qal  3,  Miph.  3. 

t  iTfcOSl  n.pr.ni.  ('<  hath  created)  a  Ben- 
jamite  1  Ch  821. 

tii.  [^1^1  ▼*• be  fet  (Ar-  4h  &«  /»•«« 

of  a  thing,  sound,  healthy;  v.  KID)  —  Hiph. 
/n/1.  DaK^Sn?  1  S  2W  to  make  yourselves  fat. 

ttrnjl  adj.  fat— ^734  Ju317;  pi.  own? 
1  K  53;  cstr.TISDn  i15;  f.  HKns  Hb  iw+  2t.+ 
EZ3420  nns;  Hi  01!m*  nn3,  <«rU;  pi. 
niX"13  Gn  4i6+  3t.;  nKn3Gn4i";— fat,  cattle 
ipa  Gn  4I«^7-»«  (E)  1  K  53;  sheep  Ez  34320 
Zc  ii16;  food  Hb  i16;  'z  B«N  fat  man  JU317; 
I'^l  *n3  Dn  i15;  D^IN  '3  </tet>  body  fat  ijr  734. 

P*?^  T^Q  n.pr.m.  v.  sub  TfBp. 

^Nia  v.  ^sna  nu  sub  n*3. 

D","£T)21  v.  sub  ni3. 

*y"^^J  (cf.  Ar.  S^j  6e  or  become  cold). 

tT»3  n.m.  El9-18  hail  (Ar.  ^S,  Aram.  T)3, 
\'rJ>;  aL  Sab.  ffTO,  coM  DHM  **»*»«)_ 
TJ3  Ex  9W+  28 1.;— Aat7,  c.  *  Tt2»n  Exp'823, 
c."'  jna  9";  also  Exg"-22"25-3526  io612-15;  ||nVp 
<A«nder  Ex  923-28»-33,  ||  nVp  &  1BO  Ex  9", 
|| eta  lightning  9s4;  all  JE,  Egypt,  plague;  cf. 
ifr  7847-48 10532;  another  great  hailstorm  Jos  10" 
(E),  where  '3?  "P.aK;  further,  in  theoph.  f  i813 
(||  e'X'^ru)  2  S  2213  om.  by  error;  del.  however 


TQ 


136 


rina 


in  ^18"  cf.  De  Che  etc.;  '3  nn*1K  Jb  38", 

nwpi  ate  '31  eta  ^  1488,  '31  ppr  Hg  217;  b 

sim.  Is  28s  -lye*  '3  BTrt;  fig.  Is  2817  30s0  ('3  |3S) 
— fig.  of  judgment  of  \ 

t~TO  vb.denom.  haU,  Tfijn  rn??  TOI 
consec.  Is  32"  r'<  s/wW  /wi7. 

T["V13]  adj.  spotted,  marked  (as  if  sprin- 
kled with  hail?  soKicf.LagBN29;  Syr.  JJU,  i.e. 
grandinatus,  grele,  PS),  mpl.  of  sheep  &  goats 
D'TOI  Dnpa  D^pg  Gn  31'012;  horses  Zc  63-6. 

t  TCI  1 .  n.pr.loc.  "HS  Gn  1 6"  near Kadesh. 

v   V  K  VAT 

2.  n.pr.m.  "H3  an  Ephraimite  1  Ch  720. 

tl.  HIS  vb.  eat  (As.-iard  &  deriv.  Zim 
BPS1)— Qaliy.  2S12";  /»»;>/  rrGK  2  S  is810 
eat  irearf  (D3p~V13  1  S  1 78  scribal  error  for  yiro 
133^  1  K  iS^Dr8""07).  Pi.  Inf.  rfna\  La  4'° 
for  devouring.  Hiph.  Impf.  l'?13FI  2  S  1 3s;  Inf. 
J"IV13np  2  S  335  cause  to  eat  bread. 

trP-Q  n.f.  food  2  S  135710;  Ez  3420  v.  «na. 

t  [j"Vn3]  n.f.  food;  'nrns  ,/,  6022  m  (or  a*) 
«iy  food. 

II.  7T13  (cf-  As.  hard,,  bind,  whence  birttu, 
fetter  ZimBPMfB,  &  treaty,  covenant  D1K7). 

jTP"G  ^  n.f.  covenant  (||  Aram.  B$,  8m- 
tfijici;;  constitutio) — '3  Gn  o13+  199 1.;  sf.  W")3 
Gn618+5ot.;  ^nn3Dt339;  \nn3^44>8+  lit.'; 

nsrina  i828>»;  -inna  Ezi661;  inn3Ex224+ 

18  t.; — pact,  compact,  covenant.  X.  between 
men.  1.  treaty,  alliance,  league:  Abraham  and 
Amorites  Gn  14";  Edom  and  its  allies  Ob7; 
with  Philistines  Gn2i2732(E)  26s8 (J);  Jacob 
and  Laban  Gn  3iM(J);  Joshua  and  Gibeonites 
Jos  9""1516  (J);  Israel  and  Canaanites  EX2332 
341!15(JE)  Dt  f  Ju  22;  Ammonites  and  Jabesh 
1  S  111;  Solomon  and  Hiram  1  K  5s6;  Ahab 
and  Benhadad  1  K  2034;  Syria  and  Israel  1  K 
15"=  2  Ch  163;  Nebuchadnezzar  and  Zede- 
kiah  Ezi713"19;  nations  against  Israel  ^836; 
nations  with  EgyptEz  306;  Ephraim  and  Assyria 
Ho  122;  Judah  and  Israel  Ez  16";  Judah  and 
Tyre  Ami";  Assyria  and  Judah  Is  33s;  JTn3T33 
a  prince  in  league  (with  him)  Dn  1 i22  (so  He 
Ew ;  Hi  Meinh  Bev  ref.  to  h.  p.  Onias  III,  & 
translate  prince  ofcov't,  cf.  AV  RV);  fig.,  with 
death  Is  28'618;  with  stones  of  the  field  Jb  5™. 
2.  constitution,  ordinance, between  monarch  and 
subjects  :  David  and  Abner  2  S  3****;  David 
and  the  elders  of  Israel  2  S53=iChna;  Zede- 
kiah  and  his  people  Je  348"18;  hostile  prince 
and  Israelites  Dn  9s7.       3.  agreement,  pledge: 


Jehoiada  and  captains  2  K  n'=  2  Ch  231 ; 
with  oneself  Jb  311;  with  Leviathan  to  be  a 
servant  Jb  4028;  between  man  and  man  Ho  104 
cf.  TV-O  hv3  Ju  S33  94=nn3  bx  Ju  946.  4.  al- 
liance of  friendship  between  David  and  Jona- 
than 1  S  183  208  2318  cf.  ^  5521.  5.  alliance  of 
marriage  Pr  217  Mai  2". — In  all  cases  ma  ma 
is  the  technical  phrase  for  making  covenant 
except  Je  3410  nn33  1N3;  Dn  9s7  *?  nna  TOM. 
Various  preps,  are  used,  most  oft.  ?  Ex  2^+ , 
butalsoDVGn2628+,n82S312-r,'p3  2Chi63. 
XI.  between  God  and  man.  1.  alliance  of 
friendship  (||  *liD)  yj,  2514.  2.  covenant,  as  a 
divine  constitution  or  ordinance  with  signs  or 
pledges  (vid.  nSti).  a.  with  Noah  Gn  99-17  (P) 
Is5410  Je3320S5;  a  divine  promise  that  there 
would  be  no  other  deluge,  b.  with  Abraham, 
Isaac  and  Jacob  Gn  i518(J)  172-21  Ex  224  64'5 
Lv  2642  (P)  2  K  1323  1  Ch  16"=^  105810,  Ne 
98  Je  3418;  a  promise  to  multiply  their  seed, 
give  them  the  land  of  Canaan,  and  make  them 
a  blessing  to  the  nations,  c.  with  Israel  at 
Sinai=Horeb,  with  a  covenant  sacrifice  EX195 
2478(E)  34,0-27-29(J)  3i16Lv213(P)  24s  2691525-44-45 
(H)  Dt  413;  renewed  in  plains  of  Moab  Dt  28s9; 
with  blessings  and  curses  Dt  2920;  frequently 
referred  to  in  other  books  2  Ch  3432  i/<-  2510 
44>8  50516  7420  781037  10318  10645  in6-9  Is  56" 
Je  i2-3-6810  i421  229  3132  Ez  i68Ma)  447  Dn  94 
„ 28.30.32  Ho  6?  8i  Zc  9n  !  !io.  a  dlvine  constitu. 

tion  given  to  Israel  with  promises  on  condition 
of  obedience  and  penalties  for  disobedience,  in 
the  form  of  tables  of  the  covenant  Dt  9911-16,  in- 
scribed with  theten  words,  placed  in('<)jVO  (TIN 
the  ark  of  the  covenant  Nu  io33+40  t.  (vid. 
piN;  in  1  S  43-4"  om.  m3  after  }ViN  ®  We 
Dr);  set  forth  in  TVQn  n3T  words  of  the  cove- 
nant Ex  34s8  (J)  Dt  28s9  29s  2  K  233  (  =  2  Ch 
3431)  Je  112"8;  written  in  m3n  1BD  the  book  of 
the  covenant  Ex  247  (E,  cf.  34"  J)  2  K  23221  (cf. 
2  Ch  3430).  d.  with  Phinehas  Nu  251'--'3  (P), 
a  constitution,  establishing  an  everlasting 
priesthood  in  his  line ;  cf.  D'oron  JTH3  Ne  1 3M 
&  MPn  ma  Mai  24,8.  e.  with  Joshua  and 
Israel  Jos  24s4  (E),  an  ordinance  or  constitu- 
tional agreement  to  serve  Yahweh  only.  f. 
with  David  +  So4-29-34-39 1 3212  Je  3321  (cf.  2  S  7  = 

1  Ch  1 7) ;  a  divine  promise  to  the  seed  of  David 
of  an  everlasting  kingdom,  the  relation  of  son- 
ship,  and  the  superintendence  of  the  temple 
(cf.  \)r  2).  g.  Jehoiada  and  the  people  2K111' 
=  2  Ch  23s,  a  constitutional  agreement  to  be 
the  people  of  Yahweh.  h.  Hezekiah  and.  the 
people  2  Ch  2910,  a  constitutional  agreement  to 
reform  the  worship,     i.  Josiah  and  the  people 

2  K  23s,  a  constitutional  agreement  to  obey  the 
book  of  the  covenant,    j .  Ezra  and  tine  people 


Bfra 


137 


ma 


Ezr  i  o3,  a  constitutional  agreement  to  put  away 
foreign  wives  and  observe  the  Law.  k.  the 
prophetic  covenant,  a  divine  promise  through  a 
series  of  prophets  to  establish  a  new  constitu- 
tion nBHn  J1P3  Je3i31,  with  new  institutions 
and  precepts  Is  42"  49s  553  5921  618  Je  313133 
3240  506  Ez  166062  2037  34s5  3720  Ho  220.  In  Is  • 
the  Messianic  servant  is  DJ?  JVO  Is  42s  49", 
cf.  man  lib®  Mai  31.  III.  Phrases.  1. 
covenant  making:  TV"I3  m3  Gn  1518  Ex  3410'27 
(J)  Jos  24K  (E)  Dt  5"  2809  29,3!!4  1  K  526  2  K 
u'7i735-382  33  2  Ch2i723316  2910  3430  Ezrio3 
Ne98  ^5o5894  Is5536i8  Jen103i31-32-333240 
3413  Ez  342S  37M  Hos  220;  JTH3  D*pn  establish 
a  covenant  Gn  618  991117  17719'21  Ex  6"  (P)  Ez 
166062,  but  confirm   covenant    Lv  26'    ('! ;  H) 

Dt818;  nnajw  Gn  172  Nu25,2(P);  nna  Dt? 

2  S  23s  (poet.);  JT-Q3  nay  Dt  2911;  maa  N3 

2  Ch  i512Ezi68;  ma  m*  V'111";  ma  Ntw 

"S  ^V  *  5016.  (Cf.  further  on  these  Dr «■»"•«*• 
210 fl)  2.    covenant   keejnng :    on    the   part 

of  man  JVO  IDS?  1K11"  Ne  Is  9s2  -f  7810  10318 

13212  Dn  94,  rma  -iw  Dt  33'  ^25'°,  D^tno 

ITVaS  Is  5646;  on  the  part  of  God  TVQ  "Df 
Gn  91516  Ex  2s4  66  (all  P),  Lv  2642-42-42  (H;  on  sf. 
cf.  Di  Ges»128,Rb)  v46  (H)  +  io58io645iii5 

1  Ch  1615  Ez  1680.  Thus  we  have  riJOtO 
V'Sg29;  D^y  nna  Gn916  i77i3'8.i9  Ex  3Ii«Lv 
24s  Nu  1819  2513(P)  2  S  235(poet.)  1  Ch  i617 
(=f  10510)  Is246  553  618  J6  3240  505  Ez  1660 
3726;  nbo  nna  Lv  213  2  Ch  136  217  (a  cov't. 
with  sacrificial  meal  and  salt ;  on  cov't.  with 
salt  in  Arabia  cf.  We81"2*"1"1-124);  ttbtf  m3 
Nu2512(P)  Is5410Ez3425  37s6;  nonm  man 
Dt  7912  iK8a(=2Ch  614)  Ne  i5  932  Dn  94; 

vhp  rtna  Dn  1 128-30;  man  mDO  Ez  2037.      3. 

covenant  violation:  ma  "Oy  Dt  172  Jos  71115 
2316(D)  Ju2202Ki812Ho67  81;  mo  nan  Gn 
1714  Lv  26,5-44(H)  Dt3I16:!0(J)  Ju  21  Is  24"  Je 

j  j  10    I4«    3j32   3320,21    Ez  l659    I7M.H   ^7    Z(,  ,  ,  10 . 

nna  ary  i  K  191014  Je  229  Dn  1 130;  nna  dno 

2  K  1 715;  nna  nto  V'  8939;  nna  &n  ^  89"  Mai 
210;  nnaa  npt?  V--  4418;  wna  nat?  Dt423-31  Je  505. 

tbi-ia,  niin  v.  sub  Bha. 
rvna  v.  sub  i.  ma. 

T 

nr^-Q,  Tha  v.  sub  nxa. 

^3  (?  cf.  Aram.  P3  6cwe,  pierce,  or  Ar. 
JV>,  appear). 

*TTVPCL  n.pr.f.  (?)  descend,  of  Asher  (perh. 
NT"!?  foramen,  Thes,  or  j'jlT  woman  whose 
beauties  are  apparent)  i  Ch  731  Kt  (Qr  hj|l), 

1 7p3n.ni. Dt  19, 5  iron(c.  7  afform.;  fr.pierc- 


ingl  NH  id.,  Aram,  id.,  pT]S,  Jl^a,  Ph.  $>P3, 
As.  parzillu  COT01"",  (Ar.  J£j  /e«er  is  loan- 
word))—alw.  abs.  '2  Gn  422+ 74  t.  (^13  Gn  4" 
etc); — '1.  iron,  lit.:  a.  iron-ore,  stone  con- 
taining iron,  Dt  89  Jb  282;  b.  as  raw  material 
(to  be  worked)  Gn  4s2  1  Ch  aa""1  29s  2-7  2  Ch 
26.is  2^i2  jg  44U;  0.  as  article  of  commerce 
Ez  271219;  d.  as  material  of  furniture,  utensils, 
implements,  etc.,  '3  Bny  Dt  311,  '3  33n  Jos  1 7161s 
Ju  i19  4313,  '3  fy  Jos  61924  cf.   1  K  67  Nu  35", 

'3-djj  jb  1924  &  fig.  Jei7l,  fan  "inn  2  S  iz31= 

1  Ch  203,  '3H  ni"l]?p  2  S  1231  cutting  instr.  of 
iron,  vid.  Am  i»  '3  ^33  f  i49»  (||  trfff, 
'3  p^j  Jb2024,  '3  "pp_  1  K  2  2u=  2  Ch  l810,  '3  -VJ3 
&  '3  rono  Ez  43;  '3  WIS,  i.e.  of  Babylon,  ag. 
Cyrus  Is  452;  cf.  1  S  17'  &  Is  6o17-'7  (fig.) 
2.  too?  of  iron  Dt  27s  Jos  831  Pr  271717  Ec  io10  Is 
io34  (metaph.);  head  of  an  axe  Dt  19'  2K6"; 
so  weapon  2  S  237  Jb  4119;  cf.  also  Nu  3122  Jos 

2  28  where  iron  as  spoil  of  war.  3.  iron  in 
fig.  of  unwatered  earth  Dt  2S23;  of  Egyptian 
bondage,  'an  "W  Dt  420  1  K  Sil  Je  1 14;  of  op- 
pression '3  b)j  Dt  2S48  Je  28"  cf.  v13;  of  strength 
Je  151212;  cf.  T^V?1?  '3  Dt  ss25  &  Mi413  '3  Qi?; 
of  prophet,  firm  through  Yahweh's  might,  l^QJ? 
'3  Je  i18;  of  distress,  '3  Tina  f  10716  cf.  v10  of 
judgments  oi  \  &  10518;  'a  bat?  ^  29;  of  evil- 
doers, Je  628  Ez  2218'20;  simile  of  scorching  sky 
Lv  2619;  '3  i^OD  of  bones  of  hippopotamus 
Jb  4018;  '3  Tj  of  obstinate  neck  of  Isr.  Is  484. 

T  ^^^S  n.pr.xn.  (man  ofiron)— 1.  a  Gilead- 
ite  2  S1727  ig3233-35-40  1K27;  ^pa  2  S1934;  Ezr 

261=Ne763  PV^n  'iT!?  n"3'?  "Pf1  '•?'*!  ^D3  ,?.a 
DDB'/J)  t4~li5*1,  where  2nd  Barzillai=above,  & 
former  is  2.apriestEzr26'  =  Ne  763,who  adopted 
name  "'i'?"!3-        3.  2  S  218  a  Meholathite. 

tnn3  vb.  go  through,    flee  (cf.   Germ. 
durchgehen)  (Ar.  —  S  go  away,  withdraw,  flee) 

— Qal  Pf.  rna  Gn  31"+  9 1.,  vra  Jb  g25,  vna 
Is  223;  /m;)/  nna^  Jb  2024,  rn^  jb  27s2  Ne  6". 
nl3!l  Gn  3i21+ 13 1.;  3  fs.  rnarn  Gn  i66,  ma« 
V,  1397,  WTja;  je  527,  vryfa  2  S  43+ 4 1.,  nfn'a-i 
2  S  1514;  imv.  ma  Gn  »7*+3t,  inna  is  48si); 
7m/  a6s.  nVia  Jb^22;  cs<r.  n"ia  i  823"+  3  t., 
niia  Jon  i3;  sf.  'rna  1K27,  ^nSa  Gn3i5,  ima 

Gn  35'  +  2  t. ; — 1.  go  or  pass  through,  of  bar, 

rhab . . .  rnarrnx  tojw  Ex  36s3  (P).  2.  /ee 
Gn  3i20-21-22(E)  Ex  145  (J)  Ju  921  1  S  191218  2217 
2  S  13343738  (del.  Dr  cf.  We)  1514  Is  2  23  Je  4" 
2621  394  527  Ne  6" ;  fig.  of  days  fleeing  away 


rma 


138 


TQ 


Jb  9B;  of  man,  like  a  shadow  Jb  142 ;  c.  ft?  flee 
from  a  place  1  S201 2  S  io10(  +  ->yt?  pers.)  Is  4820, 
a  weapon  Jb  2024;  a  person,  c.  HND  1  K  n23, 
usually  c.  "JBO  Gn  1668  31"  3s1-7  Ex  2"  (all 
JE)  Ju  11s '2  S  21"  1  K27  I22=  2  Ch  io2 
*  3l  57'  (titles)  1397  Jon  I10;  *•  I!?  fig.  Jb 
27i2;  fl&  t0<  e-  acc-  place  1  S  27*  1K11*  Ho 
12";  c.  place  &  ?  Ne  1310 ;  c.  place  &  H—  loc. 
Jon  Is  4s  2S43;  c.  place  &  ~b»  NU2411  Am?12; 
c.  ^>K  &  pers.  1  S236Gn2743  (J)  1 K  2s9  1 K  1 i40; 
nnK  &  pers.  1  S  2220;  flee,  sq.  inf.  iKli"Dn 
10'.  3.  flee  =  hasten,  come  quickly  Ct  814. 

Hiph.  Pf.  VVian  1  Ch  813;  Impf.  U1T.  Pr 
1926;  sf.  wnnr  jb4i20,  inmasj  Ne  1 3s8,  WJ33 

1  Ch  I21S;  Pt'.  n-iap  Ex  2628;— 'l.  pass  through, 
lit.  Ex  26s8  (P)  cf.  Qal.  2.  cause  to  flee,  put  to 
flight,  animal  Jb4i20,  men  1  Ch  813  1216;  drive 
away  Pr  1916  Ne  1328  (sq.  V?5). 

1 1.  [iTna]  adj .  fleeing  (= *  n«ia) !  rn|  tfn; 
Jb  2613  of  eclipse-dragon,  013  B>nj  |n$  Is  2fi 
(prob.  fig.  of  Assyrians);  as  subst.  0'in,"!3  Is 
43"  as  fugitives  (for  other  views  cf.  Comm.)  ; 
so  prob.  also  Is  15'  HWIS,  v.  D1!?. 

+  11.  rP^S  n.pr.m.  son  of  Shemaiah  1  CI1322. 

'  rTHS  n.m.  bar  (cf.  As.  burAhu,  spear- 
shaft,  spear,  COTGlMS)— pns  Dt  3s  +  1 1 1.  (cstr. 
Am  i5  etc.);  *ina  Ex^^g3*  Kt  (Qr  both 
VPI-  needless)  ;  pL  DTPlS  Ex  2  6s6 +8  t.,  DW"ja 
2Chi46,  ,nn3  Ex3631'+3t.,  Ipnna  Na313', 
vnns  Ex  4oI8+  7  t  (  +  Qr  Ex  35"  39"),  7^ 
Je  5 130  La29,  n'rna  jon27,  nnna  i8i55  but  cf. 

infr.; — 1.  a.  bar,  of  wood,  joining  boards  of 


31.32.32.33.34.34 


tabern.  Ex  2626-27-27-28-29-29  3511  g<jto-»-«— -  40" 
Nu  3M  431  (all  P).  b.  6ar(«)  of  city-gates  Dt  3s 
Ju  1 63  1  S  237  2  Ch  85 1 46;  id.  of  gates  of  Jeru- 
salem La  29;  also  (||  ffinjjo)  Ne  33-6""15  cf.  V' 
147";  cf.  Am  I8  Na313  Je  4931  Ez  38"  Je  5130; 
bars  of  city-gates,  npru  '3iK  4",  i>P3  '3  Is 
452  (of  Babylon,  broken  bef.  Cyrus)  ;  nn,-13  Is 
1 55  rd.  prob.c.  X  Di  al/13  v.  ETT| ;  yet  cf!  Che's 
crit.  n.  2.  fig.  ?r)3  '3  of  distress,  etc.  yjr  107"; 
of  fortress,  ftolK  '3  in  simile  Pr  18";  fig.  '3  of 
earth  (pictured  as  house  out  of  which  Jonah 
is  shut)  Jon  2'.  (Older  usage  sg.  of  bar  of  door 
or  gate,  i.e.  the  great  bar  across  the  gate  ;  so 
LH35  Jui63  Ami5  1S237  1K413  Je4931 
Pr  18' Jb38,02Ch85  Ez38"  Laterals  4  5s 
La  2"  2Chi4«  Ne  33-6-13"15  ^147",  but  also 
Na3».) 

t  [n"»np]  n.m.  (flight)  fugitive— Ez  1 72' 


WTOO  Kt  coll.,  Vrnao  Qr;  Co  rds.  Qr,  but  del 
as  gloss;  X  @  Ew  Sm  rd.  VjnaD. 

"»QrTO  2  S 2381=,Win3  1  Ch  1 133,  rd.  prob, 
"pnn?  v.'  sub  "VO  &  cf.  Dr. 

^2  n.pr.m.  v.  sub  1X3  p.  92. 
■na  Jb37"  v.  P  sub  nn. 
[na],  i"P*»3  v.  *T|  sub  11.  STI3. 

□^a  2  S  2014  obscure,  many  after  33  rd 
D*"jnS;  Klo  prefers  Dnaan  after  ®  &  so  Dr. 
pi^v.  sub  11.  ma;  v.  also  S>K  3,  ^5?3  4. 
n"1")^  v.  sub  TO. 

t 


vb.  kneel,  bless  (NH  id.;  Ar. 
cJjj ;  Eth.  fl«Jhl  Aram.  ?p.3  ^1=,  [praise),  Palm, 
esp.  in  *xh&  VS0  T"«  Vogp*lm-'4t<*-94'144)— 
Qal  /»»p/  Tffi  2  Ch  613;  rUTM  +  95«;  -pS  (v. 
Pi.);  Pt.  pass.  ^113  Gn  9s6  +  70 1.;— 1.  kneel 
down  (so  Ar.  Syr.  Eth.):  Va-Q-by  ipjm  awd  A« 
kneeled  upon  his  knees  2  Ch  613;  *  ^B?  n3!33 
Ze<  us  kneel  before  Yahweh  i/'  95s.  2.  Mess 

(only  pt.  pass.),    a.  of  God:  *  sp"B  blessed  be  (or 


is)  ''  Ex  1810  (E)  Gn  926  2427  (J)  Ru  414   1  S 


S  182 


K  1 


,26     ^27 

-21    Q  15.56 


io9   1CI11636 


2  Ch  211  64  98  Ezr  7*  ^  286  3122  4114  7218 
H912i246i3521i44'  Zen5;  B*f6tl  '3 


25' 

29 

89M  106 

>/r  6620  6S36;  'J1K  '3  ^  68M  (prob.  for  an  ori- 
ginal nw);    p^V  h*  '3  Gni420(E);    »Ttt  '3 

2  S  2247  (=  ^  1847);  fi  ni33  '3  Ez  312;  av  '3 

P133  ^  7219.  b.  of  men:  Gn  27s3  (J)  Nu  2212 
(E)  Dt  714  283G  332024  1  S  25s3  2625  Ju  172  1  K 
245  1^  11826  Is  1925  Je  177  2014;  in3  -J313D 
blessed  be  Hue  one  blessing  thee  Gn  27s9  Nu 
249  (E);  mmb  '3  Ru  2,9-20310  1  S  15'3  2321  2  S 
25  *  11515;  jvby  S>»6  '3  Gn  1419;  ">  SJffl  Gn  2431 
26M  (J);  *  OT  Is  65s3.  c.  things:' ^Si  ^"13 
"]3B3  blessed  be  the  fruit  of  thy  womb  Dt  2  84  cf. 
Dt  28s  1  S  25s3  Pr  518.  ITiph.  Pf.  0^3)  Gn  1 23 
1 818  2814(  J)  bless  oneself  {cULifhy.).  Pi.  23SiP/. 
^3Gn241  +  29t.;  1]t3V'io3Nu2320;  ^llzCh 
2026;  Vrpi  Jbi5;  sf.  ^nj,  V?^?,  etc.,  Gn2727  + 
5  t.;  ^fS8  Dt  27  +  9  t.;  Impf.  V?],  T3f?  etc-> 
Gn283+52t.;  n3i2N  Gn  i23+  2  t.;  pi.  W3^ 
Gn  2460  +  1 1 1. ;  sf.  333)  Gn  2 710  +  2 1 1. ;  Jljro; 
Gn  4925+  2  t.;  WanV  Gn  1419  +  16  t. ;  Djnaj 
Gn4820+  6t.;  naanaKGn  277;  'W.-^  Gn  27'9'al;' 
^n»n3^7215;  n?*5rWJf  145*  /TOv.'n"i3Dt33" 
+  29  t.;  Inf.  cstr.  T3J  Gn 2217 -)-  24  t. ;  /»»/.  abs. 
^"na  Jos  2410  (Ki,  cf.  Ko1-"1,  Ew!aou  01  Sta); 
Pt. ?p3D Pr  2 7 "  +  4 1.; — l.bless  God,  adore  with 


T* 


139 


m-a 


bended  knees:  ace.  "»  713  Gn  2448(J)  Dt  810  Ju 
5"  iCh2910M  2  Ch20263i8  Ne95  V167  2612342 
63s  I0320'2'-22  11518  i34>2  135'^  145™;   vna 


.„    I34M    I35.9.M    ^^.,0 

nx  <t?SJ  ^  I03'-2'22  I041-35;  DB>  T13  W«*s  *Ae 

name  of  Yahwek  Ne  9s  i//-  96s  ioo4  1451'21;  "p3 

JWlfr*  Jos  2  233  V  668  68w  (doubtless   for   an 

original  mrr),  with  b  1  Ch  2920;  J1K  ?p3D  Is  663 

(of  idolatrous  worship).         2.  6W  blesses  a. 

w«w.-  abs.  Nu  2320  (E)  ty  10928;  with  ace.  Gn 
32273o  48.6  Ex  2o24  Nu  24,  Jos  24,0  (E)  Gll  I2 

22" 


17  2413S  2612  302730  39s  492S  Jos  17"  (J)  Gn 
1s"8  5*  9*  i716a,25n  26324  28'  359483  Nu  6s427 
(P)  Dt  i11  27  713  127 142429  I5<-«-io-".w  re1015  2321 
24l31926152883016  Jui324  2S6ni272»  iCh410 
iS14^27  265  2  Ch3i10  Ne  86  Eu  24  Jb4212  f  513 
28*  29"  4S367"7-8io73sii51213i285  i343i4713 


Pr3!0l8i9JS5is6i9  Je3I23Hg219.  T).  «A%,.- 
sabbath  Gn  23  Ex  20"  (P);  field  Gn  27"  (E); 
bread  Ex  23^  (E);  work  Dt  2812  Jb  i10  cf.  Dt 
33"  ^65"  13215.  3.  men  bless  men :  priests 
&  kings  ">  0V2  Dt  io8  215  2  S  618  1  Ch  162  2313 
^129";  MelchizedekAbrahamGni419;  Moses  Dt 
33'  Ex  1232  39*";  Joshua  Jos  1413  226-7;  priests 
Lv  922-23  Nu  623  Dt2712  J0S833  2Ch3o27  ^1 1826; 
Solomon  iK81,B  (  =  2Ch63);  David  2  S  620 
(=  1  Ch  1643)  1940;  Eli  1  S  220;  Balaam  Nu  22s 
23n.so.ss  24io.  fathers,  esp.  on  death-bed  Gn  274 
+  12  t.  Gn  27  (all  JE)  2816  (P)  321  (E)  48s1 
(P)  4815-20  4928  (J)  2  S  1325;  in  consecrating  a 
sacrifice   1  S  913.  4.  salute,  greet,  with  an 

invocation  of  blessing  (stronger  than  Dl^t?): 
[•mfc*  TOP  12  with  thee  will  Israel  bless  Gn 
4820 (E).  a.  in  meeting  Gn  477 (P)  2  K  4s9  io15 
1  S  1310.  h.  in  departing  Gn  2460(J)  4710(P) 
1  K  8<*.  c.  by  messengers  1  S  2514  2  S  810  1  Ch 
18°.  d.  in  gratitude  Jbsi20  Pr3o"  Ne  n2. 
e.  morning  salutation  Pr  2714.  f.  congratula- 
tions for  prosperity  Gn  123  (J)  2  729  Nu  2  49  (E) 
1  K  i47  ^4919625.  g.  in  homage  2S  1422  \f> 
7215.     h.  in  friendliness  2  S  213.  5.  bless, 

with  tRe  antithetical  meaning  curse  (Thes) 
from  the  greeting  in  departing,  saying  adieu 
to,  taking  leave  of;  but  rather  a  blessing  over- 
done and  so  really  a  curse  as  in  vulgar  English 
as  well  as  in  the  Shemitic  cognates:  1  K  2110'3 
Jb  I6-11  259  +  io3.  Pu.  Impf  713?  2  S  7a  + 
3t.;  T>3n  Jus24  Pr2o21;  Pt.  lRbONu  22s  + 
3t.;  f.  rvpa  Dt  3313;  VfpQ  v'3722;  — I- 
pass,  to  be  blessed,  adored:  ''  DK*  Jb  I2'  -^  1 132. 
2.  prospered  by  God:  a.  persons  2  S  729  1  Ch 
17W  ^,3722  nz2  1284  Pr2o21.  b.  things  Dt 
3313.  3.  have  prosperity  invoked,  by  Balaam 
Nu2  2fi.  4.  tw  gratitude  Fr  2  29  Ju524.  Hiph. 
D'ppsn  ^1"13>1  aW  fo  mWe  Ai's  camels  kneel  Gn 
24"  (J).     '  Hithp.  5p3nn  Dt  2918  +  3 1. ;  7m;;/. 

T^"!  Is  6516  v  7217;  P«.  TO"?  is  65";— &&»* 


on«s«//  congratulate  oneself  I33i>3  in  his  heart 
Dt  2918;  ijnr3  with  or  by  (cf.  3  m.  2.  d)  thy 
seed  (invoke  for  oneself  the  blessing  of  the  seed 
of  Abraham)  Gn  2218  264  (J);  by  the  Messianic 
king  f  7217;  |OM  \lfoa  Is  65";  by  *  Je  41. 

t^a  n.f.  I,-4*»  knee  (As.  birku  COT01-; 
Eth.  flCh:  Aram,  fjf,  ^oU)  Is  4s23;  du.  0?3->3 
Jb  3,s+  iot.;  sf. '3-)3 etc.  Gn3o3+  1 1 1.;— knee, 
knees:  tKtt  D"D  water  reachingto  the  knees  Ez 
474;  '313  bv  yjWn  Dn  io10;  bv  1T1  pnBQ  H33! 
WW  Dt  28s5;  D'313  h>  JH3  AneeZ  on  yfcneesin 
worship  1 K 8"  Ezr 9s  cf.  Is  4s23 1  K 1 9>8 2  Ch613, 
in  entreaty  2K1",  to  drink  of  a  fountain  Ju  76  6; 
V313  p3  VJB  DB>  }mt  his  face  between  his  knees 
in  prayer  1  K  1842;  C3n3  bv  upon  the  knees,  Gn 
303  (E  ;  on  '3  ^  *6n  v.  pi0ssDMWelbAu":!»1«>,r- 
Sta  ZAW  ***■ 143  «■)  5023  (E)  Jb  312  Ju  1 619  2  K  4M  Is 
66'2;  two  DJJO  N'XViGn  4812(E);  knees  as  seat 
of  strength,  weak  from  terror  Jb  44  Is  35s  Ez  717 
2112  Na  2";  or  fasting  ^  10924. 

fi.n^S  n.f.blessing(Ar.i^;;  Eth.n^h^: 
Aram.  N3-Q,  J^jaa ;  NH  as  Heb.)— '3  Gn 
I2J+  39  t.;  cstr.  n?-l3  Gn  284  +  9  t. ;  sf.  taff]? 
Gn  49™  +  7  t. ;  pi.  fftSyf  f  2 17  +  4  t. ;  cstr. 

nia-is,  nb-13  Gn  49s5 +5  t. ;  sf.  oyvfiyxf 

Mai  22;  —  1.  blessing:  a.  of  parent  Gn  2712-" 
49s8  (JE),  of  Moses  Dt  331.  b.  of  God  Ex 
32w  (E)  Lv  2521  (P)  Dt  ii26-27-29  23"  (=Ne 
132)  2  8283o119  Jos  8^(0)28  729^392i4i333 
Is  443  Ez  3426  4430  Jo  2"  Mai  310;  1W  n3l3 
Gn395  (J)  Dti215i6,73323    V  1298  Pr  io22; 

''  n«D  rcna  f  24s;  urnw  nan3  Gn  284  (P), 

the  blessing  given  to  Abraham.  c.  of  the 
people,  in  recognition  of  good  men  ijr  10917 
Pr  io6  n26  24s5  2820.  d.  0/  a  poor  man,  in 
recognition  of  benefits  Jb  2913.  2.  source 

of  blessing:  Abraham  Gn  122  (J);  Israel  Is  1924 
Ez  3426  Zc813;  seed  of  the  righteous  f  37s6; 
the  king  ^21';  memory  of  the  righteous  Pr 
io7;  new  wine  Is658.  3.  blessing, prosperity  : 
D^B"  713133  by  the  prosperity  of  the  upright 
(the  city  is  exalted)  Pru11;  nt3VH  ni3"0  DJ 
iTWO  yea,  the  early  rain  covereth  with  blessings 
^  847  cf.  Gn  49s526;  D3T11313  nx  ♦nVWI  and 
I  toill  curse  your  prosperity  Mai  22.  4.  bless- 
ing, praise  of  God  Ne  9s.  5.  a  gift,  present 
Gn  33"  (E)  Jos  15"  (J)  Ju  1"  1  S  25s7  3026  2  K 
515;  n?l?  "^3  «  liberal  person  Pr  1 125  (cf.  Syr. 
Jwaico,  Eth.  fl^h'T:).  6.  treaty  of  peace  2  K 
l831=rls36'6. 

fn.  n2~>3.  1.  n.pr.loc.  valley  in  wilderness 
by  Tekoa  2Ch202626;  mod.  BereikM  cf.  Be  & 
reff.     2.  n.pr.m.  one  of  David's  band  1  Ch  1 23. 


Ira 

TTJVG  n.pr.m.    (blessed) 


140 


1.  friend  and 
amanuensis  of  Jeremiah  Je  32121316  364"324336 
451J.  2.  a  priest,  son  of  Zabbai  (Zaccai)  Ne 
320  io7.  3.  son  of  Colhozeh,  of  the  tribe  of 
Judah  Ne 1 i\ 

tnD"l2  n.f.  pool,  pond  (nanan  SI5;  Ar. 
i£>.J  SabVna-a  Sab.  Denkm.73;  Aram.  *?Onj)) 
— 'i  2  S  215-13  4"  2  K  i817  (=Is  362)  2020  Ne  316 
Is  7s  22911;  cstr.  nana  2  S  213  1  K  22s  Ne 
2"  315  Na  2";  pi.  ntona  Ec  26  Ct  7s. 

t^C^S  n.pr.m.  (El  doth  bless,  cf.  Ph. 
i>y33-Q,  Palm.  "paba  Vog117,Bab.  Bariki-iliOpp 

JA.1887K.,.-D«.,5»^   fother  Qf  E]ihu  Jb  32". 

t^rrytT  n.pr.m.  (=WJW  s.  Yah  blesseth 
Ges t27'3)  father  of  a  Zechariah  in  Isaiah's  time 
Is  82 ;  usually  in  abbreviated  form  as  foil. : 
no-ja,  1.  son  of  Zerubbabel  I  Ch  320.  2. 
a  Levite  guard  of  the  ark  1  Ch  916 1  5s3.  3. 
father  of  Meshullam,  one  of  Nehemiah's  chiefs 
Ne  3430  618.  4.  father  of  the  prophet  Zechariah 
Zc  i'sWSJI  v7;  VTjarjf  also  5.  father  of  Asaph 
1  Ch  6M  151'7'.     6.  Ephraimite  chief  2  Ch  2812. 

rr?">|,  ^fryja  v.  i^rna;  supra. 

D"!^  (cf.  Ar.  1J  twist  a  rope  of  two  strands). 

TCOhSL  n.[m.]   variegated    cloth    (Ar. 

1j 1  J  rope  (or  fabric)  of  two  strands  or  colours  ; 

cf.As.  birmu,  akind  of  clothing  COT0'0", burrnu, 
iris,  ZimBP82;  on  burumu  cf.  JenKo,mo,liff^  'M 


""•)\u?3 

D'Oia  Ez2  724. 
yr>3  cf.  'a  trip. 

TJV\ji  n.pr.m.  king  of  Sodom  G11  142  (V 
unknown ;  ©  BnXA<i). 

*  ny"^3  n.pr.m.   1.  a  son  of  Asher  Gn 

461717  Nu  26444i  1  Ch  730-31.  2.  son  of  Ephraim 
1  Ch  7ra  (where  expl.  as  if  fr.  nyta).  3.  a 
Benjamite  njpa  1  Ch  813,  nflf  1  Ch  816.  4. 
a  Levite  iChz3,on. 

t^ynS  adj.  gent.  c.  art.  as  n.coll.  nnfiB>D 

'an  Nu  26". 

tp"Q  vb.   flash,  of  lightning  (Ar.    ^ 

gleam,  flash,  lighten,  As.  bardku  ZimBI>76, 
Aram.  p^a.  j»U,  Eth.  (U+:  Sab.  pna  Hal262  cf. 
DHM  2M0'lm- OT)— Qal  P/  PT8  so  rd.  after  ©  L 
2 S  22"  &  also  in  ||  f  i815(cf.  Klo  Che  crit.  n.); 
/»»».  fnai/'  1446; — all  c.acc.cogn.  p")3,  O'p"}?; — 
flash,  trans,  flash  lightning,  subj.  'V 


n.m 

to- 


TO 

EzI13    lightning    (chiefly   in 


tpja 

poetry)  (Ar.  Jjj,  As.  WrJbu  COT01"",  ZimBP  7&  ■ 
Aram.  p!?,  L^)_abs.  'a  Jb  20B+  7  t.  +  2  S 
22"  (cf.  infr.);  cstr.  p^a  Dt  32"  +  2  t.;  pi.  D-g^f 
Exi916+7t.,  Vgna  1//974;— lightning,  1.  lit. 
mostly  pi.  =  lightnings,  liglvtning-flaslies  Ex  1 916 
■>fr  1815  (intheoph.,  on  2  S  2216  v.  infr.)  7719  974 
!357  Jb  38M  Je  io13  5116;  so  in  sim.  of  swift 
brightness  Na  25,  sg.  only  ^  1446  2  S  2216  (where 
however  rd.  P13  D'pia  cf.  P13_S0  @L  Klo 
Che,  cf.  his  crit.  n.  yjr  1815),  Ez  I13  (in  vision), 
and  in  sim.  of  brightness  Dn  io6;  swift  destruc- 
tion Zc  914.  2.  fig.  (always  sing.)  of  flashing 
arrow-head  Jb  202S,  cf.  3in  'a  Dt  3241,  mn  'a 
Na  33  Hb  3n;  cf.  glitter  of  weapon  Ez  2 1 **•. 

Tp^2  n.pr.m.  (lightning -flash,  cf.  Pun. 
Barcas,  surname  of  Hamilcar,  cf.  Nepos 
H.miu»n.i.    gab    Dp^  DHM^W";    Palm. 

pna  Vog1'*""''6)  son  of  Abinoam,  &  leader  of 
Israel  Ju  Afix^M-nMM-v'M^  ,-112.15 

P"13.  cf.  (TO  "ja. 

T  P p"^S  n.f.  a  precious  stone,  emerald,  ace. 
to  ©  03  Josephus;  (from  flashing,  sparkling; 
Lag1""- Jur- Kccl-  «■  comp.  Skr.  markala,  Gk .  ndpuySos, 
^u>ySot)  Ex  2817  3910  (both  P). 

tnj5na  n.f.  id.,  Ez  2813,  cf.  Ges i80R-2  Pinsk 
Bini.73. 

* D*l,7"l3.  n.pr.m.  (>/  &  mng.  unknown; 
Bab.  BarMsu  DlPr212)  head  of  a  family  of 
Nethinim,  '3^33  Ezr  2M=Ne  7s5. 

TQ',;p"l3.  n.m. pi.  briers  (so  Vrss  Ki  al., 
also  Stu  q.v.,Be,  -/unknown;  cf.  yCSip;  >  J.  D. 
Michaelis,  Thes  al.  threshing-sledges,  furnished 
with  sharp  (glittering)  stones)  Ju  87  ^Pl) 
'an-rw  lanan  'jrtpvi'g  Da-iba-nx  (^id.  also 

B*n)  and  I  will  thresh  your  flesh  together  with 
the  thorns  of  tin  wilderness  and  the  briers;  v16 

Vf\  'an  m\  nansn  'sipTisi  Tyn  'Jprns  ngji 
niap  ib'js  ns  Dna  (rd.  Bhjl  for  SH5!  ©  BuB3114; 

cf.  Stu  Be)  and  he  took  the  thorns  of  the 
wilderness  and  the  briers  and  threshed,  etc. 

[  I  jH]  vb.  purify,  select  (cf.  As.  bar'.ru, 
be  shining,  in  deriv.  ZimBP4,-7S  BelserBAS"  1M; 
Ar.  Jj,  pious,  kind,  true;  "3  he  was  pious,  good, 
virtuous,  honest) — Qal  l'f.  'Oha  Ez  2038;  Inf. 
sf.  D"o|>  Ec  318,  Ges}67a  s;  cf.  tOJ  91  (si  vera  1.) 
as  metaplastic  form,  but  on  text  vid.  "W3  supra 
p.  101;  Pt.  pass.  m.  1^3  Jb  333+  4  t.;  f.  HfTTtt 
Ne  519  Zp  3'; — 1.  purge  out,  purify:    ^Via* 


-a 


141 


ota 


DHlbn  D3t?  and  I  will  purge  out  from  among 
you  the  rebels  Ez  2038;  11*13  1?V  a  purified 
lip  Zp39;  V?0  1113  w««r  in  a  pure,  sincere 
manner  Jb  33s.  2.  choose,  select,  only  JP<.  and 
in  Chronicler :  chosen,  valiant  men  I  Ch  740; 
porters  iCh9M;  musicians  1CI11641;  sheep 
Ne  518.  3.  cleanse,  make  shining,  polish, 
pt.  pass.  1V13  J*n  polished  arrow  Is  49s  (cf.  De 
&  Je  51"  infr.)  4.  test,  prove  Ec  318  D"}3? 
D'l-'NI  <^a<  (rod  may  prove  them  (RV); — on  91 
v.  la.'  Niph.  nan  Is  52";  P<.  13J  2  S  22s7 
(  =  yjr  1 8s7); — purify  oneself:  a.  ceremonially, 
the  bearers  of  the  sacred  vessels  Is  52". 
b.  morally  2  S  2  2S7=V  1827.   Pi.  Inf.  TS^  Dn 

n35  jatrtfr  (I1 1^'  '^)-  HiPh-  1-  Inf- 
13np  Je  411  purify,  cleanse.  2.  /nte.  n3H 
D'Snn  Je  51"  polish  arrows  (vid.  3  above). 
Hithp.  1.  Impf.  ni31V  Dn  1 210  purify  oneself. 
2.  li^PI  \^i827  =  13nn  2S2227  «Aew  oneself 
pure,  just,  kind. 

fii.~0  adj.  pure,  clean,  Jb  1  i4i/'244;  13  Pr 
144;  pl.cstr.  "13  ^j3»;  f.nia  ^.I9»  Ct6810;— 
1.  ^wtre,  clear:  33?  13  ^)Mre  in  foarf  ^244> 
33^  nn  TJr  7  31 ;  a  pure  damsel  Ct  6910,  man  Jb  1 1  4, 
commands  of  God  ^  1 9'.  2.  clean:  13  M3K  crib 
iscleanFri^*.  3.  perh.  adv.13"1pK0  kiss  purely, 
of  sincere  homage  ^  212  but  cf.  1.  13,  p.  135. 

•{"in.  "13.  n.m.  grain,  corn  (cf.  Ar.  j  wheat, 
grain  of  wheat),  f  7216  Am  5"  8M;  13  Gn  413649 
42325  4s23  (E)  f  6514  Pr  1 126  Je  23s8  Jo  224. 

tl.  13  n.m.  lye,  potash,  alkali  used  in 
smelting  metals  Is  i2"  (see  JV13). 

tn.  "13  n.m.  cleanness,  pureness  :  *TJ  "w 
cleanness  of  my  hands  2  S  2221  (  =  1^  i821)  1^  1825 
(  =  ,1'3my  cleanness  2  S  22s5);  *]?  13  Jb  930  22s0. 

111^3  n.f.  lye,  alkali,  potash,  soap,  used 
in  washing  Je  2M  Mai  32. 

t"l3  a.m.  field  (BAram.  Nia,  Syr.  |U, 
Ar.  J  o/jere  country,  land) — 133  13T  <foy  grow 
up  in  the  open  field  Jb  394  (Aram,  usage). 

tD'H3'13  n.m. pi.  birds  fattened  for  table 
of  Solomon  1  K  53;  capons  Ki,  geese  (from  their 
pure  white  feathers)  5'Jer  Thes,  swans  Ew, 
guinea-hens  Th,  /ow'.s  Tristr.  AV  EV  (n3l3  = 
tp&y  water-birds  Lv  n17  it8""). 

JP^3  (■v'of  foil.,  meaning  unknown). 
TUJVQ  n.m.11"140  cypress  or  fir(As.  burdht 
COTQ,<,M ,Aram.  Wfrtt,  JI.0U  cf.  nil3  infr.,  v. 


also  Gr.  fipddv,  Lat.  bratum,  cypress,  juniper 
(PS);  in  favour  of  cypress,  also  ©  @  &  so  Thes; 
in  favour  of  J?r  or  jpiW,  33  Rob  in  KobGes 
(because  cypress  not  now  indigenous  on  Leba- 
non); cf.  also  RS1"™"""'"-20  who  lays  stress  on 
Ph.  n.pr.loc.  DB>3  ''K  (  =  0  WJ'N)  =  Gr.  n.rt/oOo-cu 
i.e.  isle  of  firs; — v.  further  SchroedFh0n-8pr"w 
LowN°,M  &  Brathu  as  name  of  Hermon  Philo 
Bybl.  in  EusebPra",z"""IM)— B^13  Ho  14'  + 
4 1.;  D^BTis  2  S  65+  1 1 1.,  D'eha  Na  24, v&ra 
Is  37s4,  VBh3  2  K  1 9s;— 1.  (lit.)  a  noble 
tree,  usually  ||nx  (exc.  2  S  6s  iK6"  2  Ch  3' 
yjf  10417  Is  5513  Ho  149  Na  24);  as  standing  and 
growing  Is  148  37s4  =  2  K  1923,  Is  4119  55" 
(||  D1H)  6013  (||  pail  1133  =  nN)  f  io4'7.  2. 
sim.  of  luxuriance,  stateliness  EZ318,  produc- 
tiveness Ho  1 49  (Now  thinks  cypress),  fig.  for 
spear-shafts  Na  24  Hi-St,  but  ©  €>  D'BHS ; 
fig.  for  mighty  men  Zc  n2.  3.  as  material 
(always  pi.),  for  building  temple  ('3  'VJ?)  1  K 
5s2-24  6M  cf.  9"  2  Ch  27;  '3  yv  (sing.)  2  Ch  35  (cf. 
Baer's  n.);  '3  nii>l>¥  1  K  6";  for  ships  (no  f$) 
Ez  27s;— 0^13  ^  5fc|  2  S65  appar.  =  unM.  all 
musical  instruments  made  of  fir,  but  ||  1  Ch  1 3" 
Dn/BCU  tJT^S  &  so  here  ©  We  Dr. 

T  [ni"l3]  n.m.  id.  (Aramaic  (prob.  North- 
Palest.)  form  of  same)  only  pi.  Wfetf  ||  DTW 
Ct  1 17;  ref.  to  arbour  of  trees  as  their  home, 
cf.  n.x. 

Tyta3  n.pr.m.  (•/  &  meaning  unknown) 
king  of  Gomorrha  Gn  14s. 

^fchs,  >iriii3,  nrrn3  v.  sub  nnw,  p.  92. 

□tiO  (have  a  sweet  odour,  cf.  Aram.  D'DB, 
yxctt=>  be  sweet,  pleasant,  Pa.  yimi  to  delight, 
KD"D3,  sw«e<;  Palm.  KDtO  {xnm)  Vog"'1883- 
Aoot.  s.Pt.  ito  1. 12,  m  1.  is.  1*.  zo  .tc.  g])iced  (ot-n  _  cf.  Becken- 
dorfzMG  isss.^.  As  Ja^,„Mj  pa.  mate  fine, 
beautiful  COT  Gto"). 

Ota,  [Ota]  v.  DB*3. 

v     v   >      L.  T     T   J 


'  spice,  balsam,  balsam- 


tctan.m.  a 
tree  (Ar.  'L£j,  Aram.  NODB,  I'rtmA,  Gk.  ^dX- 
craiior;  cf.Low^)— ,3ls3S4+,  DHExSO^v.infr., 
'tpB-S  Ct  51  (as  if  fr.  QEB);  pL  OMfift  Ex  25s + 
18 1.,  VDE'3  Ct416; — 1.  spice,  perfume,  sweet 
odour  Is324;  D^-JtJJg  Ex  3023  ('3  perh.  so 
pointed  to  distinguish  it  from)  DBQ-njp  v23 ; — 
with  this  cf.  Aram.  Uuu)  Uus,  NCD13  »J|>; — 
siiices  as  costly,  token  of  wealth  2  K  2013  =  Is 
399  cf.  2  Ch  32s7;  royal  gifts  1  Kio21025=2Ch 
91"-24;  cf.  sg.  1  K  io'°=  2  Ch  9s;  as  article  of 
commerce  Ez  27s2;  burnt  at  burial  2  Ch  1614; 


nctea 


142 


man 


appointed  for  ingredient  of  the  anointing  oil 
Ex  25"  358  cf.  v28  (all  P),  cf.  i  Ch  930  (Palm.  v. 
supr.) ;  stored  in  temple  1  Ch  9™;  used  for 
purifying  the  women  of  Ahasuerus  Est  212; 
elsewhere  only  Ct  41014  spices,  v16  balsam-juice, 
gathered  Ct  51;  balsam-tree  '3  Hfl  Ct  8";  beds 

of  balsam  1  rwjj  ct  62;  cf.  '3  n:r\y  Ct  5"  sim. 
of  lover's  cheeks. 

tjIQtoa  n.pr.f.   (jierfume  ?)— 1.   Hittite 

woman,  a  wife  of  Esau  Gn  26s4  (P);  called 
daughter  of  Ishmael,  and  sister  of  Nebaioth 
Gn363  (but  due  prob.  to  R;  this  daughter  of 
Ishmael  is  rbrsp  in  28s P);  v.  also  364101317  (all 
P)  (Sam.  has  r6nD  throughout  Gn  36).  2. 
daughter  of  Solomon,  wife  of  Ahimaaz  1  K  4". 

TDttQ1]  n.pr.m.  a  descendant  of  Issachar 
1  Ch  f.  ' 

T  DfeQO  n.pr.m.     1.  a  son  of  Ishmael  Gn 

25"  =  1  Ch  i59.     2.  a  descendant  of  Simeon 

1  Ch  4M. 

T[  IlL'jJ  vb.  bear  tidings  (v  rub,  smooth 
the  face;  cf.  Ar.J-iJ  remove  the  face  or  surface  of 
a  thing,  cf.  Ar.^io  be  glad,  joyful ;  i^y**.  sji-J 
he  rejoiced  him  with  the  message  of  the  birth  of 
a  son;  Eth.  Cltldl  bring  a  joyful  message,  so 
As.  bussuru  (Pa.)  DP170,  Sab.  neon  DHMMV, 
also  lea  n.pr.dei,^-i->  DHM2"01883358,  CIS 
...Mi.  >.s)_pi.p/.-|&a  Je  2015+  2t.;  Impf-WZn 

2  S  iS^^-  4 1.;  iTifpK  2  S  1819;  Imv.  «f|  1  Ch 
i6n=f  96s;  Inf-m)  1  S3i9+2t,;  POEO? 

Is  41s7  +  6  t.;  f.  rnipc  is  4099;  pi.  rtntpae 

^6812; — 1.  gladden  with  good  tidings:  birth 
of  a  son  Je  2o's;  victory  1  S  319  2  S  i20  1  Ch 
io9  f  6812;  vryn  "ifcaoa  IWl  he  was  in  his  eyes 
as  a  bearer  of  good  tidings  2  S  410.  2.  bear 

tidings  2  S  i8192020-26;  even  of  evil  1  S  417,  and 
so  with  ace.  31U  ifea  1  K  i42.  3.  herald  as 

glad  tidings:  the  salvation  of  God,  preach 
(chiefly  exilic  usage)  the  advent  of  '<  in  salva- 
tion Na2'  Is  40"  4127  52";  the  praises  of 
Yahweh  606;  His  righteousness  in  the  great 
congregation  y\r  4010;  His  salvation  daily  ^  96s 
=  1  Ch  1623;  the  Messianic  servant  preaches 
good  tidings  to  the  meek  Is  6 1 l.  Hithp.  Impf. 
itaJV  2  S  1831  receive  good  tidings  (so  Kirkp. 
Klo;  cf.  Ar.  J-ij  iv.  x;  otherwise  AV). 

"IC326,  »•»*•  flesh  (cf.  Ar.Jlj  skin,  Syr. 
\laJ>,  As.  bisru,  blood-relation,  DJA.. stud.  1.143, 
ctrr.™  Sab  Qnin  ^^  flesh  of  bulls)— Gn  221 
+  1 26 t.;  cstr.  "$3  Gn  1 711  +  40 1.;  sf.  nto  etc. 


+ 1 69  +  96 1.;  pi.  Dnfe-a  Pr  1 430;— 1.  of  the  body: 

a.  of  animals  Gn  412"19  Ex  2128  2  230Nu  I212(E) 
Nuii4-a3(JE)Gn94  +  (P3ot.)Dti21B-r(D9t.) 
Ju619-21  1S21316  1  K176  192'  Jb3i31  4115  i//5o13 
Pr  2320  Is  2213  441619  654  6617  Je  721  1 116  Ez  4" 
+  6  t.  Dn  io3  Ho  813  Mi  33  Hg  212  Zc  n916. 

b.  of  men  Gn4019(E)  221  Ex47(J)  Lv  123  ij 
+  i6t.  26M(P)  Dt  28MM  32 
1K434  51014  630  9s6  Jb25  4 

^20.22  „T6  oo21-25  ^  272  384'8  *"2 


**3  i^>2 

42  ju  87 1  si? 

61!  75  10 


..  I3» 


lo~—  21°  33"""  f2>;'  38"°  79z  I02"  iog24  Pr 
4s2  511  Is919  174  4926  Je  199  La  34  Ez325  376-8 
391718  Dn  i15  Zc  i412.  The  flesh  of  the  body  is 
contrasted  with  stone  Ez  n19  36s6.  2.  flesh 
for  the  body  itself  (esTp.  in  P) :  "]D"  N^>  DIN  "ifeO  by 
upon  the  body  of  man  it  shall  not  be  poured  Ex 
3032(P);  nba  by  Bf3^  12  »D?8D  Tircm  drawers 
shall  lie  put  on  his  body  Lv  63  164  (P);  p'e>  Db"l 

ntea  i>j>  1 K2127;  rtoa  nx  j>m  and  fie  s/wZ'. 

iWfie  his  body  Lvi49  is13-16  I624-26-28  1716  22s 

Nui978(P);  Da-ifeoa  unn  ab  vzib  crtoye shall 

not  put  any  cutting  for  any  one  in  your  body 

Lv  1 9s8  cf.  Lv  2i5(P);  D-i'ea  5>a  by  nyn  waym 

awd  </<ej/  shall  pass  a  razor  over  all  their  body 
Nu  87  (P).  Ec.  uses  ~IB>3  only  in  this  sense  23  4° 
5°  1 110 1 212;  elsewhere  this  usage  only  in  poetry; 
the  body  antith.  to  Bfa  Jb  1422  Is  io18 i^632; 
2b  V<-i69  84s  Pr  1 430  (only  here  emphatic  pi. 
=entire  body  Bo'695,  Leiblichheit  De);  ^V?? 
opart  /rom  «ty  &otfy,  in  disembodied  state  Jb 
1926;  nb>3  "pITBO  "YDD  »»y  Jody  trembleth  for 
fear  of  thee  fn  9120.  3.  mai;  org><m  of  gene- 
ration (euphemism):  D?nblV  IZ'S  Gn  1  y>"»«*»» 
(P);  lin»  nba  Ex  284S(P),"bufit?3  Gn  17"  Lv 
1 52-19  (P)  Ez  1 626  2  320  447-9.  4.  jfea&  for  /fcm- 
dred, blood-relations :  n'B'3»nB'31  •'DWODSV^owe 
0/  jray  6one  and  flesh  of  my  flesh  Gn  2s3  (J) ; 
iriN  "YeOP  Vni  on<i  </j«i/  sA«H  become  one  flesh 
Gn  224  (J);  ntol  nsjfj4  Gn  2914 (J)  Ju  92  2  S  51 
191314  1  Ch  111;  "lira  with  sf.  in  same  sense  Gn 
3727(J)  Ne  5'  IS587,  for  which  MfcO  ygf  near 
of  kin,  man  or  woman  Lv  1 86  2  549  (both  H ;  2  549 
||  n?EfP,  cf.  ES  K  149).  S.  man  over  against 
God  as  frail  or  erring  Gn  63(J)  i/'  56s  7s39; 
eyes  of  flesh  Jb  io4;  arm  of  flesh  2  Ch  32s  Je 
17°;  horses  are  flesh  not  spirit  Is  313.       6.  the 

phrase  lb'a-^3 :  a.  all  living  beings  Gn  61719  72' 
9n.«.i..ir  Lv  i?m  Nu  l8i5(p)  Jb  34.6  y,  I3625 

b.  animals  Gn  71516  817(P).  c.  mankind  Gn 
e'^Nuid22  27"i(P)Dt5!3V'653i4521  Is  40" 
4926  661623-24  Je  1 212  2531  32s7  456  Ez  2 14910  Jo  31 
Zc  217;   cf.  ehti  -1E>3  bl  Jb  1210. 

trnta  n.f.  tidings  (cf.  Ar.  \\S+  v.  Ba 

NB61;  Sab.  pt?3  DrlM2"01876-672),  2  S  4,0  + 
3t.;    ."ni;«?a  2S  182527— 1.  good  tidings  1  K 


■nton  148 

79.  2.  tidings,  news  2  S  I820-25;  with  miB 
2  S 1 8s7.  3.  reward  for  good  tidings  2  S  410 1 82J. 
TTMSS  a.pr.  of  brook  in  Philistine  terri- 
tory; alw.  "Wan  btt  1  S  3o910-21;  ©  Borop  (v21 
lUava,  but  ©L  Boaop) ;  mod.  Wady  Razze  (Gaza) 
ace.  to  Guerin,ud,!o"-213;— it  empties  into  sea 
SW  of  Gaza.     (Connexion  with  above  v^dub.) 

1 7t£^21  vb.  boil,  seethe  (intr.),  grow  ripe 

(Aram.  ^fVS»  ripen,  Nas.^'Joia  boil,  NSyr. 
■^■ls  be  boiled,,  cooked,  cf.  As.  baSdlu  (baslu, 
cooked)  ZimBP76)— Qal  Pf.  b&S.  Jo  415,  Vfa 
Ez  24"; — boil,  cook  (intr.)  Ez  24s;  grow  ripe 
(of  TSP)  J0413;— Pi.  Pf.  3  ms.  sf.  obf3  1  K 
19";  ^^  Ex  2931  Dt  167,  ^3  La  410+  2  t., 
«^t«  consec.  ZCI421;  Impf.  3  fs.  bgbni  2S  138; 
2  ms.  W?ri  Ex 23"+  2  t.,  ^5)  EZ462024,  ^3^1 
2  Ch  3513,  *^^?n  Ex  1 6s0,  ^3?l  2  K  6W;  7wv. 
!>&  2K438,  1^3  Lv831,  £ga  Ex  1 6s3;  /«/ 
^3  1  S  213;  Pt.  vhfya  Ez4624;-1.  boil  (tr.) 
obj. om.  Nu  1 18,  1ft  1  S  21S;  '"13  Ex  2319  34s6  Dt 
I421;  THS  2  K  4s8;  of  offerings,  obj.  B»Vhpn  2Ch 
3513;  obj.  DB>K  Ez  4620,  n3T  Ez  4624  (no  obj.)  v24, 
cf.  Zc  1421  (no  obj.);  Ex  162323  opp.  nBX  6afe. 
2.  cook  (general),  obj.->t?3  1K19"  Ex  2931  Lv 
831  (both  P);  obj.  |3  2  K  6M  cf.  "fy  La  4'°;  hence 
also  of  men  Dt  167  (cf.  Di;  ||  Ex  1289  has  ^S 
*t  opp.  D:e3  5>p3D)   2  Ch  3513  (B>K3),  cakes 

(nm>n)  2  s  i38.     Pu.  i3/  3  fs.  r6gs  Lv  621; 

7mp/.3fs.-^3riLv621;  P^  !?#30  Exi  29 1 S  215; 
— 6e  boiled,sodden,  D'D3  Ex  1 29cf. Lv 62121  (all  P) 
1  S  215.  Hiph..  Pf.  I^ean  ry>en«rf,  brought  to 
ripeness  Gn  4010  (a  vine,  its  grape-clusters). 

T  ,CQ  adj.  cooked,  boiled  (As.  baslu,  ripe 
COTGloM)— Ex  129  D'DS  ^3D  ^3;  f.  r6tj>3 
Nu  619,  (both  P). 

tni7E?2Q  n.f.pl.  cooking-places  EZ4623 
(cf.  tpbfb&n  TV3  v24). 

TQ  Tttfe  n.pr.m.  (=  e6f"|3  «on  of  peace  1 
cf.  sub  p)  a  Persian  officer  in  Canaan  Ezr  47. 

W2,  (Voifo\\.  =  smooth,  soffi  cf.  Ar.IH;, 
a-I2j  soft  and  smooth  ground). 

]\I?3  60  n.pr.terr.m.  Dt3'3  (smooth  (&  fertile) 
land)  Bashan,  first  mentioned  as  kingdom  of 
Og,E.ofJordan,stretchingfrom  stream  Jabbok 
(thus  including  northern  Uilead)  northward  to 
Sermon,  between  Gennesaret  (W)  and  mts 
of  Hauran  (E)  ;  cf.  Di  Nu  2 133  Wetzst  H*ur»"  a; 


nVim 


later  a  type  of  fertility ; — usually  c.  art.  '3n 
Nu  2 133-33  32s3  Dt  i4  +  30 1.  Dt  Jos;  1  K  413" 
2  K  io33  1  Ch5"1216S3647-6l!  Ne  o22  +  68"  135" 
i36=»  Je  2220  50"  (ptftK).  Mi  7'4  (\\id.),  Na  i4 
(||  id. ;  personif.,  subj.  of  &M*),  Is  33'  (||  id.; 
personif.  subj.  of  "$);  flft-ffl  (i.e.  range  of 
Hauran)  f  68"U6  (called  D,n^N-iri)_from  a 
sanctuary  there? — &  D'333r-iri  many-peaked 
mt.);  of  stately  trees  '3H  »jiht  Is  213  (still  seen 
on  western  slope  of  mts.  of  Hauran,  Wetzst 
*ur*n88) ;  3  'JVN  Zc  1 12  (fig.  of  prominent  men) ; 
'30  DWN   Ez  27s;    of  bulls  '3  'T3«  ^  2213 

(II  D^l.  %);  so  '3-^33  Dt3214  (  +  t>£l«|  D<"}3 
also  D'-Wiy,  cf.  n|53  &  fxs  v».  vid  j3  {  j    (,)j. 

appar.  more  general  is  '3  *JJT}D  Ez  3918  (ref.  to 
Db  . . .  Dna  DHWyi  nns  B^J);  once  of  kine 
(fem.,  fig.  of  luxurious  and  haughty  women  of 
Samaria)  Am  41  '3n  ni"13. 

t]©22n.pr.loc.  in  south.  Judah'SH  Josis62. 

!"CttH  v.  sub  eh3. 

t  :  t 
t  [Dt£Q]  vb.  Po.  Inf.  sf.  D3DBn3  Am  5" 
prob.  yowr  trampling  (by  dissim.  fr.  M3)  sq.  by. 

nth  v.  sub  B>13. 

I.  PS  daughter  v.  sub  J3. 

II.  D3.  6a«/i  (a  measure),  nri3  v.  sub  nn3. 

ti.  TNfifia  n.pr.m.  (?  =  Wl»  man  of  God) 

Gn  2222SS  a^1'-24-47-50  (J)  son  of  Nahor,  neph.  of 
Abr.,livinginAram-Naharaim,incityofNahor; 
2520  28"  (P)  Aramaean  of  Paddan-Aram. 

tii.  T'StinS  n.pr.loc.  in  Simeon  1  Ch4J0=: 
^V13  Jos  194;  J*D|  1530;  i'Kn'S  1 S3027  (v.  p.  1 1 1 
supr.);  yet  cf.  LagBX64;  site  unknown. 

'rira  v.  11.  ^nf 

ri^PS  v.  r>3  sub  |3,  p.  124. 

cris  v.  iv3. 

7J7H  (cf-  Ar.  JiT  sever,  separate). 

tn7iri2  50  n-f-  virgin  (cf.  Ar.  J^j,  jLo, 
As.  batultu  (also  bat&lu  of  young  man)  5  E, 
42"  v.  Jer2*1886'399;  NH  KJVfll,  Jlofc^)— Gn 
2416  +  19 1.;  cstr.  rWl3  Dt2219  +  12  t.;  pi. 

ni^vis  Est  22+7t.;  rnbra  zc  917;  n$vi3  Ex 

2  2 ]6  -r  2  t. ;  r6r,3  La  5" ;  sf  Vn^DS  ^  7  8ra  +  3  t. ; 
— one  living  apart  in  her  father's  house  as  a 
virgin  Gn  24,6(J)  Ex22ls(E)  Lv  2i3"(P)  Dt 
2219  Jui924  2S133  Jb3i'Is626  Je2323i13Jo 
I8;  r6iri3  mj?3  a  virgin  damsel  Dt  2223'28  Ju 

2 112  1  K  i2  Est  23;  rtami  -y\m  Dt  3225  2  Ch 


D^ 


■Vina 


144 


p*U 


3617  Je  51*2  Ez  96;  personification  of  nations 

btrto*  rtana  Je  1 813  3 i4-21  Am  5s;  p-v  na  '3  2  K 

19s1  (=Is37M;  on  double  st.  cstr.  v.  Ges"306 

Phi8,c"tt°)La2ls;  'oyna'a Je i417;  rrnmnali 

La  1";  }1TV  IU  '3  Is  2312;  5>33  tO  'a  Is  471;  '3 
Dnvo  n3  Je46";  pi.  ron/ins  Ex2216  2  S  1318 
Est2i171' ^4515  78ra Lai4  210  5"  Ez  44M  Am8ls; 

nbva\  antra  +  ms12  is  23*  Zc  917  La  i18  2s1. 

ta-,7;ina  n.f.  virginity,  pi.  abs.  intens.  Dt 
22».i7.so.  cgtr  ,1^,3  Dt22isi7,all concrete,  tokens 
of  virginity;  abstr.,  sf.  ytfia  Ju  1 137;  nyV13 
Lv2i13  Jun38Ez238;  jn^.bvif  Ez  23s. 

t[pJ"Q]  vb.  cut,  cut  off,  cut  down  (As. 

batdku,  C0TGloB-  ZimBP,w°-;  cf.  also  Ar.  &? 
seeuit,  amputavit) — only  Pi.  Pf.  consec.  'HIprDI 
Dnmri3  Ez  1640  and  they  shall  cut  thee  to 
pieces  with  their  swords. 

trHinS]  vb.  cut  in  two  (Ar.J^j  cut  off 
prematurely ;  extirpate  by  cutting) — Qal  Pf. 
I"?  Gn  1510;  Pi.  Impf.  WJ  Gn  1510  id. 

t[im]  n.m.  Gnl6-'0  part,  piece.  1.  Vvo 
Gni510;  pi.  sf.  VjnaJe  3418,  bjm  nna  Je3419; 
always  of  halves  of  animals  cut  in  two  in 
making  covenants.  2.  VI3  '"in  Ct  217  moun- 
tains of  cutting,  i.e.  cleft  mountains  ©  Thes  al.; 
or  of  separation  (between  us)  Ew  al. ;  ace.  to 
WeProi.«5.  En,.Tr.39i  *,  _  mal0bathron.—Bether  as 
n.pr.  AV  RV. 


t|i^na  prob.  n.pr.terr.  {cleft,  ravine) 
E.  of  Jordan;  /3rri>3  2  s  2s9. 

J"1J"0  ('  cut  off,  sever,  cf.  Ar.  oJ,  secwi'<, 
resecuit,  abrupii). 

tn.  m  n.m.  Sl,!-U  (f.I>6'w)  bath  (Thes  al. 
fr.  above  v  in  sense  of  define,  measure;  cf. 
r€>x<o;  LagOr-"-10t  makes=m3,  =  13  +  fem.  D; 
cf.  Syr.  f^,  instrument  for  pressing  olives ;  cf. 
Epiphan.  fidSos  =  eXaiorptjic'iov;  &  /3d8os  also 
Hesych.  Jos  *■"•"«•«  but  ed.  Niese  jSut-ow, 
/Mro*)— '3  abs.  Is510+6t.;  (03  EZ45")  cstr. 
Ez4510;  pi.  D-na  2  Ch  29-9  +  3  t.;— a  liquid 
measure  =  nD,S  of  dry  measure,  each  being  JW 
ion  (q.v.)  Ez  45»»-»-><;  also  Is510 1 K  72628  2 Ch 
29-9  45  +  Ez  45"-14  (4 1.  in  this  v.,  Co  del.  a  &  d). 
EZ4510  P1XTI3  a  righteous  (right,  accurate, 
full)  bath"{\\  ?~rfr\&X).  The  actual  size  of 
bath  (  =  ephah)  is  appar.  c.  40  litres  (=  Attic 
metretesci.  Jos  An,Tl"-2-9;  =39.39  lit.  cf.  Boeckh 

Metrol.  Untouch.  2»f..     y     alg0    J      BrandJs  «ta«- ««,-  u. 
Gewlchuwesen  29  I      gm;^n  Diet.  Bible,  urt.  Weights  J,  Me«ure»     T>: 

HWB934 ').—!.  n?  v.  sub  (3. 

T  [nri^J  n.f.  precipice,  steep  (as  cut  off, 
abrupt) — JTW3n  'jrua  Is  719  m  the  ravines  of  the 
precipices. 

T  nriS  n.f.  end,  destruction  (for  nria,  perh. 
on  account  of  difference  of  meaning,  perh.  fr. 
analogy  of  n?3  with  like  sense;  cf.Di) — WNf^tt 
nna  Is  56  o-ind  I'  wiU  make  it  (the  vineyard)  a 
destruction,  a  waste,  or  (Che)  make  an  end  of  it. 


y  3  Gimel,  third  letter;  in  postB  Heb.= 
numeral  3  (and  so  margin  of  printed  MT);  j  = 
3000 ;  no  evidence  of  this  usage  in  OT  times. 

N2  v.  sub.  rata. 

tJ"TNH  vb.  rise  up  (Aram.  Pe.  (X  1  S  26) 

&  oft.  Ethp.  'K|riK,  -L^J.^  &e  boastful,  proud, 
cf.  also  NH)— Qal  Pf  'j  Ex  is'-21,  «0  Ez  47s; 
Impf.  nK?yb8"io16;  Inf.  abs.  ?WB  Exis"1;— 
1.  rise  up,  of  waters  Ez  47s.  2.  grow  up,  of 
plants  Jb  8".  3.  be  lifted  up,  exalted,  of  head 
Jb  10",  of'  in  triumph  Ex  15121. 

T  N3  adj.  proud,  scribal  error  for  i"l83  Is  166 
(as  in  Je  4829). 

tnN2  adj.  proud,  Jb  4c-"-'2  Is  2"  Je  48M; 
pi.  B'lU  ^942 1406  Pris25  1619;  cstr.'N?  Vi234 
Qr  ffJV  'M  (>Kt  DWW),  yet  cf.  De  al. 


tnMni.  pride,  Pr813. 

t  rT1N2  n.f.majesty,  pride  (cf.  Syr.  H'cu J^) 
— Jb4i7+6t.;  cstr.  niNS  Pr29a+2t.;  sf.  ViltM 
Is  1 3s  -f-  8 1.; — 1.  rising  up,  swelling  of  the  sea 
yfr  46*.  2.  majesty,  of  Israel  Dt  33s9,  Moab  Is 
i66= Je  48w,  scales  of  crocodile  Jb  417,  of  God 
Dt  3326  V'  68s5.       3.  pride,  haughtiness  ^  102 

31"24  361J  736  Pr  i43  29s3  Is  9*  13"  25";  ^ 
'niNJ  my  proudly  exulting  one3  Is  1 33  cf.  Zp  311. 

t|iN3  n.m.1""1'5  exaltation— Jb4O10  + 5 1.; 
cstr.  \^i  Lv  2619  +  3i  t.;  sf.  1?iW  etc.  Ex  157 
+  9  t.;  'pi.  sf.  l|#iq  Ez  1666;  — 1.  exaltation, 
majesty,  excellence,  a.  of  nations,  their  wealth, 
power,  magnificence  of  buildings,  e.g.  Egypt 
Ez  32 12,  Chaldeans  Is  I311-19  14",  Philis- 
tines Zc  96,  Assyria  Zc  10",  Jacob  -^  47s  Am 


rn«a 


145 


fe 


N^ 


68  87  Na  2s,  Israel  Ho  56  710  (prob.  appellation 
of  /,)J  Na23,  Judah  Je  139,  Jerusalem  v9  Ez 
1666;  W  fta?  p™^  0/ Aer  strength  Ez  30618 
S328;  B1J>  |1WEa  724  (but  ©  Ew  Hi  Co  rd.  Dry); 
D3Ty  JttQ  Lv  26'9  Ez  2421;  the  fruit  of  land 
of  Judah  will  become  mtttTlTl  fWl?  majestic 
and  beautiful  Is  42;  UV  ^3  J1XJ  <Ae  majesty 
of  all  the  splendour  (of  Tyre)  Is  23';  Zion  is 
to  become  D^15?  JIM  an  everlasting  excellency 
Is  6015.  b.  of  God  Ex  157  Is  24"  Mi  53;  "ITTj 
i3W  Is  210-1921;  WW  ^2  DJT  Jb374;  «?  TH! 
POSj  pK3  Jb  4010.  c.  JTW1  J1KJ  majesty  of  tlie 
Jordan,  referring  to  the  green  and  shady  banks, 
clothed  with  willows,  tamarisks,  and  cane,  in 
which  the  lions  made  their  covert  Je  4919  5044 
Zc  113,  and  therefore  dangerous  Je  125  (Ew 
thinks  of  the  swelling  of  its  agitated  waters) ; 
fjl  |iX3  majesty  of  thy  waves  Jb  3811.  2.  pride 
(bad  sense)  Jb  3512  +  5913  Pr  813  i6,s  Ez  720 
1649  Zp  210;  of  Moab  Is  i666= Je  4s2929. 

t  reH2  n.f.  majesty,  +  931  +  7  t.;— 1.  lift- 
ing up  ]&V  rflW  column  of  smoke  Is  917;  EJl1  n,s?. 
swelling  of  the  sea  ^  8910.  2.  majesty  of  God 
^93'  IS2610;  nb»y  rtHtj  he  hath  done  majestically 
Is  126;  nwa  fncy  crown  of  majesty  Is  2813 
(Samaria,  on  a  round  hill  majestically  com- 
manding the  country).  3.  pride  rKW3  Visn  «A«y 
speak  proudly  fjf;  so  for  niN?  7420  Bi  Che. 

1"7N"lM  n.pr.m.  (majesty  of  El)  the  spy 
of  the  tribe  of  Gad  Nu  i315. 

tftYW]  adj.  proud,  BVt»W+i*tf{K.ieL 
Baer's  note,  yet  rd.  prob.  O^KS;  but  Qr  better, 
tPfP  Wi  proudest  op2>ressors,  v.  n83). 

□<,2T','S3  V«  foregoing,  and  also  HS3. 

mil  n.f.  pride  (contr.  for  H1S3  Ew*62"-7"' 
cf.  Aram.  Dn  4s4  &  £)— 1.  pride  Jb  3317  Je  1317. 
2.  Z?7i!m#  wp  Jb  22s9  an  exclamation,  up!  Ew 
Di  De  al.;  but  2>ride  Hi  Dr'154"(,id-S). 

rrt">*a  v.  *i. 

f  I.  7K3  vb.  redeem,  act  as  kinsman  (NH, 
Niph.  he  redeemed}  also  5m,  "?*?)— QalP/ 
'3,  etc.  Is  44!3+  14 1-5  /»»?/.  *«£,  etc.  Lv25»  + 
1 8t.;  Imv.  ?*|,  etc.  Bu 46  +  3 1. ;  Trc/.  abs.  7N3  Lv 
2  7,3+  2t.;  cstr3i^Eu44  +  2t.;  sf.^K^Bu313; 
Pi.  ^3  Lv  2526+  24  t,  ty*  Is  5920  ^  1034;  sf. 
^N3  Is  48",  Ha**  Is  548  (sf-  19  *•);  Pass-  P1- 
D^1K3,  etc.  Is  359  +  4t.; — 1.  act  as  kinsman,  do 
the  part  of  next  of  kin  (chiefly  inDHP  Bu), 
b*\  kinsman  Lv  25*  (H)  Nu  58  3512  (P)  Eu  220 


3».12   41.3.«.8.H    j  K  l6ll  ft_  Jn  taking  ft  k;nsman's 

widow  ii>N3^>  pir  t6  otn  buy  ma  ipny  en 

TIvWI  if  lie  will  do  thee  the  kinsman's  part 
(raise  up  children  by  the  widow)  well,  let 
him  do  the  kinsman's  part ;  but  if  he  is  not 
pleased  to  do  thee  the  kinsman's  part  then  I 
will  do  thee  the  kinsman's  part  Bu  313;  b.  in 
redeeming  from  bondage  Lv  2548-49  (H);  c.  in 
redeeming  a  field  Lv  is™*-*  (H)  Bu  44-6;  d.  claim 
as  kinsman  Jb  3s;  e.  BflfJ  7$?3  the  avenger  of 
6ZooiNu35,9-21-24-25-27-27Jos203-6(?;notin@)v9(P). 
Dt  19612  (D)  2  S  1411.  2.  redeem,  by  payment 
of  value  assessed,  of  consecrated  things,  by  the 
original  owner  Lv  2  j**»JM«(P).  3.  redeem, 
with  God  as  subj.  implying  personal  relation- 
ship, chiefly  in  poetry: — a.  individuals,  from 
death  f  1034  La  368  Ho  1314,  JH  ^30  Gn  4816  (E 
poetry),  B>B3  V  6919  7214,  orphans  Pr  2311  Je  5034, 
*bw\  un  nan  ^  1  i9lbi,  ^«3  Jb  1925,  'SjJ)  T* 

^  1915.  b.  Israel,  from  Egyptian  bondage 
Ex66(P?)  i513  (song)  f  74"  77'16  78s5,  3>1K  TD 
^io610.  c.  from  exile  (chiefly  Is3,  the  vb.  not 
in  Is1)  IS431 4422-23482052l!639  Mi410,  TD  ^  1072 

Je3in;  Yahweh  is  5$  Is  41"  4314  44654  41* 
4817  497-26  545'8  5920  6016  6316;  and  the  people 
ff^WJ  Is  359  5 1'»  6212  634  (cf.  **3W|  infr.), 
fief.  Nipb.  Pf.  bg$  Lv  2548;  Impf  W 
Lv  2530+5  t.;  vWFl  IS523; — 1.  refl.  redeem 
oneself  Lv  2549  (H).  2.  pass.  Je  redeemed, 
a.  field  Lv2530(H),  slave  Lv  2554(H);  b.  con- 
secrated things  Lv  2  720-27-28-33  (P);  c.  Jerusalem 
by  Yahweh  Is  52'. 

tl^Nit  Is  634,  in  '3  IW,  n.abstr.  re- 
demption, ace.  to  @  ©  33  Ges  Hi  De  MV  Che 
Di  BVm ;  then  either  pi.  abstr.  sf.  year  of  (my) 
redemption  (so  most)  ;  or  abstr.  form,  in  » — , 
after  Syr.  analogy,  Lag *-.u.i«t *-••»."■  »« 
(©  om.  my);  but  <  Pt.  pass.  pi.  sf.  my  ransomed 
(released)  ones  Ew  Br  Brd  AV  BV  cf.  sub 
?N3  supra. 

t  JT9M  n.f .  kin(?),  redemption— Lv  2  5" 
+6  t.J  est*  r&Kj  Lv  2  s32;  sf.  ^N?  Bu  4', 
in^Ka  Ez  ii15,  inW3  Lv25M+4t.;  —  1.  Atn, 
in|KS  '•E'aK  men  of  thy  kindred  Ez  1 1 1S,  BV  Thes 
Hi  al;  but  ©  ©  Ew  Co  "mhi  '«  thy  fellow- 
exiles.  2.  redemption,  of  field  Lv  25"  (H)  Bu 
47.  3.  right  of  redemption  Lv  2529-31-32-48  (H) 
Bu46  Je32s=n^X3n  DDB'D  Je  327.  4.  price 
of  redemption  Lv  25s6"-62  (H). 

t /Na'1  n.pr.m.  (7/e  redeems) — 1.  one  of  the 
spies  Nu  1 37.  2 .  one  of  David's  heroes  2  S  2  3s6. 
3.  descendant  of  Zerubbabel  1  Ch  3s2. 

I, 


til.  [7i<3]  vb.  defile,  late  (cf.  bj?5)— Niph. 

Pf.  3  mpl.^b3Is59sLa4",onform  v.Ges*51-', 
Ko1266;  Pt.  rb»ii  Zp  31;— be  defiled,  hands  with 
blood  D^3,  Is  593cf.  La  4";  pt.  as  subst.  defiled, 
polluted  ori3  Zp  31  of  Jerusalem  (||ntO!p;  appos. 
njfti  Tjjn).  pi.  pf  t  pi.  sf.  •fafa  Mai  i7 
pollute,  desecrate,  obj.''  (desecrated  in  his  altar). 
Pu.  Impf.  njnan-fp  fytSn  Ezr  262=Ne  y64  cstr. 
pregn.  and  they  were  desecrated  out  of  the  priest- 
hood, i.e.  deposed, as  desecrated  ones;  P<.7N3D  of 
bread  laid  on  Yahweh's  altar  Mai  I7;  of  Yahweh's 
altar(table,  inbe^v12.  Hiph.  Pf.  1  s.^MKIses3 
(on  Aram,  form  v.Kb127  Gesi53R-6but)  rd.perh. 
"ri^xa  Pi.t  v.  GFM™*1887'292  cf.  also  Gesu"- 
01  »25Sb  Sta }lwb'  3;—I  have  polluted,  i.  e.  stained, 
all  my  raiment.        Hithp.  Impf.  Pi*jri^  Dn  i8; 


ro2 


iwiV  yS'—drjile  himself. 

t[7N2]  n.[m.]  defiling,  defilement,  \!?S3 
njnsn  Ne  13s9. 

22  back,  etc.,  v.  sub  333. 
[23],  D^v.aup.  155. 

I.  [23]  locust,  v.  sub  i133. 

II.  [22]  pit,  in.  [33]  beam,  v.  sub  313. 

22,  212  n.pr.loc.  v.  sub  333. 

^JUJ  (cf-  Ar.  llJL,  ^a.  restrain  or  withhold 
oneself;  peril.  =  LZjl  collect  (water  in  a  cistern, 
also  tribute),  so  Lane  («Ji  1.  ad  fin.,  Fl  NHWB 
''"•j  v.  also  NH  *»,  H33,  Aram.  K33,  J^ 
collect  debts,  taxes,  etc.) 

t«22  n.m.  **•*  cistern,  pool  (cf.  Ar. 
iljla.  watering-trough) — 1.  cistern  N33I3  h^D 
Is'3014.  2.   J900Z,    mar«/i    W33    Ez    4711 

(|$*»). 

^^J  (prob.  be  curved,  convex,  elevated, 
Aram.  N333  Mil;  be  or  make  hollow,  dig,  Ar. 
JUjL  cut  off  or  otrf,  vjli.,  Aram.  33,  Eth.  7-fl: 
As.  gubbu, — all  =  cistern;  cf.  e.g.  As.  gubbdni 
sa  me,  cisterns  of  water,  Asrb  *"»*>»  coi.tiii.  10^ 
KB,IK°;v.  n.pr.  33  infr.) 

ta|  n.m.?rf-,!"43-,3(f.,t"-18)  anything  convex, 
curved,  gibbous,  e.g.  back,  chiefly  late; — abs. 
3J  Ez  1624;  cstr.33  Ez431:,(rd.n33® EwSm  Co) ; 
gf.1l  1//I293,  }33  Ezi631M;  pl.cstr.naiLv^9, 
'33  Jb  1312  1526;  sf.  BW3j  1  K  7s3,  DH33  Ez  io13, 
1^33  Ez  i18,  Drf33  Ezi18;— 1.  back,  of  man  (fig. 
of  Isr.)  if?  1293;  appar.  of  cherubim  Ez  iols,  but 


II i  Sm  emend  v.  so  that  '3  ref.  to  wheels,  rim 
v.  6  infr.  2.  mound,  for  illicit  worship  Ez 

1 62431-39  (all  ||  no-i) ;  @  33  lupanar,  brothel,  after 
analogy  of  fornix,  but  this  without  sufficient 
proof,  &  needless.  3.  boss,  or  convex  pro- 

jection, of  shield  Jb  1 52li(fig.)  he  runneth  against 
him  .  .  .  with  the  stout  bosses  of  his  shields  (i.e. 
wicked  against  "');  so  j^b  in  Ar.  in  similar 

phrase  ;  cf.  also  Ar.  ZJ^L ,  shield;  also  French 
bouclier  fr.  boucle.  4.  bulwarks,  breastworks, 
fig.  for  arguments  r33',33  "Il2rn33?  Jb  1 312  breast- 
works of  clay  are  your  breastworks.  5.  brow, 
only  WJJ  ni|  Lv  1 4'  his  eyebrows.  6.  Wot 

of  wheel,  felloe  1  K  f33  Ez  i1818;  so  perh.  io12  v. 
1  supr. — EZ4313;  elevation,  i.e.  basement  of 
altar,  Da  after  MT.,  but  v.  fi^b ,  cf.  supr. 

tail  2  S  2 118,  212  v19  n.pr.loc.  (cf.  Aram. 
833  ten,  and  Jic^,  Ar.  J^,  Eth.  7-fl:  As. 
g-M&Jw,  weZZ,  cistern,  v.  333)— field  of  battle  with 
Philistines  2  S  2i18="l»  in  ||  1  Ch  204  (so  here 
ThEw;  cf.Jos  io33),but=n3@(S2  S2i18(©L 
Ta&6);  2  S  2i19(om.  ||  iCh  205),  ®  Po/n,  Poj3;  Klo 
Goth;  in  v16  We  Dr  (q.  v.)  rd.  333  for  333 ;  site 
of  Gob  (si  vera  1.)  unknown. 

t  V?D  V5$  appar.  n.pr.m.  (cf.  Aram.  JIA^, 
Talm.  '33,  tax-gatherer)  a  Benjamite  Ne  n8; 
but  text  dub.  cf.  1  Ch  98  &  SmL1*',,7. 

t)\n22  n.pr.loc.  (mound,  height,  cf.  $  K333 
ridge)  Philistine  city  1K152727 161517;  assigned 
to  Dan  Jos  19",  and  to  Levites  2123:  site  un- 
known ;  cf .  Lag  0nom- 246' 2nd  ed-  ■*. 

l"OJ  (coiiec«,Ar.Ui  (=tj»i,  cf.  K33  supr.), 
NH  'M,  .133,  Aram.  N33,  ]^;'  ||f0rm  K33  q.v.) 

t *•  L-?.  J  n.[m.]  locust  (name  from  swarm, 
collection,  Eth.  7-OA.:  cf.  also  Eth.  A*}A«):  Zocwsi 
v  =Ar.  kli  scaturivit,  manavit),  only  pi.  Q'aS 
IS334  (in  sim.  of  leaping). — 33  n,in,  v.sub  313. 

T2i3  n.[m.]  locusts,  Na  317;  cf.  *aa. 
t->23,  "Ofa    n.m.  *»****•  coU.  locusts 

(swarm,  multitude  ;  Aram.  5*353 ,  pi.  'iOU ;  on 
format,  v.  ODa6d),  "33  symbol  of  Yahweh's 
judgment  on  Isr.  Am  71 ;  in  sim.  of  disappear- 
ance of  Assyrian  leaders  at  destruction  of 
Nineveh  '313  313  Na  317  (locust-)  swarm  of 
locusts  (||  n3-)S) ;  but  del.  3^3  as  dittogr.  We  al. 
tPOi)  vb.  be  high,  exalted  (NH  id. 
(Hiph.),  Aram.  n33;  cf.  Ar.  1^1^.  forehead,  ilL 
prominence  of  forehead;  compare  perhaps  also 
As.  gabani,  heights  (?)  Lotz  TP,S3)— Qal  Pf. 
'i  2Ch  26"+ 5 1.;  «n:;3  Ez  316 (x=n);  Pirns  Ez 


TOS 


147 


biaa 


3i1,,«MJb351+3t.;/fnp/aaa!Pn8M+5t; 
sf.  *lf£  Ez  3 114,  WWjJ!  Jb  367,  VfflJB  Je  13", 
na'naan Ez  1660;  Inf.nhia ^103", nna^ Zp 3" ; 

— 1.  6«  high,  lofty,  tall,  e.g.  tree  Ez  19"  3. '•»»•» 
heavens  Jb  35s  Is  55s  ^  103",  man  1  S  io23. 
2 .  be  exalted,  of  man  in  dignity  and  honour  J  b  36', 
of  servant  of  Yahweh  Is  5213,  God  Is  5",  God's 
ways  Is  55'.  3.  lofty  w  333  ■ — a.  in  a  good 
sense,  encouraged  in  the  ways  of  Yahweh  2  Ch 
176;  b.  elsewhere  in  a  bad  sense,  be  haughty 
f  1311  Pr  1812  2  Ch  2616  32s5  Ez  282-51?,  and  so 
without3^Is3,6Jei315Ezi660Zp311.  Hiph. 
Pf  W9S1  Ez  1724;  Impf.  &$£  Jb  3927  Je  4916 
Ob4 ;  'nrva^i  2  Ch  3314;  irvar  Jb  s7;  Inf. 
riaan  ufl  Ez2i31;  Pt.^ygpri^fn^;— 

make  high,  exalt,  e.g.  trees  Ez  1724,  wall  2  Ch 
33u>  gate  Pr  1719,  nest  Je  4916  Ob4,  dwelling 
yjf  103s,  a  request  Is  7",  the  lowly  Ez  2131; 
spy  VV'2y_make  their  flight  high,  soar  aloft  Jb  5', 
without  tliy  Jb  3927. 

tppi  adj.  high,  exalted— 1  S  92+  15  t.; 
,Toa  f  1386;  cstr.  aha  1S167;  naa  (Ewi21Sd) 
^ioi5  +  3  t.;  pi.  0,nSaEc57+5t.;'f.  nnha  Dt 
3'+6t.;  pi.  nirus  Dn83+2t.;  n'rua  Dt2852; 

— 1.  high,  lofty,  tall,  e.g.  tree  Ez  1 724,  tower 
Is  2"  Zp  i16,  mountain  Gn  719  ^  10418  Is  409  577 
Ez  1722  402;  cf.  phrases  nmj  ny33  i>3  ^V  upon 
every  high  hill  1  K  1 4s3  2  K  1 710  Je  220;  niJ)3J  b]} 
IWQ21  Je  1 72;  aha  "irrb|-^y  Is  3025  Je  3";  man 
1 S92;  tree  ncAp  .133  Ez  313;  horns  Dn83;  walls 
Dt  36  2852;  gallows  Est  514  7";  gate  Je  5168; 
altar  Ez  4122;  high  things  Jb  4126  Ec  12s.  2. 
excdted  in  station  Ez  213';  IBfe*  i?33  bye  rl33  '3 
E£\?$j  DVJ3J&  /or  /it'jrA  (me  a6oi;«  high  one  is 
watching,  $■  the  Most  High  over  them  Ec  57  so 
Ew  Zo  al.,  but  Vrss  De  Now  eil.higJier  (earthly), 
potentates  over  them.  3.  haughty  \jr  1 38s  Is 515 
io33 1  S  23;  rW'jrroa  ^  1015;  3.b  '3  Pr  1 66;  PT1  '3 
Ec  7s.     4.  n.[m.]  loftiness,  incip  FI33  1  S  167 ; 

cf.  bin?  10,  p.  153. 

tTOif  n.m.  height— Jb2212+9t.;  sf.  ^33 

1  S  i74  +  5 1.;  pi.  cstr.  'nsa  Jb  1 18;— 1.  Attpfe, 
of  buildings  and  trees  Ez  1 18 1 911  3 1 1014  4042  4 1 8 

2  Ch  34  Am  29;  prob.  also  Ez  4313  (of  altar),  so 
®  Ew  Co  for  MT  33  (q.v.);  of  man  1S174; 
heaven  Jbn8  2212  (D33  cstr.  SI6  of  rock).  2. 
exaltation,  grandeur  Jb  4010.     3.  Jiaughtiness, 

JC4829;  bjk  'a  ^  i04;  tab-'a  2  Ch  32M;  mi  'a 
Pn618. 

trflr02  n.f.  haughtiness,  Is  21117. 

tpRTSUP  n.pr.  (exalted  t  01  »OTk-4)  place  in 


the  tribe  of  Gad  Nu  32s5  Ju  8";—ffirbet- 
Ajbehdt,  NW.  fr.  'Amman,  Bd  ™m. 

7laa(n)  Jos  1547  Kt;  rd.  fcrwj  Vrss.  Codd. 

cf.  v12. 

PQJ  (only  in  foil,  derivatives  found  in  P; 
cf.  also  NH  naa,  giantY 

TrQ3  adj.  having  a  bald  forehead,  Mn  '3 
Lvi341(P||t«n  mg  v40). 

t  nnia  n.f.  bald  forehead  (NH  id.,  Aram. 
jL'c£»A^),  only  Lv  13 — abs.  Lvi342(P;  asson. 

nnfaa  In  nmga);  tanas  v42-4,(both  P&  W^pj>); 
in  all,  as  place  of  appearance  of  an  eruption  ; 
v85  (P ;  ||  id.)  =  in  its  front,  i.  e.  front  of  garment. 

"O^  v.  sub  nai. 

"»sa,  -ho  raa  v.  sub  333. 

AT 

tTia  n.pr.loc.  v.  sub  313. 

7^J  (ace.  to  Thes  orig.  twist,  wind,  whence 
not  only  n?33,  fvaj"?,  but  also  btta  (cord  and 
then)  boundary,  as  determined  by  measuring 
cord,  or  line,  whence  vb.  denom.  ?33  bound, 
border,  q.v.  infr.;  NH  b33,  Aram.  ?3?  mean 
mix,  knead;  Ar.  J->i,  Syr.  *Va^»  create, 
fashion;  MV  assume  meaning  massive,  whence 
Ar.  Jiff  mountain  (cf.  As.  gablu  HA48),  and 
?133  as  originally  earth-wall,  etc.,  serving  as 
boundary;  this  explains  !"l?33  etc.  less  well). 

T"Q2  n.m.  *  ** 3  border,  boundary,  ter- 
ritory (NH  id.,  Punic  gubulim  (pi.,  Plaut 
Poe°- ' 9)— i"i33  Gn  io19  +  1 68 1.  +  Jos  1 547  Kt  (but 
rd.  Qr  !*»);  b:ta  Nu2i,s  +  9t.;  (both,  in  abs. 
&  cstr.,  e.g.  abs.  Nu  2  2s6  34s,  cstr.  Gn  10"  2  S 
2 15)  ;  sf.  \b«a  1  Ch  410,  ipOl  Ex  727,  \ba?  Ex 
23s' +  3  t.,  etc.;  pi.  (8  t.)  only  sf.  YjO)  Jeis" 
1 73,  etc.; — 1.  border,  boundary,  a.  of  a  land  or 
people  :  Canaanites  Gn  io19(J),  Edom  Nu  2023 
Jos  is121  (all  P)  cf.  Ob7,  Amorites  Nu  2i13(E) 
Jos  I34(D)  cf.  I25(D)  Ju  i36,  Moab  Nu  211315 
2  236(E)  3344(P)  Dt  218  Ju  ii1918  2  K  321  Is  158, 
AmmonNu2i24(E)  Dt316  Josi22  i310(all  D) 
Am  i3,  Bashan  Jos  124  (D),  Egypt  1  K  5'= 
2  Ch  926,  Is  1919;  esp.  of  promised  land  Ex  23" 
3424(JE)Nu343+i3t.  Nu34(allP)  Dtn24 
1220  164  Jos  i4(D),  cf.  Ez  45'+  10  t.  Ez  45-48; 
also  of  Israel  2  K1425  Am  62  Mai  Is.  b.  boun- 
dary of  smaller  divisions,  e.g.  Geshurites  Dt  31* 
Josi25  13"  (all  D),  cf.  Jos  1 6"  (J)  i912(P); 
esp.  of  tribes  of  Israel  Dt  31617  Jos  1330  (all  D) 
i316+6ot.  Josi3-i9(P); — I547rd.bn3v.supr.; 
Jos  22^  (P)  &  178  18"  2430  (JE),  cf.  1  Ch  63941 

L  2 


n 


Visa 


148 


rcna 


2  Ch  1 113  Ez  48'+  IS  t.  Ez  48  (incl.  v2222  q.  del. 
Co);— iniSi3l8rd.fori'!aa,Wan©WeDr.  tc. 
boundary  of  territory  belonging  to  an  indivi- 
dual,— of  field,  piece  of  ground,  etc.  G11  2  317  (P) 
Dt  19"  27",  Jos  2430 (E)= Ju  29  1  Ch  410  Pr  15-5 
22ss  2giojj0  gio  ^.^_  border  of  stream  Nu  2  236. 
te.  limit  to  waters  of  deep  ^104"  cf.  Je  s22. 
tf.  a  concrete  object  marking  limit,  (a)  barrier 
in  Ezekiel's  temple  Ez  40"  (del.  ©  <S  Co)  v12; 
(/3)  border  of  altar  Ez  431317'20;  (y)  surroundinj 
wall  of  restored  Zion  Is  5412  (so  ©  Ew  Kn  Che; 
De  Brd  territory,  Di  undecided).  t2.  terri- 
tory (enclosed  wiihin  boundary),  a.  of  land  or 
people  Gn  4721  (J)  Ex  f<  (P)  io414  (||px)  v19 
i37  (allJ),  Nu  2o,617!!1  2i22(E;  ||pt«)=Ju  n20, 
Nu  2i23(E)  Dt  24  193  0riK  'i)  v8  2840  Jos  i85-6 
(E)  Jui  i22  1929  2S215'  1  Ki3  2KioM  iCh 
2i12(||pK)^io531(=pxin||Ez81617)v33i47" 
Je  3 117  Ez  ii1011  Jo  46  Zp  28.  b.  territory  of  a 
city  (or  limit  of  such  territory)  Nu  3S26'27  Jos 
1326  Ju  Ii9-is->8Ez47"U6-17-17  (del.@Co)  481  Am62. 
tc.  territory  about  Ezekiel's  temple  Ez  4312. 
td.  pi.  in  like  sense  (only  use  of  pi.),  of  land 
Mi  5s  Is  6o18  (||  pN)  Je  1513  173,  of  city  1  S  5" 
2  K 1 5 16 1 88 ;  so  Ez  2  74  of  Tyre.  te.  fig.  territory 
(region)  of  darkness  Jb  3820;  territory  of  wick- 
edness Mai  i4  (of  Edom);  territory  of  his  holi- 
ness ^78"  (of  Canaan). 

T[n-^Q2]    n.f.    border,    boundary  —  sf. 

irta?  is 2^;  PZ.abs.r6aa  Nu 32s3,  rffaa  Jb 242; 
cstr.  ni^aa  ,),  741?,  r6iaa'  is  io13,  r6aa  Dt  32s; 
sf.  nvjiaai'joa  1820  i949,"nyi$aa  Nu  34212;— 1. 

border,  boundary  of  the  earth  (poet.)  \fr  7417;  of 
peoples  Isio13Dt328  (poem) ;  of  land  of  Canaan 
Nu34212(P)Josi949(JE);ofatribeJosi820(P); 
of  territory  about  cities  Nu  3  2s3  ( P 1) ;  of  a  piece 
of  ground  Jb  24' ;  of  barley-field  Is  28^. 

trta;!  n.f.  twisting- nba  nkne>  Ex  2s22, 

'l  rntpB*  3915  (both  P),  cords  of  twisting,  i.e. 
(well  or  tightly)  twisted  cords. 

T  rV722to  n.f. pi.  the  twisted,  i. e.  cords, 

Ex 2814  cf.Di  (appos.  anj  rofw,  || nhhyn  'e>). 

1y22  vb.denom.  bound,  border — Qal 
Pf  &3M  Dt  1914;  Impf  3  ms.  ^33}  Jos  1820,  3  fs. 
"Saw  Zc  92 ;— bound,  border,  c.acc.  Jos  1 8M(P) ; 
c.  a  border  upon,  adjoin  Zc  92 ;  trans,  set  bounds 
Dt  1914  (c.  ace.  cogn.).      Hiph.   Pf.  2  ms.  set 

bounds  for,  c.  ace.  Fyaam   Ex  1912;    Imv.  id. 

baanv23(bothJE),  +  P*.H?PEz4718©(Sa3Co. 

1 7Q3  n.pr.loc.  maritime  city  on  the  Phe- 

nician  coast  EZ279;  (Ph.  i>3J=Byblus  (Sm  Di 


Jos  13s);  in  As.  Gubli  COT0""");  mod.  Jebeil 
Bdr.is5s;   y   alsoFurrer^1"120. 

'  ^T'U?  adj  .gent,  of  foregoing,  cart. = n.coll. 
J0S136  ^aan  p«m,  but  rd.  'an  k»,  cf.Di. 
1  K  532  D& aan  (but  prob.  txt.  err.;  Th  rds. 
Ev33M  and  they  bordered  them,  made  a  border 
for  tliem  (the  stones);   ©  cfiakov,  cf.  also  Klo). 

17^3  n.pr.loc.    (=Ar.   Jll^-,    lVflaXi/Ki;) 

mountainous  region  S.  of  Dead  Sea,  X  Seir,  cf. 
j0SAnt.n.i.2;i,.9,i.   ^,83s  p'jojn  pejn  5j3J;_mod. 

Jibdl;  Seetzen"357  BurckhT™v'",,40l  KobBB111S4. 

7^  J  (prob.  be  curved,  contracted,  coagulated; 
Syr.  Pa.  *a^,  coagulate;  Ar.  ^^L  is  be  timid, 
perh.  from  shrinking,  cowering). 

T1!l2  adj.  crook-backed,  hump-backed 
(cf.  Aram,  p33  id.,  NH  |23  highlander;  also 
NH  paa,  Aram.  W3J,  )uu=^,  all  =  brow  (eye- 
brow, etc.);    cf.  Ar.   ,%-r-^a-  *&*  of  forehead) , 

LV2I20. 

trCOjl  n.f.  curd,  or  cheese  (NH  id., 
Ar.  ^L,  Eth.  7-Ott:  Aram.  KJMa,  U=»c^, 
cf.  IVa^J— W*&  "5,a?3l  J1>  io10  (II  3^0)- 

t[l2n3j    n.[m.]  peak,  rounded  summit; 

pl.O*J»j:  ^6816  ifftHQ  V\n  f^'a-in  tfribjfTnj 

'a  Dnn  v17  (appos.',  Thes  Dr5 "»  al. ;  others  adj. 
many-peaked).     Cf.  Wetzst8""- Gteb,!,8,!b- 1884. 

IOJ  (corawea;,  projecting,  high ;  cf.  Aram. 
Pa.  Vaa  «««W,  swell  up,  U'aa  hump-backed,  Nfiyaa 
A?'K;  v.  also  1.  nyaa  infr.) 

tj^-2  n.pr.loc. — 'a  abs.  Jos  21"+;  cstr. 
Ju  20'°+  ;  V?}r  Jos  1 8"  +  ;— Levitical  city,  in 
Benjamin  JoSA2i17=  1  Ch  64S  Jos  1824  cf.  1  Ch 
8',  1  K  1522  Ne  ii31;  also  1  S  1316  &  Ju  2010-33 
MT,  in  all  three  rd.  nyaa  (njna),  cf.  context;  - 
northernmost  city  in  kingdom  of  Judah  2  K  23s 
from  Geba  to  Beersheba,  cf.Zc  1410;  situated  S.  of 
passof  J/i'c/miasAIsio29  iSi4scf.i  S133;  men- 
tioned also  2  Ch  166  Ezr  226  Ne  730  1229;  in  1  S 
1318  ©  We  Drrd.  Wan  for  MT  ^aa  q.v.;  (2  S 

5"  rd.  |lj?aa  with  ©  and  1  Ch  1416). — Mod.  Jebd 
RobB«i.«otBdrwi» 

tNl>23  n.pr.m.  a  son  of  Caleb  1  Ch  249. 

ti.  iTgaa  n.f.  hill— abs.  nvaa  2S225  + 

13  t.  +  EzT613  (del.  Co  q.v.)  1  S  71  2  S  634  (cf. 
Dr);  cstr.  njna  Jos  53+  8  t.+  1  S  io5  (cf.  Dr); 

sf.  Tijna  Ez3426  (but  del.  Co),  nnyaa  is3i4; 
pi.  abs.'  niyaa  Dt  i22+  35 1.;  cstr.  niyaa  Dt  3315 


runa 


149 


Hb  36,  njn?  Gn  49M;  sf.  TO*?*  Ez358;— hill, 
height,  elevation,  both  high  and  low,  cf.  ^  1 48° 
mj?33  ^31  WM,  6513; — 1.  in  ordinary  prose, 
hill,  lower  than  mountain  Ex  17910  (E)  2  S  2K; 
it  may  be  n.pr.  in  1  S71  io10  2  S  63,4  v.  also  sub 
11.  !"IJD3.  2.  esp.  as  place  of  illicit  worship 

pm  pi?  i>3  nnm  nro3  'r*>$  by  i  k  i  4a  2  K 1 710 

Je  2s0;  cf.  Dt  122  2  K  i642  Ch  28*  (these  two 
4-  rrtE3);  also  Ho  413  Je  1 3s7 1  f  Ez  613  (v.  supr.). 

3.  very  commonly  ||  in  in  poet.  &  proph.  Dt 
331S  f  72s  1 1446  1 48°  Ct  28  4"  Is  2214  3o'7!S  3 14 
404 ,2  4115  4215  5410  5512  657  Je  3s3  424 1616  507  Ez 
63  346  358  3646  Ho  413  io8  Jo  418  Am  913  Mi  41  61 
Na  i5  Hb  36;  rarely  in  prose  Dti22;  sometimes 
as  high  and  majestic  (poet.)  n?W  'j  Gn  4c;26  Dt 
3315  Hb36(' everlasting  hills ');cf.  also  Jb  1 57Pr 
825  (with  adj.  high,  cf.  supr.);  v.  also  Je  4916. 

4.  hills  with  special  names,  some  nearly  or 
quite  =  n.pr.loc,  which  see  under  the  respective 
words:  nib  '5  Ju  71  teacher's  hill,  in  valley  of 
Jezreel;  J"li7iyn  '3  Jos  53  hill  of  the  fore-skins  ; 
D^NPI  'a   1  S  10s  (a  designation  of  Gibeah); 

n^snn  'a  1  s  2319  261 3;  ne«  "3  2  S  224;  Ptain^n  '3 

Ct46  (i.e.  hill  where  frankincense  is  grown); 
jEJ  '3  Je3i39;  fi^T  '3  Is  io32  cf.  3i4  (where 
||  p>r-in),  Ez  3426  (v.  supr.)  &  niWan  Zp  i10  hills 
on  which  Jerusalem  stands. 

11.  mra  n.pr.loc.  {hilt)—'i   Jos  15"  +  ; 

nnv33(n)  Ju2o4+5t.;  ny33  Josi8ffl;  cstr. 
^5???  1  S  n4  +  9t.;  abs.  alw.  c.  art.  exc.  Jos  1557 
iS^Ju^12  2031  iSio262Chi32;— tl.  a  city 
of  Judah  Jos  1557  (perh.  one  of  two  villages 
called  Gabaa,  Gabatha  in  Onom.  v.  Lag0"0"1-246" 
lJ8i2Dded-2M-160).     2.cityofBenj.Jui91416+2ot. 

Ju,    lSl026I42226261    2S2329=  1  Chu31; 

also  H05V  10"  (cf.  Jui9,2ff)  2  Chi32;  perh. 
also  1 S71  io10  2  S  634  rd.  also  (for  y33)  18 1316 
Ju2O10-33;  =  ny33  Jos  1828;  called  also  pr"?  ny33 

1  S  13216 1416,  &  W  "5?33  1  S  114 1534  Is  io29; 

2  S  2 16  rd.  prob.  PV33,  ®  We  Dr.  1 3.  a  city 
of  Ephraim,  called  bns'a  ny33  Jos  24s3. 

riSO?  n.pr.loc.  (Ges58ftR2)  v.  foregoing,  2. 

tVWSS  adj.gent.  of  ny33  of  Benjamin  (t) 

1  Chi  2V 

tjro-l  n.m.Gn4412cup,  bowl— '3  Gn  44,2  + 

2  t.;~ cstr.  r?3  Gn442;    sf.  V9|  Gn  44s;  pi. 

QT3?  Ex  2  534,D''V3a  v3333  +  4t.;  sf.  rny/ria  ^x 

25"  3717;— <™p  (of  Joseph)  Gn  442121617j  pi. 
cups  (of  golden  candlestick  in  tab.)  Ex  253133'33'34 

37i7.».i..».  howis  j e35^r\Sab)  p  D^on^sa. 

TfYiySiaO  n.f.pl.   head-gear,   turban,   of 


■CO 

common  priest  (conical  ?  cf.  Di  Ex  2840),  Ex 
2840  Lv  813;  nS?330  Ex  29'  3928  ('QH  'IKB). 

ijty3|  n.pr.loc— '3  Jos  917+  ;  c.  n_  loc, 

n3iV3a  2S212cf.  1K34;— Levitical  city  in  tribe 
of  Benjamin;  formerly  inhabited  by  Hivites 
Jos  9'7  ioUUD-,!"  1119  18"-5  2117  2  S  21213  (pool 
of  Gibeon)  \'6  330  208  Je  281  41"  (great  waters 
which  are  in  Gibeon)vu  1  Ch  14";  vid.  esp. '3 ,3Bn,j 
'3  n?3K  Jos  93  (called  Hivites  97)  ioM  1  iI9Ne  37, 
so  '3  '"33  Ne  725  (  =  133  '33  Ezr  220,  v.  133);  cf.  aiso 
as  n.pr.m.  1  Ch  829  fiV33  'OK  OB*  ftos*^34; 
cf.  '3  13-1?  2  S  224,  '33'PDy  Is  2821;  it  wag  the 
site  of  a  great  Bamah  1  K  34-5  92,  where  was 
'the  tabernacle  of  Yahweh  in  the  high  place' 
ace.  to  1  Ch  1 6s9,  cf.  2 129  2  Ch  i313. 

t"C&aa   adj.gent.— alw.  c.  art.  "#3311  Ne 

37,  'aiyria'n  i  ch  124,  D'sJnan  2  S  2i12"3-4-9. 

t  h$2Z  n.[m.]  bud  (01 * »• ")— Ex  931  ^/az 

teas  6wd(i.e.  in  bud  Dr*188-'2'),  cf.  RS  "'""•»».*» 

t  *"Q;)    vb.   be  strong,  mighty   (NH  id., 

—      T 

Aram.  133  ;  Ar.JlIi.  (conj.  I.  dial. ;  usually  in 
derived  conj.)  compel,  force  ;  Jb^li  overbearing 
behaviour,  'Z^.  constraint;  Eth.  7-(l&  I,  i, 
subigere;  II,  2, cogere;  Syr.ti^./  playtheman, 
is  denom.  fr.  tinman)— Qal  -/y.  '3  \/<- 103"  + 
5  t.;  "33  Gn  719  +  6  t. ;  "33  2  S  i23;  Impf.  133? 
1  S  29;  "33^1  Gn  71824;— 1. 6e  strong, mighty, abs. 
yn  V133  mighty  inpower  Jb  2 17 ;  with  |J?  stronger 
than  2  S  i23  \|/  654 ;  with  3  mighty  among  1  Ch  52. 
2. prevail: — a.  abs.  e.g.  enemies  Ex  17""  (E) 
1  S  29  La  i16,  waters  Gn  ^"••'"•"(p),  power  Je 
92;  b.  with  ?y prevail  ower,sul>j.  enemies  2  S 1 123, 
blessings  Gn  4926(J),  mercy  of  God  ^r  103"  1 1 72. 
Pi.  Pf.  V)H  Zc  io6;  sf.  DWjJI  Zc  io12;  Impf. 
ISS'  Ec  io10  make  strong,  strengthen.  Hiph. 
Pi  ?  n,l?  1'33n  confirm  a  covenant  Dn  9s7; 

Impf  ^W7?  ^,3??  we  ict/i  confirm  a  covenant 
with  our  tongue  Ew  01  Che  (or,  to  our 
tongue  will  we  give  strength  Hi  De)  ^  125. 
Hithp.  Impf.  13JJV  Jhif-  Is  42";  r^5  Jb 
36s: — of  '^  aAeif  himself  a  mighty  one  against 
(by)  L34213;  of  wicked,  behave  proudly  toward 
(?X)  Jb  15s5;  of  erring  righteous  (abs.)  36s. 

"133  v.  following. 

1.  112  6g  n.m.  man  (NH  id.,  MI16  p33  (pi.), 
Aram.133,  »i^;  As.  gabru,  rival  is  Akk.  loan- 
word ace.  to  Schr™1874-200  Dl8,208mCh*ld  GeDffl6) 
— Dt  226+39  t.;  133   Jb  33+i3t.;   cstr.  133 


"oa 


150 


aa 


*  18"  (=2  S  22M  1133  but  ©  @  rd.  133);  pi. 

D'133  Je4ils+  lot.; — man  as  strong, disting.fr. 

women,  children,  and  non-combatants  whom  he 

is  to  defend,  chiefly  poetic  Ex  io"  Nu  24s  15  (E) 

Ex  1237  Jos  7"17-'8  (J)   Dt22"  JU530  2S231 

1  Ch23s  244  26"  Jb33+i4t.  Jb;  ^i826+8t, 

f ;  Pr6*+7t.  Pr;  Is  2217  Je  17'+ 8  t.  Je;  La 
3i.s7.ss.59  Dn  8»i  Mi  2*  Hb  26  Zc  ,37.  also  !  g  ioji 

©  We  Dr;  =each  (of  locusts)  Jo  28,  cf.  B»K. 

til.  "123  n.pr.m.  an  official  of  Solomon 
1  K  4"  (cf  "Ijm  v,s,  p.  1 22  supr.) 

T^Sa  n.pr.  (Aram.  id.  =  hero)  Ezr  220  prob. 
=fW$  Ne  7*. 

"I'lSa      adj.   strong,   mighty  (cf.  Ar.  jll^. 

one  who  magnifies  himself,  behaves  proudly,  a 
tyrant,  who  is  bold,  audacious)- — Gn  1  o9  +  58 1. ; 
■S|  Gn  io»+2t.;  01133  1  S  17";  pi.  LVtf*!  Je 
46»+27t. ;    D*133  Jos  10s +2 1  t.;    cstr.  nte? 

1  Ch  1 1s7  +  29  t.;  *13|  1  Ch  9M-|-  4 1.;  sf.  Tl^? 
Ho  io13  +  (var.  sfs.  11 1.);— 1.  adj.  non33  Ttol 
mightiest  among  beasts  Pr  3030;  1133  t5"K  1  S 
1 4M5  H?3  ""3?  *  1 1 22;  TS  1*133  m,j%  m  'hunt- 
ing Gn  io9  (J);  1133  -^D  Dnns;  1133  ^K  the 
Messiah  Is  9s;  attribute  of  God  especially  as 
fighting  for  his  people  i/c  2  4s-8  Dt  1  o17JM  e  9s2  Is  1  o21 
Je3218  (cf.  Ar.jCjJ').  2.  n.m.  strong,  valiant 
man  Jos  io2(E)  Gn64  io8(J)  JU51323  iS^i 
16 1.  1  K  i8-10  2  K  2416  1  Chi10+nt.  Ezr  7s8 
Jb  16"  V  i96  3316  454  52s  78K  8920  1204  1274 
Pr  1632  2122  Ct37J  4*  Ec911  Is32  133  2117  4213 

4924SS  Je516+i?t.  Ez32I2+5t.  Ho  io13  Jo  27 
4...o.n  Am  2m.i«  0b  9  Na  24  Zp  ,h  3i?  Zc  9i3  io5.7. 

cf.  phrases  .'TllteS  mighty  man  of  valour  Ju  612 
111  1  S91  i618  1  K  ii28  2  K  51  (lias  rrn  thm\ 
jn'SD  7"n  so  ®  al. ;  but  @L  6  Svdpamos  ?» 
Xfn-pdf,  cf.  also  Klo's  dub.  emend.),  1  Ch  1228  281 

2  Ch  133  I71617  25s  3221;  7"n  1133  B*K  Eu  21; 
Sin  H33  Jos  1"  (D)  62  io7  (JE)  2  K  1520  24"; 
7'nn  na  e»N  Jos  83;  7T1  '133  1  Ch  5s4  + 14 1. 
Nen14;  o^n  ni3j  1  Ch  7s-7-"-40;  D»Vnn  noj 
iChu26;  na  n3j\/'io320;  norta  maj  2Chi33; 
Dnv'B*nn3j  iCb.926;  Dmawi  JTO  Ne316;  «?s(n) 
D'TOjn  2S107  1  Chi 9s;  Bnaan  "tWO  iChu10; 
nine'i'  D1,33  valiant  to  drink  Is  5s2. 

t  ITVCa  f  n.f .  strength,  might — Ex  32"  + 
l6t.;cstr.Hll33^i47«>;sf.imT133  +  (sfs.  32  t.); 
pl.rtl«3  Jb4i4'+3t.;  111133,/,  7  >;  ^JTVOJDt 
3s4-)- (sfs.  6t.); — 1.  strength,  of  horse  Jb3919 
•^  14710,  crocodile  Jb  414,  sun  Ju  531,  body  of 
man  ^  9010  Ec  916  io17.  2.  miglU,  valour,  of 

warriors  Ju  821  Pr  8"  Is  3"  28s  3ols  Je  922  2310 
49*5i3°Ez32M-30Mi387"i;  ni133  T\ty  bSpnoise 


of  shouting  in  warlike  strength  Ex  3218  (E);  nsj? 
.11133*  2  K  1820  Is  ii2  36s;  cf.  phrases  of  com- 
piler of  Kings  'imoa  73  1  K  1523  2  K  io34  2020; 
inii33i  nbjfiB'K  1  Ki66!!7  2  246  2K138"  14"28; 
cf.  also  irndsi  in«?D  1  Ch  2930,  1011331  iapn 

Est  1  o2.  3'.  might  of  God  Jb  2  614  V'  2 1 "  54s 
657  667  7 118  803  8914  1068  1451'  Is  3313  Je  io6 
1621;  cf.  phrases  iTYl331  ri3  1  Ch  2912  2  Ch  206, 

'31  nosn  Jb  12",  '31  astro  Mi  3s,  '3m  ,i7i3n 

iCh29n;  nil133  mighty  deeds  of  God  Dt  324 
^207  7116  1062  145412  1502  IS6315. 

tTIia  »■«*■  lord,  Gn  27s9-37. 

tiTV'O.a  n.f.  1.  lady,  queen,  1  K  n19;  2. 
queen-mother,  1  K  I513=2  Ch  1516;  '3D  rilD)! 
he  removed  her  from  (the  position  of)  queen- 
motlver;  cf.  2  K  io13  Je  1318  29s. 

trn!13  n.f.  I.  lady,  queen,  Is  47s7.  2. 
mistress  of  servants,  sf.  ^133  Gn  168;  'H^l?? 
Gn  169;  nni33  Gn  164  2  K  53  f  1232  Pr  30'23'; 
(pi.  D133  women  MI16). 

T  / M*rpa  n.pr.m.  {man  of  El)  an  arch- 
angel Dn  8i6  921  (cf.  Lui"). 

t£0 J  (be  firm,  massive,  cf.  As.  gdbdhi,  be 
thick,  massive,  ZimBP76,  &  deriv. ;  cf.  also  Aram. 
tJ>33  Pa.  heap  up,  &  »VB*IB>33  height,  hill). 

tttrna  n.m.  crystal  (cf.  &!$$  hail— on 
relation  of  meanings  cf.  Gk.  KpitrraWos,  &  Eth. 
usage  of  Jiflf:  M£;  DilM-Aeth-769— Ar.  J4* 
gypsum,  As.  gibsu,  mass,  abundance,  COTG,OM) 
— B*-331  nto&l  Jb  2818  coral  and  crystal. 

ttt^aaO  n.pr.m.  Ezr  230  'O  "33  @  May^mr, 
etc.,  a  family  of  returning  exiles,  om.  ||  Ne  7s3, 
but  ©AX  Mayf/im,  etc.,  ©L  Muy/3«t ;  cf.  Sm 

Listen  15 

pD3a  v.  sub  333. 

taa  n.m.   roof,  top    (NH  id.;    Di  comp. 

Eth.  PV:  PP:  vinculum  (ferreum),  jugo  simil. 
collar e  ferreum ;  vdub.;  Thes  prop.  333  ;  perh. 
333  (=J333)  cover  Bo'292  Sta*189*  MV)— 33  Jos 
26+9  t.+  1  S  9s6  Kt  (Qr  H33),  H33  Jos  26  1  S 
926  Qr  (Kt  33) ;  cstr.  Ju  9"  +  2  t.  +  Ez  4013  (del. 
Co  v.  infr.);  sf.  ^33  Dt  228,  133  Ex  303+2t. 
+  EZ4013  (del.  Co  v.  infr.);  pi.  T)Sii  Is  3727  + 
5 1.;  sf.  n-niaa  isi53,  onin'aa  je  32M,  on»nh  je 

1913;— 1.  roof(o(  house)  Dt  22s  Jos  26-6-8  1627 
I  S  925-26  2  S  1 12-2  1622  2  K  i9M=Is  37s7,  Ne  816 
^  1028  1296  Pr  219  2524  Is  153  221  JC4838;  as 
places  of  idolatrous  worship  (esp.  of  heavenly 
bodies)  Je  1913  32s9  Zp  i5;  so  TriN  D^J)  33n  2  K 


-ft 


151 


MSO 


2312,  roof  of  tower  Ju  9s1,  over  gate  2  S  1824,  of 
chamber  Ez  401313  (but  ©  Co  -vp).  2.  top  of 
altar  of  incense,  in  tabern.  EX303  37s6  (both  P). 

n,  na,  -rana,  m-na  v.  sub  rn. 

—  7  t  '  t  1  • '  t  :  \ 
t[*7*T3]  vb.  penetrate,  cut  (NH  id.,  cut, 
cut  out,  Aram.  113,  »4»,  Ar.  1^.  cut,  cut  off;  Eth. 
IfiSi  in  deriv.)— Qal  Impf.  ^  9421  B^P*  wtfj 
p^X  <Aey  attack  (penetrate,  make  inroads  upon) 
</te  life  of  a  righteous  man  (01  prop.  tW  cf.  56' 
594  where,  however,  Che  WV  j  si  vera  1.,  perh. 
denom.  fr.  "W^  cf.  Ho  69  &  infr.;  cf.  also  Tia  & 
Ko  '•  ■■).  Hitbpo.  Impf.  Vgtfl  Je  1 66;  2  fs. 
HYann  Mi  4",  *TrtUvi  Je  4  75 ;  pi .  vnarro  r  k  1 S28, 
rrriarn  Je 57 + Ho  7"  v.  infr.,  vnann  Dt  1 41 ;  i>(. 

pi.  D'TUnp  Je  4 15; — 1.  cut  oneself,  as  religious 
(heathen)  practice  I K  1 8s8 ;  practised  also  by 
men  of  Shechem,  etc.  in  worship  of  'i  (late)  Je 
4 15;  for  the  dead,  forbidden  Dt  14'  Vnann  16 

nob  na^jj  pa  nrnpr  wfcri  i6»f  je  166;  cf.  47s 

(subject  Philistia  personified);  also  for  MT 
rniun?  Ho  714  Codd,  they  cut  themselves,  ©Gr 
Che  RVm,  or  perh.  (cf.1'3)  sub.  2.  gather  in 
troops,  or  bands;  go  in  troops  or  throngs, 
throng;  (denominative  £r."W1|  q.v.)  cf. T^*™? 
■WllTQ  Mi4u  (addressed  to  Jerusalem);  Je  57 
'ir\]  ro1!!  n*31  and  to  a  harlot's  house  they  throng. 

I.  "WT3  n.m.G"49,19  band,  troop  (as  making 
inroads;  others,  as  a  division,  detachment  (as 
severed),  but  this  usually  later  in  Heb.) — 
'3  abs.  i  S  309+  19  t.;  cstr.  2  Ch  25";  pi.  BHVia 
2  S  4J  +  2  t. ;  cstr.  nna  2  K  6ra  +  6 1. ;  sf.  1Hna 
Jb  1912  25s; — 1.  marauding  band  (making  in- 
cursions, inroads,  cf.  Tlj)  I  S  308151623  cf.  I  Ch 
1222,  also  2Ch221  iKiim  2K52  6s3  132021 
242-2-22  cf.  2  S  2  230=f  1830,  &  Gn  4919  (v.  13 

3o")  Ho  69  71  Je  1822;  cnvia  "ne>  2  s4J,  cf. 

inan  SjNfftD  DJJW  i  Ch  1 219 ;  fig!  of  God's  attack- 
ing forces,  his  chastisements  Jb  1 912(cf.  253infr.) 
2.  troop,  of  divisions  of  army  of  Isr.  (late)  'TTia 
non^piOX  1CI174,  cf.  2  CI126";  band  of  Israel, 
i.e.  troop  of  mercenaries  hired  from  Isr.  by 
Amaziah  2  Ch  25910;  1131  ^a  i.e.  soldiers  of 
the  band  2CI12513;  of  army  in  general  'Hs'pa 
11153  Jb  29s,  in  sim.;  also  Mi  414  "WTJ"nj  of 
Zion.     3.  foray,  raid  2  S  3s2. 

*  tn.  ["Pn?,  or  n^na]  n.  [m.  or  f.]  furrow, 
cutting — 1.  furrow,  pi.  defect.  11H3  ^  6511 
( ||  n'OPn).  2 .  pi.  n'TIS ,  cuttings  upon  hands,  cf. 
ma  Hithpo.  2,  sign  of  mourning  Je  4837(||  yfo). 
fi.  13  n.m.    coriander   (NH  V|,   Aram. 


ttVi •  connexion  with  above  \/dub.;  v.  further 
Low"0156)— 13  jnjEx  i6slNu  1 17,  sim.  of  manna. 

f  11.  [ia]  1.  n.[m.]  fortune,  good  fortune 
(Ar.  1^.  id.,  Aram.  N13,  Ji^) — Gn  3011  nj3  Kt, 
i.e.  133  (13  N3  Qr),  ©  «V  rixn,  by  or  urilh  good 
fortune.  2.  n.pr.m.  god  of  fortune  (Ar. 
11  We"-"""";  13  named  often  inPh.&Aram. 
inscript.,  &  found  in  Ph.  &  Aram,  n.pr.,  Bae 
M76,-NoZMG1888-479;  v.  esp.  SiegfJPThM"'!",tt)— c. 
|>  +  art.  lab  Is  6511  cf.  Che. 

in.  1%  n.pr.m.  (fortunatust  perh.  der.  fr. 
foreg.  divine  name  Siegf"™875'364  Sta0"*-'-"8; 
but  v.  also  Bae1*" 1M  l)— 13  Gn  3s26  + ,  as  well  as 
13  Gn3o"  +  ; — 1.  son  of  Jacob  and  Zilpah; 
a.  strictly  as  personal  name  Gn  30"  3526  4616 
Ex  i4  cf.  Gn  49"  1  Ch  22.  b.  as  name  of  tribe 
Nu  1 "  Dt  2 7 13  3 32020  Jos  1 87  Ez 4 8s7-28 ;  cf.  13  jnK 

1  S  137  v.  also  Je  491,  13  I^B*  Ez  48s4,  on  Wl 
13H  2  S  24s  cf.  We  Dr;  explicitly  13  HOD  Nu 
i25  214  1315  Jos  1324  208  2 17-36  1  Ch  o4865;  once, 

irpa  nap  tax  Nu  io20;  i;  \3.a  (MI10  -\i  m) 

Nu  i'24+  1 2  t.  Nu;  Jos  412+i4  t.  Jos;  1  Ch  511 
1214.       t2.  a  prophet  in  David's  time,  called 

*9J  1  s  226,  but  in  njh  K'aan  2  S  2411  &  nth 
TTJ  II 1  Ch  2 19,  hjhn  '  1  Ch^29  &  T^an-mh 

2  Ch  29s5. 

ti.^a  adj.gent.  of  13  1,  Gadite  2  S  23s6 
(so  perh.  also  ||  1  Ch  1 138  where  MT  *l?n  q.v.; 
cf.ThBeDr);  elsewhere  as  n.pr.  coll.:  soiChs'3 
(only  here  without  art.,  rd.  perh.  13  so  ©),  Dt 

312.16  4«  297  Jos  jlJ  J26  ,38  221  2  K  ^33  j  Ch  5M 
I28372632. 

tn.  *12  n.pr.m.  father  of  Menahem  2  K 

151417  (cf.  HJ  (MJ)  n.pr.m.  EutN">!">-25;  Palm. 
NHJ  n.pr.m. Vog110-32). 

ma  in  'a  ixn  v.  sub  ixn. 

T  — 

T^a  n.pr.m.  {my  fortune\  a  man  of  Ma- 
nasseh  Nu  1311. 

T  'SP"ia  n.pr.m.  (El  is  my  fortune}  a  man 

of  ZebulunNui310. 

"ia"ia,  in  '31  ~\h  v.  following  &  sub  in. 

.        ■<  < 

Trnaia  c.  art.ll^an  n.pr.loc.  (mng.  dub.) 

station  of  Israel  in  wilderness  Dt  io7-7  (in  ||  Nu 
3332  IV???  "^  v.  sub  in). 

tiiap  and  (Zc  12")  JiTtt?  n.pr.loc.  (con- 
nexion with  above  v  not  clear;  ©May»8fi<a,M«f- 
8<a,  MaytSia,  etc.;  33  Mageddo;  As.  MagadA, 
MagidA,  COTG1°"  DF'287)  old  Canaanitish  city, 


ma 


152 


Tin 


assigned  to  Manasseh  i  K  4"  91S  2X9"  232930; 
'D  rfys  Jos  1 2";  "Oty  Jos  1 7"= Jui27;  'O'O 
•  J11519';  'V T\m Zc  1 2"  2 Ch 35*;— mod. Lejjiln 
(=Legio)  Hob™"1-329'3"  Bdp*la9. 

)"7*7J1  (cut,  cut  or  <«ar  aicaylV 

T  |_m2]  n.f.  bank  of  river  (cf.  Ar.  ixL,  s\I»- 
«.,  Aram^  ***,  wall),  Wnfrll  Jos  315  418 1  Ch  1 2" 
Qr  (Kt  fflm)  Is  87. 

Li- l*,^^J  only  pL  sf.  Is  87  Kt,  v.  foregoing. 

tn|  n.m.0""-9  kid  (NH  *&,  Ar.  £34, 
Ph.  K1J,  Aram.NJ"!?,  U.s^;  cf.Aa.gadil,gadiia, 
Meissner2A*1889'2s6'  Zehnpfund8*81-505)  —  H3  Gn 
38"+  i2t.(abs.Gn3823+,&(generally)cstr.Gn 
38,7  +  );  pl.tJTJ|  iSio3,  cstr.  \H3  Gn27'16;— 
kid,  almost  always  On?  '3  Gn  2fli  38"™  Ju  619 
^""iS1  1S1620;  abs.  Ex  2319  34s6  Dt  14s1  (all 

iom  3$>rn  'j  ^an  «{>),  &  c  art.  'in  Gn  38s3 

Ju  146;  abs.  pi.  1  S  io3;— cf.  also  Hj  |f • 
t[nna]  n.f.  only  pi.  kids  sf.  T|Tlh»  Ct  I8 

(IIJxvn)V'" 

f  7   |3  ,,-,vb.  grow  up, become  great(Aram. 

.  -  T  m      * 

?"13  (Ithpe.),  "^..^  <iot°«<,  twine,  Ar.  Jjui.  to'a£ 
a  cord,  make  firm ,  strong, become  strong,  so  N  H) — 
Qal  Pf. '}  etc.  Gn  3814+  i4t.;  sf.  ^1?  Jb  3118; 
Impf.  TV)  etc.  >|'3527+34  t.; — 1.  grow  up,  a. 
childGn2i8a025!!7381114Ex210I1(JE)Juii2i324 
Rui13iS2213"iKi2810(=2Chio810)2K418; 
3?3  ,??'!]?  Ae  grew  up  to  me  as  to  a  father  Jb 
3 1 ";  b.  lamb  2  S  1 23.  2.  become  great,  a.  in 

extent,  wealthy  Gn261313  4iw(JE)  JeS27;  b.  in 
value,"  ^yVrjSE'BJ  rb~\Zprizedby  I S262424; 
c.  in  intensity,  grief  Jb  213,  mourning  Zc  12", 
punishment  La  40,  trespass  Ez  9s;  d.  in  sound, 
loud  cry  Gni913(J);  e.  in  importance,  of  a 
king  Ec  29 1  K  io23  (=  2  Ch  9s2)  Dn  891°  (under 
fig.  of  horn),  chief  Gn  24s5  4819  (J),  Messiah 
Mi  53,  Jerusalem  Ez  167;  f.  of  God  2  S  7s2  ^ 
1041,  his  works  yjr  92",  his  power  Nu  1417  (J). 
3.  to  be  magnified,  a.  house  of  David  Zc  127; 
b.  Yahweh  ^  35s7  4017  705  Mai  i5,  his  name 
2  S  7s"  (=1  Ch  1724).  Pi.  Pf.  h?  1,  Jos  414 
Est3';  biz  Is4921;  n<??l  Is  5118,  etc.;  Impf.  ^%\ 
Is44I4  +  8t.;  Imo.tyl  ^  344;  Inf.  ^3  Nu 
66+3t.;  Pt.  D^O  2  K  io6  (ni^Jtp  Ct  51S 
@  33  Hi  Bo  De); — 1.  cause  to  grow,  e.g.  hair 
Nu  6s  (P),  plants  Jon  410  Is  4414  Ez  314  Ct  513; 
bring  up  children  2  K  io6  Is  I2  234  4921  5ils 
Dn  1'  Ho  9".  2.  make  great,  powerful  Gn 

I22(J)  Jos37  4l4(D)  r  K  i37-47  1  Ch  291226  2  Ch 


i1  Est  31  511  io1.  3.  magnify,  a.  man  Jb  717; 
b.   God  f  34*  6931.  Pu.  Pt.   pi.   B*^B 

brought  up  yjr  1 4412.  Hiph.  Pf.  b^:n  ^  4110 

+  ,etc;  Impf  b^XIs42n  Dn825,etc;  Inf.V^n 
iCh228Am86;  Pt.b^yo  ^i861  ( =  b^iao in  ||2S 
22");  pi.  O^iO  ^352C;— 1.  make  great,  e.g. 
shekel  Am  8s,  pile  for  fire  Ez  24°,  joy  Is  92, 
counsel  Is  2820,  wisdom  Ec  i16,  works  Ec  24. 
house  of  Yahweh  1  Ch  22s;  the  heel  i|/-  4110 
either  lifted  high  (Ges),  or  (cf.  De  Now)  gave 
me  insidiously  a  great  fall;  cf.  1*1  '3  Ob12  i.e. 
utter  proud  words  (v.  3m  Iliph.)  2.  mag- 
nify, salvation  yjr  18",  mercy  Gn  1919  (J), 
teaching  IS4221,  the  word  of  Yahweh  ^  1382. 
3.  do  great  things  T\S\tf$2  ?'l'!!?n)  a.  in  a  good 
sense,  of  God  ^  1 26"  Jo  221,  also  pregn.  without 
Inf.  1  S  1 224.  b.  in  bad  sense,  of  'the  northern 
one'  Jo  220,  also  pregn.  without  Inf.  La  i9  Zp  2810 
Dn  84-8n  K;  with  by,  of  enemies  +  35s6  38175513 
Jbi96Je4826-,2;Ez3513ofspeakingD3''a:i^,:i. 
C.  also,  with  Inf.  implied,  wept  greatly  1 S2041. 

Hithp.  Pf.  ^hi?™  Ez  3S13  I  will  magnify 
myself  shew  myself  great  and  powerful  (of  God); 
Impf.  slVy.,  with  ?y  in  a  bad  sense,  magnify 
oneself  against  Is  io15  Dn  n36;  T'JSJT  Dn  n37. 

■"•T^  pt.m.  or  adj .verbal,  becoming 
great,  growing  up,  Gn  2613  (J)  1  S  226  (cf.  Dr) 
2  Ch  1712;  also  great,  pi.  cstr.  "fy$  \b"]3  Ez  i62« 
great  of  flesh. 

TTH2  n.m.  greatness — Dt  32'+  St.;  sf. 
Sbli  Dt  521  +  5  t.;  fa]&  +  15011;— 1.  greatness, 
magnitude,  tree  Ez  31',  arm  of  God  ^79", 
mercy  of  God  Nu  1419.  2.  magnificence,  a. 

king  Ez  31218;  b.  God  Dt  324  52'  926  n2  32s 
yjr  1502.  3.  in  a  bad  sense,  33?  5"J3  =  pride, 
insolence  of  heart  Is  9s  io12. 

taiTH2  n.[m.]pl.  twisted  threads  (NH 
?,1?,  Bab.  gidlu,  cord  on  which  onions  were 
strung,  a  string  of  onions,  ZehnpfundBAS1MI; 
Aram,  'v'"!?,  I^X-Z^  thread,  cord,  rope,  also 
plaited  locks,  JjOj^i'd.) — 1.  tassels  Dt  2212  on 
border  of  garment  (||nrst  Nu  I53838).  2. 

festoons,  on  capitals  of  columns  1  K  717. 

THU      adj.great— '3Gn413+  279T.;  ^3Dt 
T622  l.  l, 

268+  22  t.;  cstr.  71*14  Ez  1737,  7*13  Ex  1516  Je 

3219,  'by  Pr  1919,  -bH  f  1458  Nai!;  sf.  oM"I3 

Je  6,3+  2  t.;  pi.  D^Plf  Ex  74+  1 1  t.,  D'j>*U  Gn 

i217+  22  t.;  cstr.  ^'I?  2  K  io6;  sf.  1^*14  2  K  10" 

Jon37;  n^fts  Na3,<;;  f.  nbh?  Nu  2218+96  t.; 

nSh3  Gn  i512+3i  t.;  pi.  nb'TIi  Ne926  1231,  n^hji 


Vrw 


153 


bis 


'2 


Dt2  72  +  3ot,  nVn?  Nu  1 3s8  +  7  t. ; — area*,  1. 
m  magnitude  and  extent,  e.g.  seaNu  34s,  rivtr 
Gn  1519,  wilderness  Dt  i19,  rain  1  K  1845,  moun- 
tain ZC47,  city  Gnio'2,  house  Je5213,  altar 
Jos  2210,  throne  2  Ch  917,  sea-monsters  Gn  i21, 
fish  Jon  21,  eagle  Ez  1 73,  terebinth  2  S 1 89,  sub- 
stance Gn  i514,  wealth  Dn  ii2,  victory  1  S  195; 

1  S  1922  ^"»n  "to  rd.  fjin  '3  ace.  to  ©  We  Dr. 
2.  tn  number,  e.g.  nation  Gn  122,  congregation 
Je  31s,  camp  1  Ch  1222,  army  Ez  1717,  sacrifice 

2  K  10",  slaughter  Dt  28s9  1  S  417.  3.  in 
intensity,  fear   Dt  4s4,  weeping  Is  38',  power 

03  Ex  3211,  joy  Jon  4",  anger  Dt  29s3,  indigna- 
tion Je2i5,  sin  Gn  209,  iniquity  Gn  413,  evil 
Gn  399,  trespass  Ez  97.  4.  in  sound,  loud 
voice  Gn  39H,  cry  Ex  1 16,  shout  Jos  65.  5. 
in  age,  elder,  eldest,  son  Gn  271,  daughter  Gn 
2916,  brother  Gn  io21,  sister  Ez  1646.  6.  in 
importance,  a.  things  +  ?"l3(n)  "^(l1)  an  im- 
portant thing  or  affair  Ex  1822  Dt432  1S12" 
2  K  513  813;  rW  DV  Je  3o7Ho22  Jo  2"  34  Zp  i14 
Mai  3s3.  b.  of  men,  great,  distinguished,  Moses 
Ex  ii3,  David  2  S  5'0,  Job  Jb  I3,  Mordecai 
Est  94,  kings  Ec  914  Je2  77;  esp.  of  king  of 
Assyr.  bh«1  T]ben  2  K  181928  =Is36413,  =  As. 
sarru  rabbu,  sarru  dannu,  e.g.  KB  '■*4* L1;  f^an 
Ifaqn  the  h.p.  Lv 2 1 ,0+  2ot.;  ?H|  B*K(n)  1 S  25s 
2S  1933  2  K  51;  r$ftj  n#K  2  K  48;  t^a  a  orea< 
mam  2  S  33S  Mi  73;  9m  "33  "WSJ  «!>  </wm  s/<afe  no< 
honour  (favour)  <Ae  person  of  a  great  man  (opp. 
^)  Lv  1915  (H);  tB*^>f(n)  the  great  2  S  79= 
iChi78NenI4(vid.  infr.)Pri8162  56Je55(2K 
io11  ®L  ayxiortlovras,  Klo  vSs'a);  further  \bna 
*tfn  2  K  io6;  1^3(-b)  2  K  io11;  Jon  37;  ^3 
n^ina  Na  310.  o.  t  of  God,  himself  2  Ch  24 
Ne  4886  1/.  8610  99s  1356  1475  Is  126  Je  10s; 
b\1i(n)  ^N(n)  Dt  721  io17  Ne  i6  932  V.  77"  95s 
Je3218   Dn94;    Vfbm    bo    i>nj    Exi8"; 

itm  y?TKt\  Wn  1  Ch  16s5  ^  48s  964  1453; 

bn3  "]i>D  ^  473  953  Mai  1";  ihis  works  Dt  1 17 
Ju  27  ^  in2,  t glory  \^  216  1385,  iname  Jos  79 
1  S  1 2W  1K8"  2  Ch  632  +  762  993  Je  io6  44s6 
Ez  36ra  Mai  1"",  mercy  1  K  36  2  Ch  i8  ^  5711 
86'3  1085,  goodness  Ne  9s6,  compassion  Is  547. 

7.  in  phrases  f->i"l3  QVn  "ity  A  is  ye<  AigrA  day 
(Fr.  grand  jour,  Germ,  hoch  am  Tage,  the  day 
is  at  its  height)  Gn  297;  +  >13?  Jbi?3  (or  reverse) 
as  iceK  «wia/Z  as  great  Dt  I17  I  Ch  25s  2613  2  Ch 
3iis;  tbiianjj"!  Ibi?0(b) (or  reverse)  fromsmall  to 
great  Gn  i9"'i  S  s^o"'  2K232  25s6  2Chi5'3 
3430  Est  i5-20  Je  6'3  810  3134  421-8  4412  Jon  3\ 

8.  cstr.  D^B33(n)  in?  great  of  wings  Ez  17",  so  of 
anger  Pr  1 9"  (Qr) ;  usually  of  God,  in  power  Na 


Is,  counsel  Je  3219,  mercy  yjr  145".  0.  as  subst. 
concr.  tniina  n'B>y  do  great  things,  of  God's  great 
acts  of  redemption  and  judgment  Dt  10"  Jbs" 
910  375  f  71"  'O621;  of  the  miracles  of  Elisha 
2  K  84;  of  things  too  great  and  so  presumptuous, 

haughty  "j  typan  Je  45s;  'i  mmo  ^  124;  vb 

'33  Wn  V  131'  (cf-  BAram.  Dn  78"20;  also 
Kev  136).  10.  tas  subst.  neut.  greatness  of 
arm  Ex  1516;  cf.  I?33  4. 

t  il "7TTil  n.f .  greatness— 2  S  721  +  3 1. ;  n^na 
1  Ch  29";  'cstr.  nfcnj  Est  io2;  sf.  "inWia  Est  I4; 

^nh?  *  '453;  W$  f7i21;  W8  f  h«^ 

pi.  intens.  Tliha  1  Ch  17 1921;— chiefly  late  Heb. 
a.  of  Psalmist^  7121,  Mordecai  Est63  io2,  king 
Est  i4;  b.  of  God's  greatness,  as  an  attribute 
1  Ch  29"  V  1 4536,  or  of  his  acts  2  S  721  (cf.  Dr) 
v23=i  Chi7'919-21. 

tD^iian  n.pr.in.  father  of  Zabdiel  Ne 

ii14  (RV  &  so  most;  but  ®  RVm  al.  the 
great). 

T  7H5  n.pr.m.  (very  great) — 1.  head  of  one 

of  the  families  of  Nethinim  Ezr  247  Ne  749.  2. 
head  of  one  of  the  families  of  Solomon"s  ser- 
vants Ezr  2m  Ne  7s8. 

Tn,7l3  n.pr.m.  (Yah  is  great)— 1.  go- 
vernor of  Judea  appointed  by  Nebuchadnezzar 
Je  4058  4116.  2.  son  of  Amariah,  a  son  of 
Hezekiah  Zp  I*.  3.  priest  of  the  sons  of 
Jeshua  Ezr  1  o18. 

1PP773  n.pr.m.  (Yah(u)  is  great) — 1. 
governor  of  Judea =n»rU  2  K  2S22"25  Je3914406-'6 
411"18  436  (24  t.)  2.  son  of  Pashur,  one  of  the 
chiefs  of  Jerusalem  in  the  time  of  Jeremiah  Je 
381.  3.  one  of  the  sons  of  Jeduthun,  in  the 
time  of  David  1  Ch  25". 

•VlT^S  n.pr.m.  (/  magnify  [God))  son  of 
Heman  1  Ch  254  (cf.  on  this  remarkable  list  of 
names  Ew^274"  We  RS0™"422.2""-*145)  v29. 

tin,7TT31  n.pr.m.  (Yah{u)  is  great)  a  pro- 
phet of  the  age  of  Josiah  Je  354. 

tbl^Q  n.m.  tower,  Gnii'+n  1;  cstr. 
^3p  Ju  817+  21 1.;  pi.  ta-b-jao  2  Ch  269+6  t.; 
n<^3t?  V4813  Ez  264;  pl.f.  nihst?  2  Ch  32s + 
2t.;T'cstr.  ni>l3D  Ct  5,3(1);  sf.  Ig^R?  Ez  26" 
2711;— 1.  tower  Gn  n45  Ju89  9<->-5<«2-52  2  K  917 
i79i88  iCh272i  2Chi46  26910-15  274326Ne 

g25.26.27  Jg2lS  30263318  Ez  264.9  ,jll  ^48'3,  watch- 

tower  in  vineyard  Is  52;  fig.  of  God  as  refuge 
^6 14  Pr  1 810;  beautiful  neck  like  towerof  David 


t7«-tTM' 


a 


154 


"na 


Ct  44;  an  ivory  tower  7s;  breasts  810.  (Cf.  MI22 
nnPIJO,  Sab.  (more  precisely  Lihyan)  JiWIJD, 
Eut,  v.  DHMIt*r-1>M*--4-1-B).  Special  towers 
mentioned  on  Lebanon  Ct  7s,  Penuel  Ju  817, 
Shechem  Ju  g*647*'-  and  at  Jerusalem,  the 
tower  of  David  Ct  44  (the  arsenal),  HND  Ne3', 
^?n  Ne3'  12s9  Je  3138  Zc  1410,  Dnun  Ne3n 
1 2s8  (tower  of  the  furnaces).  2.  derated  stage, 
pulpit  of  wood  Ne  84.  3.  raised  bed  ||  HJ^nj) 
Ct  513,  but  ©  33  Hi  Be ■  De  rightly  rd.  ni^lSD. 
t  J  N"TH3Q  11. pr.  {tower  of  God}  stronghold 

in  Naphtali  Jos  1938  prob.=May8aXd  Matt  1539 
=  Mejdel   in  the  plain  of  Gennesareth  Rob 

BR  Hi.  298   "gJFaliffi: 

t"ia    ,^pto  n.pr.  (tower  of  Gad}  stronghold 

in  Judah  Jos  1537;— cf.  Magdala,  Lag0nom-,S9'12- 
2nd  ed.  m.  p0ssibly  Mejdel,  eastward  of  Askalon, 

Guerin  '""*  "•  13° *  cf.  Bd  F" 162. 

I  "Y137"712?D  n.pr. (flock-tower) shepherd's 
watch-tower  near  Bethlehem  Gn  3521  Mi  4s. 

t'rraTp  n.m.  tower,  2  S  2251  Qr  (Kt  {jHJO 
=yfn8n7,fp). 

I'b^SO  n.pr.  (bVWO  only  Je  4614)  fortified 
city  on  the  NE.  border  of  Egypt  Ex  1 4s  Nu  33' 
Je44I4614Ez29103O6;  Copt.»n«scA<6i(Champoll. 
LigJpt«.omi=.rh.n1oI.»ii.79^  Egyptian makBel EbGS522. 

IjJ  J  3  vb.  hew,  hew  down  or  off  (NH  id. 
(rare),  Aram.  JH3  Ithp.;  Ar.  &li  cut  o/f  hand 
or  other  member,  mutilate} — Qal  Pf.  V13  La 
j»;  Wpi]  1  S  231;  Impf.  VVffi  Zc  II1014;  Pt. 
pass.  nyvi3  Is  1 52  (so  many  edd.  but)  Baer  W"13  ; 
cf.  infr.,  D'JH?  Is  io33 ; — hew,  cut  in  two,  a  staff 
Zc  1 11014;  metaph.  hew  off,  an  arm  1  S  231;  horns 
La23;  hew  down,  trees  Is  io33;  if  in  Is  152 
then  =  shave  off  (object  [pt,  beard),  but  no  other 
indication  of  this  meaning,  and  true  MT  n^Via, 
cf.  Baer's  note  &  Je  48s7;  v.  IPS.  Niph.  Pf. 

J«»  Ju  2i6,  Jn»  Je  5023;  3  fs.  nV^r  Je  48s5, 
nVi^lconsec.Is'2226;  2  ms.  J?y^lVi412;  3  pi. 
tyTOl  consec.Ez  66  Am  314; — be  liewn  off,  of  altar- 
horns  Am  3",  of  idols  Ez66  (||  "OB*j);  of  sever- 
ance of  a  tribe  from  nation  Ju  2 16;  fig.  of  king 
of  Babylon  Is  1 412 ;  of  Babylon  as  hammer  Je 
5°a  (ll'^EO);  of  a  minister,  under  fig.  of  secure 
peg  or  pin  Is2225;  of  horn  of  Moab  Je  48-* 
(||  -Otw).  Pi.  Pf  Vli  2  Ch  347,  3"?  2  Ch  344 
*  10716,  V$§  2  Ch  i42,  jrp5  ^75"  Is  452,  W^?- 
2  Ch  3 1 ' ;  3  mpl.  J'TWI  Dt  7s  1 23; — hew  off,  down, 
in  two  (cf.  Qal)  of  Asherim  Dt  7s  2  Ch  142  311, 
of  idols  Dt  123  (D^pB)   2  Ch  344-7  (D^O); 


fig.  horns  of  wicked  ^  75"  ;  bars  of  iron  (i.e. 
of  Babylon's  gates)  Is  45s,  cf.  \^  10716.  tPu.  Pf. 
VJ^IS  Is  g*  hew  down  (of  trees). 

pJHil  n.pr.m.  judge  of  Israel  Ju  611131,+ 
36  t.  Ju  6-8;— called  also  }%&*  (q.v.)  Ju  632  71 
etc.,  &  JIBtoT  (q.v.)  2S1121. 

t^piHa  n.pr.m.  a  Benjamite  Nu  I11  2s2 
7».65.  -Jiv-ia  1024  (always  /j-f2  JTOj»). 

T  OJH?  n.pr.loc.  marking  limit  of  pursuit 
of  Benjamites  by  rest  of  Israel  Ju  2045. 

'[  I  "]  v^-  on'y  ^*"  revile>  blaspheme 
(NH  IIS  eut,  wound,  then  (esp.  Pi.)  revile; 
Ar.  <__»jLi  cut,  cut  off,  11.  dewy  a  favour,  be 
ungrateful, etc.;  Aram.  Pa.  T31,  >S«sL,  revile} — 
Pf  2  ms.  F1S131  2  K  1922  =  Is  3723;  3  pi.  W$ 
2  K  196  =  Is  376;  Pi.  ^;»  Nu  1530  Vm417;— 
1.  revile,  between  man  and  man,  (abs.)  bip 
TO**  el~l.n»  VM417  the  voice  of  (him  that)  re- 
proacheth  and  revileth.  2.  blaspheme,  sq.  ace. 
*»  Nui5»(P);  2  K  1922  =  Is  37a  (||  TO;  obj. 
*9r^l^ ,  ref.  to  'i  as  above) ;  Ez  2027;  2  ace.  DP?!? 

»nk  -ruste  *^o  njn  'j  -ib»k ...  2  K  196  =  Is  37s 

the  words  with  which  the  servants  of  the  king 
of  Assyria  blaspheme  me. 

tnBVfa  n.f.  taunt,  only  Ez  515  nfinn  IWI) 
Ertab  TOBta  1D»  «  and  she  shall  become  a 
reproach  and  a  taunt,  an  admonition  and  an 
astonishment,  to  the  nations. 

T  CDT*©  n.m. pi.  revilings,reviling  words 
—  1  Is4328;  cstr.  »{W|  Zp  2s;  sf.  DrUM?  Is5i7 
between  men,  Is  4328  (||  DID);  5^  Zp  28  (both 
II  nB™)- 

I  1 3  vb.  wall  up  or  off,  build  a  wall 
(denom.  ?  NH  id.,  Ar.  .ii  and  v.  "H3  infr.) — 
Qal  Pf.  "H?  Jb  i98+  2 1.,  vr™  Ho  28  Am  91'; 
Impf.  2  mpl.  WTiril  Ez  135;  Pt.  T$i  Is  5812  Ez 
2  230;  pi.  DT*  2  K 1 213  2  2';— wall  up,  shut  off,  lit. 
only  Pt.,  ahs.  =  masons  (wall-builders)  2K  1213 
226;  alsoIs5812  (obj.H?);  fig. of  Yahweh's  deal- 
ings with  men,  obj.  rnfc  Jb  198,  7T1  La  3';  cf. 
Ho  28  (ace.  cogn.  VU),  in  all  =  obstructing  path 
of  life,  cf.  also  La  37  (c.  ,|1J!1);  of  restoring  fallen 
booth  of  David  Am  9"  (obj.  CVis) ;  of  repairing 
fortunes  of  Israel,  a  work  neglected  by  prophets 
Ez  1 36,  and  by  all  in  power  2  230  (both  c.  ace.  cogn.) 

t-na  n.m.  E!42'7  wall  (NR  "113,  Aram. 
NT1?>  TH?,  -^r.  JjLi ,  jXa. ,  and  more  com- 
monly Jlio.  enclosing-wall  cf.  Heb.  111?  infr.) 


YW 


155 


212 


— abs.  th  Nu  ■a*"'  +  5 1.  +  +  624  (rd.  rma  cf. 

infr.)  +  Ez  13s  (Co  rma  cf.  infr.);  cstr.  TJ|  Pr 
2431  Ez  4210  (Co  del.);  sf.  t*n>  Is  55,  WVTj  Ho  28 
(cf.  Baer,  note);  pi.  sf.  *|*/T1|  Mi  7",  nnna'f  8013; 
• — «/aM,  fence,  bordering  a  road  Nu  224'24  cf.  Ec 
io8;  connected  with  Ezekiel's  temple  EZ427; 
city  wall  Mi  7"  cf.  Ezr  9';  fig.  of  Yahweh's 
vineyard  Is  55  i^  8o13;  of  fortunes  of  Israel  Ez 

2230;  so  also  Ez  136  (Co  rvri?  cf.  rrvjf);  of 

hindrance  in  path  of  Israel  (fig.  as  woman) 
Ho  28 ;  of  man  beset  by  enemies  yfr  624  ('a 
rwn^l,  but  rd.  '1  rma  01  De  etc.) 

T"H2  n.pr.loc.  Canaanitish  city  Jos  1213. 
Tafcp  A  &  @L  also  Euseb  Lag°°on,M42n,1,,da4= 
ina  1  Lag  BST6 ;  cf.  TI|  infr. ;  possibly  =  113  TV? 
iCh251(v.  p.  in). 

1 1.  iTTTa,  rnna  n.f.  wau— nvu  i  ch  4a 

+  ij,  624  (MT  T*|  q!v.),  n-i-l?  Ez  135  (Co,  cf.  ©  ; 

MT  -na)  42»2  (del.  Co);  pl.'ni-na  Na  317+  2 1., 
nhia  Nu  32*;  cstr.  nWia  Nu  32s6  +  2 1.,  rrna 

Nu  3216;  sf.  Vriiia  ,/,  8941;— wall,  hedge  I  Ch 
4s3  (or  is  this  n.pr.loc.  1  cf.  Ot)  Na  31'  (where 
grasshoppers  alight),  Je  49s;  wall,  connected 
with  Ezekiel's  temple  Ez  42l2(del.  Co) ;  defences 
yjr  8941;  elsewhere  ;XS  '}  sheep-folds  Nu  321636 

1  S  244  Zp  26  cf.  Nu  32s4;  Ez  135  Co  tff§  after 

@;  V'oV  MT  rmrrtn  -na,  rd.  'i  rma  cf'.'-n?- 
t^JTHS  adj. gent,  of  11.  rma;  vmarj  iCh 

124. 

1 11.  i"P~T2  n.pr.loc.  a  city  of  Judah  i"m3n 

Jos  1 5s6;  ©  TaSrjpa,  ©L  r<i8ipa ;  %  cf.  TfSovp 
T  ajr  0nom*  m 2nd  ed-  2s4 

iffrVTSl  n.pr.loc.  in  Judah  J0S1541;  '|n 

2  Ch  2818.  ' 

TD^rrriil  n.pr.loc.  in  Judah  Jos  1536;  perh. 
del.,  so  ©;  whole  number  too  large,  cf.  Di. 
"h-nil  adj.gent.  of  TJ3  (q.v.)  so  Lag8"17; 

cf.MVal.;    others  fTTH;   but  ©  r^tir^s,  ®L 

r«88a>P.Ti)r;— mjin  1  Ch  27s8. 

t^Vtt,  I'"!?  n.pr.  (Ar.  jtf*  waS);— 1. 
n.pr.loc.  city  of  Judah  "ii"l3  Jos  1568;  also  as 
n.pr.m.,  under  fig.  of  genealogy  "na  son  of  Penuel 
1  Ch  44,  "fria  Bon  of  Yered  1  Ch  418;  also  "liiari 
1  Ch  127  v.  d.  H.;  1*yp  Baer,  cf.  his  note.  2. 
n.pr.loc.  "na  1  Ch  439,  but  read  Gerar,  ace.  to 
©  Ew  Hi  Be  al.  3.  n.pr.m.  ~»i~l?  1  Ch  831 
9"  a  Benjamite,  of  Gibeon. 

I.  t£H3  (NH  E'*1-?'  Aram-  *tyt  heaP  UP' 
cf.  also  Ar.  ^SJ  ). 


ti.  BJna  n.m.  ■""sa6  heap,  stack  (NH  id., 
Aram,  t'd.) — K,,"I3  Ex  2  2'+  3 1. ; — stack  of  sheaves 
Ex  2  2s  Ju  156  (||  noj>  in  both)  Jb  5M. 

11.  tf"f3  (=6A>»;  exact  mng.  unknown). 
ftt  Xi?"~Tll  n.[m.]  tomb  (Ar.  1>1L  id.)  Jb 

,  j  32  .     J),. }  178.  *  S.  ,.  229  suggestg  reading   (^  . 

tra  Ez  4713,  rd.  m  ©  X93  &  all  moderns. 

+  [(1/13]  vb.  depart,  i.e.  be  cured,  healed 
(subj.  wound)  (cf.  Aram.  ]o»^  be  freed  (from 
guilt,  pain,  disease,  etc.),  A  ph.  set  free,  also 
become  free)  "lite  D3t?  nWT6l  H0513. 

Tnnj   n.f.   healing,    cure  —  nnj    pr  17s 

'a  anpw  tjgp  a*)  cf.  Now. 

t["irTil]  vb.  bend,   crouch  (so  Vrss) — 

Qal  ImpfW\  1  K  1842  sq.  nriK  Elijah,  with 
face  between  knees;  2  K  434135  Elisha,  over  dead 
boy,  sq.  vb]}  (||  33E*1  v  *  cf.  338*). 

12,  13  v.  sub  nu. 

sta,  ■a'ta  v.  sub  ma. 

+[^3]  v^-  dl8  (cf.  Ar.  Jjli  pierce,  bore, 
hollov)  out) — -Qal  Ft.  CSa  diggers  or  pkmgh- 
men  2  K  2512  Kt;  but  cf.  Qr  D'33*  as  Je  52"  (v. 
ay),  and  v.  23  infr. 

fn.  [22]  n.[m.]  pit,  ditch,  trench  (Ar. 
til*,  hollow,  depression;  Syr.  joo^  cistern) — 
only  pi.  tr33  Je  143;  in  2  K316  D'3J  p'3J,  i.e./i*M 
0/  ditches ;  further,  cisterns  (ace.  to  Klo  2  K 
25'2)  Je  3910  D,33,l  (r<3.  D'331);  cf.  also  ||  2  K  25^ 
(DW1  Kt,  BrOff^  Qr)=Je5216(D,3a\^;  both 
c.  D'OIS) ;  Klo  prop,  to  emend  these,  so  as  to 
rd.  in  all  D*3J)  D^t?")?  Orh  fFM  and  gave  to  them 
vineyards  and  cisterns ;  another  view  in  Th  ; 
cf.  further  313,  3J*.— I.  33  v.  sub  n3J. 

"t"Q^22  n.pr.loc. (trenches)^ .  fr.  Jerusalem, 
c.  art.  '3?  Is  io31;  site  unknown. 

fin.  [32]  n.[xn.]  beam,  rafter?  (Thes  sub 
313,  but  mng.  &  V dub.),  D,33  iK6»;  but  Lag 

Armon.  Stud.  J199.M  1.212;  BN155  r(]g_    Q<13J     (PerS-      \  .  :  f" 

Armen.  ypjicd)  vaulted  roofs. 

T2C\Z  n.pr.m.  (-y/unknown) — 1.  1  Ch  54  a 
Reubenite.  2.  Gog  of  the  land  of  Magog,  prince 
ofRosh,  Meshek,  and  Tubal,  *ty  3laD  )nK  313 
^)3ni  T$0  tfih  Ez  38s3 (om.  jiJO '«)' 391  (om.  id.) 
cf.  38"1'6  (del.  ©  ©  Co)  v18  391"1111  ('3  ficn  N^3) 
v15  (id.);  cf.  As.  Gdgu,  chief  of  a  mountain  tribe 
N.  of  Assyria  DF*247  COT  on  Ez  38*. 


aiao 


156 


ro 


ta\3F2  n.pr.terr.  (=land  of  Gogl  cf.  Dl 
p.*«Lelloriu.«5)_  EZ38239«;  inGn  io3=  i  Ch  i5 
a  son  of  Japhet,  him  jn  HW  Jto  1D3  ns11  »JS 
DTni.T|^;=  Scythians?  cf.  Jog*""";  Lag 
GM.Abh.i58  refers  name  ^  mountainous  region 
between  Cappadocia  and  Media;  cf.  Di  Gn  io2, 
KiepMBAkF.b.ua.jo:  (N>  &  E  Armenia),  Len 
(SE.  Armenia),  v.  esp.  Len0"11'411"76. 

t^1)-)]  vb.  invade,  attack  (cf.  TIJ,  whence 
1JJ  etc.  actually  derived  by  Ki  Bo  Ko1S5eq.v.; 
SS,  perh.  better,  denom.  fr.  ina) — Qal  Impf. 
Taj  Gn  4919,  ITWJ  v1',  ttTJJ  Hb  316;  VW  V  942' 
Kt  (v.  YU);  — attack  Gn  4919,  allit.  c.  "13  n.  pr. 

&  "in?,  :3ry  tj»  wn]  ut«j  toj  "«  gw,  a  <roop 

s/ta/7.  troop  upon  him,  but  he  shall  troop  upon 
the  heel  (i.e.  pursue  them  in  their  retreat)  VB; 
Hb  316 1"?;  mb  nib}£  cf.  VB  &  Comm. 
1.  n12  v.  sub  nxj. 

m^I  (project,  be  convexfi. 

t[ia]  n.[m.]  back— only  sf.  «|W  1  K  149,  tfl 
Ez  23s3,  DJ3  Ne  9s